Full text of "Sessional papers of the Dominion of Canada 1915"

See other formats

SESSIONAL PAPERS

VOLUME da

FIFTH SESSION OF THE TWELFTH PARLIAMENT

OF THK

DOMINION OF CANADA

SESSION 1915

•^

VOLUJfE L.

10915T0

(i<wri;e V.

Alpliabrtiral Index t<> Sr-simuil r.i|.«T».

A. I9ir>

ALIMIABKTICAL I.MMlX

TO THK

SESSIONAL PAPERS

OK THE

TARLIAMENT OF CANADA

FIKTII SESSION, TWELFTil PAKLIAMKNT, lOin.

Abercorn, Quebec — re number, salaries of

employees at Customs port of in 1911.. 180

Apriculture — Rei>ort of the Minister of

for year ended March 31, 1914 15

AKricultural Instruction Act — Report on

for 1S13-14 93

Agricultural Instruction Act — Return re
arrangements between Government and
Provinces 93a

Apricultunil Instruction Act — Correspon-
dence between Dr. C. C. James, J. C.
Chajiais and Provinces rr 936

Americm citizen — rr killing of, and shoot-
ing another by Militia in Lake Erie,
^tc 143

Antigonish Harbour — re dredging at since

1912, etc 164

Armoury at Amherst, N.S. — re construc-
tion of, etc 89

Archives — Report of work of for year

1913 29b

Astronomer Chief — Report of for year

ending March 31 25n

Atlantic Otean Freight Rates — Documents
11 from Nova Scotia to Dept. of Trade
and Commerce, since Augu.st. 1914.. 267

Auditor General's Report 3 Vols. — Pts.

A to L ; M to V ; V to Z 1

H;il<«:r Lake, N.B. — it rorresponflence l>c-
tween Dept. of ?«larine and Fishery
Overseer at 297

Miirracks I'rojierty, Shell. urne, N.S. — re
purchase of by tlovernment 273

I^.mnatyiie, R. — rr copies of documents
respecting cancellation of entry for N.
W. 1 section of land in Kcotion 24,
townshi|) 35, range 18, west of 2nd
meridian 104

70211 )—l

^danger, Th^Qjihile — Correspondence re
claini.s made by the detention of bag-
gage, etc 254

Helgium — Communication from Consul
General of it protest of against German
Chancery, etc 233

Bluff Head, Yarmouth Co., N.S. — re re-
pairs and extension of breakwater at. 186

Bonds and Securities — Detailed state-
ment of since January 21, 1914 102

Boot.s — Report of Board of Ullicers on,

as supplied to Canadian fort-e 91

lioot.s, anl<le — Showing how many tirms
ordered from, number of, etc 117

Bow River Power and Storage Investi-
gation, seasons of 1911-12-13 25c

Brownlee, T. A. — rr medical supplies pur-
chased from by <;overnment since July
1, 1914 261

Bicycles — re number of firms and |>ersons
from whom (Jovornment ordered since
July 1, 1914 225

Canadian Pacific Railway : —

Average co.st per mile from inception

to date, etc., also av.-rage rental, etc. 46

Copy of agreement between (Jovern-
ment and rr special grant resi)ecting
irrigation system in Aibt-rta 98

Rr lands .sold by during year endefl

September 30, 1914 106

Rr Coi)ies of O. in C. re required under
Resolution pa.ssed in 18.S2, since last

return ] i5

Can.idian Northern Railway Co. : —

Return showing total bond issue of,
and afliliatt'd companies, cost to dale
of constnat'on of lines composing
system, etc 79

Copies of R'?port8 of Committee of
Privy Council re advances made to.
and also G.T.P. Ry. Co., o<c 190

5 G

eorgc

Alpliabc-iieal Index to Se:>6ional Papers.

A. 1015

Canada Cycle and Motor Co. — Relating

to tires purchased by Government from 130

Canadian Car and Foundry Co. of Am-
herst. N'.S. — rr cost of preparing for
military purposes, etc 155

Capitally convictefl persons in Canada —
Statistics from 1.S67 to Feb. 1914.. .. 53

Caraquet and Tracadie — re tenders re-
ceived for mail service between.. .. 191

Carslake Hotel — re purchase of for Post

Office purposes 218

Census of Canada, 1911 — Agriculture,

Volume IV B

Chance Harbour and Trenton, Pictou Co.

N.S. — re mail contract 167

Churchill and Port Nelson, Ports of — re

plans, reports, and soundings of . . . . 70

Civil Service List of Canada, for year,

1914 30

Civil Service Commission — Annual Re-
port of for year ended August 31, 1914. 31

Coal imported into Alberta, Saskatche-
wan and Manitoba from U. S. in 1914
— duties, etc 9t>

" Coasting Voyages " — respecting such
as defined in Canada Shipping Act
since 1886 S14

Commander Lieut. — Lieutenant Comman-
der Engineer, and Lieutenant Com-
mander, R.C.N. V.R.. Nav>- 4.3a

Conciliation and Investigation — Report
of Registrar of Board of, year ended
March 31, 1914 36a

Cotton Shirts — re names of firms or per-
sons from whom purchased by Govt,
since July 1, 1914 260a

Criminal Statistics for year 1913 17

Customs — Report of Department of for
year ended March 31, 1914 11

Dairy and Cold Storage Commissioner —
Report of for year ended March 31,
1914 15o

Iiartmouth and Dean's, P. O. Branch of
I.e. Ry. — Names of persons from whom
lands have been bought, etc 251

Demarcation of Meridian of 141st Degree
West Longitude — Report of Commis-
sioners, re 97

Destructive Insect and Pest Act — Regu-
lations under 92

Dismis.sals : —

Avard, Fredk., of T.C.R 82

Arbuckle, I-saac, foreman carpenter on

I.C.R. at Pictou, N.S 244

Blais, Ale.x., L^vis, Que. — Customs offi-
cer at l-iradore Bay 240

Brucp, Wiswell — Sectionman at Stel-

l.irton, N.S. on I.C.R 198

Breiman, .la."., fireman, I.C.R. at Stel-

larton, N.S 112

Bonny'nan, Alfred H. — Posrtma.ster at

Mattatal Lake, N.S 204

Ca.se. \V. A. — Govt. Quarantine Service

Halifax, N.S 80

Carter, Warren, of I.C.R 82

<:^yr, Emile, Po.stmaster at St. Ilermas,

Co. of Two Mountains 275

Day, Jos, of Little Bras D'Or, N.S... 292
Dion, Ulric. Light liceper at St. Chas.

de Caplan, Quebec 58

lOmploycos — disml.«sf-d. resigned, desert-
ed to Uat.>. '■!■■ T""! o.i in 1011... 85

Dismissals — Continued.
Employees — dismissed, resigned, desert-
ed to date, etc.. from Oct. 10, 1911.. 85a
Employees — dismissed, resigned, desert-
ed to date, etc., from Oct 10, 1911.. 85b
Employees— dismissed, resigned, desert-
ed to date, etc., from Oct. 11, 1911.. S5e
Employees — dismissed, resigned, desert-
ed to date, etc., from Oct. 10, 1911.. 85rf
Employees — dismissed and appointed

in P.E.I, since Oct. 10, 1911, to date. X6
Humphries, A. E., Inspector of Immi-
grations, Lethbridge, Alta 132

Hutchinson, Leonard, Chief Keeper,

Dorchester Penitentiary 181

Hurlbert, T. P., Postmaster, Springdale,

Yarmouth Co., N.S 20S

Higginbotham, Edwd. N., Postmaster,

Lethbridge, Alta 274

Ingraham. H. W., As.st. Registrar of

alien enemies, Sydney, C.B 157

Lariviere, Mr. — Dominion Lands Agent

at Girouard 100

Mallet. Mr. — Captain of lifeboat station

at Cheticamp, N.S 159

Marshall, Chas. H. — Postmaster at

Nanton, Alta "-11

Medicine Hat, and McLeod — dismissals
and appts. in present con.stituencies

of from 1896 to present date 296

McGibbon, A. R. — Customs Service,

Lethbridge, Alta 108

.McKenzie, Dr. John — M. D. to Indians

of Pictou Co., N.S 160

Postmaster at Johustown, Richmond

Co., N.S 62

Postmaster at St. Romuald, Que.... 105
Pipes, Brown — Customs service Leth-
bridge. Alta 108

Shelburne Co.. N.S. :—

J. V. Smith of (Wood Harbour);
John H. Lyons, Barrington Pas-
sage : Wm. L. Smith, Baccaro : E.
D. Smith, Sliag Harbour; J. A.

Orechia, Woods Harbour 139

J. C. Morrison. Shelburne ; Albert
Mahaney, Churchover ; W. L. Smith.
Baccaro. N.S. ; J. A. Arechia,
TjQwcr Wood Harbour, and J. C.

Morrison, Shelburne, N.S 139o

Thomas, .lohn. Postmaster at Ham-
mond's I'lain, N.S L'05-205a

Thomson, V/. M., Postmaster at Fort

Qu'Appelle, Sask 244

Dominion Police Force — Statement relat-
ing to for year 1914 69

Dominion Trust Company — documents re
incorporation of. etc 121

i:)ominion Trust Company respecting cer-
tain Act p.-^ssed by Legislature of B.C.,
relating to 12 la

Dominion Lands Survey Act, O. in C.
from Dec. 13, to January 15, relating
to 128

Dominion Lands Survey Act, O. in C.

from January 1014 to February 1915. 128n

Dominion Lands within 40 mile Ry. Belt

in B.C.— O. in C. in 1914 re 128l»

Dominion Lands — 40 mile Ry. Belt B.C. —
O. in C. re between Dec. 1913, and Jan.
15. 1915 128c

I'>rlll Shed or armoury at Inverness, In-
verness Co.. N.S. — Correspondence re.. 125

Duck AIoiH'itain Timber Reserve — docu-
ments rr placii:g of settlers on home-
.stead.s of, etc 259

5 George V.

Alphabet i<;al Index t<t Se>siuiial I'iipors.

A. ion

l^siimatos ri'iniiml for s.'i-vicf of Itoiniii-

ion. y.Mi- fiiiliiiK' .March 31. 1916 3

I'Ntiinates Stipplementary for service of
i>otnitiion, year etidiiiK March 31, 191"). 4

Estimates Further Supj)leruentary for
service of Dominion, year ondinR Mardi
31, 191") 5

Katlmates F'urthor Supplementary for
service of Dominion, year ending Marcli
31. 1916 5.

Rflmundston. N. B. — Clair N.B.. and
Creen Uiver, N'.B.. rr custom.s money
collected at for last five years . . . . 137

I'lections — By, held during year 1914.. 18

i:mpr.^ss of (relan<l— Report of Royal

CoMuiiission. and evidence relating to. 21l>

l^uKineer OtMcers — Regulations re classi-

flcation of 43?>

■ Kuroka." Str. — names of sailors em-
ployed on. years 1910. 1911, 1912. 1913. 78

i:;iiroi)ean War — Memo, respecting work
of Dept. of Militia and Defence re
191 4-1 r, 75

Kxchetjuer Court 'of Canada — Rules, or-
ders, etc., made in Feb. 191."> 54a

E.vchequer Court of Canada — Rules, or-
ders, etc 54

Experimental Farm — Report of Director
of. etc., for year ending March 31,
1914. 16

Express Companies — -agreements entered
into between Depts. of Fisheries and
Railway, etc 59

E.xpress Statistics of the Dominion of

Canada, year ended June 30, 1914.. 20e

Experimental Farms. Report of Director
of, for year ending March 31, 1911,
Vol. II 16

External Affairs — Report of Secy, of
State for, for year ended March 31.
1914 29f(

Farrington. .7. F. — B. H. Smith, and H.

C. Da.sh — re moneys paid to, etc. ... 56
Ferguson, Tho.s. R. — Report of re Blood

Indian Reserve, etc 266

Ferguson, Tho.s. R. — Return re Riding
Forest Reserve, etc 268

Fergu.son. Thos. R. — Copies O. in C. — P. C.
1109 and I". C. 1.">S9 — re appointment
of as commissioner 291

Ferguson, Thos. R. — Report of re " Cra-
ven Dam," Walter Scott, Lieut. Gov-
ernor Brown, and J. G. Turriff 290

Ferguson, Thos. R. — Report of (Irazing
Ranch No. 2422, J. G. Turriff. A. J.
Adamson and J. D. McGregor 289

Forgu.son, Tho.s. R. — Timber Berths 107
and 11 OS. W. H. Nolan, A. W. Fra.ser,
and J. G. Turriff 288

Ferguson, Thos. R — Aylwin Irrigation
Tract, E. A. Robert and J. B. Mc-
Gregor 287

T!r Bulletin Co.. Hon. F. Oliver and G. T.

P. Railway Co 286

Ferguson. Thos. R. — Southern Alta. Land
Co.. Ltd.. Grand Forks Cattle Co., .1. D.
McGregor. Arthur Hitchcock, etc.... 285

Forgu.son, Thos. R. — Blood Indian Reserve

and Frank I'edley 284

Ferguson, Thos. R. — Kananaskis Coal Co.
Ltd., Howard Douglas, Geo. E. Hunter,
Walter (Jarrett, etc 283

Fergu.son. Thos. R. — Timber Berths .".."•oj
and 528, H. Douglas. R. E. A. Leach.

D. J. McDonald, etc 282

70240—1'.

Ft>i^;ii.'^(>ii, Thos. R. — I'- I fi ) iMMimiioii
Lands; rr (6) Timlter and Mineral
Lands, etc.; rr (r) W.iter Power and
riglits ; id) Indian I.^indH and Indian

Report of to investigate all matters rr
Dominion Lands, hulian Lands, Re-
serves, Water Powers, etc., since July,

1896. etc

Foster, Wm. Gore, of Dartmouth, N.S . re
appointment of as Inspector of Indian
Re.-icrves

Fenian Raid Volunteer Bounty — rv
names, ad<lresses, etc., to whom paid
In Co. of Yarmouth, N.S

Fenian Raid Volunteer Bounty — rr
names, atldresses. etc., to whom paid
in Co. of Guysborough, N.S

Fenian Raid Volunteer Bounty — rr
names, addresses, etc., to whom paid
In Co. of Antigonish, N.S

Fenian Raid Volunteer Bounty — re
names, addresses, etc., to whom paid
in Co. of Pictou. N.S

Fenian Raid Volunteer Bounty — rr
names, addresses, etc., to whom paid
in Co. of I'ictou, N.S

Fenian Raid Volunteer Bounty — re
names, addresses, etc., to whom paid
in Co. of Inverness, N.S

Ferguson, G. Howard — re Investigations
held by ; also fees paid to since Oct.,
1911

Ferry service, between Halifax and Dart-
mouth, N.S. — ?"e establishment of . . . .

[•'crguson, Thos. R. — Report of re Indian
Lands. Jas. A. Smart. F. Pedley and
W. T. White

Fisher. Ward, Shelburne, N.S. — Fishery
Inspector — re amounts of money paid
to years 1912, 1913

Fisheries in tidal waters — re propo.sed
transfer of from Provincial to Federal
control

Fisheries in Quebec Province — re control
of — also List of licenses granted by
either Govts, for present yejir

Flannel shirts — re number of firms or
persons from whom Govt, purcha.^ed
same since July 1, 1914

Flynn, Wm. — re Instructions sent to re-
garding investigations re employees of
Marine and Fisheries in Bonaventure
Co.. Que., etc

Food -stuffs — exportations to foreign coun-
tries other than> United Kingdom. . . .

Forest Reserves and Park Act — Orders
in Council re (between Dec. 1913 and
Jan. 14)

Forest Reserves and Park Act — Orders
in Council re between Mav, 1914 and
July, 1914

Forage Caps — re numljer of firms, cto.,
from whom Govt, ordered .same since
July I. 1914

Freight rates charged years 1912-13 on
wheat by C. P. Ry.'.s, line.s, Allan linos,
and Canadian Northern Ry.'s lines
from C.inadian Ports to those of Unit-
ed Kingdom

Fresh Fish re transportation of between
ports in N.S. and United States. . . .

281

176

14.",

146

150

162

162a

226

83
21.^.

266

230

260

120

127

237

81
153

5 (icorge V.

Alphabetical liulex to Xe-siuiml Papers.

A. 1915

Geographic Board Report of for year 1914 2r,(l

Georgian Bay Canal— respecting peti-
tions, documents, etc., re construction
of from Sept. 21, 1911 72«

(ieologiciil Survey— Rei>ort of for year

1913 26

Georgian Bay Canal — Return re propos-
als to Government for construction of,
etc '2

Gingras, J. E., re appointment of as post-
master St. IlomiialO, Que 209

Governor Generals Warrants, etc., is.sued
since last session of Parliament, 1914-
1915 64

Government offlce-s — re answer in Han-
sard page 161, respecting furnishing of
same 193

Grain — re results of all grain per grade
in terminal elevators in I'ort Arlliur
and Fort William in 1912, 1913. 1914.. 235

Grand Etang — re conduct of Postmaster

at since appointment at to date.. .. 210

Green Harliour and vicinity — re regula-
tion of fisli traps in 213

Gutelius, F. P. — re naturalization of, etc. 141

Heard, David, and Sons — re mail con-
tract with between Whitby and G. T.
Ry. Station

Highwater, Que. — re number of, salaries,
etc., employees at customs port of. .

Homestead lands in Saskatchewan — re
fractional areas of sold in 1914

Hopper, Newton — re suspension of as
Conductor on I.C.R., etc

Horses — Valcartier Camp — re names of
parties purchasing same — prices paid,
etc

Hudson Bay or James Bay — re number
of ships chartered by Govt, to go there
Hince Oct. 1911

Hijd.«on Bay or .Tames Bay — re number
of ships employed by Railway Dept.,
amt. expended, etc.

Hydrographic Survey — British Columbia.
Rcjiort of for year 1913

Imperial Conference — Correspondence
since January 1, 1915 as to calling of
re Nayal Defence 149

Indian Affairs — Report of Department of
for year ending March 31, 1914.. .. 27

Indian Reserve, Restigouche, Que. — Docu-
ments, etc., re T7

Insurance — Report of Superintendent of
for year 1914 8

Insurance — Abstract of statement of for
year ended December 31, 1914 9

Inverness Co., N.S., re amounts expended
bv Dept. of Public Works in, from 1896
to 1915 187

Inland Revenues : —

Reports, Returns and Statistics of for

year ended March 31, 1915.

Part I. — Excise

Part II. — Inspection of Weights and

Measures, Gas and Electricity.. ..
I'art III. — Adulteration of Food.. ..

189
179
192
197

272

148

148a

International Purity Congress — Report of
Government Delegates attending. .

Interior — Annual Report of Department
of year ending March 31, 1914, Vol. I.

Interior, re appointments to Dept. of, in
Constituencies of Medicine Hat and
McLeod — names of, etc

Irrigation Act — O. in C. passed between
Dec. 1913, and January, 1915, re. . . .

Isle I'errot — re Construction of bridge to
connect with mainland at Vaudreuil..

Island of Montreal — re Construction of
bridge between and mainland at Vau-
dreuil

Intercolonial Railway : —

Tenders re purchase of cars for in
years 1912-1913

Documents rt purchase of cars for in
years since July 1. 1914

Freight revenue for certain stations on

for years 1913-1914

Name.-? of Staff in several Depts. at
Moncton — Salarie.'^. etc

Return a.^king if otlicial statement re
wages to be paid to officials al)sent
on active service, etc

Return rr the siipplying of ice for .>ianie
at Port Mulgrave. N.S

Return re K?.le of hay on lands belong-
ing to in Parish of BIc, Rimouski
Co

Return rr Irward tonnage freight, and
outward do, January, 1916

45o

113
118

19C
199

13
14

142
25

241
129
1!)2

IS 2a

Jordan Breakwater, Shelburne Co., N.S.

— re repairs, etc., to same 1S5

Judges — re appointment of since Febru-
ary, 1913 51

Justice — Report of Minister of re Peni-
tentiaries, etc 34

Kit-bags, re purchase of by Govt, since
July 31, 1914 262

Labour, Report of Department of for
year ended March 31, 1914 36

Lakes of Two Mountains, St. Francis and
St. Louis — re rescinding of prohibition
of net llshing in, 1915 231

T.,ethbridgc — re supplies, etc., for field

battery being trained at, etc 163

I.,ibrarians of Parliament — Joint Report
of

Li(juors si>irituous. c'gars. ciir^rettts and
tobacco— (jf.aniit\' of t.il;eii i>ut of bond
In Aug. 1914 ;it purls in 1 •<iiiiiiii<in . .

236

5 (Jeorgc V.

Alplmbctical Imk'x to Scssiuiml Papers.

A. 1915

lAxt of Shipping for Cana«l:v up to De-
cember 31, I'JH 22

Ix)an8 — re correspondence on subject of
— from Imperial <iOvt. to Caii.nlian
t'ovt 1^'>

lobsters — re licences to pack issued by
(Jovt.. issued l)etween Jan. 1, 1912,
and Jan. 2. Iltl3 280

lX)wer Kurlington. N.S. — re construction

of wharf at 184

I^ower Wood Harbour, N.S. — re proponed

wharf at 220

Lumber Supply to Militia Dept. re trnin-
Mig Camps at Medicine Hat and Cal-
gary 270

Lynch, Margaret — re expropriation of
lands belonging to in Fredcricton, N.
B., by l.C.R 200

Mails : —

Carrying of between Grand River Falls
and cJrand River, N.S 61

Relating to contract between Armagh
Siation and Mailloux. Bellechasse Co. 133

iielatiiig to documeiit.s connected with
tenders for .service between Low

roint and Creignish Station, 1913-14. 134

Relating to contract between New Ross
and Vaugh.-in's P.O., Waterville, N.S. 135

Relating to contract between Mabou
and Whycocomagh, N.S 136

Relating to contract between Chance

Harbour and Trenton, N.S 167

Relating to contract awarding of at
Maria Cape.s, Konaventure Co., in
1914 368

Relating to contract for rural delivery
in Township of Dundee, Huntingdon,
Que 169

Relating to proposed service between
Ivower South River and South Side
Harbour. N.S 170

Relating to carriage of between Canso
and (iuysborough, documents re
.tince 1914 171

Relating to route, proposed change iii
from InverneS^ Ry. Station to Mar-
garee Harbour, N.S 173

Relating to rural route from River

John to Hedgeville, I'ictou Co., N.S. 232.

Relating to contract for the carry-
ing of between Guysborough and
Krinville, N.S 243

Relating to contract for the Antig-

onish-Sherbrooke mail .service, etc. . 1145

Relating to proposed rural delivery be-
tween I'ictou and Salt.springs, N.S. . 246

Relating to proi)Osed rural service from
Bridgetown to <iranville Ferry, An-
naiK.lis Co.. N.S 247

kelating to names, etc.. of rural car-
ricr.s in Counties of Chicoutimi and
Haguenay and carriers, etc., for St.
Prime and St. Ix>uis de Metabet-
chouan 276

Marine and Fisheries — Annual Report of
for 1913-1914— Marine 21

.Marine and Fi.sherie« — Annual Rei>ort of

for 1913-1914— Fisheries 39

Marine Biology— 1911-1914— Part I.. .. 30J<

Marine and Fisheries — Supplement to for
year 1913-1914, " Stejimboat Inspec-
tion Report" 23

.Vlarg.-iree Ixjbster Hatchery — correspond-
ence rr collecting of si'S'-wn for, etc. . 95

Massonville, Que., rr number of, sjilary,

names of ollicials at Cu.'-toms port of. 178

Mate in R.C. Navy — establishment of
rank in 43

.Marois. G. A. — re appointment of to Cus-
toms otflce at Quebec 209

-tlc'dicine Hat. City of — re money spent
for Government relief — to whom given,
etc 138

Militia Council, Report of for year ended

March 31, 1914 35

Mililia General Orders promulgated to
neiiod between Nov. 25, 1913, and Dec.
24, 1914 73

Medical .Supplies purchased from T. A.

Brownlee, Ottawa City ?61

Mines Branch — Report of for calendar

year 1913 26a

Miscellaneous Unforeseen Expense.s —
Statement of from August. 1914, to
February, 1915 65

Moncton, N.B. — re names, salaries, etc.,
of employees at — also names of those
superannuated, etc 2.00

Montgomery, Geo. A., late — re value, etc.,
of estate of, etc 5?

Motor-truck.s — re number sent with first
contingent — from whom purchased, etc. 119

Motor Cjcles — number of firms or per-
sons from -whom Go\'t. has ordered
same, since July 1, 1914 227

McKeown, A. H. — re appointment of to
Immigration service at Lethbridge,
Alia

131

2(5

M>'Doiiald, W. B. — re jncdical supplies,
and other goods purv'hased frcm by
Govt, since Aug. 1, 1914

Naval Service — Report of Department of

for year ending March 31, 1914 38

Naval Service — Orders in Council re
RiUes of pay, separation iilloyances,
etc 44

New Brun.swick and P. K. I. Railway —
Correspondence re purchase of 202

Newspapi'rs in Canada — List of in which
advertisements ha\e been inserted by
the Govt, between Oct. 10, 1911, and
l)resent date .S4

Newspapers in Canada— List of in which
advertisements have been inserted by
Govt, between Oct. 10, 1906, up to « >ct.
1911 84a

5 Oeors?e V.

Alpliabcti'-al Tiwlex to Sessional Papers.

A. 1015

Niokel — Correspondence re control of ex-
portation of, etc

North Sydney — rort of — jv names, ton-
nage, registry, etc.. of all foreign fi.sh-
ing vessels, in 1013

")(ricers commissioned to 17th N. S. Regt.
at Valcartier before sailing for Eng-
land 1-1

C)liver equipment — Number of firms and
individuals ordered from since July 1,
1914 l'i'5

Ottawa Improvement Commission — Re-
ceipts and expenditures of to March 31,
1914 67

Overseas Contingents — purchase respect-
ing— also Army contracts under O. in
C. re 123

Parry Island re advertisements and docu-
ments connected with purchasing, etc. 99

Paradis. Telesphore, of L^vis, correspon-
dence, etc., re claim of against I.C.R. . 277

Pensionary A.ssistance — re providing of
for disabled officers and men on active
service 206

Pelletier, Hon. and W. B. Nantel, Hon.

letters of resignation of, etc 90

Pictou-Mulgrave-Cheticamp Steamship
route — Correspondence, etc., re 76

Phinney's Cove and Young's Cove, An-
napolis Co., N.S., re breakwater at.. 219

Port Daniel West — re I^obster hatchery
at season of 1914 212

I'ortneuf. Que. — re amount of money ex-
pended by Govt, from July, 1S96 to
1911 140

Post Offices : —

Relating to .site of at St. Lazare Vil-
lage, Co. of Bellechasse, Que.. .. 63
Post Offices in Nova Scotia re amount
of money .sent through in past five
years, etc 107

Po.Mt Offices in Counties of N..S. — re rent
allowances, etc ' CO

I'o.st master General — Report of for year

ended March 31, 1914 24

Po.wt Offices — Total number, s.T.laries, etc.,
of employees at — Montreal, Toronto.
Winnipeg, Halifax, Quebec, St. John,
.N.H.. and Vancouver.. .. 172

Port HawUesl)ury — re purchase of a site

for pulilic building at 222

I'rincf! ICdward Island Ry. — Names, posi-
tions, and salaries of appointees to,
from 1912 to 1914 49

I'rince Edward Island Ry. — Names, ad-
dre.-<.acn, etc., salaries of appointees
from 1911, to present date 49f/

PriMoncrs of War In C;inada — Nvmiber of
since war, nanic.M <if pl.-ices of dotcn-
tlon, etc Ill

Prisoners of War in Canada — Number of,

cost of each detention camp, etc. . . . Ilia

Prospect, Halifax Co., N.S. — re construc-
tion of extension to breakwater at. . . . iil

Public Accounts for year ended March

31, 1914 2

Public Works — Report of Minister of for
year ended March 31, 1914 19

Public Printing and Stationery — Report

of for year ended .March 31, 1914.... 32

Quebec Board of Trade — Copies of an
papers between, and Dept. of Rys. and
Canals re trains in section of N.T. Ry.,
between Cochrane and Quebec City.. 114

Quebec Oriental Ry. and Atlantic, Quebec
and Westei-n Ry. — re tariff on flour
shipments '?03

Radiotelegraph Regulation 106, etc. ... 42

Radiotelegraph Regulation amendment to

Nos. 103 and 104 42

Regiment 17th of N.S. — alleged ill treat-
bent of at Salisbury Plain 154

Refund — statement of re Customs Duties,

for year ended March 31, 1914.. .. 126

Remount Commissioners — re appointment

of — general inotructions, etc IIG

Regin.i City of — re properties acquired
by Govt, in since Sept. 21, 1911.. .. 183

Regina City — re properties acquired by
Govt, since Sept. 21, 1911 217

Royal Northwest Mounted Police — Re-
port of for year 1914 38

Royal Society of Canada — Statement of

affairs of up to April 30, 1914 6S

Railways and Canals — Report of Dept.
of for period from April 1, 1913, to
March 31, 1914 20

Railways, Canal Statistics, for season of

1914..' 20o

Railways Statistics of Canada, year end-
ed June 30, 1914 20b

Railway Commissioners — With Report of
Board of, for year ending March 3l,
1914 20c

Railways and Canals — re tenders for ice
for I.C.R. at Port Miilgrave, N.S US

Railways proposed line of from Orange-
dale to Chcticamp, N.S 248

Railway Offices at Moncton, N.B. — rr
ii.imes of, and salaries paid to em-
ployees at 2.'»0

Railways — relating to construction of in

Co. of Guysborough, N.S 2r>3

'^t. T,awrence River — Report of Commis-
sioner.^ to invo.siigale water levels of.

166

.') Cieoriro V.

Alphubotiial Imli'X to Sc— ii'ii;il PaiiiTS.

A. r.ti;

St. John Valley Rnilwny — Correspond-"

I'lice 10 operation of l>y I.C.R. since

July. 19H 257

Stream Measurements for calendar year,

1914 2'>v

oackville, N.B — re roadway to Public

wharf at. and spur line from I.C.It.

lO -said wharf 258

Saddles — re numbor of ordered — names

of firms, individuals furnishinR' same.. 207
.'':indford. Yarmouth Co — rr l.reakwater

at and work on same during 19H.. .. ISS

Salmon Hatchery — North Margarec — op-
oration of, etc 88

Salmon I'ond — re removal of from " Flat

I^inds" to New Mills. N.B 270

Schroder, Udo F. — re application for
grazing lease township 40-41, U. 7.
West of .^rd Meridian. Sask 161

Scoles, C. R.. New Carlisle. Quo. — re pay-
ment of balance of subsidy to 201

Seager. Chas. — Commissioner invo.?tigat-
ing charges against public oflicials —
reports of, etc 87

Secretary of State — Report of the, for

year ended March 31. 1914 29

Seed Grain distribution--re applications

from I'rairie I'rovinces tor same. ... 147

Separation allowances re soldiers of first

contingent, etc 124

.Separation .allowances re soldiers asking
for permission to marry and placing of
wives on list 124o

Service shirts — rr number of firn\s or
persons from whom Govt.' bought same
since July 1, 1914 26.U

Shareholders in chartered banks — List of

as on December 31, 1914 6

Shellfish Fishery Commission of 1913 —
Correspondence of between Dept. of
Marine and Fisheries 94

Ships. British — Copy of O. in C. restrict-
ing transfer of. etc 165

Shii)pegan Gully. Co. of Gloucester, N.
B. — re pay sheet in connection with re-
pairs to same. Oct. 1914 224

Shovels — re reports respecting purchase
of 2.".. 000. per O. in C. I'. 2302. Sept. 4,
al.so further purch.ises of same.. .. 271

Smith, B. F. — re cutting of lumber by on
Tobique Indian Reserve, since March
12. 1914 177

Southampton Railway Co. — Report of
Koyal Commission re, etc 41

Stevenson. S. J. antl W'.T.verley I'harmacy
— re medic.-il supplies purchased from
by Govt, since Aug. 1. 1914 263

Steamers John L. Cann and WcNtport III.

re rewards to officers and crews of, etc. 239

.Storm Signals at Shippegan. N.B. — re
transfer of, etc 152

Submarines — re purchase of by Canadian
Govt, by O. in C. dated August 7. 1914,
etc 158

Submarines Supplementary purchase of
by Canadian (lOVt. by O. in C. dated
August 7, 1914. etc 158<i

Submarines — I-'urther purchase of by
Canadian (!ovt. by O. In C. dated Aug
7. 1914. etc

.Superaruuiation and Retiring Allowances
— Year ended Slat December. 1914..

-Subsidies, Railway, paid in Co. of Inver-
ness, N.S. to date

Sweetman, J. Herbert, Customs olllcor.
i'ort Daniel, Quo., re charges against
etc

'I olophonc Statistics for year ended June

30. 19 1 4

Telegraph Statistics for year ended June

30, 1914

Three Rivers : —

Number of employees and salaries paid
to at Post Office on Sept. 21. 1911;
number of employees .and .s.alaries
paid to at Post OITive a tpresent date;
Customs Dept. at, number of em-
ployees on Sept. 21, 1911. and .at pre-
sent diite ; Inland Revenue Dept. at
employees on Sept. 21. 1911, and at
present date; Public Works on the
St. Maurice. Co. of Champlain. number
of employees on in 1911-12; Public
Works on the St. Maurice. Co. of
Champlain. number of employees in
since that date ; Employees on such
work dismissed in Nov. 1914, and
.Tan. 191.-. — Wild6 Lavall4, Pierre
Thivii^rge, Joseph Paquin, sr., Jos.
I'aquin, jr., and Athanase Gelinas,
Clerks, etc

Titles, numbers, and cost of all books and
pamphlets issued by King's Printer to
March 31, 1914

Topographical Surveys Branch for year
1912-13

Transcontinental Railway — Report of
Commissioners of for year ended March

31, 1914. . ^

Transcontinental Railway — Interim Re-
port of Commissioners of for nine
months ended Dec. 31. 1914

Transcontinental Railway — re freight
rates of N. B. portion of, .and removal
of Y at Wapski. Victoria, N.B

1:.h6

66
194

2 1'.'

20fl
20/

71
25 b

37a

Trade and Commerce : —

Part I — Canadian Trade (Imports and

Exports)

Part II — Canadian Trade — .. ,.

Fr.ance

Germany

United States

United Kingdom.. .

Part III — Canadian Trade, e.\c<.pt

France

Germany

United Kingdom

United States

Part IV — Miscellaneous Information..

Part V — Report of Board of Grain
Commi.s.^ioners for Canada

10b
10c

10(f

George V.

Alphabetical Tmlcx to Sessional Papers.

A. 1915

Trade and Commerce — Conlinucd.
Part VI — Subsidized Steamships Ser-
vice l*'^

I'art VII — Trade of Foreign Countries

— Treaties and Conventions 10/

Trade Unions — Annual Return respect-
ing 101

Trawlers, Steam — re clearing of from

Ports on Atlantic Seaboard of Canada. 269

Transports hired conveyances of troops
and material to England — names, own-
ers, etc 109

Transport Wagons purchased for second
and third contingents — number and
from wliom, etc 110

Trois Pistoles. Pulp and Lumber Co. — re

burning of buildings of, on I.C.R 249

Trust Companies — re names of complying

with Trust Companies Act of 1H14.... 293

Unclaimed Balances; Dividends unpaid,

etc., prior to Dec. 31, 1913 7

Underwear — re number of suits of —
names and members of firms or per-
sons from whom purchased by Govt,
since July 1, 1914 264

Uniforms, Soldiers — re number of flrmw,
individuals ordered from since July 1,
1914 174

Vale Railway in Co. of Pictou, N.S. — re
purchase or lease of since 1911.. .. 195

Valcartier Camp — re lands taken pos-
session of by Govt., etc 295

Valcartier Camp — Horses at — names of
l);irties purchasing .same and prices
paid, etc 272

Veterinary Director General — Report of

for year ended March 31, 1914.. .. 15b

War Appropriation Act — Correspondence
between Auditor General and Govt. —
re expenditures under 122

War Appropriation Act — Correspondence
between Auditor General and Govt. —
re e.xpenditures under 122a

Wakeham, Dr. Wm. — re report of re-
specting losses in storms in Baie Cha-
leur, etc., June, 1914 23S

Winter Shirts — re number of firms, per-
sons from whom Govt, bought same
since July 1, 1914 260c

Wisewell, Bruce— ?-e dismissal of, etc. . 198

Wharves in Co. of Shelburne, N.S. — East

Green Harbour and Gunning Cove.... 216

Wheat — re copies of documents respect-
ing removal of customs duties on, en-
tering Canada, etc 103

Wheat, oats and barley — re quantity pur-
cha.sed by Govt, in 1914, for seed dis-
tribution in West 234

Windsor Branch, I.C.R. — re leasing or

transfer of to C.P.R 252

Wright, Pontiac and Labelle, Counties—
of — re amounts of money expended
since 1911 223

Yukon Territory-
1914

-Ordinances of for year

5 (Jeor^'c V. Aliluilu-lifiil Iii<I«'.x t" St*^si(.nnl Pjipcrs. A. IMl.'.

See alao Alphabetical Litit, Pak^ !•

LIST OF SESSIONAL FAI'l'RS

Arranged in yuin«riiat Onhr, with their titles at full length; the dates when Ordind
and when pre^nted tu the JJinises of Parliament : tiw .lamr of the Seiuitor or
Member who moved fur each iSessiunal Fhih r, and whether it is ordend to be
Printed or Xot Printed.

CONTENTS OF VOLUME D.

Fifth Census of Canada, lyil, — Agmultui e, Volume IV. Presented by Hon. Mr. Foster,
February 8, 15)15 1'linlrii for (liatribtttion and stsaioital pa^trrs.

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 1.

(This volume is bound in tliree parts).

1. Rerort of tlie Auditor t>eneril for the year ended 31.st March, 1914, Volume I, Parts A, B

and A to L. ; Volume II, Parts M to U ; Volume III, I'arts V to Z. Presented by Hon.
Mr. White, February 9, 1915 Frintfd for distribution and acaaional paiiers.

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 2.

2. The Publio Accounts of Canada, for the fiscal year tiulcd 31st March, 1914. Presented by

Hon. Mr. White, February 9, 1915 Printrd for distribution and sessional paprrs,

3. Estimates of sums retjuired for the service of the Dominion for the year ending on 31st

March, 1916. Presented by Hon. Mr. White, February JS, 1915.

Printed for distribution and sessional papers.

4. Supplementary Estimates of sums reqtiired for the service of the Dominion for the year end-

ing on the 31st March, 1915. Presented by Hon. Mr. White, March 9, 1915.

Printed for distribution and st-.ssiona/ papers.

5. Further Supplementary Estimates of sums required for the service of the Dominion for the

year ending on the 31st March, 1915. Presented by Hon. Mr. White, March 27, ISl.'i-

Printrd for distribution and sessional pajn rs.

5«. Further Supplementary Estimates for year ending 31st March. 1916. Presented by Hon.
Mr. White, March 31, II'I.'S Printrd for distribution and sessional pn/uis.

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 3.

6. List of Shareholders in the Chartered Banks of the Dominion of Canada as on 31st Decem-

ber, 1914. Presented by Hon. Mr. White. February 9. 1915.

Printed for distribution and sissional papers.

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 4.

T. Report on certified che<iiics. dividends. ur)clainied b.tlames ami drafts or bills of excliange
remaining unpaiil in ('haitere<l Banks of the Dominion of Canada, forfi ve years and
ui)wardH jiriov to 31st Deiembe:-, 1913. Prpseiited by Hon. Mr. White, April 10, igiri.

Printed for distribution and sessional papers.

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 5.

(Thi.s volume is bound in two pait.s).
8. Report of Superintendent of Insurance for year 1914. Presented by Hon. Mi. White. I9iri.

Printed for distributi4)n untl irssional papers.

y. Al)stract of Statement of Insurance Companies in Canada for year ended 3l8t December,
T.(I4. rr.si nted by Hon. Mr. Whnp. 1914.

J'rinti d for distribution and sessional papers.

.*• Cieorge V, Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers. A. 1915

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 6.

10. Report of the Department of Trade and Commerce for the fiscal year ended 31st March.

1914 : Part I. — Canadian Trade. Presented by Sir George Foster. 8th February, 1915.

Printrd for distribution and sessional papers.

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 7.

lOo- Report of the Department of Trade and Commerce for the fiscal year ended 31st March.
1914: Part II. — Canadian Trade with (1) France. (2) Germany, (3) United King-
dom, and (4) United States. Presented by Sir George Foster, Sth February. 1915.

Printed for distribution and sessional papers.

10b. Report of the Department of Trade and Commerce for the fiscal year ended 31st March,
1914: Part III. — Canadian Trade with foreign countries (except France, Germany,
the United Kingdom, and United States.) Presented by Sir George Foster, Sth
February, 1915 Printed for distribution and sessio7ial papers.

10c. Report of the Department of Trade and Commerce, for the fiscal year ended 31st March,
1914, (Part IV. Miscellaneous Information.) Presented by Sir George Foster, March
27, 1915 Printed for distribution and sessional papers.

lOd. Report of the Board of Grain Commissioners for Canada. Presented by Sir Georpft
Foster, 1914 Printed for distribution and sessional papers.

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 8.

IOp- Report of the Department of Trade and Commerce for the fiscal year ending 31st- March,
1914. Part VI. — Subsidized Steamship Services, with statistics showing steamship
traffic to 31st December, 1914, and Estimates for the fiscal year 1915-16. Presented by
Sir George Foster, 1915 - .. ..Printed for distribution and sessional papers.

lO/. ReiK)rt of Trade and Commerce for fiscal year ended 31st March, 1914. (Part VII. —
Trade of Foreign Countries, Treaties and Conventions.) Presented by Sir George
Foster, 1915 Printed for distribution and sessional papeis.

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 9.

11. Report of the Department of Customs for the year ended 31st March, 1914. Presented by

Hon. Mr. Reid, February 11, 1915.. .. Printed for distribution and sessional papers.

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 10.

12. 13, 14. Reports. Returns and Statistics of the Inland Revenues of the Dominion of

Canada, for the year ended 31st March, 1914 (Part I. — Excise). (Part II. — Inspec-
tion of Weights and Measures. Gas and Electricity). (Part III. — Adulteration of
Food). Presented by Hon. Mr. Blondin, March 1, 1915.

Printed for distribution and sessional papers.

15. Report of the Minister of Agriculture for the Dominion of Canada, for the j^ear ended Sl.st

March, 1914. Presented by Hon. Mr. Burrell, February 8, 1915.

Printed for distribution and sessiowl paper-i.

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 11.

(This volume is bound in two parts).
15n. Report of the Dairy and Cold Storage Commissioner for the fiscal year ended 31st March.
1914. (Dairying, Fruit, Extension of Markets and Cold Storage). Presented by Hon.
Mr. Burrell, 1915 Printed for distribution and sessional papers.

15b. Report of the Veterinary Director General for the year ending 31st March, 1915. Pre-
sented by Hon. Mr. Burrell. 1915 Printed for distribution and sessional papers.

16. Report of the Director and Officers of the Experimental Farms for the years ending 31st

March, 1914, Presented by Hon. Mr. Burrell. March 1. 1915.

Printed for distribution and sessional pajtcrs.

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 12.

17. Criminal Statistics for the year ended SOth September, 1913. (Appendix to the Report

of the Minister of Trade and Commerce for the year 1913.) Presented by Sir Goorg*
Fo.ster, 1915 Printed for distribution and sessional poprts.

Itt. Uiturn of By-election.s for the Hou.se of Commons of Canada, hold during the year 1911
Presente<l by Hon. Mr. Speaker, March 12. 1915.

Printed for (li.si ribulion mi'l s''.^siojinl papers,

5 CJoorge V. Alplmbotu'iil riulL'x to Si's.sidiuil Tjipcrs. A. 101.'

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 13.

19. Report of tlie Minl.ster of T'uhlic- Works on tho works umler his rontrol for the Ahi al year

ended 31st March, 1014, Volume 1. I'reaentod by Hon. Mr. UomTS, Februar>' 8. 1!>15

I'liHlril for (liatribntion and araaional pninrx.

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 14.

20. Annu.il Report of the Department of Railways and Canals, for the fiscal period from l.sl

April, linn, to 31st Mirth. 19H. Presented by Hon. Mr. Cochrane. March 12.

Printpcl for distribution and sesaiojial priprr^.

20«- Canal Statistics for the season of navigation. 1914. Presented by Hon. Mr. Cochrane, 9th
April, 1913 Priiitrd for distribution and acasionnl priiim.

'iOb. Railway Statistics of the Dominion of Canada, for the year ended 30th June, 1914. I're-
aented by Hon. Mr. Cochrane, March 12, 19ir>.

Printed for distribution and sessional p>!tjcra.

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 15.

20<' Ninth Report of the Board of Railway Commissioners for Canada, for the year endini?
31st March. 1914. Presented by*Hon. Mr. Cochrane, February 8, 191.i.

Printed for distribution and sessional paprrs.

20<1- Telephone Statistics of the Dominion of Canada, for the year ended 30th June, 1914. Pre-
sented by Hon. Mr. Cochrane, March IT, 191.").

Printed for distribution and sessional papers.

20''. K.vpiess Statistics of the Dominion of Canada for year ended 30th June, 1914. Presented
by Hon. Mr. Cochrane, 1915 Printed for distribution nad sessional papers.

20/. Telegraph Statistics of the Dominion of Canada, for the year ended 30th June, 1911. Pre-
sented by Hon. Mr. Cochrane, March 17, 1915.

Printrd for distribution and sessional pap-^rs.

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 16.

21. Forty-seventh Annual Report of the Department of Marine and Fisheries, for the vear

1913-1914 — Marine. Presented by Hon. Mr. Hazen, February 8, 1915.

Printed for distribution and sessional papers.

21 &. Report and evidence in connection with the Royal Commission appointed to investisrate
the disaster of the Empress of Ireland. Pre-sen-^ed by Hon. Mr. Hazen. 1914.

PiHnlrd for distribution and sessional papr,s.

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 17.

22. I'ist of Shipping issued by the Department of Marine and Fisheries, bting a li.st ofvos:^ols

on the registry books of the Dominion of Canada on 31st December, 1914. Priseiite I
by Hon. Mr. Hazen, 1915 Printed for distribution and sessional papr.a.

23. Supplement to the Forty-seventh Annual Report of the Department of Marine and Fish-

eries for the fiscal year 1913-H — •Steamboat Inspection Report. Presented by Hon.
Mr. Hazen. March 3. 1913 Printed for distribution and arasioHul pup.rs.

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 18.

24. Report of the Postmaster General for the year ended 31st March, 1914. Presented by Hon.

Mr <';u«tcrain. February 8, 1913 Printed for distribution and .«. «o.ii..W „'■•>'.,-

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 19.

(This volume is bound in two parts).

25. Annual Report of the Department of the Interior, for the fiscal year ending sisi March,

1914. — Volume I. I'resented by Hon. Mr. Roche, March 8, 1915.

Printed for distribution and srssi'y^al papera.

5 George V. Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers. A. 1915

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 20.

25n. Report of Chief Astronomer. Pepartment of the Interior for year endinjr 31st March, 1911.
FTesented by Hon. Mr. Roche. 1915 Piint'.d for distiibutian and sessional papers.

25b Annual Report of the Topopraphioal Surveys Branch of the Department of the Interior,
1912-13. Presented by Hon. Mr. Roche, 1914.

Printed for distribution and sessional papers.

25c Report of progress of stream measurements for calendar year of 1914. Presented by Hon.
Mr. Roche, 1914 Printed for distribution and sessional papers.

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 21.

25rf. Thirteenth Report of the Oeopraphic Board of Canada for the year ending 30th June,
1914. Presented by Hon. Mr. Roche, 191.=).,

Printed for distribution and sessional papers.

25e. Report on Bow River Water Power and Storage Investigations, seasons 1911-1912-1913.
I'resented by Hon. Mr. Burrell, 1915.. ..Printed for distribution and sessional papers.

25/. Report of the British Columbia Hydrographic Survey for the calendar year 1913. Pre-
sented by Hon. Mr. Burrell, 1915 Printed for distribution and sessional papers.

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 22.

26. Summary Report of the Geological Survey, Department of Mines, for the calendar year

1913. Presented, 1915 Printed for distribution and session<il papers.

26«. Summary Report of the Mines Branch for the calendar year 1913. Presented,, 1914.

Printed for distribution and sessional papers

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 23.

27. Report of the Department of Indian Affairs for the year ended 31st March, 1914. Pre-

sented by Hon. Mr. Roche, llth February, 1915.

Printed for distribution and sessional papers.

28. Report of the Royal Northwest Mounted Police, 1914. Presented by Hon. Sir Robert

Borden, 8th February, 1915 Printed for distribution and sessional papers.

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 24.

29. Report of the Secretary of State of Canada for the year ended 31st March, 1914. Pre-

sented by Hon. Mr. Coderre, 9th February, 1915.

Printed for distribution and sessional papers.

29b. Report of the work of the Public Archives for the year 1913. Presented, 1915.

Printed for distribution and sessional papers.

30. The Civil Service List of Canada, 1914. Presented by Hon. Mr. Coderre, 9th February,

1915 Printed for distribution and sessional papers.

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 25.

31. Sixth Annual Report of the Civil Service Commission of Canada for the year ended- 3 1st

Augu.st, 1914. Presented by Hon. Mr. Coderre, 19th March, 1915.

Printed for distiHbution and sessional papers.

32. Aniiiml Report of the Department of Public Printing and Stationery for the year ended

."Jlst March, 1914. Pre.sented by Hon. Mr. Co<lerre, 6th April. 19]|)

Printed for distribution and sessional papers.

33. Report of the Secretary of State for External Affairs for the year ended 31st March 1914

Presented by Sir Robert Borden, I8th February, 1915.

Printed for distribution and .sessional pc.pers.

34. Report of the Minister of Justice as to Penetentiaries oi Canada, for the fiscal year ended

31st March, 1914. Presented, 1915 Printed for distribution and sessional papers.

35. Report of the Militia Council for the Dominion of Canada, for the fiscal year ending 31st

March, 1914. Presented by Hon. Mr. Hughes. lOtli K.bu.iry. 1915,

I'rintril for di'tribution and srssinnal pupertt.
V2

5 George V. Aliilmlulii-al Index l<i Se^^.-iunal Tnpcrs. A. I'Jl;

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 26.

36. Ueport of the Departrnent of I>abour lor tli.- flsciil year endinK 31^^t M.nch, 1914. Prs-

senteil by Hon. Mr. Ciollicrs, 8th K*ljiuaiy, laiu.

I'rintvd for disdibution and ai naionul pnpira.

36<>- Seventh Heiiort of tl\o KtKistrar of Boards of Ooralliation and IiivoetrKHtion of the pro-
ceedinKs under "• The Industrial I>i.siiutfS InvestiKation Act, 1907," for the flm al year
endinf? 31st March. 1914. I'resenled by Hon. Mr. toothers, fcth February, 191.'..

Printed lor distribution nnd ataniontil pnprra.

37. Tenth Annual Heport of the Commis.s'oners of the Transcontinental Railway, for the year

ended 31st March, 1914. I'resenled by Hon. Mr. <'ochran«'. Mh February, 191.'..

I'rintid for dislribiitiou and amnional pnpr.ra.

37u. Interim Report of the C'ommlsBioners of the Transcontinental Rjiilway, for the nine
months ended 31st December, 1914. I'resented by Hon. Mr. Cochrane, 15th February,
1915. .Vot prinlid.

38. Report of the Department of the Naval Service, for the fiscal year ending 3l8t March, 1914.

Presented by Hon. Mr. Hazen, 8th February, 1915.

Printid for distribution and srssinual jiiii>< ' «.

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 27.

39. Forty-seventh Annual Report of the Department of Marine and Fisheries, 1913-14 Fish-

eries. Presented by Hon. Mr. Hazen. 8th February, 191.")

Printrd for distribution and sessional pupi rs.

3fJ««- Fisheries Investigations in Hudson's and James Bays. I'resented by Hon. Mr. Hazen,
VJ\o Printed for distribution and s<st)ional papers.

396. Supplement to the 47th Annual Rei)ort of the Department of Marine and Fisheries (Fiwh-
eries Branch), — Contributions to Canadian Biology, 1911-14, Part 1 — Marine Biology
Presented by Hon. Mr. Hazen, 16th February, 1915.

Prinli d for distribution and sessional papers.

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 28.

40. Tlie Report of the Joint Librarians of Parliament. Presented by Hon. Mr. Speaker, 4th

F'ebruary, 1914 Not printed.

41. Report of R. A. I'ringle, K.C., Commissioner appointed to investigate into the payment of

subsidies to the Southampton Railway Company, together with the evidence, etc.,
taken before the Commi.ssioner. Presented by Hon. Mr. Cochrane, 8th February, 1915.

Not printriL

42. Radiotelegraph Regulation 106 concerning the wave length for use by Canadian licensed

ship stations during the periotl of hostilities, and

Amendment to the R.idiotelegraph Regulations, Nos. 103 (Ship Stations in Terri-
torial Wa-ters) and 104 (Ship Stations in Haibours). Presented by Hon. Mr. Hazen,
8th February, 1915 ! .. . .Not printed.

43. No. P. C. 260, datetl 3rd February, 1915, re Kslablishment of Rank of Mate in the Royal

Canadian Navy. Presented by Hon. Mr Hazen, 8th February, 1915 Not printed.

43(1. Copy of Order in Council No. P.C. 304, dated ISth February. 1915. — Establishment of
ranks of Lieutenant-Commander, Engineer Lieutenant-Commander and Lieutenai.t-
Commander R.C-N.V.R., in the Royal Canadian Navy. Presented by Hon. Mr. Hazen,
nth March, 1915 Notprinl'iL

43b. Coi>y of Order in Council No. P.C. 476, dated Cth March, 1915, — Regulations concerning
the classification of engineer ofHcers. Presented by Hon. Mr. H.azen, 15th March, 19)5.

Not pi int< (/.

44. Copies of Orders in Council re Naval Service.

No. PC. 2175, dated 21st August, 1914, re Extra Rates of Pay for Service ni Sni.-
marine Vessels.

No. P.C. 2251, re Riites of Pay and Allowances for I'etty Ottlcers and Men Volun-
teering for 'War Service.

No. P.C. 2960, re Scheme of .Separation Allowance for the Dependents of thos«
serving in H M.C. ships. Presented by Hon. Mr. Hazen. 8th February, 1915.

Not printed.

(Jet.rfe V. Alphabetical Imlex to Sessional Papers. A. 191?)

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 2S— Continued.

45 Return to an Order of the House of the 20th April, 1914. for a copy of all letters, papers,
tenders and other documents in regard to the purchase of any cars for the Intercolonial
Riiilway during the years 1912 and 1913. Presented 9th February, 1915.— J/r. Mac-
donald Not printed.

45n Return to an Order of the House of the 15th February, 1915, for a copy of all letters,
telegrams, contracts, and other documents relating to the purchase of cars by the Inter-
colonial Railway since 1st July, 1914. Presented 9th April. 1915.— 3/r. Macdonuld.

Not printed.-

16 Ileturn to an Order of the House of the 2<5th February, 1914, for a return showing: — 1.
The average cost per mile of construction of the Canadian Pacific Railway from its
inception to date. 2. The average cost per mile in the last ten years. .3. The avftrage
rental per mile of lines leased by the Canadian Pacific Railway Company, and the
names of such leased lines. 4. The rental paid by the Canadian Pacific Railway for
the Toronto. (Jrey and Bruce Railway from Toronto to Owen Sound. Presented 9th
February, 1915.— J/r. -ViVW/ebjo Not printed.

47. Return to an Order of the House of the 1st June. 1914, for a return showing the revenue

derived from freight received at and forwarded from the following stations on the
Intercolonial Railway during the fiscal years 1913 and 1914, giving separately the
amount for each of said stations, viz. : Drummondville, Rimouski, Ste. Flavie, Mata-
pedia, Campbellton and Bathurst. Presented 9th February, 1915. — Mr. Boulay.

Not printed.

48. Return to an Order of the House of the 1st June, 1914, for a return showing the names of

the staff employed in the several departments of the general offices of the Intercolonial
Railway at Moncton, together with their salaries respectively as of 1st April, 1914.
Presented 9th February, 1915. — Mr. Emmerson Not printed.

49. Return to an Order of the House of the ISth May, 1314, for a return showing the names

of the men who have been appointed to positions in the Prince IDdward Railway Ser-
vice from the 1st January, 1912, to the 1st May, 1914; the positions held by such
appointees and the salary or wages attached to each position. Presented 9th Februarv.
1915. — Mr. Huahes (Kings, P.E.I.) Not printed.

49a. Return to an Order of the House of the 1st March, 1915, for a return giving the names
and post office addresses of all persons appointed to positions on the Prince Edward
Island Railway from the 1st of October, 1911. to the present time; with a description of
the position to which each person was so appointed. Presented 22nd March, 1915. — ^fr.
Hughes (Kings, P.E.I.) Not printed.

50. Return to an Order of the House of the 11th February, 1914, for a return showing the

names, tonnage, port of registry and destination of all foreign vessels engaged in fish-
ing, both sail and steam, that entered and cleared from the port of North Sydney dur-
ing the year ending 31st December, 1913. Presented 9th February, 1915. — Mr. Sin-
rlfiir Not printed.

51. Return to an Order of the House of the 1st June, 1914, for a copy of all correspondence

lietween the Department of Justice and the Attorney General of Quebec, with regard
to the appointment of judges, since the 1st of February, 1913. Presented 9th February,
1915. — .Sir Wilfrid Lanrier Not printed.

52. Return to an Order of the House of the 30th March, 1914, for a return showing: — 1. Par-

ticulars of the inventories and value of the estate of the late George A. Montgomery,
Registrar at Regina, whose estate escheated to the Crown. 2. The amount realized at
Regina or elsewhere, on the conversion of said estate into money. 3. The costs paid
or allowed with names and amounts paid or allowed before the residue was paid over
to the Crown. 4. The amount paid over and actually received by the Crown. 5. The
di.«position of the fund and the names of the persons to whom any sum has been paid,
and the .respective amounts thereof so paid over or allowed since the Crown received
the s.'ime. fi. A statement showing the difference between the reports of the present
Bnd the late Minister of Justice as to disposition of the fund, and a copy of such corre-
spondence and representations as led up to any change. 7. Tlie actual balance now on
hand and the intended disposition thereof. Presented 9th February. 1915. — 3fr.
Graham Not printed.

53. Return to an Order of the House of the 16th March, 1914, for a return showing all persons,

male or female, who have been capitally convicted in Canada, and each province, for
each ye.ar, from the 1st of July, 1867, to the 2nd of February, 1914, specifying the
offences and whether ,ind how the sentences were carried into effect by execution, or
otherwise, with the name of convicts ; dates of conviction ; crime of which committed ;
sentences pa.'^srd ; juflgcs by whom sentenced ; and how dealt with. 2. For a return
showing .all convicts, male and female, who have been reprieved from the execution of
capital sentences pa.ssed upon tlum during the above mentioned period, with the name

5 Oeorge \'. Aliiluiliotical lii'li'x to St«s.sion;iI I')I|kt!». A. lf>15

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 2S-Coidinued.

of convicts ; diites of conviction ; crime of which convicted ; sentences pass.'d ; by whom
sentenced : sentences commuted, and if so. to wl^at. 3. Kov a returti showinK all
persons in Canada, and eacli province, convictt^l during the ahove mentioned pei iod of
murder wliose senleiices have been mitigated, or who luive received a free pardon.
toRether with a statement of the offences of whiih tliey were severally convicted, with
the name of convicts; dates of conviction; nature of offetn^e ; sentences; and extent of
niitii^ation of sentences and dates. 4. Kor a return of instances, during the above
mentioned pei-iod. in which appeal has been made on behalf of the persons convii-tod
of c:)pital offences to His lOxcelloncy, the (Jovernor in Council, for the exercise of the
Hoyal I'rerogative of pardon, or mitigation of sentences, with the name of convicts:
dates of conviction and place; crime of which convicted; sentences; dates of appeal;
and the result. Presented 9th February, 1915. — Mr. Wilson (Lavut).. ..Not printed.

54. General Rules and Orders of the Kxchequer Court of Cana<la made, respectively, on the

23rd September, 1914. and tlie ISth June, 1914. Tresonted by Hon. Mr. Coderre, 9th
February, 1915 Xot printed.

54<i General Rules and Orders of the Exchequer Court of Canada made on the 15th February,
1915. Presented by Hon. Mr. Coderre, 16th March, 1915 iVof printed.

55. Ordinances of the Yukon Territory passed by the Yukon Council in the year 1914. Pre-

sented by Hon. Mr. Coderre, 9th February, 1915 Not prinlrd.

56. Ueturn to an Order of the House of the 18th May, 1914, for a return showing the details

of moneys paid to J. F. Farrington, $248.25 ; B. H. Smith. $469.50, and H. C. Dash.
$IS2.40, as set forth in Hansard of this session, page 3071. Presented 9th February,
1915. — Mr. McLran (Halifax) Not piinted

57. Return to an Order of the House of the 16th March. 1914, for a copy of instruction sent

to Mr. \Vm. Flynn, advocate, to hold investigations into charges made against employees
of the Department of Marine and Fisheries in Bonaventure County, and reports made
by him in such investigations. Presented 9th February. 1915. — Mr. Marcil (Bonaven-
''"■f> Not printed.

58. Return to an Order of the House of the 2"lh April. 1914. for a copy of all documents bear-

ing upon the application made to the Department of Marine and Fisheries for the dis-
missal of Ulric Dion, lightkeeper at St. Charles de Caplan, Quebec, and the appoint-
ment of Omer Arsenault in his place, and on the action taken by the Department in
that connection. Presented 9th February, 1915. — Mr. Marcil (Bojiaventure).

Not printed.

59. Return to an Order of the House of the 9th February, 1914, for a copy of all agreement.s

made and entered into between the Department of Marine and Fisheries or the Govern-
ment and Railway and Express Companies, including the Intercolonial Railway, relat-
ing to the transportation of fresh fish by fast freight or express, since the year 1906;
also a copy of all guarantees given to railway and express companies by the Govern-
ment or any Departinent thereof, relating to such transportation, together with a state-
ment of all disburs'-ments made by the Department of Marine and Fisheries each year
under the terms of such agreements or guarantees, distingui-sliing between disburse-
ments made on account of fast freight and disbursements made on account of express
shipments ; also the number of refrigerator cais, subject to guarantee, by Department
of Marine and Fisheries, forwarded by fast freight from Mulgrave or Halifax to Mont-
real, each calendar year since 1906, and the number of tons of freight carried by such
cars each year. Also the number of refrigerator expre.ss cars forwarde<l from said
points, Mulgrave and Halifax to Montreal, up to December 31. 1913. under the to#m3
of an agreement made since 1911. between the Department of Marine and Fisheries
and the railway or express companies or both. Also the number of tons of fresh flsh
carried by express companies, prior to December 31, 1913, under the last mentioned
agreement; and the amount paid up to December 31, 1913, by the Dei)artment of
Marine and F^isheries. under the last mentioned agreement. Also the number of tons
of fresh fish canied by express companies from Mulgrave and Halifax to points west
since 1906, on which the Government paid one-third, but not under the terms of the

said agreement made as aforesaid, since 1911. Presented 9th February. 1915. Mr.

Sinclair Not printed .

60. Return to an Order of the House of the 20th April. 191 I. for a return showing all the post

otflces in the several counties in the province of Nova Scotia for which a rent allow-
ance, or a fuel fund, and light allowance is made, specifying the amount of such allow-
ance in each case. Presented 9th February. 1914. — Mr. Chisholm < .Xntigoniah).

Not printed

61. Return to an Ordor of the House of the 16th March. 1914, for a copy of all correspond-

ence, letters, telegrams, etc., in the year 1913, r'.latlng to the carrying of the mads
between Graml Riv. r P'alls and Grand River, county of Richmond, and the awarding of
the contract to Malcolm McCusplc. Presented 9th February. 1913. — Mr. Kyte.

. . . .Not printed.
15

5 (Jcurgc V. Alpliabetical Index to He.-siuiial Piipcrs. A. 1915

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 2S—CoH{inucd.

62. Return to an Oi'ler of the House of the 11th May, 1914, for a copy of all letters, ttle-

grains, concsironflenc-e .-ind memorials since the 1st day of November. 1911, relating
to the post olfice at Johnstown, Richmond County, N.S., and to complaints against the
present i>ostmaster and recommendations for his dismissal. J 'resented 9th Febtuary,
1915. — Mr. Kyle Not p>intf:d.

63. Return to an Order of the House of the 20th April, 1914, for a copy of all papers, petitions,

letters and teleRrams concerning the change of site of the post office at St. Lpzare
Village, county of Bellechasse, Quebec. Presented 9th Feliruary, 1915. — Mr. Lrmi<nx.

. . . .Not prinled.

64. Statement of Governor General's Warrants issued since the last Se.ssion of Parliament on

account of 1914-15. Presented by Hon. Mr. White, yth February, 1915.

Not printed.

65. Statement of expenditure on account of " Miscellaneous Unforeseen Expenses," from the

ISth August, 1914, to the 4th February, 1915, in accordance with the Appropriation
Act of 1914. Presented by Hon. Mr. White, 9th February, 1915 Not printed.

66. Statement of Superannuation and Retiring Allowances in the Civil Service duiiiig the year

ending 31st December, 1914, showing name, rank, salary, service, allowance and cause
of retirement of each jjerson sui)erannuated or retired, also whether vacancy is filled
by promotion or by aiipointment, and .salary of any new ai)pointee. Presented by Hon.
Mr. White, 9th February, 1915 Not printed.

67. Statement of receipts and expenditures of the Ottawa Improvement Commission to 31st

March, 1914. Presented by Hon. Mr. White, 9th February, 1915 Not priiitrd.

68. Statement of the affairs of the Royal Society of Canada, for the year ended 30th April,

1914. Present€d by Hon. Mr. White, 9th February, 1915 Not printrd.

69. Account of the average number of men employed on the Dominion Police )• urce during

each month of the year 1914, and of their pay and travelling expenses, puisuant to
Chapter 92, Section 6, Subsection 2, of the Revised Statutes of Canada. Presented by
Hon. Mr. Doherty, 10th February, 1915 Not ptiiilrd.

70. Return to an Order of the Senate, date<l the 16th January, 1913, calling for copy o;' the

l)lans. reports, soundings, and other germane information respecting the ports of
Churchill and Fort Nelson, so far as the Department of Railways and Canals is lon-
cerned. — ' Srnolr) Not piintrd.

71. Return to an Order of the Senate, dated the 29th April, 1914, showing: — 1. Titles of all

books, pamphlets and other printed papers issued by the King's I'rinter during the
year ending on the 31st of March, 1914. 2. The number of each of such bool<s,
pamphlets and papers printed dui-ing such year, and the number distributed, with the
dates of distribution. 3. The number of pages in each. 4. The cost of each. 5. The
authority for the printing and issuing of each of such books, pamphlets and papers. —
(Senate) Not printrd.

72. licturn to an Order of the Senate dated the 30th April, 1914, for the production of all pro-

posals submitted to the Government for the construction of the Montreal, Ottawa and
Georgian Bay Canal and all the correspondence relating thereto. — (Senate).

Not printrd.

72u Return to an Order of the House of the 11th February, 1915, for a copy of all petit ous
and memoranda from commercial bodies or other parties in relation to the immi<l-ate
con.struclion of the tleorgian Bay Canal, and of all cori-espoiidcnce in connection with
the same since 21st Sejjtember, 1911. I'lPscnted 4th March, 1915. — Sir Wilfrid Lanrirr.

Not printrd.

73. <'oi)i«f< of general orders promulgatetl to tlic mlliti.i for th^ period between 25th November,

19J3, and 24th December, 1914. — (Senate) Not printed.

74. Copy of correspondence rcsjiecting the control of the exportation of nickel. Presented by

Sir Robert Borden, lllh February, 1915 Not printed.

75. Memorandum respecting work of the Department of Militia and Defence — European War,

1914-15. Presented by Hon. Mr. Hughes, nth K( bruary, 1915 Not printed.

76. Ketuin to an Onler of the House of the 6th April. I'.iH, for a copy of all correspondence,

letterB, telcgnimH. <'omplaints an<l documents of all kinds received by the Department of
Trade and Coinrnorce during the years 1913-14, with respect to the Pictou-Mulgrave-
Cheti<amii «t«-:unship route. Presented 11th I'^ebruary, 1915. — Mr. Chisliotin (Inver-
■ncsH) Not prinit d.

1(J

5 George V. Alphabotital Index to Sessional Papers. A. llM.'i

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 2S -Continued.

77. Return to an OrMrr of the House of tlie Stli Juno, 1914, for a copy of all docunnentB bear-

iiiK on an application or ap|>liialions made to the Superintendent <;eiieral of Indian
Affairs or the Department, on an amendment to the Indian Act to facilitate the sale
of the Indian Uescrve of UestiRouche, U'ue., or on the acciuirin^ othorwiite of any por-
tion or the whole of the said reserve for Industrial or other purjioses, and any answcre
given thereto. rrtscntctl 11th February, 11)15. — Mr. M<ncil i hoiiui^tnturc).

Not printed.

78. Return to an Order of the House of the 2nd February, 1914, for a return ehowiriK the

names of the sailors who have been employed on the Eureka during the years lOlO,
1911. 1912 and 1913. Presented 12th February, 1915. — Mr. BouUiy Kot printed.

79. Return to an Order of the House of the l.'th April, 1914, for a return showing the total

bond issue of the Canadian Nortliern Railway Company and its affiliated companies;
and the total cost to date of the con.«t ruction of the lines of railways comprising the
Canadian Northern Itailway system, including terminals, sidings, etc. I'resented I2th
February, 1915. — Mr. Murphy Not printed.

80. Return to an Order of the House of the 18th May, 1914, for a copy of all papers, docu-

jnents, reports and evidence relative to the dismissal or proposed dismissal of W. A.
Case of the Government Quarantine Service at Halifax, N.S. Presented 12th February,
1915. — Mr. McLean (Halifax) Not printed.

81. Return to an Order of the House of the 26th February, 1914, for a return showing: — 1.

The freight rates charged during the years 1912 and 1913, on wheat from Canadian
ports to ports in the United Kingdom by the Canadian Pacific Railway Company's
Steamship Lines, the Allan Steamship Line and the Canadian Northern Railway Com-
. I)any"s Steamship Lines. 2. The profits made by the freight boats of the said several
lin»'s which carried wheat alone or with other freight. Presented 12ih February, 191.'..
— l<tnjauics Aikins Not priiw .

82. Return to an Order of the House of the ifith February, 1914, for a copy of all reiiorls,

requests, petitions, memorials, letters, telegrams and other correspondence and docu-
ments relating to the removal, suspension or dismissal, by the management of the
Intercolonial Railway, of Warren Carter and Fredericli Avard, employees in the freight
department of the Intercolonial Railway at Sackville, N.B. ; and of all letters, tele-
giams and other corresi)ondence in the Department of Railways and Canals, or in the
railway offices at Moncton, or in any Department of Government, addres^sed to the
Minister of Railways and Canals, or to any other member of the Government, or to
any official of the Department of Railways and Canals, or of the Intercolonial Railway,
by any person or persons in the county of Westmorland, N.B., in any manner relating
to said employees and to the dispensing with their services, particularly of any letters
sent to F. P. Brady, General Superintendent of the Intercolonial, by any party or
parties in Sackville, N.B., or elsewhere, and of all replies to any such letters, coire-
spondence or documents. Presented 12th February, 1915. — Mr. Entmerson.

Not printed.

83. Return to an Order of the House of the 23rd March, 1914, for a return showing: — 1. What

investigations and other work have been entrusted by the Government, or any Depart-
ment thereof, to G. Howard Ferguson, member for the electoral division of the county
of Grenville in the Legislative Assembly of the province of Ontario. 2. How much the
said G. Howard Ferguson has been paid by the Government, or any Department there-
of, for fees and disbursements since the 21st of September, 1911, and how much is still
due and owing to him. 3. How much has been paid to the said G. Howard Ferguson
by the Government or any Department thereof, since the 2l3t September, 1911. in
connection with any other matter whatever. I'resented I2th February, 1915. — .1/r.
Prouli Not printed.

84. Further Supplementary Return to an Order of the House of the 28th April, 1913, for a

return showing a list of all the newspapers in Canada in which advertisements havf
been inserted by the Government, or any minister, officer or department thereof, between
10th October, 1911, and the present date, together with a statement of the gross amo\int
paid therefor between the above dates to each of said newspapers or to the proprietors
of the same. Presented 12th February, 1915. — Afr. Sinclair Not pHmed.

84a. Further Supplementary Return to an Order of the House of the 30ih April, 1913, for :i
return showing a list of all the newspapers in Cana.la in which advertisements have
been inserted by the Government, or any minister, olticer or department thereof, between
the 10th day of October. 1906, and 10th October, 1907, and between said dates in each
of the years following up to the 10th October. 1911. together with a statement of the
gross amount paid therefor for the years mentioned, to each of the said newsi>apers or
the proprietors of the same. Presented 12th February, 1913. — .Mr. Thornton.

Not printed.

70210-2 17

George V. Alphabetical ludex to Sessional Papers. A. 191.

85c.

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 2S— Continued.

85 Partial Return to an Order of the House of the 4th March. 1914 for a return showing:—
How manv employees of the Federal Government of Canada, including all services
and all departments, have been dismissed from 10th October. 1911. to the present
date 2 How many have resigned. 3. How many have deserted the service. 4.
How many deserters have been punished. 5. How many new employees have been
engaged or appointed by the present Government during the same period. Presente'i
12th February. 1915.— .Vr. Boivin *^o« printed.

85a. Return to an Order of the House of the 4th March. 1914. for a return showing:—
1 How manv employees of the Federal Government of Canada, including all servicea
and all departments, have been dismissed from 10th October, 1911. to the present
date 2 How many have resigned. 3. How many have deserted the service. 4.
How many deserters have been punished. 5. How many new employees have been
engaged or appointed by the present Government during the same period. Presented
4th March. 1915.— 3fr. Bou'in Not printed.

85b Further Supplementary Return to an Order of the House of the 4th March 1914 for a return
showing:— 1. How many employees of the Federal Government ot Canada, including
all services and all departments, have been dismissed from lOth October. 1911. to the
present date 2. How many have resigned. 3. How many have deserted the service.
4 How many deserters have been punished. 5. How many new employees have been
engaged or appointed by the present Government during the same period. Presented
5th March. 1915.— flfn Cotvin Not printed.

Further Supplementary Return to an Order of the House of the 4th March, 1914. for a return

showing: 1. How many employees of the Federal Government of Canada, including

all services and all departments, have been dismissed from 10th October. 1911. to the
present date. 2. How many have resigned. 3. How many have deserted the service.
4 How many deserters have been punished. 5. How many new employees have been
eiigaged or appointed by the present Government during the same period. Presented
12th March. 1915. — Mr. Boivin Not printed.

SSd Further Supplementary Return to an Order of the House of the 4th March, 1914, for a return
showing: — 1. How many employees of the Federal Government of Canada, including
all services and all departments, have been dismissed from 10th October. 1911. to the
present date. 2. How many have resigned. ?.. How many have deserted the service.
4. How many deserters have been punished. 5. How many new employees have been
engaged or appointed by the present Government during the same period. Presented
7th April. 1915. — Mr. Boivin Not pnnted.

86 Further Supplementary Return to an Order of the House of the 18th February. 1914. for
a copy of all charges, complaints, memorials, correspondence and telegrams, not
already produced, relating to officials in any department of the Government since 10th
October. 1911, the number of oflicials dismissed, reports of investigations held in
resiject of such charges, items of expenditure and costs of each investigation, the names
of persons appointed to ofTice in the place of dismissed officials, and of all recom-
mendations received in behalf of persons so appointed in the pro\'ince of Prince Edward
Island. Presented 12th February, 1915. — Mr. Hughes ( Kings, P.E.I.)

Not printed.

87. Partial Return to an Order of the House of the 18lh May, 1914, for a return showing in

all cases in which Charles Seager, of Goderich, acted as Government Commissioner in
the investigation of officials charged with partizanship, or other offences, from and
including the year 1896 to the year 1900; and the names of all officials dismissed by
reason of the reports of the said Charles Seager. the positions held by such otriclals,
and when such dismissals took place ; with a copy of the evidence taken in all such
cases, together with the commissioners reports thereon, and also showing what fees
were paid to the said Charles Seager for conducting such investigations. Presented
12th February. 1915. — Mr. Clark (Bruce) Not printed.

88. Return to an Order of the House of the 16th March. 1914, for a copy of all correspond-

ence, letters, telegrams, complaints and of all other documents in any way referring
to the operation of the salmon hatchery at North East Margaree, and the fish pond at
Margaree Harbour from 1911 to date. Presented 15th February. 1915. — Mr. Chisholm
{Invcrncaa) Not pi-intcd.

89. Retwn to an Address to His Royal Highness the Governor General of the 11th May. 1914,

for a copy of all letters, telegrams. Orders in Council, contracts, tenders, papers and
other documents in possession of the Department of Public Works, and of the Depart-
ment of Militia and Defence, relating to the construction of an armoury at Amherst.
N.S. Presented 15th February, 1915. — Mr. Sinclair Not printed.

90. I..ctter8 of the Honourable I.onis P. Pelletier. M.P.. and the Honourable Wilfrid R. Nantol.

MP., resigning their positions as Postmaster General and Minister of Inland Revenue,
respectively, and letters of the Prime Minister in acknowledgment thereof. Presented
by Sir Robert Borden, 15th February. 1915 Not printd.

George V. Alphaljctical Index to Sessional Papers. A. 191;

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 2S— Continued.

91. Report of Board of OilKors on boots supplied to the Canadian Expeditionary Fore*. Pre-

sented by Hon. Mr. Hughes, 15th February, 1915 Not printed.

92. RotfulatiOMS under " Tlie Destructive Insect and Pest Act." Presented by Hon. Mr.

Hurroll, 16th February, 1915 Sot printed

93. Report on "The Agricultural Instruction Act," 1913-14, pursuant to Section 8 of the above

named Act. Presented by Hon. Mr. Burrell, 16th February, 1915.

I'rintrd for sessional papers only

93n Supplementary Return to an Address to His Royal Highness the Governor <''ieneral of the
9th February, 1914, for a copy of all arrangements made between the Government and
the various provinces under the Agricultural Instruction .\ct. Presented l9th February,
1915. — Sir ^Vilfrid Laurier Kot printed.

93b. Return to an Order of the House of the 20th April, 1914, for a copy of all documents,
correspondence, letters, petitions, reports, etc., exchanged between Dr. C. C. James, Mr.
J. C. Chapais and each of the Provincial Ministers of Agriculture, in connection with
the distribution and the administration of the federal subsidy granted to the provinces
for agricultural purposes since the granting of same. Presented 23rd February, 1913.
— Ur. Lapointe {Kamovraska} Not printed.

94. Return to an Order of the House of the 11th February. 1914, for a copy of all telegrams,

correspondence, instructions, recommendations, and other documents that passed
between the Shellfi.«h Fishery Commission of 1913, and the Department of Marine and
Fisheries, from the date of the appointment of .said Commission to 31st December,
1913, excluding such documents as have been printed in the published report of said
Commission. Presented 16th February, 1915. — Mr. Sinclair Not printed.

95. Return to an Order of the House o€ the 16th March, 1914, for a copy of all correspondence.

tenders, telegrams, complaints and of all other documents in any way referring to the
collecting of spawn for the Margaree Lobster Hatchery during the years 1911-12.
1912-13 and 1913-14. Presented 16th February, 1915. — Mr. Chisholm {Invcmesf).

Not printed-

96. R<?turn to an Order of the House of the 10th February, 1915, for a return showing the

amount of coal imported into Alberta, Saskatchewan and Manitoba, respectively, from
the United States during the year 1914 ; also the amount of duty collected in each of
the said provinces during the same year. Presented 16th February, 1915. — Mr.
B>ichanan Not printrd.

97. Copy of the Eighth Joint Report of the Commissioners for the Demarcation of the Meri-

dian of the 141st Degree of West Lngitude. Presented by Hon. Mr. Roche. 18th
February, 1915 Not printed.

98. Return to an Order of the House of the 20th April, 1914, for a copy of the agreement

between the Government of Canada and the Canadian I'aciflc Railway Company at the
time the special land grant was made whereby the Canadian Pacific Railway Company
were enabled to get their land grant in one block for the purpose of establishing their
present irrigation system east of Calgary, province of Alberta. Presented 18th
February, 1915. — Mr. Burnham Not printed.

99. Return to an Order of the House of the 23rd March, 1914, for a copy of all letters, tele-

giams and other documents in connection with the sale of any timber on Parry Island,
P.arry Sound District, and of advertisements, agreements for purchase and any other
documents connected with such sale or grant of timber to any person or persons. Pre-
sented 18th February, 1915. — Mr. Arthurs Not rpinted.

100. Return to an Order of the House of the 11th February. 1914, for a return showing

reasons for the dismissal of Mr. Larivlfire, Dominion Lands Agent at Girouard ; the
date of his appointment and of dismissal and salary at time of dismissal ; also the
name of agent appointed in his place, with date of appointment and salary. Presented
ISth February, 1915. — Mr. Oliver Hot printed.

101. Annual Return re.'specting Trade Unions under Chapter 125. RS.C, 1906. Presented by

Hon. Mr. Coderre, 18th February, 1915 Not printed.

102. A detailed statement of all bonds or securities registered in the Department of the Secre-

tary of State of Canada, since last return (21st January, 1914) submitted to the Par-
liament of Canada under Section 32 of Chapter 19, of the Itovised Statutes of Canada,
i:>06. Presented by Hon. Mr. Coderre. 18th February, 1915 Not printed,

79240— 2i 10

5 George V. Alphabetical Index to Sessioual Papers. A. 1915

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 2S— Continued.

103 Return to an Order of the House of the 9th February, 1914, for a copy of all petitions
memorials letters, teleKrams. papers, and documents received by any department of
the CovernmeiU of Canada, or any Minister of the Crown from any company, corpor-
ation, person or persons, requesting the removal of any customs duties upon wheat or
wheat products entering Canada, or protesting against any diminution or removal of
such custom's duties, and any replies thereto. Presented 18th February. 191o.— il/r.
Maclean {Halifax) • Not pr.ntcd.

104. Return to an Order of the House of the 20th April, 1914, for a copy of all correspond-
ence, letters, documents or other papers relating to the cancellation of the entry of
RBannatyne for the northwest i of section 24, township 35, range 18, west of the
2nd meridian. Presented 19th February, 1915. — Mr. Ncely Not printed.

105 Return to an Order of the House of the 16th February, 1914, for a return showing the
name of the postmaster of the Parish of St. Romuald, county of L6vis, who. it is said,
was dismissed from office since September, 1911, the reasons for such dismissal, the
nature of the complaints made against him, the names of the parties who made those
complaints, together with a copy of all correspondence and telegrams relating thereto,
the name of the inquiring commissioner, and report of investigation, if any, and of all
evidence taken at the investigation, the names of those who recommended the successor,
names of the parties by whom the Government was represented at such investigation,
with a detailed statement of all the accounts paid or to be paid by any de^partment in
connection with the aforesaid dismissal and investigation, the names of the parties who
received any money or filed their accounts in connection with said investigation, and
the amount awarded to or claimed by each of them. Presented 19ti February, 1915. —
Mr. Bourussa Not printed.

106. Return showing lands sold by the Canadian Pacific Railway Company during the year

which ended on the 30th September, 1914. Presented by Hon. Mr. Roche. 19th Feb-
ruary, 1915 Not printed.

107. Return to an Order of the House of the 10th June, 1914, for a return showing: — 1. The

amount of money sent through the post offices in the past five years outside Canada
from the following Cape Breton post offices : Glace Bay, Caledonia Mines, Dominion No.
4. New Aberdeen, Bridgeford, Old Bridgeford, Reserve Mines, Sydney. Whitney Pier,
Ashby, North Sydney, Sydney Mines, Florence, Dominion No. 6, and Port Marrien. 2.
What countries was such money transmitted to. Presented 22nd February, 1915. —
Mr. Carroll Not printed.

108. Return to an Order of the House of the 15th February, 1915, for a copy of all correspond-

ence, telegrams and other documents in connection with the removal from the customs
service at Lethbridge, Alberta, of Brown Pipes and A. R. Gibbons. Presented 23rd
February, 1915. — Mr. Buchanan Not printed^

109. Utturn to an Order of the House of the 15th February, 1915, for a return giving the

names of all the transports hired since 1st August, 1914, for the conveyance of troops,
horses, stores and material to England, the name of each vessel owner, broker or other
person through whom the vessel was chartered, the tonnage of each vessel, speed, rate
paid per ton per week or month, minimum time for which engaged, date of agreement,
date at which pay commenced, date at which pay ceased, and the total sum paid by
the Government for hire and other charges. Presented 23rd February, 1915. — Mr.
Murphy Not printed.

110. Return to an Order of the House of the lath February, 1915, for a return showing: — 1.

How many transport wagons were purchased for the Second and Third Contingents?
2. From whom they were purchased, and the name of each person or firm? 3. How
many were purcliased from each? 4. What was the price paid per wagon? 5. If any
tenders were asked? 6. If any tenders were received that were not accepted? 7. If
so, what was the price tendered at? Presented 23rd February, 1915. — Mr. Nesbilt.

Not printed.

111. R'turn to an Order of the House of the 11th February, 1915, for a return showing: —

1. How many persons have been made prisoners of war since the declaration of war
between the Allies, Germany and Austria? 2. Where they have been kept captive' 3.
Whnt is the name of each place of detention, and the name of the otlicer in charge
of such place of detention? I'resented 23rd February, 1915. — Mr. Wilson (Laval).

Not printed

lllii lieturn to an Order of the House of the 19lh February, 1915, for a statement in detail
of :. The number of prisoners of war in this country : the number under parole ; the
number held in detention camps ; the number of detention cami^s. where situated, liow
accessible, and the number of i)risoners in eacli. The amount of cost to Canada in
each of these cump.«i, respectively, for subsistence. i>ay. ololhin.!;. transiiortation and
«upprvi.«lon : the nature of work done by prisoners, and the total value of same to date.
Presenled Isl April, 1915.— Jl/r. Clark (Red Liter) Not printed.

6 George V. Alphabetical Index to Sobsional Papers. A. 191')

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 2S— Continued.

112. Heturn to an Ortler of the House of the luth February, 1915, for a copy of all Ifttrr"'.

telegrams, minutes of investipation and other documents relating to the dlsmlfmal of
Jurnes Hrennan. fireman Intercolonial Railway at Stellarton. Presented 25th February.
1915.— itfr. A/«t<ion«Wfi Sotprintitl.

113. Keturn to an Order of Uie House of the 11th Ktbruary. 1915, for return showinR if any

ofli.ial statement was Riven on behalf of the management of the Intercolonial R.iilway
to the effect that wajif!- would be paid in their absence to the employees of the railway
who volunteered for active service. If so, when and by whom? If any order has been
made by the Kailway Department providing for such iiayment, and if so,, when the said
order was made. I'resented 23rd February, 1915. — Mr. Macdonald A'of printnl.

114. Return to an order of the House of the 9th February, 1915, for a copy of all paj.-m,

petitions, letters and telegrams exchanged between the Quebec Board of Trade and the
Department of Railways and <'anals concerning the circulation of trains on that section
of the National Transcontinental Railway between Cochrane and Quebec City. Pre-
sented 23rd February, 1915. — Mr. Lemicux Not printed.

115. Return (in so far as the Department of the Interior is concerned) of copies of all Orders

in Council, plans, papers and correspondence relating to the Canadian Pacific Railway,
which are required to bo presented to the House of Commons, under a resolution passf-d
on 20th February, 18S2, since the date of the last return, under such resolution. Pre-
sented by Hon. Mr. Roche, 24th February, 1915 Not piimcil.

116. Return showing: — 1. Who the Remount Commissioners are for Western and Easte' ii

t^iiiada respectively? 2. When and by whom they were appointed, and what theii-
general instructions were? 3. Why were the mobilization orders 1913. which provide
for the purchase of remounts, ignored and civilians put in charge of the purchase of
remounts? 4. The names of the purchasers and inspecting veterinary officers appointed
by the Remount Commissioner for Eastern Canada, in the various remount divisions?
5. If any of the purchasers and inspecting veterinary officers have been stopped buy-
ing. If so. what their names are, and the reasons given by the Remount Commis-sionr-r
for his action? 6. How many horses have been purchased between 1st December and
31st January, in tach remount division in Eastern* Canada, and the average price paid
per horse? 7. What the average cost per horse is in each remount division to cover
the expenses, including pay or allowances and all travelling and other expenses,
between the said dates. Presented 24th February, 1915. — Mr. Lemieux. .Not printed.

117. Return showing: — 1. From how many firms the Government have ordered ankle boots

for the various contingents now being equipped for service? 2. The names of these
firms? 3. How many ankle boots have been ordered from each firm? 4. How many
ankle boots each firm have delivered up to date? 5. How many ankle boots each firm
have yet to deliver? 6. The price that each firm is receiving for these ankle boota.
Presented 24th February, 1915. — Mr. Lemienx Nat printed.

118. Return to an Order of the House of the 22nd February, 1915, for a copy of all corresponil-

ence. recommendations, tenders and other papers on file in the ofllce of the Department
of Railways and Canals relating to supplying ice for the Intercolonial Railway at Mul-
grave for the year 1915. Presented 25th February, 1915. — Mr. Sinclair.

Not printed.

119. Return to an Order of the House of the ISth F«bruary, 1915, for a return showing: — 1.

How manv motor trucks were sent with the first contingent to England? 2. From
whom they were purchased, and by whom they were manufactured? 3. What their
• capacity was? 4. What price was paid for them? 5. If any expert was employed by
the Government in coimection with their purchase. If so, who? 6. If any commis-
sion was paid by the Government to any one in connection with their purchase? 7.
If the trucks have given satisfaction in service. If not, what defects were exhibited?
8. If a committee was appointed by the Militia Department or the Government m
regard to the jiurohast of motor trucks for the second and further contingents. If so,
who comprised it, and what were their special (|ualifications? 9. If one, Mr. McQuarrie.
was .a member of this committee. If so, is it true he was, and is still, an employee of
the' Russell Motor Car Company of Toronto? 10. If one, Owens Thomas, was employed
as expert on the said Committee? If so, what he was paid, or what he is to be paid
for his services, and how long his services were utilized? 11. If Mr. Thomas received
any commission in connection with the purchases of motor trucks either from the
Government or the manufacturers? 12. What recommendations were made by the
said committee to the Militia Department or the Government in connection with pur-
chases of motor trucks? 13. If the trucks have been purchased. If so. how n..
from whom, and at what price? 14. If it is true that these trucks were pur« i
from the Kelly Company. .Springfield. Ohio. If so. could not efficient and sii;;
trucks have been procured from Canadian manufacturers? 15. If It is true that t!.e
Government has decided to go into the motor truck business by placing orders with
Canadian manufacturers for parts, and supplying such parts to assemblers in Canada.
If so. is it true that orders have been, or are being placed with the Ru.ssell Motor Car
Company, to manufacture engines? 16. Who recommende«l Mr. Thomas to the .Minister
of the Militia or the Government? Presented 25lh February, 1915.— A/ r. Copp.

Not printed.
21

5 George V. Alphabetical ludex to Sessional Papers. A. 1915

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 2S— Continued.

120 Return to an Order of the House of the 15th February. 1915, for a return showing

•whether any exportations of food-stuJTs have been made since 1st August last, to Euro-
pean countries, other than the United Kingdom. France and Belgium, and if so, their
nature and what countries. Presented 25th February. 1915. — Mr. Cockshutt.

Not print ecL

121 Return to an Order of the House of the 11th February, 1915, for a copy of the petition,

papers documents and letters in connection with the incorporation of the Dominion
Trust Company, incorporated by Special Act of the Parliament of Canada in 1912, bein;
Chapter 89 of 2 George V. Presented 25th February, 1915. — Mr. Proulx.

yot printed.

121a Return to an Order of the House of the 11th February, 1915, for a copy of all the
correspondence exchanged between the Department of Justice and the Government of
the province of British Columbia, or any of its members, with regard to a certain Act
passed by the Legislature of the said province in 1913, being Chapter 89 of 2 Georgu
v., entitled: "An Act respecting the Dominion Trust Company." Presented 4 th March,
1915. — Mr. Proxilx Not printed.

122 Return to an Order of the House of the 11th February, 1915, for a copy of all correspond-

ence which has passed between the Auditor General and the Militia Department or any
other department of the Government sei-vice in regard to the expenditure under the War
Appropriation Act. Presented 25th February. 1915. — Mr. Maclean (Halifax).

Printed for distribution and sessional papers.

122a Memorandum of the Accountant and Paymaster -General and the Director of Contracts of
the Department of Militia and Defence, in respect to correspondence between the
Auditor General and Militia Department, relating to expenditure under the War Appro-
priation Act. Presented by Hon. Mr. Hughes, 11th March, 1915 Not printed.

123 Copy of all correspondence between the Minister of Finance and the Auditor General from

18th August to date, respecting purchases for overseas contingents, army contracts, or
other purchases for military purposes, or under the operation of the Naval Service Act
of 1910, or under Orders in Council relating to military matters. Presented by Hon.
Mr. White, 25th February, 1915 Not rpinted.

124. Certified copy of a report of the Committee of the Privy Council approved by His Royal

Highness the Governor General on the 23rd January, 1915, on the subject of separ-
ation allowance to dependents of soldiers of the First Overseas Contingent. Presented
by Hon. Mr. Rogers, 26th February, 1915 Not printed

124n Certified copy of a report of the Committee of the Pr;v>' Council approved by His Royal
Highness the Governor General on the 28th January, 1915, in respect to applicationt
from men who have enlisted in the corps raised for overseas service, to be allowed to
m^rry and to have their wives placed on the separation allowance list. Presented by
Hon. Mr. Rogers, 26th February, 1915 Not printed.

125. Return to an Order of the House of the l6th February, 1914, for a copy of all telegrams,

correspondence, petitions and documents of all kinds in any way referring to a drill
shed or armoury to be built at the town of Inverness, Inverness county. Nova Scotia.
Presented 26th February, 1915. — Mr. Chisholm (Inverness) Not printed.

126. Detailed .statemt^nt of revenue of custom duties and refund thereof under Section 92 Con-

solidated Revenue and Audit Act, through the Department of Commerce for the fiscal
year ended 31st March, 1914. — (Senate) Not printed.

127 Orders in Council which have been published in the Canada Gazette betewen the Ist

December, 1913, and 11th January, 1915, in accordance with the provisions of Section
19, Chapter 10. 1-2 Georce V. "The Forest Reserves and Park Act." — (Senate).

Not printed.

l27o- Return of Orders In Council which have been published in the Canada Ga~ctte, between
the 16th May, 1914, and 25th July, 1914. in accordance with the provisions of 'The
Forest Reserves and Park Act," Section 19, of Chapter 10, 1-2 George V. Presented
by Hon. Mr. Roche, 12th March, 1915 Not printed.

128 Orders in Council which have been published In the Can(ida Ga~ette between 1st Decem-

ber, 1913. and 15th January, 1915, in accordance with the provisions of Section 5, of
Chapter 21, 7-S lOdward VII, "The Dominion Lands Survey Act." — (Senate).

Not printed.

128" Return of Orders In Council which have been published in the Canada Gazette, between
2Uh January, 1914, and 6th February, 1915. in accordance with the provisions of
Section 77 of "The Dominion Lands Act," Chapter 20 of the Statutes of Canada, 1908.
Presented by Hon. Mr. Roche, 12th March, 1915 Not printed.

5 George V. Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers. A. 1915

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 28 -Continued.

128b- Return of Orders In Council which have been published In the Canada Oaxettr. and Id
the British CoUimbl.-i Cazettf, between llth April. 1914. and 10th December. 1914. In
accordance with provisions of Subsection (d) of Se<;tion 38 of the regulationa for the
survey, administration, disposal and manaRement of Dominion Land« within the \^-
mlle railway belt In the province of British Columbia. . Presented by Hon. Mr. Ro he,
12th March. 1915 Not prim kL

128c. Orders in Council which have been published in the Canada Gazette and in the Brilink
Columbia Gacettc, between 1st December, 1913. and the I5th January, 1915, in accord-
ance with the provisions of Subsection (d) of Section 38 of the Retrulatlons for th«
survey, administration, disposal and management of Dominion Lands within the 40-
mile railway belt In the province of British Columbia. — (Senate) Not printed.

129. Orders in Council passed between 1st Deeomhnr. U»13 and l.'Jth January. 191. ">. approving

of regulations and forms presiyibed in accordance with the provisions of Section S7 of
the Irrigation Act, Chapter 61, Revised Statutes of Canada, l'jO<a, as amended by
Chapter 38. 7-8 Edward VII. — (Senate) .\ot printed.

130. Return to an Order of the House of the 25th February, 1915, for a return showing

whether the Government purchased from the Canada Cycle and Motor Company tiret
for motor trucka for the first Canadian Contingent and. if so, the price paid per set
and the number purchased ; also whether the Government have obtained prices for
tires for motor trucks far the second contingent and, if bo, the prices per set so
obtained. Prftsented 3rd March, 1915. — Mr. Gauvreau Not printed.

131. Return to an Order of the House of the 15th February. 1915. for a copy of all corre-spond-

ence. telegrams and other documents in connection with the appointment of A. H.
McKeown to the immigration service at Lethbridgo. Alberta. Presented 3rd March,
1915. — Mr. Buchanan Not printed.

132. Return to an Order of the House of the 15th February, 1915, for a copy of all corre-

spondence, telegrams and other documents in connection with the removal from office
of A. E. Hujnphries, Inspector of Immigration at Lethbridge. Alberta. Presented 3rd
March. 1915. — Mr. Buchanan Not printed.

133. Return to an Order of the House of the 3rd June, 1914, for a return showing: — l. Who

secured the mail contract between Armagh Station and Mailloux, county of Bellechasse,
Que.? 2. How many tenders were received? 3. The names of the tenderers, and th«
amount of each tender? Presented 3rd March, 1915. — Mr. Lemiewc Not printed.

134. Return to an Order of the House of the 6th April, 1914. for a copy of all letters, tele-

grams, correspondence, complaints, and documents of all kinds in any way connected
with the asking for tenders for the mail route between Low Point and Creignish Station
during the years 1913-14. Presented 3rd March, 1915. — ilfr. Chixhohn (Inverness).

Not printed.

135. Return to an Order of the House of the 6th April, 1914, for a copy of all letters, tele-

grams and other documents relative to the mail contract between New Ross and
Vaughans post office, Waterville, province of Nova Scotia. Presented 3rd March. 1915.
— ifr. Macdonald Sot pHnted.

136. Return to an Order of the House of the 18th May, 1914, for a copy of all correspondence,

telegrams, letters and documents of all kinds in possession of the Post Office Depart-
ment received since 1913. up to the present date in any way referring to the mail con-
tract from Mabou to Wycocomagh. Presented 3rd March, 1915. — Mr. Chisholm
(Inverness) Not printed

137. Return to an Order of the House of the 25th February. 191.".. for a return showing; — 1.

The amount of money collected by sub-collectors of customs at Edmundston, N.B.. at
Clair. N.B.. at St. Leonards. N.B.. and at Green River. N.B.. each and every year for
the last five fiscal years. 2. The salaries paid in connection with each of said port*
each year. Presented 3rd March, 1915. — Mr. Michaud Not printed.

138. Return to an Order of the House of the 10th February. 1915. for a return showing how

much money has been spent amongst the merchants of the city of Medicine Hat for
Government relief, to whom the payments were made and the total amount In each case.
Presented 4th Marc'^i. 1915. — Mr. Buchanan Not printed.

139. Return to an Order of the House of the 2n(l February, 1914, for a copy of all letters.

corre.sponderu-e. jiapers and document.'* relating to the dismissal of the following persong
from the below mentioned offices in Shelburne County, N..S. : — J. V. Smith, sub-collector
of customs at Lower Woods Harbour ; John H. Lyons, keeper of lightship. Birrington
Passage; William L. Smith, lightkeeper, Baccaro : E. D. Smith, fishery overseer. Shag
Harbour ; J. A. Orechia. harbour ma.'iter. Woods Harbour ; J. C. Morrison, harbour
master. Shelburne ; and .\lt)ort Mahaney, postmaster at Churchover. Prvsenteyl it%
March. 1915. — Mr. Maclean (Halifax) Not frintitd.

George V. Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers. A. 1915

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 28— Continued.

139(1. Ketiirn to an Order of the House of the 24th February, 1015, for a copy of all letters,
papers and documents relating to the dismissal of the following ofTicers in Shelburne
County, N.S. : Wm. L. Smith, lightkeeper, Baccaro, N.S. ; J. A. Arechia, harbour master.
Lower Wood Harbour, and J. C. Morrison, harbour master, Shelburne, N.S. Presented
16th March, 1915. — Mr. Law Not printed.

140. Kcturn to an Order of the House of the 9th March, 1914, for a return showing: — 1. The

amounts of money expended by this Government In the county of Portneuf from the
1st of July, 1896, to the 21st September, 1911. 2. The nature of the work done in each
liarish. 3. In what year such work was executed, and what amount was expended in
each case. Presented 4th March, 1915. — Mr. Sevigny Not printed.

141. Return to an Order of the House of the 22nd February, 1915, for a copy of all papers,

petitions, declarations, affidavits, sworn statements, requests, certificates and all other
documents in connection with the naturalization of F. P. Gutelius, General Manager of
the Intercolonial Railway. Presented 4th March, 1915. — Mr. Gauvreau.. . .Not printed.

142. Report of the delegates appointed to represent the Government of Canada at the Eighth

International Purity Congress, held under the auspices of the World's Purity League,
at Kansas City, Mo., November 5th-9th, 1914. Presented by Sir Robert Borden, 4th
March, 1915. Not printed.

143. Rfturn to an Address to His Royal Highness the Governor General of the 22nd February,

1915, for a copy of all complaints to the Government of the killing of one American
citizen and tl:je shooting of another by milit:a men, in the waters of Lake Erie, and of
all correspondence with regard to the same with the British Embassy and American
authorities. Presented 5th March, 1915. — Sir Wilfrid Laurier Not printed.

144. Return to an Order of the House of the 24th February, 1915, for a return showing the

amounts in detail paid to Ward Fisher, of Shelburne, N.S., fishery inspector, for the
years 1912 and 1913, for salary, office expenses, travelling expenses, and all other
expenses. Presented 5th March, 1915. — Mr. Law Not printed.

145. Return to an Order of the House of the 15th February, 1915, for a return showing the

names and addresses of all persons in Yarmouth County to whom the bounty under the
Fenian Raid "Volunteer Bounty Act has been paid ; the names and addresses of all
persons from said county whose applications have been rejected, and a list giving
names and addresses of all applicants from said county whose applications have not
yet been disposed of. Presented 5th March, 1915. — Mr. Laio Not printed.

146. Return to an Order of the House of the 19th February, 1915, for a return showing the

names and post office addresses of all persons in Guysborough County, N.S., to whom
the bounty under the Fenian Raid Volunteer Bounty Act has been paid ; the names and
post office addresses of all persons whose applications have been rejected, and the
re;vson for such rejections ; also the names and post office addresses of all persons
whose applications have been received but have not yet been paid, distinguishing
between those who have been dealt with and allowed, and such applicatioTis as havp
been received but not yet considered, if any. Presented 5th March, 1915. — Mr. Sinclair.

Not printed.

147. Rfturn to an Order of the House, of the 12th February, 1915, for a return showing: — 1.

How many applications for seed grain have been received from residents of tlie three
prairie jtrovinces sinoe June, 1914? 2. How many bushels of grain were included in
the applications? 3. How many acres of land were to be seeded by the grain applied
for? 4. How many bushels of wheat, oats and barley, respectively, the Government
has on hand with which to meet the applications? 5. If arrangements have been made
under which the several Provincial Governments will assist in meeting the needs of thp
settlers for seed grain? Presentt-d 8th March, 1915. — Mr. MvCruncy. . ..Not printed.

148. Hetiirn to an Order of the House, of the 2nd February. 1914, for a return showing the

nnrnl)Pr of ships chartered by the Government or any department thereof since October,
11»11. to go to Hudson's Bay or James Bay: the name of each and the tonnage: tho
iiiinic and residence of each commanding officer: what cargo each carried, and what
portion was landed, and where, what was lost and where, and what returned; with the
values In each case. Presented 8th M.arch, 1915. — Mr. Grahnm Not printed.

148"- Rttnrn to an Order of the House of the 3rd March, 1915. for a return showin.sr the
number of ships employed by the Railway Department, the number of men liired on
vessels and on shore, and the amount expended for supplies, men and transpoitation
from 31st Man-h. 1914, to 31st December, 1914, in connection with the Hudson Bay
Railway expenditures. Presented 22n(l March, 1915. — Mr. Macdonald . .Not printed.

149. K'turn to an Address to His Royal Highness the Governor (Tcnernl, of the 9th February,

1914, for a copy of nil correspondence since the 1st January last with regard to the
railing of nn Imiierial Conference on the subject of naval defence. Presented 8th
March, 1915. — .Sir Wilfrid Laurier Not printed.

5 George V. Alplmlotii-al Iiulex to Pos-.sional Papers. A. l!Mr»

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 2B~Conlinued.

150. Return to an Order of tlie House, of the 11th Fcbruftry. 1015, for a return nhowing the

names and addresses of all persons In Antlponish County to whom the bounty under
the Fenian Iliiid Volunteer Bounty Aet has been paid ; the names and acldre><ses of
all persons from said county whose applications have been rejected, and a list KlvinK
names and addresses of all applications from said county whose applications have not
yet been disposed of. Presented Sth March, 1913. — Mr. Chinholm i Antifjcninli).

Not print) d.

151. Return to an Order of the House, of the 3rd March, 191,''>, for a return showing: — 1. Who

were the different olllcers commissioned to the 17th Nova Scotia Regiment at Valcartier
before they sailed for Knpland? 2. Who are now the commissioned oHicers of said regi-
ment. Presented Sth March, 1915. — Mr. Macdonnld Not printrd.

152. Return to an Order of the House, of the Sth February, 1915, for a copy of all accounts

of the transfer of the storm signal at Shippigan. N.B., from its former position on
land to the public wharf, showing the total cost of said transfer during the montlis of
October and November in 1911. Presented Sth March, 1915. — Mr. Turgfi.n.

Not piinttd.

153. Return to an Order of the House, of the 4th May, 1914, for a copy of all correspondence.

telegrams, petitions, including the signatures of such petitions, and all other documents
and i)apers in the possession of the Department of Trade and Commerce, or the niinlst«»r
of said department, or in the possession of the Prime Minister, relating to any ai>pli-
cation made between 1st November, 1913. and date hereof by parties in Nova .Scotia
asking :or Government assistance towards the transportation of fresh fish between ports
in Nova tjcotia and the United States. Presented 9th March, 1915. — Afr. Sinclun:

Not printed.

154. Statement of Mr. H. C. Crowell. staff correspondent of the Halifax Chronicle, and corre-

spondence in connection with statements appearing in the press referring to alleged ill-
treatment of the 17th Regiment of Nova Scotia, at Salisbury Plains. Piesenteil by
Sir Robert Borden, 9th March, 1915 Not printid.

155. Return to an Order of the House, of the 3rd March, 1H5, for a return showing: — 1. The

estimated cost of fitting up the works of the Canadian Car and Foundry Company,
Limited, at Amherst. N.S., for military purposes. 2. The rent or other remuneration
being paid, or will be paid, this company for the use of its buildings. 3. Who are to
supply the military provisions, including food for men. coal for heating and cooking,
and food and other supplies for horses quartered on these premises, and at what prices.
4. Whether it is true that forms for tendering for such military supplies could only be
obtained from the office of the sitting member for Cumberland County, and in several
cases forms of tender were refused to applicants. 5. Whether the Government is
aware that in the case of the supplying of ha-y, as alleged, not only Liberals were not
allowed to tender for same, but supporters of the Government were informed they
would not secure any part of the contract, if any of the hay to be supplied was to be
purchased from a Liberal. Presented 11th March, 1915. — Mr. Copp Not printrd.

156. Return to an Address to His Royal Highness the Governor General, of the 1st Man h,

1915, for a copy of all correspondence of the Imperial authorities on the subjt<-t of
loans from the Imperial Treasury to the Canadian Government. Presented 11th Manh,
1915. — Afr. .Voo/cn« (H(tlifnx) Not prinlrd.

157. Return to an Order of the House of the 3rd March. 1915. for a copy of all correspondence,

recommendations, letters and telegrams relating to the appointment of H. W. Ingraham
as As.si8tant Registrar of Alien Rnemies at Sdyney. N.S., and to his dismissal from »he
said office. Presented 12th March, 1915. — Mr. Kyle Not printed.

158. Return to an Address to His Royal Highness the Governor General of the 11th February,

1915, for a copy of all correspondence relating to the purchase of. and payment by the
Government for two submarines authorized by Order in Council dated the 7lh August,
1914. and of any other Order or Orders in Council relating thereto: and also of all
reports received by the Government or any department thereof referrinj; to said sub-
marines. Presented 12th March, 1915. — Mr. Pugsley . . . .I'tintcd for distiibutiou only.

158a- Supplementary Return to an Address to His Royal Highness the Governor General, of
the 11th February. 1915. for a copy of all correspondence relating to the purchase of,
and payment by the Government for two submarines authorized by Order in Council
dated the 7th August. 1914. and of any other Carder or Orders in Council relating
thereto; and also of :ill reports received by the <'.overnment or any departnient thereof
referring to said submarines. I'resented 15th March. l9l.'>. — Mr. I'tignley.

Printed for dist)-il.ttion only.

5 George V. Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers. A. 1915

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 2S— Continued.

158&. Further Supplementary Jleturn to an Address to His Royal Highness the Governor
General, of the 11th February, 1915, for a copy of all correspondence relating to the
purchase of, and payment by the Government for two submarines authorized by Order
in Council dated the 7th August, 1914, and of any other Order or Orders in Council
relating thereto ; and also of all reports received by the Government, or any depart-
ment thereof, referring to said submarines. Presented 24th March, 1915. — Mr. Pugsley.

Printed for distHhution only.

159. Return to an Order of the House of the 19th February, 1915, for a copy of all correspond-

ence, telegrams, petitions, letters and all other documents in any way referring to the
dismissal of Mr. Mallet, captain of the life-boat in the life-saving station at Cheticamp,
and the appointment of his successor. Presented 12th March, 1915. — Mr. Chisholm
(Antijonish) Not printed.

160. Return to an Order of the House of the 3rd March^ 1915, for a copy of all letters, papers

and othar flocuments relating to the discharge of Dr. John McKenzle as medical doctor
to the Indians of Pictou County, and to the appointment of Dr. Keith as his successor.
Presented 12th March, 1915. — Mr. Macdonald Not printed.

161. Return to an Order of the House of the 15th February, 1915, for a copy of all corre-

spondence, letters, telegrams, instructions, reports and other documents relating to an
application by U<lo F. Schrader for a grazing lease in townships 40 and 41, range 7,
west of the 3rd meridian, province of Saskatchewan. Presented 12th March, 1915. —
Mr. McCraney Not printed.

162. Return to an Order of the House of the 3rd March, 1915, for a return showing the names

of all applicants for Fenian Raid Bounty in the county of Pictou who have not yet
been paid their bounty. Presented 15th March, 1915. — Mr. Macdonald. . . .Not printed.

ld2a. Return to an Order of the House of the 19th February, 1»15, for a return showing the
names and addresses of all persons in the county of Pictou who have been paid tha
Penian Raid Bounty, and of all persons in said county who have made application for
said bounty, and who have not yet received it. Presented 15th March. 1915. — Mr.
Macdonald Not printed.

163. Return to an Order of the House- of the 4th March, 1915, for a return showing: — 1.

From whom food for men and horses, and all other supplies and equipment for th«
Field Battery now being trained at Lethbridge, is bought? 2. If by tender, the date
tenders were called for? 3. When tenders were opened and contracts awarded? 4.
The names and post office addresses of all parties who submitted tenders? 5. The
successful tenderers, and the price in each case. Presented 15th March, 1915. — Mr.
Buchanan Not printed.

164. Return to an Order of the House, of the 1st March, 1915, for a copy of all petitions,

reports, recommendations, letters, telegrams and correspondence relating to the dredg-
ing of Antigonish Harbour and the opening or improving of the entrance thereto,
received by the Government, or any department thereof, si.nce the 1st January, 1912,
and not already included in the return presented the 30th of April, 1914. in obedience
to the Order of the House passed the 16th March, previously. Presented 15th March,
1915. — Mr. Chisholm {Antigonish) Not printed.

165. Copy of Order in Council date<I 9th March, 1915, restricting the transfer of British ships.

I'resented by Hon. Mr. Hazen, 16th March, 1915 Not printed.

166. Report of the Commissioners appointed to investigate and report upon the water levels

of the River St. Lawrence at and below Montreal, together with a brief summary pre-
pared by the Chief Hydrographer of the Survey. Presented by Hon. Mr. Hazen, 16th
March, 1915 Not printed.

167. Return to an Order of the House of the 3rd March, 1915, for a copy of all letters, tele-

grama, papers and other documents relating to the mail contract between Chance Har-
bour and Trenton, Pictou County, in regard to the existitig contract. Presented 18th
March, 1015. — Mr. Macdonald ^Vot printed.

168. Return to un Order of the House of the 19th February, 191."), for a copy of all corre-

spondence and other documents relating to the awarding of the. mail contract at Maria
Capes, Honaventure County, in 1914. Presented IStli Manli, 1915. — ^rr. Marcil

Not printed.

169. Return to nn Order of the Hou.sn of the 15th P'ebruary. 191.".. for a copy of all tenders

letters and telegrams, including first and second .-all for tenders, for rural mail delivery
in the township of Dundee, county of Huntingdon. Presented 18th March, 1915. — Mr.

^°^^ Not pHnted.

5 George V. Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers. A. 1915

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 28—Conlinned.

no. Return to an Order of the House of the 11th February, 1D15. for a copy of all petitions,
letters, telegrams and correspondence roRardlnR a proposed dally mail aervlco bctwenn
Lower .'^outh River and South Side Harbour, AntlRonlsh C'ounty, and Improved postal
accommodation for the reaiilenta of the last-named district. Presented 17th March.
1915. — Mr. Chisholm {.Antiijonish) Not print'd.

171. Return to an Order of the House of the 1st March, 1915, for a copy of all letters, docu-

ments, telegrams, recommendations, petitions and other papers receivixl by the Post
Ofllce Department since 1st January, 1914, relating to the contract for carrying th«
mails between iluysborough and Canso, N.S. Presented 18th March, 1915 — Mr. Sin-
clair yot printed.

172. Return to an Order of the House of the 22nd February, 1915, for a return showing :1.

The total number of employees, both permanent and temporary, at the following post
ollices : Montreal, Toronto. Winnipeg. Halifax, Quebec, St. John, N.B., and Vancouver.
2. The total amount of salaries paid in each case. 3. The total number of employees,
and the amount of salaries paid in the above ollices on the 1st of October, 1911. Pre-
sented 18th March, 1915. — Mr. Leniieux Xot print ':d.

173. Return to an Order of the House of the 19th February, 1915, for a copy of all corre-

spondence, telegrams, letters, petitions and documents of all kinds in any way referring
to a propo.sed change in the mail route from Inverness railway station to Margaree
Harbour. Presented ISth March, 1915. — .Mr. Chisholm (Inverness).. ..Not printed.

174. Return to an Order of the House of the 8th March, 1915, for a return showing: — 1. From

how many firms or individuals the Government, or any department thereof, has ordered
soldiers uniforms since the 1st of July, 1914. 2. The names of these firms. 3. How
many Oliver equipments have been ordered from each firm. 4. How many of these
uniforms each firm has delivered up to date. 5. How many each firm has yet to
deliver. 6. The price each firm is receiving for these uniforms. Presented 18th March,
1915. — Mr. Murphy Not printed.

175. Return to an Order of the House of the 8th March, 1915, for a return showing: — 1. From

how many firms or individuals the Government, or any department thereof, has ordered
Oliver equipments since the 1st of July, 1914? 2. The names of these firms? 3. How
many Oliver equipments have been ordered from each firm? 4. How many each firm
has delivered up to date? 5. How many each firm has yet to deliver? 6. The price
each firm is receiving for these Oliver equipments? Presented 18th March, 1915. — ^fr.
Murphy Not printed.

176. Return to an Order of the House of the 11th March, 1915, for a copy of all letters, corre-

spondence, etc., relating to the appointment of William Gore Foster, of Dartmouth,
N.S., to the position of Inspector of Indian Reserves. Presented 18th March, 1915. — Bfr.
Carroll Not printed.

177. Return to an Order of the House of the 15th February. 1915. for a copy of all letters.

telegrams, correspondence, leases, and other documents relating to the cutting of lumber
by Mr. B. F. Smith, and others, from the so-called Tobique Indian Reserve in the
province of New Brunswick since the twelfth day of March, A.D. 1914, and also of all
agreements, offers and promises made either by the said B. F. Smith or the Depart-
ment of Indian Affairs, with reference to the sale or disposal of any of the said Tobiiiue
Indian Reserve since the said date, or any logs or lumber cut thereon. 2. Also n
statement of all lumber cut by the said B. F. Smith from the said reserve, the rates
of stumpage charged, and the amounts actually paid thereon from the first day of
January, 1912, down to the date hereof. Presented ISth March, 1915. — Mr. Carvell.

Not printed.

178. Kcturn to an Order of the House of the 8th March, 1915. for a return showing: — 1. The

number of customs ottlcers employed at the customs port of Masonville, Quebec, on
20th September, 1911. 2. The names of these officers. 3. The salary each one received.
4. The total amount of salaries paid the olHrers at this port. 5. The number of custoni.s
officers employed at the port of Masonville at the present time. fi. The names of
these officers. 7. The salary each one receives. 8. The total amount of salaries pa d
to the officers at this port. Presented 18th March, 1915. — Mr. Kay .Yot print-d.

179. Return to an Order of the House of the 8th March, 1915, for a return showing: — 1. The

number of customs officers employed at the cu.stoms port of Hlghwater. Quebec, on
20th September, 1911. 2. The names of these officer.s. 3. The salary each one received.
4. The total amount of salaries paid the officers at this port. 5. The number of customs
officers employee] at the port of Highwatcr at the prc-jent time. 6. The names of
these officers. 7. The salary each one receives. 8. The total amoimt of salaries paid
to the officers at this port. Presented ISth March, 1915. — .Ifr. Kay Not printed.

5 George V. Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers. A. 1915

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 2S— Continued.

180. Return to an Order of the House of the 8th March, 1915, for a return showing: — 1. The

number of customs officers employed at the customs port of Abercorn, Quebec, on
20th September, 1911. 2. The names of these officers. 3. The salary each one received.
4. The total amount of salaries paid the officers at this port. 5. The number of customs
officers employed at the port of Abercorn at the present time. 6. The names of
these officers. 7. The salary each one receives. 8. The total amount of salaries paid
to the officers at this port. Presented 18th March, 1915. — Mr. Kay Not printed.

181. Return to an Order of the House, of the 1st March, 1915, for a copy of all petitions,

letters, communications and other documents relating to or bearing upon the dismissal
of Leonard Hutchinson, chief keeper at Dorchester penintentiary. Presented ISlh
March, 1915. — Mr. Copp Not printed.

182. Return to an Order of the House of the 22nd February, 1915, for a copy of all letters,

telegrams and papers generally concerning the proposed construction of a bridge to
connect Isle Perrot with the mainland at Vaudreuil. Presented ISth March, 1915. —
Mr. Boyer Not printed.

182a. Return to an Order of the House of the 22nd Februaiy, 1915, for a copy of all letters,
telegrams and papers generally concerning the proposed construction of a bridge
between the Island of Montreal and the Mainland at Vaudreuil. Presented 18th March,
1915". — Mr. Boyer Not printed.

183. Return to an Order of the House of the 22nd February, 1915, for a return showing: —

1. What properties have been acquired by the Government in the City of Regina since
21st September, 1911? 2. The descriptions of such properties by metes and bounds?
3. For what purposes such properties were acquired? 4. From whom such properties
were purchased? 5. The total price and the price per foot paid for each property?
C. If any such property was acquired by expropriation, what tribunal determined the
price to be paid for any property so expropriated? 7. The dates on which any such
properties were acquired? Presented 18th March, 1915. — Mr. Martin (Regina).

184. Return to an Order of the House of the 19th February, 1915, for a copy of all letters,

telegrams, memoranda, pay-lists, recommendations and any. other documents whatso-
ever in any wise appertaining to the construction of a wharf at Lower Burlington, in
the County of Hants. Presented 18th March, 1915. — Mr. Chisholni (Inverness).

Not printed.

185. Return to an Order of the House of the 24th February, 1915, for a copy of pay-rolls and

all correspondence and vouchers in connection with the repairs to Jordan breakwater,
Khelburne county, for which Leander McKenzie was contractor of works or foreman.
Presented 18th March, 1915. — Mr. Law Not printed.

186. Return to an Order of the House of the 24th February, 1915, for a copy of all letteis.

telegrams, correspondence and pay-rolls in connection with repairs and extension of
breakwater at Bluff Head, Yarmouth county, N.S., during year 1914. Presented 18th
March, 1915. — Mr. Law Not printed.

187. Return to an Order of the House of the 22nd February, 1915, for a return showing the

amounts expended by the Public Works Department in the County of Inverness each
year from 1896 down to 1915. Presented 18th March, 1915. — Mr. Chisholm (Inver-
ness) Not printed.

188. Return to an Order of the Hou.se of the 24th February, 1915, for a copy of all letters,

telegrams, correspondence and pay-sheets in connection with the repairs and other work
on the breakwater at Sandford, Yarmouth County, N.S., during the year 1914. Pre-
sented 18th March, 1915. — Mr. Law Not printed.

189. Return to an Order of the House of the 1st March, 1915, for a copy of all papers, letters,

petitions and other documents relating to a mail contract with David D. Heard & Sons,
betwc Ml Whitby and Grand Trunk Railway station, or with one John Gimblet. Whitby,
l^resented 19th March, 1915. — Mr. Pardee Not printed.

190. Copies of Reports of the Committee of the Privy Council, approved by His Royal High-

ness the Governor General, relating to certain advances made to the Canadian Northern
Railway Company and the Grand Trunk Pacific Railway Company, respoclively,
together with copies of agreements made between the said companies and His Majesty.
Presented by Hon. Mr. While, 19th March, 1915 Not printed.

191. Return to an Order of the Hou.se of the 11th February. 1915. for a copy of all tenders

received by the Tost Office Departnunt for the mail .servi.e between Caraquet and
Tracadie. Gloucester County, N.B., on the 15th day ofJrM.iiary last, with the names of
the tenderers, the re.Mpective amounts of the tenders, and the name of the new con-
tractor. Presented 19th March, 1915. — Afr. Turyeon Not printed.

6 George V. Alphabetical Index to Steiriuiial Psipcrs. A. 1015

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 28 Continued.

192. Return to an Order of the House of the 8th March. 1915. for a return showini?: — 1. Tho

fractional areas of homestead huuls or otherwise in the province of .SaKkatchtwan b<>1<1
In the year 1914. 2. The name of the purchaser, and the price paid In each case.
Presented 22nd March, 1915. — Mr. Martin < Rcyina) Sot pi-intcd.

193. Heturn to an Order of tlie Hou.se of the 2.^th Kehruary, 1915, for a return showinK. In

reference to the answer lo tiucstion No. (i of 9th l-Vbruary. and answered lufh Feb-
ruary as per page ICl unrtvised Hansard, the co.st of furnishing the (lovernment ofhcea
In each of the said buildings. I'resented 22nd March. 1915. — Mr. Tun-ijj.

Aot print fid-

194. Return to an Order of the House of the 1st March. 1915. for a return showing the amount

of railway subsidies paid in the county of Inverness since 1896. to date, and the dates
on which such subsidies were paid. Presented 22nd March, 1915. — Mr. Chiiliohn
(Invci-ncss) Xot print id.

195. Return to an Order of the House of the 1st March, 1915, for a copy of all letters, papers,

telegrams and other documents relating to the purchase or lease of the railway from
New (Jlasgow to Thorburn, in the county of Pictou, known as the Vale Railway, from
the Acadia Coal Company, since January, 1911, to date. Presented 22nd March, 1915.
— Mr. Macdonald Xot printed.

196. Return to an Order of the House of the 1st March, 1915. for a copy of all papers.

letters, telegrams, correspondence, contracts, etc., in connection with the sale of the
hay grown or the lease of certain tracts of land belonging to the Intercolonial Railway,
uiion which hay is grown, and which are contiguous to the properties of Charles Lavoie,
CKoplias Leclerc and Josejih Parent of the Parish of Bio, county of Rimouski. Pre-
sented 22nd March, 1915. — ilfr. Lapointe (Kamouraska) jVot printed.

197. Return to an Order of the House of the 3rd March, 1915, for a copy of all letters, papers.

telegrams, evidence taken at investigations, reports and all other documents relating to
the suspension or other action in regard to the charge of druiikeness against Newton
Hopper, conductor on the Intercolonial Railway, and to his subsequent reinstatement.
Presented 22nd March, 1915. — Mr. Macdonald Xot printed.

198. Return to an Order of the House of the 1st March, 1915, for a copy of all letters, tele-

grams and other papers relating to the dismissal of Bruce Wiswell. as sectionman on

the Intercolonial Railway at Stellarton, Nova Scotia. Presented 22nd March, 1915.

Mr. Muedonald Xot printed.

199. Return to an Order of the House of the 22nd February, 1915, for a return showing:

1. The inward tonnage freight, and also the outward tonnage freight respectively, at
Loggieville station of the Intercolonial Railway for each month of 1914, and also for
the month of January, 1915. 2. The inward tonnage freight, and the outward toimage
freight at Chatham station, on the Intercolonial Railway for each month of 1914, and
also for the month of January, 1915. 3. The inward tonnage freight, and the out-
ward tonnage freight at Newcastle station on the Intercolonial Railway for each
month of 1914. and also for the month of January, 1915. 4. The local and through
passenger traffic to and through each of the above stations, respectively, during each
of the months above mentioned. Presented 22nd March, 1915. — Mr. Longie.

Xot printed.

200. Return to an Order of the House of the 15th February, 1915, for a copy of all letters,

telegrams and correspondence had by Margaret Lynch, or any person representing her,'
with reference to the expropriation of certain land beolnging- to the said Margaret
Lynch in thetity of Frederlcton, province of New Brunswick, by the Intercolonial Rail-
way, and also of all letters, telegrams and correspondence had with F. P. (Jutelius or
any other official of the Intercolonial Railway with reference thereto. Presented 22nd
March, 1915. — Mr. Curvcll y^f p)intcd.

201. Return to an Order of the House of the 3rd March, 1915, for a copy of all documents

bearing on the payment made to C. R. Scoles, New Carlisle, Quebec, in July, 1914. of
balance of subsidy voted to the Atlantic and Lake Superior Rjillway on the re< om-

mendation of tlie Financial Comptroller. Presented 22nd March, 1915. .Mr. Marril.

Xot printed.

202. Return lo an Order of the House of the Ist March, 1915, for a copy of all letters, tele-

gram.", correspondence and reports relating to the purchase of the New Brunswick and
Prince Edward Island Railway, extending from Sackville to Cape Tormentine county
of Westmorland. Presented 22nd March, 1915.— iUr. Copp Xot'priutcd.

203. Return to an Order of the House of the l.<?t March. 1915. for a copv of the tariff on nour

shipments now In force on the Quebec. Oriental Pailw.iv and the Atlantic Quebec and
Western Railway. Presented 22nd M.ircli, l'J\J.-—Mr. Muml \„i p,utted.

5 George V. Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers. A. 1015

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 2S— Continued.

204. Return to an Order of the House of the 22nd February, 1915. for a copy of all petitions,

correspondence, complaints, reports and other documents relating to the dismissal of
Alfred H. Bonnyman, postmaster of ilattatall Lake, in the county of Colchester, X.S.
Presented 24th March, 1915.— .1/r. SincJair Xot printed.

205. Return to an Address to His Royal Highness the Governor General, of the 1st March,

1915, for a copy of all correspondence, documents, charges, evidence, findings and
Orders in Council in reference to the dismissal of John Thomas, postmaster at Ham-
mond's Plain, Halifax County, N.S. Presented 24th March, 1915. — Mr. Maclean (Hali-
fax) ■^'ot printed.

205a Supplementary Return to an Address to His Royal Highness the Governor General, of
the 1st March, 1915, for a copy of all correspondence, documents, charges, evidenca,
findings and Orders in Council in reference to the dismissal of John Thomas, postmaster
at Hammond's Plain, Halifax County, N.S. Presented 8th April, 1915. — Mr. Maclean
( Halifax) yot printed.

206. Cei-tificd copy of a Report of the Committee ofthe Privj' Council, arproved by His Royal

Highness the Governor General, with reference to the quection of providing adequate pen-
sionary assistance for officers and men disabled or partially disabled on active service
or for the dependents of such officers and men should they be killed on active service.
Presented by Sir Robert Borden, 24th March, 1915 Xot printed.

207. Return to an Order of the House of the 8th March, 1915, for a return showing: — 1. From

how many firms or private individuals the Government, or any department of the
Government has ordered saddles since the 1st of July, 1914? 2. The names of these
firms? 3. How many saddles have been ordered from each firm? 4. How many saddles
each firm has delivered up to date? 5. How many saddles each firm has yet to deliver?
6. The price each firm is receiving for these saddles? Presented 26th March," 1915. —
Mr. Murphy Xot printed.

208. Return to an Order of the House of the 8th March, 1915, for a copy of all corrsspond-

ence, letters, telegrams and other documents relating to the dismissal of Mr. P. B.
Hurlbert, postmaster at Springdale, Yarmouth County, N.S., and the removal of the
office. Presented 30th March, 1915. — Mr. Law Xot printed.

209 Return to an Order of the House of the 8th March, 1915, for a copy of all letters, peti-
tions, telegrc,ms and correspondence between the Hon. L. P. PcUeticr, ex-Postmaster
General and any person or persons of the county of Levis, which during the month of
April, 1912, had any connection with the appointment of G. A. Marois to a position in
the customs office at Quebec, and the appointment of J. E. Gingras as postmaster of
St. Romuald and Etchemin. Presented 30th March, 1915. — Mr. Bourassa.

Not printed.

210. Return to an Order of the House of the 22nd February, 1915, for a copy of all letters,

telegrams, petitions and documents of all kinds in possession of the Post Office Depart-
ment, referring in any way to the conduct of the postmaster at Grand Etang since his
appointment until the present date. Presented 30th March, 1915. — Mr. Chisholm (Inver-
ness) Not printed.

211. Return to an Order of the House of the 1st March, 1915. for a copy of all telegrams,

letters, papers, documents, evidence and reports, in connection with the dismissal of
Charles H. Marshall as postmaster at Nanton, Alberta. Presented 30th March, 1915. —
Mr. Warwick .Vof printed.

212. Return to an Order of the House of the 1st March, 1915, for a copy of the report of the

officer in charge of the lobster hatchery at Port Daniel West, .a.nd of the rejjort of
the inspection thereof for the season 1914. Presented 31st March. 1915. — Mr. MarciL

Not printed.

213. Return to an Order of the House of the 24th February, 1915, for a copy of all corre-

spondonce, petitions, documents, etc., in connection with a petition of Donald Williams
and others in respect to the legulation offish traps in Green Harbour and vicinit>-. Pre-
sented 3l3t March, 1915. — Mr. Laiv Not printed.

214. Return to an Order of the House of the 9th February, 1915, for a copy of all correspond-

ence, petitions, departmental recommendations and other papers an<l documents in the
Department of Marine and Fisheries r<'l!iting to the definition of a "coasting voyage."
as defined In the Canada Shipping Act since the revision of the statutes in 1886. Pre-
sented 1st April, 1915. — Mr. Sinclair xot printed.

215. R'turn to an Order of the House of the 1st March, 1915, for a copy of all advertisements,

tenders, contracts, vouchers, letters, documents, etc.. relating to the establishment of
the ferry service between the City of Halifax and Dartmouth. N.S., for the employees

of the Marine and Fisheries Department at Halifax, N.S. Presented 1st April, 1915.

JTr. i/arJeaii (//oli/oas) Not printed,

5 George V. Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers. A. 19 IS

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 2S— Continued.

216. Return to an Order of the House of the 24th Febru.Try, 1915. for a ropy of all pny-rolla,

vourhers in detail, correspondence and all other documents in connef^tlon with fho fol-
lowing puhlio wharves in Shelburne ; breakwater or wharf at l<ii«t cireen Harbour ; nhM
on public wharf at Shelburne. and repairs to Gunning Cove wharf. Prtsftnted 1st
April, 1915. — Mr. Law yol printed.

217. Return to an Order of the House of the 22nd February, 1915, for a return showing: — I.

What properties have been acquired by the Government in the city of Re^in.i since
21st September. 1911? 2. The clescriptions of such properties by motes and bouii<ls?
3. For what puri)0s«>s such properties were acquired ? 4. From whom such propei-ties
were purchased? 5. The total price and the price per foot paid for each property. 6.
If any such property was acquired by expjopriation. what tribunal determiTied the pr:ce
to be paid for any property so expropriated. 7. The dates on which any such prop-
erties were acquired. Presented 1st April, 1915. — Mr. Martin {Regina) . .Not printed.

218. Return to an Order of the House of the 11th February, 1915, for a copy of all papers.

letters, telegrams, etc.. concerning the purchase of the property known as the Carslai<e
Hot.-'., ill M'^ntioil. for [jn.st oitlce i)urpos>^.'<. Piescnt-il 1st April, 1915. — Mr. Lrmirnx.

Sot printed.

219. Return lo an Aiiu ►-.■>>* lo Hiy lio>ai iliKiincss the '.iovcrnor General, of the 1st March,

1915, for a copy of all letters, telegrams, reports, recommendations, Orders in Council,
pay-rolls, list of expenditures, names of fort-men and superintendents, and all other
documents whatsoever relating to or in anywise appertaining to the erection and main-
taining of breakwaters at Phinneys Cove and Your.g's Cove, county of Annapolis. Pre-
sented 1st April, 1915. — Mr. Macdonald Sot printed.

220. Return to an Order of the House of the 24th February, 1915, for a copy of all corre-

spondence, petitions and documents since the Slst of October, 1912, relating in any way
whatever to the proposed public wharf at Lower Wood Harbour. Presented 1st April,
1915. — Mr. Law \ot printed.

221. Return to an Order of the House of the 1st March, 1915, for a copy of all advertisements,

tenders, accounts, vouchers, letters, documents and correspondence relating to the con-
struction of an extension to the breakwater at Prospect, Halifax County, N.S. Pre-
sented 1st April. 1915. — Mr. Maclean iHalifax) Sot printed.

222. Return to an Order of the House of the 1st March, 1915, for a copy of all telegrams.

letters, petitions, reports, recommendations and documents of all kinds in any way
referring to the purchase of a site for a public building at Port Hawkesbury. and also
referring in any way to the erection of a public building thereon. F'resented 1st April.
1915. — Mr. Chisholm (/niwrness) Sot printed.

223. Return to an Order of the House of the 8th March, 1915. for a return showing all

amounts of money expended upon public works in the counties of Wright. I'ontiac and
LabcUe from October, 1911, to date. Presented 1st April, 1915. — Mr. DcvHn.

Sot printed.

224. Return to an Order of the House of the 17th March, 1915, for a copy of the pay-sheet

for the month of October, 1914, in connection with repairs to the breakwater at Shlp-
pigan Gully, Gloucester County, N.B. Presented 1st April, 1915. — Mr. Tiir'jion.

Sot printed.

225. Return to an Order of the House of the 8th March, 1915. for a return showing: — 1. From

how many firms or private individuals the Government, or any department of the
Government, has ordered bicycles since the 1st of July. 1914? 2. The names of these
firms? 3. How many bicycles have been ordered from each firm? 4. How many
each firm has delivered up to dale? 5. How many each firm has yet to deliver? 4.
The price each firm is receiving for these bicycles. Presenteil 1st April, 1915. — Mr.
Kyte Sot printed.

226. Return to an Order of the House of the 22nd February, 1915, for a return showing the

names and addresses of all Fenian Raid Veterans in the county of Inverncs.s who have
been paid the Fenian Raid Bounty, the names and addresses of those who have not
been paid, and the names and addresses of those whose applications have been refused.
Presented 1st April, 1915. — Mr. Chisholm (.Inverness) Sot printed.

227. Return to an Order of the House of the 8th March, 1915, for a return showing: — 1. From

how many firms or private indivii'.ii.iis the Government, or any department of the Gov-
ernment, has ordered motor cycles since the 1st of July, 1914 7 2. The names of these
firms? 3. How many motor cycles have been ordered from each firm? 4. How many
each firm has delivered up to date? 5. How many each firm has yet to deliver'' fi.
The price each firm is receiving for these motor cycles? Presented 1st April. 1915.
Mr. Chisholm (Aniigonish) Sot printed.

5 George V. Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers. A. 1015

CONTENTS OF VOI'JME 28— C out imud.

228. Return to an Address to His Royal HigluKKs the Governor General of the 19th February,

1915, for a cojjy of all Orders in Council, letters and telegrams exchanged between the
Dominion (iovernment and the several provinces, concerning the proposed transfer of
fisheries in tidal waters from the Provincial to the Federal control. I'resented 1st
April, 1915. — 3fr. Lemieux \ot printed.

229. Return to an Order of the House of the 4th March, 1915, for a copy of all correspond-

ence exchanged between the Government of Canada, or any minister or olficial thereof,
in regard to the control of fisheries in Quebec province, as well as of all documents
bearing on that question, together with a list of licenses granted by either Governments
for the present year. Presented 1st April, 1915. — Mr. Marcil Not printed.

230. Return to an Order of the House of the 24th February, 1915, for a copy of all corre-

spondence, letters, telegrams and petitions relating to the appointment of Alfred Bishop
as farm foreman, or in any other capacity at the experimental station at Kentville,
Nova Scotia. Presented 1st April, 1915. — Mr. Kyte Not printed.

231. Return to an Address of the 10th March, 1915, showing copies of all correspondence, tele-

grams and documents exchanged between the Department of Marine and Fisheries and
the Minister of the Naval Service and the Department of Colonization, Mines and Fish-
eries of the province of Quebec, relating to the rescinding of the prohibition of net
fishing in the waters of the Lakes of Two Mountains, St. Francis and St. Louis, as per
Order in Council (197) passed in Ottawa, Thursday, 28th day of January, 1915. —
Setiate) Xot printed.

232. Return to an Order of the House of the 1st March, 1915, for a copy of all papers, letters,

petitions and other documents relating to the establishment of a rural mail route from
River John to Hedgeville, county of Piclou. Presented 3rd April, 1915. — Mr. MnrdonaUl.

Not printed.

233. A communication from the Consul General of Belgium in Canada, respecting the protest

of the Belgium Government against the contention of the German Chancery that as
far back as in 1906, Belgium had broken her own neutrality by the conclusion of an
agreement with Great Britain. Presented by Sir Robert Borden, 5th April, 1915.

Printed for sessional papers.

234. Return to an Address of the Senate dated 11th March, 1915, showing: — 1. How much

wheat, oats and barley has the Dominion Government purchased in 1914 for seed to be
distributed in the West, giving the amount of each kind? 2. Where is said grain,
stored, and what rate of storage is the Government paying on same? 3. How much
did the Government pay per bushel for oats, barley and wheat, purchased for said
provinces, and when was said grain purchased? 4. Have they given a contract for
cleaning said grain, and to whom, and at what price? — (Senate) Not printed.

235. Return to an Order of the Senate dated the 18th March, 1915, that an Order of the

Senate do issue for : — 1. A return showing the results per grade of all grain in each
of the terminal elevators at Fort William and Port Arthur at the annual weigh-up for
each of the years 1912, 1913 and 1914. 2. A return showing the balances whether
overages or shortages in each grade in each elevator for each of the said years. 3. A
return showing the net result of the three years operations of each of said elevators
in overages or shortages in each grade. — (Senate) Not printed.

236. Return to an Order of the House of the 8th March, 1915, for a return showing: — 1. The

(juantity of spirituous liquors, proof gallons, including ale, wines and beers, taken out
of bond between Gth August and 21st August, 1914, at each port of the Dominion. 2.
The quantity of cigars, cigarettes and tobacco taken out of bond between the above
mentioned dates at each port of the Dominion. Presented 7th April, 1915. — Mr.
Hughes (Kinos, P.E.I.) Not printed.

237. Return to an Order of the House of the 8th March, 1915. for a return showing: — 1. From

how many firms or private individuals the Government, or any department of the Gov-
ernment, has ordered forage caps since the 1st of July, 1914? 2. The names of these
firms? 3. How many forage caps have been ordered from each firm? 4. How many
each firm lias delivered to date? 5. How many each firm has yet to deliver? 6. The
price each firm is receiving for these forage caps? Presented 7th April, 1915. — Mr.
Mnrphy Not printed.

238. Return to an Order of the House of the 11th March, 1915, for a copy of the report of

Dr. Wm. Wakeham, on the extent of the losses sustained in the Baie des Chaleurs and
(iulf of St Lawrence In the storm of 5th June, 191«, together with a statement show-
ing the number of claims received and those entertained, with names of claimants and
their residence, and the amounts paid to each, together with a coi)y of other documents
bearing on Huh quealion. Presented 7th April, 1915. — Mr. Marcil Not printed.

5 Geoi^e V. Alphubotical Index to Sessional Tapors. A. 1915

CONTJiNTS OF VOLUME 2S— Continued.

239. Keturn to an Address to Ills Koyal HiKhness tho Governor (Jeneral. of the liJrd !• cb-

ruary, 1915, for a copy of all loiters, telegrums, reports, rccommen<latlons, Orders In
Council and all other documents and papers In connection with rewards to the olllcers
and crews of steamers John L. Cunn and Westport III, (or their heroic efforts In Hav-
ing the passengers and crews of ss. Cobequid, wrecked on Trinfcty Lodge, 13th January.

1914. I'resented 7th April, 1915. — Mr. Law Sot printed.

240. Ueturn to an Order of the House of the 29th March, 1915, for a copy of all documenta,

letters, telegrams, reports, etc., relating to the dismissal of Alexandie Blais, of the city
of Lfvis, from the position of cu.stoms ollicer at Bradore Hay, and the appointment of
his successor or successors. Presented 7th April, 1915. — Mr. Bourasaa . . . .\ot pnnied.

241. A Return to an Address of the Senate dated 18th March, 1915, for: — 1. A return ahowinf

all appointments to the Civil Service, Department of the Interior, In that area con-
tained ir. the present constitu<'ncies of Medicine Hat and Macleod, giving names, date
of appointment, how appointed, and salaries from the year 1896 to the present date.
2. Also, all vacancies, by death, resignation or dismiasal, giving name, date, length of
service and cause of dismissal in the same area and during the same period. — (Hcnate).

Not printed.

242. Return to an Order of the House of the 1st March, 1915, for a copy of charges mad*

against J. Herbert Swtetman, customs ollicer at Port Daniel Centre, Quebec, which
brought about his dismissal ; and also of chaiges against Velson Horie, lighthouse
keeper at Port Daniel West, Quebec, which brought about his dismissal. Presented
8th April, 1915. — Mr. Marcil {Bonaventure) Sot printed.

243- P-eturn to an Order of the House of the 22nd February, lOl.'i, for a copy of all corre-
spondence, recommendations, petitions, contracts, tenders and other papers an^l docu-
ments in any way connected with the letting of the contract for carrying the maila
between Guysborough and Erinville, N.S. Presented Sth April, 1915. — Mr. Sinclair.

Sot printed.

244. Return to an Order of the House of the 10th March, 1915, for a copy of all reports, peti-

tions, letters, telegrams and other documents in connection with the dismissal of W. M.
Thomson from the postmastership at Fort Qu'Appelle, and of any petition or petitions
for his reinstatement, and of all correspondence in connection therewith. Presented
Sth April, 1915. — Mr. Tha^nson (Qu'Appelle) Kot prin.ed.

245. Return to an Order of the House of the 22nd March, 1915, for a copy of all letters, tele-

grams, correspondence and petitions received in the Post Office Department, in any
way referring to the calling of tenders for the Antigonish-Sherbrooke mail service,
which tenders were opened or due at tlie Post Office Dejiartment on the 11th December
last ; and of all representations or requests, recommending or suggesting that new
tenders should be invited as was done early in February last. Presented Sth April. 1915.
— Mr. Chisholm (Inverness) Xot printed.

i46. Return to an Order of the House of the 3rd March, 1915, for a copy of all letters, tele-
grams, papers and other documents in regard to a proposed rural mail delivery service
between Pictou and Saltsprings, Pictou county, and as to the arrangements for the
existing service between those points. Presented Sth April, 1915. — Mr. Macdonald.

Not printed.

247. Return to an Address of His Royal Highness the Governor General, of the 1st March.

1915, (or a copy of all letters, telegrams, reports, recommendations. Orders in Council,
and all other documents and papers whatsoever relating to or in any w;se connected
with the establishment of rural mail routes and deliveries from Bridgetown to Gran-
vlUe Ferry, county of Annapolis, and e.spccially of all letters, telegrams, reports, recom-
mendations and documents relating to the closing of the post offices at Belleisle, Upper
Granville, and the estahli-^^hment of the post offi^^e at Granville Centre, all in the county
of Annapolis. Presented Sth April, 1915. — Mr. Macdonald Xot punted.

248. Return to an Order of the House of the 22nd February, 1915, for a copy of all telegrams,

letters, reports, petitions and all other documents in any way referring to the proposed
line of railway from Orangedale to Cheticamp. Presented 9th April, 1915. — .Mr. (Vii«
holm (Inverness) Xot print-d.

249. Return to an Order of the House of the 11th March. 1915, for a copy of all documents.

Investigations, reports, correspondence, etc.. relating to the burning of certain buildings
oelonging to the Trois Pistoles Pulp and Lumber Company and to Andr* Leblond. near
Tobin station, on the Intercolonial Railway. Presented 9th April, 1915. — Mr. Lapoint*
(Katnouraskct) S'ot pHnted.

250. Return to an Order of the House of the 18th March, 1915. for a return showing the

names of all officials, assistants and clerks, employed in the railway offices at Moncton.
N.B., and the salary paid to each; also thenam^sof officials formerly employed In Bald
offices who have been retired on superannuation allowance, and the amount of retlrlnit
allowance being paid to each. Presented 9th April, 1915. — Mr. Copp.. ..Xot printed.

702 40— 3 33

5 George V. Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers. A. 1915

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 28— Coniin tied.

251. Return to an Order of tho House of the 24th March, 1915, for a return showing the names

of all persons from whom lands have been purchased, the quantity of land so acquired,
and the amount paid therefor, in connection with the Dartmouth and Dean's Post Ofhce
Branch of the Intercolonial Railway since the date of return numbered 128 made to
Parliament at, the last regular session thereof. Presented 9th April, 1915. — Mr. Maclean
(HaUfux) yot vrinted.

252. Return to an Address to His Royal Highness the Governor General of the 17th March,

1915, for a copy of all correspondence, letters. Orders in Council, agreements, etc., in
reference to the leasing or transfer of the Windsor Branch of the Intercolonial Railway
to the Canadian Pacific Railway. Presented 9th April, 1915. — Mr. Maclean (.Halifax).

Not printed.

253. Return to an Order of the House of the 22nd February, 1915, for a copy of all petitions,

correspondence, reports of engineers or other persons in the possession of the Depart-
ment of Railways and Canals relating to the construction of a railway in the county
of Guysborough," N.S. Presented 9th April, 1915. — Mr. Sinclair Not printed.

254. Return to an Order of the House of the 10th March, 1915, for a copy of all letters and

correspondence, between D. McDonald, superintendent of the Intercolonial, at Levis,
P. Brady, general superintendent at Moncton, or any other official of the said Inter-
colonial Railway and Theophile Belanger, commercial traveller of the city of Mont-
• real, concerning certain claims made by the said Thgophile Belanger for delay of
baggage in transportation between Drummondville and Matapedia, in May, 1913, also
all reports made bearing upon such claims against the said Intercolonial Railway. Pre-
sented 9th April, 1915.— il/r. J5f7iier Not printed.

255. Return to an Order of the House of the 15th February, 1915, for a copy of all letters.

telegrams, minutes of investigation and other documents relating to the dismissal of
Isaac Aibuckle, foreman carpenter Intercolonial Railway at Pictou, and of appointment
of Alex. Talbot to the vacancy. Presented 9th April, 1915. — Mr. Macdonald.

Not printrd.

256. Return to an Order of the House of the 15th February, 1915, for a copy of all correspond-

ence letters, telegrams, by any and all persons v/homsoever, had with the Department
of Railways and Canals, or F. P. Gutelius, general manager of the Intrco'.onial Rail-
way, or any other offlcial thereof, with reference to freight rates over that portion of
the Transcontinental Railway, province of New Brunswick, and also with reference to
the removal of the Y connection at Wapski, county of Victoria, between the said
Transcontinental Railway and the Canadian Pacific Railway at that point. Presented
9th April, 1915. — Mr. Carvell Not print-cd.

257. Return to an Order of the House of the 15th February, 1915, for a copy of all letters,

telegrams, correspondence, contracts, and other documents relating to the operation of
the St. John Valley Railway, so called, by the Intercolonial Railway, since the first day
of July last past, and of all letters, correspondence, etc., had either with the Department
of Railways and Canals, or with F. P. Gutelius, or any other otlicial of the Intercolonial
Railway. Presented 9th April, 1915. — Mr. Carvell Not printed.

258. Return to an Order of the House of the 1st March, 1915, for a copy of all petitions,

memorials, letters, telegrams, communications and reports regarding the construction
of a roadway to the new public wharf at Sackville, N.B.. and also In regard to the
building of a spur line or siding from the Intercolonial Railway at Sackville to said
wharf. Presented 9th April, 1915. — Mr. Copp Not printed.

259. Return to an Order of the House of the 15th March, 1915, for a copy of all correspond-

ence passing between any department of the Government and any official of the Gov-
ernment, or any other person, with respect to the placing of settlers on homesteads in
the Duck Mountains Timber Reserve, and also of the evidence taken by Inspectoi-
Cuttle, of the Department of the Interior, in an investigation held by the said inspector
with respect to the granting of entries for homesteads on the said timber re'serve. Pre-
sented 9th April, 1915. — Mr. Martin (Regina) Not printed.

260. Return to an Order of the House of the Sth March, 1915, for a return showing: — 1. From

how many firms or private individuals the Government, or any department of the Oov-
ernmcnt, has ordered fiannel shirts since the 1st of July, 1914? 2. The names of these
firms? 3. How many fiannel shirts have been ordered from each firm? 4. How many
each firm has delivcre<l up to date? 5. How many each flim has yet to deliver? fi.
The price each firm is receiving for these flannel shirts? Presented 9th April. 1915. —
Mr. Carroll Not printed.

260a Return to an Order of the House of the Sth March, 1915, for a return showing: — 1.
From how many firms or private Individuals the (iJovernment, or any department of the
Government, has ordered cotton shii'ts since the 1st of July, 1914? 2. The names of
these firms? 3. How many cotton shirts have been ordered from each firm? 4. How
many each firm has delivered up to date? 3. How many each firm has yet to deliver?
6. Tho i)rire each firm is receiving for these cotton shirts? Presented 9th April, 1915.
— Mr. Chisholm ( Anti;jonisli) Not printeiL

r> fioursro V. Al{tlial'i'ti<"!il Imlox to S(v.>iuiiiil I'lipors. A. 1015

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 2S('onlhi>ir,l.

260b- Return to nii Order of the House of tlie Sth March. 1915, for a return show hk : — 1.
From how many (h-ms or private indivldiiala tlie Government or any department of the
tiovernment. has ordered service shirts since the Ist of July, 1914? 2 The names of
these firms? 3. How many service shirts have been ordered froni each firm? 4. How
many each firm lias delivered up to date? r>. How many each firm has yet to deliver?
C. The price each firm is receivInK for these service shirts? Presented 10th April.
1915. — Mr. CaiioU Not printed.

260('- Return to an Order of the House of the Sth M.arch. 1915, for a return showing: — 1.
From how many firms or private individuals the tiovernment or any department of the
(Government, has ordered winter shirts since the 1st of Ju'.v. 1914? 2. Tlie names of
these firms? 3. How many winter shirts have been ordered from each firm? 4. How
many each firm has delivered up to date? 5. How many each firm hag yet to deliver?
C. The price each firm is receiving for these winter shirts? Presented 12th April. 1915.
Mr. McKimzic !^ot printed.

261. Return to an Order of the House of the 11th March. 1915, for a return showing: — 1.

What medical supplies or other materials have been purchased since 1st A Kust. 1914,
by the Government, or any depai-tinent of the Government, from Mr. T. A. Brownlee,
of Ottawa? 2. The (luantities of goods purchased from him and the prices paid? 3.
Whether the Govei-nment, or any? department of the Government, prepai-ed a scheflule
of rates tos how what constitutes a fair and reasonable price for such goods purch.ased ?
4. If so. if a careful check was made to see that a fair and reasonable price was
charged? 5. Tlie total value of the goods deliveretl up to date? C. The total value
of the goods which have been ordered from Mr. T. A. Brownlee, but which to this date
have not been delivered? I'resentcd Sth April, 1915. — Mr. Kyle Xot printed.

262. Return to an Order of the House of the Sth March, 1915, for a return showing: — 1. FYom

how many firms or private individuals the Government, or any department of the Gov-
ernment, has ordered kit bags since the 31st of July, 1914? 2. The names of these
firms? 3. How many kit bags have been oidered from each firm? 4. How many ea-h
firm has delivered up to date? 5. How many each firm has yet to deliver? 6. The
price each firm is receiving for these kit bags? I'resented 9th April, 1915. — Mr. Kyle.

Not printed.

263. Return to an Order of the House of the 11th March. 1915. for a return showing: — 1.

What medical supplies or other materials have been purchased since 1st August, 1914,
by the Government, or any department of the Government, from Mr. S. J, Stevenson,
or the Waverley Pharmacy? 2. Tlie quantities of goods purchased from him an<l the
prices paid? 3. Whether the Government, or any depaitment of the Government, pre-
pared a schedule of rates to show what constitutes a fair and reasonable price for such
goods purchased? 4. If so. if a careful check was made to see that a fair and reason-
able price was charged? 5. The total value of the goods delivered by Mi Stevenson,
or Waverley Pharmacy, up to date? 6. The total value of the goods which have been
ordered from Mr. S. J. Stevenson, or Waverley Pharmacy, but which to this date have
not been delivered? Presented 9th April. 1915. — .1//-. Chishohn iAnti;ionish).

Not printed.

264. Return to an Order of the House of the Sth March, 1915, for a return showing: — 1. From

how many firms or private individuals the Government, or any department of the Gov-
ernment, has ordered suits of underwear since the 1st July, 1914? 2. The names of thes-e
firms? 3. How many suits of underwear have lieen ordered from each firm? 4. How
many each firm has delivered up to date? 5. How many each firm has yet to deliver?
6. The price each firm is receiving for these suits of underwear? Presented 9th April.
1915. — .Mr. Law Not printed.

265. Return to an Order of the House of the 11th March. 1915, for a return showing: — 1.

What medical supplies or other materials have been purchascfl since 1st August, 1914,
by the Government, or any department of the Government, from Mr. W. B. McDonald,
of Ottawa? 2. The riuantities of goods purchased from him and the prices paid? 3.
Whether the Government, or any dep.artment of the (Jovernment. prepared a schetlule
of rates to show what constitutes a fair and reasonable price for such goods purchased?
4. If so, if a careful check was made to see that a fair and re:isonable price was
charged? 5. The total value of the goods delivered by Mr. McDonald, up to date? 6.
The total value of the goods which have been ordered from Mr. McDona'd. but which
to this (T.'ite have not been delivered? I'resented 9th April. 1915.— .If/-, ('(in-oll.

Svt printed.

266. R-'port of Thomas R. Ferguson, commissioner appointed to investigate matters pertaining

to the Blood Indian Reserve and the acciui.':ltion of certain Indian lands by Mtssrs-
James A. Sn irt. Frank Pedley .and William J. White, together with the evidence taken
In the said investigiition. I'resented by Hon. Mr. Coderre. 10th April, 1915.

Not printed

5 George V. Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers. A. 1915

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 2S—Continue<J.

ZG7. Return to an Order of the House of the ITth March, 1913, for a copy of all petitions,
letters, documents, etc., between persons in the province of Nova Scotia and the Depart-
ment of Trade and Commerce since 1st Augrust last, with regard to Atlantic ocean
freig-ht rates on subsidized steamers or otherwise. Presented 10th April, 1915. — Mr.
Maclean (Halifax) Not printed.

268. Return to an Order of the House of the 22nd February, 1915, for a copy of the report

of investigation held about 1st June, 1914, by T. R. Ferguson, as special commissioner,
into the allotment of homesteads on the area cut out of the Riding Mountain Forest
Reserve in the year 1908 or about that time. Presented 10th April, 1915. — Mr. Cruise.

2\ot printed.

269. Copy of Order in Council dated 6th April, 1915. — Regulations in respect to steam trawlers

clearing from ports on the Atlantic seaboard of Canada. Presented by Hon. Mr. Hazen,
10th April, 1915 Not printed.

270. Return to an Order of the House of the 15th February, 1915, for a copy of all tenders in

connection with the supply of lumber to the Department of Militia for the training
camps at Medicine Hat and Calgary, and of the invoices for the material supplied.
Presented 12th April, 1915. — Mr. Buchanan , Not printed.

271. Return to an Order of the House of the 17th March, 1915, for a copy of all correspond-

ence and reports relating to the purchase of 25,000 shovels of special pattern, men-
tioned in Order in Council P.C. 2.302. dated ith September, 1914, on page 38 of memo-
randa respecting work of the Department of Militia and Defence, and also relating to
any further purchases of such shovels. Presented 12th April, 1915. — Mr. Hughes
(Kings, P.E.I.) JV^of printed.

272. Return to an Order of the House of the 15th March, 1915, for a return showing thp

names of the persons who bought the horses which were sold by auction at Valcartier
camp, giving the price paid for each horse. Presented 12th April, 1915. — Mr. Kay.

Not printed.

273. Return to an Order of the House of the 24th February, 1915, for a return showing: — 1.

If the Government ever leased any land at or near Shelburne, Nova Scotia, known as
the Barracks property, to the town of Shelburne? 2. If, so, at what rental, and for
how long? 3. If said lease is now in force? 4. If the Government has sold any of
the standing timber on this property? 5. If so, when, to whom, and at what price?
6. How long the purchaser has to remove it? 7. What is the minimum size at the
stump sold? 8. If the Government has ever had the property cruised by competent
timber cruiser? 9. I-f so, by whom, and when? 10. If the timber on said property
•was advertised for sale, and if tenders were asked for, or any opportunity afforded to
other prospective buyers to bid for this timber? ll. If any other offers were received?
12. If the town of Shelburne was notified before the sale took place. If so, on what
date? 13. How much timber the Government estimates to be on this property? 14.
WTiat steps the Government intends to take to compute the quantity of timber cut from
this property? 15. If the Government is aware that timber is now being cut from this
property by a person or firm who are cutting timber from private property adjoining
said Barracks property? 16. What steps are being taken by the Government to be
sure that in this case the logs are kept separate from those coming from the adjoining
lot, for the purpose of having accurate count and scale? 17. If the Government will
bring down a copy of all correspondence, cruisers reports and contracts in relation to
the sale of this timber? Presented 12th April, 1915. — Mr. Law Not printed.

274. Return to an Address to His Royal Highness the Governor General, of the 11th February,

1915, for a copy of all correspondence, telegrams. Orders in Council, petitions and any
other documents in connection with the removal of Edward N. Higinbotham from the
po.sition of i)Ostmaster at Lethbridge, Alberta. Presented 13th April, 1915. — Mr.
Buchanan Not printed.

275. Return to an Order of the House of the 10th March, 1915, for a copy of all petitions,

correspondence and other documents in connection with the dismissal of Emile Cyr,
postmaster at St. Hermas, county of Two Mountains. Presented 13th April, 1915. —
Mr. Ethier Not printed.

276. Return to an Order of the House of the 7th April, 1915, for a return showing: — 1. Who

the mail carriers are for the rural mail in the counties of Chicoutimi and Saguenay?
2. The salary of each such mail carrier, and the trip that each h.T.s to make? 3. Who
the mail carriers are for the rural mails in the parishes of St. I'rime and St. Louis de
Mftabptchouan, and their respwtive salaries? Presented 13th April, 1915. — Mr.
Lapointe ( Knmouraska) Not printed.

277. Return to an Order of the House of the 29th M.arch. 1915, for a copy of all documents,

letters, telegrams, testimonials, reports, etc., relating to the claim of T^lesphore Paradls,
of the city of L^vis, arising from the burning of his wharf and mills which were set
on fire by a locomotive of the Intercolonial Railway. Presented 13th April, 1915. —
Mr. Douransn Not printed.

5 George V. Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers. A. 1915

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 28—ContinupJ.

278. Return to an Order of the House of the Slh April. 1913, for a return showing: — 1. The

number of employees connected with the administration of the Tiireo Rivers post oHlce
on the 2lst September, 1911, and the annual amount paid in salaries at that date for
such service. 2. The number of employees connected with the administration of the
Three Rivers post ofllce at the present dale, and the amount of the annual salaries paid
for such service, 3. The number of einplovocs in the Customs Department for Tliieo
Rivers on the 21st September, 1911, and the amount of the annual salaries paid for
such service. 4. The number of employees in the Custom.s Department for Three RlveiS
at the present date, and the annual amount of the salaries paid for such service. 5.
The number of employees in the Inland Revenue Department for the district of Three
Rivers on the 21st September, 1911, and the annual amount of salario,>i p.\id for such
service. 6. The number of employees at the present date in th« Inland Revenue
Department for the district of Three Rivers, and the amount of the annual salaries
paid for such service. 7. The number of employees, and the amount paid In salarirs
for the works on the St. Maurice, in the county of Champlain, during the year 1911-12.
8. The number of employees, and the amount of salaries paid per year for the works
on the St. Maurice, in the county of Champlain. since 1911-12. 9. If the employees
whose names follow, were dismissed on the 26th and 27th November, 1914, and the
4th and 5th Jajiuary, 1915 ; WildS I^aval^e, Pierre Thicierge, Joseph Paquln, sr.,
Joseph Pariuin, jr., Athanase G61inas, clerks. 10. If so, at whose request, and for what
reasons. 11. If those days were taken off the salaries of such employees. Presented
13th April, 1915. — Mr. Bureau Not printed.

279. Return to an Order of the House of the 4th March, 1915, for a copy of all documents

bearing on the removal of the salmon retaining pond from Flat Lands to New Mills,
N.B., and of all reports on the operations thereof, with a detaileil statement of outlay
and cost of removal, installation and operation. Presented 13.th April, 1915. — Mr.
Marcil Not printed.

280. Return to an Address to His Royal Highness the Governor General of the 3rd February,

1913, for a copy of all Orders in Council, letters, telegrams, reports, petitions and other
papers and documents in the possession of the Department of Marine and Fisheries, or
any department of the Government, relating to the granting of licenses to pack lobsters,
and bearing date between 1st January, 1912, and 25th January, 1913. Presented 13th
April, 1915. — Mr. Sinclair Not printed.

281. Report of Thomas R. Ferguson, K.C., commissioner appointed to investigate into all

matters relating to, or connected with, the application for (although such apjdication
may not have been granted, or may still be pending) the sale, lease, grant, exchange,
or other disposition by any means whatsoever, since the first day of July, 1S96, of: —
(a) Dominion I^ands ; (b) Timber and mineral lands and mining rights and privilege.s,
including coal, petroleum, and gas lands and rights and irrigation tracts or lands, and
the cutting of timber upon Government lands; (c) Water-power and rights: <d)
Indian Lands and Indian Reserves: under authority or purporting to be under the
authority of the Dominion Lands Acts, and Irrigation Act, or other st.itutes of the
Parliament of Canada, and the acts or proceedings of any person or corporation In
relation to the matters foresaid. Presented by F^on. Mr. Coderre, 13th April, 1915.

Not printed.

282. Report and evidence upon the matter known as : " Timber Berths 550J and 52S, Howard

Douglas, R. E. A. Leech, D. J. McDonald, and others." Presented by Hon. Mr. Coderre.
13th April, 1915 Not printed

283. Report and evidence upon the matter known as: "The Kananaskis Coal Company.

Limited, Howard Douglas, George K. Hunter, Walter Garrett, and others." Presented
by Hon. Mr. Coderre, 13th April, 1915 A'ot printed.

284. Report and evidence upon the matter known as: "Blood Indian Reserve and Frank

Pedley." Presented by Hon. Mr. Coderre, 13th April, 1915 >. . ..Not printed.

285. Report and evidence upon the matter known as : " Southern Alberta Land Company.

Limited, and Grand Forks Cattle Company, J. D. McGregor, Arthur Hitchcock, and
others." Presented by Hon. Mr. Coderre, 13th April, 1915 Not printed,

286. Report and evidence upon the matter known as: "The Bulletin Company, Limited, the

Honourable Frank Oliver, and the Grand Trunk Pacific Railway Company." Presented
by Hon. Mr. Coderre, 13th April, 1915 \ot printed.

287. Report and evidence upon the matter known as: " Aylwln Irrigation Tract, E. A. Robert

and J. D. McGregor." Presented by Hon. Mr. Coderre, 13th April, 1915. ..iVot printed.

288. Report and evidence upon the matter known as: "Timber Berths 1107 and 1108, W. H.

Nolan, A. W. Fraser, and J. G. Turlff." Presented by Hon. Mr. Coderre. 13th April,
1515 Not printed.

George V. Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers. A. 1915

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 23— Continued,

289. Report and evidence upon the matter known as: "Grazing Ranch No. 2422, J. G. Turriff,

A. J. Adamson* and J. D. McGregor." Presented by Hon. Mr. Coderre, 13th Ap 11,
1915 Not printed.

290. Report and evidence upon the matter known as : " Craven Dam, Walter Scott, Lieutenant-

Governor Brown, and J. G. Turriff." Presented by Hon. Mr. Coderre, 13th April, 1915.

Net printed.

291. Certified copies of Reports of the Committee of the Privy Council No. P.C. 1109 and No.

P.C. 1.5S9, approved by His Excellency the Administrator on the 10th May, 1913, and
27th June, 1913, respectively, in respect to the appointment of Thomas H. Ferguson,
K.C., as commissioner to investigate and report upon all matters connected with the

Not printed.

292. Return to an Order of the House of the 11th March, 1915, for a copy of all charges,
cori-espondence, letters, telegrams and other documents relative to the dismissal of
Joseph Day, at Little Bras D'Or, in the riding of North Cape Breton and Victoria, and
of the evidence taken and reports of the investigation held by H. B. Duchemin, in
regard to same, with a detailed statement of expenses of such investigation. Presented
14tli April, 1915. — Mr. McKenzie Not printed.

203. A Return to an Order of the Senate, dated 30th March, 1915, for a return giving the
names of the trust companies up to the present date who have complied with the
requirements of Clause 69 of the Tiust Companies Act, 1914, and any correspondence
connected therewith. — {Senate) Not printed.

294. Report of R. A. Pringle, K.C., commissioner appointed to inve.stigate into charges of

corruption and fraud in relation to contracts for the building of certain drill halls in
the province of Ontario, together with the evidence taken at the said inquiry. Pre-
sented by Sir Robert Borden, 14th April, 1915 isot printed.

295. Return to an Order of the House of the 1st March, 1915: — 1. For a full statement and

description of all lands taken possession of by the Government for the camp at Val-
cartier. 2. For copies of all titles of the Government to the same, whether by expro-
priation, purchase or otherwise. 3. For a specified statement of all amounts claimed
and still unpaid whether for land or damages. 4. For a specified account of all
amounts paid up to date either for land or damages. Presented 15th April, 1915. —
Sir Wilfrid Lnnrier Not printed.

296. A return to an Address to His Royal Highness the Governor General : — 1. A return

showing all apr>ointments to the customs in that area contained in the present con-
stituencies of Medicine Hat and Macleod, giving names, date of ajipointment. how
appointed and salaries, from the year 1S96 to the present date. 2. Also, all vacancies
by death, resignation or dismissal, giving name, date, length of service and cause of
dismissal in the same area and during the same period. — (Senate) Not printed.

297. Return to an Address to His Royal Highness the Governor General ; praying that His

Royal Highness will cause to be laid before the Senate copies of all letters between
the Minister of Marine and Fisheries or his department and the fishery overseer at
BaktT I.rike. in the province of New Brunswick : and also cop'es of all claims made by
the said fishery overseer and the payments made thereon. — (Senate) . . .. Not printed.

5 GEORGE V. SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 A- 1915

SUMMARY REPORT

OK THK

GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

DEPARTMENT OF MINES

FOR THE CALENDAR YEAR

1914

PRINTED BY ORDER OF PARLIAMENT.

OTTAWA

PRINTED BY J. dk L. TACHE. PRINTER TO THE KING'S MOST
KXCELLENr MAJESTY

1915
[No. 26—1915] [jfo. 1503]

5 GEORGE V, SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 A. 1915

To Field Marshal. Tlif Royal Highness Prince Arthur William Patrick Albert, Duke
of Connaught and of Strath-earn, K.G., K.T., K.P., etc., etc., etc.. Governor
General and Commander in Chief of the Dominion of Canada.

May it Pi.kask Y<>ru Koyai. IIkuinkss. —

The undersigned has the honour to lay before Your Royal Highness — in com-
pliance with 0-7 Edward VIT, chapter 29, section 18 — the Summary Report of the
operations of the Geological Survey during the calendar year 1014.

LOUIS CODERRE,

Minister of Mines.

5 GEORGE V. SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 A. 1915

To the Hon. Louis Coderre, M.P.,
Minister of Mines,
Ottawa.

Sir, — I have the honour to transmit, herewith, my summary report of the opera-
tions of the Geological Survey for the calendar year 1914, which includes the report*
of the various officials on the work accomplished by them.

I have the honour to be, sir,

Your obedient servant,

R. G. McCOXXELL,
Deputy Minister, Department of Minei.

5 GEORGE V. SESSIONAL PAPER No. 28 A. 1915

CONTENTS.

PAom.

DIRECTOn'S REPORT

REPORTS KHOM GEOLOGICAL DIVISION

Exploration in southwestern Yukon : D. D. Cairncs ^^

Graham Island. B.C. : J. D. MacKenzie ;^''\ 37

Flathead special map-area. B.C.: J. D. MacKenzie. ^^

Rocky Mountains park. Alberta : J. A. Allan • ■ • ^^

cniith^rn Alberta : D. B. Dowling

Ueconrisslnce a,on. the Red Deer. James. Clearwater, and North Saskatchewan ^^

rivers. Alberta : Bruce Rose

The Sheep River map-area. Alberta : S. E. Slipper •,•;,/•■; 54

The Foothills area, west of the Porcupine hills. Alberta: J. S. Stewart • &«

In e^'oration Of the region between Athabaska and Great Slave lakes. Alberta and ^^

N W.T. : Charles Camsell ," „' t' »i 1 ro

Geologv of the north shore of Lake Athabaska. Alberta and Sask : F. J^ AU-ock ■ " ^ '^

The Cretaceous sections on the Crowsnest river, west of the Bla.rmore sheet. Alberta. ^^

p. H. McLearn ^^

Wood Mountain coal area. Sask. : Bruce Rose ■";,■;■■„ 67

Amisk Lake district, northern Saskatchewan and Man.toba : E. L. Bruce 67

Pembina mountain. Manitoba: A. MacLcan

Notes on the cores of Winnipeg wells. Manitoba : F. H. McUarn ^^

Gvpsum and brines in Manitoba : R. C. Wallace

Lake Simcoe and Rainy River districts. Ontario : W. A. Johnston »i

A reconnaissance of the north shore of Lake Huron : W. H^ Collms 81

The middle and upper Silurian of southwestern_ Ontario : M. Y. W.lhams. . .. .. ••

... 88
Investigation of the occurrence of radio-active minerals in Ontario: S. Brunton. . ..

A».^ .... - - O"?

Investigation of the clay resources of Ontario: J. Keele

Road materials in Ontario: L. Reinecke . . „ ,„„ q,

als in Ontario: S. Brunton.. .. 91

Northern portion of Buckingham map-area. Quebec: M. E. Wilson 94

?h basins' of th"; xottaway and Broadback rivers, northwestern Quebec^ H^ C. Cook. 95

The Harricanaw basin north of the Grand Trunk Pacific ra.lway. Quebec . T. U ^^

Tanton gg

Brome and Missisquoi counties. Quebec: Robert Harvie

Granitesof the Eastern Townships. Quebec: A. Ma.lhiot ^^^

St. John map-area. New Brunswick: A. O. Hayes ^^^

Moncton map-area. New Brunswick : W. J. Wright ■ ■■ ■

Physiography and surface geology of Nova Scotia: J. W. Goldthwa.t 02

Caledonia map-area. Queens. county. Nova Scotia: E. R. Faribault 103

The Horton-Windsor Carboniferous area. Nova Scotia: W. A. Bell ■

Windsor and Pennsylvania formations in Nova Scotia: Jesse E^">;'!^- *"'

An investigation of radio-active minerals in eastern Canada: C. W. Robmson . . .. m

Canadian Arctic expedition. 1014: J. J. O'Neill.. .. ^^^

Report of the vertebrate palaeontologist : L. M. Lambe

Report of the stratigraphical palaontologict : E. M. Kindle ^-

Palieobotany : W. J. Wilson ^'^^

Mineralogy : R. A. A. Johnsrton ^^^

Water and borings division : E. D. Ingall

REPORTS FROM THE TOPOGRAPHICAL DIVISION: W. H. Boyd H6

Rainv Hollow map-area. B.C. : W. E. Lawson in charge J"

Reveistok. sheet and Ainsworth m..p-area. B C. : F. S. Falconer In charge U^

nathead and Crowsnest sheets. B.C. and Alberta: A. C. T. Sheppard in charge.. .. 147

26— B

GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 19lj

!th!h "^'r^ r''"^'"'^' ^"'"'■'^^ ^- ^- ^'•^^'^"•i in charge ''"'^•

Athabaska lake, Alberta and Sask • A G Hp„if=.i„ • u l-*"

Thetfor. and Black Lake ,.ap-area:QueLDTN?chr^^^^ ''''

New Glasgow „,ap-area. N.S. : B. RM^Ka? in charge '" ''"^' ^^^

Traversecontrolandtnangulation:S.C. McLean in Charge '''

Sudbury reconnaissance: W. H. Boyd ' ^.narge ^^^

Canadian Arctic expedition: K. G. Chipman and J ' R ' Cox ^^'

REPORTS FROM THE BIOLOGICAL DIVISION '. '''

Botany: John Macoun ■^^"

Botany : J. M. Macoun . . . . . . . '\ [' 150

Zoologj- : p. A. Taverner 150

Chaleur Bay field work : P. a. Taverner 1^2 ,

The Athabaska-Great Slave Lake expedition :' Francis HarneV ^'^ ,

Canad.anArcticexpedition, 1913-1914: R. M.Anderson ^ ''' '

Entomology : C. Gordon Hewitt 163

Canadian Arctic expedition : Fritz Johansen !.'.'.'.' .'. 166

REPORTS FROM THE ANTHROPOLOGICAL DIVIsioN:ESapir '^

PART I. Ethnology and Linguistics: E. Sapir "^

Part il Archaeology: Harlan L Smith. 168

Part m. Physical Anthropology; F. H. S. Knowles' ^^^

REPORT FROM THE GEOGRAPHICAL AND DRAUGHTI.g'dIVISION.C O Sene^ i' ^'^

REPORT PROM LIBRARY: M. Calhoun ^'"''"'- '''

REPORT ON PUBLICATIONS : M. Sauvalle ^^^

ACCOUNTANT'S STATEMENT : John Marshall. . ^^^

INDEX 192

193

ILLUSTRATIONS.

Diagram of southw*6tern portion of Yukon Territory

Perspective diagram and structure sections, Foothills.' southern Al'berVa "

Wood Mountain coal area. Saskatchewan, Map 117 A *5

PiouRE I. Diagrammatic cross section of No. 1 mine. Ainsworth B C ^*

' • 40

5 GEORGE V. SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26 A. 1915

SUMMARY REPORT

OK TIIK

GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

DEPARTMENT OF MINES

FOR THE CALENDAR YEAR. lltH.

INTRODECTORY STATEM EXT.

The Summary Report covers the operations of all divisions of the Geological Survey
for the «alendar vear 1014. Prominence is given to the economic features of work
done by the staff during the year in order that new information secured may be given
to the public in a preliminary way as, early as possible.

Besides strictly geological work the Survey includes a Topographical division and
divisions of Biology and Anthropology and administers the Victoria Memorial Museum.

PUBLICATION DIVISION.

Publi<'ations relating to the work accomplished in all of these divisions are issued
from time to time, and it is the aim of the Geological Survey to make these available to
all who are interested in them. To this end a notice list is kept on which applicants
may have their names entered and receive notices of all publications issued, and sd be
in a position to send for any report desired. Following this procedure, 50,430 publica-
tions were distributed during -the year 1914 in compliance with written and personal
ro<iuests and 90,200 were sent to addresses on the regular mailing lists. In addition,
French editions of the publi<-ations were distributed through the Publishing and Trans-
lating division of the department.

STAFF.

The following clianges have tjikeii pla<-c in the stuff of the Survey during the year,
1914: R. V.'. Brock, Director, was appointed Deputy Minister of the Dci)artment Janu-
ary 1 and resigned November •■!<•; R. (J. MeConnell, geologist, was appointed Deputy
Minister of the Department, December 1. The following additional appointments

2G— 1

2 GEOLOGICAL iilliTEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

were made: ^Vfertou Y. Williams, junior geologist; Bruce Rose, junior geologist;
Harold C. Cooke, junior geologist; Wcllman S. Hutton, assistant photographer;
Claude E. Johnson, wax worker and colourist; Florence E. Forsey, cataloguer in
Library; Edward E. Freeland, junior topographer; John R. Cox, junior topographer;
Albert Cox, messenger; Geo. J. Mackay, technical officer; Alice E. Dear, stenogra-
pher and typist; Francis TT. S. Knowles, physical anthropologist; Albert O. Hayes,
junior geologist; Charles ^f. Sternberg, preparator, invertebrate palaeontology;
James Hill, junior geologist: ^I. G. Brown, assistant dry plate photographer, ilost
regrettable events affecting the Survey in connexion with the Canadian Arctic expedi-
tion were the deaths during the year of G. S. Malloch, geologist, and Henri Beauchat,
anthropologist. Mr. Malloch had already done much valuable geological work and his
sad death in the north cuts short a career of great promise. ^Er. Beauchat's work is
referred to in the report of the anthropologist on a later page.

GEOLOGICAL DIVISIOX

The work of the Geological Division, as in previous yeai's, covered portions of the
Dominion from Xova Scotia on the extreme east to the western islands of British Col-
umbia and included explorations in Yukon and the Arctic regions of Canada.

Special attention was devoted to regions which promised to be of interest economi-
cally and detailed investigations of several producing areas were made with a view
to helping in their economical development.

In addition to work bearing upon the metallic mineral resources, important inves-
tigations were carried on in. mineral fuels and clay products, and a beginning was
made in mapping and classifying deposits of material suitable for road making, a work
which the widespread need in Canada for better roads made peculiarly pressing, and
one which the Survey with its stores of accumulated data and staff of trained observers
is well fitted to undertake.

In a tentative way work was begun on a soil survey of Canada with the object of
classifying the soils and ascertaining their agricultural capabilities in different dis-
tricts.

The work of the staff, dealt with in order of location from west to east, is briefly
sunuTiarized below: —

O. E. LeRoy, as geologist in charge of field pavtifs, visited most of the province-,
of Canada during the summer, reviewing the work in i>rogress.

D. D. Cairnes spent the sununcr in general exploratory work in the southwestern
part of Yukon Territory. A large part of the area was little known either geologically
or geographically and, since placer gold, gold ores, copper ores, and lignite were known
to occur there, it was considered imix)rtant that its mineral resources g(>nerally should
be reported on. ^Ir. Cairnes made a nuniljcr of traverses across the district and exam-
ined most of the creeks.

C. W. Drysdale devoted the greater part of the si^ison to detailed examination of
the Ymir mining camp, west of the Nelson and Fort Sli.>i)panl railway. British Colum-
bia, with the object of compiling a sketch geological and (opographical map of the

f;rM]r.\RT nr.rouT 3

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

rc;riuii that will S(>rve :n an aid in tlio dcvclopim'iit of the distrift. Mr. Drysdnlo spont
a iVw wveks nl><) at RoKslaiid at the hof^imiiiip: of tin* season and Ruve some attention
to rojjions adjacent to the Vniir field.

Stewart J. Sehofield betran a detailed geoloprieal study of the Ainswortli mining
ranip on the ea.'^t side of Kootena.v lai<t'. British Coliiniliia. (lood progress was made in
the examination of the various prt)perties and it i,s the intention to complete the work
next season. ^Ir. SchoHeld also made a f^eolopfical reeonnaissanec in West Kooti-nav
for eorrelatioi! purposivs.

J. D. Maekenzie completed the detailed examination begun last year of a portion
of (Iraham island, British Columhia. and made a general examination of the wliolc
island paying particular attention to the eoal-bearing beds and to the bitumen-bearing
rocks. He also spent a few weeks in studying the structure and character of the coal-
bearing beds in one of the Flathead River areas.

J. A. Allan spent about two montlis in geological investigations in Rocky moun-
tains and Yoho parks and adjoining districts, for the purpose of correlating certain of
the geological formations and to secure material for a guide book to Rocky Mountain.-
park.

r*. W. Dowling spent the greater part of the field season in the vicinity of Calgary
in investigations in connexion with the occurrence of oil. A period of three weeks at
the l>eginning of the season was devoted to correlation work on the Cretaceous of
southern Alberta and the Missouri river.

J. S. Stewart was engaged in geological investigation in an area of the foothills
lying west of the Porcupine hills in southwestern Alberta.

S. K. Slipper gave his attention during the sunnner to the geological mapping of a
.special map-area in the Sheep River district.

Charles Camsell made an exploration of the regions lying between Athabaska and
Great Slave lakes. The trip was successfully made from Athabaska lake by a previously
unknown canoe route to Great Slave lake. Though ^Ir. Camsell reports that the econo-
mic possibilities of the region from a mining standpoint are not of great promise, his
exploration has added very materially to our information regarding the geology and
geography of a little known district of northern Canada.

F. J. Ah'ock explored in detail the north shore of Athabaska lake with the obje«-t
particularly of rei)orting on the mineral resources of the region and of examining tlie
claims already staked on some of the Pre-Caml»rian belts.

F. H. McLearn examined in detail the sections of Cretaceous rocks expo.sed along
the Crowsnest river, Alberta, with the object of establi.shing their succession and the
conditions under which they were laid down. The knowledge acquired will l)e most
useful in structural work in the coal fields of southern Alberta. Mr. McLearn also
examined a set of cores from deep wells in the vir-inity of Wiiuiipejr. with the objcxjt of
determining the formations passed through.

Bruce Rose continued his work on the lignite areas of southern Saskatchewan and
extended his examinations of last year westerly to the Wood Mountain area.<». The lig-
20— li

4 GEOLOGICAL SLKVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

iiites were found on analysis to bo of good quality and very similar to those fouud in
tlie eastern area. Mr. Rose also made a preliminary geological examination along tlie
Ked Deer, James. Clearwater, and North Saskatchewan rivers with the object of secur-
ing data that would aid in prospecting for oil in those districts.

E. L. Bruce examined a section of country lying to the north of Saskatchewan
river in Saskatchewan. The exploration was particularly directed to a more detailed
examination of the Pre-Cambrian belts that had been found to be gold-bearing in the
neighbourhood of Amisk lake and farther Avest.

Alexander Mac-Lean spent a week in geological work on -the Gilbert plains, ^faui-
toba, and the rest of the field season in the Pembina Mountain region near the Inter-
national Boundary. Mr. MacLean kept in viev,- the question of the possible occurrence
of oil and gas and the adaptibility of the various shale beds for manufacturing purposes.

E. G. Wallace completed the field Avork for a memoir on the gypsum deposits and
brines of Manitoba.

AV. A. Johnston sjient most of the season in the Lake Simcoe district where, in his
geological mapping he included the delimitations of the different surface soils, and the
sand and gravel deposits. In addition the examination of the surface geology of the
valley of Rainy river begun last year, was completed.

W. H. Collins explored portions of the country adjoining the north shore of Lake
"Huron mainly with the object of connecting and correlating the geological knowledge
already acciuired in various economically important districts within the area.

M. y. Williams continued the geological investigation of the Silurian system of
southwestern Ontario, surveying the area between the Bruce peninsula and Niagara.
These formations include the principal sources of salt, lime, gypsum, and cement Mr.
Williams also gave attention to the location and mapping of deposits of gravel suitable
for road making and to building stones and stone used for concrete.

Joseph Keele investigated the clay and shale deposits of southern Ontario, the
principal workable deposits of shale being found on the shores of Lakes Ontario and
Huron. The deposits of Pleistocene clays are widely spread over the province and
vary very much in quality in different localities.

Leojfold Reinecke spent the field season in Ontario in an investigation of the
materials suitable for road making. Among these are various kinds of solid rocks that
are broken for use, and unconsolidated gravels. The classification of these deposits
into various grades particularly adapted to different types of roiid surfaces and their
location and mapping should prove of very great value.

Stopford Brunton examined several districts in Ontario witli a view to the location
of radio-active minerals, making field tests with apparatus that was carried from place
to place. TluMigh the investigation for the most part had negative result?, radio-activ-
ity was fomid in the minerals of some localities.

M. K. Wilsun continued the geological work in Ottawa and LabcUo counties, (Que-
bec, begun li*.st year, extending his explorations into the northwestern portion of the
area and making detailed geological maps of some of the mica mines.

SVMHARY liEPoRT

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

II. ('. C«>oki' f.viilon'd tlu- IJidiidl'iifk river, lju('l)t'<', inakiiif; a iiiloronicter survry
t't tlic iipjuT part of the river. AIoii^-^ tlic line of trnvers«' the rocks were fouiul to bo
chiefly granitic, only a few narrow belts occurring that give protni^"' "f <"arrying valu-
able minerals

T. L. Tanton made a geological reconnaissance of a region bordering the Harri-
ciinaw river in northern Qucltec. The area forms part t>f the Pre-Camhrian complex of
imrthcrn Canada, and certain belts were found that seem to warrant the attention of
the prosjtector.

Itobert Harvie continued the examination of a sectitm across the Sutton Moun-
tain anticline, in the Eastern Townships of Quebec. The information gained gives a
key to the general geological structure in the Eastern Townsiii]»s and will be of great
value to the mining indu>try of that district.

A. Mailhiot spent the field season in a detailed examination of the Hereford, Big
INfcgantic, and Scottstown granite areas of Quebec. In addition Xo the s<'ientifie results
obtained, Mr. Mailhoit secured information regarding the occurrences of rocks and
minerals of economic value.

Albert O. Hayes, in continuation of the work begun last year, made a detaik-d
examination of certain typical areas near St. John, New Brunswick, and ran stadia
transit traverses for mapping purposes. He also examined a number of limestone
quarries in the district.

W. J. Wright made a detailed investigation of the gypsum and manganese deposits
and petroleum-bearing formations in the vicinity of Moncton, New Brunswick. The
arcal mapping of the district was continued, and material for a geological map was
secured.

J. W. Goldthwait, who spent the summer of 1913 in the study of the physiography
and surface geologj- of Nova Scotia, completed the work during the past field season
and will prepare a bulletin on the subject.

E. R. Faribault continued the geological and topographical mapping of Queens
county, Nova Scotia, an area underlain almost entirely by the gold-V>earing series. Mr.
Fariliault traced the courses of five anticlines and located the position along them of
the principal domes, a structural feature that largely governs the occurrence of gold in
e«'onomic quantity.

\V. A. Bell spent the summer in detailed investigation of the Carboniferous r«>cks
i)t an area in the neighbourhood of Windsor, Nova Scotia, a work of importance in the
elucidation of structural problems connected with the occurrence of the higher produ<*-
tivc <-i>al beds farther east.

Jesse E. Hyde was engaged in structural ge<>logical wi«rk in Nova Scotia and Cai>e
Breton, mainly in the region between St. Ann harbour and Sydney.

C. \V. Kobinson carried out a series of explorations for radio-active minerals in
Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, Quebec, and eastern Ontario. He also collected 9pe<'i-
mens for the mineralogical division of tiie Museum.

6 GEOLOGICAL HrUTEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

J. J. O'XcIl, who accompanied the Canadian Arctic Expedition as geologist, mak-
ing his temporary headquarters at Herschell island about 155 miles east of the main
winter quarters of the Expedition at Collinson point, Alaska, was able to examine geolo-
gicall^v an interesting section of the Arctic coast line between Demarcation point and
the mouth of Mackenzie river.

VKRTKBRATE PAL.EONTttLOGV.

L. ^r. Lambe, vertebrate palaeontologist, studied and described a large amount of
newly acquired material, chiefly from the Cretaceous of Alberta, and superintended the
installation of many additions to the collection in the Hall of Vertebrates in the
^rusouin.

Charles H Sternberg, preparator and collector, assisted by his sons, C. M., G.
F., and L. Sternberg, made a large collection of reptilian remains from the Belly
River formation of Red Deer river, Alberta, and made good progress in the preparation
for study and exhibition of much of the material collected in previous years.

STRATIGRAPHKAL PAL.SONTOLOGy.

E. ^r. Kindle was engaged in field work in Ontario, Quebec, and Xova Scotia.
Important geological sections were examined in these provinces, and an investigation of
some of the problems of sedimentation was undertaken in the Bay of Fundy and Lake
Ontario.

E. J. Whittaker assisted Mr. Kindle throughout the field season.

M. Y. Williams continued work on the Silurian stratigraphy and palaviutidofry
of the Ontario peninsula.

L. D. Burling made a short trip to southern Quebec in company with Mr. R.
Harvie, but spent most of the summer in the office, working out the pala^ontological
results of his trip of the preceding summer to the Alaskan boundary.

W. J. Wilson spent most of the year in examining the large mass of material
already accumulated, studying particularly the collection from the Carboniferous rocks
of New Brunswick. He also named and arranged the collections brought from the field
during the previous season.

MINERALOGY.

R. A. A. Johnston completed during the year the manuscript for a " Li^t of Can-
adian Minerals," which it is proposed to publish as a memoir. He arranged special
ccllections of radium-bearing minerals which have been distributed for exhibition at
various points throughout Canada from Halifax to Dawson, and reported on many
specimens sent in for determination.

Eugene Poitevin was engaged throughout the year in niiucralogical work. He
spent part of the summer in collecting in the vicinity of tin- Black Lake miiK^s, Quebec.

A. 'I'. ^fcKinnon devoted his time to the collection and i)rci>aration of materials
for the educational coUcftious of minerals.

SrJ/J/ l/.T Ri:i'()UT 7

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

BoKlNG ItKCOItDS.

v.. 1). lufiiiU tMiitiiiuod Ills work i)f collcctiiip: records of horing nporations throiiffh-
I'lit (.'uiiiula. with a view to so classifying and rorrolatiiig them that advice and aid
may he given to drilk'rs as to tht> location of future boreholes.

Topu(;|{\I'niC\I, DIVISION.

W. K. T.auson mapped the Kaiuy Hollow district. B.C.

F S. Falconer mapped the Ainsworth map-area. British Cohimbia. and began the
mapping of the Kevelstoke sheet. British Columbia.

A. V. T. Sheppard completed the mapping of the Klatliead aiul Crowsnest sheets.
British Columbia and Alberta.

E. K. Freeland began the mapping of the Sheep River map-area, Alberta.

A. (J. Ilaultain was engaged in making the survey of Lake Athabaska, Alberta and
Saskatchewan.

D. A. Xiehols completed the Thetford-BIack Lake mai)-area. Quebec.

B. Iv. MacKay completed the New Glasgow map-area, Xova Scotia.

S. C. McT^\in was engaged in running truverse control in Queens county. Xova
Scotia, and in completing the triangulation in the Similkameen and Osoyoos districts,
British Columbia.

K. P. Chipman and J. R. Cox are still with the southern party of the Canadian
Arctic expedition.

BIOLOGICAL DIVLSIOX.

BOTAXV.

John Macoun spent his whole time in the vicinity of Vancouver and Sidney.
British Columbia, devoting his attention, particularly, to the collection and study of
cryptogams.

J. M. Maeoun gave most of his time to the routine work of the <livision but found
time to nearly eon)plete a work on the flora of the Ottawa district, and to make pro-
gress with several other papers. Mr. ^facoun spent part of the summer on Vancouver
island, on islands in the Gulf of Georgia, and on the Pribylov islands.

zooT.onv.

P. A. Taverner, accompanied by C. A. Voung. spent part of tlie summer about the
shores of Chaleur bay in northern Xew Brunswick and Quel)e<', studying the habits of
the water birds of the region and collecting bird-skins. Mr. Taverner also devoted his
attention to the arrangement in systematic order of the stored collections, and to the
Museum exhibits in zoology. Clyde Patch devoted his time to preparatory work and
to the arrangement of old Museum material in new, temi)orary groups for exhibition
puriKJses.

8 GEOLOGICAL SURTET

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

E. M. Anderson, who accompauied the Canadian Arctic expedition as chief of the
southern party, made a larf;e collection of northern birds and mammals, part of wliich
has already reached Ottawa.

ANTHROPOLOGICAL DIVLSIOX.

ethxoi,0(;y.

E. Sapir. in addition to supervision of anthropological work, completed, dur-
ing January and February, a five months' ethnological trip among the Xootka Indians
of the west coast of Vancouver island. An extensive series of Indian texts, chiefly
dealing with mythology, was secured, also a large amount of data on social organiza-
tion, religion, and other aspects of ethnology. Phonograph records of Indian songs
and museum specimens were collected.

C M. Barbeau spent two weeks among the Huron Indians of Lorette, Quebec, in
obtaining a series of French Canadian tales current among these Indians, primarily
with the object of determining what influence, if any. European folk-lore has exercised
on native Huron mythology.

F. W. AVaugh paid a brief visit to the Iroquois of Six Nations reserve, Ontario, to
complete technological data obtained in previous trips.

J. A. Teit continued making ethnographical collections among the Interior Salish
tribes of British Columbia, and secured a large and valuable series of photographs.

P. Radin continued his ethnological and linguistic work among the Ojibwa of
Ontario and adjoining parts of the United States.

A. A. Goldenweiser continued his work on the social organization of the Iroquois
Indians, devoting his time during this season primarily to the Tuscarora of Xew York
state.

K. W. Hawkes undertook a general ethnok'gical reconnaissance of the Eskimo of
Labrador and Hudson bay, devoting special atteiitiou to the culture of the Labrador
Eskimo. A large collection of Eskimo specimens was obtained.

W. D. Wallis undertook an intensive ethnological investigation of the Sioux
Indians of Manitoba, special attention being devoted to ceremonial organization. An
etliiif'logical collection was obtained.

D. Jenness, of the Canadan Arctic expedition, carried on extensive archaeological
digging at Barter island, resulting in a large collection, and made ])rogress on various
aspects of Eskimo ethnology, an unusually extensive series of cat's cradle figures being
se<-ured.

ARCH Kor.OGY.

JL I. Smith, in addition to supcrvisiii«i- arclncological work, inve-tigatcd one of the
HJii'll lleap^ at Mcrigoniisli in northern Xova Scotia. A collection of prwltably early
Alicniac objects was secured tliere.

SIMM \i:) i:i i-iiirr

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

W. J. WiiitfUilK'rf? iiuulc a t:x'"t'ral n'timiiaissam't' of Alguiikian sites In the St.
Lauii'iifO valley south «>t' Ottawa.

W. B. Nifk<'rson eontiuued on a more intensive scale work hejjrun in i)revious years
on the archa'dlo^ry of southwestern Manitoha. A more than usually satisfactory arrh-
teologieal eolleclion was obtained.

MUSEUM.

In the Museum larp:e additions liave been made during the past year to the coUt .-
tions in all the divisions. Further larjre eonsi{;nments have been reeeived from the
hone deposits in Ked Det-r, Alberta. The collect ions of invertebrate fossils have been
larjrely augmented both with Canadian and foreign specimehs. A fine suite of bird
skins and eggs was colleeted on the i-oast of the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Important acces-
sions have also come to the Division of Ethnology. A notable addition to the Afuseum
colle^'tious is the Foote collection of meteorites, representing over two hundred '" Falls."
This division is still in need of exliibition cases for the display of si>ecimens and of
storage rooms for the care of collections. A number of steel storage cases received dur-
ing the past year serve to alleviate, but do not by any means overcome the congestion.
This condition of congestion, in fact, extends to all divisions of the Survey, the need for
ad(»<iuate storage r(»om for publications and collections being especially pressing.

In pursuance of the policy of securing the assistance of specialists not on the office
statT, the Geological Sur\'ey has been fortunate in the appointment of Dr. Gordon
Hewitt. Dominion Entomologist, as Honorary Curator of Entomology.

GEOGRAPHICAL AND DRAUGHTING DIVISION.

Tlie statf of this division is composed of the Geographer and Chief Draughtsman,
his assistant map compilers and draughtsmen, and one clerk..

Besides 61 maps and a second collection of the Geological Congress .special maps at
present in the hands of the King's Printer and a large number of diagrams, sketches,
and other illustrations, 47 new maps have been published during the year.

PHOTOGRAPHIC DIVISION.

The division did nmch valuable work during the year, particularly in connexion
with the Draughting and Topf>graphic Divisions and in the illustrations of reports.
Summarized, the work <'onsists of: —

Contact prints (vandyke, linen, black and white), .size 4 X .". to 3r. X4S. 12.207

Bromide enlargements, size 4X5 to 40 X . 72 "93

Kilms and plates developed, size 3i X41 to 6i X si 4,220

Dry plate negatives made, size 4X5 to 11X14 522

Wet plate negatives made, size S X 10 to l6x 20 89

Photostat copies, size "XU to 11x14 1,734

Lantern slides, size 3i x 4i 236

I'hotos and title.v mouiiteil . 1,238

10 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

GEOLOGICAL DIVISION.

EXPLORATJON lx\ S0UTIIWE8TEIIX YUKOX.
(D. D. Cairnes.)

CONTi:XT8

I .VTRODUCTION

Mineral resources

Page.
10

■■.;■.;■;■/■ .■/ " 13

General statement 1^

Placer gold 13

Distribution !•*

Kluane district l-t

General description 14

Rubj- creek 16

Fourth-of-July creek and tributaries 1'^

Gladstone creek 18

Bullion creek 19

Sheep creek , 21

Burwash and Tetamagouche creeks 22

Arch creek 24

Nansen district 25

General description 25

Discovery of gold 26

Gold-bearing gravels 27

Upper White River district 29

Copper deposits 30

Coal 32

Introduction.

REASONS I-'01{ WOHK.

The summer of 1914 was spent by the writer in conducting genei'al exploratory
work througliout the southwestern portion of Yukon Territory north of the h\titude of
Whitehorse. The work was undertaken for the purpose of obtaining as much informa-
tion as po>;sible relative to this extensive region, concerning the greater part of which
very little was known of a geological or even, in places, of a geographical nature.

Placer gold has been mined on a number of creeks in Kluane district since 1903,
and has also been produced in small quantities from Nansen district since 1910,
having boon originally discovered there in 1800. Deposits of lignite were also known
to occur in Kluane district, and placer gold, gold ores, copper ores, lignite, and
other minerals were reported to have been found at a number of other points through-
out this general region. Nevertheless, although this section of Yukon would thus seem
to po.ssess considerable promise of future economic importance, almost the only authen-
tic information available concerning it was the result of the work of Mr. R. G. McCou-
nell who spent the summers of 1003 and 1004 in Kluane district' and along certain
hoaflwatcrs of White river.'-' and even these investigated areas include only a very
small portion of Southwestern Yukon. Moreover, since 1004 practically no information
at all had been ol)taiiied concerning the entire region here under consideration, until
]01."> when the writer devoted part of the summer to the examination of Upper Wliite
River district,'' which, however, also occupies only a small section of the extreme
western part of this wide, largely unexplored tract.

I McConnell, R. G., "Headwaters of White river": Geol. Surv.. Can. Sun.. Rep. for 1905,
pp. 19-2G.

; McConnell. R. G., "The Kluane Mining district": CJeol. .^urv.. Can., .Sum. Rep. for 1904,
pp. 1A-18A.

•1 Caiirnes, T>, !>., " ITppiv Wliite River district": Geol. Surv.. Can., Sum. Rep. for 1913.
"Upper White River district": Geol. Surv., Can., Memoir No. 50, 1914.

mic Mini
•ly siii'"<^
suniiiHT
i-Alii^kii
a lark"'

II or li:i'l
valualil"'
tlio fii-l<l
atidii a-t

1K> ar<Ml
iSi'Ut tlu"
,n alniiff
I'ct witli
way tlw
poi^sihlv

Kluani".
.vidtli of
(I n to -I
< season,'
rfrely l)y

>0 milos.
:aucc no
0{ry was
ip beiiii;
: frravcls
d. Also
logically

WW ^oM-

) end of
up Bur-
ns riviT
t Genen^
c of U-i

Klnano
h ortH'Us
le iijip'T

and tin'
•ok were

■f I'pp.T
ild-lx*ar-
d after-
lortherii

.p. ns-ei.

DiAgram of southwestern portion of Yukon Territorj

.«jri/ 1/ \i;y UF.rnUT 11

S^ESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

It sceinoJ vory d(>siriil)lr. thorofure. and even urKOiit that as nni<-li ooun-iinic ami
srientifit^ data as jiossihle slionld bo obtained eoneorninpr this rejrion. i»iirf if-nhirly sin<'i>
jdacer froKl in econoniicall.v iniportant amounts had been discovoivd diirinur tlic .sunini4>r
of T.)!.*] in C'liisana district,' Ahiska, not more than .'50 mih-s west of the Yukon-Ala-.kii
InternatioMid Ijoundary Iiu<\ As a result of the Hiidin^ of Rold in Chisana, a biriT'-
number of i)ro>peetors. miners, and others had passed throu>;li or visited tho adjoinin:/
portions of Yukon, and many oi thfse prosi»eitors ha<l either remained in Vukon or h;id
returned there, and were reported to have made important discoverii-s of vahialdi-
minerals in various localities. Aoeordin^^ly the writer was instructed tn spend the field
season of 1014 in Southwestern Yukon, and to obtain as much general information an
possible eoneerning this region, special attention to l)e given to the occurrences of
eeononiically important mineral deposits.

\voi!K I'i:i:i"oi:mi:i).

The greater part of the suuiuhm' was devoted to traversing, although some anvd
niaj)ping was also performed. The different traver.-ies were located so as to ero.sscut the
major geological and physiographic features or terranes of Southwestern Yukon along
a number of sonunvhat widely separated lines, and were .so arranged as to connect with
or pa.ss through the leading mining areas. It was hoped to obtain in this way the
greatest amount of valuai)le information concerning this region, in the shortest possible
time.

Commencing at Whitehorse. a traverse was run along the wagon road to Kluane,
a distance of l.")0 miles, and the geology was mapped along the route for a width of
from 2 to 6 miles, the mapped portion being, however, in most places from ?> to 4
miles wide. Ahuig this traverse, as in the ca.se of all the other traverses this season.'
the width to which the geology was mapped on either side, was conditioned largely by
the accessibility of rock outcrops.

From Kluane. a traverse was extended to Nansen creek, a distance of 103 miles.
Trails were followed where they occurred, but for the greater part of this distance no
trails, or at best, only poorly defined Indian trails were available. The geology was
mapped along the line of travel for a width of from 3 to 6 miles, the mapi)ed strip beiiiir
in most places, however, about 4 miles wide. During this trip the gold-bearing gravels
on Ruby creek and on Fourth-of-July creek and its tributaries, were examined. Also
an area 10 miles long, by 7i miles wide, including Nansen creek, was geologically
inai>i)ed. This area is here designated Nansen district, and includes all the known gold-
bearing creeks in that vicinity.

Returning again to Kluane, a traverse was made along the upper (south) end of
Lake Kluane to near the north end of the lake, and was from there continued up B;n--
wash creek, down Wade creek to Donjek river, down the Donjek and across this river
to AVolverine «"reck, up Wolverine creek to its head, thence down Harris creek to Gcnere
river, across the river, and from there to Canyon City, a distance from Kluane of l.SJ
miles. A blazed trail was followed the greater part of this distance. Between Kluane
and ('anyon City, the placer gold gravels of Bullion, Sheep. Burwash, and Arch creeks
were examined; the lignite deposits at the head of Sheep creek and between the ujiper
portions of Burwash creek and a tributary of Duke river were investigated; and the
copper dep«»sits along Quill creek, and between this stream and Burwash creek were
visited.

After arriving in Canyon City, which is situated near the southern cnri of I'pper
White River district, camp was moved to near the mouth of Pan creek. Th(> gold-lx'ar-
ing gravels on this stream and on adjoining creeks were then examin«>i|, and after-
wards about a week was devoted to completing the geological mapping in the northern

1 Cairnes, D. D., "The Chisnna CoM Fielcl.s " : Jour. Can. Min. Inst , vol. xvii. i:»ll, pp. :?3-6l.

12 GEOLOGICAL .WRTEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

portion of Upper "White River district. A nuiiiber of hills or mountains within this
district were not examined the previous summer (1913) owing to lack of time, as the
writer had to leave the field early in August to act as guide on certain of the excursions
of the International Geological Congress.

Having completed the geological mapping of Upper "White River district, a tra-
verse was commenced at the mouth of Sanpete creek, and extended to the mouth of
Coffee creek on Yukon river, a distance of 91 miles. Throughout this distance, the
geology was mapped for a width of from 2 to 4 miles, the mapped strip, in most places,
being, however, about 3 miles wide.

Altogether about 476 miles were traversed, and as the geologj- was mapped along
the rciutes travelled for an average width of about 4 miles, approximately 1900 square
miles were geologically mapped along these traverse lines; in addition, the topography
was also approximately sketched along both sides of tlie travelled routes. Also, Xansen
district with an area of over 75 square miles, as well as portions of the northern patt of
Upper White Kiver district, were mapped, making a total of about 2,100 sciuare miles
of geological mapping. Further, the gold-bearing gravels, copper deposits, lignite
seams, and other occurrences of economically important minerals were examined
throughout Kluane and Xansen districts, as well as in portions of Upper White River
district.

In traversing, the distances were estimated by means of an odometer or measuring
wheel. The routes were plotted, and the topography on either side of the traverse lines
was sketched on a plane-table sketch board. Sun azimuths were taken morning and
afternoon to correct the magnetic readings of the compass needle on the sketch board.
The work was plotted in the field on a scale of ^ ^ ^^^ ^ ^ or about 3 miles to the inch. In
Kansen district, the base lines on the various creeks, run by H. G. Dickson, D.L.S., of
Wliitehorse, Yukon, were used as a base, and these traverses were extended, where it
was found necessary, to complete a drainage map of the area, on which to plot the
geology.

ACKNOWLEIKJMENTS.

The writer was assisted in his work in every way possible by all the prospectors,
miners, and others with whom he came in contact, a cordial co-operation being every-
where extended, for whicli lie wishes to express his sincere gratitude. Particular thanks
arc due to .Mr. A. D. MacLennan, Mining Recorder of Kluane mining district, who
puiiplied a great amount of valuable information from his office, and accompanied the
writer's party as far as Fourth-of-July and Ruby creeks, t-o facilitate the work of
investigation in the portions of Kluane district with which he was most familiar.

The writer's assistants for the season were F. J. Barlow, Robert Bartlett, and E.
C. Aunes. ^Ir. Barlow assisted with the geological work, while the Messrs Bartlett
and Annes devoted their time to the topography. All performed the duties assigned
thcni in a ]ierl'ectly satisfactory and highly efficient manner.

EXTKNT OF IMCrCKT.

In this summary report the more salient features of economic interest will be
described and the general geologj' of certain areas or localities will be briefly outlined,
wliere such an (>utline is. necessary to a clear understanding of the importance of tlie
mineral deposits. It is the intention of tlie department later to publish a memoir in
wliiili the writer will give all the information available concerning the southwestern
I«>rtion of Yukon, including detailed descriptioub of the geoKigy, mineral, and other
iijitural resources.

SlMU.Hi) liUl'oliT 13

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

Mineral Resources.

(iKNKKM. .STAT i:\IK\T.

Tlie niiiioral rosniirces t>f the jtortinn i>f Soiillnvotcni Yukon here under cousidora-
tiun iufludo mainly, so far as is known at present, plaoer jrold, rfippor dc^Kisits, and cfial.
Quartz v»'ins containing,' gold, silver, and, in place.s, copper, oet-ur in certain loealitir.'^.
but no veins have yet boon discovered containing these minerals in sufficient (piantitii-s
to Im> of present economic value.

Of these resources, placer gold is of the most immediate economic importance, leav-
ing out of consideration the copper dcjwsits of the Whitehorsc belt which were not
examined by the writer during the past sunmicr, but whieh are included in the region
rejiresented by the accompanying map. In addition to the oc<Mirrenccs in the White-
horse belt, deposits carrying copper minerals have been found in a number of other
localities within this portion of Soutlnvi'steru Yukon, but none have so far been
discovered that could be exploited under existing conditions. Extensive deposits of coal
(lignite) occur in Kluane district and vicinity, and constitute a valuable future asset,
but at present there is ojdy a very small local consumption, and owing to its inaci-es-
sibility, it is not at i>resent shipped to other jioints.

ri.ACER floI.D.

Placer gold has. up to the present, been found mainly in Kluane and Xansen dis-
tricts, though promising discoveries have been made on two or three creeks in rpi>i'r
White River district; and at a number of ist;>lated. widely separated points, other tinds
have been made, some of which may prove to be of economic value.

On Koidern river * which joins White river on the right bank ^ about 18 miles
below the mouth of Generc river, important discoveries of gold-bearing gravels are
reported to have been made. On Albert creek, which empties into the northern end of
Lake Sekulmun. a number of claims have been located, and both Indians and white
men stated to the writer, that they had found ven,- encouraging prospects on this
stream. A number of men have recently been engaged in prospecting on Klota.-sin
creek, an imi)ortant tributary- of Donjek river, and on certain of its branches, and in
stime cases, report quite satisfactory results. On several of the upper tril>utaries of
Nisling river, in addition to the creeks included in Xansen district, prospecting has
been carried on during the past two years with encouraging results. On Coffee creek
prosjiecting work was performed during the winter of 1913-14, but it is believed that no
dei>osits of gravels that would pay to work were found.

So far as the writers information goes, only in Kluane and Xansen districts, are
gravels known to have been found as yet that can be protitaldy exploited. Througliout
a large portion of this extensive region, nevertheless, tlic geological conditions are par-
ticularly favourable for the accunnilation of valuable dci)osits of gold-bearing gravels,
the bedrock fonnation over wide areas, consisting dominantly of tljc older schists simi-
lar to tho.^e so extensively developed in Klondike and Sixtymile districts. Further, the
northeastern part of the region lies entirely outside of the glaciated zone. This feature
of non-glaciation is imjiortant since it means that wherever gold has l»o«'n concen-
trated in the stream gravels, it probably remains undisturbed, and that the gold-bear-
ing gravels are not overlain by vast accumidations of glacial detritus as they are fartlu*r
to the west and south. In the Klondike, these two conditions appear to be mainly
accountable for the richness of the stream gravels; in the tirst place, the bedrock con-

) Also known as L.ake creek.

2 In Yukon, the terms right limit and left limit .ire commonly used to desiBnate the rijclit
bark or left bank of a stream, meaning the right or left side, respectiv^y, aa oLieerve<J| t\( ti
person facing downstream.

14 . ar.nj.OflTCAL SUHYET

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

sists dominaiitly of the old, hi£?hly miueralized schists which originally carried the gold;
:i!id in the second place the district has not heen glaciated.

In spite of the fact, however, that Southwestern Yukon would thus seem to be
geologically so favourable for the occurrence of placer gold, as well as other minerals,
very little prospecting has been done except in a few scattered localities, and the min-
eral resources remain almost entirely unexplored. It is quite possible or even probable,
therefore, that important finds of placer gold will yet be found in this general section
of Yukon Territory, and it would be well in prospecting, that particular attention
should be given to the northeastern unglaciated portion of the district.

Kluane District.

General Description. — Tvluane district is situated in the western portion of South-
western Yukon, and lies along the northeastern slopes of the St. Elias range of moun-
tains, between latitudes 60' W and 61" 40'. It is so named because it includ(>s
Kluane lake, a body of water over 35 miles in length, which lies near the centre of thi*
district.

Attention was first directed to Kluane district as a mining area during the sum-
mer of 1903, when placer gold was found to occur at a number of points. Discovery-
claim on Fourth-of-.Iuly creek was staked on July 4, of that year, by Dawson Charlie.
a well-known Indian of Carcross. During the remainder of 1903 and the summer
of 1904. a great number of j^lacer claims were located, the majority of the creek.s
throughout the district being staked; and from that time to the present, the district
has continued to produce placer gold. The output, however, has always been small,
and the number of men engaged in placer mining since 1904, has decreased yearly.

The present status of the placer mining industry in Kluane mining district, is
summarized in the report of Mr. A D. MacLennan, Mining Recorder, who writes of
it in his annual report for the year ending April 30, 1914. as follows: —

'' Seventy-one renewal grants and twenty -five relocation grants were issued during
the year. Actual mining reached its lowest ebb during the past year. The season was
unfavourable for much successful mining.

'' On Burwash. Sheep, and Bullion creeks, the unusually high water caused consi-
derable damage to mining outfits, and by the time this damage was repaired and work
resumed, the stampede to the new placer camp in Chisana, Alaska, attracted the miners
of Kluane district. The stampede to Chisana, however, brought a number of miners
and prospectors through Kluane district, and of these a number remained, and are now
prospecting on different creeks of the district."

Thus, throughout the entire Kluane mining district, only 96 placer claims were
held on April 30. 1914. and very few locations were made during the summer.

For a description of the Kluane mining district, including an account of the min-
eral resources, the general geology, the original discoveries, and of the developments
until and including 1904. the reader is referred to !^[r. McConnell's report on the
district.'

Geolugically. Khiane distri«'t i.s divisible into a northeastern and a southwestern
part, lying on opposite sides of Kluane lake, and nearly equal in areal extent. The
northeastern division is situated within the Yukon plateau physiographic province, and
is underlain dominantly by mica and quartz-mica schists which range in cliaracter from
finely-textured and highly schistose rocks, to coarsely textured members having in
plac4}5 a decided gneissuid appearance. These .schists belong to the Yukon group'
which includes the oldest rocks known to occur in Yukon or Alaska, and are thought to

1 McConnell, R. G., "The Kluane Mining district": Geol. Surv. of Can.. Sum. Rep. for 1904,
pp. 1A-18A.

: C.I i rues, D. D., "Oeo1ogio.il section .ilong the Yukon-Alaska Boundary line between Yukon
and Porcupine rivers": Bull. (icol. Soo. Anier., vol. 23. 1014, pp. 1S4-1ST.

Cairnes, D. D., " The Yukon-Alaska International Boundary between I'orcupine nnd Yukon
rivers": Geol. Surv;, Can., Memoir No. im, 1914, pp. 3S-44.

F!UM^f ARY in: PORT 15

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

lie of Piv-Canihrian age. This «?i<)iii) of rocks aa develoi>ed in ICluanc di.stri<'t has been
locally iianie<l by >[r. l^rrronnell. tlic Kluane Schists.' Tlicse schists have been
invaded by granitic intru^ivcs wliich are extensively develope*! in places, and are
li.lit'ved to be of .Jurassic or Cretaceous ape.

The .southwestern jmrtion of Kluane district lies along the inner or landward edge
of the St. Elias range, and includes rocks ranging in age from probably Pre-f 'ambrian
tu Tertiary. Of the rocks exjio.sed l>etween Bullion cri*ek and the lower (northern)
t lid of Kluane lake, certain of tho.se outcroi)j)ing along Bullion creek are believed to bo
the oldest. They include mainly phyllites. cherts, and limestones, and are thought to
l)clong to the Tindir group- which is probably of Pre-Caml)rian age. Overlying these
rocks are several hundred feet of calcareous, argillaceous, and arenaceous .sediments
which are known to range in age from Silurian to Tria.-^sic. and ma.v inclnd*; pre-Silur-
ian members and post-Triassic ^fesozoic beds. These sediments have been extensively
invaded in places by granitic intriisives, and have also been pierced and overlain by a
group of basic to semi-basic igneous rocks, including mainly andesites, diorites. diabases,
and basalts. These igneous members appear to be maiidy of Jurassic or Cretaceous
age, but some may be as old as Carboniferous. AJl the.se older rocks are overlain in
places b.v a thick .series of Tertiary lignite-bearing beds which locall.v contain interca-
lated tuffs. The rocks of this Tertiar.v series are in turn invaded and overlain by basic;
to semi-basic lavas and as.-<ociated pyroclastics, which are mainly of Tertiary age, but
ma.v include some Pleistocene members.

The entire Kluane district has been extensivel.v glaciated, and the valleys are
floored almost everj-where with boulder clay, gravels, silts, and morainal accumulations,
which are in i)laccs several hundred feet in thickness.

The creeks of Kluaue district fall naturally into two groups: those of the north-
eastern and those of the southwestern portions of the district. The southwestern creeks
head in the St. fllias range and drain by Kluaue, Donjek, and Yukon rivers into Bering
sea. The northeastern streams traverse the western or .southwestern edge of the Yukon
plateau and most of them head in the Ruby range; they drain either into Kluane lake
and thence to Bering .sea, or join the headwaters of Al^ek river flowing to the Pacific
ocean. The creeks of each group pos.sess geologically many common characteristics
but the members of each group differ in a number of fundamental respects, from the
members of the other grroup.

The principal gold-bearing creeks of the northeastern group include Fourth-of-
.Tuly creek with its tributaries. Ruby creek, and Gladstone creek. Fourth-of-.July creek,
RuV)y creek, and the lower gold-bearing ])ortion of Glad^one creek, flow in depressions
cut through the old Khmne Schi.sts. The valley bottoms, except near the heads of the
streams, are deepl.v floored in most places with glacial accumulations, mainl.v with
lK)ulder cla.v, through which the present streams are entrenching their channels. The
pre-Gla'-ial channels arc thus in most places buried under glacial deposits and lie below
the levels of the present streams. The gold that has been obtained, therefore, has been
mainly derived from the recent gravels which overlie the boulder clay, the '' clay bed-
rock " of the miners, the buried pre-Glacial channels having nowhere as yet been found.
On the upper porti«m of Ruby creek, however, .some gold has been derived from the
gravels of the present stream where they lie on the schist bedrock.

The most important gold producing streams in the southwestern portion of the dis-
trict arc Bullion cn-ek. Sheep creek, and Burwash creek with its tributary Tetama-
gouche creek. Some gold has also been obtained from Arch creek, a tributary of Don-

1 Mcr-onnell. R. G.. Op. cit., pp. 4A-6A.

• Calrnes, D. D., " Geological aection along the Tukon-Alaska Bounilary line between Yukon
and roiiupiiii- liveis": Bui. (;t.T>l. .So-. Ainer.. vol. 2.'i. I'.'Ot, pp. IsT-l'.tO.

Cairnes, I>. I)., "Tlie Yukon-Ahi.ska Iiitet national Boundary between I'orcupine and Yukon
rivers": Geol. Surv., Can., Memoir No. 67, 1914, pp. 44-5S,

16 GEOLOGICAL !<L1^VEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

jek river, but as this stream is isolated froiii the other gold-bearing creeks of the dis-
trict, it will be de?cribod separately.

The bedrock of Bullion. Sheep, and Burwasli creeks, ranges in age from Pre-Cam-
brian ( 0 or lower Palaeozoic to Tertiary, both sedimentary and igneous members
occurring. The old channels on these streams have been deeply buried under accumu-
lations of boulder clay and other glacial detritus, but the present streams, particularly
in the lower portions of their valleys, have lowered their channels through the glacial
a<*«*umulations, and have eroded deep canyon-like channels in the underlying bedrock.
Thus, except along the ujipermost portions of these streams, the old pre-Glacial chan-
nels have either been destroyed by the present streams or lie to one side of them and at
various elevations above them. This is in decided contrast lo the streams in the north-
eastern portion of the district, where all the old channels in the lower portions of the
creek valleys are below the levels of the present streams.

Placer mining operations in the southwestern portion of Kluane district, have so
fjir been almost entirely confined to the recent gravels that have accumulated on the
bf'drock formations of the different creeks. The positions of the old channels arc in
jtlaces quite evident, and sections of them are at certain points plainly in view along
the valley sides; but owing to the great expense and time involved for their exploration,
these channels remain as yet practically unexplored.

Throughout Kluane district, the bulk of the placer gold was originally concen-
trated in the old pre-Glacial channels which are now in most places deeply buried, and
a great part of it may be still there. However, to determine the position of these old
ciiiinnels and to prospect them, means a large outlay of time and capital, and there is no
certainty that at any particular point the old gravels have not been swept away by the
ice, and their gold contents scattered.

Coarse gold has also been found on a number of other streams, but not, apparently,
in sufficient quantities to pay for working. On Cultus creek some prospecting has
re<'ently been done, and on an unnamed tributary joining that stream on its left bank,
gold is rei)orted to have been found in encouraging amounts. Prospects have also been
found on Printers (New Zealand), McKinley, and Dixie creeks, and some work has been
done on them, in places with fairly encouraging results. It has been reported also that
gold has recently been discovered on some of the upper tributaries of Kluane river.

Euhy CV*p/r.' — Euby creek heads in the summit of Ruby range, and flows south-
westward into Jarvis river after a course of 8 or 9 miles. It is a steep mountain stream
with a large volume of water in spring and early summer. As the snows in the upper
regions disappear, however, the amount of water gradually dwindles and in late sum-
mer is reduced to about 200 miner's inches. From its head to the point where
it joins the valley of Jarvis river. Ruby creek occupies a narrow, deep, steep-walled
dejiression from 3,000 to 4,000 feet in depth, cut down through the old Kluane
Scliists. The valley is deeply floored with boulder clay nearly to its head; and in the
vi«-inity of Jarvis river the clay is overlain by extensive deposits of glacial silts. From
abiiut <laim No. 21 above Discovery claim, to its head. Ruby creek has sunk its channel
thrnugh the boulder clay, and has- eroded a rock canyon with abrupt walls 10 to 30 feet
in height in the underlying-schists. In places along this upper portion of the stream's
course, the grade is so steeiJ — occasionally exceeding 400 feet to tlie mile — that even the
recent gravels have been washed away and the bedrock exjiosed. Below claim Xo. 21,
the stream with its gravels overlies the boulder clay, and although several shafts have
been sunk along this jtortion of the creek, none have succeeded in reaching bedrock.
Upstream from Xo. 21 above Discovery, bedrock is seldom more than 10 feet below the
creek bed, although in places it is as much as 15 feet ; below Xo. 21 it drops away
suddenly and on Xo. 15 above Discovery, a shaft 6S feet deep failed to get through
the boulder clay. It would .seem quite possible therefore that the old pro-Glacial chan-
nel crosses the present channel just below Xo. 21 above Discovery, and that above this
point it lies to one side of the iiresent channel.

SI \i \im:v in. ruin 17

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

Miniug oporutioiis luiv*' l>ftii roiiHiud t<i tlu' puitiou of the rrct-k iilM>vf N<j. 20
iibovf Disctivor.v. and the ^uVX tliat lin> lu'en takni from Kiihy crofk has prartioally all
I'trii obtained iH'twiHMi the imiiith of Little IJiiby and No. ifO aUive Disenvcry, a dis-
tance of about tlireo-quartrrs of a mile, the jrold lu-inj; very unevenly distributed
throiiirhout the stream gravels. The wash alonp this jtortiun of the <'reek represi-nts, to
a fuiisiderable extent, a residue or coneentrate from the boulder elay, ami consists
mainly of flat pebbles and anjrular slabs of sehi.st. with occasional lar^e granite
boulders, and a few <iuartz pebbles and boulders.

The total {rold production of Kuby creek is probably between $<i.(MMt and $S,0(K1.
The {rold is coarse, roujrh, and occasionally crystalline, and has been derived from the
underlyinjr Klnane schi>t.s and their contained quart/ veiiis.

I'nless the old channel is found and pmved to contain rich gtild-bearinjr ^r^vt'ls.
not ujuch more trold is to Im* exj)ected from this creek, as the body of recent {^ravels is
small and has not proved to be hi^h ^r^de. The old channel mij;ht be prospected for
either by driftinjr in on bedro«-k above Xo. 21 above Discovery, or by sinking below
No. 21. and driftin^r alonjj on bedrock. Two drifts have already been driven in on the
right bank of Kuby creek above No. 21 above Discovery. They follow the nearly flat
surface of the bedrock, in a direction about at right angles to the general course of the
stream. These drifts were caved in when seen by the writer; but it was stilted by Mr.
MaeLcnnan that each is over lOO feet long, and that the surface of the bedrock is smottth
and level, as might be expectetl in the ea?e of the bottom of a depression iilanatid by
i<-<'. Although there is no certainty of finding gi>ld anywhere under the boulder day. as
the stream gravels of the old chainiels may have Iteen swept away during the glacial
period, the chances of important discoveries on Kuby creek are favourable, and would
seem to warrant a trial. There is little or no chance of finding gold in paying qu.».nti-
ties along the creek, below the point where it enters the valley of Jarvis river, as there
the gravels of the pre-Glacial channel have undoubtedly been scattered by ice which
formerly moved through the Jarvis Kiver valley.

Fourth-of-Juhj Crrvk and Tributaries^ — Fourth-of-July creek is also a tributary
of Jarvis river, but is a much larger stream than liuV»y creek, its tlowage in early sum-
mer amounting to several thousand miner's inches; it also differs from Kuby (-reek in
dividing up into several branches after entering the mountains. The creek has also
cut a wide, deep valley back into the Kuby range, and its various branches in<-luding
Snyder. Alie, and Twelfth-of-July creeks also occupy steep-walled depressi(>ns. incised
deep in the southern slope of the mountains. All these depressions are typically
U-shajK-d. and their walls are jdanated and smoothed from the effects of intense valley
gbu-iation which extends i)ractically to the summits on either side. Both the creek
and its tributaries, throughout almost their entire courses, cut the Klnane sdiists. In
pla<-es. liowever, greenstcuies and granitic intrusives are encountered, and on Larose
creek the granitic rocks are (juite extensively devclojied.

The valley of the Fourth-of-July creek is floored with bonbh'r clay to above the
numth of Sny^ler creek, and n«ar the edge of the valley of Jarvis river the boulder clay
is in turn overlain by considerable thicknesses of glacial silts — some sands and gravels
b«'ing also included. From a point a shfirt distance above the mouth of Snyder cr«H-k.
ui)streani to ne<ir its head, the boidder clay has betn largely removed and the schi?tose
bedrock is exjK.sed. The i)resent stream with its recent gravels, overlies the boulder
clay from about three-«]narters of a mile above the mouth of Snyder creek to the canyon
which occurs near the edge of Jarvis Kiver valley. On both sides of the stream between
these jH.ints. the valley is deeply floored with boulder day. At a few iK»ints. however,
small schist outcrops occur aloiiL' the -^idcs ..f tin • n.l :i,,,l ,,idy a few U-ift al>ove the
wat*^.

I McConnell, R. G., Op. cit., p. 12A.
26—2

18 GEOLOGICAL SVh'VEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

A number of cliiiins arc still held on Fuurtli-of-July creek, but- during tbe past
Slimmer (l^li) little work was done other than representation work to bold the ground.
Shafts have been sunk in the valley deposits at various times, with a view to reaching
bedrock, one of these shafts being approximately 70 feet in depth, but the bottom
of the boulder clay and associated deposits was nowhere reached. In most cases the
shafts are believed to have been abandoned owing to the amount of water encountered.
Even in winter the ground along the creek is not deeply frozen — in most places to a
depth of only about 5 to 10 feet, but at some points for as much as 20 feet — making
siuking very difficult. Where the ground is frozen as in the Klondike, no water is
encountered in sinking, and no timbering is required. With tbe exception of shafts sunk
in the hope of finding the old creek channel, mining operations on the creek have been
confined to the recent stream gravels which overlie the boulder-clay — " clay bedrock."
These recent gravels with their gold content, really represent mostly a residual product
or concentrate from the boulder clay, moved by the stream. They are in most places
less than 10 feet iii thickness, but at certain points the boulder clay extends nearly 20
feet below the stream bed. The gravels are similar to those on Ruby creek, and consist
mainly of coarse angular and sub-angular fragments of schist associated with which
are pebbles and boulders of quartz and some of granitic rock. Great boulders of the
granitic rock 10 feet in diameter were seen in places.

Nearly all the gold that has been taken from Fourth-of-July creek was found
between claims Xos. 65 to 77 above Discoverj^ claim, the total amount being probabl.v
between $G,000 and $10,000. During the past summer, however, a small patch of
fairly rich gravel was found on Twelfth-of-July creek near the mouth of Larose creek,
from which several ounces of coarse gold was obtained in a few days, and other small
amounts of gold have been found at a few outlying points.

The bulk of the gold in the valley as well as in the tributary depressions was
undoubtedly originally concentrated in the old, pre-Glacial channels. The valley of
Fourth-of-July creek is so wide, howevei*, and its bedrock floor is so deeply buried
under glacial accumulations, that there is very little surface evidence as to the posi-
tion of the old chamiel. Near the edge of the Jarvis River valley, the creek flows
through a short canyon with schist walls rising nearly vertically to a height of 50
feet in places. This canyon represents a recent stream channel, the old channel being
buried under the glacial deposits flanking it.

To prospect for the old channel it would be necessary to sink to bedrock and drift.
Tiiis would i)robably prove to be very expensive, and there is no certainty that at any
particular point the gravels of the old channel with their gold contents were not swept
away by the ice during the glacial period. Whether or not the old channel is found,
however, there is still in places sufficient gold in the gravels of the present stream to
yield wages or better, but it is very unevenly distributed.

(rhidsione Creel: — Gladstone is one of the larger creeks of the district and trends
in a general way almost due west, entering Kluane lake on its eastern side near the
northern end. Its valley, like those of all the other creeks on the eastern side of the
lake, is deeply floored with boulder clay and other glacial deposits. The rocks exposed
along the lower 5 or G miles of the valley are dominantly the Kluane Schists. Al)ove
this, however, the granitic intrusives are almost continuously exposed along the valley
walls.

A number of claims arc held im this creek, but prnct icall.v llie only gold known to
have Itccn recovered was itbtiiincd l)y j\Iessrs T. T. Murray and A. Swanson who hold
Discovery claim and No. 1 Ix'low Discovery, Discovery cjiiim being located just below
the mf)uth of Tyr creek and about 2 miles from the m:>uth of Gladstone. The^so
owners b:ive worked tlu'ir cbiinis intermittently during the p:ist few years, by the open-

.';7'1/1/ l/.'V Uri'ORT 19

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

flit method, having workotl to a (Ifi)th ol' pcK-^sibly 11 or 12 ffot. Thoir niiiiirig opera-
tions liavo Ix^en entirely enntinej to the gravels of the preserit stream, which overli*^
the houhler i-hiy. betlnu-k having W'vn nowlirre reached. 'I'hey liuve obtained altogether
possibly $l'.OII() or $:5,(I0(). the gold lu-iiig really a eonet-ntrate from the bo\ildi-r rhiy.
whieh has been transported by the present stream.

A company of Whitehorse mining men \vorke<l this en-ek during tlie summer of
l'.»l."! witii an Km|)ire drill. o\vne<l by the Yukon government. They tried to locate
the original pre-( il;i.'i:d ih:imiel underneath the glacial deposits, but were apparently
unsueeessfid.

Bullion Crei'h.^ — " Bullion creek is a typical St. Klias stream. It head.s in
.^mall ghu-iers at the summit of the range separating Slims river and Kluane lake from
Duke river, and empties into Slims river after a course of about 12 miles. It -is a large
swift-flowing stream, very variable in its flow, but carrying under ordinary conditions
about 2,000 niiner's inches of water. Its grade is steep, averaging over 200 feet to the
mile, and in flood it a.ssumes a torrential character."- The valley of the creek is a deep,
-teep-walled gorge 2.000 to :'.,nOO feet or more in dejith, which, though narrow through-
out, widens somewhat toward its lower end, i.e.. as the edge of the Slims River valley is
aitproaehed. During the (llacial i)eriod. Bullion ('reek valley was almost <-ompletely
tilled with boulder clay and associated glacial deposits. After the retreat of the ice. the
stream- began actively re-excavating its old channel, and from a short distance above No.
20 above Discoverj' to the lower end of the valle.v. lias not only succeeded in sinking its
way through these glacial deposits, but has also cut some distance into the und(»rlying
bedrock. Thus from about Xo. 20 above Discovery to the edge of the Slims River valle.v.
a distance of about "> miles, the present stream flows through a steep-sided gorge with rock
walls rising to heights in most places of from .">0 to 200 feet. In the vicinity of Metal-
line creek which joins Bullion near the upper end of this .j-mile rocky gorge. Bullion
creek for about one-fourth of a mile, forces its wa.y through a canyon so narrow that at
a short distance it looks like a mere cleft in the rock. This remarkable natural feature
is due to a change in the course of the stream at the close of the CJlacial period. After
the retreat of the ice. the creek was crowded to the north by the wash brought down
from ^fetalline creek and. instead of having only to clear out its old channel as
along most other portions of its course, the stream had to sink a new channel
in the bedrock; and as the downward cutting was very ra])id, the incision is narrow.
The former channel is plainl.v in view where it is cut by ^retalline creek, about 200 foot
above and on the south side of the bed of the present Bullion creek.

Along the greater part of its course from a point a short distance above No.
20 above Discovery, to its head. Bullion creek has not yet reached bedrock,
and the creek gravels overlie boulder clay, the channel walls being also comixjsed
of detrital glacial deposits. These glacial accumulations continue to the mouth
of the valley, bordering the rock -walled channel of the lower portion of the stream
on both sides. They extend also in most places well up the valley walls, reach-
ing to near the elevations of the bordering summits. These deposits, jiarticularly the
boulder cla.v, have weathered into a great variety of craggy and castellated forms, and
constitute a ver>* striking feature of this picturesque valle.v.

The rocks exposed in the valley of Bullion creek, include both sedimentary and
igneous members which range from probably Pre-Cambrian to Tertiary in «g(\ The
dominant types are phyllitcs and limestones, although shales, cherts, greenstones, and
rhyolitic intrusives are all somewhat extensively developed. The phyllitcs are pre-
vailingly greenish, greyish, or yellowish in colour, and elt>ave readily into thin plates
having bright, glistening surfaces from the abundance of mi<-a ••ontained in them.
The limestones are nearly everywhere altered to marble, and are mainly white, yellow-

« McConnell, R. G., Op. cit.. pp. l.l.V-l.'.A.
2 Idem. p. 13 A.
26— 2 J

20 GEOLOGICAL SURTEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

ish. or Mnck in colour. The sluilos and cherts are mainly dark-fjrey to black in colour
and thinly bedded, althoujili some massive cherts also occur. The phyllites and associ-
ated limestones, shales, and cherts, particularly along the lower portion of the valley,
closely resemble the members of the Pre-Canibrian Tindir group ^ and probably belong
to that geological formatir>n. They imderlie limestone beds in \vhich on Sheep creek,
a mile or so to the north. Silurian fossils were found. These beds have all been invaded
by greenstones with which they are intimately associated. Certain limestone and shale
beds farther up the creek as well as higher up the valley sides, are probably much more
recent in age; Mr. McConnell collected fragments of corals from these beds, which are
reported to '' indicate a Carboniferous age." - All these older rocks are cut in places
by dykes of a nearly white to yellowish rhyolitic rock which is thought to corresjiond
to a similar intrusive of Tertiary age which occurs in numerous h»calities in Yukon.
The rock section along the valley is highly and brightly coloured, and shows a great
variety of shades and tints, adding much to the grandeur and scenic beauty of the
valley.

Bullion Creek channel is floored in most places, except in the short canyon in the
vicinity of the mouth of Metalline creek, with a layer of loose, recent gravels from 6
to 10 feet in thickness. Xear the mouth of the valley, however, the depth to bedrock
becomes somewhat greater. These gravels ha^-e been worked in places from near the
mouth of the valley to about Xo. 40 above Discovery, but from all the information avail-
able, it would appear probable that not more than about $5,000 in gold has been obtained
from the -entire creek. At the beginning of last season (1914) no claims were held
on the creek, but during the summer several locations or re-locations were made, and
a few men, generally less than 10, spent a great part of the summer prospecting the
gravels of this stream.

On Discovery claim, about 40 ounces of gold were obtained in a few hours in 1003,
but in all only about $1,000 is believed to have been mined from this ground. On
a number of other claims, including Nos. 14, 30, and 44 below Discovery, small
amounts of gold have been obtained. In many places, up to Xo. 40 above Discovery,
an average of $3 to $4 per day per shovel is obtainable, bedrock being reached to about
No. 40 above Discovery. In only a few places, however, has gold been found in
suflicicnt quantity to pay wages to miners for more than a few days at a time, the
gold being nearly everywhere, apparently, very unevenly distributed.

The Bullion Hydraulic Company, under the direction of Mr. W. L. Breeze, oper-
ated along the lower portion of the creek during 1904, 1905, and 190(3, and spent, pos-
sibly, $300,00(J, mainly in buildings, equipment, and various initial outlays. Oidy a
small amount of actual placer mining was done, which is believed to have yielded
about $1,000 in gold.

It is (juite possible that gold in paying quantities may occur in the gravels of the
old channel where it occurs along the bcmlios. but tbi-e grnvels are not known to have
been prospected.

The gold on Bullion creek, in connnuu with the other streams in the northwe-tcrn
portion of Kluane district, is worn nnich smoother than that from the streams to the
cast of Kluane lake. It occurs on Bullion creek mainly in flattened pellets, ocs-a-
sionally of considerable size, nuggets up to an ounce in weight having been found.
8ome fine gold also occurs. The grade of the gold is high, averaging about $18 per
ounce.

1 Cainics, D. D., "Geological section .tIoiir the Yul\on-Alasl<a Boundary line between Yukon
and rorcupine rivers"; Bull. (Jeol. Soe. .\mer., vol. 25, 1914, pp. l.S7-i;»0.

Caiines, D. D., "The Yukon-Alawka International Boundary between I'oicupine and Yukon
rivers": Geol. Surv., Can., Memoir No. 67, 1914, pp. 44-Jii

2 McConnell. R. C... op. cit., p. flA.

SI VMAin ULl'itUT 21

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

S/tup (';7<A-.' — SluM'p crofk rifirmbUs Bullion creek in luaiiy rcsperts, but ie u
nuu'h sinaiKr stream. It lieads \vitl> Coiigdon creek, and after n oourbc of about H
miles liebouehesi on the tiats of Slims river, about a mile below the mouth of BuUit.n
C'ri-ek valley — Shetp and HuUion creeks beiuff in pneral nearly parallel. Sheep
creek throiighuut tlu- lower .'J or 4 miles of its valley, is n very swift stream, the
average yratle exceeding: :!(M) feet to the mile; but above the. mouth of Fisher creek
it ha^ a much more gentle gradient.

The valley of the creek, in common with that of the other smaller >triams drain-
ing the landward slope of the St. Elias range, is deep, steep-walled, and gorge-like in
character. During the Glacial period this depression became filled to a depth oi
1.000 feet or more with boulder clay and other glacial accunndations. After the
retreat of the ice, the stream immediately connnenced re-e.\cavating its channel, and
from about the mouth of 74 pup U> the lower end of its valley, a distance of between
3 and 4 miles, the creek has cut down into the underlying bedrrick. Along this pfir-
tion of its present course. Sheep creek flows through a narrow canyon with nearly
perpendicular roek walls rising to heights in most places of from 100 to 2o(i feet.
Above and below the canyon, the main valley walls ri.se abruptly 2.0(K) feet or mt>re
to the lofty bordering mountain summits. Throughout this lower portion of its
valley, however, the stream in places became suiierimposed over bedrock to one side
or the other of its former rhainiel, and at such iioints, has been forced to cut downwar<l
very rapidly, to maintain grade, and the resulting incisions in such places are very
narrow and cleft-like in character. Below Fisher creek, at least, the portions of this
old channel which were not again occupied by Sheep creek, and thus still rennun
unde-stroyed, lie for the greater part on the left (northeast) side of the present
stream. Commencing at about the mouth of 74 pup, and extending upstream, the
valley of Sheep creek, particularly near the stream itself, is nmch less rugged and
rocky in api)carance, as throughout this ujipcr portion of the creek's course, the stream
in most places still overlies the boulder clay, not having as yet been able to sink its
bod through the accumulations of this material. This boulder clay, with the other
glacial dt-bris, border the creek channel and extend well up on the valley sides. The
stream here has a moderately gentle grade, and flows in a somewhat oi>en valley
which is strikingly iu contrast with the rock canyon below, through which the water
rushes and leaps over a succession of falls to the point wheiv it joins the valley of
Slims river.

The rocks exi>osed along Sheep creek are extremely varied in age and character.
Alojig the lower portion of its course, limestones and greenstones predominate, and near
the edge of Slims Kiver valley, some cherts also occur intimately associated with cer-
tain of the limestone beds. The oldest roeks exposed include a group of marbles, cherts,
and shales. The marbles are irregularly streaked or striped in apjiearance — nearly
white and black streaks altenuiting. The cherts are prevailingly dark in colour,
although white or greyish members occur, and nearly all are stained reddish with iron
I'.xide. These older beds are overlain by more massive limest<u)es which contain Silur-
ian fossils. On the mountains to the north. Carboniferous limestones, shales, argillitcs,
and associated betls also occur. All these beds are in places considerably distorted,
folded. .Tnd broken, and brecciated zones are locally prominent They have been invadcnl
by greenstones which are extremely varied in character, and include diorites. diabases,
andesites, and basalts. Along the upper portion of Sheep creek. Tertiary lignite-bear-
ing beds are somewhat extensively developed. These include mainly conglomerates,
sandstones, shales, clays, and associated tuff beds.

Mining on Sheep creek has been practically all confined to the comparatively shal-
low gravels of fh<' iircsent stream channel between claims Xos. 'fj to 75 above Discovery.
In all about .fid. (MM) in gold is thought to have been obtained from the stream. The

> McConnell, R, G., op. cit., p. loA.

22 aroLoaicAL survey

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

rioViPst frrcund found was on Xo. 74 and the lower part of Xo. T."), from wbicli Fisher
brothers obtained $7,000 in about 40 days. Tlie richness of this ground is api)arentl.y
due to the fact that it lies just below a pup coming in from the left, which a short dis-
tance above its mouth apparently crosses the old stream channel.

The distribution of the gold in the gravels of the present stream is very irregular
and, in most places, the amount of gold is small. Undoubtedly other points remain,
however, like Xos. 74 and 75 above Discovery, that occur below the mouths of tribu-
taries cutting the old channel on the benches, which will pay to work. It would also
seem highly advisable to prospect the old channel which, where still intact from a short
distance above Xo. 74 pup to the mouth of the valley, lies on tlie benches, but from
a short distance above 74 pup. is below tlie level of the present stream. The bulk of the
gold was originally deposited in this old channel, and there it still remains except where
swept away by the ice during the Glacial period.

Bunvash ^ and Tcfamagouche Creelx. — Burwash creek heads in the glaciers of the
8t. Elias range, and empties into Kluane river 5 or 0 miles below Kluane lake. It
has a length, measured along its valley, of 18 or 20 miles and trends for a great part
of its course across a high plain or platform-like surface that fronts the St. Elias
range in this vicinity. Burwash creek is also a typical, swift, mountain stream, com-
parable in size with Bullion creek, but Avith a grade less than that of Bullion, amount-
ing to about 125 feet per mile along the main, central portion of its course. Like all
glacier streams, its daily and seasonal flow is extremely variable, depending on the
strength of the sun; and in times of flood, it becomes a raging torrent.

From near its head to the point where it enters the valley of Kluane river the
stream is bordered on the left by a mountain wall which rises abruptly in most places
for over 2,000 feet from the creek bed. On the opposite or right-liand side (looking
downstream), however, the creek is flanked throughout a great part of its course by the
In'gh plain, before mentioned, the surface of which is composed of glacial deposits. Into
this glacial upland tract, and prevailingly along its extreme edge, Burwash creek has
cut a deep, trough-like valley. Along most parts of its course, the stream channel is
bordered on the left by a rocky mountain wall, and on the right by more gentle slopes
underlain by detrital materials and covered with grass and underbrush. At a few
points the stream flows through narrow rock-walled canyons which ai'e difficult to pene-
trate except in low water. The canyons are the result of tlu* stream at these i)oints
liaving liccome superimposed over rock spurs projecting from the mountain sides.
Above the upper canyon, the valley of Burwash creek suddenly opens out, and has
gently sloping grassy slopes reaching up from 30 to 80 feet to the upland surface of
the glacial platform fronting the St. Elias mountains.

Downstream from apparently just above the upper canyon, Burwash creek, in the
process of deepening its channel, slowly and intermittently shifted its course to the
left until it reached its present position, with the result that there now occur in most
places along the right side of the valley, a succession of rock-cut channels containing
stream gravels, which represent former positions of the creek. These channels neces-
sarily become gradually lower in elevation as the present creek bed is approached, but
are now in most places covered with glacial and other superticial detrital jnaterials.
They have nevertheless been explored at certain points, wlicn^ fhcv h.ivo been found at
no great elevation above the present stream.

Tetamagouche creek is the largest and most inipori.;iiit Tril)utary of Burwasli
<ncek, and joins that stream on its left bank either on or just above claim No. 60 ab<ivc
Discovery. The creek follows a rather straight so\itheasterly course through a break
in the mountains whicli Hank the left side of Burwash creek, and in the upper portions

iMcConncll, R. G., op. cit., pp. 15A-16A.

.s7 1/1/ \[:Y i:il'()l!T 23

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

of its course ocnipios a somewhat open valley with gentle slupoM chid with prrn3<» and
underbrush. Nearer TJurwash creek, liowever. it forces its way through a rock-wallcd
canyon, .'«o narrow as to he cleft-like in appearance.

The rocks cxi)osed along Hurwash and Tetaniaprouche creeks are somewhat varied
in character, hut doniinantly hclong to an igneous, basic to semi-basic group includ-
ing mainly diorites. <liabascs. andesites, "basalts, and dunite — greenish and reddi.^h
amygdaloids being locally very prominent. In places, also, s«>diincntary rrx-ks o(<'ur
including for the greater part, shales, .slates, argillites, cherts, limestones, and chcrty
(•onglomerate, in which Carboniferous and Triassic fossils were found; these l)ods have
been intensely invaded by the igneous members. At a few points also, these older rocks
are cut by granitic intrusivcs probably of Jurassic or Cretaceous age. All are pierced
in places by dykes of a nearly white, greyish or yellowish rhyolitie rock whi<-h is thought
to be of Tertiary age.

The ereok gravels of IJurwash and Tetamagouche creeks are in most places
shallow, and are generally souiewhat coarse. Along Burwash creek they are coar.scr,
in most places, near the surface and also as the right bank of the valley is approached,
most of the large boulders having rolled down from the hill side on the right bank of
the stream. The bench gravels remain frozen throughout the year; but the creek
gravels are ouly frozen in winter, and even then are in few places if anywhere frozen
down to t)edrock, remaining unfrozen at most points below a depth of 1(» or 11 feet.
This condition makes j)rospccting in the creek very difficult, owing to the difficulty
of hanilling the water coming into the bottoms of the shafts.

From a mining standpoint, Burwash has been much the most important of the
Kluane creeks, as more gold is believed to have come from the gravels of this stream
than from all the other creeks of the district combined. Coarse gold has been found
from the foot of the lower canyon upstream for a distance of 8 miles or more, but it
is impossible to ascertain the exact amount of gold that has been mined. From all
the information available it seems probable that in all between .$30,0(X) and .$40,0(»0
in gold has been obtained; and an additional amount of approximately $2,000 has
come frou) Tetamagouche creek. The gold is characteristically very flat and well worn,
that obtained fnmi the benches being mostly coarse, and that from the creek much
finer, and in places quite fine. Xuggets worth as much as $25 or $30 have frequently
been found, but the largest known to have come from Burwash creek was found on
claim Xo. 0.") above Discovery. This nugget weighed 5 ounces, including less than one
ounce of quartz and rock. The gold from this creek is all very pure, as.saying
generally from $18 to $18.10 per ounce.

About 40 claims were held on Burwash creek in the spring of 1014, and when
visited by the writer, early in August. 14 men were working along the stream. The
creek has been more or less prospected and mined from the lower end of the lower
canyon up to Xo. 06 above Discovery. Above Xo. 6G, one shaft was sunk to a deptJi
of 21 feet, but with this exception practically no work has been done in the creek
gravels, and there has been very little prospecting of the benches. The gravels of
Burwash creek along the present stream have at a number of points yielded very
satisfactory returns, and the channels along the right bank of the creek have been
proved to contain gold in important amounts at several points.

The creek gra%-els, particularly above the mouth of Tetanuigouche creek, cer-
tainly warrant further exploitation, and the old channels on the right bench deserve
careful investigatiiui. It would seem highly probable that there i> still nuu-h gold
along this creek, that can be mined at a profit, iiiniug operations to be successful,
however, must be pro.secuted carefully and under skilled and experienced management.

The gold that has been obtained from Tetamagouche creek has practically all
been found below the canyon, and appears to be everywhere very "spotted'' or
unevenly distributed throughout the gravel. There arc a numl^er of points below the

24 croLOOirAL STh'TEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

rauvoii where sluicing will still yield about $3 per day per shovel, au amount, however,
that is considerably below the wage rate of the district.

Arch Creek. — Arch creek lies to the northwest of Burwash creek, and joins
Donjek river from the right about 28 miles above the mouth of the Kluane river. It
is a typical, swift, mountain stream comparable in leng-th and volume of water with
Sheep creek, and in many ways much resembling that stream.

The vallej- of Arch creek is a deep, steep-sided trough-like depression, the Avails of
which rise abruptly to the mountain summits on either side, which rise to elevations
of over 2,000 feet above the mouth of the stream. In this depression as in others
already deseribcd, vast deposits of boulder clay and other glacial deposits accumulated,
and the consequent re-excavation followed. At two points, at least, the new channel
became superimposed over rock spurs to one side of its former course, with the result
that the stream, cutting downward very rapidly through these rock points, produced
the liarrow and cleft -like incisions, now known as the upper and lower canyons.

The lower canyon commences about li miles above the mouth of the creek and
extends upstream for about one mile. Above it the valley widens and, until the rock-
walled upper canyon is reached, has' more gentle slopes. Above the upper canyon, the
valley again opens out, and the slopes are more gently inclined. The lower portions
of the valley sides, except in the canyons, are in most places, deef)ly covered with
glacial and other detritial accumulations.

The rocks exposed along the lower portion of Arch Creek valley are prevailingly
sedimentary in character, and- include mainly limestones, shales, cherts, and argillites.
These are believed to be, for the greater part at least, of Carboniferous age; but some
of the members may be older. The more massive limestones which appear to be the
oldest beds exposed, resemble the Silurian beds on Sheep creek, and may be of tb.at
age. On the mountains to the south, Triassic beds were also identified. The sedimen-
tary members along the creek have been invaded by an extensive group of igneous
rocks including mainly diorites, diabases, andesites, and basalts, which are most
strongly developed along the upper portion of the valley. All these older rocks are in
places pierced by granitic intrusives which are thought to be of Jurassic or Creta-
ceous age.

Arch creek has been worked more or less since 1904, but although promising pros-
I)ects have been found at several points in the lower canyon, only a small amount of
gold has been obtained. Practically all the gold that has been found, so far as is
known, was obtained from the lower canyon, within w'hich the gravels are shallow
and easily worked. Neither above or below this canyon, however, has bedrock been
reached. During 1014 about 6 claims were held on this creek, all of which were
located along the lower portion of the stream. When visited in August, ^Mr. R. W.
and Mr. W. B. Lamb were engaged in sluicing immediately below the lower canyon
in an attempt to reach bedrock, but although they had been so engaged most of the
season, the.v had as yet not succeeded in penetrating to the bottom of the valley
d(i)Osits. The main difficult.v with which they had to contend, appeared to be the
jiresence of numerous very large boulders, some of which wore 0 to 8 feet or even
more in diameter. These bnulders, although associated with the recent gravels, are
really a residue from the glacial deposits which have already been transported by the
stream.

There is still undoubtedly some gold in both the upper and lower I'an.vons, and in
places it may possibly be in sufficient quantities to pay for mining. It would appear,
however, that if placer gold in important amounts is found elsewhere than in these
canyons, it will be mainly on or near bedrock in the old channel of the stream or,
even probably, in portions of the jiresent stream's channel where it has become super-
imposed over its furmer course. No gravels occurring in this i)osition have so far
been explored, rndoulitedly flie two canyons represent very recent chann(>l-. and the

SI MM lA'l in.l'oliT 25

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

position of the former coiir.-e nf tin- stn-ain lir.s td one miIi .>i iin m. An oM 'huiuicl
pliiiiily lies to tlio Ii'ft of tlic lowor i-iiiivou. aiul tlic iiulinitioiis would apparently war-
rant the expenj-o of prospecting and exploiting tliis <'liannel nnrl its eontinuatioii
upstream. Ifowever, as in the case of all these intensely ^lai-iated valleys, it is quite
pnssihle that the ice thirinp: tlie (Jlacial period may have swept away the gravels and
whatever gold they contained. That gold occurred in the former channels of a num-
ber of the creeks of Kluane district is indicated by the fact that some gold, in i)laces
in inii)ortant amounts, is found in the recent gravels, which represent a nmch shorter
I'criod of concentration than the gravels of the pre-(ilacial channels.

Nausea Oi.slricf.

General Destrripiion. — Nansen creek is one of the headwater tributaries of
Kisling river, and joins this stream from the north on its right bank. It flows in a
general way almost due south and lies to the north of Aishihik lake and west of
C'armack on Lewes river, the mouth of Nansen creek being about 30 miles from
Cannack and about 29 miles from Aishihik village at the northern end of Aishihik
laki'. measured as the crow flies. The term Xansen district as used in this report
includes only the area in the vicinity of Xansen creek, which was majiped by the
writer during the i>ast sunnner (1014). This district is abr.ut 10 miles long measiired
in a nortli and south direction, by 7A miles wide. It includes all of Xansen and Vic-
toria creeks with most of their tributaries, and embraces all the streams in that
locality which have been found to contain placer gold.

Xansen creek to the mouth of Summit creek, has a length of about !> miles, and
Summit creek, which is really its continuation, has an additional length of about 1.^
iiiihs. It is a gently flowing stream with an even grade, and the volume of water varies
considerably with the seasons, but is at no time very great. "When visited in July,
although higher up along the stream's course there was considerably more water, along
the lower portions of the valley there was not sufficient to maintain the stream, and
the only water in the channel consisted of occasional disconnected pools. The season,
liowever, had been exceptionally dry. ■ The relatively small amount of water near the
mouth of the stream was largely due to the water sinking through the loose sands and
gravels which overlie the boulder clay along this portTon of the valley bf>ttom. A mile
or so higher u}i, there was 100 to 200 miner's inches or even more, and on the East
Fork and on Sunnuit creek, the two uppernjost tributaries of Xansen creek, there was
approximately 'lO miner's inches of water. Several of the tributaries ai>i)ear(>(l to carry
almost as nmch water as the parent stream below their confluence, showing that at dif-
ft-rent |x»ints along the creek there is loss of water fmm underground seepage.

Victoria creek is ajiproximately of the same length as Xansen creek, being about
10 miles long, but it contains more water, possibly twice as much.

The valleys of Xansen and Victoria <*reeks are wide, flat-bottomed, tyjiically l'-
sliajied dcjiressiojis with steeply inclined walls which rise to an upland surface having a
general eh'vation of alioiit .'».:jOO feet, the mouth of Xansen creek being about .'^.TOO feet
above sea-level. Occasional summits rise a few hundred feet above the general ui)land,
but throughout the district the hills are generally well rounded and have^pentle slopes.

During the Cllacial fM^riod, all the larger valleys of the district i»ecame partly
tilled with boulder clay and other glacial dejKisits which floor these depressions to near
the heads of the streams. As the district, however, is situated near the edge of the
glai'iateil zone in Yukon, the ice a<'tion did not extend nion- than a few hundred feet up
the valley sides, and consc(|uently the glacial dejKisits do not reach far above the pres«'nt
main valley bottoms. The tributary .streams in most places, have deep, narrow, st«'ep-
walled valleys, the larger of which are in most jilaces floored with at least a few feet of
boulder clay ovirl.'Mi b\- -.tl- r -uperfleial d"trit;il accumulation^.

26 GEOroniCM SURVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

Tlie district as a wliole is very sparsely forested, but spruce trees sufficieutly large
for buildinp: cabins and for ordinary placer mining operations, grow in places in the
valley bottoms, in some of tlie draws, and on occasi(Mial sheltered portions of the
hillsides. A dense growth of underbrush from 4 to G feet in height, and consisting
mainly of dwarf bircli and willows, extends over nearly the whole district, including
even portions of the upland surface.

The rocks exposed in Nansen district are dominantly igneous and metamorphic,
and range from probably Pre-Cambrian to Tertiary in age. The southern end of the
district northward to include portions of AVebber and Dome creeks, is composed almost
entirely of old schistose rocks — mainly mica schists, quartz-mica schists, and quartzite
schists. These rocks belong to the Yukon group, * the members of which are extensively
developed in Yukon and Alaska, and are almost undoubtc<lly of Pre-Cambrian age.

The geological formations exposed throughout the remaining more northerly por-
tion of Nansen district, are practically all of igneous origin, and include three rock
groups — an older basic to semi-basic group, and two more recent, acid groups which
are genetically very closely related. The members of the more basic group are much
the most extensively developed, and extend over the greater portion of the northern
end of the district. They are apparently of Carboniferous or early Mesozoic age, and
are all characteristically dark green in colour. They range in character from dense
aphanitic rocks in which none of the mineral constituents are discernible to the
unaided eye, to medium textured, holocrystalline members in which hornblende, biotite.
feldspars, or other minerals are quite apparent, and include a number of types, mainly
diorites, diabases, audesites, and basalts.

The more acid rocks are of two groups, a deep-seated or plutonic group of iutru- '
sive rocks that have prevailingly a granitic habit, and a related volcanic group includ-
ing mainly granite porphyries and rhyolites. The granitic intrusives are greyish to
pinkish in colour, and have the general appearance of granites. They cut the mem-
bers of the more basic group, and are thought to be of Jurassic or Cretaceous age.
The volcanic rocks appear to constitute, at least mainly, marginal or surface phases of
the deep-seated granitic intrusives, but may in some cases represent later eruptions
from the same parent magma. These acidic volcanics range in character from dense,
cherty rhyolites to medium-textured granite-porphyries. The rhyolitic members of
this group along the East fork of Nansen creek, and elsewhere are much silicified,and
resemble cherts. They are, in fact, locally termed by the miners, " quartzites," but in
places exliibit quite distinct quartz and feldspar phenocrysts. These rocks pass gra-
dually into the more coai-sely textured granite porphyries, which are generally light
grey in colour, but like the rhyolites are in many places stained yellowish to reddish
with iron-oxide.

Discoreri/ of Gold. — Placer gold is believed to have been first found in Nansen
district by ^Ir. Henry S. Back in July, ISOO. Mr. Back had come from Selkirk on a
prospecting trip with a partner, ^fr. Ham. Kline, and found what he considered to be
good panning on Xansen creek near the mouth of Discovery creek. After remaining
in this vicinity two or three days, the partners continued on their journey, and no one
i3 known to have further investigated the discovery, or to have found gold in J;he
vicinity, until the spring of 1907, when Mr. Back returned with his son Frank 11.
Back and has since been identified with the district.

The first claim to be actually recorded was Discovery claim on Xansen creek,
which Wiis staked on June l-''. 1010, by Fraiik TT. Back and Tom Bcc. Since that time
mining and prospecting has i»een intermittently carried on i?i this locality. Prac-
tically all the creeks in Xansen district were nt one time staked from ei\d to end, but
many of the claims were allowed to lapse.

1 Calrnes, D. D., " GeoloBical section along the Yukon-Alaska Boundary between Yukon and
roroupine rivers": Bull, r.t-ol. Soc. Anier., vol. 2'). ini4. pp. 184-187.

Cairne.»i. D. D., '• Tlu- Vukoii- Aliisk.a liu«rn;\ti()ii:il Kouiulary betwoen Porcupine and Yukon
rivers": •".fol .Ktirv., fan, Mi-mnir No. 67, I'.MI. pp. :!S-4-4.

.<.rinr I AT ini'orrr 27

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

(rofd-hearin<i Cimveh. — I'nii'tically all the plju-or hioM that lias V»oo?i obtaim-'l
from XanstMi district lias foino from Nanson crook and fmin two of its trilmtarien- -
Discovery creok and the Mast fork of Naiiscii cnvk with its trihutary the South fork
of the East fork of Nanscii creek, these t\vi> tOrks or crccki^ Itciiif; h)caily clcsimiatcd
for convenience, tlie Kast and South forks, respectively. I'rospccts have hecu found
on other tril)utarics of Nansen creek, as well as on Victoria creek, and nw one or more
of its trihutaries. hut no j^old is known to have heen mined fnuu these streams.

Alon^i Xansi'ii creek, the vall(\v hottoin is floored with a thick d«'posit of ho\ddi'r
cla.v, ovcrlyinp: which is a coverin>r, in i)laces i'(i to -J.'i feet thick, of sands, uravels,
muck, and associated deposits. The ji:(dd that has been ohtained, has heen distributed
through the ffravels. in places beins- near tlie surface, and at other jioints I)einff on or
near the boulder cla.v — the '• clay l)edrock."'

From Discovery claim which is just above the mouth of Dis.-ovi-ry creek, about.
$1,200 to $1..")00 has been mined, and on No. TA abovi- Discovery, Messrs. Printz and
Dclapola obtained 45 ounces of jjold by sroi'iid sluiciup: from the surface ffravel.-*
between Aujrust 5 and October 10. 101-2. Otlier smalb'r amounts of ffold have also
been fomid, the total amount of jjold obtained from Xansen creek IxMiip: probably
between $2,000 and $.->.000.

From about claim Xo. 7 below Discovery up to Discovery claim, tine jxold is
known to occur in tlie gravel overlyinc: the Iwulder clay, but the prospecting so far
performed seems to show that it is iu>t in suthcient quantities to pay for miniuf?. This
condition is due partly to the width of the valley, and to the conse<iuent spread of the
Lrold-bearinp: frravels over a broad area in places 200 feet or more wide. (Jold is known
to occur in important amounts also between the mouths of Courtland creek and East
fork, where it has been found mainly at the surface, occurring mostly in eertaiii small
mounds or irregular wave-like piles of gravel.

During the winter f)f ini;M4. Messrs. Retterton and ^forgan brought in a K'cy-
-touc drill, and sunk 10 holes r»n or near Discovery claim on Nansen creek. The holes
are reported to have all pent^trated the boulder clay, but it is not known whether or not
any of them reached actual bedrock.

On Discovery creek several claims have been worked or prospected, in some ea.se.s
with encouraging results. Gold valued at $200 or $;{00 was obtained at the mouth of
Eliza creek during the winter of 1912-l;J by ^fe.ssrs. Xeilson. McDad and ^fcTx^an. Also
in the >i>ring of l!il2 Mr. (leorge McDad. at a point about IV miles from the mouth of
Discovery creek, sunk to bedrock, a distance of 1>< or 20 feet, and cros.scut from the
bottom of the shaft. lie obtained an encouraging amount of gfdd, the exact value of
which is not known to the writer, but it is reported to have been about $:{0().

The largest nugget discovered in X'ansen district was found by ^Messrs Xeilson
lud McLean on Discovery creek and weighed just about one ounce.

It would seem quite iwssible that the bedrock channel in Discovery creek may con-
tain gravels carrying important amounts of gold, but this channel has not b(>en reached
so far, unless in :N[r. McDad's .shaft and crosscut above mentioned. At the mouth of
the creek the stream, since the retreat of the glacial ice. has become superimposed over
a rock spur along the right or north side of its valley, and has there cut a narrow can-
yon through the greenstones. suf«<-icntly deep to be on grade with the present surface
of the valley bottom of Xan.sen creek. The former channel of Di.scovery <'reek plainly
lies to the left (south) of this canyon and only a few feet distant from it. It would
•seem advisable to at least explore this easily accessible portion of the old cbaimel.

The East fork of Xansen creek, to the mouth of the South fork, i.s covered by
seven claims and a fraction. The lower four claims and fractiou are owned by Messrs.
C<mrad Printz and E. L. ('. Delapohi. and the upper three claim-*. Xos. .">, "(J, and 7.
are the property of Mr. Albert Cristensen. All this ground along fli.- Kast fork is
thought to contain gold in |)aying <iuantiti."s, and it is the intention of the owners to
mine as soon as po.ssiblc all that has not aln-inlv 1 n worke<|.

28 rn:0UJ<iirAL slUVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

From the moutli of tlio East fork up to near the upper ciul of claim Xo. 4, the
present stream gravels, wliich are the gravels there being worked, overlie boulder olay,
the de])th to this "day bedrock" being about C feet. This ground has been worked by
the owners by open-cutting and sluicing during portions of the past two sununers. Mr.
Print/, claims that the gravels along this portion of the creek carry gold to the amount
of about $1.50 per cubic yard.

Connueucing at about the foot of Mr. Cristensen's ground, the boulder clay has
been entirely removed from the channel of the present stream, and the gold-bearing
gravels are on bedrock which is, aloug this portiou of the creek, dominantly a highly
silicified and chert-like rhyolite. Mr. Cristensen has been working his holdings inter-
mittently for the past three years, open-cutting and sluicing in summer, and drifting
in winter.

Along the portions of claims Xos. 5, 6, and 7, that have been worked, the dcjith
to bedrock is from 10 to 20 feet, there being 4 to 6 feet of surface muck overlying the
gravels. The gold is mainly on bedrock, and extends into cracks and crevices of the
rock for 3 feet or more. The pay gravels where being worked when visited by the
writer, were about 15 feet wide and carried about 40 cents' in gold to the square foot of
bedrock. Higher up, where the pay streak is only 12 feet wide, the gravels are claimed
to carry 80 cents to the square foot.

In all. until July 1914, possibly about $2,000 had been obtained, from the East
fork, and the largest nugget found was wortli $5.80.

Near the mouth of the South fork, Messrs. Miller and Shaw have been working
during portions of the past three winters, and during part of last summer (1914).
Their mining has all been done by the method of drifting on bedrock, hoisting 4"rom a
shaft, and sluicing. The width of the pay gravels worked, ranges from 10 to 20 feet,
and the depth to bedrock is about 20 feet. The bedrock tliere is a rhyolite similar to
tliat lower down on the East fork where Mr. Cristensen is working, but in places is
somewhat less silicified and cherty. During the wiiiter of 1913-14 the owners obtained
about $1,200 in gold from their operations, this being the clean-up from 4.500 8-pan
buckets; in other winters they were much less successful. Some of the nuggets obtained
are composed largely of a lustrous black telluride mineral, which occurs associated
with the gold.

On Webber creek, three shafts have been sunk, 30, 22, and 40 feet, respectively,
to bedrock, and gold in encouraging amounts is reported to have been found. When
visited in July (1914) ^Mr. Courtney Mack was engaged in extensive ground-sluicing
operations, in an attempt to strip bedrock by this method, and to cheai)ly and quickly
handle the overlying, sui)posedly gold-bearing gravels. A section exposed there showed
from 3 to 6 feet of nnuk overlying the boulder clay which extends down to bedroik.

On Back creek, a tributary of Victoria creek, Mr. John Rymar sank three shafts
on claim Xo. 4 below Discovery, which are reiiorted to have reached bedrock at depths
respectively of 2('t, 2(5, and" 30 feet. (Jold in encouraging amounts is reported to have
been found in these shafts and as a result, the creek has been for the greater part
re-located — the claims having prcvitiusly lapsed.

It is th(.ui;ht that in all, only from $5,000 to $7,000 in gold has been obtained from
Xansen district; but systematic prosjiecting has been carried on at only a few points
ami it would seem ])ossil)lc that other valuable placer deposits may yet be fouiul.
Special attention should be devoted to the ex])loitation of the betlrock channels of the
tributary streams, as although the amount of concentration may have been less in the
small than in the larger valleys, the channels containing the gold-bearing gravels can
be nnii'h more easily found along the tributary strciuns, thin in the larger valleys;
and, on the upper jiortions oi' the smaller valleys there was little lU' no ice during the
(tlacial jieriod, and whatever gold was accumulated there in all probability still remains
prailicjlly where it was originally concentrated.

."s/ MM A in in.mirr 20

SFSolONAL PAPER No. 26

I'pinr Wliilr h'trtr ffisliirl.'^

I'l'IMT W hilf Kivcr ilistri(.'t luljoiiis tlie Hl^-t iiuriiliiiii whitli forms the Yuknn-
Alaska IJoiiiulary lim- alonjr'tlu' iiiiiht portions of White river included within Ciiiia-
dian territory. From time to time for a nnniher of years jiast. it has been rei)orte<i
that phieer pold has been found within tliis area; the tirst authentic discovery that is
known, however, was made on Pan creek duriiifr the winter of litl:i'-i;i by Messrs.
William K. James. Peter Xelson. and Frederick l>est. who claimed to have foiiii<l
j-'Ood gold prospects there, but stated that they were forced to stop work on ac<-ouiit ..f
the inflow c»f water when bedrock was n-aehed. In the sprinj;. Messrs. Janu-s ami
Xelson went farther west and became the original locators in Chisana distri<'t. Alaska.

During the autumn and winter {101:5-14) followinfr the Chitiana discovery, jmis-
peetors rushed intc) Upper White Kiver district, which is within about .'30 miles of the
original discovery at Chisana, and a jjrreat many plaerr claims were locaterl. sev< r;d
streams, includinj; Pan, Bowen (Dominion), Hidden, Cash (CJold), and Indian creeks
being staked practically from end to end. The only creeks, however, on which ltoIiI
sutlieient to constitute promising- prospects has been found, are Pan, Bowen, and a
tributary of Bowen known as Hidden creek.

Pan creek is about 3A miles long and drains over the southwestern side of
Xutzotin mountains into Tchawsahmon creek. The valley of the creek is a deep,
gorge-like, rock-walled incision, through which the stream, particularly along the
lower portion of its course, rushes with great force, tumbling over a number of falls to
reach Tchaw^:^]lmon valley.

The rocks exposed along Pan creek comprise both sedimentary and igneous mem-
bers. The sedimentary rocks include mainly shales, argillites. cherts, greywackes,
conglomerates, and limestones of Carboniferous or early ^lesozoic age. These are
extensively invaded by basic to semi-basic rocks including dioritfss, diabases, andesites,
and basalts, which are thought to be, mainly at least, of about Cretaceous age.

The gravels along Pan creek are in most places narrow, and down to the edge of
Tchawsahmon valley, are thought to be from 5 to 40 feet deep, excei)t at or near liie
lips of the variou> falls along the stream, where bedrock in seme cases is exposed. The
gravels are very coarse, boulders several feet in diameter being very plentiful, and as
they thaw in summer, and in winter are never frozen near bedrock, prospecting by
sinking is almost impossible; consequently, the gravels on bedrock have nowhere been
tested so far as isJ\nowu. Some coarse gold has, however, been found in places abng
the ro<-k rims of the creek channel, and in the gravels near the surface, so that further
investigation is warranted. The best way to thoroughly test this creek would be to
ground-sluice the gravels, fluming the surplus water when bedrock was being cleaned.
In this way, with the volume of water in the creek at most sea.sons. it is <iuite fea-^ible
to strip the bedrock and exploit the overlying gravels, though the large boulders would
be troublesome.

Three holes have been sunk in Tchawsahmon valley opposite the mouth of Pan
Creek valley, the deepest of which is down about 90 feet. The ground eneount<'red
there was frozen to tlie bottom of the 90-foot .shaft, where water was encountered and
sinking was abandoned. None of the holes reached bedrock.

Prosi)eeting in Tchawsahmon valley is not considered advisable at present for a
number of reasons. The wide valley bottom — about one mile in width ojiposite the mouth
of Pan creek — is floored with glacial and other superficial detrital accumidations to a
depth of 100 feet or more, and there is no indication at the surface as to the iKisition
of an.y underlying bedrock channel, so that prospecting under such conditions wouhl
be very expensive and have little chance (»f reward. Besides there is no chance of
finding the continuation of the U'drock channel of Pan creek within Tchawsahmon

1 Cairnes. D. D., " Upper White River District " : Oeol. Surv., Can., Memoir .\o. 50.

30 GEOLOajrAL SUIiTET

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

vaiiey, nor of any of the streams tributary to this depression, as glacial ice has planed
away the nioutlis of these tributaries and scattered tlie gravels with whatever gold
they may have contained. Any gravels which were deposited on bedrock in Tchaws-
ahmon valley, and which might have been gold-bearing, have also in all probability
been also redistributed by tlie ghu-ial ice.

Bowen creek like Pan creek drains down over the southwestern face of the Nutzotiu
mountains, and empties into Tchawsahmon creek. This stream, as well as its tributary.
Hidden creek, is in most re5ix>cts much like Pan creek. Some coarse gold has also
been found in them, but so far not in sufficient quantity to pay for working. However,
very little systematic prospecting has been done in this locality.

COI'HKU nKI'USITS.

The oidy copi>er deposits that arc known to occur in southwestern Yukon \yhich
have aetually beeii mined or which under present conditions can be worked at a profit,
are those in the Whitehorse Copper belt, near the town of Whitehorse. This area lies
within tlie limits of the maj) accompanying this report, but was not examined by the
writer during the past summer, as Mr. McConnell siu-nt the summer of 1907 there and
has written a Acry complete and exhaustive report ' on the deposits.

Deposits carrying copper minerals have been found at a number of other poiiits in
the portion of southwestern Yukon dealt with in this report, mainly in Upper White
River district, Kluane district, and in the vicinity of Aishihik lake. None of these
deposits have yet been actually shown to be of economic importance, but some of them
may be of value.

The copper depos'its of Upper White River district, although possibly of future
importance, cannot be exploited, until better transportation facilities are provided.
These deposits have been described in detail in a memoir- recently written by the
writer.

The copi^er deposits generally spoken of as the Aishihik lake, deposits which
really occur on Gilltana lake,^ a small body of water near by, and an isolated occur-
rence along Hutshi river,"* a tributary of Nordenskiidd river, also promise to have
future value, but under present conditions cannot be profitably mined.

The only other deposits of copper minerals known to be of economic impoi-tance,
in this i)ortion of southwestern Yukon, occur in the extreme northwest corner of
Kluane district, in the vicinity of Quill, Burwash, and Tetamagouche creeks.

The area or belt through which these copper deposits are distributed, lies along
the east side or left bank of Tetamagouche creek, and extends northward from Bur-
wash creek to include the upper portion of Quill creek. Throughout this belt a great
number of mineral claims have been located from time to time, commencing about
the year l!)f>s, but most of these have now lapsed.

The rncUs are dominantly of igneous origin, although some sedimentary bed.s
occur. The igneous members include mainly diorites, .diabases, andesites, and basalts,
certain reddish and greenish aniygda^ioids being particularly conspicuous. All these
igneous rocks for convenience in description will in this report be referred to by thft
general term " f;i"ff'nstones." They are apparently of early Mesozoic or possibly of
Carboniferous age, and v(>r>' closely resemble the members of the ''Older Voleanics "'»

1 McConnell, R. G., "The Whiteliorse Copper belt, Yukon Territory": Geol. Surv., Can.,
1909.

2 Cairne.s, D. D., "Upper VVliito River Di.strl<t" : Ceol. Surv.. Can.. IMcmoii- N'o. ".0, IDKi
pp. 133-in.

"Cairnes, D. D., "The (iilltana Lake claims": Ciool. Surv., Can., Kmn Hep. for 1908, jip.
30-31.

■•Calrnes, D.D.. "Mack's Copper": fJeol. .Surv., Can., Suhi. Rep. for 190S, pp. 29-30.

r-Cairnt's, I). D.. " X'pper Whitp River District": Oeol. .Surv.. Can., Memoir No. 50, ISIT.,
pp. 87-r>?..

SI 1/ 1/ I AT h-rrnh'T 31

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

ill I'ltpcr White Kiver distrii-t. with which the coppi-'r (h'lii.sits nrc thiro iiHSorijitrd.
The st'dimentary rocks in(>hi<]o mainly shaU^s, fhorts. arjfillitfs. aii<l liniestoiipg of ('ur-
hiinil'iToiis or Mosozoic ago, oxtiMisivoly invaded hy the ^greenstones. tl»e sedimetiU
oeeurring in most phi<rs as mere patches overlying the igncuus memhers.

Througliout this helt, copper minerals, mainly malachite (sreen eo|iper stain) and
also some azurite (a hlue copper stain) and hurnite are somewhat widely distrihnted,
and t)Ccur assoeiate<l with ealcite, (|uartz. and epidi)te. in the greenstones — mainly in
tlie reddish amygdaloids. 'I'hese minerals cither follow breaks or fanlt planes, or
ramify through the rocks along irregular fissures, joints, or cracks. The copiwr and
associated minerals replace the greenstones in which they «»ceur, and in plac«>s t\u-
containing rocks are bleached to a nearly white or pale yellowish colour for (J to 12
inches on either si«le of the mineralized fissures, joints, etc.

In places the rocks are only slightly stained along <Tacks, fissures, etc., in other phu'c.s,
• alcitc or (piartz occurs associatctl with malachite, azurite. and hornite. The deposits are
very irregular in form and distribution, and are usually not very persistent. The only
sulphide noted in the belt is hornite, and the thickest deposit that is known to have
been found carrying this mineral in any perceptible amount, has a thickness of about
4 feet. Tiiis deposit is situated near the sununit of one of the highest mountains
immcdiatt^ly north of Rurwash crreek, at an elevation of api)roximately 0..')()0 feet
above sea-level or about 2.500 feet above the mouth of Tetamagouehe creek. The
deposit occurs in a recblish amygdaloid which is much altered, in places, to epidote
and through it in places, streaks of almost pure hornite occur, from 1 to 3 inches in
thickness. The remaining portions consi.st largely of more or less replaced wall rock
with which is associated some ealcite. quartz, epidote, malachite, and disseminated
l)ornite.

Possibly the most important occurrence discovered in this belt, is that locallyknowTi
as " Jacnuot's." This deposit is situated at a point about 2.400 feet in elevation above
tlie mouth of Tetamagouehe creek, and occurs in a dark, dense, reddish basaltic rock
which is in jdaces amygdaloidal. The ore-material which follows a well-defined fault zone
with a nearly flat dip, is from 12 to 24 inches in thickness, and consists mainly of
hornite, malachite, epidote, ealcite, quartz, and more or less replaced wall rock. An
average .sami)le. taken across the deposit at a point where it has a thickness of is
inches, was assayed by the Mines Branch of the Department of Klines. Ottawa, and
proved to contain: copper, 03-12 per cent, gold. none, silver, none. Stringers contain-
ing hornite are also exposed in the lower canyon of Rurwash creek but are all less than
20 inches in thickness.

Although copper stain, associated in places with hornite, is so widely distributed,
no deposit thicker than Jacquot's was seen, that contains nearly so high a percentage
>>i eopiier. Very few of the deposits of any kind are more than 2 feet in thickness, and
ill that were seen are low grade and give little pmmise of containing much ore.

One locally well known occurrence, somewhat different from the ordinary type repre-
-ented, is located about lA miles up one of the extreme headwater tributaries of Quill
reek. This deposit consists of a reddish basaltic rock, amygdaloidal in places, through-
out which for a width of 70 feet or more, green copper stain is somewhat evenly and
plentifully distributed. An average sample was taken across the best 70 feet of this
dejiosit. which was assa.ved hy the Mines Branch of the Department of Mines, Ottawa,
lud proved to contain: copper 1-43 per cent, gold, none, silvt>r. none.

None of the copjK'r deposits that have so far been discovercil in this locality could
be profitably worked at present even under nnicli more favourable conditions than now
exist, as none of them are sufficiently extensive or persistent to jifFord any considerable
tonnage of merchantable ore. However, as cop|)er is so generally di.-<seminated through-
out the belt, it is quite possible that somewhere workable depo-,i(s will vet be di.scov-
ered; therefore further pros[>ecting is reconunended.

32 GEOLOGICAL ."ilRVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

Measures containing vi.hiable sesims of coal, have for a number of years been
known to be somewhat extensively developed in southeastern Yukon, mainly in three
localities — Tantalus,^ Braeburn-Kynocks,- and Whitehorse'^ coal areas, all of which
have already been described somewhat in detail by the writer. Tantalus coal area
extends along Lewes and Xordenskiold rivers; Braeburn-Kynocks coal area crosses
Klusha creek and Hutshi river, tributaries of the Xordenskiold; and Whitr^-orse
coal area lies a few miles to the southwest of the town of Whitehorse.

Two small areas of lignite-bearing beds, occurring respectively on Sheep creek and
on Kimberly and Telluride creeks in Kluane Mining district, have been briefly
described by Mr. McConnell.^ In addition, a coal field, which contains a number of
valuable seams of lignite of good quality, and is here designated the " Duke River Coal
area." has recently been discovered in the northwest corner of Kluane district.

The lignite-bearing beds, which occur along the upper portion of Sheep creek,
include mainly greyish sandstones, and conglomerates, grey to black shales, also occa-
sional beds of tuff. These beds include several seams of lignite of good quality, one
of which is at least 6 feet in thickness. An average sample taken across a seam. 3 feet
thick, exposed in the lower or southeastern end of this Sheep Creek area, was analysed
by the Mines Branch of the Department of Mines, Ottawa, and proved to contain: —

Per cent.

Moisture 10.9

Ash 9.6

Volatile matter 41.0

Fixed carbon (by difference) 3S.5

The rocks of the Duke River Coal area resemble those along Sheep creek, except
that at the points where sections are best exposed and were examined, no tuff beds were
noticed with the sediments. The beds of this area include mainly loosely or only
partly consolidated black and greyish shales and clays, and yellowish to greyish sands
and conglomerates, which include occasional intercalated seams of lignite. Fossil
plants were collected from the beds of this area, and from those along Sheep creek ;
these after a preliminary examination have been forwarded to a specialist for more
definite determination. They are, however, known to be of Tertiary age and they
appear to indicate that the beds from which they were obtained, belong to the Kenai
series' which includes the oldest kno^\ni Tertiary sediment? in Yukon and Alaska, and
is generally referred to the upper Eocene.

The beds of the Duke River area are developed throughout a belt having a width
of from 1 to 5 miles, which extends at least from Duke river to the Donjek, a distance
of abf>ut 15 miles. (5ood sections of these rocks are exposed along the head of the left
fork of Burwash creek, and along the left bank of a tributary of Duke river. At one
point along this tributary of Duke river, a small sub-tributary has cut a huge amphi-
theatre about 1,000 feet deep into these beds, and along the walls of this great natural
excavation, and extending up the sidehills above it, a section from 1,200 to l..'>00 feet

1 Cairnes, D. D., " Preliminary Memoir on the Lewes and Xordenskiold Rivers Coal Dis-
trict " : Geol. Surv., Can., Memoir No. .5, 1910, pp. 30-38, 48-55; also see map lOA.

2 Cairnes, D. D., Geol. Surv., Can., Memoir No. 5, 1910, pp. 30-3S, 49-50, also see map ll.\.

3 Cairnes, D. D., "Report on a portion of Conrad and Whitehorse Mining Districts, Yukon":
Geol. Surv., Can., 1908, pp. 20-21.

•« McConnell, R G., "The Kluane Mining District": Geol. Surv., Can., Sum. Kep. for 1904,
pp. 7 A, ISA.

•'• Brooks. A. H.. "The Geography and <;eoiogy of .Maska" : U.S. Geol. Surv., Prof. Paper,
No. 45. ll'Or,, pp. 237-244.

Cairnes, D. T>., "The Yukon Coal Kickis " : Trans. Can. Min. Inst., vol. xv, 1912, pp. 36.">-
36'«.

smuAh'Y inii'virr

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

in thickness is ex|><isf<l. In tin's vicinity thp sediments luive been little di^tiirbeH, and
;;rt' jiractically tlat-lvinp. Thcv are iniiierfei-tly eonselidated. and weather very readily,
f-i' tliat at n sliort di>fan«-e they re-cinble ordinary iinecnsdlidateii Pleistrx-ene or
Tleeent deposits. Overlying them at this point are at least r>(K» feet of lavas and tuffs
Tertiary or Pleistocene ivzv.

These Tertiary sedinunts. where exposed in the amphitheatre, include at least 12
seems over 12 inches in thickness, that contain in tlie atrgrepate at least 30 feet and
p1^>hahly nearly 50 feet of li{rnite of pood quality. The seams are distributed irre-
pularl%~ throughout the beds, occurring from top to bottonj of the section.

Three samples of these lipnites were taken. No. A is an average surface sample
of 4 feet G inches of lignite exposed near the head of the left fork of Burwash creek.
Neither toj) nor bottom of this seam was seen, the top having been removed by erosion,
and the bottom not being accessible owiiig to its frozen condition. No. B is an
average surface sample of a scam 4 feet 5 inches in thickness, which was exposed near
the top of the huge amphitheatre on the sub-tributary of Duke river. No. C is an
average of a number of pieces of lignite from 1 to 3 feet in diameter from a seam at
least 3 feet in thickness outcropping in the amphitheatre. Owing to excessive weather-
ing it wa? not feasible to strip this seam for a more satisfactory sample. These
samples have been assayed by the ^fines Branch of the Department of Klines, Ottawa,
and proved to contain: —

Moisture .

Ash

Vtilatile matter

Fixed c&rbon (by differonce).

GRAHAM ISLAND, BRITISH COLUMBIA.
(J. D. MacKmzic.)

GENERAL STATEMENT AND ACKNO\VI,Erw;>! HNTS.

The field work of the writer during the sea.sou of ir»14 on (Jraham island consisted
of tiie completion of the detailed examination of the south central portion of the island.
^egun the previous year '. and a general recoimaissance over the whole island. The
excitement in regard to the occurrence of petroleum in western Canada during the
present year had the effe<-t of stimulating interest in the bituminous deposits of Graham
island; in view of this circumstance an examination of these bitumen-bearing rocks
V as carefully made.

The time spent in the field extended from June 17 t<» August Ih. During that
jeriod the distri<t from Camp Wilson northward in the valh-y of the Vakoun river and
its tributaries to the mouth of that river at Ma^set inlet was examined in detail. The
shores of the expansion of Masset inlet, locally termed Masset hfke. were also carefully
studied.

An important result of this detailed work was the accurate delimiting of the coal-
V^earijig Creta<-eous roeks in the vicinity of Camp Wilson.

1 MacKenzle. J. D , Sum. Rept.. Geol. Surv., Can., 1913, pp. 34-54.
2G— 3

34 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 19 1"*!

The reconnaissance work consisted of an examination of the western part of Skide-
gate inlot, left unfinished the previous year; a trip up the east coast from Skidegate
inlet to Lawn hill, and thence westward across the northwestern lowland to the Takoun
valley; an examination of the Tertiary beds of Skonun point; and an examination of
the north coast west of Masset inlet, the southern part of Langara island, and the west
coast of Graham island as far south as Athlow bay.

The writer again wishes to express thanks for the assistance rendered by the
Graham Island Collieries Company; the Graham Island Coal and Timber syndicate:
the British Columbia Oilfields, Ltd. ; Mr. J. H. Dawson, Mr. E. M. Sandilands, Dr. and
Mrs. J. T. Wright, and very many others. The co-operation of Mr. Milnor Roberts, and
those assisting him in the prospecting of the coal at Camp Wilson, Messrs. W. L. Bar-
ton, J. M. MacDonald, and Livingston Wernecke, it is again a pleasure to record.

The detailed field work was greatly facilitated by the excellent maps of the town-
ships recently surveyed by the Provincial Government. For the reconnaissance work
the charts of the coast line served very well.

The writer was ably assisted in the detailed mapping by Victor Dolniage, and C.
E. Cairnes.

GENERAL GEOLOGY.

In order to make the notes that follow more intelligible the following condensed
account of the general geology and table of formations is taken from the writer's sum-
mary report for 1913 with a few changes and additions.

The oldest formations exposed on Graham island are a series of metamorphic, vol-
canic, and sedimentary rocks, which have been considerably deformed in general, and
are often extremely contorted in detail. These rocks which are of Jurassic and per-
haps Triassic age have been intruded by stocks of diorite and quartz-diorite. Fossils
are abundant in the metamorphosed sediments, and the rocks are correlated with the
Vancouver group. The intrusive rocks probably are satellites of the great Coast Range
batholith, supposed to be of upper Jurassic age.

On the rough, denuded surface of these older metamorphic and igneous rocks, a
series of conglomerates, sandstones, and shalas were laid down unconformably. These
sediments are called the Queen Charlotte series, and in their lower portion contain
coal-bearing horizons. The date of their deposition is placed in the Upper Cretaceous.
The surface on which they were deposited was hilly, and often very uneven in detail.
The general topographic conditions surrounding the basin probably resembled to some
extent those found in the vicinity of Skidegate inlet to-day.

After, and perhaps to some extent during the deposition of the Queen Charlotte
series, they were intruded by dykes and sills of volcanic rocks. These dykes and sills
arc up to 50 feet in thickness and occur abundantly in many localities. After the
deformation and partial erosion of the Cretaceous rocks, extensive flows of volcanic
rocks covered part of the island. Tertiary sediments occur in the northeastern part
of Graham island, in places carrying lignite, and are thought to underlie the volcanic
flows mentioned above. Erosion and denudation have greatly affected the slightly
resistant rocks of the Que*n Charlotte series, so that they now lie in several basins
separated by ridges of the Pre-Cretaceous metamorphic and volcanic rocks.

During tlie Glacial period, the Queen Charlotte range was occupied by an ice-cap,
from which valley glaciers flowed, scouring out the present fiords wliich are so charac-
teristic a feature of the QuctMi Charlotte group. The large amount of glacial till in
south central (Jraham island indicate-s that piedmont glaciers at one time occupied
this area, while the occasional deposits of well stratified sands, gravels, and clays
show that there was considerable deposition in lakes or estuaries of glacial origin.

f;fyv \ry urrnnr 35

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

Tabic of Format ions.

Pleistocene aiui Recent Superficial deposits.

Upper Miocene or Pliocene ftnd pro- r < Mas.sct volcai>ic8).

bnbly l-kK-ene J < Skonun Be.l mcnt« .

I, ( Ktheline volcaiiirs).

Upper Cretaceous Queen Charlotte series.

SkideRate sandstones and shales.
. Honna conplonieiate and sandston*.
Haida sandstone an<l shales.

Upper Jurassic ( .') Batliolithic intiusives.

Quartzdlorite, diabase, etc.

Jurassic — Triassic Vancouver Rroup.

YaUoun volcanics.

( Midille Jurassic).
Maude argillites and sandstone.

(Lower Jurassic-Triassic [?] ).

EfON'OMIO GFOLOGY.

So far as mineral resource'^ are coiK-ornod r-oal is the principal hope of the di.'^trict
examined. LijEcnite i.s a re.><oiirce of prohable future value. Besides coal, clay may Ix-
of some value, and possibly oil-shale. The chance that petroleum reservoirs may Iv
fomid by drillinir is regrarded as extremely remote.

Coal.

In the vicinity of Camp Wilson is an area of about a square mile in which coal miiy
be prospected for with fair hoix;.s of success. It is virtually impossible to .say more thiin
this regarding: the amount of coal and the structure of the seam until further drilling
rperations are completed. The workings at Camp Wilson were fully described, and
analyses of the coal were given in the Summary Report for 1J>1".

Oil-shale.

The Maude formation contains numerous bands of dark brown to black, strongly
bituminous rocks, resembling closely some varieties of oil-shale. Specimens of a typical
'"curly" oil-shale, light in weight, and containing a considerable quantity of bitumen,
said to occur on the west coast, have been shown the writer. It is quite possiiilc tliat oil-
shale bands of commercial value may be found in tlie Afaude fonuation.

Petroleum.

So-called"' indications of petroleiun " and "' oil showings " have been found in sev-
eral widely .separated localities on Graham island, and the greater part of the island is
staked for oil claims. It is proposed here to briefly describe the occurrences of bitum-
inous rocks observed, and to point out why the conditions are not considered favourable
lor the occurrence of petroleum reservoirs. The oil rocks will be described in the order
of their age, beginning with the oldest.

Maude Formation. — The possibility of the occurrence of oil-shales in the Maude
formation has already been mentioned. In most exposures of the formation, but par-
ticularly on Hidden creek, Spirit river. King creek, and on Frederick island, films of
black, odourless, sticky, tarry matter tire found in joint cracks and on bedding surfaces.
On Hidden creek, and elsewhere, gash veins of calcite up to several inches wide and
usually only a few feet in length and irregidar in distribtition and orientation, contain
sticky masses of the same black tar in .small amounts. The fijier bands of the form-
ttion are strongly bituminous, giving a marked smell when struck or rubbed; they are
also highly fo.ssiliferous, many laminte being literally crowded with flattened ammon-
ites, in some cases as large as 15 inches in diameter. The only bituminous matter seen
in the Maude formation is the black tar; nowhere have seepages of oil been observed.

26-3 i

36 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

5 GECRGE v., A. 1915

Haida Formation. — In several borings made for coal in the llaida formation
lirownisli films (vf oily matter have been found in the cores. These are seldom larger
than a half-dollar coin; and in most cases can be traced to calcite veins intersecting
the sandstones. Occasionally a harder pitch-like substance has been found in the veins
in small amounts. At Camp Wilson, two of the boreholes gave small, buf for a time
continuous flows of gas, which gradually diminished. The gas was colourless and odour-
less, and burned with a smokj- yellow, odourless flame, of low heat intensity. The
estimated volume of flow was less than a cubic foot per minute.

Etheline Volcatucs. — The only occurrence of petroliferous material in this form-
ation was seen in a dyke cutting the Maude formation on King creek. This dyke, of
pale bluish dacite or andesite. was vesicular, and some of the vesicles contained sufii-
cient brownish-yellow oil to be visible, and to give distinct, oily films when a fragment
was placed in water.

Ma-i-set Volcanic.^. — Bituminous matter in the Masset formation has attracted
attention at several localities, notably at Lawn hill on the east coast, and at Tiahn i>oint
and Otard bay on the west coast. At Lawn hill, black pitch-like matter oozes from
cracks in solid black basalt on the shore. The cracks are connected with nar-
row gash veins of calcite, 7iiany of which have a space in the centre filled
with pitch. The amount of pitch is small, and appears only when the rocks
are heated by the sun. The largest occurrences of bituminous matter are found
at Tiahn point, on the west coast. At this place some of the basalt flows are strongly
amygdaloidal, the amygdules varying from a fraction of an inch to 3 feet or more in
length ; the large cavities are more irregular in shape than the almond shaped smaller
cnee. The rim of the cavity is in nearly all cases lined with a pale bluish or greyish
banded chalcedony. Inside of this occurs a lining of clear quartz crystals, and these
usually leave a cavity at the centre of the anygdule. which is filled with black, odourless,
sticky tar. The same sort of relation between chalcedony, quartz, and tar is seen in
irregular gas-^h veins. These veins vary in length up to i-everal feet and in width up tc
several inches and are found cutting the basalt and the associated acfflomerates. Here,
af- at Lawn hill, a warm sun brings the tar slowly <:>ozing from the cra-r-ks in the rocks.
The occurrence at Otard bay is essentially similar to the one just described.

Origin of the Tar.

The home of the bituminous matter, irrespective of its containing rock at present,
is thought to be the Maude argillites, though an exception is possible in the ease of the
oil and gas in the Ilaida formation. Proofs of this statement are left to the forth-
coming memoir on the geologj- of Graham island, where a much more complete dis-
cussion of the oil situation will be found.

Possibility of Bcsenoirs of Petroleum Existing.

There are four necessary geological features that an oil field musi na\e in order
to become productive. These are: —

1. A supply of liquid oil. of sufliciently low viscosity to flow through the pores or
cracks in an oil s^and at the temperatures obtaining where the oil i*i found.

2. A container, porous in itself, as in the case of a sandstone, or made so by frac-
turing or other changes, as in a shale, limestone, chert, or dolomite. This container
irrespective of its real composition, is termed the " oil sand."

'i. An impervious capping over the oil sand, impriboning the oil until it is released
by the drill. The capping id usually .shale.

Sl'AfMMy) l;i ftUi 37

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

4. A rock structure favourable for tin* iircmnulation of tlir oil in rcM;rvoir8 frcm
Mhii'h it may be obtained when they tire tnpn«l with a drill.

Without poinp into the pro<>f8 here, it may be said that at no plaee on Graham
island are all four of these eonditions found topether, and, so far fxa the writer fould
detennino from a eareful study, at no place are conditions one and four fidtillc<l. F<ir
these reasons, then, the possibility that workable bodies of petroleum may be found
on Graham island is regarded as very remote.

YMIK MINING CAAIT. WEST KOOTENAY DISTRICT, BKITISII •

COLUMBIA.

(C. ir. VrysJak.)

The town of Ymir — tlie centre for the gold camp of the eame name — is situated on
the Nelson and Fort Sheppard railway 27 miles south of Kelson and 7 miles nortli of
Salmo.

The Ymir mining camp is one of the oldest in British Columbia. In lSb^^^, the
Hall brothers, who two years later discovered the Silver King mine at Nelson, ni:id ■
locations near the headwaters of Wildhorse creek. In 1893, the constructiou of the
Nelson and Fort Shejipard railway aiforded ea^y access to the district. It was not until
the summer and autumn of ISOC, however, when the mining boom was on at Rosshmd,
that pros{)ectors began to pay attention to outside districts. It was then that mining
activity really commenced at Ymir and among the many claims that were staked in
1896. were the Ymir, Elise, Dundee, Wilcox, Porto Rico, and others. In 1897, R. G.
McConnell, now Deputy Minister of Mines, examined and reported* on the district in
connexion with the preparation of the W^est Kootenay map-sheet.

For several years the camp had a comparatively steady growth free frc>m mining
booms and many of the properties then in operation have been working intermittejitly
ever since, whereas others through complications in geological structure and for other
reasons have been abandoned.

In order to aid in the mining development of this camp the writer was instructed
to make a sketch topographical and geological map of the region during the field
season of 1914. and to pay special attention to the working mines and deposits of
prospective value. The area assigned includes the mineralized zones lying south of
Halls, east of the crest of Quartzite range and north cif Salmo. The west boundary of
the map-sheet is about 5 miles wa-Jt of the Nelson and Fort Sheppard railway and
includes the Feni and Porto Rico mines.

The writer was ably assisted in the field work by W. ,T. Gray, of Vancouver.
Indebtedness is felt towards the owners and superintendents of the various properties,
in particular to Mr. Arthur Lakes, jun., of the Wilcox mine, Mr. W. A. Buchanan, of
the Yankee Girl mine, Mr. B. H. Washburn, of the Dundee mine, Mr. J. J. Hennessy,
of the Jennie Belle, Mr. E. Peters, of the Canadian Pacific railway and other groups
of claims, Mr. W. B. DeWitt, of the Porto Rico. Mr. A. Burgess, of the lowna, Mr.
D. E. Grobe, of the Nevada and Commodore, Mr. Coleman, and others for many c<uir-
tesies extended.

The memoir on the geolog>' and ore deposits of Ymir now in course of preparation,
will be accompanied by a sketch topographical and geological map on the scale of 1 mile
to 1 inch.

Before comnu'iicing the Ymir work the writer spent three weeks at Rossland com-
pleting the field work for the final report on that camp. He also examine<l recent min-

1 Summary Report, Geol. Surv., Can., 1897, pp. 31-32A.

38 GEOLOciiCAL F;rnrE7

5 GEORGE v., A. 19 '5

iiig developments at Franklin camp on the North fork of the Kettle river. On the
completion of the Ymir field work, some days were spent studyinpr the geological struc-
ture of the ore deposits in the adjacent Sheep Creek gold camp as well as a molyb-
denite property on Lost mountain and copper properties up the North fork of Salmon
river.

AmSWORTH MINING CAMP, BRITISH COLUMBIA.
(Stuart J. Schofield.)

Ainsworth is situated on the east side of Kootenay lake about 2 miles north of its
outlet into the Kootenay river. The camp has been known and workerl spasmodically
since 1883. During the season of 1914 a detailed geological study was carried on for a
period of two and a half months, with the special purpose of aiding the mining industry.
In this period, many facts concerning the geology were collected which aided in the
economic examination of the larger properties. It is proposed to complete the invest-
igatio-n during the season of 191.5.

The writer is under obligation to the Consolidated Mining and Smelting Company
for the plans of the underground workings of their properties, as well as for a plan of
the mineral claims in the samp. Mr. Harold Lakes, Superintendent of the Silver Hoard,
furnished a copy of the plans for this mine. V. Eardley-Wilmot, of Rossland. acted
as geological assistant.

General Geology.

The sedimentary series at Ainsworth occurs on the eastern edge of a oompoisite
granite batholith which occupies the greater portion of West Kootenay. It consists of
various kinds of schists with numerous interbands of limestones and quartzite all strik-
ing approximately north and south and dipping, on an average. 1.5 degrees to the wesf.
Previous workers in this region have classified this series with the Shuswap CArohaean)
Niskonlith. and Selkirk series (Cambrian to Carboniferous) and the Slocan series
(Carboniferous), but from evidence obtained during the season of 1914 all the sedi-
mentary rocks can probably be referred to the Beltian.

Intruded into the sedimentary series are small cross-cutting bodies of granite
(field name) and numerous basic dykes of lamprophyric and aplitic habit.

Economic Geology.

The ore deposits of Ainsworth for the purpose of description, may be classified as
follows : —

(1) True Assure veins.

(a) Cutting the bedding planes at an angle.

Higliland, Florence, Karly Bird.
<h) rarallel to the bedding planes.

Maestro, Banker.

(2) Replacement depcsits in limestone.

No. 1, Silver Hoard.

l)KS( WII'IION OK PROI'Kin IKS.

Ilighlavd. — Tlic Highland group occurs on Cedar creek \\ miles northwest of
Ainsworth. with wliich it is connected by wagon road. An iicii;;! tram carries
the ore from the mine to the mill at the nmuth of Cedar creek on Kootenay lake.
The deposits are true fissure veins, three in number, trending approximately northwest

SI MM inv Ui.l'nRT 39

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

witli a dip of 75 degroo;. oa^t. Tho walls of tlie fissures have a horizontal displaL-onu-nt
of 20 to 130 feet. Tho soiliiuentnry series in the ueiphhixirhood of the iliKhland mine
consist mainly of silicfous limestone, quartzites, green scliiHt«, and qiiartzite in ascend-
ing order. This series is cut hy mica and non-mica lamproph^'re dykes generally par-
allel with the bedding of the sedinientaries. The ore consists mainly of coarse-grained
galena and zinc blende with smaller amounts of pyritc and chalcopyrite in a gangne of
(|uart/-, ankerito, and Huorite. The ore-bodies occur in the fissures as tabular masses in
the neighbourhood of the quartzite-green schist contact. As this contact dijiB about 45
degrees to the west, tlve ore bodies pitch in the same direction. The fi.ssures are prac-
tically barren at no great distance from the contact. The recognition of this contact
in the future development of the property is of prime importance.

Florence Mining Company. — The claims operated by the Florence Mining Com-
pany are located on Princess creek about IJ miles northwest of Ainsworth. The
country rocks on these claims are all .sedimentary, consisting of interbanded siliceous
limestones and mica schists striking north and south with a dip of 45 degrees
to the west. The vein which cuts the above sedimentary series, strikes N. 65' W.
and dips IH) to 75 degrees south; it varies in width from a few inches to 16 feet. This
variation in width is due to the character of the country rocks crossed by the fissures.
In the mica schists the vein is barren, but where it crosses the siliceous limestone a great
enlargement takes place which is of the nature of a replacement deposit. Locally, these
enlargements are called cross veins. The ore consists mainly of coarse-grained galena
with subsidiary amounts of zinc blende and iron pyrites. The gangne is mostly quartz
rnd silicified limestone. The future development of this promising propertj' should be
based on the above facts which show that although the vein pinches in the schists, it is
good prospecting to follow closely the main fissure.

Maestro. — The Maestro operated under lease by the Consolidated Mining and Smelt-
ing Company, occurs about 3 miles southwest of Ainsworth at an elevation of 1,190 feet
above Kootenay lake. The sedimentary series in the vicinity of the Maestro con-
sists of alternate belts of quartzites and green hornblende schists striking about ncirth
and south, and dipping, on an average, 45 degrees to the west. The vein is of the true
fissure type with a strike and dip concordant with the surrounding country rocks. This
vein can be traced both north and south through several adjoining claims. The vein \3
entirely enclosed in the green schists near the contact with a belt of imdcrlying thin
bedded platy quartzites. The vein varies in width from 6 to 8 feet. The ore consists
of coarse-grained galena with very little zinc blende in a gangue of quartz.

Banker. — The Banker claim operated by the Consolidated Mining and Smelting
Company, is situated alwut 2i miles southwest of Ainsworth. in close proximity to the
Maestro. The country rocks on this claim are mostly massive and thin-bedded quartz-
ites with interbedded green hornblende schists dipping north and south with an average
dip of 30 degrees to the west. The deposit is a true fissure vein in the massive
quartzites with which it conforms in dip arKl strike. The ore consists mainly of galena,
both fine and coarse grained, in a gangue of quartz. The vein varies in width from 2
to C feet.

Silver Hoard. — The Silver Hoard mine is situated 7 miles by wagon road in a
northwesterly direction from Ainsworth, and at an elevation of 4,300 feet above sea-
level, or 2,540 feet above Kootenay lake. The ore occurs in two distinct zones in the
Silver Hoard limestone, along its contact with the overlying argillite. The upper zone
occurs at the contact with the argillites, while the lower zone occupies a position from
a few feet to 20 feet from the upper contact. The ore which replaces limestone consists
of galena, zinc blende, and native silver with a gangue of qmirtz. cal'-ite, and fluorite.
No oxidized ore zone exist'^. The structure nf the Silver Tlonrd is identical with that
of the Xo. 1 mine shown in the accomiianying diagram. The ore zones, from the

GEOLOGICAL .^IJ^VEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 19; 5

t!urface to the 100-foot level, dip to the west. Here a shnllow syiicliiie occurs which
f>ap?es iiitoa gentle anticline. Between the lOO-foot level and the 200-foot level, the ore
zones change from a wes^terly dip to an easterly dip. Below the 200-foot level no infor-
mation as to the structure is available, but it is probable the ore zones will resume
their westerly dip at no great depth since the ore zones follow the folding of the rocks
which, on the whole, dip at an angle of 45 degrees to the west.

No. 1 Mine. — No. 1 mine is located <> miles from Ainsworth at an elevation of
4,200 feet above sea-level, 2,440 feet above Kootenay lake. From the ncc()ra-
panying diagrammatic cross section it can be seen that the ore bodies occur
as replacement deposits in limestone near its upper contact with argillite.
The ore zones are tw<i in number, one along the contact and the other

SrM]fMtY RFPORT 41

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

from 7 to 20 foot from the contact. The present development lies entirely
in the o.xidizcd zone in which the ore occurs mainly as soft brown oxide of iron, imprep-
iijited witli native silver and prohahly some carbonates and sulphates of lead. The
structure of the No. 1 mine is very simple. The ore zone follows the lieddinf; planes
of the surroiiiuliii<i sediments and, as shown in the sketch. f)c<-urs in the form of syn-
clines and overturned folils. The point of the overturn occurs between the first and
second levels in the ^^outhern end of the property and plunges to the north so that
in the northern jiart of the property the overturn is found between the second and third
levels. This explains the fact that as one goes from the southern end of the property
t(' the northern end the vein dips to the east, then becomes vertical, and in the northern
end dips to the east. The vein on the third level dips to the east, but since the wlude
sedin)cntary series at Ainsworth dip to the west it is very prubalilc the vein n-unii-t
its westerly dip at no great depth.

In depth also the ore will probably be fouml and pass into the sulphides of lead,
zinc, and iron.

RECONNAISSANCE IN WEST KOOTEXAY.

Tlie relationships of the formations on the east and west side of Kootenay lake were
stu<lied during the months of June and July. After this jteriod the investiKation was
continued by M. F. Bancroft, assisted by J. A. McLennan.

The purpose of the investigation was to work out the stratigraphy of the Selkirk
series on the e^st side of Kootenay lake and its relationships to the Purcell series (nl
the east and to the Selkirk series on the west side of the lake. Although the investi-
gation was not completed, the results obtained prove that tlie rocks lying around Koote-
nay lake and mapped as Shuswap on the West Kootenay map-sheet are metamorphosed
e*iuivalents of the Selkirk series and hence arc Beltian in age and that the series
exiK)sed in Ainsworth mining camp is mainly Beltian in age. The conformable rela-
tionships of the Selkirk and Slocan series at Ainsworth would, on stratigraphie
grounds, place the Slocan series in the Beltian.

The facts collected as to the origin of the Kootenay Lake valley strongly suiip<irt
tlie idea that it is purely a valley of erosion. That the valley is due to linear faidting
along the edges of the trench n)aking it of a " graben " nature, is not tenable since no
faults of this nature could be detected even in positions where field observations coidd
be made with facility.

FLATHEAD SPECIAL MAP- AREA, BRITISH COLUMBIA.
(J. D. MacKemie.)

LOCATION AND AKKA.

The Flathead Special map-area is located in the valley of the Flathead river in
southeastern British Columbia, near the International Boundary. The sheet is (piad-
langular, and is bounded by meridians and parallels. The southeast corner is near the
north(%st corner of lot 7.J.39, about half a mile west of the Flathead river. 2 mih's
north from the 4iHh parallel. The length of the map-area is nearly Ij miles in »
north and south direction, and it+< breadth is nearly f. [ miles. The area is thus
approximately TK) s<pn»re miles.

42 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915
REASONS FOR THE IN XESTIG AXIOMS.

For a number of years it has been known that coal existed in the Flathead valley
in several places, and lately considerable prospecting has been done on some of the coal
areas. In order to ascertain the structure and probable value of what is generally con-
sidered to be the largest of the!=e areas, the investigation now reported on was made.
For that purpose a contoured map on a scale of approximately one inch to three-fourths
of a mile, with a 50-foot contour interval, was made by th^ topographical division of
the Geological Survey in 1913, and served as a base for the geological work.

SUMMARY OF THE WORK DONE.

Less than three weeks in the first part of September were spent in the field. In this
time, the various formations exposed in the district were studied, their distribution
mapped, and their structure determined.

The coal is found in a series of shales and sandstones which are correlated with
the Kootenay formation. There are a number of seams, of which probably only three
will be found to be suitable for mining. These are, however, of good quality, and one
is at least 30 feet thick, nearly all good coal.

The coal seams have a general strike N. 25° E. and dip southeastward at various
angles up to 60 degrees though not often as steep as this. The general structure is a
downfolded, faulted monoclinal block, complicated by minor folds and faults.

ACKOWLEDGMENTS.

The writer wishes to acknowledge the assistance given by Mr. A. M. Allen of the
Corbin Coal and Coke Company. Mr. E. W. Butts of Colgate was very helpful indeed,
and furthered the progress of the work materially. Mr. O. Y. Greene also g'ave val-
uable assistance, as did Mr. W. S. Earle. To all of these men, and to V. Dolmage and
C. E. Cairnes, who gave efficient service as field assistants, the writer tenders his sincere
thanks.

ROCKY MOUNTAINS PARK. ALBERTA.

(J. A. Allan.)

The field season extended from June 8 until Augnst 2. During this time about 450
miles were covered with pack train in Rocky Mountains park. Yoho park, and adjoin-
ing districts. The work was of a threefold nature. It included a trip to Mount Assini-
boinc and westward acro.ss the Vermilion range to the Beavcrfoot valley; the examin-
ation of a geological section along the headwaters of Blaeberry river over Ilowse pass
down the Saskatchewan and over the I'ipestone pass; and a traverse of certain trails
that were fnllnwcd by tourist traffic in Rocky Mountains jiark.

During the first part of the season a trip was made along Lake ^linnewanka,
through Devil's gap, up the CJhost river (north fork), and thence over to Cascade river.
On this trip on the north fork of CJhost river, the overthrust fault that defines the east-
ern edge of the mountain system, was examined.

A second trip consisted of following up Spray river ti> Blount Assiniboine over the
liass at this point, thence down Simpson and Vermilion rivers to the Kootenay, thence
up the Kootenay and down the Beaver foot to Leanchoil and Field. The chief object
of this trip was to make another section across the Rockies in which it might be pos--

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

ible to ascertain tlin rohitioiis lu'twci-n tlio Ottcrtail I'orinaf ion. that is so liijflily con-
torted and metamorphostul where it is exposed on the line of railway, and the other ram-
brian formations; also to work out the relation between the Cambrian on th«^ water-
shed range and the Devonian and younger rocks farther east. The section as worki-d
out for the Ott»M-tail and assiH'iated formations on the n.ain line, corres.|)f)nd8 to tliat
found on Vermilion and Simpson rivers.

A trip was made also from Field up Amiskwi river, over the pass, down to Hlne-
berry river, thence up the valley of that river to Howsc pass and down the middle fork
of the Saskatchewan to the KiK)tenay plains, up Siffleur river over the Pii)e.stone jiass
and down Pipestone river to Liiggan. The object of this trip was partly to get inform-
ation for a guide book to Rocky ^fountains park and chiefly to verify the geological
section on the railway, especially the relationship between the Intermediate limestone
and the Sawback fcnr.ition. From the data (A)taiiicd it seems certain that the Sawback
formation directly underlies the Intermediate, and is also of Devonian age.

SOUTIIEKX ALBKRTA.

(D. B. Dovling.)

The activity in prospecting for oil through the foothill country west and south of
Calgary necessitated a much closer examination of the structure of the country than
had been attempted hitherto. In October, 1913, a short visit was paid to the vicinity
of tlii> first well and a hasty sketch of the scK-tion on Sheep river was subsequently
published.^ During the field season of 1914 S. E. Slipper who had remained in the
vicinity all winter to collect samples from the various wells being drilled was entrusted
with the further ejcamination of the area included by the outer or Turner Valley anti-
cline. The foothills south to the Livingstone river were examined by J. S. Stewart who
reports on the folded belt behind the Porcupine hills north to the Ilighwood river.
Sketch sections were also made across the disturbed beds on Red Deer and James rivers
and on the Saskatchewan river by Bruce Rose. The writer's field work was done mainly
in the vicinity of Calgary, but the first three weeks of the season were devoted to an
examination of the Cretaceous measures in the Bad Lands of the Missouri and a com-
parison of the sections there with that alon^ the Milk river in southern Alberta. In
the following pages the results of this examination are briefly given.

Belly River Series and the Missouri River Section.

The divisions of the Cretaceous mapped by Dr. G. ^f. Dawson in southern Albci ta
arc the following^: —

•' Fox Hill Sandstones. — In some parts of the district woll defined as a ni:uisive yeliowisli sand-
stone, but inconstant, and apparently often represented by a series of brackisli-water tran-
sition beds between the I^aramio and the Pierre. — 80 feet.

P'r-rrr Shnlrs. — Neutral prey or brownish to nearly black shale, include a zone of pale, soft
sandstone in the northeastern part of district, and frequent intercalations of harder sand-
stones, sandy clays, shales and clays. — Marine, 750 feet.

Uflly Uivrr Series. — Composed of an upper or "pale" and a lower or "yellowish" portion, and
consisting of alternations of sandstones, sandy clays, shales and clays. — 910 feet.

Lower Dark Shalea. — Grey to nearly black Shales, with many arenaceous bands. — SOO feet."

In the matter of correlation in the above divisions, there has been no controversy as
to the correlation of the Pierre with the Bearpaw shales of northern .Montana. It has,

1 Memoir 62.

•Report of Progress, O.S.C, 1882-3-4, v. 112c.

44 GEOLOGICAL SLHYEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

however, been claimed that the Belly River series is the same as the Judith Kiver
series. This is true in part only, the Belly River series app^^a^ing to include other
subdivisions as well.

The base of the Bully River series was described by Dawson as resting on a series
oi dark, marine shales having a thickness of 800 feet, as exiposed in the vicinity of West
Butte and on the slope of Rocky Spring plateau. Other exposures of a shale very sim-
ilar in appearance which occurs near the bottom of the series were examined in two
localities on the IMilk river. The western one, which is not far west of the raihvay line
crossing the river at ^filk River station, was considered to be of Pierre age; and a thin
cover of Pierre was mapped along the summit of Milk River ridge and down its ea?teru
end southward to the boundary line. To account for its presence, it was assumed that an
anticline occurred. In this mapping it would seem that the term Belly River serie.- was
restricted to include only the castellated sandstones of Milk river. The second e.xposure
was found to the east of the low anticline in the castellat<?d sandstones showing in the
banks of ^lilk river near the outlet of Lake Pakowki. This exposure, since there was
direct evidence that Belly River rocks lay above it, was placed beneath the Belly river
and correlated with the Lower Dark shinies, with the following qualifying clause.'
*' Before leaving this region it may be Avell to note that while the dark shales of the
series exposed in the southeastern escarpment of the Rocky Spring plateau, closely
resemble those seen in the flanks of the West Butte, their agreement is not so satis-
factory with those of the Milk river north of the Middle Butte and at the mouth of the
Pakc>wki coulee while on the hypothesis adopted, all these localities must represent a
single lower subdivision."

This shale baud, the lower dark shales at Pakowki. was identified by Stanton and
Hatcher as the horizon named by them on the Missouri, the Claggett shale, both con-
taining a fauna belonging to the Pierre rather than to the Benton. In the pala-ontolo-
gical discussions of the fossils collected from these various exposures Dr. AVhiteaves,
without knowing that two horizons were here included, states that.- " Of the eleven
sjtecies of fossils which have so far been collected from them, seven or eight seem to be
identical with forms that are elsewhere regarded as characteristic of the Fort Pierre or
Ff>x Hill group, but the presence in these shales of Scaphites Warreni rar Wyoming-
ensis and possibly Oatrea congcsta may indicate that they occupy a slightly lower p<>-i-
tion in the series."

By separating the fossils found in the thick shales of Rocky Spring ridge and West
Butte from the collection it is found that the Milk River exposures at both flanks of the
anticline show only species that would be expected in the Claggett shales of the ^lis-
souri River section or in the Pierre of the Alberta section. It is. therefore, evident that
these shales are nut the equivalents of the shales that Dawson found beneath the sand-
stone series on Rocky Spring idateau, which he calls the Lower Dark shales beneath
the Belly River series. The Benton age of these latter shales has been confirmed by
Eugene Stebinger in a report to the U. S. Geological Survey.-"*

The same paper refers to the Cfvident thinning of the shales above the castellated
sandstones of Milk river and, apparently of those at Pakowki coulee correlated by
T. W.. Stanton with the Claggett. These shales, south of the International Boundary,
arc well developed east of the Sweet Grass hills, but to the west, in the regions of the
Rocky Spring plateau, almost disappear and instead of a marine shale horizon are
there rfpresent<'d by marine sandstones. The series described by Dawson as the Belly
river thus seems to rci)rosent the following group of formations in the Lower Milk
and Missouri River sections, viz.: .T\idith River, Claggett. and Eagle, and in western

1 Dawson, <;. M. Rep. of I'logress, 18S2-S4, p. \2:>C.
" Contriliutions to ranadinn Paleontology, vol. 1, p. If
3 I'roffssidnal I'aper No. !I(h;, U.S. (Jtol. Survey.

h4ic

,'\ 11

jZw^

^ "f ^

'-^s:^

■--"^7 . -

i'j^^

"^lx\ -1

,-^ -_, -

-<\ ^

ki^3^

A .-

FIh

perspective dia

Fo(?t~hills. Southern Alherte

svMiiAKY ni.i'uur 45

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

^loiitaua the Two-Medicine formation and the Virgclle sandstone. Botwoen tlm two
^Icdioinc and the Virtrelle or probably included in one of them are the shore deposits
f the C'laggett shales which are indistinguishable, except by fossils, from the Virgelle
.■-andstone.

The divisions of the Ik'lly Kiver scries north of the Intcrniitional Houndary in the
> icinity of ^lilk river may be mapped as '' ^^ belts sweeping around the north end of
the Sweet (Jrass hills. The lower mcn^' r — the '' Tastellated rocks" of Milk river —
vhich form the connecting deposits between tlio Virgelle sandstone of western Montana
and the Eagle sandstone of the Missouri liivcr section — consists mainly of brackish
and salt water deposits toward the south, but brackish and possibly fresh water to the
north. In its upper measures at least it is exposed along the Milk river and on the
«dge of the plateau running from the Kocky Spring ri«lge to near West Butte, and also
in several of the gullies north of the three Sweet Grass hills. The sandstone is followed
by an overlying band of shales exposed west of the town of Milk J{iver and probably
<apping the hills to the east, where the coal horizons of its upper and lower members
v.-ill probably be discovered. This shale band crosses the valley of Milk river east of
l>ead Horse coulee and continues south to near East butte which it skirts to the east.
This scries of shales is probably the eiiuivalent to the Claggett, with an outlier on the
north flank of West butte, and the sandstones above the shales which are exposed on
the ^Milk river east of Pakowki coulee and in the country to the north and again in
Milk River ridge represent the Judith River division — the Two-Medicine of western
Montana.

Attention has been called to this area by the discovery of slight signs of oil in
'le Dakota ( 0 sandstones on the north slope of West butte and several drilling rigs
iiave been erected on the flanks of West butte and in the valley of ^lilk river north
of East butte. The drill at Milk river will probably have to pass through the sand-
stones of the lower part of the Belly River series as well as the whole of the Benton
formation to reach the sandstones, possibly of Dakota age. beneath, which may
contain gas or possibly oil. The thickness of the Cretaceous measures covering the
possible gas or oil containers is apprecialily less here than in the foothills.

The Foothills Area.

Considerable progress has been made in the study of the structui'e of the foot-
hills. The area to which the most attention has been paid extends from Bow river
south to Livingstone river, the north branch of Oldman river. Sections prepared Vty
J. S. Stewart and S. E. Slipper were forwarded to the writer and a preliminary out-
line of the conclusions arrived at by these geologists. The structure is rather com-
plicated in detail but may be made more intelligible by considering the folds and
faults in a broad way to be the expression of the effect of a general lateral compres-
sion, the direction of which in the part from Oldman river to Ilighwotid river
was nearly east-west and in the country northward in a general east-northeast-
west-southwest direction. The structure is most complicated in the area included
between the Ilighwood and Sheep rivers, where the direction of the lateral pressure
ehanged. To facilitate description a series of sections along the township lines cross-
ing this disturbed area has been constructed by interpc>lations from the larger struc-
ture sections submitted by Mr. Stewart and Mr. Slipper. The sections wlii«'h are
shown on the accomimnying diagram are placed opposite to tlie township lines to
which they refer.

Notes on Diotjramnmtic Sections

In the upper part of the se<'tion to the right are the Tertiary sandstones, at the
base of which are transition beds between Tertiary and Cretaceous. Beneath, shown

46 GEOLOaiCAL F^rRVET

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

in black, are the marine deposits of Upper C'retar-eous age correlated with the Bearpaw
of Montana overlying the san^^v, brackish and fresh water beds of the Belly River
formation, shown with lines of dots. The Colorado shales, which are very strikingly
displayed in the northern part of the foothills, are shown by fine lining and in a few
sections the underlying Blairmore (Dakota) sandstones appear, especially as a narrow
l)and from townsliip 14 to township 20, just west of the main eastern overthrust
faults. The front range of the Rocky mountains is indicated by conventional block
lining for limestones and between townships 10 and 14 it is evident from the section
that the structure runs in nearly parallel lines. Long lines of hills on the strike of
the rocks show the presence of the more resistant members. Northward the topo-
graphy is more comple.^, the harder beds forming strike ridges and the trend chang-
ing to northwesterly.

WEST OF THE POI.'CUIMXE HILLS.

In the southern part of township 10, at the eastern edge of the disturbed area,
there seems to be a broken anticline in which the crown of the arch exjmses the
marine shales of the Bearpaw. To the east the sandstones, at the top of the Creta-
ceous, called elsewhere the Edmonton and St. Mary River beds, are exposed and con-
tinue as an easterly dipping member northward throughout the series of sections.
The western limit of the broken anticline consists of sandstones very similar to those
on the east side, but believed by Mr. Stewart to represent the Belly River series. The
amount of displacement in these fault breaks appears to decrease towards the north
and in township 15 seems to have about disappeared. The overthrust fault to the
west of the sandstone ridge which forms the western limb of the anticline crosses the
axis in township 15 and at the southern border of township 16 cuts off the anticline.
Continuing northward the displacement to the west of this fault becomes greater and
the Dakota sandstones are brought to the surface and form prominent ridges as far
as the south branch of Sheep river at the mouth of ]\racabee creek. The fault on the
east meanwhile breaks up into several branches. In township 18, the beds exposed
on Highwood river, to the east of the outcrop of the Belly River rocks, become very
much shattered and a zone west of the mouth of Bull creek shows exposures of Belly
River and Edmonton rocks closely associated in narrow blocks separated by crumpled
shales. This fractured zone seems to be connected with the fault west of the Turner
Valley anticline in township 20, range 2.

SECTION OF OLDMAX l!lVi:i{.

(Based mainly on the irorh of J. 8. Stewart.)

In this description the formations in the section will be treated in descending
order, as they occur in ascending the river.

The Willow Creek Series. — The highest beds exposed on this part of the stream
consist for the most part of light grey and light brown sandstones medium to coarse
grained, in many eases showing cross bedding. The finer grained members often
weather into thin paper-like layers. Some of the beds are qnite calcareons but no lime-
stone lay(M-s were seen. At the base, this series is eiunposed of red, fine, sandy clays
which, being quite unconsolidated and easily denuded determine the <'ourse of Callnm
creek and a considerable part of the Oldman river. The thickness of the whole
series, allowing for cross bedding, must be at least 2,000 feet.

The I'Jdmonton-St. Mara Series. — The base of the red tlays noted above is made
the dividing line between the Edmonton-St. Mary behnv and the Willow Creek beds
above. These red clays appear to mark quite a ehang(> in the sediments and extend
more than 12 miles t<> the north. The I'ldnionton-St. Mary is a sandstone series wliich

ai 1/ 1/ I AT. mrnirr 47

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

has iiiterbeddeii with the saiidstono a few arenaee(»u,-! slialy laj'cre and also some nodu-
hir cak^arcous hiyers. At tho base are a few thin coal beds. The series contains several
beds of molluscs (iinios) and some small gastropods, the two boiiiK often found associ-
ated in the same bed. The thickness hero is about r{,0()0 feet.

2'lie Bearpaw Shales. — The sandstone series just noted appears to grade into a
shale series below, made up of dark soft shales with a few sandstone beds. The sec-
tion observed was well exposed in otdy a few places. Fossils obtained from these shales
included a few larjre ammonite forms and two varictii-*? of molluscs. The thickness
could not be ascertained.

The Belli/ River Series. — The Bearpaw shales can be seen to grade into light col-
oured sandstones below, but within a very short distance tho regular succession is
broken by a fault. The Belly Iviver series is made up very largely of sandstones light-
grey and pale-green in colour with interbedded bands of shale. A shale series with
two coal seams lies about 1,000 feet from the base of the scries. One sandstone bed
about 150 feet from the base often weathers into hoodoo forms' where the dip is low.
The total thickness of the series varies and appears to be greatest at the west, where
it may be safely estimated to be at least ;],000 feet. Unios occur in several beds and
fragmentary plant remains are also of frequent occurnMice. Two fairly good impres-
sions of leaves were collected.

The Benton Shales. — The Belly River sandstones grade into thin flaggy sand-
stones which become finer and finer in grain and darker in colour and gradually pass
into an arenaceous shale. Only the upper part of the shale .series that lies between the
Blairmore formation (Dakota) below and the Belly River above, is exposed here. Fol-
lowing the usage along the Crowsnest pass this whole series is here included in the
'"Benton." The Benton shales are here badly crushed and folded; several marine fos-
sils were observed in them but few could be collected as they almost invariably crumbled
to pieces when disturbed. The fossils observed included Inoceramus, Scaphites, and
some small coiled cephalopods. The thickness could not bo ascertained as the down-
ward extension of the series is cut off by a fault.

The Dakota Series. — (The Blairmore formalion of Crowsnest river.) — The upper
part of this series is not present. The lower part, about 1.000 feet, forms a synclinal
basin at the western side of the section. The most connnon tyi>e of rock is an irre-
gularly bedded, dark green, shaly sandstone. Tlie coarser sandstones are usually light-
grey to brown in colour. A very persistent conglomerate at the base forms an excel-
lent horizon marker as it occurs over a wide area. The pebbles vary in size
from about the size of plums to that of coarse sand grains, and are made up largely
of black and greenish chert. The rock is strongly cemented and resi.sts weathering
well, so that wherever it occurs it forms conspicuous ridges.

The Kootenay Series. — Only the upper part of this series is seen. It consists of
arenaceous shales which are in many places carbonaceous, sandstones, and coal beds.
Many of the beds weather to the colour of iron rust. One seam of coal of workable
thickness (4 to 5 feet) was observed, about 20 feet below the conglomerate noted
above.

The Fernie Shales. — No sharp dividing line was observed botweon these shales
and the Kootenay coal measures. The lower part of the Kootenay and the Fernie
rtl^pear to be very susceptible to erosion and are almost always efTe«'tually concealed.
]n this section the Fernie shales are represented l)y calcareous carbonaceous shales.
One of the beds yielded several belemnites; another, close l)y, is conspicuous for the
odour of gasoline it emits on being struck with the hannner.

1 "Castellated rocks" of Milk river. Se« p. 45, line 7.

43 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

The Rocky Mountain Limestone. — This is the nios^t conspicuous ridge and moun-
tain maker of the regrion. The rock is a finely cry-stalline limestone with a very
dense and hard surface. A few brachiopods were observed in it and a bed composed
largely of erinoid stems. Extreme compression and crystallization has in many cases
distorted and spoiled the fossils. The anticlinal structure shown in the section is
inferred from obsen-ations both to the north and to the south, where the anticlinal
structure can be actually seen.

SECTION ON WILLOW CREKK.

(Based mainly on the work of J. S. Stewart.)

At the eastern end of the section the rocks are practically flat lying. The
division between Edmonton and Willow Creek series is here purely arbitrary. Expo-
sures are few and the red clays which were used as a horizon marker on the section
to the south, were not seen. The wide and conspicuous ridge of Edmonton sand-
stones to the south is quite narrow here and farther north it seems to die out com-
pletely. The ridge making members of the series have interbedded with them
two bands of rusty weathering calcareous shale which are very resistant and persist
for a considerable distance to the south. The area thought to be underlain by the
Bearpaw shales is covered by a muskeg valley and the occurrence of the shales is
inferred from the topography.

The Belly River series is represented by two low ridges which dip steeply to the
cast. The dip becomes more gentle at the base of the formation where gradation to
the upper 'Benton shales may be observed. About 1,000 feet from the top, these shales
show several bands with large concretionary nodules, calcareous and rusty weather-
ing. Only one anticline (the easternmost) was observed, the one to the west is
inferred.

The Belly River sandstones on the west side of the anticline rise rather abruptly
and form a high ridge. The western part of the shale series is completely covered so
that the relation between the shales and overlying Belly River sandstones cannot be
made out. The abruptness of the ridge at the west side of the anticline valley seems
to suggest the occurrence of a fault.

The fault sliown between the Belly river ou the east and the Dakota on the west
is inferred from structures to the north and south of the section.

The lower Benton shales are dark grey in colour and include in places a few cal-
careous bands which weather rusty. One of these calcareous bands' it was noted,
yielded a decided gasoline odour on being struck with the hammer. The fossils include
several small molluscs, large inocerami, and small coiled cephalopods. The thickness
is about 1,100 feet. The shales are underlain and overlain by sandstones. The con-
tinuation of the upper sandstones appears to be broken by a faidt. To the west of
range 2 the outcroi)s are too scattered and the beds too much broken to allow cif any
reliable statement being made as to the structure without more detailed study. The
Kootenay coal measures apparently brought up by a fault were actually observed.

SECTION ON I'EKISKO CREEK.

(Based mainly on the work of J. S. Stewart.)

The Pekisko Creek sections have been compiled from several short sections and
Bcattered outcrops rather than from cme continuous section. No distinction has been
made between Ednumton and Willow Creek series in this section, the dividing line
between them cciild not be defined. The part of the Edmonton, which to the south is
a ridge maker, appears here to have become more or less shaly and susceptible to
erosion.

tS7 .1/1/ 1 /.'I h-i:r<ii:T 49

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

The lii'arpaw chairs »'X|kisi'(1 aloiiK tlie rrtrk arc ouniposod of ooal soaiiis, coaly

lialc!', some poorly ccniciitcd, li^lit «'oloiirc«l iiixliilar shales ami saii«l>toiu's. No

I arine fossils were observeil in thnii aial the well (•cinciitol tlark shalfs are ahsi-iit.

i he shales are umlerlaia by eastward dipping sau«lst(Mies (,H*'Hy Hiver) but these are

•t well exposed. Between the lielly Kiver exposure and the sandstones of the

l-ilnirnii>re formation (Dakota) there is a space occupied by a dry valley without

exposures. The best section of Belly River rocks was found in a small tributary

'•"ulce in section '2, ran<rc :.'<'. The rocks seen are sandstones which in a few bed> are

lite eab-areous. In colour they vary from a jrrecnish to a lijrht brownish jrrey, One

r the darker coloured beds contains a considerable amount of fra>rmcntary plant

Muuiins. The section is incomplete and the thickness cannot be gaujred.

Of the Benton shales, only a few scattered outcrops were observed; in all cases
tlie dip was westward and mostly steep.

The Blairmore formation (Dakota) wherever identified is a sandstone serie--
^vlli'ch shows a consid<>rable variety in texture, hut is frenerally coarse. The finer
^Trained beds are almost invariably of a dark irreenish cnlr.ur. The series as a whole
i- iicMcrally lacking in fossil remains.

The faults shown in the section brinjrinti' up the Blairjuore sandstones, are inieried
both fr«>m the lithological succession and from the inconsistency of dips and often
< I strike also.

TIRNKK V.M.LKV .\NT1CL1NES.

This anticline was brought into prominence by the discovery of light oil in the
Jtingman well, it has not been traced northward past the centre of townshij) 2\,
where the structure changes; it dips slightly to the north and is broken by a sr-ries of
faults. To the south the anticline can be recognized as far as Tongue creek, from
whirli iilace it dips to the south and flattens out beneath the sandstones of the Porcu-
I'ine hills. In the centre the shales exposed in Sheep river were at first thought to be
tlie reprcsentativt^s of the marine shales of the top of the Cretaceous, exposed on the
jilains to the east and mapped under the name Pierre, but were later correlated with
the Bcarpaw of ^lontana. The thickness exposed, about l*.<»00 feet, does not accord
witli that of the Bcari)aw formation behind the Porcupine hills, between Livingstone
river and ITighwood river, which there seems to have a thickness of only about 750
f<-et. The general lithological character of the Sheep River beds, although agreeing
very well with that of the Bearpaw to the east docs not agree altogether with that of
•the exposures to the south on Highwood river which contain coal layers that are
absent in the shales on Sheep river. S. E. Slipper, who has been doing the detailed
geology, and the writer have both concluded that those shales near the Dingman well
are the ujiper part of the Colorado formations, and that the oil so far found has been
from sandy beds in the Benton and Blairmore formations.

ji":\iPi.voroi"XD sfxtiox.

An area of the di-turbed beds crosses the Sarcee Indian reservation, b\it it has
net yet been examined in detail. A section, however, has been observed on Jumping-
pound creek, and although the Bearpaw shales were not seen in place, a series of shales
with coal seams very much folded was found west of Towers ranch. Thct^e probably
Itelong to the upper part of Belly Kiver formation, which forms the ridge at the west-
ern edge of the townshij), around the north end of which the stream flows. The rocks
in the bed of the stream above the bend for about •'• miles show an antii-line in the
shales lielow the Belly Kiver formation. This anticlinal stru<'ture follows the general
direction of the folding in this part of the foothills, but n>inor flexures and iwssible
breaks crossing the main anticline in din^ctioiis n<'arly iK)rthwest and southeast seem
to indicate that the valley cut out for Elbow river below this point followed a fracture

20— 4

50 aEOLOGICAL SURVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

or folded zone which was easily denuded. Bow river in its earlier stages may have
followed a course farther south than at present as the portion of its valley between
Calgary and Coclirane appears to be newly excavated. The anticline on the Juxnping-
pound has attracted the attention of oil seekers and two wells have been started on it.

ECONOillC GEOLOGY.

In the foothills proper, the rocks exposed belong mainly to the lower part of the
Upper Cretaceous. In addition to structural material, including building stone, cement,
and brick making materials, the minerals of economic importance found in them are
mostly fuels — coal, mineral oils, and gas. A\\ three of these have been discovered and
large outlays in time and money liave beeii made in their exploitation. The work of
the present season was directed mainly to the study of the structure of the outer part
of the disturbed belt, mainly with the object of definitely fixing the horizon from which
the oil was obtained and also to locate suitable anticlines in which the depth to the
oil sands would not be excessive.

Coal

In the foothills innnediately in front of the outer range of mountains, an area
not directly examined this year, there are known outcrops of the Lower Cretaceous
measures and there the Kootenay formation although thin, is known to contain some
csoal seams. In the outer foothills the sandstone formations near the top of the Cretace-
ous in places contain coal seams. The horizons that are the most promising for the
occurrence of coal are the top of the Belly Kiver series and the beds at the base of the
Edmonton that are more properly referred to the St. ]\Iary formation. These horizons
are separated by the marine l>eds of the Bearpaw formation. Small coal seams liave
been found in the vicinity of the outcrops of this shale band which is located in a well-
defined valley, lying west of the Porcupine hills and extending north to High wood
river. Outcrops occur on branches of Oldman river and Willow creek. A much
contorted area on Highwood river, exposing the upper part of the Belly River forma-
tion, contains a seam of fairly good coal that has been mined with some success in the
southern part of township 18, range 2. The seam is very much broken up and is made
valuable only because of the extra local demand for drilling. The continuation of this
horizon north on each side of the Turner Valley anticline is indicated by exposures of
coal in sec. 15. tp. 19, range 2, and at Black Diamond in sec. 8, tp. 20, range 2. on the
east side, and at Lineham post-office, on the west side of the anticline. The same
horizon crosses Jumpingpound creek in sees. 19 and 30, tp. 25, range 4, where small
coal seams outcrop. In the area lying farther to the west, the Belly River series becomes
more bituminous and workable seams have been found on both branches of Sheep
river and on the Elbow river. The most accessible exposure is near Morley on the
Indian reserve, which is referred to by Mr. Cairnes in the Moose Mountain i-eport.'

Oil.

The discovery of a ligbl oil in this district was announced in the Sunnnai-y
Report of this Department for lOi:^. The oil was obtained in the No. 1 well of the
Calgary Petroleum Products Company, familiarly known as the Dingman well. It
is situated on the crown of the Turner Valley anticline, on the south branch of Sheep
river. The anticline is flanked on both sides by ridges of sandstone. The^ were at
first supi>osed to be referable to the Edmonton formation, and the shales in the centre
of the anticline were th(.ugbt to be the Bearpaw or the highest marine formation in
the Cretaceous; but since tlie marine character of these shales is doubtful and the

1 Memoir 61, Geo. Sur., Can.

si u 1/ 1/,'v in.i'DUT 61

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

uliok' loniiation almost uiirivn^;iiizal)lo, it is iii»w holiovpd tliat tlio marine shales in
tiiis anticline are tlie upiKT part <>t" the C'ohn'adn f'ormatii)n, an<l that the saM<ly l)ei|s
pa.-sed tlinuijfh in the drilling; are sandy nienih«'rs of the Henton. One of these beds
i-neonntered at u depth of l,r>r»0 fivt, contained a small supply of lij^ht fr»'*<dine oil.
^Tavity (!2 degrees Bannie. Further ixirinj; |ienetrateil the shale si-ries to a dt'pth of
ahout :.',4'H) feet and at 2,700 feet oil was found in sandstones helieved to he of about
tiie ap- of the l)akota. This was of gravity .'>."» defrrees Haume au«l was aceompanie*!
by a fairly stronp: flow of jjas, which had also i)cen obtained at other horizons in the
well. Oil is not beinf? piimiied from this wj-ll as at pr(>sent the ff:i> pressure is sutti-
<'ient to blow out enough to sujjply tiie local deinami.

Another discovery of oil was nu'.de ou Xovember JK IMli, in the Moose Mountain
well, on an anticline between the Elbow and Jumpingpound rivers, in see. ."U, tp. 'J-!,
range .">. 'W. Hth nier. The shales on this anticline are of Kenton age and the Dakota
sands were reached at a depth of 1,G!H) feet. A dark green oil of 40 degrees Hauine
was bailed out and the question of a conunercial supply is Ixiug investigated by
shooting the well i)reparatory to pumping.

Showings of oil are claimed in several of the wells in 'i'urner valley, ami then-
is rea-c>u to hope tluit otlier oil wt-lls may be found to be productive.

Gas.

Several of the welK being drilled in the search for oil have yielde<l (lows of gas.
The gas in the Dingnum well, which is best known, has the following conii»osition
according to an analysis made by the Bessemer (las Engine Company, of (Jrove City.
Pennsylvania : —

Heavy h\ dro-carltoiis liy rlaroliiip oils ' . . . . 3H.00%

Iv.s.s 11.2."i'r air 40.00%

Carbon flio.xide l..'>0%

Oxygen 2.25%

Sp. sravity O.Sl%

Jistini.'itert yield of '' liquified jjctroleum "' marketalile a.s ga.solino : 1 khI. pei- 1.000 cu. ft.
Estimated ba.'^is I'-'iO lbs. pressure """^K. coiulensing.

(Sgd.) J(.>H.\ .McCf.V. Ji:..

Vhirf (■ If mist.

An experimental condensing plant lias alriady been installed and small amounts
of a very light oil have been obtained.

During the year gas has been obtained in other localities also, notal>ly in the
vicinit.v of the Battle River anticline near Viking on the Crand 'JVmik PaciHc rail-
way, about lit miles east of Edmonton. The reported flow was n.OOO.OOt) cubic
feet pi^r day. but it is claimed that the i\nv: gradually decreased, indicating that the
gas came from a small reservoir at a depth of '2,'\H) feet, evidently in the Dakota
.«;ands.

^lore than 4!tO c(»inpiinies wen- formed for the exploitation of oil leases in this
district, but of the.-e only about 44 are doing actual drilling in the area south and
vest of Calgary.

2G— 4i

52 t'EOLOOlLAL HiinEY

5 GEORGE v., A. i9l5

RECOKNAISSAXCE ALONG THE RED DEER, JAMES. CLEARWATER,
AND XORTIi SASKATCIIEWAX RIVERS, ALBERTA.

{Bruce Itoae.)

The discovery of oil in the Dinjnnau well on Sheep river soiilh of Calgary, led to
widespread prospecting for oil in the foothills country of Alberta. Most of the
claims were staked south of the main line of the Canadian Pacific railway, but some
attention was given also to the district west of the towns of Olds and Red Deer and
it was thought advisable to secure field information that would aid the oil prospector
and show where it would be best to prosecute further geological work.

Accordingly, a reconnaissance survey along the foothills streams of this district
was undertaken. Sections were made in an area which from a structural standpoint
might aft'oid prospecting ground for oil. Those, in each case, extend from the com-
paratively undisturbed Paskapoo-Tertiary sediments westward into the folded and
faiilted Cretaceous rocks of the foothills.

A period of seven weeks, begiiniing August 1, 3014, was occupied in field work
ajid during this time R. C. Hargrave gave efficient assistance. A brief description of
the sections follows.

Red Deer Bicrr.

A section along the R<jd Deer river from the centre of range 6 to the centre of
range x, was examined. The rocks are grey sandstones, grey-green shales, and car-
bonaceous shales with a few small coal seams. These rocks are folded and faulted
and the strike of the folds and faults is in general parallel to the trend of the Rocky
mountains to the west. Xo attempt is made to separate them into formations, but
they belong as a whole to the I'piicr Cretaceous series.

The geological structure over the greater part of this section is not of a character
to make the field a promising one for the occurrence of reservoirs of oil. There are,
however, a few oi)en anticlinal folds that present more promising structural con-
ditions. On one of these lying west of the Paskapoo sandstones in see. 5, tp. o2,
range (», W 5th mer., the ^lonarch well has been sunk. A depth of "MX) feet was
reached without getting oil; but there is a considerable flow of gas from the well.

An anticlinal. fold crosses the Red Deer at the range line between ranges 6 and 7.
Erom there westward no open folds occur to a point just west of where the ^lorley
trail crosses the river, where, at about the range line between ranges 7 and 8, an open
anticline is well exposed on the north side of the river. From there to the end of the
section examined the rocks diji to the southwest.

A telemeter plane-table map of the section from the Monan-h well to the mouth
of Williams creek, was made. The remainder was examined without mapping.

Jcnnr.s River.

The section mapped on the Tames river extends frnui the range line between
ranges 7 and H, west and south, to the township line between townships o2 and 33.

For the first, 2.<KM) feet, the rocks are yellow sandstone- dipping gently eastward.
These are thought to belong to the Paskapoo formation. For the next .') miles, the
ntcks are grey sandstoMcs anil grey green Jihales, .similar to those on the Red Deer
river. There are a number vl open folds in these rocks and this part of the section is

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

structiirallv the nio.>t prciiiisiiijr for oil borintrs. Next, thorc is n black slinlc formation,
coiitaiiiiiiK oraiijif mlourctl clay-ironstone nodules arranged in ban«is along the ptrati-
lication. No similar rocks were seen along the valleys to the south or north. Theso
shakv extend fur approximately 4 miles, but are so much foldi:d and faulted that they
do not offer }ro«>d groiuul ftir boring operations. The. remainder of the section eoi-
sists of mixed shales and sandstones dipping to the southwest, with a few local folds
in the shales, and is of the same unpromising character.

Clrancatrr Jiiiir.

The Cretaceous rocks are not expo^ed along the Clearwater river. From the last
outcroj>s of the PaskajHio sandstones westward to the Palieozoic limestones of the
liocky Mountains overthrust, the banks of the river are gravel covered, so that it is
impossible to tell what the structure of the underlying rocks is.

Xoilli Saskalchv trail Jiirer.

The rocks along the North Saskatchewan river were examined from the jun<-tion
of the Clearwater river at Kocky Mountains House, westwanl to Shimda creek, a
distance of approximately 40 miles. Tliey are grey sandstones and grey-green shales
throughout with some carbona<eous shales and a few coal seams. They probably nil
Ix'long to the Edmonton formation.

For the tirst half of the distance examined, the rocks are flat-lying, but in see.
34, tp. 39, range 10, W. 5th mer., a fafilt is exposed on the north bank of
the river. To the west of the fault the rocks dip southwest at an angle of 25 degrees
and at the fault the Alberta As.sociated No. 1 well is located. The dip of these rocks
gradually becomes lower and 2 miles farther on the bods are again flat. They continue
flat for ajiproximately 13 miles but gradually become tilted to the northeast, thus
forming a broad shallow syncline. The northeast dip contiunes t.o within a short dis-
tance of Shunda creek. Here two open anticlinal folds are well exposed on the south
side of the river. This is the only location of the whole section where the structure is
favourable for boring.

THE SHEEP RIVER MAP-AREA, ALBERTA.

(S. E. SU,>i»n:)

The field season of 1M14 was devoted to tho'mapping of the Sheep River Special
map-area, which includes townships 17. !*<, l'.'. 2n. ;uid the southern half of 21, in ranges
2 and 3, west of the 5th meridian.

The field was brought into prominence by the discovery of oil in 1913, and since
then many companies have been actively engaged in boring operations. The geological
structure being extremely complicated, it was deemed advisable to have a map i)repared
in some detail, so that a comprehensive idea of the structure would be available.

Tlic sheet comprises 314 square miles. Telemeter traverses, using the township
surveys for control, were run over the greater part of the area. Kx<ept along the banks
of the main drainage channels, the country is covered with superficial deposits, and
hence, geological work resolved into carefully traversing the se<-tions on Sheep and
Highwood rivers, and expanding the data thus obtained over tijc remaining territory.
Particular pains were taken to note and study structures which seemed favourable to
the accumulation of oil.

54 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

The work was carried on under tlie supervision of D. B. Dowlinj? of the Geologi-
cal Survey staff, whose advice assisted in solvinj? the different problems presented.

The writer is indebted to the following gentlemen for information and other cour-
tesies: !N[r. S. K. Pearce, IVfr. A. W. Dingman, Mr. Joseph Sineh^ir, Mr. C. W. Ding-
man, Professor J. C. Gwillim, Mr. J. S. Stewart, and others. (J. H. B. Cooper and S.
J. Davies acted as assistants in a very efficient and energe'tic manner.

THE FOOTHILLS AREA, WEST OF THE PORCUPIXE HILLS, ALBERTA.

(J. S. Stewart.)

During the field season of 1014 the writer was engaged in geological investiga-
tions in the foothills country of southwestern All)erta. The area covered by the work
lies to the north of the Crowsnest Pass railway between the Livingstone range and the
Porcupine hills, embracing tps. KMT inclusive, ranges 1, 2, and 3 W. 5th mer., and
ranges 29 and 30 W. 4th mer.

The work was advanced by the efficient aid of the assistants, A. E. Cameron and
L. W. Gould. The writer also had the advantage of the general supervision and help-
ful criticism of D. B. Dowling. Thanks are due the ranchers along the routes tra-
versed for kindnesses and information received, which furthered our work.

The object of the investigation was to determine if possible the detailed strati-
graphic sequence of the anticlinal structure which extends southwards from the
vicinity of Black Diamond, where boring operations for oil have been in progress, and
further, to learn if there were any stratigraphic units persistent and distinct enough
to form horizon guides.

General Character of the Area.

The conspicuous features of the area are the Livingstone range on the west and
the Porcupine hills at the east. The intervening country is characterized by a series
of north-south ridges; these ridges and intervening valleys are caused by alternating
bands of hard and soft rocks which are in some cases repeated by faulting and fold-
ing. The relief is sharp, 500 to 1,000 feet of rise being not at all unconnnon. Many
of the hills are grass-covered and the valleys, even along the stream channels, have in
many cases the bed-rock concealed V)y a mantle of gravel or clay. Wide valleys and
small streams are the rule. The master streams flow in a general east to southeasterly
direction, cutting the ridges more or less at right angles.

The Livingstone range presents rather a steep face to the east, rising to an
altitude of about 7,000 feet, it is more or less even crested and generally devoid of
sharp peaks; the crest line is, however, often narrow and knife-like.

The rocks of the region are entirely sedimentary, and range in age from Carbon-
iferous at the west to late Cretaceous and Tertiary at the east. By far the larger
part of the area, however, is underlain by rocks post-Dakota in age and among which
no bed appears to be .sufficiently continuous and uniform to sen'e as a safe horizon
marker.

Slriirtiiral (Icolof/!/.

Tlic wliole region lias been atb'i'ted by the I-iir;mii(lc Revolution and tlie subse-
quent distiirl)anccs which, with erosinn, have produced the i>rcsciit Rocky mountains.

Tlio strata have a general strike of about .') degrees west of north, the making of struc-
ture sections which was tlie main part of the work was, thenforo, in an east-west direc-
tion. Ix)cation was obtained by means of telemeter traverses which were tied to fixed

SlUMAh'Y nill'OKT 55

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

points wlu'revor poitsible. A nii)iJ rccminaissaiK-o .showf.l that tlio rooks of the eastern
part of tlie urea are practically horizontal, while those of the western part anj intri-
<ately folded and faulted; attention wa^, therefore, confined larKcly to the folded
part of tlie area. Traverses were run and the structure studied at intervals of alxMit '5
nulcs, or more frequently where a promising? stretch of outcrops offered. None of the
sections, however, shows a complete stratif^raphic succession, step faulting in places
liiivinii' dtstrovt^l tlie natural s»'(puMice. Tlic In-st section ohtaincd wa- tlutt alon;; tin'
north fork of the Oldman river, which has entrenched itself in a wide f^ravel-filiivl
valley. This section from west to east shows for tlie first 10 miles almost a con-
tinuous series of western dips and for the most part at hijrh anfrles. Tn the western
part there is evidence of a marked thrust fault which caused the Kootenay coal
measures to override the Belly Kiv(>r sandstones for ahout a mile. A few of the most
typical structure sections have heen suhmittcd ,to Nfr. I). B. Dowling for approval and
incorporation in his report on the region as a whole.

Economic Xofcs.

Besides the Kootenay coal, whicli is very persistent, coal occurs in at least two
other formations, the Belly River and the Edmonton. In these two latter formations,
however, the seams show extreme variations in thickness within .short distances, this
heinc: prohably due largely to the irregular distribution of the mountain-making
stresses. Practically all tlie coal mined in this area is taken out hy ranchers and is
for local use.

In the area covered by the work, prospect holes for oil were being drilled by three
companies: the Associated Oil Company in sec. 7, tp. 16. range 2; the Sterling Com-
pany in sec. 1.', tp. IT, range 0; the Calgary Alberta Company in sec. 34. tp. 17, range
3. At the time these were visited, early in September, the drills had in no ease pene-
trated more than 200 feet.

A seepage of inflammable gas occurs in sec. 20, tp. l.'>. range 2. while to the north
along the strike in sec. "1, tp. 16. range 2. there is a cold spring through which hydro-
gen sulphide gas bubbles at frequent intervals.

AN EXPLORATION OF THE REGION BETWEEN ATHABASKA AND
GREAT SLAVE LAKES. ALBEIITA AND NORTH WKST
TERKITOUIKS,

(Charles Camsell.)

IXTRODL'CTIO>f.

The field of the writer's oi)erations during the sea.son of 1014 lay in the region
between Athabaska and Crj-eat Slave lakes east of Slave river and in the basin of the
Talston river. This region lies i)artly in the provinces of Alberta and Saskatchewan,
but mainly to the north of these provinces in the Northwest Territories. It erabrai-es
a block of territory over TAtHX) s<piarc miles in extent, stretching from Slave river
eastward to the Dnbawnt and Tbelon rivers and north from Athabaska lake to (treat
Slave lake. The only information that we had of this region is contained in Samuel
Hearne's account of a journey across it from west to east in tho winter of 1772 as he
was returning to Hudson bay from his voyage of discovery to Coppermine river.

Our work was purely of an exploratory nature, its i)uriK)se being to obtain inform-
ation on the geography, geology, and natural history of a region about whi«;h we had
previously very little knowledge.

56 tiKOLOUlCAL SlNVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

The party ponsis^tcd of eijilit men in three canoes. The members included Francis
Harper, naturalist, and A. J. C. Nettell, geologrical and topoprraphical assistant. The
eanoemen were mostly Ojibway Indians from Garden Kiver, Ontario.

We left Athabaska May l!i. in a large scow, and were accfimpanied down Atha-
baska river and as far as Athabaska lake by two other Geological Survey parties
under A. G. Haultain and F. J. Alcock, who were to make ge<:dogieal and topographical
.surveys of the shores of Athabaska lake.

At Fort CliipewTran a delay of ten days was occasioned by ice in Athabaska lake
and on .Tune 12 a short trip was made with Mr. Alcock to examine a small area of so-
called Huronian rocks on the shore of the lake about 40 miles northeast of Chipewyan.

Later in attempting to secure a guide for the trip into the region north of Atha-
baska lake, we were again delayed at Chipewyan for several days, so that it was June
24 before a start was finally made from that point, and even then we were compelled
to start out with no other assistance than a rude sket<-h drawn by an Indian, of the
route it was proposed to follow.

The original plan was to try and reach the headwaters of the Thelon river and to
descend that stream to the Hanbury river returning to Great Slave lake by way of
Artillery lake and Lockhart river. This route, though feasible, was abandoned because
<.f the lateness of the season and the lack of a guide. The only alternative route
through the region was by way of the Tazin and Taltson rivers.

This route into the region leaves the north shore of Athabaska lake at the bottom
of a large bay about halfway down the lake and about 0 miles west of the mouth of
Chariot river. From here a series of five short portages, with a total length of nearly
3 miles, from one lake to another, leads into Tazin lake which is on the north side of
the height of land and drains to Great Slave lake. From Tazin lake the route lies
down Tazin river through Thainka, Hill Island, and a number of other lakes to the
mouth of Tazin river at its junction with the Taltson, crossing the route of Hearne's
traverse at Hill Island lake.

The Taltson river was then followed down to its outlet in Great Slave lake. Short
excursions from the main route were made at different points, the longest being to The-
kidthili lake which lies about 20 miles north of Hill Island lake. The total distance
travelled f»n theVoute was about 300 miles:

Taltson river enters Great Slave lake about 60 miles east of Fort Kesolution and
the shore of the lake was followed to this point passing through the delta of Slavo
river.

Fort Kesolution was reached on August 21 and after sjiending a few days in tlic
examination of certain lead-zinc deposits near by and collecting fossils from the
Devonian rocks exposed on the shore of the lake, the return journey by way i-f the
Slave and Athabaska rivers was begun on September 1. At Chipewyan the other Geo
logical Survey parties rejoined and the united party returned to Athabaska reaching
that point on October 10 and Ottawa on October 18.

From Athabaska lake to Fort Ilesolutiwa a survey of the route was made by com-
pass and Massey, fioating, b(.at-log, the distance being checked by latitude observation
whenever )»ossil.le. This method was found to work very satisfactorily because of the
peculiar character of the stream and the fact that the rente lay almost north and
south.

Tlie progre-ss uf the work was greatly facilitated by the hearty co-operation of all
the members of the party. Residents of the district, namely, officers of the Hudson's
Kay Company, other fur traders, members of the Royal Northwest Mounted Police,
atid others, aided us greatly by advice and other assistanc<\ Wc are. however, especi-
ally indebted to tiie Forestry Branch of the Interior Department for the use of the
Fire Patrol steamers on the Slave an<l Athabaska rivers, by the use of which we were
saved a great deal of time and hard work in aM-Miding the rivers on the return
journey.

SLMUMiV l:i fiiRl 57

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

i;KXKK.M, tllAHACTKR "F TlIK IHSTRU T.

Tlie biisiii of tlu- Tiilt.xuu river and its tril)Utaric? Vu-h riitinly within tlio pn.if
I-auiviitiau Plateau region or. as it lias often l)een called, the Caniulian Shiehl, and
its physical features of land and water are ehara<'teristie of the j^reat retrion that
et-niprises the northeastern jiart of the continent. Jt is u country, when viewed <>n
a large scale, of rounded outline and moderate relief, but in detail it is rufrj?ed, broken
and rocky and somewhat difficult to travel over. It is a country also of numerous
rock-bound lak»'s and of clear-water streams Howiug in ill-detined and irre'rnhir
valleys.

The highest elevations in the region travelled arc along the immediate shores of
Athabaska lake where the hills rise sumi'what abruptly to a maximum height of about
b(KJ feet above the lake i>r about l..j(tO feet above the sea. From these hills, the ^ur-
face slopes gradually and regularly northwest to Great Slave lake, the elevation of
which is given as 5:*0 feet above the sea. In consequence of this general chara<';ir
of the region the height of land lies about 3 miles north of Athabaska lake and the
average slope from there to the mouth of Taltson r'ver at Great Slave lake is al»>ut
6 feet to the mile and that without any decided break at any point.

The Taltson river fidlows the slope of the land surfaee, but like most rivers in
the Laureiitian Plateau region it has no well-detined valley nor has it an evenly
graded jirotile. It is charaiterized rather by a succession of level stretches and short
sharp falls. Here and there for ct)n>iderable stretches its valley is well-defined and
regular, but more generally it flows from one expansion to another through narrow
gorge-like openings at which there are as a rule direct falls or strong rapids. For the
greater part of its course, it flows through a rocky country on which there is little or
no soil, consi>(|uently there are few gravel beaches and the river itself is clear and
carries no sediment. Within 30 miles of Great Slave lake, however, it enters an
alluvial plain which has been built up in the past by Slave river, and is a part of the
ancient delta of that stream. Here, the river cuts a shallow valley in the old delta
dejiosits exposing sections of sands and silts.

The Taltson river drains practically the whole region between Athabaska and
(Jreat Slave lakes east of Slave river as far as the 10^th meridian. Its main tribu-
tar>- is the Tazin river. The Tazin drains the country immediately north of Atha-
baska lake, and the Taltson the countrj- between the east end of Great Slave lake and
latitude ♦>! degrees, its headwaters interlocking with those of the Thelon river which
flows to Hudson bay.

The Tazin and the Taltson rivers at their junction are of almost equal volume,
each having a discharge, when measured on August 1, of about 6,OuO cubic feet per
s< cond. The discJiarge of the Taltson river itself, measured at a point about 2(1 miles
from its mouth, was calculated to be about 13,000 cubic feet ptr second.

The Taltson river cannt<t be considered a navigable stream and steamers could
only ascend it to the first falls, a distance of about 20 miles. Falls and strong rapids
occur at frequent inter\-als throughout its whole length, and in our. descent of the
■tr^-am from Tazin lake to Great Slave lake it was necessary to make about forty
portages, the longest a mile in length, and to run dozens of rapids.

The country abounds in lakes, all of them remarkable for the clearness of their
watt r and the beauty of their surroundings. The largest of those are: Tazin lake. 2.'»
miles long and 7 miles wide; Hill Island lake, about 21 miles long and 2 miles wide;
'IVu lake. l.T mile* long; and Tlieknlthili lake, a lake which we did not thoroughly
explore, but which is prohably '2'y miles long. They are nearly all rock basins, witli
irregular shore-lines and few beaches.

Over the greater part of the reg-ion the bedrock has no covering of soil or loose
material. Here and there sand plains or patches of boulder clay occur and towards the
mouth of the river the bedrock has been covered by sediments from Slave river. On
account of the lack of soil tlK^re are no possibilities for agriculture even if the

58 GEOLOGICAL SUIfVLY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

climate were more temperate. The forest trees are small and stunted and no com-
mercial timber can be said to occur anywhere in the whole region. The principal
trees are spruce, Banksian pine, poplar, birch, and tamarack.

The lakes and streams abound in whitefish, pike, suckers, and lake trout. Other
game, however, is scarce except in the winter season when cariboo come into the
region in great numbers from the Barren Lands. Besides these, there are a few
moose and black bears. All the fur bearing animals common to the Mackenzie River
region are found here.

1'he country is inhabited by Indians known as Caribou Eaters, a branch of the
C'hipewyan stock who trade at Fort Smith. A few Indians, however, from Chipewyan,
Kosolution, and Fond d'u Lac hunt over parts of it.

The commercial possibilities of the region are small, and it is not likely to sup-
port any population except possibly such as might be engaged in mining pursuits.
Agriculture is out of the question and unless economic minerals are found in it, it
will always remain virtually unsettled. So much of this block of t^jrritoiy remains
to be explored that it is impossible to say yet what it may contain in the way of
minerals. Quartz veins were not.ed in a belt of slatos, limestones, and schists at Hill
Island lake, and this is the only portion of the region traversed that it woiild seem
to be worth while to pros;peot. These veins may poss-ibly j)rove in places to be gold
bearing.

(JENKRAL GEOLOGY.

The geology of the region along the route of the traverse between Athabaska and
Great Slave lakes is summarized in the following table which is arranged in chrono-
logical sequence beginning with the most recent.

Recent River deposits, lake beaches.

Pleistocene '.. ..Glacial deposits (sand plains, moraines, and

boulder clay).

Unconformity.
Aahabaska sandstone (?) (conglomerate).

Pre-Cambrian Unconformity.

Post-Tazin granites and gneisses.

Intrusive contact.
Tazin series (mica, chlorite and quartzose-
schists, slates, limestone).

The name Tazin series is a new name introduced for convenience in describing a
series of rocks that cannot yet be correlated with any of the established Pre-Cambriau
formations.

Recent and Pleistocene.

Recent deposits, such as lake beaches and stream deposiits, are very spariugly
developed throughout the region except in the neighbourhood of Great Slave lake
where the Taltson river cuts through the eastern edge of the delta of Slave river.
Higher up the river there is little loo,se material over the surface of the country from
Avhich to l)uild these deposits.

(ilaiial deposits too are not widesi)read and indeed a very large proportion of the
region has no surface covering of loose material but has its bedrock exposed. The
gOacial deposits occur only in isolated areas, never of ver,y great extent or thickness,
coiisistiug of patches of Ixmldcr clay, saud plains, and terminal moriiines.

Athabmka Sandstone {?).

A small an^a ol rocks belonging presumably to this forniation occurs at the north-
east end of Tazin lake, in the form of a shallow syncline ivsting on the older gneiss.
It consists of red conglomerates and sandstones dipi)ing at a very low angle and strik-
ing almost cast and west.

SIMU (AM' ini'itUr 59

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

AiiMthor iin-a of this fornuitioii pmUulil.v also oofurs at the oastcrn n\A of Th«'-
Ixiilthili lake, for the \vi«>t(>ni slimes .>f tin- lako are strowii with niaii.v l>liK-ks nf :i
like sandstone carried there hy L,^Iiii ial aeliuii.

J'usl-'J'azin ilraiiilfs (iiul (liK'issfs.

Koeks of this scries cover hy far tlie greater part of the mnte hetween Athahaska
niid (Ireat Shive hikes. Tht'y extend from Ta/.in hike to Hill Island lake with only a
tew hi"caks, hut from Hill Island lake nortliward to (Jreat Slave lake they form an
unhrokt-n helt which is traversed hy tlie river for ahout."lSO miles.

They consist of hornhleni'o jfraniti^^, hiotite f>ranites. iuid granit(jid gneisses mad«»
up of similar constituents. Hocks of ditTiM-ent afics are grouped under this head, for
some of the massive varieties are clearly later than the gneisses and intrusive into
them. The strike of the gneisses is not constant hut the most <'onunon direction is
ahout north and soutli. and it varies through an arc of 20 degrees on either .side of this.

These rocks are clearly older than the Athahaska sandstone and wherever tliey are
in contact with the Tazin scries they are intrusive into them. It is po.ssihle, however,
that some of the oh.ler gneissic varieties may he older than the Tazin scries, though no
evidence of such a velationshii) was ol)tMined.

The Tazin Scries.

This is a series of schists and true sed . lents occurring in five or si.x distinct hands
.separated from each other hy the hatholithic hodics of granite or gneiss.

One hand of these rocks extends from the shore of Athahaska lake along the route
of our traverse over to Tsalwor lake. What is prohahly the extension of the same
hand is again encountered on Tazin river at Thainka lake where it is only ahout 2
miles wide. The hand strikes ahout N. 55° AV. and the heds of which it is made up, dip
at very high angles. Another hand occupies the west hank of Tazin river for ahout
y miles in what is known as the Long Reach. These two hands arc composed of chlor-
ite, mica, and ipiartzose schists and they are clearly intruded hy granite gneiss.

An important band consisting of interhedded limestones, slatt^s, and mica schists
occupies almost the whole of the basin of Hill Island lake. Tlic individual heds are
usually less than one foot wide and stand verticall.v. They strike north and south
parallel to the trend of the hike. This band also is intruded hy granite gneiss and near
the contact its rocks are traversed by a great many quartz veins, which may prove to
be economically important.

A fourth hand occupies the imrtli shore of Tlii>kulthili lake at its west end. Tliis
i> a greenish conglomerate with apparently a volcanic matrix, striking N. .">.')'' W. and
dipping 4(1 degrees to the north. This also is traversed by <iuartz veins.

A fifth band only about 1 mile wide occurs about 6 miles Inflow the niKiith of
Tazin river. This consists of garnetiferous mica .schists very much disturbed and
mi?tamorplio.s<'d b.v the granitt^ gneiss which has intnuled them.

What are probably remnants of the Tazin series in the granite batholith are fouml
on the east shore of Tsu lake and in one or two other j)laces. These arc narrow bands
and lenses of garnrtiferoiKs gnei>s, mica schist, iron ore, and ;)yroxeiiite, all very much
disturbed and showing no regular alignment. They are u^nally only a few feet acro.ss
and are completely surroun<led by granite gneiss.

KCONOMIC (JKOI.OOV.

The probability of disi-overing minerals of commercial importance along the route
f>f this traverse is not grewt and the onl.r formation in whi<'li these may occur is the
Tazin series. This series alon.i» its contact with the granite gi:eiss in jdaces contjiins a
great many quartz veins especially on the west shore of Hill I-.iaud hike. Those mav

60 t,l. UJXiK AL SI in'EY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

jjussibly prove on careful prospecting to carry gold ores in sufficient quantity to repay
working, V)ut the locality is at present so remote that the veins would have to be excep-
tionally rich.

The Taziii series also contain- small quantities of iron ore, but in no place was. it
found in sufficient qmmtity to be considered important.

GLACIATIOX.

One of the most marked features of the region is the evidence of the intensity of
the glaciation and the freshness and unweathered character of the rock surface as a
result of glaciation. The rocks are everywhere rounded, grooved, and striated and even
in the beds of streams, where erosion and obliteration of glacial markings would be
exix'<.-ted to be very rapid, stria? still remain. In general, the region is characterized
by glacial erosion and removal of material rather than by glacial deposition. Such
deposits as boulder clay, moraines, drumlins, and saaul plains are not as widespread
as in the region farther south and west, consequently the streams have little sediment
to carry.

The general direction of movement of the ice has been about S. G2° W. with varia-
tions to one side or the other of this direction due to local irregularities of the surface.
There is also some evidence of a later and more feeble glaciation, the strite of which
show a more northerly trend.

GEOLOGY OF THE NOETH SHOEE OF LAKE ATHABASKA, ALBERTA

A^'D SASKATCHEWAN.

{F. J. Alcorl:)

The summer of 1914 was spent in mapping the geology of a baud of country of
varying width lying along the north shore of Lake Athabac>ka. The object of the
work was to study the geological problems of the covmtry, and more particularly to
examine the mineral resources of the region and to report on the mineral claims wliicli
have been staked there.

The journey to the field was made with Cliarles Camsell and A. G. Haultain, of
the Geological Survey, Fort Chipewyan at the west end of the lake being reached on
June 3. Work was begun at the east end of the area Avhere the Carp river empties
into the Stone or Black river. The work was of a reconnaissance nature, and mapping
was done by ascending streams by canoe and by land traverses varying in number and
length according to the importance of the counti-y and its accessibility. The mineral
claims were examined, and at several places traverses were made on the south shore to
study the Athabaska sandstone and to determine if possible whether the sandstones
found on the north shore could be correlated with it. Actual tichl work on the area
was completed on Sei)t<'mber 10. The journey from the field was made with Mr.
CaniSclTs party and Edmojiton was reached on October 12.

Tlic writ* r wislies to make esix-cial acknowleilgniciit to Mr. Percy Abbott. i>f
p]dmonton, who was most courteous in showing specimens of ore from his mining
clainis on the north shore of the lake and who also very kindly furnished a copy of the
assays which he had had made. Assistance in the field was rendered most efficiently
by W. S. McCann.

'I'he following sunniiary of the I'orniations is only tentative. The rocks are all

]^re-Canibrian :—

Athaliaska H.Tmlstone.

I'nconfonnity.
Tazin StTifs.
Granites aii>l gm-i.sses, soim- of wliii'h are pest -Tazin.

■S7 M.MAin L'l.roirr ei

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

Tlic Athabubka sandstone is a Hat-lying, vfllow and reddish rock, heavily cruss-
I'lddiil. exptffd on l\w ^uutli short- <>t' Lake Atliabnska. aiid -liowiiiu in placf-. a verti-
cal scetiou of over 4(K» fret. On the north shore it is rodder in eoji.ur, and in places
hcconies a coarse conglomerate lying unconforniahly on tlie formations beneath. No
fossils were found in it, but its lithological characters an<l the fact that it is cut
' y diabase dykes indicate that it is prubably Keweenawan.

The Tazin series is exposed in three main areas, and smaller i)atehe,s of it an;
!>imid at various places on the north shore. The largest area is that along lieaver-
Icdge bay, where it is developed for H! miles along the shore and extends back ;it
least 10 miles to the north. It consi■^ts of limestone. i|nart/.it<'. slatv. and sand>ioiie.
The limestone is bluish in colour, weathering to rusty brown and occurs only in local
l»atches cut by gneiss. The (juartzite is much the most abundant type in the .series,
it is white and in jilaces reddish, is very badly brecciated and in several h>calities con-
tains considerable lu-matite. The second area is found on Slate island and the ni it.';h-
bouring maiidand. Here the series consists of schists of a dark grey and brown
colour, and of a conglomerate with roun<led boulders up to -2 feet in diameter, in a
matrix of green chloritic mati-rial. The ipiartzite is well dcvcloiX'd on the mainland
near Slate island. The third main area of the Tazin series occurs as a narrow b:ui<l
in the neighbourhood of Sand point, and runs parallel to the shore. It consist-; of
white brecciated quartzite and to the east of Sand point there is a locality where the
beds of (juartzite are separated by thin beds of schist. Cliffs of quartzite and clastic
schist border the shore for 2 miles between Sand and Big points.

A series of rocks of somewhat different character to the jjrcvailing types occurring
in the Tazin series is found in the region of the Cyi^rcss river. The dominant rock
is a dense, red, highly altered arkose or a volcanic tuff. This set of rocks may repre-
sent au older series or it is possible that it may be correlated with the Tazin series.

Much the greater part of the region is underlain by hornblende, biotite and mus-
covite granites and gneisses which show all degrees of foliation. Some are clearly
younger than the sediments of the Tazin series, but others may belong to an older
complex, (iabbro, norite, am|>hibolit^ and diaba>>e intrusives are f<iund cutting the
gnieisses and sedimeut;irie.s, the most common type of intrusion being along the
foliation and bedding planes. In places the intrusives themselves are foliated.

Economic minerals found we>re graphite, hematite, and p.vrrhotite. The gra-
jdiite occurs disseminated in certain of the gneisses but not in sufficient quantities
to be Commercially important. It was found at various places from Reaver river east
to the Narrows.

The hematite is ftiund in the Tazin series in the area around Beavcrh'dge bay
and some years ago a number of mining claims were staked on it. The hematite con-
sists of bedded deposits associated with the (juartzite, but there has been a great
iimcnint of secondary deposition \\'ith the formation of veins of hematite in fractures
and joints in the rjuartzite. An analysis of the hematite showed 86-7 per cent iron,
but the amounts seen were entirely ton Pmall to be of economic importance.

A number of claims have been staked for nickel on iron-stained outcrops whj.h
have the nature of fahlbands in the gneiss. In a number of these, pyrite and pyrr-
liotite were found but in very limited amounts. In places in the norite at the east
end of the lake' pyrite and pyrrhotitc are found disseminated, and along certain frac-
ture zones there has been con<-entration enough to pro(hwe a prominent iron-cap, but
in no case was sutHcient ore seen to warrant developnient work. Of a number of
a.«»says of pyrrhotitc ore, only one showixl nickel in workable amount. Many of the
claims staked were never re<*orded and of iho>e that were, oidy six are now held, and
on these no development work has been done. Further prospecting, however, m:iy ' ■!
to the di.scovery of something more promising than has yet been found.

62 GKOLOCICIL Hl'RVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

THE CRETACEOUS SECTIONS OX THE CROWSNEST RIVER, WEST OF
THE BLAIRMORE SHEET, ALBERTA.

{F. H. McLeam.)

At two localities in southwestern Alberta, from which fossils have been recently
collected by the writer, the passage from Benton-iSriobrara into Belly River docs not
appear to be the normal one. The marine Claggett apparently is absent. Since this
may be a condition typical of the whole southwestern Alberta region, a preliminary
description of the sections studied is presented below. Until the fossils are determined
a fuller treatment cannot be given.

Leach recognized the abnormality o'f the succession in the Crowsnest pass by
applying a new formation name, the Allison, to the .sandstones which follow the
Jienton-Xiobrara formation, but found no fossils in them. McKenzie, however, reports
a few fossils from the Allison, but does not name them. The writer succeeded in find-
ing four faunules in this formation, two of brackish water and two of fresh water
type, which together with that of the Benton-Niobrara, define the succession in this
locality from the Benton well into Belly River time.

The Dakota formation and the overlying Crowsnest volcanics, the basal members
of the Cretaceous, outcrop on the western border of the Blairmore quadrangle, and west
of the sheet the Benton-Niobrara and Allison formations follow, dipping to -the west.
The section is not disturbed by folding or faulting. The measurements and collections
described here are confined to the two higher formations of the section. In the section
studied, the lower 600 feet and the ui)permost 180 feet arc concealed, and the interven-
ing (about) 1,920 feet of shale, clay shale, and arenaceous shale has been studied and
collected from.

The rocks consist for the most part of shales which are dark and somewhat carbon-
aceous, with numerous .small ironstone concretions. Arenaceous shales are present at
some horizons, especially in the lower part. Only a few thin beds of true sandstone
occur. The arenaceous beds weather slightly reddish. The shales grade into clay
shales and clay. In general it may be said that the lower part is more arenaceous and
the upper part of the section more argillaceous. The whole section is somewhat car'
bonaceous, with plant stems, wood debris, etc. Some of the wood is silicified and at two
horizons is attacked by boring pelecypods.

The fauna is a small one and largely fragmental. ^lost of the specimens are
found in concretions. Eossils are more abundant in the upper part, but the majority of
the species range through the whole section. They are all marine. On the basis of
Baculites asper this fauna is referred to the Benton-Niobrara.

The Allison section here described, ranges throu|?h 2, ISO feet of strata and extends
up to a prominent conglomerate horizon, beyond which outcrops are few and the rocks
arc apparently disturbed by faulting.

The section up to the conglomerate may be sunnnarized as follows: beginning at
the base, there are 300 feet <>f massive sandstone and grey areiuiceous shale, with a
l>rackisli water Osfn'a faunule at 170 feet, then 50 feet of grey clay and shale, with four
coal bed- and a brafkisli water Corhiila faunule at 8 feet above the base of this division,
followed by 1,830 feet of sandstone and olive green clay and clay shale, which becomes
light green at the top. The upper sandstones contain two freshwater faunules, a
"sand bottom" and a 'day bottom" a.ssemblage, rei>catcd many times in the section.
The former consists of Uvio and gastropods, inhabitants of the stream channels, and
the latter chiefly of gastropods, inhabitants of the ponds, lagoons, back swami>s, etc.
Although the fossils have not brrn determined, the zone of grey clay and coal with
the Coihvin bed and the upi)er sandstones and clays with the fresh water faunules all
appear to be typical of the Helly River. The age of the lower 300 feet of massive .sand-
stone may be e<iuivalcnt in time to the Eagle, whicJi does not seem to be present here
in it-s normal development.

SI MM I AT l,'i:ft)i:T 63

S'ESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

Section on \orlli Fork of OlJman A'ncr.

t'ollrctiiMis \V(MV ul>o made aloii^ the North fork uf ()|<lnmii river from tho
honler of the PoreiipiiiP hills westward aer<»s,s the vaUe.v to witiiin altout .'} iniles of the
l-iviii;rst"iie raii^re. Only tiie strictly Cretaceous part of the section i.s treated in this
preliminary statement, since it illustrates the passage from Benton to Belly Itivcr.
The Dakota formation and Crowsnest voleauica are absent from this part of tho
section.

The section begins with the Benton--N'ii)l»rara, to which 1,150 feet of dark shale wiih
loMcretions may be assigned. The base is not known. Fossils like those of the Benton-
Xiobrara of the t'rowsnest pass are abundant in the lower (iOO feet and include Rant-
lites asper and htonramus.

The Benton fauna continues through the succeeding .").">0 feet of arenaceous sliale,
the fossils, which are rare, including an occasional Ostrca. At 1.2()0 feet a different
fauna appears in a sandstone zone, but it is iworly developed. The succeeding .'500 feet
of dark shale with a few sandstone beds are barren of fossils.

These are followed directly by sandstones and olive gre<>n shales and clays, litho-
logically like tlu' uiJjier part of the Allison formation in the Crowsnest pass and con-
taining a similar fresh water fauna. No Corhula beds have been foun<l here. The mas-
sive sandstone of the lower oOO feet of the Allison is also la<-king here. As in the
Crowsnest pass, tho marine Claggett is apparently also wanting, and the fresh water
sandstones and clays are probably of Belly lliver age. The upper part of the latter
series is not exposed here. Farther east, however, near the Bull camp of the VV'aldron
ranch, light green, clay-.shales and sandstones directly underlie marine dark shales
holding Ba( uliti's oralis, etc.. which are probably of Bearpaw age. The day-shales and
sandstones are probably upper Belly Biver, and it may be that the light green char-
acter of the clay shales is a lithogical peculiarity of the uppermost Belly River con-
trasted with tiie usual olive green.

In comparing the two sections, it may be said that they are similar in the absence
of a typical marine development of the Claggett. In both localities it may be that
the Belly River sandstones e.xtend farther down than usual, to include a part or all
of Claggett time. On the North fork, however, the Claggett may be repre?«ented by
the barren upper part of the dark shales, which below carry the Benton^Niobrara
fauna. On, the Crowsnest river all of the exposed lower dark shales carry the Benton
fauna and only about ISO feet are concealed.

The evidence of the tw(j sections studied suggests that the early Montana sea
did not extend into parts of southwestern Alberta. The later invasion of the Mon-
tanian sea. however, is recorded by a comparatively thick series of marine shales
(Bearpaw). It is not improbable that in a large part of the southwestern Alberta
region the late Montanian (Bearpaw) overlap extended farther west into the moun-
tains than did the e^irlier (Claggett).

We tlnis have three developments of the Montana grouj). the Pierre-Fo.x Hills
(Ilayden) of the east, the Eagle-CIaggett-Judith River (Belly Rive.r)-Bearpaw (Stan-
ton and llatclier) of the wotern iMirt of the sea, and the Kaglcl O-.Tuditli River
(Belly River) -Bearpaw of the extreme western border of the interior Cretaceous
basin.

64 CEOLOGICAL SURVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

WOOD MOUNTAIN COAL AEEA, SASKATCHEWAN.
(Bruce Rose.)

INTKOUL'CTIUX.

During the field season of 1014 the examination of the coal measures and asso-
ciated formations of southern Saskatchewan, begun in 1013 in the Willowbunch area,
vas extended westward, and an area comprised of tps. 1 to 7 in ranges 1 to 13
W. 3rd mcr., was investigated. The Wood Mountain sheet (sectional map. No. 18,
scale 3 miles to 1 inch) of the Topographic Survey Br-anch, Department of the
Interior, was used as a base map for the map of coal outcrops which has been prepared
to accompan.v this report.

A period of two and one-half months, from the middle of May to the end of Ji'ly,
was occupied in field work, during which time K. C. Hargrave acted as assistant.

The season's w-ork shows that the coal-bearing formation extends westward across
the area examined, but is not generally distributed as in the Willowbunch area. In
the Wood Mountain area it is confined to a plateau-belt which has the greatest width
at the east side of the sheet, becoming narrower to the westward and from ranges G to
13 occupying a belt which is in few places more than 5 miles wide. This belt of coal-
bearing formation is known to be entirely cut off a short distance to the west but
reappears again in the Cypress hills. The area within which coal can be foiuid is
outlined on the map.

The coal is a lignite of good quality and is similar to the lignites of the Wilhnv-
bunch area and the Souris field to the east. It is abundant in quantity but is, of
course, confined to the narrowing belt in which the coal formation occurs.

The clays associated with the coal, like those of the Willowbimch area, differ
widely in character. While a few of the beds are poor, there is much clay suitable for
ordinary brick, and for stoneware, and some that is very refractory. The portion <>f
the area beyond the limits of the coal-bearing formation, is occupied by dark grey
shales and clay shales which are as a rule, unsuitable for the manufacture of connion
brick.

GKNKKAL (UAKACTER OF niSTRICT.

The topography, climate, and agricultural conditions are like those of the Willow-
bunch area described in the Summary Report of the Survey for 1013.

The Wood Mountain area lies in the (Jreat Plains province, a plain developed on
nearly fiat-lying strata, where, over great areas the slope of the surface coincides with
the dip of the underlying beds, though considered as a whole, it cut^ the strata :it
small angles. The plain was formed in ])re-Cilaeial times and since then the surface
has been considerably modified by glacial scour and deiiosition. It is in general a
region of rolling prairie interrujited by ridges and valleys.

The plain is developed largely on Cretaceous rocks, the 'I't-rtiary ro"ks t'-al once
overlaid it having been crfKled during the base-levelling process. However, in the
Wood Mountain area, a renuiant of Tertiary deposits has escaped denudation and in
these rocks the coal is found. The boundary between the Tertiary and surrounding
Cretaceous rocks is marked by an abrupt rise of from iOO to ;',00 feet, so that the latter
sediments stand as a plateau superposed on the (Jreat Plains. This is the Wood
Mountain i)lateau. the westward extension of the Willowbunch coal area. Fro'U rangc;j
C to 13, it is merely a ridge which is in few places more than 5 miles wide. The

(8-

.'8.

IS
■II.

ir-
es

10-

a-
th

lic
ly
lie

of
y-

ts
;ie

II-

«\
lo
to
ry
of
at
tis
II-
ks

Hcpartmntiiif jEtnos

Hon L Coderhe. Minister. R G.M-Connell.Deput

GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

ECONOMIC GEOLOGY

OUTLINE MAP

WOOD MOUNTAIN COAirAR E A. SASK ATC H E WA N

Settle of Mileti

s; 1/1/ t/.T li-i.min 65

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

iM.uiiiliiry of tlu' i;oail-l)o;iriiiK nn-ks, is ihoii tlio bouiuliiry of tho pliitoau and
the boundary bctwocu tho Cretaceous and Tertiary as well. The furfaee of the pla-
teau is very irregular and is channelled in all directions by d«'ep and wide coidees.
A l<V-al area of bad hnuU is «liveIop«Ml alonj; Kocky cn-ck in tp. I, ranjrts 4 and 5,
\V. ;{rd nur.

The climate is that of the open, treeless prairie, a typi<*al stcjipe climate. It is
characterized by hot summers, cohl winters, hi;rh winds, and a meaprc precipitation.
The region forms a pood jfrazinp country: the vegetation eonsi>ts mostly of pra?.>ies
which prow abundantly during the wet spring season and eurc to a natural hay dur-
ing the late summer. Trees grow only in the protected hollows of the larger «'oul('>os
and along the edges of the plateau. The best aurieultural land is now taken by lionie-
>• readers.

The Weyburn-Lethbridge braiK-h of the Canadian Pai-jtif railway ents aiross
township 8 just to the north of the map-area and offers the only means of conimuu'ca-
tion by rail. However, since the broken plateau country, and the plains to tin -cutli
< f it, are best suited for grazing, close railway eonncxion is not necessary.

GKNKUAL (;i;OLOGV.

Tahle of Formafion.

Quaternary I'leislocene and Recent Superficial deposits.

Tertiary Bocene (?) Fort I'nion formation.

Tertiary (?) Kooene (?) I>anoe foi-mation.

Cretaceous Upper Cretaceous Fox Hills .sandstone.

Pierre shale.

The Cretaceous and Tertiary rocks of the Wood Mountain area are a eoniorm-
ahl«" series of Hat-lying shales, elay-shales, clays, sands, sandstones, and lignites. The
lignites are c>intined to the upper members of the series. The Cretaceous-Tertiary
boundary is tentatively placed at the top of the Fox Hills sandstone following the
u.~age of the I'nited States (Jetdogical Survey in the region south of the boundary.
The old name Laramio, as used by the (ieologieal Survey of Canada is replaced by the
: ames. Lance formation and Fort Inion formation for this area.

Pirrre Slialc. — The Pierre shale occupies the plains to the north and south of
Wood Mountain plateau. The formation consists of dark-grey, friable shales or clay-
shales. The fossils indicate that it is of marine <irigin.

Foj- Hills Sninlstoiir. — The Fox Hills sandstone outcrops at numerous points
..long the edge of the Wood Mountain plateau. Its outcrop cfirresponds with the
limiting line of the coal formations. H is fine-grained, friable, sandstone or uncon-
solidated sand, yellowish in colour, and containing a marine fauna. Its thickness
where observed, is in no case more than 75 feet.

Lanrr Fonifafioii. — The name Lance formation has h«>en adojited for the non-mar-
iiic dinosaur-bearing formation overlying the Fox IIilI> sandstone. It consists, as a rule.
f sond>re-colonred «-lays and sands with a few l>eds of lignite and carbonaceous shale
an<l hands of <'lay-ironstone nodules. The Ix'ds where exposed, have a tendency to
weather t" a had-land topography. This formation lies near the Creta<-cous-Tcrtiary
lioinidary ami there has long been controversy concerning the exaet geological age of
its beds. It holds a tMiical Fort Union fossil Hora and lies conformably inider that
formation so that pala-ohotanists claim for it an Eocene age; but it contains
dino-saurian fossils of pronounced Mcsozoie tyi»es and s> vert( l)rate paheon-
"logists claim that it is Cretaceous in age. In the Wood ^fountain area the rocks
wverlying the Fox Hills san«lstone consist for the first l.'.O feet of feebly coherent grey-
ish and white clays, silts, and sands with oeca-sional beds of carbonaceous .--hales aiid

20—5

GEOLOGICAL SUh'VEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

lignites. Ill the vicinity of Rocky (.Toek. where the clays preponderate the surface has
weathered to a bad land topography. The beds here contain dinosaurian remains. It
seems probable, therefore, that tliesc Ih'iIs represent the Lance formation, and that the
lower 150 feet of the lignite-bearing beds tlu'oughout this area may be referred to that
formation. Xo attempt was made to map these beds separately from the overlying Fort
Union beds. The evidence found in this area bearing on the Cretaceou.s-Tertiary
boundary problem indicates that there was a transition period during which sedimenta-
tion proceeded quietly and more or less continuously from the marine Cretaceous of
the Fox Hills sandstone, through the freshwater Lance formation to the typical fresh-
water Eocene of the Fort Union formation.

Fort Union Formation. — The Fort L'nion formation occupies the Wood Mountain
plateau. It is a continuation or ujiper division of the roeks described under the Lanee
formation. Clays, clay-shales, >:inds. and lignites with a few beds of hard sandstone
make up the mass of the formation. In colour the beds range from yellowish-grey
through drab and grey to almost white. It is in this division that the workable coal
seams occur. Of the seams examined one is 11 feet 6 inches thick. It outcrops in sec.
IG, tp. 4, range 4, W. 3rd mer. Seams varying in thickness from 4 to 7 feet are
worked for local \ise at several places and smaller seams are of common occurrence.
Freshwater fossil plants of Eocene age are found throughout the formation. The
total thickness of this division is ai>proxiraately 700 feet.

Superficial Deposits. — (travels, sands, and boulder clays mantle the surface every-
where except on the steep sides of coulees or stream valleys. They are of morainic
origin or are ontwash deposits from the continental glacier. Recent deposits are few
and are so small as to be almost negligible, consisting mainly of a slight rearrangement
of surface material, the silting vip of stream courses, and the filling in of slougli^ witli
vegetable matter and wind-blown material.

KfoyOMIC GKOLOCY.

Coal.

Samples for analysis were collected wherever fresh exposures could be obtained
across a seam. The analyses are very similar to those published for the Willowbunch
area in the Summary Report for 1913, except that the percentage of moisture in these
samples is larger, owing to less thorough drying before analysing. The coal is a lignite
of good quality.

Analyses of Coals.

Locality west o

'Srd

No.

meridian.

Thickness
of sij.im.

Moisture.

Volatile
tnatter.

Fixed
carbon.

A-ili

Sec.

Tp.

Range.

40 i)

5' (f

12 9

.% 8

9 4

1.3

2' (f

12 8

3,5!)

34 1

17-2

fi' H'

131

Xi 9

3J()

lG-4

ry 0'

13><

.ss:?

37 :?

10 G

2' 0'

12 7

41 3

.S2 G

13 4

4' 6'

12 0

Xi a

29-2

25 2

()' 0*

13 5

30 !»

3;-. 8

13 8

Many of the best v"oal occurrences could not be sampled because of the caved
condition of tlie pits. It is the o•.i.■^tom of tlie farmers to strip the overburden of clay
and sand and dig a year's supply in tlie autumn season; llie pits are then abandoned

.^7 1/1/ i/.T nrrnnT 67

- iISSIONAL PAPER No. 26

or tho iv>t of the yciir jmd tlio ovcMltunli-ii >liiiii|»-^ iiixi covers tlio o.xix'^cfl surface
•S the coal. Tlif lU'i'onipnn.vin;? iiiKp. Iiowi'vor. shows tlio locii^ioii of all known out-
.■-•ops.

Clans.

A pn-liniiiuirv cxjiniinatiou of the <'la.v sauiph^s colloctod shows thrin to ho vory like
till' s;uni)l«'s collectt'd in tho Willowhiinrh aroii in 101:}. Tho dark jrroy clay-.shalcH,
fn«in the I'iorro formation. an> not well adaptorl for hriok-inakinir a- thoy arc stiff and
ticky in tho wi't stat«'. and dry slowly with crackinj;. warpinfr. ninl o\o(\sslvo shrink-
i^jo. Tho yollow days of the Kort I'nion formation iiiako f^ood ordinary hrioks. and
the whito olays aro hi^h ^-rade olays suitahle for tin' manufactiire of pottory, .stonc-
waro. or .soworpipo.

AMISK l.AKK DISTRICT, XOin il lUX SASKATCHEVVAX AND

AlAXnoiiA.

{E. />. Hnirc.)

Late in the summer of lOl-'J gold was discovered at Amisk (Beaver) lake in north-
ern Saskatchewan, just west of the provincial houndary, and a numher of claims were
staked during the following winter. A ge<ilogioal reconnaissance was undertaken
with th( ohji'ct of dotormining the relation- of the doiiosits. their iJrohahle importance,
and tho extent of the formations in which they occur.

The prospects heing developed at Amisk lake and in "the country around the lake
were tirst examined in some detail, f.ater a reconnaissance east to the Hudson Bay
railway was made, the chief waterways heiny traversed. East of the Cranherry lake.s.
the lateness of the .season prevented anything hut the mapping of the main canoe
route, tho (Jrass river, and hut little work was done inland in that section.

Thanks are due those in charge of the Prince Albert claims who gave evei-y
facility for the examination of the deposit and especially to Mr. iloshev and Mr.
Creighton. from whom nmch information about the district was obtained. Tho
writer also wishes to acknowledge gratefully the assistance rendered by ^Ir. Hackett.
Mr. Woosey. and many others during the season. J. B. Stitt, TF. A. ^reXally, and L.
1']. (lordon acted efRciently as held assistants.

The rocks of this area consist of a fom])lox of Pro-f'ambrian rocks made up of
green.stones and schists of both igneous and sediini-ntary origin, along with small
massesof conglomeratic rocks. These are elo.^ely folded. They are iutrndod by graniti<*
rocks, some of which are distinctly foliated gnei.>Jsos, while others are very fresh
ma.ssive granites. Overlying these dominantly igneons rocks and separated from them
by a groat uncon^'ormity are nuignosian liniostonos of late Ordovioian age. Farther
to the south, the.se are in turn covered by Silurian limestones. In the western part of
the district glacial deposits are almost absent, but peat tills tho narrow valleys between
rock ridgos. In tho eastern section a thick mantle of fine lacustrine clays covers the
consolidated formations.

The most important members of tho Pro-Cambrian complex are the greenstones
and .schists since in them occur the gold-bearing veins. They are well developed
about the north end of Amisk lake and extend eastward with .some interruptions a.^
far as Lake Wekusko. with a width north and south up to 2.' nn"Ies. The massive
greenstones often show marked pillow structure. The schists are green, chloritic
; ;id grey, sorioitic rocks. Some of them are plainly derived from greenstones, but

26-5.i

68 GEOLOGICAL at' RTEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

many may have other origins. The usual strike is northerly with steep dips to the
u(-st\vard ; hut the bands are in many places contorted and have varying strikes and
dijts. Associatod with the greenstones and schists are minor amounts of felsitic,
i.inygdaloidal, and autodastic rocks.

Crossing the (irass river Ix-low Lake Wekusko a/e narrow belts of a greyish
weathering, dark, granular rock with marked foliation. Its chief constituents are
feldspar and biotite, but some bands carrj- conspicuous amounts of garnet and stauro-
lite, the crystals of the latter being often an inch or more in length. In strike and
dip it parallels schists like those just described, but apparently represents a sedi-
mentary series.

A clearly sedimentary rock occurs as small infolded lenses in the massive green-
stones and dervied schists. This is largely conglomeratic with disk-shajx-d pebbles of
gre(?nstone, some felsitie rocks, (juartz, and often jasper a^ the most conspicuous frag-
ments. It is strongly schistose, paralleling the strike and dip of the enclosing older
schists. Included as small lenses in the conglomerate and apparently part of the same
series, is a deep green, schistose rock, showing- no pebbles. The only area of this con-
glomerate of any size lies northeast of Amisk lake with two narrow bands extending
from it to the lake shore.

These strongly folded and highly altered rocks are invaded by granitic rocks
which are both gnei.ssoid and massive in character. North of Amisk and Athapapus-
kow lakes, the greenstones and schists are cut off by a distinctly gneissoid granite,
light grej- to light red in colour and very fresh in appearance. In many places it con-
tains numerous small, deep red garnets. East of Wekiisko lake and developed typi-
cally on the shores of Setting and Kiski lakes and along the Hudson Bay railway, is
a strikingly-banded, black and white gneiss which on the surface weathers to black
and red bands. Many of the white bands seem pegmatitic in character and there is
some doubt as to whether it is an original rock unit or represents a hybrid rock due to
the injection effect of a massive light red granite, of which masses occur, intruding
an older schist. This massive light red granite is found as masses and tongues of
various sizes in all parts of the belt from Amisk lake eastward. It is light pink and
massive and is probably the parent mass to which the pegmatites common in the
eastern part belong.

At two i)laces in tliis area gold in visible (luantitic'^ ha.- been diseovercd. The
first gold was found on the Prince Albert claim in August, 1913. the other discovery
was made near Wekusko lake in the summer of 1914. On the former claim a shaft
is nx)W (October, 1914) down 70 feet and a compressor plant stamp and concentrating
mill will be installed as soon as the lakes freeze. On the latter considerable stripiung
has been done but no sinking (October, 1914).

The vein being worked at the Prince Albert lies in a schistose zone 200 feet wide,
in mas.sivc! greenstone. It strikes north and south and dijis (U) degrees west, paral-
leling the structure of the country rock. It is somewhat lenticular, varying from '1 to
9 feet in width. A smaller vein 20 inches in width, lies a few feet to the east and hav-
ing a flatter dip joins the main vein in depth. Native gold occurs, usually, along
irregidar, greenish lines or on slip jilanes coated with a .vellowish micaceous mineral,
but also sometimes in apparently solid quartz. Altered wall rock is also said to carry
values; but, owing to the parallelism of the enclosing schist alteration has not pro-
ceeded far from the main fissure. Other metallic mineral.; are prost-nt only in sinall
amounts. The most abundant of theee is ar.'^enopyrite, usually as tiny crystals in the
wall rock, less commonly as a massive granular variety in tlie gangue. Pyrite and a
little chalc')I>.vrite, nuilybdenite, galena, and stibnite are present. Surface alteration
has produced traces of eopjier carbonate and some inui stain. Tlie (piartz varies in
colour from milky through bluish and pinkish to a mottled brown. The ^lonarch
vein, on a small island east of the Prince AllxM't has nvX been divclnpcd l)ut .*eems to

.v< \iM\i:y ui.i'uur 69

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

have a considerublc width. It strikes N. 80° W. A small vein on the oast siJc nf the
lii,' point in Wekiisko lake, occurs near the contact of green schists and a dark (rrcy
pnrpiivritic rock with feldspar phonocrysts of large size, intrusive into the schi.sts.
All other jrold-hcarin^ veins seen, tx-cur in greenstone or schist. They arc usually,
iufwever. near intrusions of the massive granitic rocks and for this reason and from
the apparent nature of the granite it is believed that the ore may be genetically
related to it

PEMBINA MOUNTAIN, MANITOBA.

(A. MacLran.)

The work for the field season of 1914 consisted for the most part in an examina-
tion of the Pembina Mountain region in the neighbourhood of the International
Boundary. In aildition one wi*-k was spent at the beginning of the season in the (lilhcrt
Plains district examining Cretaceous exposures in the gap between the Riding and
Duck mountains. During the period spent in the Pembina ifountain area able assist-
ance was rendered by C. J. Moir. student of the University of Manitoba.

In the (iilbert IMain*; region the expcsures are in the valle.vs of the WiUtin ami
Valley rivers some distance to the east of the town. In the immediate vicinity of the
town the ('retaeeou<^ is concealed under a heavy deposit of drift including mantle
rock-glacial till and i>ost-glacial alluvials. The lowest rock well exposed is a 3-foot
layer of limestone which is probably the same bed as that placed by T.vrrell at the
top of the Niobrara in the Vermilion welP. This band is also reached b,v drillers at
Gilbert Plains at about 140 feet below the ground surface at the town. Above this
limestone in the Valley Rivc\r exposures is a dark carbonaceous shale designated by
Tyrrell as the .Millwood t^M'ies of the Pierre.

In the Pembina Mountain region a limestone very similar in thickness and char-
acter of fossils to that above mentioned is found at a depth of 28 or 55 feet below the
general level of the town of Morden. Its position also agrees very well with the con-
jecture that it is an extension of the Niobrara bed.

The following table is intended to include the rocks in the ea!«tern part of Pem-
bina mountain as they are found in section in the highest front of the mountain or
as they are exposed in succession from Morden westwards.

1 Report on N.W. Manitoba (Part E Annual Report, G.S.C.. Vol. V, p. 86).

GEOLOaiCAL .^f7?r/v7

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

No.

Dpscription of rock.

Approxi-
mate
thickness
in feet.

Locality.

LacH.strin«» and beach depo.«it3 of Lake

Ea'it of a contour line drawn approxi-

mately from sec. 23, tp. 1, range h to
middle of sec. 10, tp. 3, range 6.

Glicial till .

Over the whole field except where covered

by the above.

Hard, steel-grey shale, breaking into flukes
and splinters and weathering to dark rusty
grey and iron-stained on joint planes and
bedding jilanes . .

20<J-f

West of Morden first exp.osure at N.W.
corner tp. 19, sec. 2, range G.

On Pembina e.scarpnient in highest parts
and along the valley from the Inter-
national Boundary to the west of the
field.

bisting largely of colloidal material, very
similar to bentonite. About

.50

In Dead Horse valley forming subdued
bad lands topography in sec. 20, tp. 2,
lange 0, east side of Pembina escarj)-
ment in tp. 1, range .5.

In Pembina valley from International
Bonndarj- to E. \ sec. 2."?, tp. 2, range 9.

Chocolate-brown shale, passing up into
den.se black carVionaceous shale, with
earthy fracture. In the upper 30 feet this
alternates with beds of white, earthy clay.

^ 'In Dead Horse valley on riglit bank in
: W. i .■.r.o. 21. tp. 2, rangefi.
In Pembina n.ountain and valley exfiosures
as in No. 8.

"Chalk,"' bluish grey and fairly consistent
in texture. Weathers to yellow or buflf
surface and breaks in columnar fragments.

2.")

Dead Horse valley W. A sec. 27, tp. 2,
range G. East face Pembina mountafti
in tji. 1, range 5. Pembina valley from
Intcrnation.al Boundary to sec. 23, tp. 1.
range 8.

Calcareous clay, fairly well Ijcdded, bluish
grey ; weathers to a grey granular surface.
About

Valley of Dead Horse creek at N.E. \
SHC. 34, ti). ■_', range fi.

Pembina valley from International Bound-
ary to W. s-ide tp. 1, range 7.

/
Calcareous shale or marl forming projecting
beds on exposure .slope.s. About

In Pembina valley as above (for .5).

Grey carlionaceous and calcareous shale,
similar to No. 5. About

Exjxjsures as for 4 and h alxive.

Black carlKinaceous shalf, streaked with
yellow clay and containing cry.stals of
.selcnite. ('alcareous concretions and sei>-
taria are scattered in bands and irregularly
through it. About

200

Along the lower part of the Dead Horse

creek near Morden.
In the Piinbina valley on the right Ijank

of the river near the International

Boundary. (S.W. corner of S.E. \ of

sec. 4, tp. 1, range G).

Hard, compact, blue limestone, very fos.sili-
ferous

In wells, at Morden at a depth gener-
ally of .j"» feet in oni^ well 28 feet lielow
the surface.

.s^ 1/1/ 1 AT nrrnirr 7i

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

All the rocks horc lueiitioiitHl are appiuvntly liat, but have a slight dip of from I
to 10 feet to the mile in a soutluvostorly or w«»t-soutliwc3tcirly dirpttion. This dip is
fairly uniform over largo areas but it is not to be assumed that the surfaces of the beds
form absolute planes, with no tlexurinf^. There are uncioubtedly niinur Hexjires, prob-
ably in the form of moiioelinal folds whieh in places brinj? the i»cds to a liifj:bcr level
tlian that of a plane of the cliaracter nientioneii above. ()ni« such fold is indicat***! in
tlic liniestoue at Monh'u and another by the position of the " Black and White" beds
in the Pembina valley stiutli of Manitou. At the last named place pro>iM'etinn for ira.s
has met with some success.

The ei'onomic interests of the region from a }jreolo;;;i(al point of view centre about
the possibilities of the occurrence of oil and gas and in the use of the shale for the
manufacture of brick and cement.

Pra<'tii'ally all the membtrs of tlic forniation with tln^ cX'cptiou of Xos. (J, s. II, 10,
and 11 an' more or less imprejrnatcd with oil. They give off a strong petroleum odour
on being warmed and may yield oil on distillation. This impregnation continues even
below the beds above menti(»ned and is met with down as low as the top of the Dakota
sandstone. In digging wells fm- water small pockets of gas are often struck, while south
of Manitou it is reported that a strong How of gas of good quality was struck. From
the wide distribution of the oil throughout the shales it seems probable that the oil and
gas found in these members originated in the beds themselves rather than in the beds
below them. This feature combined with the attitude of the beds and the absence of
any porous member in a position suitable for the collection and retention of the oil
makes petroleunj prospecting a hazardous venture. Oil doubtless has been present in
these beds and the heavier parts still remain in the shale in (luantities that in the
aggregate are enormous. These constituents are, however, so effectively retained that
they can be extracted and recovered only by distillation. Should oil ever be found in
any quantity with a good tlow it would probably be the lighter representative of that
at present in the shale. The gas, where it occui's, has a strong benzine odour and .seems
fairly pure and free from sulphur.

A number of the .shales have been used for the manufacture of brick and one typo
of .-hale for the manufacture of cement. In view of the success that has already
attended these attempts further success might be expected to result from a more
widespread development of the industr;s'.

Shale similar to Xo. 2 of the section given, and in all proi»al)ility the same mem-
ber, has been used at the Mayo brick pKuit near Walhalla in North Dakota, while the
shale designated Xo. ;] is at present successfully u.sed by the Keary Brick Company,
and that callr<l Xo. .'> by the Carmen Brick and Tile Company. The intervening
member Xo. 4 is used at Babcock for the manufacture of cement. The " Clialk " so
far as known at present has not enteroid into use in any of the industries. Pending
an anal.vsis of the material it is impossible to say whether or not it would be of any
value in <'einent nuniufaeture. The lushest IkhIs of the CTctaccous in thi^ district are
the hard indurated shales designated Xo. 0 — the hard Odanah of Tyrn-ll. These
have been used a.-; bri<-k-making material at LaHivicre.

So far as present information indicates there is very little lateral variation in the
character of the various beds in the section, so that a well-proved success in the utiliza-
tion of the material in any one of the beds at any i)oint would Mvm to warrant develop-
ment work at other points in the field where the given bed is expo.sod.

72 UEOLOaiCAL ISLliVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

NOTES ON THE CORES OF WINNIPEG WELLS, MANITOBA.

(F. H. McLearn.)

The wells of the city of Wiiiuipeg extend in a line some 12 miles north from the
city limits, on the prairie. The most remote is 3i miles east of Stony mountain.
Since core-drills were used, the core sections are available for study. Through the
courtesy of Mr. W. P. Brereton, city engineer, and Mr. A. B. Neilsou, iu charge of
drilling operations, it has been possible to study the sections and make collections
from them. No examination of the fossils has been made and the following notes are
based on field observations alone.

The Prairie. — The prairie surface here is almost without relief and a lai'gc part
of it has practicallj' no drainage. In the S^ miles studied, a maximum diifcrcnce iu
elevation of 12 feet is recorded.

Iiock Surface. — The core sections show that the rock surface lies at a dei>th of
from 25 to 60 feet below the prairie level, that it has about four times the relief of
the prairie and slopes to the south at a low angle. A rich black clay soil innnediately
underlies the prairie surface and is followed by a few feet of light yellowish clay and
finally by a bluish clay. Between the blue clay and rock surface is from 2 to 2.1 feet
of gravel and sand.

The Core Sections. — All the strata in the cores are practically Hat lying. To a
(L pth of from 155 to 180 feet, the section consists of cream coloured, massive and
granular limestone with some cream coloured argillaceous limestone. The remaining
20 to 45 feeit of the 200-foot holes consists of massive light mottled limestoner- Below
200 feet the predominant rock is a massive dark mottled limestone, which is still
]jrijscnt at a depth of 400 feet.

Contact of the Stonij Mountain Formation and ttic Troiton. — Fossils are fairly
abundant to a depth of 200 feet. The fauna contains Bhyncliotrona caiia.r, Bjissoni/-
rliia radiata, etc., and is apparently that of the Stony ^Mountain formation, and Itich-
nidud in time. The dark mottled limestone below 200 feet contains ver>- few fossils.
About three specimens of large Marlurea have been found and also large Jieceptacu-
litcs very much like R. oiveni. This lower rock is probably the uppci- portion of the
Trenton ((Jalena) found to the east at East Selkirk. Lower Fort Garry, and elsewhere,
by Dowling. The core sections ai)parently show that the contact between the Stony
"Mountain formation and the Trenton formation lies about 20(» feet below the surface
here.

.si MMAliV liLl'iUrr 73

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

GYPSUM AND BKINES IN MANITOBA.
{R. C. Wallace.)

INTHnDlcTlON. _

Field work on the gypsum deposits in Manitoba, and on the salt waters which
ini{;ht possibly be eonneeted with these deposits, was earried ti> eiiii.[)letiun durinir the
season of 1J>14. As the brines oeeur over an area whieh extends frimi the north end of
Lake Winnipe^osis to CJrand Forks in Xorth Dakota — a distance of almost 400 miles,
and as the width of the belt eliaraeterized by Kyps^vini out<Top and salt spring is about
50 miles, it was deemed advisable, while en<leavouriiif; to eover the whole field, to
restrict more detailed investij,Mtion to limited, typieal 'localities. Access to the moro
nnrtlurly part of the tield is prdvided by way of hake Manitoba and Lake Winnipcfrosis,
and by the two parallel branches of the Canadian Xorthern railway, skirtinp the lake
system on either side. The least accessible area lies between Lake Winnipegosis and
the northern part of Lake Winnipeg, where the presence of extensive swamps, stretch-
ing in a direction parallel to the lake system, and separated by comparatively narrow
ridges, renders exploration a matter of ditliculty. The southern part of tlie tield is
well settled, and is provided with a fairly complete network of railways.

Historically considered, the- salt springs have occupied a much more prominent
place than the gypsum deposits. Records show that in the early years of last century
a salt industry was carried on, the salt having been obtained from the brines by the
most primitive methods gf evaporation. The industry flourished until isTCi, and prac-
tically all the salt used at the Hudson's Bay Compi\ny's posts in the district, and by
the early settlers, was obtained from the springs on the west side of Lake Winni-
pegosis. With the advent of the railway, iiowever, it was found imi)ossible to compete
in open market with the salt from Ontarit>, and to-day practically no salt is obtained
fr^im the brines in the province. (Jypsum was not recorded until LSSO, when Tyrrell
reported on the gypsum and anhydrite deposits north of Lake Sts Martin. Since 1901,
when production started, there has been a steady increase in the amount of the
gypsum obtained from the Manitoba quarries. At the present time the production is
' Ncceded only by that of Nova Scotia among the provinces of Canada.

.Vcknowlcdgment is here made of the many courtesies extended to the writer by
tlii' officials of the Manitoba (Jypsum Company and tiie Dominion (Jypsum Company.
Thanks are especially due to Mr. J. D. ^fcArthur for the records an.-i accurate infor-
mation freely placed at our di.sposal. M. W. Cooke acted eiliciently as field assistant.

TOI'OCH MM IV.

The topography of the country lying between the west shore of Lake Winnipeg
and the foot of the Manitoba escarpment shows little variety. The i)rcsent topo-
graphical features are due almost wholly to the passage of the ice an<l its subsequent
witlidrawal. and to the beach formations at the successive stages in the lowering of
Lake Aga^siz. The broad feature^ depicted on a topographical may are repriKluce«i
on a smaller scale in any part of the whole area. Tlie nvap shows three parallel
Hues of depression (1) Lake Winnipeg, (2) Lake ^lanitoba. Lake Winnipegosis,
( cdar lake, and Moose lake. C?) Big (Irassy swanip. Lake Dauphin. Swan lake, aiui
Red Deer lake. The«;c lake systems extend in a direction 25 degrees west of north,
and represent >hallow i>arallel groove^ <lrawn lengthwise on a surface whieli deeline^s

',4 GLOLOaiCAL SURVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

gradually towards the east fruiii an elevation of 900 feet to 710 feet above sea-level. In
niiniatiire, a r^imilar topography is seen throughout this part of the field. Betweeai
Lake Winnipeg and Lake ^Manitoba the narrow lakes and swampy depressions are
rapidly drying up, and are being replaced by hay meadows. North of the Dauphin
river, however, the ridges are low and the swamps deep. The ridges are composed of
morainic boulders and till, unassorted by water action. Occasionally old beach for-
mations follow the same general direction, but their course is usually more irregular.
The strike of the underlying rock is also about 25 degrees west of north, and a few of
the ridges are due, not to accumulations of morainic material on the rock floor, but
to elevations of tne rock surface parallel to the line of strikei.

Where gypsum occurs at the surface, north of Lake St. ^lartin. there is less"
uniformity in the topographical features. The ridges are sharper, somewhat more
irregular in direction, and the valleys are completely closed. The ridges are pitted
with depressions which have the form of inverted cones with wide angles, and many of
them are 15 to 50 feet deep. Some of these pit-shaped depressions, and practically all
the valleys, hold stagnant water. The relief is nowhere greater than 50 feet, but the
topography i.s — within these limits — extremely rugged. Two influences in particular
have moulded the topography of the gypsum country — chemical erosion, and internal
expansion due to the transformation of anhydrite into gypsum.

The topographical character of the country west of Lake Winnipegosis has not
been appreeialjly modified by the salt springs, though the salt spring areas are strik-
ingly prominent features of the landscape. They are bare flats, strewn with boulders,
which have been subjected to intense chemical erosion. They occur on sloping ground,
or on level flats at the foot of slight elevations, and while generally in close proximity
to lake or river, are not iufrenuently found far in the forest. The precipitation which
has taken place from the brines is nowhere sufiiciently great to have produced distin<^'-
tive topogra]ihical features.

The drainage system is at the early stage characteristic of a youthful topography.
In the central part of the country between Lake Winnipeg and Lakes Manitoba and
Winnipegosis, the surface drainage follows no deflnite channels. The stagnant water
of the swamps is gradually disappearing, mainly owing to evaporation and seepage.
Wherever impcfrvious till does not cover the Silurian limestone, underground drainage
is extensive. This is particularly the case from Shoal lake northwards to the head-
waters of the Fisher river, and the limestone is here honevfombed with caverns and
swallow holes.

.\GRICl!LTUR.vr. RESOLRCKS^ TIMBKR AM) CiAMK.

During the last four years there has been a steady flow of settlers into the country
between the lakes, though only to a limited extent into the pait lying north of
Dauphin river. The richest district from the agricultural standpoint is that drained
l)y Fish-T rivt^-r. The soil is a well drained, deei), l>l:\ck loam. This area was thickly
settled wlien the railway was still 40 miles away. The country generally, however, is
better adapted to cattle raising than to wheat farming. The morainic ridges are
unsuitable for cultivation. On the stone ridges the soil is too shallow. Owing to the
gradual desiccation of the swamps, on the other hand, the hay lands are increasing
and will ultimatcdy prove valualde for the raising of crojjs. From the south end of
the lakes to the International Boundary line, the soil has long been cultivated, and is
the most important asset of the province.

Tlie timber resources are limited. Between Sleeve lake and Fisher river there is
some good spruce, and medium-sized tamarack. Good spruce is also found east of
Watcrhen lake, east of Swan lake, and along the more northerly shores of Lake Winui-
l)egosis. F'lni and poplar reach consitlcrable dimensions on' the baid<s of Swan river,
immediately west of Swan lake. Cedar is only found iiortli of Lake Winnipegosis.

.s/ 1/1/ I AT in I'itliT 75

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

Til the inoro souiIutI.v lui-nlitii's, on hotU si<K's <»f l,akt' ^^allitt)^il. scruh oak is plentiful;
l)iit like the poplar, wliieh is everywhere the prevailinpr tree, it seldom reaehes mer-
rhantahh' size. Luinh»'rin>r oprations are now conHned fhicfly to the north shores of
Lake \Vinnip«'Kosis. ainl to the ni)por reaches of Ked I)<'«'r river.

Afoose, carihon, and oIU are i)lentiful on hoth sides of I.akt* Manitoha and of Lake
Winnii>t'p>sijt. K.vct'pt in tlu' most nortlierly areas, the nunkrat is tin* only fur-hearinff
aninial fomid in nunihcrs. On the Wari)ath river, from Watcrlien lake northwards t<»
the north end of Lake Winnipcjrosis. and on \\*'i\ Deer an<l Ovcrtlowint; rivers, hears,
tiniher wolves, mink, and otter are ahundant, and lynx are oeeasi(Mially trapped.

In the winter month^;, tishinfr is i)ro.seeuted on Lake \Vinni|)e<j:osis and Lake ^fani-
toha; while, during six weeks in the autnmn, restrieted areas on Lake Winnipefrosis are
fished. Whitetish, piekerel, an<l jaekfish are ahundant in the larj^er lakes, and arc also
eaufifht in many of the smaller lakes. Fishin<; and trapping are the main oeeupatiou.s
of the few .settlers on the shores of Lake Winnipej;osi.s.

c;r.M:n.M> (jkoi.ocy.

The main gjrjisum deposits are interbedded with Silurian dolomites, while the salt
water horizon reaches the surface in Devonian limestones. The .stratiH:raphy of the
Sihirian and Devonian formations was considered from the standpoint of the physi-
cal conditions which gave ri.se to the deposition of gypsum, and of the general relation-
ship of fhe salt water horizon fo Devonian or other strata.

tS (7 »)•(«».

The Silurian exposures were examined from the north end of Lake WinTiii)egosis
southward throughout the province. The older desij,iiation of the heds — Xiagaran — a.-*
applied by Tyrrell, has been recently discardc^l l)y Kin(ll<> on iiala'ontological grounds,
and the local term Stonewall scries has been substituted. The subdivisions of the
Stonewall series are: —

(b) Gypsum beds.

(a) Conchidiiim decussatum zone.

The outcrops are isolated, and it is conseciuently somewliat difficult, witli tlie litho-
logical and paWontological evidence available, to fornudate a detailed statement of
the stratigraphy. Perhaps the most complete .section exposed south of the Saskatchewan
river is that seen along, or in the vicinity of, the Inwood branch of the Canadian
Xorthcrn raihvay from Fi.sher Branch northwards to Ibxlg.son. There is here a gra<iual
ri.se in elevation from north to south, and there are fairly freipient outcrops, extending
in horizon from the Stony Mountain shales to a fine-grained lithographic dolomit*^ in
the Lcperditia liisinr/rri zone. Another section is obtained from the quarries at Stony
Mountain, Stonewall, and Gunton. and from various surface (exposures north of Inwood.
Conch id turn dt'cussatum, from which the zone has been named, api)ears to be rare in
thi> latter section — Tyrrell having found the only recorded specimen at Stonewall.

During the deposition of the dolumit^^s of the Conrliidium diriiftfial inn zone, .shal-
low-water conditions prevailed. The ripple marked, highly arenaceous limestone at the
base of the formation, represents an in-f^4iore pha.se. The sea dtH'pened. and red ('lay
was laid down, followed by a dolomite which contains few traces of fossils. After a
second .shallowing, deeper water conditions ensued, and during this — the latest — stage,
marine life flourished, and extensive coral reefs formed on the ca-tern margin of* the
sea.

The boundary between the ConcJiidium drcutsafutn zone and the gypsum beds i.s
drawn, in the light of the evidence now eolUH"ted, southeastwards from the narrow.*? of

76 GEOLOGICAL aURVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

Lake St. Martin to a iK»iiit a few milec> south of Fi.slier Branch, thence southward
along- a line Ivinjr east of Broad Valley and Inwood and west of Stonewall and
\Vinnii>€g. thence southeaj^tward across the Red river to the 40th parallel, crossing
the line somewhat east of Stuartburn. North of Lake St. Martin the position of line
is somewhat doubtful, b\it may be drawn provisionally from a point f! miles east of
(gypsum lake to " Roche Rouge " on the Saskatchewan river, between ('rose lake and
the Grand rapids, the line passing east of Pickerel lake.

The deposition of gypsum took place during a period of shallowing and desiccation
that succeeded the reef building period. Gypsum was precipitated over a wide area,
but topographical conditions controlled the duration of the process of deposition. At
the beginning of Palaeozoic times, the Pre-Cambrian surface had not reached the
advanced stage of peneplanation which it now shows. North of Lake St. Martin and
Partridge Crop lake there are several exposures of igneous rocks of Pre-Cambrian age.
These exposures represent the tops of hills or a high plateau that rose at least 800 feet
above the Pre-Cambrian surface. As a consequence of this topographical feature, on
the shallowing of the ocean relic seas were formed, concentration ensued, and the depo-
sition of gypsum lasted for a much longer period here than elsewhere. The red shale
at tlie base of the gypsum deposits may be traced throughout the field. The gypsum
itself, which has, including anliydrite, a thickness of over 100 feet in the Gypsumville
district, is found in comparatively thin, unimportant beds elsewhere in the province.
North of the Gypsumville area no evidence of gypsum has been obtained. The litho-
logical and palaeontological character of the rock exposures on the east side of Water-
hen lake and Lake Winnipegosis aifords the only data for determining the approximate
position of the gypsum horizon in the northern area.

After a period of M'ide^pread de-sication, marine shallow-water conditions again
prevailed, and a series of dolomites were laid down which represent the highest Silur-
ian zone in Manitoba. These dolomites have been in part chemically precipitated, and
certain i)has€'S are of lithographic fineness. Elsewhere they contain abundant ostra-
cods, associated with StropJiomena acantlwptera, and Stroma toporoid beds. Thin beds
of chert are also found in close association in the exposures on the east side of Lake
Winnipegosis. The brecciated character of the rock, the leaf-like thinness of the beds
exhibiting cross-bedding in miniature, and the ferruginous character of the red dolo-
mites which constitute the upper beds, all point to shallow water deposition. At the
end of the period, elevation took place, and land conditions prevailed in early Dev<niian
times.

The deposition of gypsum consequently took place within a period when shallow
s( a> and chemical precipitates were the rule rather than the exception. The attitude
that gypsum and salt deposits are the result of the reworking of old land surfaces
under desert conditions, is being more generally adopted than heretofore; and the
investigation was conducted with that standpoint in view. Anhydrite bulks proinin-
nently in the dep(^)sits, forming the greater part of the lower strata; a^fA the lowest
gypsum beds, at least, were also originally beds of anhydrite. The anhydrit(> is
believed to have been firiginally deposited as such; and continuous de]i<isition of
anhydrite cannot be satisfactorily accounted for under the desert byjiotlu'sis. 'J'iie
thin tilnirlike layers, the "seasonal rings' under desert conditions, are not found
at CJypsuniville. Films of impure gypsiim are found between heavior layers, :3 to
4 inches tlii'k; but these are difficult to explain otherwise than by precipitation. It
is believed that the jireciijitation took jdace in closed or partially closed inland seas;
that the stratigrai)hi<"il succi'ssion, gypsum — aidiydrite — gypsum, reprc^sents the miner-
alogical s(H]uen<-e of deposition under the control of temperature lluctnation; and that
jirecipitation stojijied befon; extensive deposition of chlorides took jilace. Topographical
iiie(|ualities are resjionsible for the ditl'erences in duration of dei)osition in different
areas, but precipitation took place in districts so far apart as tho Mackenzie basin
and tlie soiitliern lioiiudary dt' Manitoba.

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

fii MM A in inroiiT 77

/>.

The Di'Vdiiiiiii fi)riiiiitioii in Maiiitolm was divided by Tyrri-11 Into the time
zones : —

Manitoban.

Winnipegosan.

Red Sliale (seldom exi)Ose<l).

Jvindl«> lias rolojrated the red shales to the upper Silurian, and has subdivided the
Devonian into: —

There is a strikingly elose reseniblanee between the Elm Point and Manitoban
limestones. Both have been formed in moderately deep seas, whieh eontained abun-
dant life; and both have been entirely unaffected by magnesiau salts. Subsequent
stniftiiral eiiange> have inoilitied both in similar fashion, eausini:- a iKvuliar doniin^r
wliieh is reiiponsible for the majority of the outcrops; and stylolitic markiiifrs are
very perfectly developed in both formations. The chief pahrontolojrical difference, as
reiK)rtcd by Kindle, is that a rather peculiar variety of Aiijuia iiliculaii.<t, which is
the commonest Devonian fossil in this area, is developed in the Kim Point zone. For
this rea.son tlie horizon has hoi'u named the Atrypa recticularis (,var. a) zone. Expo-
sures at Steep rock (Lake Manitoba), 4 miles south of Ashern, and 4 miles northeast
of Moosehorn, all show the Elm Point limestone resting on the red dolomites of the
ui)per Silurian. The Devonian limestones at the north end of Waterhen lake, and
s. veral exposure's on Pelican bay and at (travels point, Lake \Vinnipe<rf»sis. are also of
Kim I'oint a^e. The Manitoban limestones are mo^t extensively developed on the
west side of Dawson bay, on Ked Deer river, and on Swan lake. They appear imme-
diately below the Dakota .sandstone on the south side of Swan lake.

Between the Elm Point limestones and the Manitoban formation, there lies a
harsh, porous, magnesian limestone, well developed on the east side of Dawson bay.
Pala'ontologically the Winnipegosis formation is interesting owing to the occurrence
of the Enroi»ean species Sfi-ingocephalus bitrtoni in its fauna. This fossil was found
by Tyriell in the niagne-sian limestonCvS which are expo'Se.d on the east side of Dawson
bay. Some of the exposures on the islands in Toutes Aides bay. Lake ^hmitoba,
furnished abundant specimens of the same fossil, during the present investigation.

In middle and upi>er Devonian times, deei)er water conditions i»revailed than (lur-
ing the Silurian period. At the beginning and at the close of the Winnipt-gosan sub-
jieriod. shallowing took place, and red shales underlie and overlie this zone. Within
the Manitoban formation also, a bed of red shale occurs, clearly exposed in the Point
Wilkins section on the west side of Dawson ba.y. These red shale bands are, however,
unimportant measures within the lime,stfine formations, which almost everywhere earrv
liundiint urgani<' remains. Tlie W i n n i pegn.-ii s liniesttine, though dolomitized, pos.se«>ses
a much more varied fauna than the Manitoban limestones. Dolomitization has taken
jilace sub.M'fjuently to con.^olidation and fossil and rock are now firmly cemented
together.

The salt springs are found in or Jiear the outcroppings of limestones of the Mani-
t« ban formation. Occasionally they appear at the ba>e of t\\e Manit<ibni, or even in
the upper beds of the Winnipegosan limeptones. Usually, however, the brines reach the
surface through the upper beds of the Manitoban limestone; as on the Red Deer river
and in the Red Deer Lake district, on Swan lake, and in the area west of the .soutli
end of Lake Winnipegosis and the north end of Lake Manitoba. Southeast of Swan
lake salt springs appear about ir>() feet l)elow an outcrop of Dakota sand.>*tone, and
probably leas than 100 feet below the ba.se of the Dakota formation.

78 GEOLOGICAL fiVnVF.Y

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

Tlio possibility of the l»rine^ being genetically connected with the gypsum
beds of the Silurian is negatived by the presence of a freshwater horizon between the
gypsum beds and the brines. Wherever beds of Leperditia hisingeri dolomite outci'op
on the east sido of Lake Winuii)egosis on Waterhen lake, or on Lake St. ^lartin,
there is an active flow of spring water, giA-ing rise to a peculiar type of beach topo-
graphy. The low flat beaches are ribbed owing to parallel groovings normal to the
lake front. At the head of each grooving a spring is found. The water contains a
fairly high percentage of carbonate of lime, which is being abundantly precipitated
by the unicellular green alga (Jlaeoeapsa. in Pickerel Creek bay considerable beds
of marl are being formed in this way. Apart from this widespread zone of circula-
tion in the upper Silurian, isolated freshwater springs have been found in the Elm
Point limestone, at Graves point and elsewhere. As no trace of salt has been obtained
in the sulphate waters of the gypsum zone, and as a definite freshwater horizon exists
between it and the strata from which the brines issue, one must conclude that there
is no genetic relationship between the gypsum and the salt.

A critical examination of a series of analyses, not yet completed, is necessary
before a conclusion can be reached as to the origin of the brines. This discussion will
be found in the final memoir. The following considerations may here be presented.
There are two horizons from which the brine may have been derived — the upper
Devonian, from which the waters issue, or the Dakota sandstone, at the base of the
Cretaceous formation. As pointed out below, no great thickness of salt bed need bo
])0stulated to account for the sodium chloride wliich has already reached the surface.
But evidence has not yet been forthcoming, either from borings or from the numer-
ous exposures, that such salt beds occur in upper Devonian limestones, or that condi-
tions have ever been favourable for the formation of such deposits. Tlie Dakota
sandstone is a well-kaiown water-bearing horizon throughout the western plains of
North America. In the middle western states the waters from this horizon are sul-
phate waters, but the chlorine content increases from south to north. The water is
under high pressure, and is prevented from escaping upwards by impervious Benton
shales. The outcrops on the edge of the eastern escarpment are generally covered by
glacial till. The Manitoban limestone affords an easy passage for wateir under pressure,
and it seems probable that the water from the Dakota sandstone penetrates downwards
into this limestone, and reaches the surface Avhere the limestone is exposed, or where
tiie coating of clay is sufliciently thin to admit of the passage of water through the
fissures in the sui'ficial deposits.

ECONOMIC GEOLOGY.

Gt/p.sum.

For practical purposes, the gypsmn deposits of the i)rovincc may be divided into
three areas, all genetically coiuiected, and all representing longer periun-. of precipita-
tion than has elsewhere taken place. These are the Cypsumville area, the Lei fur area,
and the southern area in the vi("inity of the Dominion City.

(1) In the Gypsumville area, an estimate of the gypsum actually exi)osed in tlic
district may be taken as ai)proximately ];>0,()00,000 tons. The annual output is bet\vo->n
70,000 and 80,000 tons. The estimate is exclusive of anhydrite, which represents
jirobably ^5 per cent of the wliole deposits. From the evidence of exphu-atory drilling,
tile maxinunn depth would api)ear to be i;?.") feet. A coniiilete section is obtained at
the quarry, where the beds dip towards the north. Owing to the very active water
circulation when the upper levels of the deposits are penetrated, it is possible to mine
profitably only the upper 30 feet of the deposits; wliih> in tlie valleys between the
gypsum riilges, thougli gypsum undoubtedly exists, it is covered by stagnant water
and rendered in(j|)erative.

Several varieties of gypsum occur. The most coinuiou is a greyish, finely crystal-
lized rock, in beds 2 to •'! ini-bcs thick, separated by thin t artliy partings. It is under-

ffl MUiRY Uirnh'T 79

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

laid by anhydrite, ami part, at Irast, of the gypsum is a transformation product of the
anhydrite. Several of the lower beds of the quarry con.'ii.st of an inner core of anhy-
drite with an outer eoatinjr of (gypsum on the bedding planes. The upper and lower
beds of this variety of gypsum in the <iuarry section are staiiie<l re<l, owing to a small
admixture of clay in the gypsum. Satinspar is found in the upper red gyp:^um in very
thin bands, usually not exceeding an inch in thii'kness. It has been forn»e<l l)y .■hm'oii-
dary pre<ipitation in the bedding phmes of the gypsum. A single IhhI of pure white
gyp.^um powder, quite unconsolidateil. was also found. This bed is in placrv .'} feet
thick. While of exceptional purity, the material is of small value from the tjn-h-
nieal standpoint, its extreme plasticity causing trouble during milling ojierations.
In one locality (Elephant hill) beds of selenite occur interst ratified with ma.ssive
gypsum. These beds have probably also Imhmi formed by s«'<'ondary deposition. A«
very large transparent plates may be obtained, this locality may furnish a somewliat
valuable supply of selenite for museum purposes.

Where tiie anhydrite, in the quarry section, is intimately a.s«ociated with the
gypsum, a quite considerable amount of it is utilized for i)urpose> of plaster, apparently
without affecting the quality of the plaster. It occurs independent of gypsum tj a
depth of 100 feet east of CJypsum lake, and in this occurrence, owing to its hardnes.H
and pleasing colour effect, it possesses some value as an inside decorative stone.

(2) For some years exploratory drilling has been </arried on in the I.eifur di.-tri«*t,
in order to determine the extent and value of the gypsum beds in that area. Clypsum
is found to occur in tp. 20, range 10 W.. principally in sections 22, 23. 27. 2S, 3.'», 34.
A typical section is somewhat as follows:

Soil

Yellow clay

( Jypsum and clay

Gypsum

Blue clay

Gypsum

Red clay

Limestone

\-Z feet.

1 foot,
-10 feet.
1 foot.
1 ••
9 feet.

No outcrops of g.v-psum have been found, but on section 26 the ground is pitted,
presumably owing to the underground solution of g>-psum. The beds dip southwest-
wards, and the g>'p.sum is nearest the surface in seetions 20 and 16. The total thiekne-ss
of the gypsum beds is small, and it would be hardly possible to operate successfully in
this district, even where the beds are near the surfa<'e.

At considerably greater depths, gypsum has also been found in tps. 18 and 19,
range 10 W.

(3) In the southern part of the province, gypsum has been discovered by drilling
in the vicinity of Dominion City, at Amaud, St. Elizabeth, and St. Pierre. The
depth of the gypsum is variable, ranging from IHO to 200 feet at Arnaud and St.
Elizabeth, and from 260 to 380 feet near Dominion f'ity. The .sequence of deposition
is. however, the same throughout. The underlying rock is a limestone, containing a
bed of sand in which a brackish water is tapped. This i.s overlaid by red shale. ab<>ve
which lies the gypsum. East of Dominion ("ity. a bed of dolomite is foun:i altovc tli«*
gypsum, and is capped by hardpan. while at St. Elizabeth the gypsum lies imm«vliately
underneath the glacial deposits.

The thickness of the IxnIs is not more than 30 feet in the borings at St. F!lizal)eth
and Arnaud. but '\9 considerably greater east of Dominion City. The gypsum is
separated by la.vers of red shale into distinct beds, which are very thin near the base
of the formation, but increase in thickness upward.-.. At .^t. Charles, west of Winni-
pevr. the same typo of formation was found on drilling, a thin gypsum bed resting on
red shales at a depth of 40 feet. This would indi<'ate a horizon in Silurian strata,
slightly higher rhan the limestones at Stonewall, and presumably identical with that
of the bi'd- It ('■ vii«iiriuiile.

80 UEOLOaiCAL Sl'IiVLY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915
SALT w.\t?:rs.

Ai»pr()ximate]y 80 salt spring: ureas were examined, and measurements of flow and
teuiperature made. The flow of the springs is controlled by the height of the ground
water level, and is eonse.fiucntly greatest in the spring and smallest in the late autunni.
It was unusually jsniall during the autumn of 1!»13, and the sunnner of 1914. two periods
of exceptionally pronounced drought. For this reason, the results of the measure-
ment of flow, all of which were made within these periods, are to be considered as
much below t!ie averiige figures. Moreover, while the ligures represent the sunnnarized
statistics from the areas known to Indians or white settlers, or discovered during the
explorations, they are no doubt far from being complete figures and it is perhaps
reasonable to assume that they do not include more than three-fourths of the springs
which reach the surface of the land areas, while a very considerable volume of water
issues directly into the lakes and rivers. The estimated total flow of 400 gallons per
minute is, therefore, because of oxeeptional conditions and incompleteness; of data,
much below the actual flow, and probably represents not half the average total flow.
On the basis of the figures obtained, however, more than 53,000 tons of dissolved salts
reach the surface every year, 85 per cent of which is sodium chloride. In other words,
at least 27,500 cubic yards of sodium chloride are every year carried to the surface by
the springs in ^Manitoba alone. Estimated on these figures, the sodium chloride that
has been leached out since the beginning of last century, when the springs were first
operated, would, if taken from an area 200 miles long by -'30 miles wide — approximately
that coA-ered by the more important springs — represent the extraction of a bed of rock-
s.dt only 0 (Hjiio inches thick. The scanty records available seem to show that the con-
centration of the brine is decreasing. If allowance be made for this, and for the
hicompleteness of the data, and the figure obtained be quadrupled, a little more than a
fortieth of an inch of rocksalt has been dissolved away from this area since the begin-
ning of last century. It is_, therefore, unnecessary to i>ostulate the existence of con-
^idcrable beds of rocksalt, in discussing the origin of these brines.

The normal percentage of solids in the brines on the west shore of Lake Winni-
pegosis, where the brines are strongest, is 5-5 to 6-0. They decrease in strength south-
wards, and the percentage of chlorine in the total solids is lower, and that of the car-
bonate and sulphate radicals higher, than in the more northerly brines. Such percen-
tages are too low to ensure profitable exploitation of the brines, even under the most
• favourable conditions where exhaust steam from lumber mills is used for evaporation
purposes. Their strength is only one-fifth of that of the Salina brines of Michigan,
which arc most generally utilized in that state for salt production. Deep drilling farther
west on the escar})nu'nt has produced sufticient evidence that the original brines are
much stronger, and that they are diluted owing to admixture with the upper v:.ters of
tlie grf)undwater table, before they reach the surface. At Xeepawa. at a depth of l.iso
feet a brine of suflicient strength for salt extraction has been obtained, with a head of
yM) feet; and similar brines are undoubtedly to bo obtained elsewhere on drilling to
this horizon. The comparatively large i)ercentage of calcium in the deeper brines will
add somewhat to the cost of purification, but there is at least the possibility of the basis
of a future salt industry in th(^ underground brines, of the widespread character of
which the surface sjirings arc- sufticient indication.

The older analyses sh<.wed a remarkably high percentage of potassium in tl:o
brines from the Winnipegosis district and hopes were entertained that these brines
might iirove of value on that account. The analyses that have been made from the
brines collected since the |)re.-ent investigatioji began show, however, that the percen-
tage of potassium is by no means abnormal, and is, in fact, considerably smaller than
that from the Marshall sandstones of Micliigan. Brtimine is also present in the brines,
but not in sufticiently large (piaiitity for purposes of extraction. If a salt industry
were established in connexion with the deeper brines, the only by-jiroduct available
would be chloride of lime.

«h7 1/1/ I A' 1 i;j:riU{T 81

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

LAKE SIMrOK AND RAINV IJIVKK DISTRICTS, ONTAIHO.

( If. .1. J oh list on.)

Durinjr the field si-asoii of 1!»14 nliout two ami a half numths were s|«'iit in areal
iiiapiiiu}; ()t tlio tc»p«»Kn'plii*"»llv surveyed areas of Lake Sinieoe «listriet. Ontario. In
this distriet the jreolo^ieal work has been extended to include the niapi)inf; of the uneon-
solidated or drift deposits as well as the solid roeks. partly with a view to delimiting
the afjrrieultural and iion-ajrrieultural land and the different soils, sand and jrravel
deposits, ete. The map-areas eompletdl include the Orillia, Drechin. and Kirkfield and
the jrreater i)ortion of the li«'averton area.

Durinir tlie latter part of the field season about si.\ weeks were spent in <-<tmpletinj^
tlie mappinjf of tlie t-alcareous drift areas between Rainy lake and Lake of the Woo<ls,
whith the frttdcifry is well known and thereby eu^urin^' a correct comparison of the
surface geoIoj,'y of the region was given in the Summary Keport for VJlo.

A RECONNALSSANCE OF THE NORTH SHORE OF LAKE HUROX.

(W.n. Collins.)

During the field season of 1914 the writer explored portions of the country along
the north sht>re of Lake Huron between Sudbury and Sault Ste. Marie. The work was
ujjdert;U<en partly to obtain information about the geology of this interesting, thouph
little known region, but more particularly for purposes of geological correlation.

The most thorough field work in northeastern Ontario (Timiskaming region), and
that which best elucidates the geological lii.^tory, bas been dono where mining oi)erations
have called for a precise knowledge of the local geology. These mining areas are
mostly small and isolated from one another by large intervals of comparatively
unknown country. Their isolation rendered it expedient for geologists, in
order to avoid mistakes in the use of stratigrapbic names, to adopt independent rock-
classifir-ations and terminologies in each district. In some cases a classification cur-
rent in one district was adopted in a new district, but this pr^ice<lure was usually
attended with more or less error. The complexity of formational Jiames. and errors in
the use of some of these which have resulted, can be dispelled only by determining the
e(iuivalence of those names now in u.se in different parts of the region and reducing
them to common terms. Until this is done no general geological map of the region can
be .satisfactorily compiled nor any coherent geological account of it be written. And
it can be done reliably only by exploring the intervals between the isolated districts in
which the geologj- is well known and thereby ensuring a correct comparison of the
go'logical sequences in each.

The geological secjuences of the in){Kirtant Cobalt and Sudbury mining districts
were correlated in this manner by the writer and his as.-'istants between IWS and UU'^;
and in 1914 the Sudbury district was connected up with the Original Iluronian dis-
trict neiar Sault Ste. Marie, first studied by Logan and Murray between lh47 and 18.'»8.
Instead of exploring eontinuou.sly across the interval of 125 miles between the Sud-
bury and Original Iluronian district-^, results were obtained more expeditiously by
studying a number of small areas spaced fairly regularly a«-ross it. Thei geology in

•26— G

82 GEOLOGICAL HVllVKY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

each area was mapped, the ?e(iiiciices of formations (leteriniiied and. as far as condi-
tions admitted, the tliickness of the various formations were measured. A certain
amount of less intensive exploration between these areas was also performed to sup-
plement tha information obtained within them and to make their comparison more
eertain.

Altogether, five areas were studied and mapped, as follows: —

1. Bruce area, near Bruce Mines, area 15G square miles.

2. Blind River area, near Blind River, area 135 square miles.

3. Wliiskey Lake area. 15 miles north of Cutler, area 30 square miles.

4. Espanola area, near Espanola. area 35 square miles.

5. Round Jvake area, near Xaughton. area 42 square miles.

The performance of an important share of this work is due to the able assistance
f?iven by T. T. Quirke and W. E. Cockfield throughout the season. The micrometer
surveys of lakes and streams and telemeter surveys of roads necessary to furnish a
geographic base map were conducted with equal satisfaction by J. R. Marshall and H.
J. Heath. The opportunity is taken also to thank Mr. J. A. Reddington, manager of
the Long Lake gold mine, for facilities offered in examining the mine and mill under
his management; Mr. Appleton, manager of the Lake Huron and Northern Ontario
railway, for convenicTices placed at the party's disposal; and Mr. Arthur Teasdale for
much useful information concerning the country.

THE MIDDLE AND UPPElt SILURIAN OF vSOUTHWESTERN ONTARIO. |

(M. Y. WilUams.)

PURPOSE OF WORK.

The geological investigation of the middle and upper vSilurian of southwestern
Ontario carried on during the field season of 1914, was a continuation of the work
done on the lower formations of the Silurian during the past two summers. Tlie gap
has now been filled between the Niagara escarpment and the Devonian formations
which have recently been studied and mapped by C. R. StauflFer. The geological forma-
tions studied are of growing interest to the public including as they do, the sources of
salt, lime, gypsum, cement, and crushed stone for concrete, and road metal.

NATURE AND AMOUNT OF WORK UONE.

In the course of the field work the country was carefully searched for outcrops of
bedrock whicli when found were studied and mapped, (iravel deposits were also
studied ajid located, those near the towns and villages being given special attention.
About 200 gravel pits were thus surveyed, the information gathered to be included in a
report on the nnid metal of Ontario now being prepared by I.. Reinecke.

The area surveyed lies between the extremities of the Bruce and Niagara penin-
sulas and includes a strip along the shore of Lake Huron extending from Soutliainpton
t,n a point a short distance south of (toderich. A small area in the vicinity of Amlierst-
burg was also studied. In all. over 7,300 square miles of territory were investigated
and mapped during the four months that the writer's i)arty was at work. During tlie
month of October, the writer made conqiarative studies on tlie Silurian formations, of
Wisconsin. Illinois, and I.nkc TiniiskuMiiiig, Ontario.

!<r\f]f lA'v nr.j'ouT 33

:^SSIONAL PAPER No. 26

ACKNowi i:rM;Mr.\TS.

Aiiioiin those to whom thanks an* due for assistance aiul eourtesios reeelvnd spooial
mention shouhl he made of tlie following K:«'nth'men : Mr. R. K. Ilaire. manairer of tlio
.\lal)astine Comiiany of Paris, and X\\o manairer and forcnuMi of tlie ("ale«hinia raino
Ix-longinfr to this eom|)an.v; Mr. IIaTnl)K'ton, miina(.rer of tln' llafjersviUe C'riwhod
v^^toue Company, of Flaser.-ville. Ont.; Mr. S. W. Howard, of Ilajrersvilh'; .Messrs. Thf>s.
Xattross and (leo. ^reMiUan of the Amhersthurg stone quarry, of Andiersthurj?. Out.;
Mr. .1. W. FoK\v. niana^t^r of tlie Sibley quarry, Sibley, Miehij^an; Messrs. Shattuek,
i.anfr, and Ooodwillie, of the Solvay Proeess Company, Detroit, ^fiehifran; Mr. F. L.
Snively. of Dunnville. Out.; Mr. E. E. Teller. Milwaukee, Wisconsin; Prof. Stuart
Wcller tif Chicajj:o university; ^fessrs. l.,an;,'ford and James II. Ferris of Joliet, 111.;
Dr. W. C. ^liller and .Me,-sis. 'V . F. Sutherland and \V. R. Ro{j:ers, and otliers of the
nurcaii of .Mint's of Ontario; and Mr. Arthur Cole, mininp; engineer to the Timlska-
niing and Xorthern Ontario railway; Mr. Whelihan of St. ^larys; Mr. Jamct; Gow,
of Fersrus; the managers of the Ontario Peoples Salt and Sotla Company of Kincar-
dine, and the Rice Salt Company of (Joderich. Besidc^s the above numerous others
aided the writeir and his party in various wa,vs.

The writer wa.s ably a.ssistod in the field by ^Messrs. George S. Hume. O. T). Bopgs,
A. H. Bell, and W. T. (Jraham. wbo were employed for four months and Mr. J. K,
Knox who was employed durin;; the month id' June and was then transferred to I,.
Reinecke's party.

GKNK1!AL (iKoLOGV.

The formations under consideration are, in a.scending order: Guelph. Salina.
Monroe. The (iuelph is generally considered to be of middle and tin? others of upix?r
Silurian aire.

(iuelph Formation}

The (iuelph is entirely composed of dolomite which varies from buff coloured and
fine grained to light grey or white, coarsely crystalline and porous rock. It is gener-
ally brownish and somewhat bituminous at the base, the bedding varying in thickness
from a few inches to several feet, with an average of about 1 foot. Xear Hagersville.
the formation as indicated by boreholes, is about IS,") feet thick.

The (iuelph formation has its most typical development in Ontario and outcrop.s
over a large area, the centre line of which falls ai)proximately through a point about '5
miles .south of Hamilton, westward and northward, through Gait. Guelph. Fergus. Wal-
deiiiar, east of Durham and through Allenford and Chiefs point on Lake Huron. The
width of the area of outcrops varies from :.* to :> miles, in the Hamilton region, to \
mile> at Guelph, 1(5 miles at Fergus. 20 miles at Durham, and 3 or 4 miles at Allenford.
At Chiefs point an area of (Juelph extends east for more than 12 miles. Xorthwartl, up
the west side of the Bruce penin.sula, irregular, more or less isolated areas of Guelph
occur north of Wiarton. south an<l north <if Pikes bay. and north of Stoki^; bay to
Tobermory including the western two-thinls of that part of the peninsula.

From the Hamilton area east, the (iuelph is poorly defined at the available outcrops,
which occur only along Tweiitymile creek and the Niagara escarpnuiit. Practi<'ally
no fossils occur in the upi)er beds to helj) in their identification, but on lithological
grounds, the dark, bituminous dolomites fouuil along Twentymile creek above thin
beds, are considered Guelph. At flie Niagara river, the New York State Geological
Survey places certain beds above the falls in the Guelph. In New York state two hori-
zons of (Juelph fossils have been reported with Locki)ort fossils between.

The Guelph dolomites are very similar lithologically to much of the underlying
T.ockport fornuition, and at many localities they are identified oidy after i)r(tlonipred

> Logan, Sir William, Gaol. Surv. of Can., Report of Progress from its commencement to
\iP,^^, pp. .136-.T44.

26— r,.\

84 GEOLOGICAL fHIiVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

iiivestigatioH. They, however, rest conformably upon tliin, dark-coloured, argillaceous
dolomites which form the top of the Lockport. These are bituminous at many locali-
ties and in places have a decided slaty appearance. Dolomites above such beds may
safely be considered as Guelph. Besides the position of the Guelph formation, there
occur in it a number of characteristic fossils.^ Unfortunately these are not evenly
distributed and are in many cases very fragmentary. In the Bruce peninsula, rock
outcrops are large and very numerous. Elsewhere (Ju«'li)h exposures are generally
small and occur mainly in the stream valleys.

tSalina- Foniialion.

The Saliua formation, which contains at various places, lenticular deposits of
salt and gypsum, consists of soft grey dolomites, soft green shales interbedded with
gypsum, and firm, slate-grey shales which break into irregular pieces. Where salt is
present, it is interbedded with marls and dolomites containing some anhydrite or
gypsum.

The Salina formation rests on the Guelph, but on account of the ease with which
it is weathered down, tlie contact is everywl;ere obs-cured. The lowest beds a.ppear to
be light grey dolomite^s. The Salina is overlain by the waterlime beds, known near
Niagara river as the Bertie dolomite, and in the west as a division of the Lower
Monroe. In the vicinity of Hagersville, the Salina is about 300 feet thick as indicated
b^ well borings, and at Goderich it is more than 950 feet in thickness as indicated by
the salt wells. The thickness of the Salina is very variable as indicated by well
records from diiferent parts of the country'. The formation outcrops at Caledonia,
Paris, and Cayuga, and may be represented by the lower beds exposed along the
Saugeen river between Ayton and Neustadt. Although the actual outcrops are
)!mit(Hl, a large area of country extending westerly from the Guelph area is underlain
by this formation.

Monroe Formation.

The highest Silurian strata of Ontario, according to previous writer^, are included
ii; the ^lonroe' formation. This is of variable characters but is well represented in the
Amherstburg region by the following section: a lower division of about 260 feet of
dolomites containing some chert and thin sandstones; a middle division of pure white
sandstone 75 feet thick; and an upper division of 135 feet of dolomites overlain by 39
feet of very pure limestone, known as the Anderdon* limestone. The dolomites are in
general of a light buff colour and occur in beds from 1 to 2 or more feet thick. The
Anderdon limestone is light grey or bluish grey, the beds averaging 2 to 5 feet in
thickness.

Kxcept for the (juarries in the Anderdon limestone, the Livingstone channel,
excavated in the bed of the Detroit river by the American Government (much of the
iiiaterial from which is piled above water level'), the Detroit salt shaft ;inik many
years ago, and some islands in Lake Erie, the Monroe formation in the Amherstburg
region is known only from well records. Because of the similarity in the general
characters of the Monroe dolomites and those of the Salina formation upon which they
rest, it is difficult to say definitely where the boundary between the two formations
lies. -Minor divi>ions have been made in the Monroe" but in tbe present tliM-iis-^ion
they will not be considered.

1 See Logan, Sir William, Ibid.

Guide Book No. 4, Kxcursion.s in Southwosttrn Ontario; »!eo1. Siirv., mi. 11S-il'0.
-Dana, J. D., Manual of (3eology: lievised edition, 1S64, p. 24fi.
8 Lane, A. C, Mich. Geol. Surv., Rept. State Board, l!j91-92. p. 66.
Orabau, A. W. and Slierzer, W. H., Michigan Ceol. and Biol. Survey I'lililication 2, Geol.
Series 1, lit 10.

^Grahau. A. \V. and Sherzer, W. H.. Ibid, p. 42.
» Orabau, A. W., Ibid.

SUMM 'AT lil.l'nin' 85

ESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

The top of the Auderdoii limestone at tlie Ainhersthurg quarry, shows peculiar
' liamielliiifis ami cavities filled with Hand, and ip generally ov( 'in by a thin cover-
ing' of sand which is mingled with the base of the overlyin^' * .lundaga or I)iin<lee
limestone. Thej?e indieatious of erosion and rapid sedimentation are altogether lack-
ing at the Sibley quarry of Michigan, where the Dundee rests u|K)n a horizon of lime-
stone not more than 2 to 3 feet hifrher than the top of the Anderdon in the Ainherst-
hurg quarry. The Anderdon limestone and the beds fut in the Livingstone channel
carry considerable faunas, whidi include both Silurian and Devonian types.

The Hertie^ doloinitc exposed in the vicinity of liiitfalo. near llagersvilic, iind
on the Saugeen river betwet-n Paisley and (ilen Kden. has been eorrelated by (irabau
with the Put-in-bay dolomites of the Lower Monroe. The IJertie is generally h'ss than
W feet thick, and consists of rather thin-bedded, grey or buff-coloured dobmiites,
commonly having bituminous partings. In the township of Bertie. 4 or more feet of
thin-bedded, bituminous shales occur near the top. Some of the dolomite beds were
formerly use<l for waterlime and contain the fossil Euriipterus remipts. At one
horizon, the dolomite has been found by the writer t«) contain some small brachiopod?<.

As with the Monroe- formation farther west, it is not po8.«ible from evidence
obtained from borings, to say detinit<'ly where the boundary between the Salina and
the Bertie strata should be drawn. The Bertie dolomite is overlain unconforniably
by Oriskany sandstone or where this is absent, by Oufnidaga limestone.

ECONOMIC CEOLOlJY.

Crushed Stone for Road Metal and Concrete.

The fine-grained dolomites of the Guelith formation are found when crushed, to
furnish excellent material for road metal and concrete. They are very hard, have
sharp clean fractures, pack well, and are resistant to wear. The abs^ence of calcareous
deposits leaves the binding surfaces clean for concrete work.

Such beds are extensively worked at Mr. James Gow's quarry at Fergus. Here
the large blocks are burnt for lime, the smaller materials along with the overburden of
gravel are crushed and screcjied, the size^ too tine for road metal and ctmcrete being
sold t() the (Virinth St^^me Company of (luelph. for tin- manufiuture of artificial stone.
Beds of similar character (although not at all of the same high grade) occur in the
vicinity of Kockton, (Jalt, Preston. Hespeler, Elora, Waldemar. Holland Centre,
and at practiciilly every G\ielph area on the Bruce peninsula.

Building Stone.

Formerly considerable building stone was obtained from the quarries in the
Gueli»h formation at (iuelph and elsewhere. This material is suitable for decorative
work as well as for ordinary dimension stone. The beauty and good wearing <iuali-
ties of this st^me are well illustrated in the vicinity of (iuelph and Fergus, in the
walls of buildings made of it. Stone suitable for building ])uriioses may be found at
nhnost every locality where Guelph outcrops are reasonably extensive.

Stone for Lime Manufacture.

The (Juelph. Bertie, and Anderdon beds are all quarried for the manufacture of
lime. The dolomites in the vicinity of Guelph are extensively worked by the Stan<l-
ard White Lime Company, both from hydrated and ordinary- lime. At Puslinch,
Gait. Fe^rgus, and many other places, lime-kilns are using the Guelph dolomites and
abandoned kilns scattered over the Guelph areas are evidence of the former widespread
use of this formation for local lime supply.

The Bertie U-ds are no longer used for natural rock cement, but suitable ro«-k
from this horizon is still burnt to some extent for quick-lime as, for example, at
Teeswater. This lime is very white and is said to set well.

» riiapm.in, K. J., A popular and practical exposition ot the minerals and Ceolopy of Canada,
p. 100, UC4.

86 GFOLOaiCAL FiURTEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

Beds referred to tlio I'ppor ^fonroe, or Auderdou lime.^tone are burnt for lime at
Beachville by the Standard White Lime Company.

High Grade Limestone.

The AndordoJi limestone of the Upper Monroe formation i:^ known in the vicinity
of Amher?tl)iirg to be nearly pure calcium carbonate. Judging from field evidence,
the same high calcium content is present in the bed.s correlated with the Anderdou,
at Beachville, and at areas along the shore of Lake Huron extending 8 miles north
from Goderich and from 8 to 12 miles north of Kincardijie.

Gypsum.

The gypsum deposits of the Saliua formation were formerly worked in the
vicinity of Paris and Caledonia. The mining operations at Paris have been aban-
doned for some years, but extensive mining is being carried on by the Alabastine
Company, of Paris, at Caledonia. The products are kalsomines, wall plaster, pla.-^ter
of Paris, land plaster, etc.

Three well-defined beds occur at Caledonia. The upper bed which is mixed with
limestone is about 0 feet thick and was formerly mined. Below this is a 3-foot bed of
limestone above 4 feet of mixed limestone and gypsum. Below this, again, is a T-foot
bed of gypsum with thin limy partings and limy accumulation^. This bed is exten-
sively mined. Below this bed are 10 feet of brown limestone containing some gypsum.
Below this again is a o-foot bed of fine white gypsum below which is a 4-foot bed of
dark limestone underlain by a 3-inch bed of gypsum. These two lower gspsum beds
with limestone between are being worked as the lowest level of the mine.

The Crown (iypsum Company is mining gypsum at a locality about 1 mile south-
west of York, Llaldimand county. The workings are 72 feet deep 20-30 feet of this
being through overburden of surficial deposits. The gypsum is white and occurs in a
bed about 5i feet thick.

Salt.

Lenticular deposits of salt have long been known to occur in the Salina formation.
Salt evaporation is being carried on at Kincardine by the Ontario People's Salt and
So.hi works, and at (loderich by the Rice Salt Company and the Purity Flour Com-
pany. At the former town the salt bed, which is 14 feet thick, is 993 feet from the
surface, the surficial deposits being 90 feet thick. At Goderich, there are six beds of
salt as encountered in the Attril well. These occur at 997, 1,0(50. 1.092, 1.207, 1.230,
and 1,37!> feet from tbe surface and are respectively 31. 25, 3'), 1<>. 13, and <> feet thick.
It i*. the second bed from the surface which is said to be worked by the Rice Salt
Company. Mark and limestones are interbedded with the salt, and some beds of
gypsum and anhydrite occur.

Salt' has also been obtained in Huron county from wells in Wingham. Blyth, Clin-
ton, Seaforth. Hensall, and Exeter. At those localities the salt which varies in thick-
ness from 30 to IIG feet, is struck at depths varying from 1.035 to 1.214 feet below
the surface. In ^liddlesex county, 100 feet of .salt was struck in the London A.syhun
well at a depth of 1,400 feet below the surface; and at Glencoe. 104 feet of salt with
shale was struck 1,290 feet below the surface. Tn Lambton county, beds of salt mixed
with .shah^ were struck as follows: At Port Frank 110 feet thick, 1.245 feet from the
surface; at Petrolia, two beds 105 and 140 feet thick at I.ISO and 1.3155 feet from the
surface; and at Courtright 2^2 feet thick at 1,030 feet from the surface. Tn Essex
county. Windsor, 40 feet of salt was struck at a depth of 1.127 feet and in another well,
30 feet was struck at 1,055 feet. 75 at 1.110. 70 at 1.320. and 252 at 1.420 feet below
the surface.

> Taken from Report of the Mining ami Metallurgical industries of Canacla, Dept. of Mines,
Mines Branch, 1907-S. table, p. 417.

.s^( 1/1/ i/?r nrrfUiT 87

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

IXVKSTKIATION OK TIIK CLAY RESOTTROES OF OXTAUIO.

(J. Keclf.)

The field season of 1014 was t-ouHiu'd to an exaiiiiiiatinn f)f the <'lay and slialr
di'posits of sontliorii Ontario, and tin* industries that an* dejM-ndeiii on these deposits.

The raw materials of the clay-worker in this retjion arc drawn from two e.\t<'hsive,
plastie-shale formations, the Queenston and J-.orraine. and from soft, lacnstrine clays
of Pleistocene or later age.

The workable deposits of .shale are confined to two prineii)al areas, one of varyinf?
width alonix the shore of J.ake Ontario, between Toronto and li<«ainsville. and tlic
other borderin;^ tlie .shore of Lake Huron, lH»twe<>n fN)llin;;wood and Owen Sound.

Areas of Qiie<>n^ton and Lorraine shale of less ext<'nt occur in the vicinity of
Ottawa, and on ^fanitoulin island.

The most important group of clay-working plants in the Dominion, is li)cat<'d on
the first mentioned area. There are two roa.sons for this: (1) the raw material, which
is abundant and easily accessible, is well suited to the manufacture of rough clay pro-
ducts for structural use; (2) the cities of Toronto and ILimilton afford excellent mar-
kets for the wares produced.

The shales of the Cataract formation, which lie just above the (Queenston shale.s,
are not used at present. These are grey, plastic shales, with good working, and drying
qualities, burning to a hard dense bod.v at low temperatures. They ajipcar to be well
suiteil f(^r certain kinds of clay product.s. such as fire' ►rooting.

The material is not very acce.ssible, as it generally occurs in an cscari>ment. under-
lying dolomites or limestones.

Very interesting deposits of shale of Devonian age occur along the river Aux
Sable between Thedford and Arkona. This is highly i)lastic, red-burning material,
apparently well suited to the manufacture of field drain-tile, but is not utilized.

The widely spread Pleistocene clays are utilized in many localities for the manu-
facture of common bricks or field drain-tiles. These are- of varying quality, their chief
defects being an e-xcess of lime in their composition in some localities, or the presen«-c
of pebbles, which in other localities renders them unworkable.

The most valuable occurrence of this material in the province is the thick red-
burning deposit of interglacial clay found underlying the eastern part of the city of
Toronto. This kind of clay was sought for during the season in various parts of the
province; t)ut, so far. it has not been found outside the T<ironto area.

About SO samples of clays and shales were collected during the .season. These
will be sul>jected to a series of physical tests in the laboratory, and a full report on
their properties and uses will be issued later.

A considerable part of the sea.son was given to a study of the sujjerficial deposits
of the region, for the purpose of drawing up a form of classification for use as a basis
in further work on clays, soils, sands, ami gravels. The glacial history and scjuhmk-c
of the.M' deposits proved so complex that a certain jimount of iletailed work on a snialler
area will be necessary before arriving at a decision.

Very little attention has been given to these deposits since 1S(];!. and the classifi-
cation then adopted, which was probably satisfactory at the time, is now founil to ho
quite inadequate for the purpose we have in view.

At the recpicst of the Chief Engineer of tlic Ifviir.. Klcctric Commission of
Ontario, a geological examination was made of a portion of the drainage basin of the
Beaver river near Eugenia falls. A considenil)le body of water is to be impoiuided on
the plateau at this point, for use as a storage basin in the ilevelopment of power.

Xminan \i. Davis was fi«>M assistant during tlic >cav»n; hi.> work was satisfactory
in every respect.

88 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

EOAD MATERIALS IN ONTARIO.
(L. Reineclcc.)

IXTKoDl ( TlOX.

Within the last few years there has been a j^reat awakening to the need of better
roads in the various provinces of Canada. Two of the provinces, Quebec and Ontario,
now have official departments or bureaus whose business it is to supervise the building
of their country highways, and it is probable that other provinces will soon follow the
good example set them by these two.

The materials Avith which the great majority of highways are surfaced, are broken
stone and gravel. Certain gravels and some kinds of stone are tough and hard, and
may be used upon roads subjected to heavy travel, others are softer and soon wear out
imder the abrasive action of the traffic. The taxpayer and road builder are interested,
first, in the relative cost of placing any one of a number of available types of broken
stone upon a particular road to be constructed, and, second, in the relative service or
wear that can be obtained from them after they are on the road. A local stone, even
if rather soft, can sometimes be* used to advantage to cover a country road. If thr;
traffic over the road is light, the surface may last long enough to repay tlie neigh-
bouring taxpayers, in the time and money saved in havding their produce, for the cost
of building. If the traffic is heavy, the surfacing with a soft stone may mean a great
waste of )noney, for under such conditions a road surfa('ed with soft stone may wear
out and need resurfacing, in a year or less.

It is, therefore, important, that the deposits of stone and gravel occurring in the
more thickly populated districts of Canada be studied to determine their road-making
•lualities, and mapped to enable road-engineers to estimate the amounts available
and the distances of the deposits from prospective roads.

The officers of the Geological Survey have becn^n studying occurrences of stone
and gravel in all parts of Canada, for more than half a century, and have much infor-
mation of this kind at hand; they are, therefore, able as an organization, to carry on
the work of further explorations in this department to advantage.

A general survey for road materials was begun this year and the result of the
first season's work is given below.

MCTIIOD or PROCEDUKE.

The plan which is being followed is to co-operate with the Provincial Highway
di partments. and to carry on the surveys in such a manner that the information
obtained can be put to immediate use in road-building operations. For example, a
report upon the materials available for a concrete road, which is now being con-
structed between Toronto and Hamilton, was furnished to the Provincial Highway
Commissioner last autunm, and another up on a road from Toronto U^ Oshawa, will be
transmitted to his department this winter. Both reports arc Vtased upon .sur\'eys made
last summer. P>e,>^ides work of this kind, detailed surveys have also been made of
jiiirtieular comities and a general survey in order to hx'ate deposits of high grade
material.

During the last field season, the work has been iMitirely etmfined to Ontario, but
the department expects to make explorations in both Ontario and Quebec next summer,
and in other parts of Canada.

vf i/i/i/?v in: 1 'OUT 89

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

Tlu' iiiforinatitMi ohUiiiu-il will l>r <iii til«' at tlic otiici- oi tin- (!f<)lot,'i&il Sur\f.v,
and will under suitable restrictions, ho available to the jjuhlie. lU«iK)rts upon mate-
rails for speeial hiKhwa.vs \\W\ Ik- furnished those enKiiK«'d in huildiiiK then> wherever
it has been iH)ssiblc to <l«i the neee>^ar>- field work, and the Survt-y will print reports
upon the roa<l metal deposits available in certain districts. TIicm' districts will prob-
ably coinjirisc oih- or more counties, or may embnice a wIkiIc i»rovin«"c, the re|H»rt
in su«"h cases b«'in^ a more ;renerali/.cd account of the Itcttcr classc of road materials
in tlie j)r«)vince.

FIKI.D UolJK.

Field work was bejruii on June :;(•. and cuiled on October 1:3, and several short
trips were made later in the autunm. A prospt-ctiuf? trip for deposits of trap rock
was made along the north shore of Lake Huron, and detailed .surveys were made of
Esi^ex and Kent counties and of a strip from 2' to 5 miles wide on the north >hor«;
of Lake Ontario, between Trenton and Hamilton.

Information rejiardiny road materials was also obtained by the parties doin;;
g-eolojrieai tield work under the direction of Mr. ^I. Y. Williams, in southwestern
Onlario, and those un<ler ^Ir. W. H. Collins, alonj:; the north -bore of Lake Huron.

In the field work, the writer was assisted by Mr. J. K. Ivnox, and because of the
distances which separated the localities where the surveys are required, it became
necessary to have Mr. Knox work on the area north of Lake Ontario with but little
supervision or assistance. It is a pleasure to state that his work was done in a
thorough and painstaking manner.

The writer wishes to thaiik ifr. John Millen, of Sandwich, and other Essex County
officials, and also Mr. M. E. Brian, the city engineer of Windsor, for their courtesy
and assistance. His thanks are due also to many town officials and farmers in Essex
and Kent counties, for information regarding deposits of gravel on their properties.

The following is a brief resume of the season's work. Information in greater
dttiiil upon mad materials within the areas Visited is on file in the ofHce of the
Survey and is available to those engaged in road building upon application to tlie
Director of the (Geological Suney.

Xorth Shoio of Lake Huron. — Deposits of trap rock were examined along the
north shore, and on the outlying i.slands, from a point north of Little Current to
Blind Kiver, and at TheP.-<alon, Xeston-ille, and Bruce Mines.

At Bruce Mines a large (luarry is now in operation with a crushing plant cap-
able of handling ;VlO tons {ler hour. The quarry is on the water's edge and the crushed
stone is loaded directly from the i)lant into large barges. The material is of very
g<od (juality for road and concrete work. The prices <iuoted to the writer in July. 1014.
were $1 and M> cents respectively iier ton f.o.b. (juarry for two grades, the higher price
beiiiir charged for four ->ize« of material from less th:in [ inch to H inches. Freight
charges by Iwat without unloading were 3."> cents to Detroit, and 40 cents to Cleveland.

Other de|M>sits of trap rock were found which contained several million tons of
diabase, lying on the shores of islands, and f>n the mainland. In most of them it would
be possible in quarrying to obtain from 30 to ."lO foot faces above the water level. Rome
of them lie near (ht^p. natural harbours where docks coidd be constructed at low cost
for boats drawing u]> to 20 feet of water. In other wfirds. the de])o.-its <itTer very excel-
lent <-hances for e«'onomical (juarrying, and for chi^ij) tran-portat'on by water iif the
crushed rock. There is no doubt that practically all the diabase will make (>xcelleiit
road material.

A (u*<d<jgical Survey party under the direction of Mr. W. IL Collins map|)4'<l strips
of country from .'> t<i 10 miles wide along parts of the railway line between Briice
Mines and Su<lbury. Areas of trap rock, of which then- are many, were map|>e<i within
these strips and not«*s made on a few gravel de|K>sits. A trunk highwa.v fc>llowing tlie
railway is now under con.structiiui between Suult Ste. Marie and Sudbury.

90 UKOj.onir.M fivnvEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

Thf local road materials which arc avaihihlc for the lake port towns of south-
wcstcni Ontario are as a rule of very poor quality and as the population of this por-
tion of Ontario increases, the need for first class road materials will be felt more
keenly.

First class trap rock can be transported l)y boat from the north shore of Lake
Huron to points on Lakes Huron and Erie in old Ontario at a cost which \v\\\ be very
little higher, and in some cases lower than the freiprht charges by rail for inferior local
material. When used in macadam roads subjected to heavy traffic, trap rock is very
much superior to the local materials. Its greater durability in cases of that kind far
outweighs its greater cost. It is of importance that builders of roads should realize the
im])ortance of the north shore as a source of supply for road material of high grade.

J'js.scr and Kent Counties. — The bedrock in Essex and Kent counties is covered by
from 50 to 200 feet of clay and sand with occasional patches and ridges of gravel. The
only bedrock available is at Amherstburg, and on Pelee island. The Amherstburg
material is of poor quality. The limestone on Pelee island has not yet been tested,
but it is rather soft under the hammer and will probably not do for heavy traffic.

There is a ridge of sandy gravel between Esse.x villas^e and Leamington, most of
which is of poor quality. Scattered deix)sits of field stone were seen in the neighbour-
hood of Kingsville and very sandy gravels at the town of Sandwich, and to the .south
and east of it. Essex county contains no really first class road material.

An area of gravels occurs in the southeastern part of Kent county, .south of the
Pere Marquette railway. These gravels lie in ridges which are all sand and gravel,
or occur as patches of gravel in clay ridges. Most of these gravels if not too sandy,
make good light traffic roads, but are not durable eno\igh for heavy country traffic,
such as that between the villages of Blenheim and Kidgetown. The best gravel in the
county seems to be that found on the Talbot road a few miles east of Morpeth, which
not only wears, but cements well. Good gravel is found on the Lake Erie beach, but
it occurs in small amounts. Sandy gravels occur in the beds of the Tb.ames and
Sydcjiham rivers, and areas of sand and gravel to the northeast of Ridgetown.

By far the greatest part of these two counties is underlain by boulder clay, and
the roads in these sections are almost entirely unsurfaced, that is, they are clay roads.
These clay roads are very sticky and slippery in wet weather, and although most of
the gravels found in Essex and Kent are too sandy, and not durable enough, for good
macadam work, they will greatly improve a clay road if properly placed upon it. All
the areas of sand and gravel in the two comities were, therefore, carefully examined
and mapped.

The North Shore of Lal-e Ontario. — A narrow belt of gravel extends along the
shore-line of Lake Ontario from Trenton to Niagara Falls and beyond. The gravel.s
lie with sand, in long narrow bars along the winding shore-line of an ancient extinct
lake (Lake Iroquois). The old shore is from 2 to 7 miles from the present shore of
Lake Ontario, and 116 to 400 feet in elevation over it. This belt lies along one of the
principal avenues of traffic in Ontario, and the character of the gravels is. therefore,
of particular interest. They have been examined and mapped from Trenton to
Ifamiltftn.

The deposits arc practically entirely of sand and gravel, the sizes of the material
varying greatly from place to i)lace. Clay is present in a few deposits only, but lime
is very frequently found in greater f)r less amounts as a coating on the gravel pebbles.
A small percentage of clay is an advantage in gravel used for the building of gravel
roads. In concrete work of any kind, however, clay is a distinctly undesirable ingre-
dient, and it is ])robable that a coating of calcium carbonate jiehbles is also a source
of weakness.

The relative durability oi the gravels in this belt has been estimated from the
relative i)roportions of the hard and soft pebbles in them, and from the way in which

.SI 1/1/ 1/.') t:i:i'nirr 91

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

tlioy wear on ruatl surfaces. 'I'lie uiurc diirablo gravel.-t anprar t<> lio iIkm.- at tlio »-'a.Ht
and west ends of tlu> city of Toronto, and from tlioro west to Krindal«? villaK<*.

From Tronton to Toronto thoy are ratlier uniform in comixjsition and in probaldo
wearing; (iiialitics. The ijoorest ijravels lie in three hars between l{iirlin;,'ton and
OakviUe.

Th(> parts under Mr. .\I. ^. Williams examined tlie hroad helt in soutliwe^fern
Ontario, .southwest of tlie Nia>;ara esearpment. Their work was not prinuirilv e..n-
eerned with road mat«'rials. hut they in<-identally h»<ated ami examined a hir>;o
number of gravel deixwits. The belt .so mapped is from 2.'. to nearly 100 mih's wido
and stretches from the Niajj:ara river to Hruee pi^nin-uhi.

INVESTIGATION OF JHK OCCUKKKNCE OK K.\ I )lO- ACTIVE MINERALS

IN' o.v'iAino.

(>>'. Hnnilon.)

IXTIIOOI t'lloN.

Since the discovery of radium in ]s;is much interest has been taken in minerals
which contain tliis substance and many fifovertunents have encouraired the search for
radium minerals and have undertaken their conservation. The (Jovernments of
Ontario and British Columbia have otfered bonuses for the first discovery of radio-
active ores in connnercial quantities in these provinces.

During the summer of 1914 two field parties of the Geological Survey made
examinations for radio-active minerals. The first imder (_'. W. Robin.son visited ditfer-
eut localitit^ in Nova Scotia and (Quebec and the second party under S. Bruntou
traversed the territory in the province of Ontario lying between Fort William, the
National Tran.^continental railway, and the southern boundary. This report deals
with the results of the last-named investigation.

Work was commenced in the beginning of .Tune. 1914. and continued until the
middle of October. The first two weeks were spent at ilcGill University for the
purpose of making and testing the necessary instruments, under the guidance of
Professor A. S. K,v«'. to whom especial thanks are due. Vei-y valuable assistance was
also received from Mr. Arthur A. Cole at Cobalt, Afr. J. F. Robertson, smelter sujx'r-
intendent at the M(rtid Nickel Compan.v's smelter at Coniston. Mr. J. A. Dresser
of the Algoma Central railway at Sault Ste. ^^arie. Mr. C. S[X'arnian at Kirkland
lake, and many others.

The territor.v covered in this .search comprised several districts in Ontario from
which radio-active minerals had alread.v been reported, and others in which it wa.s
considered that a careful search might reveal such minerals. In each area a thorough
investigation was made in the most likely localities and particularly in the ores and
waste dumps of mines, and in the concentrates from ore-dressing plants; all minerals
whi<'h seemed at all likely to .show radio-activity were teste*! in the most delicate appar-
atus whi<-h it was possible to transport from place to place.

THE OOBAI-T AIJK.V.

The first district visited was the Cobalt silvtjr area. Hen* the rocks are Keewatin
and Iluronian and are cut by a diaba.se sheet which is sup[K)sed to be the ore-bringer.
This area is similar to that of Joacrhimstiial — Schneeberg in the Bohemian — Saxoii

92 ^EOLOnivAL slIiYF.Y

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

Erzegebirge; but in tlie latter place the ores have been brought in associated with a
Permian granite, while the ore-carrying rock at Cobalt is of a much more basic compo-
sition. J'>ighty-iive tests were carried out in this district and none showed the pres-
ence of radio-activity in any (luantities. Tt is, therefore, probable tliat deposits of
radio-active ores will not be found in this locality.

THE I'uK'Cl riNE COM) AREA.

This area also lies in the Pre-Cambrian shield, but the occurrence of the ore
deposits seems to depend more upon the structure than the actual composition of the
rocks. The ore shoots apparently exist in zones of faulting which have been impreg-
nated by mineral bearing waters or A-apours. The deix)sits are genetically coiniected
with quartz porphyries and other intrusives of an acid character, and the existence of
(considerable qiiantities of tourmaline in places bears out the idea of pneumatolitic or
p<'gmatitic origin; but no uncommon minerals have been found with the exception of
schceiite (calcium tungstate) which occurs in small quantities.

Although no radio-active minerals have been found in the district uj) to the present
time the genetic relations do not preclude the possibility of finding su<-h minerals, and
it is quite possible that further pi'ospecting and development may bring tliem to light.
Ffprty-three tests were made in this district.

SWASTIKA. SESEKIMKA^ KIKKLAND LAKE.

During the last few years operations have been conducted at Swastika and Kirk-
land lake with the object of working the telluride ores of gold. The region of Sesekin-
ika ojiened up this summer, owing to the finding of tellurides. The presence of tellur-
ium and the association of the ores as impregnations from quartz porphyries favour
the possibilit.v of finding radio-active minerals, but none of the tests carried out in the
localities showed any radio-active indications.

I'OLNT MAMAINSE AREA.

In 1847 Dr. J. L. Leconte described, under the name of coracite, a new mineral
supposed to be from this area (see Keport of the Geological Survey for lSt)3). The
mineral was said to occur in a vein 2 inches wide, but it has never been found since
first reported. The area in which Point Mamainse is situated, lies at the eastern end of
].ake Superior about (35 miles north of Sault Ste. Marie, and was reached by a small
steamer which plies between the latter p<irt and Michipicoten harbour.

The outcrops at the Point Mamainse locality comprise Pre-Cambrian rocks, with
jiegmatites carrying considerable (luantities of muscovite. The pegmatites are of the
usual type found all througii tlie J-aurentian protaxis, and no minerals were found
which would especially indicate the presence of radio-activity. The only mineral in
the pegmatites besides the usual quartz, feldspar, and mica, is graphite, which is scat-
tered through the rocks in small flakes. Point Mamainse itself is c<>raposed of Keween-
awan lava flows similar to those found on Keweenaw point. Xatlve c<ipiK?r occurs tln-re
and the rocks are cut by veins of calcite some of which carry ores of copper. The v«'in3
are barren of radio-active minerals. Twenty tests were made in this area.

rilE Bin (E .MINES.

These mines are now closed and full of water; but the tailings are still used by tiie
'Mond Nickel Company a> Hiixe,-. Tlu' ore appnn ntly (rf-curs in CA.)nnexion with (piart/c
veins, and comjtrises vari<»us copper sulpliides. No indications were found of radio-
activity in the ore, nor in the Uiilings at the smelter. Five tests were made in this
area.

St 1/ 1/1 AT h'Kroin' 93

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

JACh.SUNUuKlt.

A trip u.i- ijiiult" til Jarksoiil)i>ro, 32 miles west of Cochrane on the National
Transeontinentnl railway, as rt'iK»rts were in eirrulation that radio-aetive niat<-rials
had been found in that vicinity, but notiiin^': was found wliieii in any way pointed to
the existence of siidi minerals in the locality examined, rhn-e tests were ijia<le in
this area.

>-! OIU KV.

The Sudl'iiry Xi«-kel area has often been described as a basin some 30 miles long ^
by 13 mile-; wide, in which the rocks lie in layers. The most important of these layers
is composed of norite from which various ores of copper and nickel, such as pyrrhofitc,
l>entlandite, and clialcopyrit*' liave separated out l>y maKUiatic se^refration. These
conditions are not in accord with those found in any localities wliere radio-active
minerals have been reported to occur.

In none of the mines, in the course of operation^, have any si)ecimen3 of radio-
active minerals been discovered, nor do any of the concentrates show radio-activity;
and all tests on mineral or rock specimens iji this district j?ave ne^rative results. It
is to be inferred, therefore, that this locality also is unfavourable for the finding of
radio-active ores.

The dfixtsits of anthraxolite on lot 10, conce-v-ion I. and lot 4. concession II,
Balfour town.ship, were also visited, but the samples fjavc no radio-active results.
Thirty tests were made in this area.

M.M)oc-MAi:\i(>i:.\ .\im:.\.

In tlii> rctrion, which is celebrated for its great variety of minerals, many small
prospects iiit-- have been dug, and in some instances the mines have been operated for
a short time, but at present no operations are being prosecuted.

Uraconite has been reported from the Seymour mine, lot 11, concession V, Madfjc
township, and from lot 2li. concession I, of Suowdon township. Visits to these places
revealed radio-active minerals, but the general geological relationships in the vicinity
are such that it seems probable that the reports may be founded on fact. A number
of large samples were taken which will later be treated by concentration in the hope
that in this way radio-active minerals may be isolated. At the time of writing this
report the experiments have not been finished, and no definite statement can be made
as to whether or not radio-active ore is to be found in these places. The area is com-
posi-d of granite overlain by Pala?ozoic limestone (Birdseye and Bliu-ic River).

CRAIGMONT-BURGESS .AREA.

Craigmont lies in the township of Kaglan some 45 miles north of Madoc. It is
situated in an area of nepheline .syenite rocks intermi.xed with crystalline limestone
and schists. Corundum is mined there and a mill was erected at Craigmont for its
treatment. A few years ago the mill was burnt down and the plant at Burgess .'»
miles west of Craigmont has since been found sufficient to supply the market.

A very small quantity of heavy product resembling metallic lead, but rad.io-a<-tive,
is found in the jigs at Burgess. It has not yet been possible to detect the occurrence
of this substance in the unconcentrated rock which at best can, therefore, contain it
only in minute quantities. Nevertheless it is certain that by concentration a substance
is obtained which gives a radio-active value equal to 6 6 per cent of Joaohimsthal
j)it<:'hblende or in other words is approximately equal to a 4 per cent ore of uranium
oxide.

Near the village of Quadville on lot 2.1. cx^ncessior) XV. of Lyntloch township in
Renfrew county there is a pegmatite dyke carrying ber>-l. quartz, feldspar, biotite,
muscovite, garnet, fluorite, specular hematite, and tourmaline. Baryite and tanta-
lite are also reported, but none was found during the pre.s<Mit investigations. Thirty
tests were made in this area.

94 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

Two otlior minorals of importance wore also procured here, columbite, and a
substance which apparently corresponds most nearly with samarskite, but of which the
actual composition has not yet been determined. Both minerals are radio-active, and
although little development work has been done, the location appears to warrant
investigation as a possible source of radio-active ores.

COXCLl SIGN'.

The ores of rudiuin and any radio-active minerals are uncommon. It is, there-
fore, not surprising that the greater niomber of the districts visited did not disclose
them, but it is very gratifying to know that there are localities in the province of
Ontario where these minerals exist.

The area situated between the towns of Ilaliburton, Madoc, and Bancroft is of
peculiar geological interest, and has been dealt with very fully by Dr. Adams and
Dr. Barlow. The dyke spoken of on lot 22, concession XV, Lyndoch township, lies
just outside the eastern edge of the map prepared by these geologists. Here the
indications are such as to warrant prospecting work being undertaken.

NORTHERN PORTION OF BUCKINGHAM MAP-AREA, QUEBEC.

(M. E. ^YiUon.)

The geological investigation of an area to the northeast of the city of Ottawa, in
Ottawa and Labelle counties, Quel)ec, commenced in 1V>1.'3, was continued by the writer
during the past tield season.

In connexion with this investigation — as was pointed out in the Summary
Report of 1913 — it is proposed that a regional map of a rectangular area extending
from the village of East Templeton to High falls on the Lievre river, and from the
Gatineau river eastward to a point 2 miles beyond the town of Buckingham, be com-
piled for publication on the scale of 1 mile to 1 inch. In addition to this areal map,
small maps of areas adjoining the most imi>ortaut mineral dopi>sits of the region,
are being prepared for publication on scales ranging from 100 to 500 feet to 1 inch.

In 1913, the southeastern part of the areal sheet (approximately the township of
Buckingham) was mapped, while in 1914, the work was continued in the northern part
of the map-area (East and West Portland and portions of Derry, Bowman, Denholra,
and Wakefield townships). Thus, the southwestern portion of the proposed map-area
(Templeton and portions of Hull and Wakefield townships) has yet to be examined
before the investigation is completed.

Detailed geological maps of the areas in the vicinity of the following mines
were also i)repared during the season : Battle lake. Lake liheaume and ^Faple Leaf
mica mines. Villeneuve muscovite-feldspar mine, and ^loose Lake mica mine.

The contoured base map upon which the geology of the Moose Lake area was laid
down, was that prepared by Mr. L. lieinecke in 1913.

As during the previous season, hearty co-operation was afforded the writer by
those engaged in mining in the region. Thanks are especially due to Mr. H. P. H.
Brumeli. of the Dominion Graphite Company, to Mr. W. L. Parker, to ^Ir. B. Win-
ning in charge of operations at the various proix^rties belonging to O'Brien and
Fowler, to Mr. E. Watt, and to Mr. E. Wallingford of the Wallingi'ord Mining and
!Arica ('omi)any.

1 also wish to express my indebtedness to L. V. I''llswortli and F. E. Gardiner,
the former of whom assisted in geological work during tlu' season, while the latter
performed the surveys necessary to supplement the map of the Lievre river and
Templeton phosphate di.strict itrcpared ])y Mr. Janie- White in 1*^91.

gi'MM i/.T ni:i'onT 95

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

'JHK I'.ASIXS OF THi; NOTTAWAV AND BIlOADIiAi Iv KIVKIt?^. XORTTF-

\VKSTi:UX grKHKC.

(If. ('. Conhi'.)

For some yoars past tlu' (Joolojiic al Survey of Canada, in co-operation with tin;
Qufhoc Dt'i)artinont of Klines, lias Ihhmi |)rosc<'utiMf^ detailed exploration in nortli-
we.stern Quehoe, witli the object of carryinj<f throuj;li one or more complete sections from
tlio jreolojrically well-known liistricts aronnil Lake Timiskaminj; to the east <hore of
James hay. and theneo northward to include a strip of the cast coast of the l)ay which
could be easily reached by prospectors should the discovery of rociv formations of possi-
ble economic interest warrant their attention. The work of "M. K. Wilson and W.
J. Wilson for the (ieolo<j:ical Survey, and of .1. A. Bancroft for the Quebec depart-
ment, had extendinl this exi)loration by the end of the sumnier of 1012, from T>ake
Timiskaminpr northwards to Tyake AbitiUi, ea.stward on a wide Ix'lt alon-.<? the line of
the National Transcontinent^d railway to a i)oint rs'vjut "2<)<) mihvs east of the Ontario
boundary, and northwards down the Bell and Nottaway rivers to within .')0 miles of
James bay. In the spring of 1914, the writer was requested to carry forward the work
as far as James bay, through the region to the east of the Nottaway river, pajinp: par-
ticular attention to the hitherto entirely unexplored lower courses of the Broadback
river.

Past work in this ref^ion has been confined to a yeolofirical and topographical recon-
nais>ance made by RolnM-t Bell, in ISOti. of the canoe route from (Jnll lake ti>
Kupcrt bay. via Lake Evans and the Rupert river; to some incomplete stadia surveys
of the same route made more recently by the Quebec Department of Mines; and to a
stadia survey of the Rui)ert river by il. O'Sullivan, in 19^X3. It was decided, therefore,
to make a complete micrometer survey of this route as far as Nemiska lake, and thence
down the Broadback river to its mouth. This was done, and at the same time, thegeo-
loiry of the shores traversed was examined in greater detail tiiau formerly. The party
returned from James bay by the Kupcrt river to Nemiska lake and. crossing into the
Broadl)ack waters, ascended to Lake Evans. From the southwest bay of Lake Evans,
a new and <iirect route was discovered and explored, leading to Sosknmika lake on tlie
Nottaway river. This route is about 7') miles shorter than the one already known
between Mattagami lake and Lake Evans, but is easily travelled only in seasons of
high water; in 1<jw water the streams are very shallow.

The region exjjlored contains little of interest to prospectors, as it is underlain
largely by granitic rocks similar to those found in other parts of northern Ontario and
Quebec, and connnonly classed under the name Lanrentian. with only a few small an^a.s
of ancient sedimentary rocks and greenstones similar to those in which ores have
been found to the southwest. The timber and soil resources are more jiromising.
^Iu<'ii of the land is clothed with a heavy growth of jackpine. black and white spruce,
tamarack, balsam, birch, and jMiplar, the major i>art of whi<-h may be utilized for rail-
way tics, lumber, or pulp; although large areas have been burned over through the
carelessness of the Indians in leaving fires unextinguished. The soil is mainly day; it
forms a northward extension of the "clay belt," of stratified sandy clays originally
deposited in the bottom of the great post-Olacial lake named by A. P. Coleman, Lake
Ojibway. The southern b<jundary of this belt of clays lies far to the south of the
Natiomil Transcontinental railway; and its northern b(nnidary has been observed by
the writer during the past season and that of IHIl'. to be roughly the Broadback river,
for about .")'• miles t«i the east and the same distance to the west of Lake Evans. A
large part of tiie land in this area is suitable for agrii-ulture, the princi[)al bar to ita
use being, seemingly, the severity of the climate.

In conclusion, the writer wishes to acknowledge t,\u\ services of Angus Nr<T,eod,
whose efficient assistance materially aided the progress of the summer's work.

96 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

THE HAERICANAW BASIN NORTH OF THE GRAND TRUNK PACIFIC

RAILWAY, QUEBEC.

(T. L. Tanton.)

INTHODLCTIOK.

From June 24 until October 7, 1014, the writer was occupied on a reconnaissance
of an area in northern Quebec between latitudes 48'' 35' N. and 50° N., and between
longritudes 78° W. and 71*'' \V. This district, whicli is about 120 miles in length and 40
miles in width, includes the Harricanaw river from the Grand Trunk Pacific railway
north to its junction with the Turgeon ri^er, and its tributaries the Wawagosic, Mis-
towak. Plamondon. Partridge, and Shishishi rivers, together with a small part of the
Abitibi basin around Lake Makamik.

The district has been made easily accessible by the construction of the Grand
Trinik Pacific railway which traverses' its southern boundary. The best places for
entering the district are at the Molcsworth and Harricanaw River crossings lying 9S
miles and 141 miles respectively east of Cochrane. A rajiidly growing town, suitable
for outfitting purposes, is situated at the latter place.

The purpose of the exploration was to obtain information regarding the regioiial
geology and topography, soil and timber resources, and water powers of the district.
The recent discoveries of gold in the upper Harricanaw basin, give the district an
interest from an economic standpoint.

The " Carte de la Region de 1' Abitibi, 1911, 4 miles to the inch," published by the
Department of Lands and Forests, Quebec, was used as a base map for the work and
was found to be very satisfactory. Traverses were made in canoes along all the navi-
gable streams, and track surveys were made of those not already mapped. Land
traverses extending from 3 to 5 miles back from the water ways were run into areas
which could not be reached by canoe.

L. Clermont an-d L. I. Walker acted as assistants.

GENEKAL CHARACTER OF TlIK DISTKICT.

Topograiihu.

The area is i)art of a great i)lain which slopes from the height of land to James
bay. The descent in the 120 miles from the south to the north end of the sheet is about
400 feet. The streams make this descent by irregularly spaced falls and rapids with
stretches of sluggish water between. The nortliern lialf of the region is a great muskeg
j)lain with occasional rocky or clay-covered hills rising less than 100 feet above the
general level. The southern half, with the exception of a strip along the railway, is a
reign of comparatively high relief. Through this section a well-detinod ridge zig-
zags in a northeast-southwest direction, with low spurs running out on either side.
Some <if the knobs on the ridge rise over 500 feet above the general level of tlie sur-
rounding country. The highest of these is Mount Plamondon, with an elevation of
1,7<K) feet above sea-level and 800 feet above the surrounding country; it is situated 18
miles (kie north of Lake Chikobee.

Several waterfalls were seen which would be suitable for power develi>pment. but
of tliese all but one are too distant from settlements to l)e of any immediate use. The
one exception is the series of rapids about 5 miles in length on the Harricanaw river
between I'l and 2t! mih-s north of Harricanaw village. The total drop is over 50 feet.
A (lam co\dd be l)uilt in the granite gorge at the bottom, which wouhl not cause the
flooding of any valnsilile lund.

ISLMMAh'V ini'uUT fjfj

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

Flura.

I'lic xuitlioni lijilf uf till' di->lri<t and narrow stripA aloiif; the strramH in the nnrUi
arr wi-ll drained and the chiy soil which preilinninatos is rovercd with forests of hla<"k
-; rnee poplar, balsam, balsam poplar, cedar, and bin-h. 'Dies*- trees in eertaiu phic«!s
have diameters of over 12 inches. ^Maples, mountain ashes, and willows of small size
:ire abundant in some localities, also many shrubs and lierry hushes. Where the soil is
sandy jackpine prevails. In the northern half of this ili>trict the vefr<'tation consists
of sparsely-^'rowin^'. stunted spru<'e and tamarack. The forests of the southern half of
the district are suitable for pulpwood. The majority of the trees in the northern half
of tlie distriet arc too small to be of value.

FaiDia.

The rcf^ion abuunds in jrame and fiir-bcarinj:- animal-. The lar>r<'r animals known
to be in the rcfrion are: moose, caribou, deer, and black bear, licaver, nuiskrat,
Miartcii. mink, and utter arc fairly common, and lyn.\c>. foxes, and wolvis are >aid to
be presimt. Pike, pickerel, whitetish, sturgeon, and various other kinds of fish are
ai'iindant. .\o maskiiumge, trout, nor ba.s- arc known to have been eau'rht in the
rt^'ion.

RKtaONAL CKOLOCY.

Four main classes of rocks are recojinizeil : (1) nu old volcanic complex. ("2)
latbolithic intiu>ions of granite and gneiss. (;3) later intrusivcs, and (4) Pleistocene
and Recent deposits.

The oldest rocks of the district (the Abitibi volcanics) include ellipsoidal andc-
sites and basalts, dacites, rhyolites. tuffs, and porphyries in various stages of mctanior-
phism. from comparatively fresh looking rocks to chlorite and serieite schists; also a
volcanic mud and dolomite, both rich in pyrite. These rocks make up the majority of
the rock outcrops in the district.

Cicnorally s]ieaking. the schistosity strike of the region is N. r..".^ \V.. the dip is
nearly always vertical.

Batholiths of biotite and hornblende granite and gmisj- iiitru<lc the Al'itibi gronj)
in all places where the contact was observed. On Otter lake, large inclusions of rather
tine biotite granite were found in a coarser hornbleiide-biotite granite. This uiiglit
indicate that all the granites of the region are not of one age. These itn-ks an-
i xtensively foun<l in an irregular belt running east and west across tlie central part
of the distriet, and in patches in the south central and northwest parts of the sheet.

Of the later intrusives. the chi( f rock is a quartz iliaba^^e. Large dyk<>s intrude the
granite on the sunnnit of Otter mountain and along the granite-greenstone C'>nta«'t 4
mi!e< west of Lake Chikobee. Other outcrojjs ficcur west of the south eml of Lake
dbalski, and 3 miles wes't of the Harricanaw river 10 miles above itjs junction with
tlic Turgeon river. Other post-Abitibi dykes, whose age relative to the batholithic
;;ranites is unknown, were found on the east shore of Lake Kapitisjitanan an<l on the
lower Turgeon river. In the former ease, a small minett.e dyke intrudes an acid tuff;
in the latter, a finr-grained ba<ic dyke cuts a volcanic nui<l.

In the southern half of the district, whitish fine-bcd<led clay with concretion*
'■overs all the low-lying land, and may be seen in the beds of most of the streams and
en the southwest shore of Makamik lake. Continuous exposures were not found, but
in all the outcrop*, observed the bedding was not horizontal. This nuiy be «lue to
(le.positional irregularities or \a the deformation can>ed by a!i over-ri<ling ice ."hei't.
.\b.'ve the concretion-bearing clay come sandy clay and sand with occasional moraines

2t3 — 7

98 CKOLOrilCAL SUFTET

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

containing luige Ixnildcrs. Tlicse deposits occur over tlie whole district, their greatest
thickness being- toward the south. A section through them on the Shishishi river
shows a thickness of 00 feet.

ECONOMIC GKOLOGY.

Although no niini-ral dcjiusits of economic importance were discovered in the dis-
frii't. it i- by no ni(>aus iniprobaMe that sucli deposits occur. The ellipsoidal andesite,
which outcrops -abundantly on the Harricanaw river a few miles above and below its
junction with the Turgeou river, resembles the gold-bearing rock of West Shiningtree
very closely. It was observed to carry numerous, small quartz and calcite veins, and
was abundantly mineralized with pyrite. A few veinlets of stlflf-fibred asbestos occur
in an outcrop of peridotite on the east shore of Lake Obalski about IJ miles
north of the inlet. The volcanic mud on Lake Kapitisatanan carries pyrite; and in one
outcrop on the west shore, it is known that for a width of 20 feet the pyrite makes up
over 50 per cent of the rock.

Small crystals of galena were found in a quartz vein which cuts a minette dyko
intruding the acid tuff on the east shore of Lake Kapitisatanan.

The dolomite which is associated with the volcanic mud on Kapitisatanan lake
carries abundant pyrite. On McKenzie lake a shaft has been sunk on a rock of this
type but the results of the venture are unknown.

The quartz diabase of this district is lithologically similar to that of the Gowganda
district. It carries quartz and calcite veins and, in the exposure 6 miles west of Lake
Ciiikobee, aplite dykes. The diabase, however, occurs as large dykes and not sill rem-
nants as in the Gowganda district.

The glacial lake clays constitute a soil that is suitable for agricultural purposes,
and root crops, hay, and oats are raised successfully near the town of Harricanaw
and around Lake Makamik. Exceptionally good farm land — gently rolling, sandy clay
loam — occurs from 30 to 40 miles north of the railway on the Partridge and Waw-
agosic rivers.

The lower calcareous clay deposits are suitable for the manufacture of brick.

BROME AND MISSISQUOI COUNTIES, QUEBEC.

(liohert JIarvie.)

The past field season was spent chiefly in a c(nitinuation of the examination of the
geological section across the Sutton Mountain anticline. With headquarters at
C'owansville work was begun on June 3, and closed on September 26. In July, 8 days
were spent investigating the geology in the vicinity of Ste. Hyacinth where boring
activities have been renewed following up the indications of a possible gas field found
in 1910 and described in Mr. J. A. Dresser's report.^ The results obtained were dis-
cuosed on the ground with Mr. Theo. C. Denis, Inspector of Klines of Queljec.
Mr. Clayton B. Ilamil, as assistant, rendered thoroughly efficient and enthusiastic
service.

The section examined crosses Brome and ^lissisquoi counties in an east-west direc-
tion about 12 miles north of the boundary l)etwoen Quebec and Vermont. The Sutton
^lountain anticline is the continuation in Canada of the Green mountains of Vermont.

The purpose of this work is to determine tho relations of the different
varieties of rocks occurring in the above-mentinned district, the disti'ict liaviuir hovn
chosen because the rocks there are comparatively well exposed and ai-e typical of large

» Geol. Suiv., C*!in., Sinn. Kpj). for 1010, p. 218.

-.ESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

irtiis of till! Kii>tt>ni t(>wiislii|)s. Tlif iiifoniiatiuii oWtiiincil tlicrf is most valuahlf,
tliorot'oro, ill solving: prohlmis in other lofjilitios of «M'onomic iniixirtniH'e jumI in sup-
plying (lata that may hr of nso in the inarblo, slate, c-opptT, asbcgtos. and other mining
industries.

The results of the past season's work are outlined in the following paragraphs.

Apart from the Farnhani .slates which are known to he of Trenton age. the age
of most of the rocks in this vicinity has heretofore heen largely conjectural, hecausu
any fossil remains that they may liavi* contained have I)immi <lestroyed l»y the general
regional metaniorphisni. Jt was found, however, that the limestone hand whieh ]msses
through the villages of Sweetshurg and Hunham, may he traced along the strike for 40
miles, and is continuous with the Lower Cambrian limestone at the base of the .section
in (Jeorgia, Vermont, described by Walcott.' This connexion was only establi.-hed
after 10 da.vs' structural work on the (Jeorgia section. The examination showed thai
the lower limestone — No. 1 of Walcott's .section — which has an easterly dip. comes
up again with a westerly dip in the valle.v in whicli runs the Central Verniont rail-
wa.v. oast of (Jeorgia Centre, the intervening rocks thus having the form of a synclinal
trough. Nos. 1 to 0 of Walcott's section represent one-half the trough and Xo. t)
which has been painstakingly described as a " lentile,'' etc., is thus probably onl.v the
sharply folded central jnember of the trough. Of the thickness of 1.000 feet of lime-
.stone forming No. 1 of Walcott's section, 780 feet were found in the locality east of
(Jeorgia Centre. (Joing north, however, the band decreases in thicknes> until on lot 3,
range IX, Dunham. 4 miles .southwest of Dunham village, not more than 150 feet is
found, whilst at Sweet.sburg there is estimated to be onl.v about 50 feet. The slates
west of and overlying the limestone at Sweetshurg and Dunham are, therefore, the e<pu-
valent of the Georgia slates. Beneath the limestone, in conformable descending order,
are found the .schistose quartzitcs, dolomitic marble and proi)hyries and green.^tones,
more particularly described in the Summary Report for lOlo. This suc<;essiou
beneath the limestone was found to obtain al.^o east of St. Albans, Vermont. In the
dolomitic marble of the St. Albans section were found spong(^-like fossil? wliieli have
not j'ct been determined.

It was found that between Cowansville and Fandinm. the present surface is very
close to that of the plane of a great horizontal overthrust fault by which the (Jeorgia
.slates on the oast have been shoved over the Trenton slates and limestones of the
Farnham series to the west. The result of this relation of the fault plane to the topo-
grai)h.v is to produce ver.v irregular, interhngering geological boundaries. Near Farn-
ham "islands" of Cambrian rocks rest on the Trenton, whilst near Cowansville the
Trenton (below) shows through ''windows" in the Cambrian (above). This fnult
i> quite di.stinct from the St. Lawrenee-Chami)lain (latterly "Logan.'') fault and to
emphasize this distinction the name Cowansville fault is here propo.sed. No single
locality affords complete proof of the occurrence of the fault, but at Cowansville is
found the easternmost "window" and it was there that the first clue to the fault wa.s
found. The measured throw of the fault is 11 miles, but it seems evident thai the
aetual throw is much greater. The age of the faulting cannot be closely determined,
but at any rate it was previous to the intrusion of the l^ronteregian hills of which it
ran only be said that they are of |H>st.-nelderberg age.

The recognition of this overthrust fault exidains away some of tlu> difficulties of
the (Quebec CIroup problem. The older geologists not knowing of this fiiult. unwitt-
ingl,y classed what are now known to be (Jeorgia slates with the Farnham slates — the
presence of fossili^erous Trenton rocks in what are now known to be "windows"
ai>pearing to them to establish the age quite definitely. Having in their succession,
thus jumped the gap between Trenton and Cambrian, it was neeessary to explain that
the lack of fossils in the lower portions of their so-called Trenton. Chazy, etc., was
due to greater metamori)hism or some other such factor.

t Bulls.. Nos. 30 and 81. U.S. Gcol. Survey.

20—71

100 GEOLOGICAL SUliVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

GRAA^ITES OF THE EASTERN TOWNSHIPS, QUEBEC.

(A. MaUhiot.)

The field season, from ^fiiy 22 to September 27, was spent in a detailed petro-
grraphieal and niineralogieal investigation of the Hereford, Big Megantic, and Scotts-
town granite areas in the Eastern Townships of the Province of Quebec.

In this work I was assisted by A. M. James and F. C. Donald, and I am very
much indebted to them for thoroughly efficient services; Mr. James's intimate know-
ledge of topography was especially helpful.

As the results of this investigation are alnio>t entirely scientific in bearing they
will be published later.

In the Scottstown granite area, good road metal is found. This area is situated
on the outskirts of the village of Scottstown covering about one-third of a square
mile along the track of the Canadian Pacific railway, east of the station. Quarries
could easily be opened in it and railway spurs run into them as the deposit is located
close to the main line of the Canadian Pacific railway to St. John, X.B. The rock
is apinirently a fine-grainecl pyroxene granite.

The country around Big Megantic mountain has been prospected for alluvial gi'ld
at several places, but none of the localities has proved to be promising. The Mountain
Creek Cold Field Company operated a washing plant for a few months during the-
summer 1913 but has ceased operations since. The work done consisted of the e.xcava-
tion of a trench of about 300 feet long, 20 feet wide, and 10 feet dee>p along the former
bed of the Mountain creek, in lot 5, range IV, Chcsham township, Compton county.

The Salmon Kiver Gold Field, Ltd.. started prospecting last summer on lots 3. 4,
5, 6, 7, 8, 9, range VIII, Chesham township, Compton countj'.

ST. JOHN MAP-AREA, NEW BRUNSWICK.

(Albert 0. Ilaiics.)

The need of a detailed geological map of the vicinity of St. John, N.B., has been
felt for many years. In 1912 a topographical base for this purpose was surveyed and
geological mapping was commenced the following year. The results of the writer's
first season's work in this distrct are given in the Summary Report for 1913, to which
reference may be made for a tentative description of the general geology.

Preliminary majiping of the area was completed in 1913 and in 1914 certain
localities were selected for more detailed study. The structural geology is of especial
i)iipurtan<-e on account of the greatly disturbed nature of the rocks of the district, and
considerable time was devoted to securing data for its interpretation. Stadia transit
traverses were run' across portions of the various sedimentary series to map the struc-
ture, determine thicknesses, and locate fossil horizons.

Ou<' limestone (piarry owned by the firm of C. H. Peters and Sons. Ltd.. at Torry-
lurii, N.H., and another recently purchased from the city of St. John by the Par-
tington Pulp and I'aper Conipiniy, kicMted nn the \u<rih shore of the island of (Ireen

s( u i/.i/.'i urroirr 101

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

J lead, were sampled and burveved. The lornier iimiriy '^ IniiiK worked stradily aiMi
the latter has been idle for some years. This work coiifluded a careful study, begun
in iyi;J. of all the limestone and dolomite quarries near St. .I(»hn eity which are now
in opcrati'Mi and some that are iiUe hut may bo worked in tlie future. They number
III all tivi' liinestnne <|uarries in (fpcration and f<iiir idle, diic doluuiito <|iiarry in oimtm-
»ii.n and one idle.

Igneous rocks, including primary gneisses, plutonic intrusivcs, dykes, volcanic
titiws. as well as pynx-lastic sediments, <'«)ver about one-third of the laud surface in
the map-area. They have been divided into several groups by previous workers and a
preliminary study of these in 1!H3 pointed out the need of e.xhaustive field and labora-
tniy invcstigjitions in order to determine their natvivc order of s»icc«'<sion. and origii-
as well as to w( rk out their general structure and age relations. As this work dcniiinded
undivided att»'titi<in. it was offcri'^l to and accepte<l by ('. T.. rummiiig. wlio had been
appointed field assistant, and as a result of his work nmi'h imixirtant iiif(»rmation
concerning the igneous ro<*ks has been obtained.

M. C. Foster and H. M. Iloscoe were appointed assistants and efficiently carried out
the work entrusted to tlicju. Mr. Fo'^tor aided Mr. Cuniining while ^fr. lioscoe worked
with the writer.

The writer had the jtleasure of studying a number of Olacial and post-Olaeial
de|Misit.s in company with Professor J. W. Goldthwait during three days in June, and
gratefully a<-knowledg<"< bis indel>tedness therefor. Thanks are due to yir. A. H. I'itz
Kundelph for his kindness in supjOyiiig two men for one-half day to help secure samples
from (irtvn head. an<l for other courtesies. The writer is also indebtetl to Dr. O. F.
Matthew. Dr. L. W. Bailey, and Mr.Wm. Murdoch for helpful information. Dr. Bailey
very kindly accompanied the writer over a geological section at Currie mountain near
Fredericton. lie wishes especially to thank ^fr. Wm. Mcintosh, curator of the Natural
History Museum, who accompanied ^fr. C'umming to several localities and aided tlic
writer in many ways, and Mr. Murdoch who on several occasions jdaced the facilities
of his draughting office at ^fr. Cunnning's disj^sal. To those residents of the district
who generi>nsly })erniittcd the use of their property for camping purposes, and aided
tlie work of the Survey in other ways, the writer also wishes to express his sincere
thanks.

MONCTON MAP-AKKA. NFW BiaXSWICK.

(W. ./. Wrifjht.)

"Work in the Moncton map-area was resumed with the object of completing the
arcal geology and of examining in detail the gypsum and manganese deposits and the
petroleum-bearing formations.

The areal geology wa> i-ompletetl except in an area of alniut 5 square miles .»f
the |»re-(.'arboniferous rocks on Caledonia mountain. In this work ]iartieidar attention
was given to the problem of subdivision. All outcrops were located and notes made of
tlieir jihysical character and structure. As the work advanced it was fVunid that the
n»«-ks fell into natural subdivisions which dilTered somewhat from those given by the
earlier writers. But owing to the paucity of critical exposures it was impossible to fix
definitely the limits of the various divisions, and to determine accurately the relatitm
between two of the divisions.

The detailed study of the e<-f>nomi<- deposits has not been <'oniplet<'<l. The areal
extent of the gypsum and anhydrite has been mapped as a unit but no time was given

102 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

to the study of the gypsum itself. A telemeter survey was made of the Albert series
at Uosevale, but further work and the assistance of a competent guide is necessary in
order to locate the various beds of oil-shale. Permission has been obtained to examine
the cores of diamond drill holes -which have been made in the locality.

L. A. Gilbert acted as geological assistant and fulfilled his duties in a careful and
efficient manner. Information and favours were rendered freely by ^Cr. Matthew Lodge
and Mr. James Robertson and by the officials and employees of the Albert Manufactur-
ing Com])any and the Maritime Oil-fields Company, Ltd. These favours, and the hos-
pitality of the people in general, have assisted greatly in carrying on the work.

The only economic deposits which are being worked at present are the gypsum
deposits at Hillsborough and Demoiselle creek, and the oil and gas wells at Stony
creek. The gypsum quarries are working in full force and some prospecting has
been done to open new bodies of gypsum. The work of the Maritime Oil-fields Com-
pany, Ltd., has been confined chiefly to cleaning and deepening some of the wells. The
officials feel assured of a good supply of gas for the ensuing winter. No attempt
has been made to work the oil-shale deposits, but the promoters feel confident that
the work will be taken up as soon as the present financial stringency has passed.

Albert mines, and Rosevale (Baltimore) are the only localities in the M/^ncton
map-area where attempts are being made to start the oil-shale industr;s'. The Albert
mines area was described briefly in the Summary Report for 1913. At Rosevale the
Albert series occupies an east and west belt which averages about one-third of a mile
in width. About 3 miles of the eastern end of this belt lies in the Moncton map-area.
To the south the belt is bounded by the highlands known as the Caledonia moun-
tains, made up of schist and igneous intrusives which unconformably underlie the
Albert scries. On the north and east the Albert series is overlain imconformably
by gently inclined beds of coarse red conglomerate. The beds of the Albert series strike
in a general east and west direction and dip north at angles averaging 15 to 30 degrees.

For many years it has been known that the Albert series in the Rosevale district
contains beds of " massive " and " curly " oil-shale. The beds have been opened at
various places by tunnels, and prospected by diamond drilling. Sami)les tested by the
Mines Branch, of the Depaftment of Mines, Ottawa, yielded from 39 to Tt-t imperial gal-
lons of crude oil and 67 to 110 pounds of ammonium sulphate per ton. A 3() ton sampU-
retorted by the Pumpherson Oil Company, Scotland, averaged 40 09 gallons of crude
oil and 70-94 jwunds of ammonium sulphate per ton. All of the known outcrojis, tun-
nels, and drill-holes were located by a telemeter survey, and permission was obtained
to examine the diamond drill cores, in order to determine if possible the number and
extent of the oil-shale beds.

PHYSIOGRAPHY AND SURFACE GEOLOGY OF NOVA SCOTIA.

(J. W. Uoldtltwail.)

The three summer moutlis of 1914 were spent iu completing the study of surface
features of Nova Scotia, which was begun last yeivr. The observations of these two
seasons toudi many aspects of surface geology and physiography, affording, with our
I>holographs and maps, material for a comprehensive report on the significance and
origin of the scenery of the province. A bulletin covering this broad subject will be
written during tlie winter. Among the larger topies which will be included in it are
tlie rock foinidation of Nova Scotia, the uplands and inonutains. the lowlands and val-
leys, the rivers and lakes, the glacial features, and the coastline. Each natural feature
will be considered in such a way as to show what its life history has been during the

siMMMn- r:i:i'(nrr 103

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

peologii'iil \mM. Aiuoiir: sinullor dotnils of popiiliir iiilcrost whii-li will 1)0 dt'scriix'd
and oxplaiiiod arc Dijrl).v f»ut and othor jiiips in Xortli niunntuin. sulnniT>;t'd forests at
Amherst. (Jrand Prr. Varnionth and Halifax, raised boa<'lios at BriiM* island, drum-
lins at Chester. Yarnionth. and Halifax, the Fairy Rocks at Lake Kejiinkujik, sand
dunes at Port ^fouton and Cape Sahle, sinkholes and caverns in the ;xyj)snnj distrii-ts,
'■ hoarshacks " near I'arrshoro and Sydney, and the preat rockinj; stone near Halifax.
A new map of the old fortress of Louishurg, based npon Cridley's map of 174."). will
indicate how the sea has attai-ked tlie shore at this j)lace. aixl how far it has ent away
the ramparts during the last one hinulred and seventy y«>ars. It will also show that
there has been no sinking nor rising of tiie coast at this j)hi<v during the last two cen-
turies. The report will thus treat of tlie natural history of the province, .so far as
inorganic nature is concerned.

It is hardly necessary to say that the field work directed to the end just described
has incidentally thrown light upon a number of scientific problems of interest, such as
the direction of ice-sheet movement across Xova Scotia and Cai)e Breton, the source of
this sheet of ice, recent stability or instability of the coast, etc. Certain topics of this
sort will be adequately discussed in i)apers of a more technical character.

The field work this season began on June 15, and ended on September 1*^. wScveral
days were spent, at first in and around St. John, in conference with A. O. Hayes regard-
ing some Pleistocene features of importance in the interpretation of the surface geo-
logy of the St. John district. About three weeks were spent iu work in Cape Breton
including a traverse of the tableland of northern Victoria county near Aspy bay. The
rest of the time was distributed rather miiformly over the peninsula of Xova Scotia,
with some preference for important centres like Halifax. Truro, and Amherst, and for
the more frequented sunnner resorts like Digby, Wolfville, Chester, and Yarmouth.

John L. Ferguson worked ably as my assistant throughout the .season, preparing
detailed topographic and surficial geology maps, gathering observations at localities
which I did not have time to visit myself, taking photographs, etc. Co-operation was
generously given us by Professor Haycock of Acadia college, by Mr. Harry Piers. Cura-
tor of the Provincial museum at Halifax, and by Mr. Donald S. Mcintosh of Dalhousie
University. These gentlemen accompanied me on various trips in fields with which they
are fannliar. and aided me in many ways in securing material of local interest and of
scientifi<' value. I am also indebted for many courtesies to Principal Sexton of the
Technical School of Xova Scotia, to ^Ir. Knight of the Iloyal Engineers at Halifax,
and to Mr. Charles II. Harvey of the Department of ^larine and Fisheries.

The state of war in Europe made it necessary to cancel plans which had been
arranged for a visit to Sable island.

While the character of the forthcoming report is not economic in the usual .sense,
it is hoped that it will not only have the effect of interesting the people of Nova Scotia
in the wonderful .scenic features of their province, but that it will attract more people
from elsewhere to its vacation retreats and summer resorts.

CALEDONIA MAP-AEEA, QUEENS COUNTY, NOVA SCOTIA.

(E. R. FarihauU.)

The writer's field work during the sea.son of 1914, was the continuation of the map-
ping of the northwestern part of Queens county. Nova Scotia. It consisted of the topo-
graphical and geological survey of the greater part of the area covered by the Caledonia
map-sheet No. 107, and .some of the country innnediately adjoining to the south and
west. The whole area is iniderlain by the Gold-bearing .series. excej)t two small exjian-
sions of granite coming in from the main interior batholith in the western part of the
area.

104 (lEOLiXilCAL SlIiVFA'

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

Much ecoiioniii' importance is attached to the location and structure ot" the anti-
clinal folds and domes in the Gold-hearing; series, hecause practically all the gold
rieposits of Xova Scotia are found on domes of i)it<-hing anticlines and the vein distri-
hution on any one dome is lar4:ely dependent on its own peculiar structure. The geolo-
frical structure of the rocks in the area surveyed is thus of special economic interest on
account of the gold deposits worked at "Whitchurn and West Caledonia and a few other
]tr<>s]iects elsewhere.

The detailed mapping of the (lold-bearing .-cries has now been in progress for
many years, and the elaborate maps, plans, sections, and reports thus far published have
proved of immediate practical advantage to the mining men, who have testified to their
economic value and usefulness and have requested that this work be continued. It is
another instance, lately of frequent occurrence, of geological work done from a purely
scientific stand]ioint having direct economic value. In Memoir No. 20-E, just i)ub-
lished and entitled the " Gold Fields of Xova Scotia," is presented a concise and com-
I)rt'hensive record of the results of the investigations made by the writer in these fields,
as well as the A^iews of others on the subject.

The area surveyed last season roughly forms a rectangle measuring 16 miles
north and south and 10 miles ea*>t and west, the extreme limits of which comprise:
eastward Rroc^kfield and Pleasantfield on the Annapolis and Liverpool road ; westward
Tobeatic, Pescawess and Kejimkujik lakes; southward. First, Second, and Rossignol
lakes, and northward Grafton and Harmony lakes. Much still remains to be sur-
veyed, however, particularly in the northeastern part of the area, and more detailed
examination has yet to be made of the geology and mineral occurrences of the whole
area. The greater part of another season will be required to complete the field
work necessary to finish the Caledonia map-area and prepare a general report.

Field work was commenced on May 4 and continued mitil October 21. The
assistants for the season were J. McG. Cruickshank, W. P. Crowe., L. Strickland, and
C. W. Knowles. Mr. Cruickshank's long experience in the Gold-bearing scries was
especially valuable in working out the detailed structure of the rocks, while Mr.
Crowe's previous work in topographical surveys rendered his services very efficient.
During the past season, S. C. McLean, of the Topographical Division of the Survey,
made a transit-stadia traverse and ran levels of the county line bordering the western
part of Queens from the Aimapolis-Liverpool road to the Atlantic shore, and ran
stadia levels along the road from the county line near Kempt to Lowe's landing on
Lake Kossignol. These surveys and those previously made with transit and chain by
L. N. Richard of the Survey on the Halifax and Southwestern railway and some of
the main roads, will serve as control lines to tie up the surveys of that region.

Although the field work is not yet completed it may be well to record provisionally
some of the results attained which may have some immediate usefulness.

With the exception of the two small expanses of granite on the west side of
Kejimkujik and Pescawess lakes, the whole area is underlaid by the Gold-bearing
scries. This sedimentary series has a thickness of over 30.000 feet and is divided into
two conformable formations: a lower one, known as the Goldenville formation. chicHy
composed of thick beds of quartzite. with layers of slate, and an upper one. called the
Halifax formation, essentially made iip of slate. These rocks are closely folded into
broad anticlines and synclines, the axes of which have a general northeast and south-
west trend. As a result of the folding and subsequent erosion, the Halifax slate
formation occurs in zones chiefly along the synclines, while the Goldenville quartzite
f( rmation is exposed along the anticlines. Iti the neighbourhood of the granite the
qiiartzites and slates are metamorphosed into gneisses and schists.

The greatest width of the (}«>ld-bearing series in the map-area, measured at right
angle to the folding, is 21 miles from Pleasantfield to the north end of Kejimkujik
lake. A traverse section between these two jyoints gives five major anticlines and as
many intcrA'ening synclines. As the gold deposits are found t<> occur at points of

.sr.i/.j/.t/i'i lit.i'our 105

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

domiiifj:. aloiiK tlu> anticlinal axes i.f fdldinp, tlic ;iii(i<-lincs ;uul tltr iii-prnxiinatc 1<k-u-
tioii uf the (Ionics are licre pnivisionally j^mvcm in tlii' <ir<l<r in which thoy occur from
s<nith to north.

(1). Fifti'inmilt' Hrook Aut'uJinr. — The niiticlinc crosses tiic I.ivcrj l-Annapolia

road Oy mile south of Filteenniile hrook and. exteudiu}; southwesterly, passes near
the north end of CJeorne lake and crosses Liverpool river near the mouth of Kemptoii
hrook. It pitches easterly for the whole distance and comprises several minor folds
along the a|)cx. On the north limb of the farthest north of these small folds, at the
hase of the Halifax formation, frold-hearinj,' veins have been worked to a limited
extent at Fifteenmile Hrook mines, and in one of these viins the tunj^sten-licariiiK
mineral seheelite was discovered by the writer in YM*.

{2). Malaga Anliilinr. — Tliis anticline was traced fnnn the dome of the Malaj::i
t:o!d mines southwesterly across l*onhook lake, touchinfi' the north end of liifx Laniouna
island and the south extremity of Maplesue jjoint, tlience across Little and Hi^- .\loose-
iioru lake-;, alonsr the north shore of Cow .Mo()r(-> and Lontf lake-^, and a sliort distance
north of East brook to Second lake on Liverpool river, where it curves towards the
M.uth across that lake to West brook. On the south side of Second lake the fold
assumes a decided pitch to the east, and a fi'w veins have been pro.=ipected for jrold
on what is known as Mi's. Howe's prospect. The Mala{?a gold deposits are situated u
short distance east of the map-area. A detailed plan and section of this imi)ortant
iiiining district have already been published.

(3).- Wliifcburn Anticline. — From the dome of the Brookfield gold mines, situated
a sliort distance east of the map-area, this anticline runs southwesterly along Beaver
tn-ok. and crosst^ Medway river 2 miles below the Brookticld Village bridge; thence
curving westerly across Second Christopher lake it passes three-quarters of a mi'c
south of Whitcburn Klines, where it curves again southwesterly and runs along the
north side of Carrigan lake and to the south of Laeey and Menchen lakes to Lako
Kossignol. It crosses the latter lake at S]»arks island, Sam point, and Southwest bay,
where it curves southerly to Fifth lake. At Whiteburu it forms a broad dome on the
north side of which imjKirtant gold deposits have been worke<l successfully from l.'-MJ
until 1S9."», producing about lO.OOO ounces of gold recovered from 7,(Xt(> tons of ore
crushed. Hetween Southwest bay and Fifth lake, a much elongated dome is devcloin-d
on which large blocks of drift tjuartz were observed and gold float is reported to have
been discovered. The conditions on this dome seem to be particularly favourable for
the occurrence of gold deposits and it is well worth the attention of the p»ospe.-t4ir.
A detailed plan with two sections of the Brookfield gold district has already been
published.

(4). ll'r.s/ CalctUinia Anticline. — The anticline enters the map-area immediately
north of Harmony lake and runs southwesterly across Dowling, ^[cClinty. and Loon
lakes, thence more westerly across Hitcbmaker, Second Silver, and Poplar lakc^.
Between Dowling and Loon lakes the fold develops into a broad dome with several
fmdulations on the north side of which is located the West Caledonia gold district
where several veins have been developed to a limited extent in the upper part of the
' ioldcnville formation.

(.">). (liafton Lake Auficlinc. — On Grafton lake the <lates of the Halifax formation
are plicated into a minor fold which develops southwesterly into an important anti-
cline and syncline. The axis of the anticliiie runs along the south side of Kejimkujik
lake, traversing Snake lako and the north end of Hemlock island, then across the
middle of Cranberry, Mountain, and Big Pegeawe«8 lakes, beyond which it pass<\s north
of Back lake to the granite. The eastern part of the anticline has a declde<l pit<'h to
the east and at Snake lako the Halifax slate fcjrmation is underlaid by the (loldenville

106 OEOJ.fKiiriL >irUTKY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

quartzite formation. Farther west a dome is probably developed, but the rock struc-
ture has not yet been determined satisfactorily on account of the scarcity of the
exposures and the extensive metamorphism of the rocks. The probable occurrence of
the dome, above referred to, is interestinf? in coiniexion with an unconfirmed report
that some very rich quartz had been obtained, several years ago, by an Indian in this
locality.

The only mineral of econumii: value besides gold occurring iu the map-area is
infusorial earth (diatomaeeoiis earth or kieselguhr). It is made up largely of silica,
a variety of opal, and represents the remains of certain aquatic forms of plant life
kno^vn as diatoms. A deposit of this mineral was discovered last season on Liverpool
river, two-thirds mile below Loon Lake falls, or 2 miles below Kejimkujik lake. It was
observed on a small island, as well as a little farther north on the left l)ank, where the
river forms a wide stilhvater. At the time of discovery the water was exceptionally
low and the deposit projected only a few inches above the surface of the water. The
extent and depth of the deposit could not be ascertained at the time. On the east
side of the river, and as far north as the head of Loon lake, the land is flat and mostly
covered with swamps and meadows over an area measuring li miles by one-half mile.
As the infusorial earth deposit appears to be older and underlying these vegetable
and alluvial deposits, it may spread over a large part of this area. As far as could be
observed, the depth is over a. foot, and jirobabl.v considerably more. Where observed the
deposit is dead white in colour, somewluit coherent, and resembles chalk or cla.v. It i>
apparently free from vegetable and other foreign matter. Under the microscope also
the mineral appears to be very pure. The deposit is situated 8^ miles west of Cale-
donia, the terminus of the Halifax and Southwestern railway, a good wagou road
comes within 2i miles of it, and a truck wagon road covers the rest of the distance.
In order to determine the commercial value of the deposit, further investigation would
have to be made regarding its extent, depth, and purity, and this could easily be done
by shallow borings. The value of this product ranges from $10 to $26 per ton, accord-
ing to its purity and the uses for which it is employed. On account of its physical
properties it is susceptible of many industrial applications. Of late especially its uses
have been considerabl.v extended and there has been a steadily growing demand for it.
It is largely used as an abrasive in the manufacture of polishing powders and scour-
ing soaps, also as a non-conductor in packing boilers, pipes, and safe^, as a fireproof
building material in cements, bricks, and artificial stones, as an absorbent in artificial
fertilizers and dynamite, and in the manufacture of glazings for tiles and bricks, of
idtramarine and various pigments, aniline and alizarine colours, paper, sealing wax,
fire-works, gutta-percha, records for talking machines, matches, solidified bromide,
l)apier niache, water-glass, and many other articles.

THE HORTOX-WINDSOIl CARBOXIFKROITS AREA, NOVA SCOTIA.

nr. .-1. Bdi)

From May l'1 to September 2(i the writer was engaged in continuing the (K-tailed
geological study and mapping of the Carlwniferous rocks in the Ilorton-Windsor area.
Nova Scotia.

The Carboniferous rocks in this area, althongh they furnish fertile soils, have only
minor importance as a source of workable mineral deposits. Nevertheless, their .studv
is economically important as throwing light upon the relations of the Coal Measure
rocks which occur farther east in the province. The Windsor rocks earr.v abundant
marine fossils which permit this formation to be recognized over the whole of the
Maritime Provinces, and so serve as a guide to the presence or absence of the higher

sr\/\i \i:v in I'oirr 107

SESSIONAL PAPZR No. 26

cojil prnductivo strata, 'i'o iiiaUf |)ossilil«< ami (ms.v tin- rocoprnitioii of tlicM' rofkn,
whorovor jtrostMit. was one <>f the jiiirixisi's of flic work assijfiied. and tlic n'sults arc
soon to hv onilHxJicd in a final report. A<cuiii|)imyiii>f coiu-lusioiis of more sci«MitiH<:
interest are to \h? aMtirii>at(M| ; yet tlu'S4^ too should aid indiroetly in the stndy of the
natural resources.

Tlie work thus outlined was beffun late in the season of l!)!:!. During' the present
season it was bron^lit praetieally to conciiision. although a few oiitlyintr an-as liad to
be pa.ssed over liurriedly for la<-k of time. The area of study li«'s betw«'en longitudes of
04° 0.'.' and «J4' 20' west an<l Ix'tween latitudes 44^ 1.")' and 44' '>.'»' N.. and is embraicd
in portions of four map shei-ts issued by tiie ( Jeolo<>:ical Survt-y. viz., Walton, Wind-
.sor. C!asiM>reau. and Kinjr>port sheets. The sheet, therefor.', on wiiich the KColoKy will
be mapped will be a siHM-ial Horton-Wind-or slieet.

In the work the past summer the writer was very ably assisted by (i. B. Pape of
Loekj)ort. Nova Scotia. Tttgether we made the many telemeter traverses whieh wen?
necessary in this larjrely wooded region. To several men residing in the distri«'t, the
writer is Rrateful for particular lu^lp and encouragement. To Professor Haycock of
Aeadia rniversity. Wolfville. for su{j:f?estions in problems of local jji^olo^j^y. to Mr.
Percy Kcade, Avon!)ort, Mrs. ('ai)taiii TcrKry. IIant>port, ^^r. Alfred Lake. Brook-
ville, and ^Ir. J. A. Pentz, Ilantsport. for special courtesies. Lastly, he is indebted to
Professor Charles Schuchert. New Haven, for helpful criti<"i-;m and advice throughout
the prosecution of the work.

WINDSOR AND PENNSYJ.VAXIAN FORJSrATlONS IN NOVA SCOTIA.

(Jesse E. Hyde.)

The writer was engaged from the middle of June until the middle of Septeml)er
in an examination of the Mississippian and Pennsylvanian formations of Nova Scotia,
with J. F. Logan as assistant. The Survey is indebted to Mr. Lodge, the manager of
the gypsum quarries at St. Ann harbour, for material facilities afforded to the writer
during the few days he was in that vicinity, and to ^lessrs. E. C. Hanrahan and
George Ross, of Sydney, for the fullest opportunity to consult, at his convenience, pub-
lications in the library of the Nova Scotia Alining Society.

I'ennsi/Iranian Formations at Parrsboro.

A.S the result of a month's work at Parrsboro, N.S., collections from the Rivers-
;lale-Laiion series (the beds mai)ped by the Survey as Devonian) and the \Vin<lsor
.imestone were completed. A considerable portion of the Parrsboro formation was
measured in detail and extensive collections of both the plant and animal remains
were obtained. The plants have since been studied and show a puzzling st:-*e of affairs.

During the i)ast .season the Parrsboro formation has been measured in i)art; on the
shore of West bay about 1,970 feet are shown, and along the west bank of Parrsljoro
inlet 5,174 feet. The l)eds at Parrsboro inlet overlie those of West bay and there is no
evidence that any of the beds in one section are duplicated in the other. Approximately
7,000 feet have been measured. The upper part of the formation is not well shown
from Parrsi)oro north to the C'obequids and was not studied.

Fossil plants, few in species, were collected at several horizons in the .">.174 feet,
examinivl and measured IkhI by bed along tlie wot shore of Parrsboro inlet. These
were submitted to Mr. W. J. Wilson, who in turn sul)mitted them to .Mr. David Wliite
for verification. Mr. White njporta that the plants are undoubtedly P.jttsville, prol>-
ably as old as the midtlle or lower PottHville. and that they ean hardly Im^ upper Pott*-
ville, and is certain that they are older th:ui the Fern-Ledi^e- tloia.

108 UEOLOOK.AL SiRVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 19l5

Since the beds which were described as uiicont'orinably underlying the Parrsboro
forniatinii are lield to be of about the age of the Fern Ledges, it is obvious that know-
ledge of the stratigraphy of the Pennsylvaiiian of the Minas basin is yet in a confused
state. It is proper to here point out, in order to relieve the difficulty, although not to
explain the situation, that in the section on the west shore of Parrsboro iidet and at
West bay — which is the type section of the Parrsboro forn)ati<>n and from which the
j)lants were obtained — the Parrsboro formation is faulted against the beds that are
correlated with the Riversdale-Union formations. The unconformity, which was held
to be undisturbed contact, is shown on the east side of Parrsboro inlet lA miles
distant, and from these outcrops of the supix)ced Parrsboro no plants have been
obtained. After re-examination of this unconformity last summer to see if it could
I)ossibly be an overthrust, the writer believes that there is every indication of uncon-
formity and no evidence of faulting at this contact, which is exjwsed for several hun-
dred feet at low tide. The question now is, whether the superjacent member at the
unconformity is identical with the Parrsboro formation. Its outcrops lie directly across
the inlet from the type section, but the region nmst be re-examined before any further
statement can be made.

These findings emphasize the danger of generalization at the present moment
with regard to the Xo^•a 8cotian Pennsylvanian, and the necessity for thorough and
careful pala-ontological work. In the 1912 Sunnnary Report the writer ventured to
suggest, tentatively, that the conglomerates unconformably overlying the Little Kiver-
Mispcc groups east of St. John, X.B., might be correlative with the base of the Parrs-
boro formation. This suggestion is now withdrawn until it can be determined just
what does overlie the " Riversdale-Union " on the north side of the Minas basin, for
there is surely such an unconformable series.

^^indso)■ Formation of Cape Bret on Island.

After a week on the Pennsylvanian section at the Strait of Cl^nso to complete
collections at that locality, the remainder of the season was employed in the investiga-
tion of the Windsor formations of Cape Breton island from Sydney westward as far
as St. Ann harbour. This work was of two kinds; it was in part exploratory to deter-
mine the general structure and relations of the Windsor in this region and to locate
extensive sections for future detailed work; but for the most part it was a detailed
examination of the very complete section of the uiiper i>art of the Windsor formations
exposed for 4 miles along the shore of Saunder cova, Boularderie island, near Hill-
side post-office, and the collection of fossils from the various beds. This is the most
complete single section of the marine Windsor yet known in Cape Breton island; it is
460 feet thick and shows the topmost beds of the Wind.sor formations. The beds are
comi)lcxly folded and crushed, but the details of structure have been all worked out.
The collections from this section are practically complete, excejit that possibly supple-
mentary collections may be found desirable from certain beds.

'J'he most interesting and important fact of general geological interest deter-
mined is that the Wind.sor formations in this section are unconformably overlain by
the iMillstone (>rit. The Point Kdward formation, which in the vicinity of Sydney
lies Im twcen them, is absent at Saun<ler cove (although present a few miles t.*^ the
eouthwestward). The sharp little folds and crush zones that disturb tlie Windsor
ill this section are bevelled across by the base of the Millstone Grit which shows none
of these features. 'I'iie folding was not on a large scah\ but it was sharp. The tops
of some of the anticlines must originally have been from ;3(I0 to r»00 feet at least
above the troughs of adjacent synclines. I'he areal extent of the folding is unknown
and it is not yet determined whetlier the folding oceurred between the times of forma-
tion of the Windsor and the Point l^dward formation or between those of the Point
P^dward formation and the Millstone (irit, an important point for determination since
the Point Kdward formation is included in the Pennsylvanian.

This folding was accomplished either in late Mississippian or very early Penn-
sylvanian time or in the interval between them.

aiMilAHy lUll'UUT 109

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

AN INVESTIC.ATION OF RADIO-ACTIVE MINERALS IN EASTKKN

CANADA.

(C. ir. i:ohi„so„.)

INTItoDIXTIoN'.

The work of tlic season was bofruii on June 4 and ended September 27. Explora-
tions were undertaken in Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, Quebee, and eastern Ontario U>r
the puri)ose of investiyatinp: localities where radio-active minerals had been reported to
occur, or where the conditions were ai)i)arcntly favourable for their occurrence. Col-
lections for the niineralo^ical department of Victfiria Memorial ^luseum were to be
made, should inten'stinj? specimens be found duriiij^- investifrations.

.AlKTIIons OF ruotiMU KK.

The writer had no rejrular assistant. Wlien necessity aro^e, a local guide, heli)er,
or driver was liired. In carrying on investigations, various mines or prospects where
radio-active minerals had been reported, were examined. Also advantage was taken of
information obtained locally concerning prospects. Localities where the geological
formations or mineral associations seemed similar to those in which radio-active min-
erals have been found in economic quantities in other countries, were prospected. Col-
b'ctions made by private individuals were examined. In the tield. specimens were exam-
ined for reactions with the scintilloscope, and, in the laboratory, doubtful specimens
were examined and determined by R. A. A. Johnston. All information possible con-
cerning the localities visited, and the best means of reaching them had been previously
collected and systematically arranged by Mr. O. E. LeRoy.

Tlianks are due to ^Ir. Ernest Turner of New Ross, Xova Scotia, for donations of
stalactitic limonite and crystals of pyrolusite.

OCt IKKKNCES OK RADIO-ACTIVE MINERALS IN OTHER COUNTRIES.

The chief commercial radium-bearing minerals are carnotite, uraninite or piti'h-
blende, and autunitc. The last two of these are found associated with primary acidic,
coarse-grained rocks such as coarse granite or pegmatite. The mineral pitchblende is
heavy, black in colour, and of a resinous or pitchy lustre. Its associate minerals are
often tin and tungsten ores as well as many sulphides, such as pyrite, chalcopyrite,
galena, siihalerite. molybdenite, etc. Toi)az and lluorite are also often found as associ-
ates. A very interesting and concise summary of the properties, occurrences, and asso-
ciations of radium-bearing minerals is given in '"Prospector's Handbook Xo. 1" by
Mr. Wyatt Malcolm, published by the Oeological Survey.

LOCALITIES VISITED.

Xova .^Vo/j'a.

The first locality visited was that at New Ross, N.S. Here a broad intrusive mass
of porphyritic granite was found to be cut by many acidic dykes, of various textures,
which bear minerals of many varieties. Among these are sulphides such as i)yrite,
sphalerite, molybdei-ite, chalcopyrite, and bismuthinite. Cassiterite (tin stone) also is
found. Some or all of these nn'nerals have b«MMi found associated with the rndiinn-
bearing minerals of Portugal, Cornwall, or Bohemia, when' the ore-* are of economic
value.

110 Gi:or.OGICAL SURVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

The following prospects were examined: The Eeeves property on Dalhousie Road,
alioiit a mile south of Lake Ramsay. A pit about 12 feet in depth dug here was partly
filled with water. Investigations of the dump showed a coarse pegmatite, bearing huge
crystals of quartz, some as much as 2 feet in length. Purple fluorite. lepidolite, pyrite,
and specks of cassiterite wore found as accessory minerals. Xo radio-active minerals
were found. Similarily prospects were visited about tlie shores of Lake Ramsa.v, on
the Edward Keddy property, on the Arthur Keddy property, a prospect worked by F.
C Lavcrs on Lake Ramsay road, the Lantz-Keddy molybdenite prospect near the west
bank of the Larder river, a mine on the Ernest Turner property being worked at the
time for tin ore. on the banks of the Wanabach river. Outcrops on the Wanabach,
especially those near the contact with the sedimentaries. west of the tin mine, were
examined, also outcrops on the Larder river and Mill brook and dykes in all outci-ops
that could be conveniently reached in the time at my disposal.

These New Ross deposits have been described in more detail by E. R. Faribault,
H. T. Piers. R. A. A. Jolniston. and W. Wright. Field and later laboratory exariina-
tions failed to reveal the presence of radio-active minerals.

Late in June a short visit was paid to the tungsten prospect situated about tiirec-
quarters of a mile north of the railway station at Waverley, Halifax county, N.S.
At this locality parallel veins of quartz striking approximately east and west and
ranging in thickness from 1 to 5 inches dip very steeply into the slates. Small
scales of .scheelite were found to line cavities in the vein mineral. No radium-bearing
ores were found on careful examination with the hand lens.

Very similar results were obtained from the investigation of a tungsten pros-
pect at Baker Settlement, about 12 miles northwest of Bridgewater, Lunenburg
county, N.S., described by ]\Ir. Faribault in Summary Report of 1911.

In July a visit was made to the scheelite mine at Scheelite, about "> miles west
of Moose river, Halifax county, N.S., and vein material in the dumps examined.
No indications of radio-active minerals were observed.

New Brunsu'ich.

During the third week of July a trip was made to the region about the mouth of
Burnthill brook to examine the dykes of tin-bearing greisen and the mineralized
quartz veins cutting the Cambro-Silurian slates of that locality^ The place was
conveniently reached by poling down the southwest Miramichi from Sparkle station
on the Transcontinental railway. The quartz veins there cross the river generally
striking 12 degrees to :30 degrees west of north. Some of them appear to be barren,
but others bear small amounts of molybdenite, wolframite, and iron pyrites. A pros-
pect had been opened by ^Messrs. Lodge and Frieze on a richer vein in tlie side of the
iiill about one-quarter of a mile due south from tlie mouth of Burnthill brook. Speci-
mens taken from this vein showed considerable quantities of molybdenite, wolframite,
and pyrites in quartz. Topaz crystals were also found. In a dyke examined on the
north bank of the river, molybdenite and cassiterite were found in the greisen. The
mineral associations of this area .seemed to warrant careful investigation for uranium
ores. Search was made in the outcrops near and along the banks of the river and
brook and at the granite contact about half a mile north of the river, and .shots
were put in at several points. The results were negative as far as the minerals sought
were coiK-crncd.

Q)(rhrr.

I.atf in July, the Licvrc River Inrality in Ottawa county, (^ucbt'c, was visited.
Uranium ore.s liad bmi found in small quantities in tln' Villcncuve mica mine. Gum-

1 Tin and Topaz in New Krunswick, by R. W. Brock, Canadian Mining Journal, No. 17,

Topaz in New Brun.swicU. Kllsworth, Mineralogjcal MaRazinc. xvii. No. 7S, p. 30.
.Summary Report Oeol. Surv., 1911. pp. 13 and 360.

si 1/1/ 1/.')- h'i:i'oirr in

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

mite and uiaiiopliaiic wcro tniiiiil as coatiii^fi t»ii toiirmaliiie ory.stals ooourriii»? in tlio
lu';^niatito of tlu» iiiiiio dump. Ilowfvor, tlie (luantity of tlioso uraiiiuiii-l)oariii(;
iiiiiuMals is vory small. M K. Wilson, of tlu^ Cicolofjittal Survey staff, is making a
detail survey of the area ineludiiiu: tlie mines. The Pearee "Spar" mine and a feld-
spar prospect opened near the Patineau jjroperty at Cllen Almond were examined. Tho
Pearee mine is de.seribed in Sehniidt's report on miea miiu's.' At the Pearee mine
a petrmatite dyke about 20 feet in width has been quarried. On the dump was foun<l
a pink feldspar with a stronj^ fetid odour, mu.seovite, (juartz, tourmaline. ])yrites, and
small veins of hematite.

A rather hurried investij;ati<>n was made of the mii-a mines at Lake Pie<l do
^[onts. IS miles from Murray Hay. (^uebee. Two tumiels have beeen excavated liori-
zontall.v. one 50 feet, the other M) feet, into the faee of the <-litT and following a jx'f^ma-
tite dyke about 12 feet thick outcroppinjr sheet-like hij^h above the northern shore of
the lake. Examination of the dump revealed large cry.stals of pink orth(»cla.se and
white microeline. with crystals of both biotite and mu.seovite up to <» inches in dia-
meter. Accessory minerals arc hornblende, garnet, and ilmenite. Pits have later
b(vn sunk into the pegmatite along the north bank of a creek leading from tho foot of
the lake. The pits were nearly full of water. Samarskite has been found there, but a
hurried search of the dump failed to di.sclose that mineral.

In the early part of August, an examination was made at the ilmenite mines of

St. Frbiiin near Bay St. Paul. Quebec. These mines have been described by C. If.

Warren in the American Journal of Science. Series 4. Vol. 33. Sapphirine has been

found here embedded in the feldspar of the anorthosite intrusive. No good specimen

of this could be obtained.

Onfario.

Later in August, work was carried on in Haggarty and adjoining town.ships in
llenfrew count.v, Ontario. Careful .search was made on lot 13. A. of Haggarty where
a small pocket of allanite was found some years ago. A systematic and detailc<l
search failed to reveal any more of the mineral. The biotite-granite gneiss there i.s
cut by numerous pegmatite dykes carrying crystals of magnetite.

Lyndueh township, al.so in Kenfrew county, was next visited. Various i)rospect.s
have been opened in this locality for pyrrhotite, corundum, etc. Some specimens of
lolumbite were taken from lot 23. XV. in a prospect opened by Messrs. Parks and
Sullivan. Here flat plates of columbite, often G inches in diameter and about tVj of an
inch thick, are found in the reddish feldspar of the pegmatite — also in small concen-
tric masses about the size and shape of a split hazel-nut. Other minerals of the
jiegmatite are a green microeline feldspar, smoky and colourless quartz, large crystals
i.f green beryl often fi inches in diameter, and biotite.

The acces.sory minerals, are: garnet, tourmaline, fluorite, and magnetite. Thi.s
prospect has been described by Dr. W. G. ^filler in Report of Bureau of Mines for
1S97. pages 334-337.

The township of Madoc, Hasting county, Ontario, was visited in September.
Here considerable mining of iron ores was carried on during the latter part of the
last century. Traconite has been reported, occurring as a yellow crystalline powder
in fissures in magnetite at the Seymour mine, lot 11. V. Ih-re two shafts about 30
teet apart had been sunk following magnetite masses. These were tilled with water to
within a few feet of the surface. Most of the ore had been taken away, but pieces,
especially tho.se containing sulphide, were found scattered about the dump. These
were carcfull.v e.xamined for uraconite, a slow process in view of the quantity of
yellow powder from decomposing pyrites. This examination gave negative results.

' Report of Mines Branch, No. 118.

112 GEOLOGICAL fiih'VEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915.

Other mines visited in Madoc township were the " Sutton," " Wallbridge,"' and
"Miller" luinatito mines in lots 13, YI. 12. YI. and 12. YII. respect ively. The
" Cook and Thompson " mine, lot 15, Y, showed beds oi ma^Mietite bearing much
calclte and pyrite, in horizontal limestone strata. Other magnetite mines visited
were the '* Knob,'' and " Ilobson," also the '' Xelson '' pyrrhotite mine. These lie
along the face of the hill to the south of the railway near Malone. The " 49 Acre,"
" Cameron," " Farrell." and '" Sixsmith " mines v.ere examined. No radio-active
minerals nor interesting specimens were found in the dumps.

Uraconite has also been reported to occur in magnetite at the " Yictoria " mine,
lot 20. I. of Snowdon township. Haliburton county. Mr. Stopford Brunton of the
Geological Survey, visited this mine at the same time as the writer and took specimens
for electroscope examination. This visit was made late in September and ended the
investigations of the season.

CANADIAN Ai;( TIC EXPEDITION, 1914.

GEOLOGICAL RECONNAISSANCE OF TIIK AIK Til COAST BETWEEN ItE.MARCATlON POINT, AND
THE MACKENZIE KIVEK; WITH A SECTION INLAND UP THE FIKTH RIVER^ .MACKENZIE
DISTRICT.

(John J. O'Neill.)

To carry on geological work it was necessary to make a base at Ilerschell island,
which is ajjproximately 155 miles east of the winter quarters of the expedition, at
Collinson point, Alaska. The reconnaissance was carred on by means of dog-teams,
and the weather conditions rendered impossible other than a general investigation.
The time occupied in carrying on this survey was from February 26. when Demarca-
tion point was reached, until April 8, the date of arrival at Shingle point at the mouth
of the Mackenzie river. I am indebted to Ernest De K. Leffingwell, of Flaxman
island, for a synopsis of his work on the geology of the coast and adjacent mountains
west of Demarcation point; this, combined with a familiarity with the rocks gained
on a hunting trip into the mountains up the Sadlerochit river, was of considerable
aesistance in my work east of the boundary line.

Tlie length of coast traversed was about loO miles, and the Firtli River survey was
carried 50 miles inland from the coast.

PUVSKK..RAPI1V.

The coast-line parallels the mountains at a distance of approximately 15 miles.
A narrow eoast^td i)lain passes abruptly into a rolling plateau which !>lopes gradually
upward to a lieight of about 4<X) feet and terminates at the north face of the
mountains.

The coa.<taI phiin i- an unimix>rtant feature, rarely ex«-t'i'<liiig lialf a mile in
width. Along a con>id(rable part of the coast the waves work directly on the plateau,
and the coastal jilain is missing. In the vicinity of tlie months of rivers bars of
sand and fine gravel have been thrown up, forming long, narrow lagoons along the
coast. Rarely are boulders to be seen anywhere. Thus the ocean is held in check
near the rivers, but is fast destroying the intervening coast, and will ultimately, by a
flank attack, force a general retreat of the coast-line.

'i'lic iil:it<';ui. as well as the foastal p'ain. api)arentlv ocur^ along the whole
Arctic fnmt. from the ^Ia<ken/.ic to Colville river at least; Schrader noted and

SUilMAh'r L'trnh'T 113

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

(.lt>cril)>(i it ill soiiu' tli'tiiil in his Mitiun iiin>s.> the liniuntniiis and <l<iwn the Culville,
made ft>r tlie Ahiska Survey. lie e<»nsider.>< it a peneidain, of iindetennined age,
covi're*! with a mantle oi" mnrainie and oiitwasli materials.

Tlie rejiion was eovered with snow at the time «if the pre^-ent examination, but
alontJ: the elitTs. and at a number of phiees inhmd. exposures were fmind. The K'C-
tiou on the Firth river showed a penephuned surfaee ovi-r which is spnad a mantle
of stratitietl muds, sands, and jrravels. Fossils were obtained from the folded roeks
below, and from the overlying loose material, so that a limiting ranf;e will be obtained
for the age of erosion. At Kay point the ocean is svetively eroding the i^ateau man-
tling from the eastward. At the east end of the winter portjige aer««<c the point. «!
miles from its end, the mantle is seen to be over IW feet in thickness, to be. composed
of materials similar to those on the Firtli. and to contain chilis of shells, in a hiycr
near the base, wliich are apparently of the same species as those found on the Firth
river. The point at this place is only about half a mile across and will in tiane be cut
through.

The mountains ri^e abruptly from the plateau, making a distinct break in the
topography. A sub-range faces the main chain of mountains, and is separated from
it by a stream valley, only parts of which are at present occupied by rivers. The
general elevation of this sub-range is about 2,(XtO feet.

Details of the topography and i)hysiography of the mountaijis will probably appear
in the report of the International Jioundary survey, and they will api)ly to the region
now under discussion. The writer was not in a position to get this data. The moun-
tains form a great arc, conve.x towards the northeast, in which the Rocky mountains
change their trend from northwest to west about Demarcation point, and, farther
west, turn farther, acquiring a southwesterly direction.

STR.\TIGUAPliy.

Recent deposits are limited to the sands and gravels about the mouths of rivers;
in all other places the streams and the ocean are carrying out a work of de^truct'-on.
Xo adjii.-^tinent has as yet been reached since the last elevation of the coast.

The age of the stratified sands, gravels, and muds, which mantle the nlnt.v.'i to a
depth of over 1(M) feet in places, is not yet determined. Their age as well as their
origin will be better iniderstood when the fossils collected have been determined.

A general statement concerning the rock section found on the Firth river, accom-
panied by a table of formations, is all that can be given at present.

The lithology is very similar to that in LeftingweU's section, and to that of the
Cfdville river, and Cajie Li.sburne sections, described in Prof. Pai>er Xo. 4."). I'.S.fi.S.
So closely do the sefjucnce and character of the formations ffdlow tho.se of Leffingwell,
that it seems highly improbable that they are not continuations of the rocks which
apparently extend from Cape Lisburne eastward along the entire Arctic face of the
mountains. The distance between these two most eastern sections is about 70 miles.

The whole section is compo.sed of sedimentary rocks, including sandstone shales,
' onglomerates, cherts, and limestones. The overturned folding, together with minor
faulting, made it very diffi«'ult to arrive at any very accurate cmclusion n-garding the
thickness of various formations; the thickness assigned to each is a fair approxima-
tion, except in the ease of the youngest rocks. These shales offer little, if any, con-
trast. They are rei)eated by folding f<tr more than '2 miles and it is only iMjssible
to say that they are something over HKJ feet in thickness. The formations are sufK-
••iently distinct to be remlily reeogni/:ifl in the li<!d. One series of rocks api>oars at
he crest of an anticline and soon be«-ome'i the prcnninent one of the section f>idy to
Mc sui>erse(led in it~< turn; the di>tancc for which it i~ prominent «lci>e:ids <»n its
thif'kness.

2«J— 8

114 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

A careful search for fossils was iiiaiutaiiied throughout the section, but none
were found except in the yoiuigrest shales. The dearth of fossils may l>e due to the
extreme defonnation which has taken place in these rocks, and which has masked
many of the features.

The following table gives the essential details of the section as gathered: —
Section along the Firth River, West of the Ivtrrnational Boundary, Mackenzie District.

Approximate
thickness in feet.
Interstratifled sandy muds, and gravels, with occasional thin seams of
turf. In the loamy muds and gravels there are pockets of water-
worn boulders, unassorted. Tlie whole is apparently a river
deposit, or was formed under flood-plain conditions. Fossils were
found all the way up the cliff, except among the boulders : they
are most abundant in the turfy layers. The fossils are snail shells
of various sizes. Covering an eroded surface, the deposit does
not present a uniform thickness; at Kay point it is over 100 feet
thick 40

Unconformily.

Grey, fissile shales, containing thin beds of sandstone, and lenses of
dark chert ; contains fossils in places. In places schistose and
slaty, even forming micaceous schist. It breaks in plates, in small
polygons, or in needles 100-f-?

Contact not Seen.

Massive, rusty conglomerate 20 +

Black and light grey chert, in massive beds, weathering a rusty brown. 50 +

No Apparent Unconformity.

Green schist and dark grey slates, tovether with red and biown

shales ; thin bedded 300 ±

No Apparent Unconformity.

Grey shales and sandstones interbedded with coarse grained dark grey
sandstone and conglomerate, the latter about 2". feet in thickness.
The pebbles are of light and dark chert, green and black shale
and schist, and a smaller number of light grey marble, and of buff
coloured sandstone. Some of the sandstone pebbles are 8 inches
in length and 3 inches across 100 ±

No Apparent Unconformily.

A series of thin bedded, interbedded, black and grey limestones, black
and grey cherts, and some sandstone. Beds are 4 to 6 inches
in thickness 40 ±

No Apparent Unconformity.

Medium grained, massive grey sandstone ; one layer finely conglom-
eratic, containing pebbles of black chert 20-}-

Thin bedded light grey shale and Quartzite, interbedded ; weathering
to a reddish colour

Black shale and rusty-weathering chert, with a red conglomerate a
few inches thick, near the base

Interbedded light and dark grey cherts; beds 2 to 10 inches

No Apparent Unconformily.

Massive grey quartzite

No Apparent Unconformity.

Dark grev to black, coarse grained sandstone, and .some black, sandy
■hale overlying 100 feet grey sandstone and shale. Moat of the
formation contains i..l)bles of black nnd gniy rUorU with .some
of black shale and limw^tone. The pebbles are small 7i>-loO

Contact not .Scon.

Black, massive limeatone. mostly changed to marble ; occurs repeated
for 8 miles at least ; base not observed.

200

100

STUM 1AM' h'rroRT 115

STESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

Tho divisions in tlio fori'goiiiK section mo made l)y groups; it is not intended as
a division into formations Imt merely a tal>ulation of natural jrroups as they api)eared
in the section. It may l»o su^ijested. however, that tlu'se fjroups bear a resemblanco
to those in the more western sections, where ououkIi fossils have heen found to deter-
mine their ago.

.^TinCTl'RK.

All the roeks in this section liave heen subjected to complex foldintr. and mn-<t of
them at least to some decree of faultinir. The section is located in the jrreat bend of
the Kocky mountains, and the rocks have yielded to stresses resolved into at least
two directions. The result has been drafi'-fuldinir. or folding' in two directions nearly
at right angles. Only a vertical section was available for study at the time, and this
was naturally a handic-ap to obtaining definite results. The major folding has been
along nearly east-west lines, and is iii the nature of overturned anticlinoria, with axial
planes dipping towards the south, at angles ranging between 4r) and 75 degrees; the
axial lines strike east and west with a dip ranging between 10 and 25 degrees towards
the east in most of the cases observe<l, but occasionally with a dip towards the west,
^[inor tlnnist-faulting is conunon ; cU-avage is well developed in the shales; but there
has apparently not been much crushing except at the sharp crests and trouglis.

Igneous activity has not been a factor in this region, as no igneous rocks of any
description were observed.

■MKT\Moi:i'iiis\r.

All the rocks have sutTcrcd more <,ir less from the intense folding. The shales
have been altered to slates in some cases; in others they have not reached this stage;
and in one case they have become micaceous schists. The sandstones and conglomer-
ates have in many cases become ciuartzites. The cherts are apparently unaltered.
The limestones are mostly changed to fine-grained marble, but in one place a thin
bed was observed to be changed to amphibolite.

LCONOMIC.

No mineralization was observed in any of the rocks on the Firth river, and pros-
pectors assert that no colours were obtained in panning the river gravels. Prospectors
have bepn at work in the gravels of the Canoe or Babbidge river, which empties into
the ocean at Kay point. They assert that they found a fair prospect in the siumner
of 19ir> and are at work again this sunnner in the same locality.

Coxci.rsioN.

It seems to be at least probable, that the same series of rocks extends along the
Arctic face of the moimtains from Cape Lisburne to the Firth river, becoming thinner
toward- the ca~t. In th:it case tlic se:-tion under discussion ranges from Quaternary
down to Carboniferous, with but few gaps.

The youngest series of rocks do not appear to be (|uit»' so intensely folded as the
older ones, but th(\v have suffered overturned folding. The forces acting have
evidently In-en api)roximately east-west in directi(»n in the major, and north-south in
the din ction in the minor folds ov<>rtbrusting from the west. Part of the region lias
suffered i)lariatiou since the last i)eriod of folding, and- there has been a general rise
of the coast line.

NOTE. — Xo reference is m.ide to Ilersohell isl.-ind, the only island along this coast, since it
will be dcsfTibed in a report on the Mackenzie (lelt.i.

2G— Si

116 GEOLOGICAL HUIiTEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 19l5

REPORT OF THE VERTEBRATE PALAEONTOLOGIST
(Laivrence M. Lamhe.)

In the division of Vertebrate Pala?ontology satisfactory progress Las been made
in several lines of work undertaken. Much of my own time apart from that given
to the direction and supervision of the division as a whole has been devoted to
research work and the study and description of undescribed material. Work in the
laboratory was prosecuted with vigour until the end of May when the preparators left
headquarters to continue collecting in the field, and was resumed early in October at
the close of field operations. Progress has been made in cataloguing collections and
in museum exhibition work. In the latter sphere progress will be more effective when
Huitiible show cases are installed in the hall of the fossil vertebrates for the public
exhibition of specimens.

Field Work.

Collecting from the Belly River formation of Red Deer river, Alberta, was con-
tinued during the past year. The results attained in 1913 by the vertebrate paheon-
tological party, under C. H. Sternberg, chief preparator and collector, in this rich
reptilian formation, were most gratifying and equal success attended the field work
of the past summer when the personnel of the party remained the same. In 1913,
an extensive area of '' bad lands " below Steveville at the mouth of Berry creek was
collected from. During the past season the exposures just east of, or down stream
from, the Berry Creek area were carefully gone over and included the " bad lands ''
of Little Sand Hill creek in addition to those of the Red Deer River valley from
the mouth of this creek down to the eastern end of Dead Lodge canyon, a distance
along the Red Deer of about 14 miles.

This collection of 1914, obtained through the industc.v and skill of ^fr. Sternberg
and his assistants, is a valuable and important one composed of dinosaurian material
principally although other reptilian forms of the Belly River fauna are also repre-
sented.

The field party left Ottawa for Red Deer ri^'er on June 1 and returned on October
.V. In all a carload of fossils from the Belly River formation was shipped east.

With the object of obtaining vertebrate remains typical of the fauna of the Judith
River beds of Montana, described by Leidy and Cope, for comparison with those of the
Belly River formation of Alberta, Mr. Sternberg and his son C. M. Sternberg pro-
ceeded to Judith river early in the season and spent ten days at this locality. D. B.
Dowling of this survey being also there at the time studying the stratigraphy of the
region. A collection typical of the vertebrates of the Montana beds was secured which
will be useful for future reference.

Also it was thought advisable that Mr. Sternberg should visit the Oligocene bods
of Bone coulee and vicinity at the eastern end of the Cypress hills, before returning
east at the close of the season's work on Red Deer river, that he might become
familiar with this particular locality prior to possible further collecting from these
beds ill the future. With this end in view, and accompanied by G. F. Sternberg, he
jtroceeded, on leaving Red Deer river at the beginning of October, to the eastern end
of the hills from Maple creek the nearest convenient point on the Canadian Pacific
railway. Some of the principal exposures in Bone couh'e were visited and a small
collection of titanijthere material made, but as i^now fell and the wcMtluM- jiroved incle-
ment a day and a half only of th(^ few days >\n'u\ there fould oe turned to account fur
collecting.

BlM\iAh'Y mi'itir 117

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

Las.t puniiut'r's cullfftioii fn.iii the Knl Orcr iiicliulcs two cprat<>p>ian skulls
vhic'h are niiiarkable for their eoini)leteiiess as well as their piotl state uf i»re>ervatiou.
riu've >kiill> an- of I'luismvsanrus hrlli inid Ct'iitrosaitnis aiirrhis. ami in Inith the
jiiauclihle iti in plaec, a feature whieh greatly enhances their value both as stu<ly and
exhihition >peeiniens. In C'entro!jauru.s the lower jaw had not previously been found
in position; the ( "hasniosauVus skull is entire and in all re.-i)ects is the most complete
skull of this i)artieular, if not of any ceratt>psian so far discovered. Anotla-r siK'cimen
of great interest discovered last summer is the ** club " or greatly eidarged bony cov-
erinjr of the end of the tail, with the distal caudal vertebne in place, of an armoured
or plated dinosaur which may prove to be distinct from the partially known Belly
Kivcr Kiiuflortplialtis httiis vi which tlie cranium and massive neck scutes were
described by the writer in 1902.

The wonderful diversity of the dinosaurian fauna of the Belly liiver formation
is well exemplitied by the collections from Red Deer river now in possession of the
Geological Survey. The horned dinosaurs (Ceratopsia) in particular are well repre-
sented.

To date, the better known forms from this horizon on Rod Deer river are: —

Theroi>oda : carnivorous dinosaurs.

Goryosaurus librafus Lambe, 1914.
Orniflioinimus alt us Lambe, l!t02.

Orthopoda :

Plated or armoured dinosaurs.
Euoplon p/ialiis tutus Lambe, 1JM>2.

Horned dinosaurs.
Eocerotops (anadensis Lambe. 1002 (gon. nov.)
Centrosaiinis apcrfus Lambe. 1!»04 (synonym MonocJonius fl<xus Brown,

1014.)
t^tt/iat Ofyauriis albeitensis Lambe, 191.3.
Hrarlnjceratops daxvson ( LamW), 1902.
Chasmosaurus hclU Lambe, 1902.

Trachodonts :

!^tephanosaurus marginutus Lambe, 1902 (synonym Corythosaurus ra«aurlus

Brown, 1914.)
Cryposaurus uolahilis Lambe, 19i;3.

Research and Ofl&ce Work.

A large proportion of my time has been given to the study of the collection of
19i;3 from the Belly River formation of Red Deer river, more particularly to the new
^-eneric forms of trachodonts and horned dinosaurs represented therein. Collections
and specimens received through officers of the Survey or from individuals seeking
information have been reported on as in the past.

As the result of the study of newly ae(iuired material principally of the collec-
tion of 19i;3, the following preliminary illustrated and descriptive reports were pub-
lished during the year: —

" On the fore-limb of a carnivorous dinosaur from the Belly River forma-
tion of Alberta, and a new genus of Ceratopsia from the same horizon with
remarks on the integument of some Cretaceous herbivorous dinosaurs.**
Ottawa Naturalist. January.

" On Gryposaurus notabilis, a new genus and species of traehodont dino-
saur from the Belly River formation of Alberta, with a description of the skull
of Chasmosaurus belli." Ottawa Naturalist, February.

118 Gr.OLOaiClL SUL'TEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

" Oil a new genus and species of carnivorous dinosaur from the Belly
Eiver formation of Alberta, with a description of the skull of Stephanosaurus
marginatus from the same horizon." Ottawa Naturalist, April.

'• On new species of Aspideretes from the Belly River formation of
Alberta, with further information regarding the structure of the carapace of
Euremys pulclira." Trans. Royal Society of Canadaj June.
Also a paper entitled —

" Description of a new species of Platysomus from the neighbourhood of
Banff. Alberta." Trans. Royal Society of Canada, June.

A card catalogue intended to include a list of all fossil vertebrates in the iJosses-
aion of the Geological Suney is now being made. Prior to the removal of the collec-
tions from Sussex street to the present building the then exhibited vertebrates were
catalogued, but further cataloguing has not since been possible until this year.

Mr. R. Welx^r. a skilled pala?ont<5logical,arti>t of many years experience, was
employed for about three montlis in the autumn in making shaded line drawings
principally of the complete carnivorous dinosaur skeleton and other specimens belong-
ing to the Red Deer River collection of 1913. These drawings are intended to illustrate
the first of a series of memoirs which it is proposed to publish as time permits, on tin-
various groups of Cretaceous dinosaurs. In these publications will be embodied
further knowledge of these reptiles now being acquired from Red Deer River collec-
tions.

Public Exhibits.

In the hall of fossil vertebrates improvements have been effected in the labelling,
mounting, and arranging of the specimens. The exhibit is a source of great attraction
to the general public and is rapidly growing in scientific interest and value. It is still
of a temporary nature and must be regarded as such until show-cases are available for
its proper display.

Additions have been made to the exhibit during the year, of which the following
may be mentioned: —

A new and very large species of ganoid fish of the genus Platysomus from rocks
of supposed Permian age near Banff, Alberta.

The skulls of three new generic forms of Cretaceous dinosaurs belonging to the
collection of 1910 from the Belly River formation. Red Deer river, Alberta. These
skulls are of the plant eaters Gryposaurus (the high-nosed dinosaur) and Stephano-
eaurus (the hooded dinosaur) and of the flesh eater Gorgosaurus respectively, of which
latter the complete skeleton, about 29 feet long from the snout to the tip of the tail,
was discovered in 1913, and will soon be ready for exhibition. These remains of the
immense dinosaurs of the Cretaceous of the west on account of their great size and
good state of jireservation constitute a unique feature of the exhibit.

An interesting collection of skulls and jaws of mammals from the Oligocene i»f
Wyoming illustrating the life of the period. It includes a number of well-preserved
.skulls of oreodonts, a large skull of Elotherium, and other forms, horses, rhinoceroses,
rodents, and sabre-tooth cats, represented principally by jaws holding teeth.

A well-mounted skeleton of a bull bison from the herd at Wainwright. Alberta.
was placed in the nniseum hall and i.s most instructive in comparison with tlie fine
series of heads of the Pleistocene .species from Yukon.

The sk<'let<in of the large Cretaceous fish Portlieits melons us has been phiced
permanently on the west wall of the hall where it can now be seen to advantage.

laboratory.

The niachinery and general equipment installed in the palieontological laboratory
in 1912 has enabled Mr. Sternberg and his assistants to prepare an<l mount rapidly
and in a most satisfactory manner the exhibits to which reference has already been

furvv t/.T nrrnirr 119

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

made as liaviii^ lu'Oii i)Iact'(l in tlio liall of fossil vertebrates tliiriiip: tlic year. Other
vertebrate material iiiteiitied mainly for jiurposes of study and eoinparison and not
necessarily for e\liii>itiou has also been prepared. The skill and patieneo neeessary
in freeing vertebrate fossils from the surrounding matri.x, in meinlin>? and strength-
ening them before they can be handled preparatory to being finally mounted is of a
hig:h order not always fully appreciated by the piiblie in viewing the final result in a
museum hall.

Work on a number of si>eeimens of the lOlJ collection begun in the first half of
the past year and retpiiring some months of pre[)aration, was eontirnied after tho
season in the tield. Of these the complete skeleton of the carnivorous dinosaur (lor-
(iDsditnis. L".t fi'ct in lenuth. is one on which much labour must be expended.

Additions to the Vertebrate Palgeontological Collections During 1914.

CoUictrd hii Officers of the Geological Sttnrt/.

Sternberg. Charles H. and party. —

A large collection of dinosaurian and other rei)tilian remains from the Belly River
formation. Red Deer river. Albert^!, in the vicinity of and above Dead Lodge canyon.
Access. Xo. 77.

As this collection did not reach Ottawa until October and as many of the speci-
mens are yet in the condition in which they were brought from the field, tentative
determinations only are possible at the present time.

This important collection contains the following: —

( 1). The massive, armoured, expanded distal end or " club " of the tail of a stego-
sanrian dinosaur. At the proximal end of the specimen and passing backward into
it are vertebra* sheatlied in longitudinally placed ossified tendons. The cnlarge<l
bony covering is 18 inches broad, S] inches higli. and 20? inches long.

Also parts of the armou.'ed caudal end of three other individuals.

(2). Two skulls of trachodont dinosaurs.

(:D- Tlie skull, including the mandible, of CJiaamosaurus hrlli Larabe. with the
greater part of the remainder of the skeleton. Length of skull about 60 inches.

(4). Thirty caudal vertebrae, in place, of a ceratopsian (horned) dinosaur.

(5). Complete limbs (fore and hind) of a trachodont dinosaur, with ribs, and part
of the vertebral column.

(G). Most of the skeleton, exclusive of the head and tail, of a trachodont, thought
to be referable to (fri/posaurus notahUis Lambe.

(7). A skull, with some ribs and limb bones, referable probably to the rhynchoce-
phalian reptile Ciiampsosaurus.

(8). The head and greater i)art of the skeleton of a stegosaur (plated or armoured
dinosaur) which may prove to be the form having the massive caudal termination.

(9). Skull, complete with mandible, of Centrosaurus apertus Lambe. Length of
specimen, r>S inches.

(10). ('omi>lcte hitid legs, pelvic girdle and tail with skin impression, of a tracho-
dont. This specimen has a footed ischium.

(11). An almo>t complete skull (carapace and |>la---tron) of the v(>ry large turtle
Basilemj's.

(12). The nearly c.»mplete hind limbs of a cariiivurons dinosaur, with p.irt of the
pelvic girdle and head.

(l.'J). Some hundreds of bones, found separately, representative of the large and
varied vertebrate fauna of the \M\y Kiver formation.

Sternberg, C. 11. and Sternberg, C. M. —

120 i,K< I LOGICAL fiiUVKY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

A small collection of vertebrate remains from the Judith River Cretaceous,
Missouri river, Montana, U.S.A.

1. From Taffy creek at the head of Dog creek.

(a) From Bear Paw shales.

Mandil)le and 15 feet of the vert^'bral column of a Mo,<a>anr.
A few vertebrae of a plesiosaur.

(b) From Judith River beds.
Mi/ledaphus hipartitus Cope.
Scales of Lepidosteus.
Fracrnients of shell of turtles.
Vertebra? of Champsosaurus.
Troodon cfr. fonnosus Leidy.
Teeth of crocodile.

Trachodont: footed ischium and part of ilium and pubis.
Trachodont : scapula and metatarsal.
Teeth cfr. Pala-oscincus, etc.

Sternberg, C. H. and Sternberg, G. F. —

A few remains of titanotheres (mandible with teeth, ■separate vertebrae, teeth,
etc.) from the Oliofrocene beds in Bone coulee, eastern end of Cypress hills, Saskatch-
ewan.
Williams, M. Y., Ottawa.—

A minutely sculptured plate of an undetermined Arthrodire from quarry (20 feet
above the base west side) at Aniherstburg, Ont. Onondago formation (Corniferous
limestone).
MacLean, Alex., Ottawa. —

The anterior half of a teleostean fish preserved in soft, grey, calcareous shale from
a rock-slide on Pembina river, Manitoba, in the southwest corner of sec. 8, tp. 1,
range 8, Niobrara Cretaceous. Separate cycloid scales are also preserved, one with
the fish and one on each of two other shale fragments. Access. Xo. 78.

Hyde, Prof. J. E., Queen's University, Kingston, Ont. —

Natural casts (" negatives "') four in number, of amphibian foutprints from shore
of West bay, near Partridge island, Parrsboro, N.S. Riverbdale-Union formation.
Access No. 80.

Prcstntcd.

Haycock, Prof. E., Aci^fia university. Wolfville. N.S. —

Fish remains preserved in rive iner-es of light greenish-grey siliceous limestone <'f
(Triassic age from Broad cove, near Scott bay. Kings county, N.S. Collected by
Professor Haycock in the summer of 1013. These remains are determined as t<i mion-
otus cfr. fultus (J. H. Redrield) known from the Triassic of Massachusetts, Coniu'«-ti-
<Mit and New Jersey, r.S..\. Access. No. 70.

Hewitt, D. C. Gordon, F.R.S.C, Central E.xperimental Farm, Ottawa.—

A specimen of Pahrospondylus gunni, from the lower Old Kid sandstone of
Achanarrras, Caithness, Seotlaii'l. Access. No. 82.

Drury, lulmund Hazen, C.E., Ottawa. —

A carapace of an armadillo ( fEutatus) from the ^I'l(i>tocene of Chili. From a

railway cutting through sand impregnated with nitrate of soda, at an elevation of ;}.000

feet above th(^ Pacifi<- ocean, on the Longitudinal railway of Chili, near I*uehio

Hundido (sunken town). M* miles east of Chanaral. Found in April, 1913. Donated

" by Mr. Drury, engineer in charge, Lougitudiiud railway of Chili. Access. No. 85.

,v7 1/1/ I A' V LI.I'itliT ^ 121

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

^^iiusKii, N. J]., Curattir <>f tlir Kia-ky Mmiiit.iiii I'ark .Mu>-(uiii. limit, Ailx rta.- -

Spt'cimon of I'Uit iisomus caiKiihiis'is l.iniilx', collfctt'd liv K. \V. I'ryto, nf BaiitT,
ill l'J12, truiu rtifks of nVniiiim a;:r m-iir liaiitT. Tlic i\>\\ is jn-cscrvt-d in two halvt's,
liaviiij:; split longitiuliiiall.v. alony a U-dtiiii;!: plaiic. lictw«'rn tlic -calfs of i itlin- «i<l(',
cxpo.siuK tl>oin from tho insidr. The riirlit side uf the ti>-ii was ]irc^«iit«d lu tlio
< M-olofjiral Siirv«'y. tlie otlier half is in the liaiiff Park niu-tiiiii.

FuirliaseJ.

Dornial armature, maiulihles, etc., of Diiiielithys ami alli<'(l f^eiirra from the
Oliio shale (Dt-voniau) of northern Ohio. (('oileetioii of 1'. A. lUnifxart, Lorain,
Oliio, r.S.A.) The .specimens inchule the head of Diniclitliiis tfrnUi and a small
cranium of D. citrtus?. Otlier fienera and sjiecies represented are Dinirhtlnis Unrolni,
1). intermcdius, TUan'uhtluiii, sp., (jliiptaspia sp., and M •jlostoina, sp.

A]>o two teeth of the selaclnan ^enus Ovodus-. As this collection has not .vet been
studied the determinations as to {,''eniis and six^cics are tentative only. A<-cess. No. ^3.

Ex<han(i<'d.

Lantern slides. Exchanjre. Dr. C. W. Gilmore, Smithsonian Institution, U.S.
National Museum. Access. No. s4.

One slide of Stegosaurus stcnops Marsh, skeleton of , type of; collected hy M. \'.
Felch in 1884. in the Morrison lieds of the Jurassic near Canon cit.v, Colorado. U.S.A.
The specimen is shown in the exact jiosition in which it was found in the field.

One slide of T rice raf ops prorsus Marsh. A composite skeleton based upon speci-
mens collected by .]. B. Hati-her from the Lance formation in Converse county, Wyom-
ing, L'.S.A.. in 18!M) and ISHI. (See V. S. (Jeoloirical Survey, Monop-rajih on the Cera-
topsia, by J. B. Hatcher, l!Mi7, pp. ]>>!)-l!tL'. pi. XLIX.)

Loomis, Dr. Frederick B., Amherst Colle<4<>, Amherst, Mass., U.S.A. —

A series of the principal parts of the skeleton (exclusive of the femur) of S(«no-
inylus hitchcocki Loomis, from the lower Miocene of Nebraska. L'.S.A.

And the followiner species of vertebrates, represented principall,v b.v teeth, from
the Patagonian beds ( I upper Eocene) of Patagonia. Amherst College Patagoniaii
Expedition of litll. Acci-ss. No. SI.

Ancylopoda —

Leontiiiia tjauJiiji Part of the maxilla witli teeth. (Amherst (.'oil. Cat. No.

:327(ib.)
Leontiiiia. Lower jaw with teeth. (Amherst Coll. Cat. No. :i'2M.)

Typotheria —

Prosotlicrium garzoni Part of l..wcr .jaw with tei^th. (Amherst Coll. Cat. No.

3077.)
Pro-sotherium trianguUdens. The cranium with ciicck teeth, and i>arts of limb

bones. (Amherst Coll. Cat. No. 3."548.)

Toxodontia.

Jihynchippus equinus. Part of lower jaw with tcetii. (Amherst Coll. Cat. No.
3294.)

Rodentia.

Cephalomys pirxus. Lower tooth. (Amljerst Coll. Cat. No. 3072.) Three

lower teeth. (.Vmherst Coll. Ctit. No. 311 L)
Cephalomys arcliidens. Ujiper and lower teeth. (Amherst Coll. Cat. No8.
3093, 3098, 3157, and 3159.)

122 CEOLOGICIL iSL'RVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

REPORT OF THE STRATIGRAPHICAL PALEONTOLOGIST.

(E. M. Kindle.)
Field Work.

Field work lias been carried on in parts of Ontario, Quebec, and Nova Scotia.
Early in the season a short trip was made to the Ontario peninsula for the purpose of
examining the field evidence regarding the horizon at which the Devono-Silurian
boundary should be drawn on the geological maps of that region which have been in
preparation by Messrs. Stauffer and Williams. The latter part of the season was spent
in Nova Scotia where several weeks were devoted to a detailed study of the stratigraphic
relations of the Devonian to the older rocks of the region. A number of sections across
the Devonian and associated beds in the area between Kentville and Bear river were
studied and a large collection of fossil was made. The results of this work are in course
of elaboration.

In prosecuting investigations in stratigraphic paleontology the need of a more
fundamental knowledge of the physical factors involved in the problems than can be
obtained from a study of the rocks alone is constantly felt. Instead of attempting, as
is generally done, to infer from a study of the physical features of rocks the physical
conditions under which their contained faunas lived, it has seemed to me more profit-
able to devote considerable time and study to the processes of rock formation now in
operation. After a sufficiently large body of carefully recorded and systematically
studied data relating to the physical and biological agencies now concerned in the
formation of rocks has been acquired it will be possible to make many dependable
deductions and inferences regarding the history of fossil faunas where now only guesses
are possible. With the object of contributing to such knowledge I spent a portion of
the field season in the study of sedimentation in Lakes Erie and Ontario and in the Bay
of Fundy. Some of the subsidiary problems which were taken up in connexion with
the general problem of sedimentation are as follows: —

1. The agencies involved in the transportation sediments.

2. Depth at which waves act eflfectively on the bottom.

3. Physical features of the intertidal zone.

4. Rate of deposition on tidal flats.

.5. Relation of the amplitude or magnitude of ripple-marks to depth.

6. Differences between wind-made and water-made ripple-marks.

7. Influence of turbidity, depth, and other environmental factors on faunas.

Many important data relating to these various features of sedimentation have hoon
secured which will be brought together in a report on that subject. Some attention
has also been given to the dune region along the north shores of Lakes Ontario and Erie.
The observations on the dunes were made from the standpoint of their relation to the
general subject of continental deposition.

An attempt by L. 1). Burling and myself to prepare for the ^Museum some cross
sections illustrating grai)hicnlly the geology of the Ottawa district gave a clue to some
hitherto unrecognized structural relations between the Pahvozoic rocks of the Ottawa
valley and the crj-stalline rocks of the Canadian shield. It became neoessai-y in con-
nexion with this problem for me to spend some time in the field studying the
structural relations of these two rock series in Quebec. A detailed discussion of the
new interpretation of the structural relations existing between these rocks, has been
prepared l»y Mr. Burling and myself which will be puhli>Iied elsewhere in the reports
of the Survey. In connexion with the field work outlined above I have had the assist-
ance of E. J. Whittaker throughout the field season which began the last week in April
and ended late in September.

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

HI \ni i/.T h'lroirr 123

Office Work.

\ i-unsiiloniblo i>art di iiu- dllicc work (»t Mr. iJuiliiii; and my^fclf has been devoted
to the propnratioii of ri>i)()rts on t\»s.-<ils for various nifmbcrs of the .staff. Many otluT
sliort rei)orts on tos.sils sent to tlie Survey from various parts of the country liave also
lieen prepared. A eonsiderahle nunibi-r of Sihirian fossils have been «leterniined by
M. V. Williams in t-onne.\ion with his work on the Silurian <»f the Ontario peninsula.
.Mr. Uurlinjf has ri'Uiained in the office ilurinji: the summer in order to complete the
ofBee work on the large collection of Cambrian fossils collected by him the preceding
season alonj? the Yukon-Alaskan boundary, lie has also directed durinj? the sunnner
the unpackiufr of the old collections of fossils whieh have been acquired throuf?h the
Work of tlu' field ireolnj^ist^ durinjr a lonjr .-series of years. W. S. Dyer was ocoipieci
with this work durinjr the sunnner and since his resigmition the work lias been <*on-
tinued l)y W. Cross. Much of the time of Miss A. E. Wilson has been occupied in
prepariufy a card index to these collections as they were opened and Stored according
to a systematic scheme. Several thousand localities are reprtv^ented by these colle<-
tion-. The need of referrini; to i)articular lots of the oh} collections, which fre(4uently
arise>. has made the systematic storing' and cataloguing of these collections an urgent
necessity.

I have Ix^en able to borrow from the U.S. CJeol. Survey, through the courtesy of
Dr. T. W. Stantim. parts of the card catalogiu^ of the Palaiozoic Fossils of North
America belonging to that Survey, which is l>eing copied for the use of the Pnlnponto-
logists of this Survey. A considerable portion of the time of a typist has been occu-
pied with this work, which is still unfinished, during the past winter.

.Mr. Whittaker has in addition to regular preparatory work made a .-erics of plaster
casts from moulds representing most of the types of ripple-marks and other wave and
current phenomena which characterize near shore deposits of sediments. This unique,
(dlleition will W installed in the exhibits of the museum.

Mis< Wil-on has assisted in general museum work including the catalog^uing ot
incoming collections of fossils and has rendered important aid in editing certain
referred manuscript.

The office work which luis reached a stjige permitting publication during' the year
is indicated in the following list of papers by members of the division :

Kindle, Edward M. —

The Silurian and Devonian section of western Manitoba: Sum. Rep., Can.
C.eol. Sun-.. Dept. of Mines, 1912 (1914), pp. 247-261.

Notes on tlie Oriskany sandstone and the Ohio shale of the Ontario penin-
sula: Sum. Il<-p.. Can. Cteol. Surv., D<>pt. of Mines 1912 (1014). pp. 2Sn-
290.

Origin of " Batrachoides the Antiquor": Geol. Afag. n.s.. Decade VT. Vol. I,
pp. 1.5S-61. April, 1914.

A comparison of the Cambrian and Ordovii-ian ripple-marks found at
Ottawa. Canada: Jour. Oeol. Vol. XXll. No. 7. Oct. -Nov.. i)p. 70C{-71".,
1914.

What does the Medina sandstone of the Niagara section include? Science,
N.S.. Vol. XXXIX. No. 1016, pp. 915-918, June 19. 1914.

CoUnnnar structure in limestone; Can. Cjeol. Surv.. Museum Bull. No. 2, pp.
.r»-44. pis. JI-III. 1914.

General guide to the collections of invertebrate fo.ssils: ^fu.-run> of the
Geological Survey, Canada, pp. 1-3, pi. I.

124 fiEOLOOKAL !<iliyEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

Burling, L. D.^

Lower Palteozoic section of the Alaska-Yukon boundary : Bull. Geol. Soc.
America, Vol. 25, 1914 (Mar. 30), p. 137.

Early Cambrian stratigraphy in the North American Cordillera, with discus-
sion of Albert<>lla and relate-tl faunas: Geol. Survey, Canada, Museum
Bull. Xo. 2, part VT, July 6, 1914, pp. 93-129.

Fossils of the Rocky Mountains Park: Handbook of the Rocky Mountain-^
Park Museum. Department of the Interior, Canada. Government print-
ing office, 1914, pp. 102-104.

The popularization of palaeontology: Proc. American Assoc. Museums, Vol.
VI II, 1914, pp. 92-97.

Cambrian and related Ordovician Brachiopoda — a study of their enclosing
sediments: Bull. Geol. Soc. America, Vol. 25, September 15, 1914, pp.
421-434.

"Wilson, A. E. —

A preliminary study of the variations of Parastrophia hemiplicata. Hall:
Can. Geol. Surv., Mus. Bull. Xo. 2, pp. 131-140, pi. IV, 1914.

Report on Fossils.

The reports prepared by the palseontologists of the Survey for members of the
staff will be found in the pai^ers of the various gcolog-ists for whom they were pre-
pared. Only certain collections of special interest which have been transmitted to the
Survey by persons not attached to its staff will be mentioned here. One of these is a
collection including an excellent lot of Devonian fossils from the Ramparts of the
Mackenzie river, and a small collection of Cretaceous fossils from the Mackenzie
River valley made by Dr. T. O. Bosworth of Great Britain. This collection, together
with an important collection of Devonian fossils from the shore of Great Slave lake,
obtained by Charles Camsell, of the geological staff, will be made the basis of a paper
on the Devonian faunas of the Mackenzie River valley.

Another collection made by Mr. H. W. Jones, and transmitted by Mr. Camsell, is
repre.sented by a single coral of Devonian age. It is of special interest because it
represents a hitherto unknown area of Palaeozoic rocks and the most northerly locality
known for. the Devonian in Canada outside the Arctic archipelago.

Two specimens of Tr'ujonia from the Xass formation, which were sent to the
Survey by Mr. Louis Watkins from a locality near Long lake. Portland Canal district,
British Columbia, have considerable interest since practically nothing has been known
concerning the fossil faunas of the region represented. Dr. T. W. Stanton who has
kindly examined the specimens at my request, writes as follows regarding them: —

" I have your letter of January 11 and the accompanying specimens of Trigoma
collected by Mr. Louis Watkins in the Xass formation near Long lake, in Cascade
Crexik valley north of Stewart, Portland Canal district, British Columbia

The specimens all belong to a single undescribed species of Titcjonia which I have
not seen in any of our cf»lle<-tions from the West coast or elsewhere. It belongs to the
Undulatac group of Trigonia which is a group apparently confined to the Jurassic. My
opinion is that tli(> iiresciit species is from tlie Jurassic, and probably from the ^liddle
Jurassic."

A collection from the deei) well at ^loosejaw. Saskatchewan, which was transmitted
to me by Mr. E. D. Ingall^was also referred to Dr. Stanton who recognized a Jurassic
horizon from the lower beds. His report follows: —

" I have examined your fossils from the deep well at ^loosejaw, Sask., and was
Bomewhat surprised on taking a second and more thorough look at them to find that

Si Mil ANY liLl'URT 125

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

tliiise from iioar the bottt>ni of the \\v\\ are of Jurnssic ape and apparently iHilonp to
tlir fauna wliirli i«« well (U'V('l(>p<'(l in tlie Siindiincc foniiatinn ..f flic Iila«*k hills. The
only (Vetacoous fossils re<'oKiiizr(i are in a sinj^le fra^'nicnt which is laU-llcd Mi(»? fc^-t.
T\w cHunplt'te lop of this well would be vny inten-stinp and if it is available I hoiHj
tliat you will see that it is jjublislwd. Tlu- forms recopnized in the s«'parate baui]>le8
are as follows: —

Fosstlft from Deep WtU at Muo'ojiiir, Sash.

J)«'pth :.O0? feet:

Aricula nehra.^rana K. and S.

Sraphifrs sp. fragment of a large speeimcn possibly belonging to S. nodostiS Owen
Pierre fauna.

DejUli L\7:.<)-(;0 feet:

Nothing determined.

Depth 3.000. 3,010 :

Fragments of Ojitn a or (Irn/iliaea.

Depth 3,050 feet :
Oslrea sp.

Gryphaea calceolaiar nehrasccnsis ^I. and IT.
Astarte sp.
Bctemnites sp.

Jurassie.
Depth 3,0«J0 feet :

Fragments of Osfrea, Grtiphara, and Bihinnifrs.
Astarff sp.

Jurassie.
Depth 3,075-80 feet :

Fragments of Grypliaca and undetermined peleeypod.

Jurassic.
Depth 3,090-95 feet:

Undetermined peleeypod — possibly a Lima.
Depth 3.100-3, 105 feet :

Brlfmnitps sp.

Jurassie.
Depth 3,lus-3.1lo f.-ct:

Undetermined gastrojiod and Di nlttliiun .'

Jurassic
Depth, 3.120-3.lL>5 feet:
I'rofi" iinJiii :' sp.

Jnrascie.

The nearest lix-ality in Canada at which Jurassic rocks appear at the surface is
more tlian 3."»<i miles west of .Moosejaw. The fossils from this well furnish the tirst
evidence wliich has been obtained of the presence of the Jnras.<ic in Canada east of the
liocky mountains and illustrate the important geologic data which the uiaterial.s froni

dccji wi'l]> sdnictiiiic- yield.

126 GEOJJKilCAL fiVRYEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 191 5
Additions to the Invertebrate Palaeontological Collections During 1914.

Collected hi/ Ojlicers of lite Ueoloijical Suil-i'i/.

Allan. J. A.—

:Matcrial from Banff Park, Alherta. Ace-ess. Xo. 240.

Brock, 11. \V.—

A fiastoropod from the Pleistocene of Bermuda Islands, Access. No. 163.

Burling:. L. D. —

Lower Cambrian material from St. Albans, Vermont. Access, ^o. 203.
Ordovician fossils from Beauliarnois, Montreal. Points Claire, and Ste. Anne de
Bellevue. Que., also from the vicinity of Ottawa. Access. No. 233.

Burling. L. D. and Harvie, R. —

JNIaterial from Olenoides zone and Olenellus zone fron> west of Georgia. Vermont.
Access. No. 204.

Cairnes, D. D.—

Pleistocene Cretaceous and Palneozoic fossils from Kluane Lake district, Yukon
Territory. Access. No. 21-1.

Camsell, C—

A collection from Great Slave lake and Athabaska river, midway between Fort
McKay and McMurray, west bank of river. Access. No. 207.

Dowling, D. B. —

A small collection of fossils from the Judith River beds of Montana. U.S.A.
Access. No. 198.

Foerste, A. F. —

A collection of Ordovician fossils from Nicolet river and western Quebec and from
Manitouliu islands and the neighbouring mainland. Access. No. 234.

Harvie, R. —

liOrraine fossils from Ste. Ilyacinthe; Lorraine material from southwest bank
Yamaska river 700 yards northwest of ferry to Ste. Hugues; a collection from vicinity
of Cowansville including material from locations XLIV, LI, XLIX, of Ells Rep. No.
578, Montreal sheet; some alga; from Lower Cambrian cast of St. Albans, Vermont.
Access. No. 212.

Several pieces of Utica shale from the east bank of the Rideau river, Cununings
bridge, Ottawa. Access. No. 2.51.

Hayes, A. O. —

Fossils from the Carboniferous and Pleistocene from the vicinity of Rod Head. St.
John, N.B. Access. No. 217.

Hyde, J. F.—

Cambriiiu matt-rial frini Young point. Georges river, X.S. Acc(>ss. X^o. 223.

Johnston, .W. A. —

Several lots of fossils from the Lowvillc. Black River, anil 1 rentun limestones of
the I>ake Simcoo district, a collection of Pleistocene fossils from Fort Frances and east
of Istcrwood, also from Ordovician calcareous drift of Rainy River district and lime-
stone slabs with ripple-mark.s and sua cracks. Access. No. 208.

SUMU \RY in:i'nRT 127

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

K'.H'lc. J.—

Small I'ollpi'tioii of I'loist^oone sholln from Ontario, frotn Chatham, Croditoii,
Kiiicanliiir. I'ort Mkiii. and Tlu'dford. Awess. No. '2\'>

K'indlc. E. M.—

Fossils from l*a<niottt' rapids, Ottawa river. Access. No. "ilO.

A collection of material from Amlierstlnir^'. Inncrsoll, and other points in Ontario
peninsula. Acco.ss. No. 20!t.

Carhoniferoua fossils and .sandstone rii)ple-marks from the .loffjjin.s, N.S. Access.
Xo. 'J:?.').

^foulds of ripple-marks on sai\d from Sort'l, Que. Access. No. 236.

Kipple-mark moulds, from Kingsport, N.S. Acco.ss. No. 237.

A collection of Devonian fossils from Boar river, N.S. Access No. 23S.

Devonian fossils from the Nictaux rcyion, N.S. Access. No. 230.

Moulds of ripi)lo-niarks on sand from Windsor, N.S. Access No. 240.

A collection of Devonian fossils and moulds from rii)i)le-marks on sand from fort
Colhornc. Out. Access. No. 241.

Moulds from ripple-marks on .sand fn^m Wcllinj^ton, Ont. Acce.ss. No. 242.

Kindle. E. M. and Hihbard, R. R.—

A collection of fossils from IS Mile creek, X.V". Access. No. 226.
MacKenzie, J. D. —

Small collection of fossils and fobsiliferous rock from Tchowum point, B.t'. No.
23, p. 3'U. 1. 1. Access. No. 300.

Fossils from the Devono-Carboniferous and Tertiary of Hathead district. Koot-
cnay. B.C. Access. No. 218.

3 pieces of fo.ssiliferous rock from Queen Charlotte islands. Access. No. 216.

MacLean, A. —

A few gasteropods from Stonewall. Mnnitoha. Access. No. 166.

McLearn, F. H. —

A collection of material from Artesian well cores from the vicinity of Winni-
peg. Manitoba. Access. No. 227.

Mellaril, F. H. and Stewart, J. S. —

A large collection of material from Livingstone river, or north fork of Oldman
river, Allnrta. Access. No. 228.

O'Neill, J. J.—

A collection of fossils from Black mountain. ^lackenzie River delta, and from
Iler.schell island. Access. No. 201.

A collection of fossils from Herschell island an<l the maiidaml. Access. No. 230.

Schotield. S. J. —

Material from a section extending from Cambrian to Devonian from Canal
flats, upper (^oUimbia lakes, B.C. Access. No. 224.

Slipper, S. E. —

Small collection of fossils from Black Diamond oil well and vicinity, AlbcrUi.
Access. No. 160.

Fossils from .sandy layer in Bcarpaw shales, sec. 7, tp. 20, range 2, W. r>th mor.,
upstream on small creek flowing into the .south branch of Sheep crtvk from Turner
valley. Access. No. 187.

Cephalopod from (^'laggett-Benton shalcH, sec. 23, tp. IK. ranye 1. W. .'>th mer.,
-outh branch Sheep river. Access No. 187.

Fnios from calcareous l)cd, Edmonton sandstones, SW. corner of .sec. 8, tp. 2<),
range 2, W. 5th mer. Access. No. 187.

128 GEOLOGICAL SIRTET

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

StauflFer, C. K.—

Fossils from Western peninsula, Ontario, from Oriskany, Onondaga, and Silurian
formations. Access No. 192.

Sternberg, C. H. —

A small collection of Niobrara fossils from Logan county, Kansas, U.S.A.
Access. No. 220.

Ammonites and baculitcs from Dead Lodge canyon, ammonites from -Judith
River mountain and bax-ulit^s from 2 mile^ southeast of Judit\ P.O.. .\lberta. Access.
No. 219.

Two jiieces of baculites from the Bearpaw formation from the top of benches
south of Nelson's ranch, Missouri river, north of Two Calf creek. Access. No. 197.

Tanton, T. L. —

A collection of fossils from AVawa river, 10 miles below Ardee river. Access.
No. 20«3.

Wallace, R. C—

A collection of Devonian and Silurian fossils from Manitoba. Access. No. 221.

AVh it taker, E. J.—

A collection of Devonian fossils from Hagersville, Ont. Access. No. 243.

Williams, M. Y.—

Devonian and Silurian material from western Ontario peninsula and Bruce
peninsula. Access. No. 244.

•Silurian material from Niagara peninsula. Access. No. 244.

Silurian material from Lake Timiskaming. Ont. Access. No. 24."^.

Silurian material from the vicinity of Milwaukee, Wis., and from Joliet, 111.
Access. No. 246.

Acquired hy Presentation.

Allen, R. C, State Geologist, Ann Arbor, Mich. —

A small collection of fossils from Limestone mountain. Horizon Niagaran and
Ordovician. Access. No. lb(>.

Andrews, Dr. W. W. —

Small collection of Cretaceous fossils from bouth bank Saskatchewan river near
Canadian Pacific Railway station, Morse, near Log Valley ferry. Access. No. 213.

Bosworth, Dr. T. O.—

A collection of Devonian and Cretaceous fossils from Mackenzie river. N.W.T.
Access. No. 248.

Brook.-, J{. A., Castor, Alberta.—

An ammonite, from the Pierre shale, at Beaver Dam creek, sec. 31., tp. 38, range
12, W. 4th mer.. 4 specinn iis from Edmont<jn formation, sec. 32>, tp. 3\"S, range 13,
W. 4tb mer. Access. No. 2(W>.

Buri)ee, Lawrence J., Ottawa. —

Two jiiei'cs of fossil coral from an elevation of 7,500 feet, from the mountain above
Sulphur creek, Jaspi r Park. B.C.

Clarke, J(.hn M., N.Y. State Mus., Albany.—

Some specimens of II iidnoceras hatlirnsc Hall and Clarke — from Chemung sand-
stone (Upper Dcv.), Bath, N.Y. Access. No. 211.

&'t.i/,i/.iA'i u::i'(iiiv 129

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26
I)arran-;li. W. J.. IMmeiiix, H.C.—

A piece of fossil ifero us rock witli criiinid stems from Plioonix, "B.C. Access. No.

Kastwood, J., I'l-iiice Albert, Sask. —

A speeiiiieii of marl eoiitaiiiiii^ fossils. Access. No. lUO.

Mnirlish, Arthur, New Brunswick. —

A piece of fossilifcrous rock from .Silurian beds on Nels(jn river. Hudson bay.
Access. No. 193.

Foerste, A. F., Dayton. Ohio. —

A collection of Richmond and Lorraine fossils from Ohio, Kentucky, and
Indiaiui, U.S.A. Access. No. 170.

Oalletly, J. S.—

A collection of Palirozoic fossils from Wooily lake, Hudson Bay railway. Access.
No. 229.

(Iray. W. J., Vancouver, B.C. —

A couple of pieces of fossilifcrous Post Pliocene clay from Roberts creek, Straits
of Georgia, midway between Secchclt inlet and Gibsons Landing, B.C. Access. No.
2;3L

ITcwitt, Dr. C. Gordon, Ottawa. —

Two pieces of Ordovician trilobites from the eastern coast of vScotland.

llildreth, C. A., Moosejaw, Sask. —

A collection of Cretaceous fossils from the Moosejaw city well, drilling operated
by Wallace Bell Drilling Co. Access. No. 185.

McLenham, John A., Edmonton, Alberta.

Several pieces of fossilifcrous rock from Upper Blindman River valley, 30 miles
west of Pawoka, Alberta. Access. No. 202.

McRae, C. D., Vancouver, B.C.—

Two pieces of fossilifcrous rock from the Tertiary from Bow river. Bhu-kfoot
Indian reserve. Alberta. Access. No. 247.

^forgan, L., Grenville, Quebec. —

Four pieces of Chazy fossilifcrous rock from Grenville, Que. Access. No. 195.
Orrell, IL S., Box 102, CoUingwood East, Vancouver, B.C.—

A small box of fossils from Puget Sound group, Vancouver. Access. No. 199.

Perraud, A. —

A piece of fossilifcrous rock from West Butte coal mine.^, Montana, McDermott
and Soil. Access. No. 194.

Reagan, Albert B., Nett Lake, Minn. —

Three pieces of fossilifcrous rock from St. Anthony falls near St. Paul, Minn.
Access. No. 1H9.

Robertson. Wm. Fleet, mineralogist, Department of Mines, B.C. —

A small box of fossils from Big creek in Lillooet district. B.C.. ho<ls extending

from Spruce lake through to Big creek. Access. No. 205.
2G— 9

130 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

Suazclle, C. A., 2G Metcalfe st., Toronto, Ont.—

Fossils from British Tertiary and Pleistocene beds. Access. No. 188
Stirling, John T., Edmonton, Alberta. —

A piece of fossil if erous rock from the Paskapoo scries from several miles west of
Wetaskiwin, Alberta. Access. No. 191.

Watkins, Louis. —

Small collection from above the head of Long lake in Cascade Creek valley.
Access. No. 232.

Acquired hy Exchange.
Gregor, D. K., Columbia, Miss. —

A collection of. Devonian material from Missouri. Access. No. 225.

Hibbard, Pt. R.. Buffalo, N.Y.—

A collection of fossils, Hamilton formation and Moscow shales, section 5, 18 Mile
creek, Erie county, N.Y., 14 miles from Buffalo. Access. No. 188.

Loomis, Prof., Amherst College. Amhetst, Mass. —

A collection of Tertiary fossils from the Patagonian beds from Patagonia, S.A.
Access. No. 167.

PAL.EOBOTANY.

(W. J. Wilson.)

During the present year the work in pala?botany has been confined chiefly to an
examination of a part of the large mass of unnamed material that has been accumu-
lating for years, especially the collections from the Carboniferous rocks of southern
New Brunswick and to the study, naming, and arranging of collections brought 'in by
the field officers the past summer.

A collection made by Miss M. C. Stopes in 1911 in connexion with the prepara-
tion of Memoir 41 on the fossil plants of the " Fern Ledges " St. John, N.B., was sent in.
These fossils were collected from Duck cove, Lepreau, and east of St. John harbour in
the Little Kiver group, and from the Joggins, N.S. As identified by Miss Stopes those
from the Little River group are : —

Calamites Sp.

AslcropJnjUites acicularis Dawson. (=A. equisetiformvi Schl.?)

Psilopliyton sp.

Sphenopteris rmlida Dawson. (=»S'. artemisiaefolioides Crepin.)

Alethopteris lonchitica (Schlotheim.)

Alethopteris sp.

Neuropteris heteropliylla Brongn.

Neuropteris eriana Dawson.

lihacopieris husseana Stur.

SporangUes acuminata Daw.son.

Cardiocarpon cornuinm Dawson.

Cardiocarpon crampii Ilartt.

Cardiocarpon sp.

Cordaites rohii Dawson. (-C. horassifolius Sternberg.)

Cordaitcs principalis Ocrmar.

Cordailes sp.

Those from the Joggins, N.S., are

Alethopteris lonchitica Schlotheim.

Lepidostrohus sp.

Cardiocarpon sp.

Cordaites sp.

8VMUM{Y liKI'OliT 131

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

A follpction of ponsidi-raMo interest was made duriiiR the present summer by J.
Iv I[.v(l(\ from Purrslx)n) inlet. N.S. These s|)eeiin<'iis were exainitied an«l in part
nainc<l and then si'nt to Dr. David White, of Wa.shint^ton, D.C, who kindly corrc<;tt.!d
and extended my list as follows: —

CnhimUen suchou'i Bronprn.

Calamih's ramifer Stur.

(\iltimifi's ef. C. crurialu.<i Sternher;;.

Lepidodeiidron cf. L. aJnhamanai' D. White.

Ijepidopliloios ef. L. hiriiiniis Sternhcrt^.

LrpidophiiUum sp.

Marioptfrifi crrmopf('i<il<lcs 1). White.

licnaultia microrarpa \.<}m\.

Neuropleris smith ii T^sq. ef. var. antiqua D. White.

Cordaites rohii Dawson.

Cordaites horassifolins Sternberg.

Whittleseya desiderata D. White.

Trii/onocarpon, op. nov.

Dr. White sends the following interesting notes on the above plants: —

" Tlie comments informally noted in the following paragraphs are not intended to
constitute a report: they merely embrace my notes and interpretations both as to iden-
tity of the species and as to correlations of the plant-bearing beds.''

'' The fragments of Calamite.^ bearing tlie number 70 are probably all referable
to the somewhat comprehensive type passing as Calamites suck-oici, Brongn."

'* The two fragments marked 77 represent a type with extremely narrow fine
nodes and small leaf scars. A large number of the ribs are continuous across the
nodes. Specimens such as this iiave sometimes been idcntitied as Asterocalamites
radiatus. They presumably are de>eendants of that species. Calamites ramifer Stur,
is closely related; possibly identical. It is perhaps the oldest of the Pennsylvanian
Calamarian types."

•■ The specimen which I tag 76a. approaches more nearly the Calamites cruciatus
group. It is liable to be varietally distinct from any species heretofore described."

'■ The large number of leafy twigs of the Lepidodendron and the fragments of
bark with narrowly diamond-shaped bolsters bearing leaves at the upper apices
appear to belong to a single species which is very close to a species from the liower
Pottsville throughout the Appalachian trough, to which I have given the name Lepido-
dendron alabamatufe. However, in your specimens the leaves are a little more .slender
and less distinctly sickle-shai)ed. Some oi these rock fragments have detached cuti-
cular remains of great perfection in detail and great interest. The Lepidodendra
l)elong to an early Pennsylvanian group and deserve compari.son with the fine speci-
mens figured by Zeiller as Lepidodendron Velflirimi."

'•The small fragments of No. 78 might belong to Cordaites rohii. Daw.son."

" Number 77b contains a fragment of a rachis marked with transverse gashes
which probably correspond to the horizontal sclerotic discs in the jietioles of Heteran-
gium. Such stems bore fronds of Eremopteris and Aneimitc-^. They are undoubtedl.v
cycadofilic."

'• Several fragments l>earing the accession No. 78 arc an early form of Neurop-
teris of the Schlehani group. The .same group in this country was called Nenrop-
teris iSmitliii Ijy Lesquereux. This is not the tyi)ical Nruropteris Smithii. but
approaehes nearly to my variety. Antiqua. It is distinguished by the brr>ad attaeh-
mcnts of the pinnules and the close position of the nerves. This form in the Appal-
achian trough is eharacteristie of the upper middle region of the I^ower Pottsville."

*' The identical form represented by these fragments is present in the Appal-
achian trough. This has, I believe, the smallest pinnules of any variety of Neurop-

2G— 9i

132 GEOLOGICAL NURVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

teris that has yet been found. The type of Neuropleris Smithii aa originally
described, from Alabama, is not much larger, but the pinnules are rounded and nar-
rowly attached at the base, the narrow nerves being more strongly arched, more lax,
and a little more distinct.

My experience in dealing with these small-pinnuled species of Neuropteris inclines
ine to the belief that all of these fragments which you sent represent a single very early
type belonging to the Neuropteris Schlehani group, that is, the Neuropteris Smithii
group."

" No. 78, tagged Cordaites borassifolius, Sternberg, is rightly named, I believe.
Underneath the leaf fragments are a number of cycadofilic inflorescences which at
first glance suggest Dawson's Sporangitcs acuminata. Probably they belong to
Calynnnotheca, and as such I would provisionally refer them to Adiantites, to which
I doubt not they belong. I have exactly the same thing occurring with Adiantites in the
Lower Pottsville."

" The specimens of Lepidophyllum represent a species quite distinct from,
though ancestral to Lepidoph/jUum lanceolatum, Brongn. It differs from L. Lanceo-
latum by its smaller size, very much thinner and more delicate texture by the habitual
indistinctness of the mid-rib ridges, and more particularly by the comparatively short
and narrow sporangiophore. I have named this new species from Alabama, Lepid-
opliyllnm. ... It is an interesting little scale, widely distributed, and in tins country-
confined, so far as I remember, to the Lower Pottsville. The bract tapers a little
more rapidly in the upper part than does the bract of Lepidophyllum lanceolatum."

" One fragment is a Mariopteris, and although the fragment is very small, I am
practically certain that it belongs to my Mariopteris eremopteroides. Two other frag-
ments are clearly a Renaultia, and although the margins are not very distinct, I think
they are certainly Renaultia microcarpa. Lesq."

" The three fragments of Lepiodophloios bearing the number 77 I hesitate to iden-
tify specifically, but suppose it would do no great violence to the facts if they were
tagged as Lepidophloios cf. L. laricinus. Sternberg."

" The specimens in No. 78 which you refer to Whitileseya desiderata D. White are
clearly Whittleseya and I do not question the specific identification. It is an extremely
interesting leaf, and I am very greatly interested in the examination of this suite of
good specimens. In our flora of this age we have great numbers of Whittleseya Camp-
helli D. iWhite instead of Whittleseya desiderata, which seems not rare with you."

" As already intimated, the fossils you send are midoubtedly Pottsville. They
probably belong to the Upper-middle, or the upper part of the Lower Pottsville. The
number of species is not large, especially among the fern-like types. Certainly the
plants can hardly he Upper Potts\'ille."

" I have no list of the siwcies from Harrington Kiver at hand, and cannot, accord-
ingly, make comparisons. It is probable, however, that the Harrington River Whittle-
seya is older than I supposed. The genus goes into the Lower Pottsville as Whittleseya
CamphpUi, while Whittleseya integrifolia Lesq. is known in the upper part of the Lower
Pottsville in Tennessee."

"I think I understand the stratigraphic difficulties or better, the utter incompati-
bility of this correlation, as it will appear, but I cannot help it. Small as the collection
in hand is, I am certain that it is older than the fern ledges flora with Megaloptcris,
pecopteris serrulata, Hartt and SplLenoptcris pilosa Dawson."

" As already intimated, I liave only the most hazy recollection of pahvontological
material from Harrington river, but if that material is as young as 1 have supposed it
to be, it could hardly lie contorted and at an angle beneath the beds containing the flora
you .sent, except as the result of overthrust."

Harlan L Smith brought in a small collection of fossil plants from Merigomish
harbour, Nova Scotia. Among these tlicro is one good si)ecimen of Calamitrs surkowi
Brongn, from Finlayson island in the harbour, and from the beach cast of French point
there arc several specimens of a small Catamite, which probahly arc branches of the

SVilMAUY liKl'UUT 133

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

same species, thou};li tlioy lU'o Ido frafj:inentary for dtfinite iflentiflcation. The genus
Kliacoptoris is represented l>y one or two specimens, and there are some i)oorly pre-
served pieces of what may liave hccn trunks (if trees. The specimen donated by Miss
Simpson, through ^fr. Smith, is prehaMy from the adjai'cnt Tictoii Mines, and is a
t.vi>ic!il yntroplfris rnrinfrvts Bunhury.

A. (). Hayes collected about a hundred specimens of fossil plants from Xennc-
hecasis island, St. John county. New Brunswick. These specimens ehiefl.y represent
Dawson's Leindodnidron corrugaiam in different stages of decortication. It is not dif-
ficult to pick out a series of speciuKMis connecting by gradual steps the extreme forms,
SI) that it is quite probable that only the one species is present. Fern stijjcs are abun-
ilant at this lociility, but the foliage is mostly absent. In Dr. Hayes' collei'tion there
is one stip(\ which is 14 cm. long, which was at least bipinnate. three or four branches
springing at a wide angle from each side of the rachis. The rock is so altered that no
trace of the pinnules or veins remains, but a medial groove runs along the stem. About
a mile west of >Iispek, Dr. Hayes found rather poorly preserved plant remains in red-
dish purple shale. They are cordaite leaves, and seem to represent Cordaites rohii
Dawson, and perhaps C. principalis Germar.

D. D. Cairnes obtained jf small collection of fossil plants from the Kenai forma-
tion, Yukon Territory, but it has not yet been examined.

George F. Sternberg collected a very interesting section of a coniferous tree trunk
7 feet long from the Crct^iceous of the Red Deer river. Alberta. This sjiecimen
has been neatly mounted by ^Ir. Sternberg, and is now on exhibition in the Palaeonto-
logical Hall.

Charles H. Sternberg brought in a number of good specimens of dicotyledonous
and coniferous leaves from the Belly River formation. Red Deer river. Alberta. Con-
spicuous among these are Castalia stanioni Knowlton and Cunning liamites pulchellus
Knowlton. This collection has not yet been carefully examined.

The thanks of the dei)artment are due to Dr. David White of Washington for
kindly examining the fossil })lants from Parrsboro.

Additions to the Palseobotanical Collections During 1914.

Bg Presentation.

Evans, W. B., Rothwcll, P. O., Queens county, N.B. — One specimen of Calamites
probably undulatus Sternberg, from the Rothwell Coal Company's mine. Rothwell
P.O., Queens county. New Brunswick. Ace. No. 89.

Simpson, Miis, of Merigomish, Pictou county, N.S., per Harlan I. Smith. — One
fossil plant (Neuropteris rarinervis Bunbury). Exact locality not given. Ace. No. 87.

Collected by Officers of the Geological Survey.

Dowling, D. B. — One specimen of sandstone containing plant impressions from the
bank of the Saskatchewan river 1,500 feet east of Mire Creek mouth. Ace. No. 71.

Stopes, Marie C. — Sixty-three specimens of fossil i^lanta from Duck Cove and
" Fern Ledges," St. John, N.B. Ace. No. 7*.

Seven specimens of fo.ssil plants from east of St. John harbour, N.B. Ace. No. 73.
Two specimens of fossil plants from Lepreau, N.B. Ace. No. 74.
Seven specimens of fossil plants from Joggins, N.S. Ace. No. 75.

Hyde, J. E. — About 40 specimens of fossil plants from the Parrsl>oro formation,
Pottsville, from bed B14, .section on we-st side Parrsboro inlet. r:irr^li(>r<i. N.S. Ace.
Xo. 7G.

134 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

About 55 i5pccimens of fossil plants from bed No. 2, Parrsboro formation, section
on west side of Parrsboro inlet, Parrsboro, N.S. Ace. No. 77.

About CO specimens of fossil plants from the Parrsboro formation, section on west
side of Parrsboro inlet. B. 16. Ace. No. 78.

Hayes, A. O. — About 100 specimens of fossil plants from the northwest shore of
Kennebecasis island. St. John county, N.B. Ace. Nos. 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 88.

Twelve specimens of purple shale from G.OOO feet west of the bridge at Mispek, St.
John county, N.B., along the wagon road and 1,000 feet northwest of road. These
specimens show poorly preserved impressions of Cordaites. Ace. No. 90.

Twenty-three specinieiu^ of fossil plants from the east side of Courtenay bay
and south of the mouth of Little river, St. John county, N.B. Mostly Cordaite
loaves. Ace. Nos. 91, 92, 93, 94.

One specimen of Calaniiies svclowi, from Emerson creek, west of McCoy head,
St. John county, N.B. Ace. No. 95.

Smith, Harlan I. — One fossil plant {Calamilcs suclowi Brongn) from Finlayson
island, Merigomi.sh harbour, Pictou county. N.S. Ace. No. 85.

Several specimens of fossil plants fro"ii beach on Merigomish harbour about one-
half mile east of French point. Pictou county. N.S. Ace. No. 80.

Cairnes, D. D. — Thirty-eight specimens of fossil plants from Sheep creek, about 2
miles from mouth. Kluane mining district, Yukon Teritory. Ace. No. 9H.

vSix specimens of fossil plants from the left bank of Granite creek near its
head. Kluane mining district, Yukon Territory. Ace. No. 97.

Sternberg, (ieo. l'\ — A section of a silicified tree trunk over 7 feet long, and a
detached piece of the same tree 3 inches long. From the west side of the road one-
half mile northwest of Happy Jack ferry, lied Deer river. Alberta. Ace. No. 98.

Sternberg, George F. — Two specimens of fossil conifers from the Belly River
formation, 2.;^ miles above Happy Jack ferry, south side Bed Deer river. Alberta.
Ace. No. 101.

Sternberg, Ohas. H. — Twenty specimens of fossil plants from the Belly River
formation about 8 miles below Happy Jack ferry, 100 feet above river level on the
north side of the Red Deer river. Alberta. Ace. No. 99.

About 17 specimens of fossil plants including two of fossil wood from the Belly
River formation, 3 miles below Happy Jack ferry, Head of Dead Lodge canyon, south
side Red Deer river. Alberta. Ace. No. 100.

Two specimens of fossil leaves from the Belly River formation. 2i miles above
Happy Jack ferry, south side Red Deer river, Alberta (30 miles northeast of IJrooks).
Ace. No. 102.

Six siHjcimens of fossil wood from Klintonel P.O.. Bone coulee. Cypress hills,
Saskatchewan. Ace. No. 103.

Macki nzie. J. D. — Ten specimens of fossil plants. Koot^'uay formation, from
Flathead, B.C. Ace. No. 104.

MINERALOGY.
(lioht. A. A. Johnston.)

The volume of work in this Division is incuvasing greatly from year to year. Dur-
ing the interval since writing the last Summary Rei)ort (1913) over five hundred speci-
mens have been examined and rei)orted upon either by memorandum or in the course of
per.sonal interview. A very eonsitlcrable amount of time is taken up in replying to
iiKluiries of a specific! character. The number of in(piiries of this kind was very large
during the latter half of the year.

.ST.iMM/iT ix'nroirr 135

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

The " List of Uauadian Mim*ral.s" lias hoeii completed and wlicii puhlishod will no
doubt in some measure satisfy' a want fre<iucntly expressed in different quartcra, for
a eoniprehensive list of mineral localities in Chnada.

Durinir the year great interest was manifested in tlie subject of radium ores and
so persistent were tlie in<iuiries n'jranling th(^ general cliaracters of radium bearing
minerals that it was thought advisabk' to make uj) a few special collections of such
minerals ami have them placed on loan at scU'ct(>d centres. The spcfiiucus employed
in this way had of necessity to be secured from foreign countries, 'lliese collections
were constituted as follows: —

Thorito. Langesurul Fioid. N'orwvy.

Samar.skito.

Mon.i7.ite sand. Bahia. Brazil.

Autunite. I^awrence county. South D.-ikota.

I'laninite (Clcveite). Satersdalen. Norway.

I'itchblende. Bohemia.

Tf'.orianite. - Ceylon.

C'arnotite. Clarey Station. South Australia.

t'ainotite. Montrose county. Colorado.

The collections were placed in the care of the fi>llowing organizations: —

rrovincial Museum, Halifax, N.S.

Xova Scotia Minins Society, Sydney, N.S.

Canadian Mining Institute, Montreal, Que.

Winnipeg: Industrial Bureau Exhiljit, Winnipeg. Man.

Nelson Board of Trade, Nel.son, B.C.

Vancouver Chamber of Mines, Vancouver, B.C.

Canadian Mining Institute, Cobalt Branch, Cobalt, Ont.

Hon. Ceo. Black, Commissioner, Dawson, Y.T.

Prince Albert Board of Trade, Prince Albert, Sask.

F. R. Fisher, Esq., Secretary, Edmonton Board

of Trade, IiMmonton, Alberta.

Meetings of the Museum Committee have been held at such times as circum.stances
required, particular attention having been given during the year to museum floor
mountings and to the extension of the museum's activities to educational and other
institutions throughout the country. It is felt by all tho.se in charge of mu.seum work
that great benefit cannot help but accrue to the progress of scientific work in Canada
through arousing the interest of the rising generation. Apart from the .schools that are
scattered over the Dominion there are several organizations such as the Boy Scout and
Girl Guide movements. Farmers' Institutes, and the like between which and the
museum there might be a reciprocal interchange of favours which would be of mutual
advantage.

Work Performed by Members of the Division.

Mr. Poitevin devoted him.self assiduously to the duties of his office throughout the
year. I'ntil July 9 he was engaged in miiieralogical work generally and in the care
of museum materials. On the date indicated he proceeded to the Black Lake mines in
Megantic count.v in the province of Quebec, where he remained until early in Septem-
ber. During this time Mr. Poitevin collected a large suite c)f specimens from this
int<'re.sting locality. The.se specimens are now being investigated and will be reported
upon in due time. From October 10 to December 1.5 Mr. Poitevin was engaged at the
Harvard University museum. Cambridge, Mas.sachusetts, U.S.A., in ci-ystallographic
and comparative studies on some of the materials collected during the summer season.

As in former years Mr. McKinnon's time has been devoted to the collection
and preparation of materials for the Educational Collections of Minerals, the popu-
larity of which in the schools of the country .shows no sign of decreasing.

136 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

Collections of minerals have boon distributed as follows: —

Grade 1.

Grade 2.

Misci'llant;-

f)US.

1
2
3
1
15
28
1

10
1
6
4
7

11
8
3

British Columbia

New Brunswick

Nova Scotia

Saskatchewan

Total, 127 ^

For the purj)oses of tlie Educational Collection, about twenty tons of material
have been assembled during the past season principally by Mr. McKinnon. For
assistance both in the way of liberal donations and in kindly advice in the securing
of these materials, the Department is indebted to several gentlemen, more particularly
the following: —

Mr. W. L. Parker, Buckingham, Que.; Dr. J. A. Bancroft, Montreal, Que.;
vSteph. Wellington, Madoc, Ont. ; Mr. Paul Desjardins, Allumette island, Que.; Mr. A.
A. Cole, Cobalt, Ont. ; Mr. K. H. James, Cobalt, Ont. ; Mr. G. E. Kaeding, Mr. Geo. B.
Church, Mr. T. C. Lyons, South Porcupine, Ont.; Mr. P. A. Kobbins, Mr. H. M.
Stevens, Timrains, Ont.; Mr. A. R. Whitman, Schumacher, Ont.

Additions to the Mineral Collections During 1914.

Meteorites.

The museum collections have this year been enriched by large and important
accessions to the collection of meteorites. Early in the year the Foote collection was
secured by purchase from the Foote Mineral Company of Philadelphia. This collec-
tion embraces a large number of slices and individuals together with forty casts. The
meteorites proi)er represent two hundred and five "falls" in addition to which twenty-
one other " falls " arc represented amongst the casts. It includes a very considerable
immber of rare meteorites such as Sacramento mountains, Kingston, Maubhoom,
Charlotte, Emmitsburg, Murfreesboro, Senegal, etc., together with several that are nf
historic interest, amongst which may be mentioned Ensisheim, L'Aigle, and Mazapil.
Of the stone showers which occurred near Holbrook, Arizona, July 19, 1012, there are
over two thousand complete individuals in this collection. Further additions to the
collection include a large end i)iece of Mukerop with one polished and etched surface,
a very fine etched section of Willamette, and a unique section of the recently discovered
Mount Edith (South Australia) iron.

- The collection of meteorites when placed in position in the exhibition hall will
constitute a very attractive and interesting exhibit.

The following additions have been made to the Museuni collection of miiun-als
during the year: —

Donalions.

The late Dr. A. E. Barlow, Montreal. — Specimen of syenite with imi)1anted crystals
of corundum.

Mr. G. H. Bell, Sahno, B.C., per 0. E. l^cRoy.— Molylxlenitc from Lost mountain,
Nelson mining division.

.STi/,]/.iA'y luii'oirr 137

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

B. C. Oil and Coal I)t>vol()i)meiit T'ompaiiy, Victoria, B.C. — Two spcciiucns of pctro-
li'iiiii from Sa^c i-reck, Flatlirad river, East Kootcnay, B.C.

D. Ci. Burleiglj, Port Alberni, B.C., per F. G. Wait. — Native arHcnic from J'ort
Alhonii, B.C.

Mr. 11. J. Fetter, Fort (leortre, B.C., per Colliiigwood Sclircibcr, Esq., C.M.G. —
I'.ijilit eljiy eoiieretioiis from Neehako river, B.C.

Mr. Charles K. Fletcher, Los Aiif^cles, Cal., per Dr. E. Ilaaiiel. — Tourmaline from
Pala, California.

Mr. Forbes ^I. Kerby, Crand Forks, B.C. — Silver ore fri>m Union Franklin camp,
(inmd Forks mininj? division, B.C.

Mr. R. Ilarvie, Ottawa, Out. — Samarskitc from Maisonnouvc, Berthier county,
Quebe<', calcareous sinter with impressions of plant leaves from bank of Niagara river
at the Whirlpool. Wtlland county, Ontario; octohedra of cobaltiferous jiyrite from
South Lorraine, Timiskaining district, Ontario.

Mr. Joseph Le^ree, Renfrew, Ontario. — Crystals of molybdenite from Griffith,
Renfrew county, Ontario.

Mr. P. ¥j. Piche, Montreal, Quebec. — Molybdenite in ealcite from Mount St. Pat-
rick, Renfrew county, Ontario.

Mr. Harry G. Stokes, North Adelaide, South Australia. — Fine specimeaa of
autunite and torbenite from Mount Painter, South Australia.

Mr. J. B. Tyrrell, Toronto, Out. — Yukonite from Tagish lake, Yukon.

Dr. T. L. Walker, Toronto, Ont. — Timiskamite from Moose Horn mine. Elk lake,
Timiskaming district, Ontario.

Professor R. C. Wallace, Winnipeg, Manitoba. — Selenite from Elephant hill, sec.
4. tp. 3.3, range 8, W., Manitoba.

Mr. Wm. Watts, Calgary, Alberta, per D. B. Dowling. — Coal from Midway, B.C.

Mr. Bush Winning, Ottawa, Ont. — Titanite from Little Rapids mine, Bucking-
ham, Ottawa county, Quebec.

Collected hij Officers of the Department of Mines.

D. D. Cairnes. — Series of ores from Quadra island, coast district, B.C.; series of
rocks from Upper White River district, Yukon; lignite from Granite creek and lignite
from Sheep creek, Kluanc mining division, Yukon; gold coated with tcllurides from
Xan.sen creek, Yukon.

W. H. Collins. — Crystallized native arsenic from Long Lake (iold mine, township
• i'.>, Sudbury district, Ontario.

1). B. Dowling. — Coal, tar, and sandstone from SE. \ sec. 27, tp. 2, range 2G, W.
4th mer.

E. R. Faribault. — Lifusorial earth from Jvejinkujik river, one-half mile below Loon
Lake falls, Queens county, N.S.

J. Keele. — Five specimens of tiles from the Kingston Tile Works, Kingston, Out.

O. E. LeRoy. — Epidote and garnet from Queen Victoria mine. Nelson, B.C. ;'8ilici-
fied wood from Red Deer, Alberta; colunmar ealcite from Hillsborough, N.B.

138 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

A. T. McKinnon. — Auriferous schist and auriferous quartz from the HoUinger
mine; auriferous quartz from Mclntyre Porcupine mines; auriferous quartz from the
Dome mine, Porcupine minincr division, Ontario; molybdenite from Huddersfield,
Pontiac county, Quebec; graphic granite from Bouchette, Ottawa county, Quebec;
chiastolite schist from Winslow, Frontenac county. Quebec; calcite from Orford, Sher-
brooke county, Quebec.

E. Poitevin. — Crystals of pyrite from the Emerald mine, Buckingham, Ottawa
coiuity, Quebec.

S. J. Schofield. — Sphalerite from the Florence mine; ore from the Silver Hoard
mine; magnetite altering to martite from St. Mary river — Ainsworth mining division,
B.C.; garnet crystal embedded in sulphides from the Sullivan mine. Fort Steele min-
ing division.

G. F. Sternberg. — Fifteen nodules of clay ironstone and a series of specimens of
quartz from a point 3 miles south of Steveville, Alberta.

M. Y. Williams. — Celestite from the Flemming quarry, Glen William, Halton
county, Ontario: celestite from the forks of the Credit river, Peel county, Ontario:
chert and limonite pseudomorph after pyrite from Cabot Head, Grey county, Ontario.

M. E. Wilson. — Crystal of diallage embedded in apatite from Buckingham, Ottawa
county, Quebec.

W. J. Wright. — Scries of 29 specimens of rocks and ores from Clyburn valley,
Victoria valley, N.S.

By Purchase and Exchange.

Erythrite from Nipissihg hill, Cobalt, Timiskaming district, Ontario.
Two large specimens of amethyst from Port Arthur, Ontario.
Small specimen of platinum and gold from Tulameen river, British Columbia.
Gold nugget weighing 38.14 ounces from Boulder creek, Atlin mining division,
British Columbia.

Agate hydrolite from Ecuador.

Section of agate showing the effect of artificial colorations.

WATER AND BORINGS DIVISION.

(Elfric Drew Ingall.)

The work of collecting and recording information regarding deep borings through-
out Canada was continued alo:i.g tlie usual lines. A resume of the aims, and methods
of the Division is here set forth. Through the newspapers and other sources of infor-
mation knowkKlge is obtained of borings reported to be in progress at different points
and by correspondence relations are established with the actual drillers. When their
co-operation is secured, bags and other supplies are sent to them so that .samples
may be returned illustrative of each few feet of the rocks pierced by the borings. As
these sami>le3 are received they are opened up and a portion of each set out in a small
tray, the balance is filed away and held in reserve. The trays are arranged in series for
detailed examination and compari.son with similar samples i)reviously obtaitied from
otlirr wells in the vicinity.

The characteristics of and variations in the strata thus ascertained arc inter-
prot<»d in connexion witli what is known of the succession of the strata through the
surface geological investigation made by officials of the Survey and others. If cir-
cumst;iii<'es permit of the routine being i)romptly and continuously carried out tho

8VMM ih'Y ItKI'OliT 139

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

information tlius ohtaiiiud Ixx-omes available for the Kuidancc of the operators duriii);
the progress of the well, lluwevor, the detailed exainiiiation of those .samples is in
its nature tedious, involving: washing?, treatment with acid, and other tests and luiero-
scopie e.Kaminatioii, so that at present the policy of tlu* Division is to eoncentrate on
certain of the horiiiffs of j^reatt'r importance j^eolo^^icaliy and (><-onomieully. With
regard to other borings all drillers' lo^::s and sets of saniples ohtainnhle are tiled and
already the records contain a considerable amount of data of this kind.

Since its inauguration it has also Ikhmi the aim of the Division to accumulate all
publishcnl records of borings and mejisuremeuts of jfcolojifical sections in different
parts of Canada. Jiy plotting these sections to scale, diagranunatic information
beconies available for sending; out to drillers for their giiidance in rej.!:ard to the
formations they arc penetratinj?. Wherever information could be found relating? to
water, Ki>"*. or oil, encountered in boring, it has been incorporat«-d in tin- record.s.

S. E. Slipper, who had been workinp: on the fjfivjlojrical statf in Alb«>rta and inci-
dentally watching? borinj^ operations in the Calgary district, has contributed the pre-
liminary report wliieh is given below. 11 is etTorts for the present will In- (lirec.te<l to
keeping a close watch on the above-mentioned districrt and to the working up of the
very large amount of samples accumulated from the numerouii borings made there.
.1. A. Robert has been employed since Septeml)er 9 in a complete rearrange-
ment of the accumulated nmterial collected during the past five years of the work of
the Division as well as in general rcjutine. In this work he has Ikmmi assiste<l Irv
H. N. McAdam since October 9. It is hoped that when this work is completed
that the very numerous samples which have accumulated since the inauguration of
the work can be finally worked out in detail and that data will result of importance
to- the geologists in working out the problems in their .siKJcial districts as well as to
any one boring deep wells in the future.

The results of the work of the Water and Borings Division apart from the
accumulation of records and illustrative sets of samples from borings, are made
available to the public through reports made to inquirers, verbally or by correspond-
ence, and through data utilizt^ in the published reports of other officers (»f the Dtpurt-
ment. As sufficient information accumulates, the publication of reports on different
districts in Canada will be possible.

In the recently issued report of the Commission of Conservation the great need
for collecting reports of borings is pointed out. The publication of this report will
serve a very useful purpose in educating the public and will strengthen the work of
the present Borings Division.

This work was begun by the Geological Survey in 18S5. In 1891 a report (Vol.
V, Part Q) was issued giving particulars of all borings which were av^jjablc in
Ontario prior to 1H<»1. This report gave plans of the different gas and oil fields of the
province together with cross sections of the strata as worked out from these data.
Iini>ortant sots of samplt^s of drillings were then colloct^'d and are now filod in the
present Borings Division. Supplementary information of this nature was published
in the annual reports. In the year 1898 maps showing the limits and distribution of
the various gas and oil fields of Ontario were published from data resulting from field
studies. A similar report for the use of those interested in borings in the north-
west provinces was published in 1913 and includes all available boring records for
the above region up to the date of issue.

The increasing activities in boring in recent years and its expansion over the
whole of Canada called for si)eeial provision for the carrying out of the work and in the
inauguration of the Department of Mines, the Act fG-7 Edward Vll, <hii|)tcr 29) pro-
vides that it shall be a function of the Geological Survey Division: "To study and
report upon the facts relating to waicr supply for irrigation and for domestic pur-
poses, and to collect and preserve all available records of artesian or other wells." It
thus falls to the lot of the Borings Division to study all sources of information relat-
ing to these matters so as to colle<"t all data bearing on the problems involved and

140 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

by consultation with other members of the Survey staflf, having special local knowl-
edpre, to interpret the information thus collected in the interests of the operators.

Outside the efforts made by the Geological Survey a certain amount of attention
has been paid to this subject by the officials of the provincial governments. The
annual reports of the Nova Scotia Government give details of the operations of their
own drills. These are mostly core drills and are used at different points in the prov-
ince in the search for seams of coal and for iron and other mineral deposits. In the
other eastern provinces no systematic work has been done either in boring or in col-
lecting records. The Provincial Government of Ontario has never operated drills, but
the officials of the Bureau of Mines have published from time to time very complete
studies of the gas and oil fields of the province with logs of borings and all information
necessary to an understanding of the mode of occurrences of these minerals. In the
nortliwest the official reports issued under the territorial governments contained par-
ticulars of the operations of drilling rigs a few of which were owned by the govern-
ment. Numerous auger drills were similarly owned and loaned to the various muni-
cipalities and to others using them for shallow wells in search of water. This policy
was discontinued, however, shortly after the inauguration of provincial governments.

The attempt to acquire the valuable geological and economic data obtained as a
result of the hundreds of borings made in Canada in any one year is found in prac-
tice to be beset by many serious difficulties. The particulars must be obtained at second
hand through the mechanics operating the drills and it is difficult in most cases to
enlist and maintain their sympathetic co-operation. Then, too, it is seldom that the
operator will have such a knowledge of geology that he will see the importance of the
details the geologists finds it necessary to observe if any useful results are to be gained.
It is further found difficult to impress operators with the necessity for sending com-
plete tests of samples taken at close enough inter^'als in the drilling.

An added difficulty arises from the finely pulverized character of the rock material
sent in which results from operations of the churn drill, the apparatus most generally
used, since in such samples there is little chance of getting fossils. Larger fragments
are sometimes obtainable in this method of boring, but it has been found very difficult
to impress ujion the working driller the need for preserving and transmitting these.
It is important, also, that drillers should send unwashed samples and that the logs of
wells should be accompanied by corroborative sets of samples.

Boring Developments Throughout Canada.

From the Nova Scotia field nothing has been received from the Lake Ainslie dis-
trict notwithstanding numerous reports of prospecting work going on. The report of
the operations of the Provincial Goverinnent has not yet come to hand.

From New Brunswick, a large number of new drillings have been added to those
received in 1913 from the Moncton gas and oil field. A number of representative sets
of these samples were set out and studied by W. J. Wright, and the coiiclusions arrived
at will be embodied in his rcjwrt of field work in that district. All the sets of drillings
have been sorted and filed away. In boring operations the chief activity seems to
have been in connexion with cleaning out and doei)ening operations. The gas from
the Moncton field is still utilized in the towns of Moncton and Hillsborough.

Deep boring in Quebec has been i)ractically limited to the operations of two com-
panies in the St. Barnabc district of St. Ilyacinthc county. This is situated a short
distance northwest from the town of St. Hyacinthe. In the year 1010 a deep boring
was put downi to a depth of 1,880 feet by local capitalists in the search for natural gas
or oil and a flow of gas was struck at 1,800 feet which still persists. This find was
reported upon by Mr. Theo. Denis in his report of 1010 to the (Quebec Government.
The pre.setit operations are undertaken with the purpose of further testing this field.
Full sets of drilling samples illustrative of the beds pierced for every 10 feet of tlie

sun MARY REl'ORT 141

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

borings are beiiif? received by the Division iiml all tlie information jHissible is being
given the t)iM'rators.

'J'lie position of the antit-linals and t;.yn<'linalH and other factors of this region can
only be ascertained in a very gt-neral way from surface geological studies as the rock
exposures are so few and scattered. F<jr this reason boring for som(? time will Ix;
e.xperiniental in character.

» Mr. Robert llarvie, of the departmental staff, made an examination of the country
in the vicinity of the borings in conjunction with Mr. Thco. Dein's, Sui)crintendent of
Mines of the Quebec (lovernnient, and, as a result, further light was thrown on the
problems involved in the experiment. When the policy of putting down a number of
comparatively short holes, as suggesetcd to the operators, has been earrietl out, dctjx r,
borings placed nK)re definitely along the crests of the antielinals tiius located, will show
more effectively whether larger pools of gas exist than those partially proved by the
boring ventures so far completed.

The samples of drillings so far received, seem to show only two formations: the
upper red shales (Medina) down to 1,000 or 1,200 feet underlain by a very uniform set
of grey sandy shales of Lorraine age down to 3,000 feet.

For assistance and information given, thanks are diie to Mr. Nap<)lef)n Tun-ot,
Mr. T. D. Bouchard of the Canadian Natural Gas Company, to Mr. Arthur Kyan and
Dr. Connolly of the Natural (nis l)eveloi)ment Company of Ottawa, and to Mr. W. (J.
Perkins and Mr. Edmund Cote, drillers for the,se compajiies, who collected full sets of
samples for the Department.

In Ontario deep borings are naturally most actively carried on in the southern por-
tions where the surface deposits are underlain by the sedimentary series of Palseozoie
formations. Those divide naturally into two main areas: that west of the Archa'an axis
which crosses the St. Lawrence river between Brockville and Kingston, constituting
the Thousand islands, and tlie other east of this divide.

In the eastern area of Pala?ozoie rocks, occupying the wedge between the Ottawa
and the St. Lawrence rivers, sporadic boring has been done in the past and a number
of deep wells have been put down. Some of these reached almost to the underlying
Archaean and in one case penetrated it for a few feet.

In Ottawa city a number of these wells have been put down to obtain water and in
several instances a little natural gas was encountered. In the case of the deep bores
put down at different points in the territory east of Ottawa, the object was the search
for the gas or oil; but while neither was obtained in commercial quantities both were
found to be of widespread occurrence. Considering the extent of the territory, the com-
paratively few borings, and the conditions under which some of thera were prosecuted,
the question of the occurrence of pools of gas or oil in portions of the region where the
general geological conditions are fairly favourable, would seem to be still an open one.
During Utl4 no further ventures were made in this field.

West of the Archaean divide, already mentioned, the sedimentary strata underlie
the wholi- of the peninsula of Ontario bounded by Georgian bay. Lake Huron, and
Lakes Erie and Ontario. A line drawn from the southeast angle of Creorgian bay to
the vicinity of Kingston constitutes the easterly limit of this area, the underlying
rocks of the Archa*an comi>lex rising from beneath the sedimentary formations con-
stituting all the country to the east and north.

The lower Palanjzoic strata, the limestones of Black River and Trenton age, out-
crop from beneath the covering .strata over a broad belt of country between the above
mentioned eastern boundary and the line extending southeasterly from Collingwfx.d
on Georgian bay to the shore of Ontario. Along this belt of country numerous borings
have been made during 1914 in search for water and small quantities of natural gas
have been reported from isolated points, as in past years. Considering the lack of
imi>ervious covering strata, it is not to be expected that any lasting sources of natural
gas or oil will be encountered in this area.

142 CEOmaTCAL SURVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

"Westward, where the Trenton group lies beneath the shaly series of Utioa. Hudson
river, and ^Medina age. in two deep Iwrings for water in the vicinity of Toronto flows of
gas were said to have been encountered which would seem to be equal in importance
to the limited flows reported from borings in previous years from this district from
horizons in the Hudson river and the lower part of the Trenton. A similar occurrence
was reported from a depth of 1,600 feet at Milton in Halton county. No logs are at
pre:i.-nt availahlt- from any of the>e wells, but from the depths reported the showing
of gas might come from the bottom of the Utica or upper part of the Trenton.

North of this a development of great interest is reported in the finding of gas in
considerable quantity in a boring made in Puslinch township, Wellington county. Here
the surface rocks are limestones of Guelph age and the gas is reported as coming from
a depth of about 2,000 feet. At this depth the bore would probably be in the upper part
of the Trenton. According to reports, the flow and pressure were such as would differ-
entiate this find from the small pockets of no lasting value apt to be encountered in
deep borings in any part of the Paleozoic series. Northwesterly along the outcrop of
the same strata of Guelph age boring was done about thirteen years ago and encourag-
ing flows of natural gas were obtained in Amabel township. Bruce county. The field
was not of very long endurance, however. It is reported that further search for gas by
boring is likely.

In the older and well recognized natural gas districts of Welland, Kent, and Essex
counties, reports show that boring has been undertaken at a number of points in the
search for further supplies of gas. No definite particulars as to results have been
obtainable. Near Amherstburg and Ojibway in Essex county, adjacent to the Detroit
river, borings were made to test the underlying salt beds.

The most interesting development in western Ontario is that of the deep boring
in the Oil Springs district of Lambton county. This district was for years one of the
older and well recognized oil producers. The oil was obtained from the Corniferous at
the comparatively shallow depth of 400 to 500 feet. Recent deep borings resulted in
heavy flows of gas at a depth of about 1.900 feet, which would bring the bottom of the
boring into the lower part of the Onondaga. The initial discovery in the spring
resulted in a great rush to the district and in the prosecution of numerous boring enter-
prises not only in the immediate vicinity of the original gu.sher but throughout the
adjacent parts of Lambton county. Later a number of the holes having proved '• dry "
and the pressure and volume of gas having rapidly dropped away the excitement sub-
sided.

Deep borings for water supply have been put down at a number of points, notably
at St. Thomas and at Guelph. At Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario, a similar undertaking
seems to have resulted in no great supply.

During 1914 very little information has been obtained from ^fanitoba and only a
few samples were sent in from shallow wells bored for water. Tests were made at Mani-
tou and at Gilbert Plains for oil and gas with some flow reported in both cases.

In Saskatchewan, information is on file from deep wells such as: Moosejaw. two
wells over 3,100 feet; Maple Creek, 2,100 feet; near Edgeley, 2,42.5 feet; Canora. 000
feet. Samples were also received from Viscount, Waldeek, Lehman. Keithville. Wilkie,
Vanda, Paldworth, Nokomis, and Sovereign. Prospecting for oil and gas was carried
on at Lancer, Hanley, Estevan, the Dirt hills, and at Battleford. and near Dundurn, in
a well bured for water, trac-es of oil were reported at 210 feet.

Li Alberta owing to the greatly increased activity this year in the Calgary field
drillings have been received from important centres all over this province. These have
all been carefully sorted and filed, and sets from special localities have b(,vn set out and
examined in order to supply information to the many inquiries from prospectors in new
districts.

Besides the Calgary district reported on by S. E. Slipper, information is on file
relating to boring operations at I^thbri'lge, MacJeod, Watcrton hike. LT5:} {ect, Pincher

81 Mil it: Y ui:rnnT 143

SfF.SSIONAL PAPER No. 26

Crck. ;;n(» r.H'f, Sw.n-t (Irass. l.anO fc'ot. Tabor, ^..inO feet, Bow Island, 1,870 ivvX,
iJrooks. L'.~'.>r» foot, CViutts, Mud lake. Black Spririj^s liid^e, Keho lake. Blood IteHorve,
Laiidhrec-k. Calvary. :^,414 f^'t, (ileiclu-ii. 10(1 ami 100 feet. Ald.T.syde. 1,'','M) aud l.nOO
feet, Wetaskiwiii, Bed Deer, Laeoiiilu'. Waiiiwrif^ht, Cochrane. Moose Mountain. Jump-
ing' Pound. Mitford. Medicine Hat, SIK} and T.OO feet. Cardston, Stcvcvilh;, Reddiffc,
C'arlstadt, l-idtnonton. Nakaniun. Vikinu:. Vej^reville, Morinvillc. Irma, Atliahaska l.niid
iujr, I'ort Mc.Murray, IVlit-an, Moose 1'ortaf.jo.

Nearly all the wells reported were drilled for gas and oil, a very small pcn-entat^c
being for water and in search of coal seams.

In British Columbia the diamond drill is freely used, as in miiteral districts elst;-
where. in testing ore deposits; but as all sui'h f>perations are of purely local importance
and do not yield any data of general geological signiticanee records of them are not
present in the tiles of the Division.

Some e.xcitenuMit existed duritig this year with regard to the district around Ucvd-
stoke based on the belief that gas or oil might be obtained there by deep boring. From
the geological data available it would not appear that the conditions are favourable to
such assumptions.

Deep boring has been prosecuted in the estuary of the Fraser river at Pitt ileaditwa
where the sedimentary deposits with a considerable thickness of arkose at the base lie
on the granitic rocks of the Coast batholith. A few samples of drillings were received
for determination. As the arkose represents the broken up material of the adjacent
igneous series it is difficult to distinguish one from the other in the pulverized samples
resulting from the operations of the churn drill.

Thanks are due to Mr. C. B. McKae for information .sent.

On the Queen Charlotte islands drilling for coal has been active and boring in
search of natural gas and oil also received considerable attention during the .year. No
detailed dat.a as to these are available, however.

^Ir. Slipper, who has been located in the Calgary district fur the past year,
entrusted with the work of watching boring operations on behalf of the Geological
Survey, contributed the following particulars of his own work in that connexion.

Calgary Gas and Oil Field.
(S. E. Slipper.)

Since December 26, 1913, the writer has been engaged in collecting data from tho
various wells which were being sunk for the puriwso- of prospecting for oil in southern
Alberta. The work is under the supervision of I*]. I). Ingall, geologist in charge of the
Water and Borings Division of the Geological Survey. Samples were taken from tho
wells at intervals of 5 feet in some ca.ses but generally at intervals of 10 feet. At other
wells samples are collected only at points where there is a change in the character of
the strata being drilled through. 1'hese samjjles are examined and described in tho
field and then forwarded to Ottawa for future reference. The scope of the work is lim-
ited only by the enthusiasm of the different drillers and the willingness of the drilling
companies to co-operate with the division in its endeavours.

Systematic information is being obtained from the following wells, west of the
Oth meridian: —

Calgary Petroleum Pnxlucts Company, wells No. 18 and No. 2 — section 6, town-
ship 20, range 2.

McDougall Segur Oil Company, section IG, township 21, range 3.

United Oil Company, well No. 1, section 8, township 2<), range 3.

Alberta Okotoks (Ali)erta Petroleum Consolidated No. 1) section 1, township 20,
range 3.

Ilerron Elder (Alberta Petroleum Cotusolidated No. 2) section 1, township 20,
range 3.

144 ^KVLOaiCAL BIHVEJ

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

Western Pacific, section 31, townsliip 19, ranpc 2.

Fidelity, section 9, township 20, range 2.

Record, section 4, township 19, ranf?e 2.

Southern Alberta, section 18, township 20, range 2.

Calgary, Alberta, section 34, to^\^lship 17, range 3.

Dome, section 12, township 25, range 3.

Purity, section 34, township 25, range 5.

Livingstone Fork Syndicate, section 15, township 9, range 2.

British Alberta, section 11, township 23, range 5.

Monarch, section 5, township 32, range 6.

Ottawa Petroleum, section 7, township 32, range 5.

Mount Stephen, section 25, township 32, range 7.

Prudential, section 1, township 20, range 3.

Black Diamond No. 1 (down to 1,400 feet), section 34, township 19, range 3.

Sterling Oil Company, section 15, township 17, range 3, from the Sugar Oil Com-
pany well, section 1, townsliip 1, range 12, west of the 4th meridian, and from the Acme
well and wells No. 1 and No. 2, Alberta Associated Oils.

To all of these com])anies the writer is greatly indebted not only for the permission
to obtain samples, logs, and other data, but for other courtesies as well. Special thanks
are due to the Calgary Petroleum Products Company for the accommodation which
they afforded the writer during the winter season of 1913-14. The writer is also
indebted to the following gentlemen for advice, information, and many other courtesies :
Mr. A. W. Dingman, managing director, Mr. C. Naramore, superintendent, and C. W.
Dingmau, all of the Canadian Petroleum Products Company; Mr. Wm. Pearce; Mr.
Joseph Sinclair, consulting geologist, Alberta Associated Oil, etc.; Mr. Clyde Segur,
superintendent, MacDougall Segur Company's well ; Mr. Wm. Livingstone, and Mr. J.
1). Pugh, of the Southern Alberta Oil Company; Mr. O. G. Devenish, managing direc-
tor, United Oil Company; Mr. Geo. Buck, of the Black Diamond Oil Company; Mr.
Joseph Bro^vn, field superintendent, Fidelity Oil Company; Mr. J. Kelso; Mr. John-
ston of the Purity Oil Company; Jlr. Geo. Dickson, consulting geologist, Sterling Oil
Company; Mr. Pearson of the Ottawa Petroleum Company; and Mr. Theodore Sayler.

To the drillers our sincere acknowledgments are due. Owing to the transient
nature of their occupation it is impossible to mention all of those to whom we are
indebted. However, we are particularly indebted to Messrs. M. Hovis, J. Hovis, J.
Brown, J. O'Day, G. Reynolds, A. Van Alst, Weir, Elder, W. Cannon, T. G. Felker,
Northwest Drilling Company, including drillers Butchers and Shappat, drillers of the
International Supply Company, Janse Drilling Company, Calgary Diamond Drilling
and Oil Company, and others.

The MacDougall Segur Oil Company was the first to begin drilling operations.
They " spudded in " on section 16, township 21, range 3, west of the 5th meridian, in
January, 1913. Soon afterward on January 25, well No. 1 of the Calgarj- Petroleum
Products Company was started near a gas spring on section 6, township 20, range 2,
west of the 5th meridian. On October 6, 1913, at a depth of 1,556 feet the Calgary
Petroleum Prothu-t'^ Company penetrated an oil bearing sandstone and a siumH
quantity of a very light oil was obtained. This oil was cased off and drilling continued.
Besides the oil several gas horizons were passed through. After this discovery other
companies which had. already been formed began drilling. The Black Diamond No. 1,
southern Alberta, Federal, Western Pacific, and United No. 1, were all drilling in
the spring of 1914. On May 14, the Calgary Petroleum Products Company's well No. 1
encountered a second oil bearing stratum at a depth of 2,718 feet. The second strike
broug-ht many other companies into the field and drilling became general over the
greater part of the foothills ri^ion of southern Alberta. There were 44 drilling
o\it.fits which began to operate, but a- number of these have consod work.

Cable tools, with the California type of standard rig. are in general use in the field.
Diamond drills and a rotary type using a " fl-h tnil " bit or nnolviug sto<>l disc cutters

I uMMi'Y h'j.i'oirr

145

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 2o

are also boiiiK <>i)t'ratc-d. A pole-tool outtit wa.s used by one of tlie ••ninpaiiies for a time.
Drilliiifr is slow and diflieult i)eeause most of tlie wells are boriiij? tlirout;li strata that
are liij:;hly iiieliued and of varying hardness. Ileneo, crooked and hadly caving holes
are a continual source of trouble.

The Calgary IVtroh um Products Company's well No. 1 produi-es a light greenish-
yellow oil. The following is the rep<->rt of an analysis, made by K. Stanstield of the
Mines Branch, Department of Mines, on a sample of crude (jil from Dinginan well No.
I. This report was funiishcd thnnigh the courti-y of Mr. A. W. Dingnian. managing
director:

The oil was of a yellow t.r;lour. .sliowoil nourescenci-, and was piat'lically frtt from any
scdiiiunt ; it possessed a strong uiipUataiit odour.

Specific gravity: By liydrometcr at GO degrees F.;^ 0.756.

Distillation 'Test.

Degrees.

Per cent
by vol.

Specific
gravity.

0702
0 729
0 740
0 700
0 774

0 791
0 874

Colour of
dUtillate.

70-100

100- 1 20 :

14-4

28 3

19 3

11 3

7 0

4 3

3 4

2 8

2 0

Yellow.
Orange.

120-140

Orange.

140 ICO

Yellow.

160 ISO

180 200

Pale yellov

20(>-220

220 2r.o

AInif)st coloiirleas.

KHsidue

Dark brown.

1000

Distillation began at 76 degrees C.

Specific gravity of tlie oil calculated from the above test equals 0.752; sulphur 0-10.

I'his oil was obtained at a depth of 2,718 feet. The production has not been stated.
The Moose Mountain well in section 34, township 23, range 5, west of the 5th meri-
dian, obtained a small (juantity of a dark green oil, which on analysis gives: —

Oasoline 20 per cent.

Kerosene 50 "

Lubricating oil 24 "

Solids (not analysed) *'• "

Analysis by E. G. Voss, li.8c.

This oil conies from a depth of 1,6'JO feet. Several otiicr wells in tiio district report
small seepages of oil.

26—10

146 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

TOPOGRAPHICAL DIVISION.

(W. II. Boyd.)

The organization of tlie Topographicul Divi.siori at present is as follows: chief
topographer, ;i toiK^graphers. 1 triaugulator and coiiipiitc^r, (> junior topographers an<l
an editor, the staflF being augmented this year by the addition of 2 junior topographers
and the editor, thus greatly increasing the efficiency of the Division.

The Division has lost for a while the services of A. C. T. Sheppard who has volun-
teered for overseas service with the Engineers going with the Second Contingent.
Before taking up his duties with the Engineers, his work was arranged so that it can
be carried on satisfactorily by other members of the Division.

Field Work.

Field work in connexion with mapping was carried on during the season in the
following areas: Rainy Hollow map-area, British Columbia; Revelstoke .sheet and
Ainsworth map-area, British Columbia; Flathead and Crowsnest sheets, British Colum-
bia and Alberta; Slieep River map-area. Alberta; Athabaska lake. Alberta and Saskat-
chewan; Tiietford and Black Lake map-area, Quebec; New Glasgow map-area, Nova
Scotia.

Traverse control for mapping purposes was carried on in Queens county, Nova
Scotia, and triangulation for control of future topographical mapping was executed in
the Similkameen and Osoybos districts, British Columbia.

Bad weather and smoke greatly hampered some of the parties; nevertheless, a
great amount of work was accomplished.

UAINV riOLF.OW MAP-AREA, BlUTISH COLUMBIA.

\V. E. Lau'son in Charge.

This map-area lies between the International Boundary and the British Columbia-
Yukon Ixiundary and includes a strip of country adjacent to the Dalton trail; it also
includes the Rainy Hollow mining camp. The map will be published on the scale of

1 vih a contour interval of 250 feet. Photo-topographical methods were

used, supplemented by traverses of all trails. Mr. Lawson reports that the easiest
route into the district is by way of Haines, Alaska; from this point there is a
wagon road as far as Rainy Hollow camp.

R. G. Scott and D. H. Calhoun were attached to the party as assistants.

Mr. Lawson extends his thanks to members of the International Boundary Survey
for information readily supplied.

REVBI-STOKE .SHEET AND AINSWORTH MAP-AREA, BRITISH COLUMBIA.

F. S. Falconer in Charge.

This sheet covers the tract of country between latitudes 51° and 51" 30' and longi-
tudes US'' and 119". The town of Revelstoke lies in this sheet The map will he pub-
lished on the senile of ^yu',n5o ^'^^^ ''^ contour interval of 250 feet. Photo-topographi-
cal methods were used, supplemented by traversing.

Before comniencing work on the Revelstoke .sheet, Mr. Falconer was engaged in
mapping a small area in the vicinity of Ainsworth. B.C. This map, which includes tlio
working mines in that area, will be published on the scale of -^^^^ with a contour
interval of 50 feet. Photo-topographical methods and traversing were u.sed for this

map.

W. II. Eraser and H. H. Graham were attached to the party as assistants.

.ST 1/1/ i/.'i in.rnin 147

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

FI.ATlllvVl) AND (.'l{(>\VSNK.ST SIIKKTS. UltlTISII COl.UMlJlV AM) M.lllllT.V.

A. C. T. Skeppard in Charge.

Those shoots eovor tlio trnot of oountry l.viiiff hotwocn hititudos 40" and r>0°, and
loiii^itiulos 114" and 115"'. Field work on those shoots was started hist year hy Mr. Shoj)-
pard. This season ho wa.s able to complete the work. Tho niai)s will iw^ T)id)lished uti
the seale of TSffirSTf ^^'*'^' '* '**'*"t'^'"' interval of 2(K) foot. Photo-toiwi^raphical methods
were used for the mountainous portions of tho area and traverse methods for the low-
ly ins; jmrts.

V. II. Freeman was attached to the party as topoj^raphieal assistant and K. D.
AfeDonald, W. II. Miller, and E. J. Sproule as assistants.

SMKEP UIVKlt MAP-AUi:\. ALHKin'A.

E. K. Frecland in Charge.

This map-area ombraees the oil re>grion south of Calgary and is inolinlod in tps.
10, 20, and part of 21, ranges 2 and 3, W. Hth mer. The niap will Ix* published on the
scale of u^2T,iriT ^^^'^ contour intervals of 2<) foot. The traverse method of mapping
was used. Primary levels wero run over the area. It was not iK)>sil)le to complete
the mappinp: of this area this season.

E. M. Abendana, S. E. Prowse. D. S. McPhail, M. Fredea, J. B. Bonham. K. 8.
•Vilams, lUid II. M. Peek wore attached as assistants; of these Mr. Prowse, Mr. FnNloa.
and ^fr. Boidiam loft about the end of August for Valcartier camp for home service
with tho l^ngineers.

ATHABASKA LAKK. ALBKKTA AND .SASKATCIFEWAN.

A. G. Haultain in Charge.

This work consisted in a transit and micrometer survey of Athabaska lake for the
purpose of forming a base control for future exploratory work in that region. Owing
t > the nature of tho traverse and the great number of islands on the north shore, the
progress of the work was necessarily slow; however, Mr. Haultain succeeded in travers-
ing 400 miles of shore line. Another season's work will be required to complete the
survey.

TIIKTFOUD AND nr.AC'K I,AKK MAP-AKKA, QIKBIX'.

D. A. Nicliols in Chanje.

The mapping of this area was started last .year by Mr. Nichols; this season he suc-
ceeded in Completing the work. This map, which includes the a.sl»estos mines of Thet-
ford and Black lake and the asbesto.^ and chrome properties in the vicinity of Belmina,
Brof'chos, and Kittle St. Francis lakes, will be pnlilishod on the scale of s-yI-ss with
contour interval of 20 feet. The traverse method of mapping was u.sod. Priinar.y
levels were run over the area.

C. B. Bate, E. Leslie. J. A. Macdonald. M. II. S. IN-nhale, C. II.. Palmer. J. A.
C'iroe, and L. S. Adlard were attached to tho party as a.ssistants. Of these Mr. Bate,
ilr. Ix?slie. Mr. Penhule, and Mr. Palmer left the iwrty early in August for war
service.

20— lOi

143 CEOLOdlVAL PURVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915
KKW GLASGOW MAP-AKEA, NOVA SCOTIA.

B. li. MacKaij in Charge.

Mr. MacT^^ay continued the work on this area and succeeded in completing it this

season. The map, wliieh includes the towns of New (Jlasg-ow. Stellarton, We^-tville, and

Thorburn and the coal mines in that vicinity, will be published on the scale of g^^op-

with a contour interval of 10 feet. The traverse method of mapping was used.

• Primary levels were run over the area.

M. J. McMillan, P. Earnshaw, A. C. Evans, J. W. Spcnce, C. A. MacKay, J. II. T.
Morrison, C. W. liyan, G. O. Van Amburg, and F. C. Wilson were attached to the party
as assistants.

Mr. MacKay extends his thanks to the Acadia Coal Company, the Intercolonial
Coal Company, the Nova Scotia Steel and CoaJ Company, the Maritime Bridge Works,
the Superintendent of the Truro and Sydney division of the Intercolonial railway,
and many others, for valuable assistance.

TRAVERSE CONTROL AND TRIANGULATION.

8. C. McLean in C'harye.

Traverse Control Work in Queens County, Nova Scotia. — This traverse was started
at the intersection of the Queens County line with the Caledonia-Ainiapolis road and
follows the Queens County line southwesterly to the corner of Queens, ^Jhelburne,
Digby, and Yarmouth counties; from this point it runs southeasterly to Port Herbert.
The line, GO miles long, is well cut out; the elevations of stream crossings, lakes,
etc., are plainly marked on the ground. Transit and stadia were used for this work.
Levels were run from Lowes Landii g, Lake Eossignol, to the intersection [of the
Queens County line with the Caledonia- Annapolis road, a distance of 20 miles.

Triangulaiion in the SimiUameen and Osoyoos Districts, B.C. — This triangula-
tion which was started last year by Mr. McLean, was continued this season and com-
pleted. The triangulation extends from the International Boundary, between longi-
tudes 119° and 120°, to Nicola lake, across to the Okanagan valley and north to
Shuswap lake, where it is connected to the triangulation of the Railway Belt by the
Department of the Interior.

R. C. McDonald was attached to the party as technical assistant, and J. B.
Wilkinson as assistant for the work in British Columbia.

Mr. McLean extends his thanks to Mr. Whitman, Deputy Commissioner ot"
Crown Lands, Nova Scotia, Mr. Llirani Donkin, Deputy Commissioner of Public
Works and Mines, Nova Scotia, and to Mr. L. R. Andrews, District Forester, Vernon,
B.C., and his staff for valuable assistance.

SUDBURY RECONNAISSANCE.

The writer spent a portion of the summer in the Sudbury district, Ontario, mak-
ing a recDniKiissance of that area with a view to topographical work in the nc.r
future. Mr. Dickison of this office, acted as assistant on this work.

CANADIAN ARCTIC EXrEDlTlON.

K. G. Chipman and J. li. Cox of this division, who were appointed geographer
and assistant geographer, respectively, to the southern party of the Canadian Arctic
expedition, are still in the north. Mr. Chipman has sent out the following report
of their work.

Ki i/i/.i/i'j RLi'unr 149

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

" A.s ^(.'o^^rai'litrs with tin' soiithorn piirty, Caiuuliau Ar<tii- fxpi <iiii(.ii. .1. li.. ( <)\
mid I left Ottawa, Juue 1, 1913. We loft Victoria, li.C, on the Karluk, and in Nonie,
•Maska. traiisfi'rn'il to the |^asi>liin' schooners of the southern party. The heaviest
ice conditions known in recent years forced the party into winter ijuarters at Collin-
son point, Alaska, on Septeniher VI, \\)\',\.

" Since the coast in that vicinity had been recently well mapped by Mr. K.
l>t'lv. Ltttin^fwell, we c^inld not undertake any extensive work aloiiK the coast. We
rna<le, however, o?i tiie scale of -5-4 J (j^ n map of the harbour at ('f)lliiison pf)int and
vicinity, extending it inland to include some 10 square miles of tundra with 20-foot
contours. The harbour was thoroughly sounded.

"During the winter'a series of solar, stellar and lunar observations were under-
taken. These were for astronomical }»osition, variation of compass and chronometer
ratings, as well as to make us familiar with various methods and tlie technique of
maJving these observations at low temiH'ratures.

" Mr. W. L. MacKinley, the metiorologist of the southern luirty, was on the Karluk
and in his absence the tide gauge was set up and kept in operation during a portion of
the winter by Mr. Cox, and the other meteorological work, so far as we could carry it
out, divided among Mr. O'Xeill, Mr. Cox, and myself.

"In March, 1914, Mr. Cox ami I left Collinson point for work to the east of the
Canada-Alaska boundary. Five days were si>ent at the boundary securing a series
of time observations to tie our jH)sition at Collinson jioint to the boundary and to
check our watch ratings. In* connexion with geological work done on the Firth, or
Jlerschell Island river by Mr. O'Neill, Mr. Cox made a traverse of the river
to the vicinity of its crossing the bouudarj'. He has also mapped the Arctic coast of
Canada from the boundary to the mouth of the Mackenzie river.

" Since the opening of navigation on the Mackenzie as much work as was possible
under the conditions has been carried out in the Delta. The West branch has been
mapi)ed and large portions of the middle and east branches, with a number of cut-
off channels and smaller channels used in winter sled, or summer whale boat, travel.
The surveys have been cajrietl t/!irough to Arctic lied river and' to Fort MacPherson,
and astronomical positions determined at these places as well as at several ix)ints
through the Delta.

** Our map will thus include a considerable portion of the Delta and the coast line
to the Canada-Alaska boundary. The carrying of our astronomical position from
the boundary to Fort MacPherson and to Arctic Red river will furnish a tie for the
work of previous explorers in this lower Mackenzie and Peel Rievr country.

" Throughout the year as much experience as possible has been gained in work,
travel, clothing, food, etc., as adapted to conditions in the Arctic."

150 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

BIOLOGICAL DIVISION.

BOTANY.

(John Macoun.)

Since the date of n\y last Summary Keport 1 iiave continued at work on the flora
of Vancouver island confining my studies chiefly to the vicinity of Victoria and Sidney.
As I reported last year my residence on Vancouver island has enabled me to collec^t and
study cryptogams in a way they have never been studied in Canada before. Most crypto-
gams except fungi are in i)rime condition in the autumn and wniitt>r and the mild climate
makes it possible to collect during the whole winter. The result has been that I have
made very large collections of mosses, lichens, hepaticae, sea-weeds, and woody fungi
during the past year, nearly all of which have been sent to specialists in order tliat my
determinations might be verified or corrected. In all groups referred to species new to
science were collected many of which have been described in The Bryologist during the
year. Dr. J. Dearness, London, Out., has determined for me this autumn 196 species
of fungi as a preliminary to a complete list of the fungi of Vancouver island.
During the sunnner mouths much of my time was devoted to flowering plants, short
trips being made from Sidney for that purpose. Three weeks were spent on Mayne
island in May and June and early in July in company with Dr. M. O. Malte I went for
a few days to Mount Benson.

All my collections of cryptogams have been kept at Sidney for reference, a set
being mounted as the specimens are named. One set of the flowering plants is sent to
the museum (more than 500 sheets during the past year) for the herbarium and a dupli-
cate set kept for study and reference at Sidney. This duplicate .set should .some time
be presented to the provincial herbarium at Victoria or to some other provincial institu-
tion as it will include practically all the plants known to occur on Vancouver island.

BOTANY.

(J. M. Macoun.)

Aside from what may be called the routine work of the botanical division there is
little to report for the year l',)14 .so far as the office and herbarium are concerned, the
work of the year having"been confined alnmst entirely to the determination of collec-
tions and to the mounting of a very large number of specimens and their arrangement
in the herbarium. Before the spring of 1912 the office work of the Division was
divided between Professor Macoun and the writer. Since it was decided that Pro-
fessor Macoun should devote his energies to the study of the flora (chiefly cryiv
togamic) of Vancouver island and reside there, the writer has had to devote more and
more time to the det^ermination of the specimens sent in by working botanists through-
out the Dominion. The daily routine work also has greatly iiu'rea.-^ed with the result
tliat while three or four important publications are almost ready for the press they
cannot be completed until the writer is free to devote himsolf exclusively, for a time
at least, to such work. These manuscripts include a flora of the Ifudson Bay regioTi,
a flora of Ottawa and vicinity, a flora of the Maritime Provinces, and shorter papers
dealing; chiefly with the geographical distribution of plants. The flora of Vancouver

Sr.UlMAM' UI'I'OUT 151

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

inland is alsu far udvaiicvd, one iiidic scasuii in tlie ficM ht^iii^ all that will 1)0 nccfssury
for its completion. None of tlu*sc works can l)e cornplotcd, liowcvor, until some of the
lai-Ror herbaria and hotaiiii-al libraries have been visited in order that difficult species
may bo compared with the t,vi)es and botanical literature consulted. The number of
mounted .slu'cts in the herbarium lia.-< almost doubled in the last five? years and it is
bccomiufj: more ditticult evi-ry mouth tn tiud a place in our present ca.ses for mouut<'d
material.

The period between the date of my last Sunuuary Jteport and my departure for the
field in May was devoted chietly to the routine work of the Division which increa.ses
from year to year, but tiuie was found to bring almost to completion the flora of thf
Ottawa district, a work begun by Profes.sor .Tolin IVfacoun and continued by the writer
and Dr. ^[. O. ^falte of the Central KxjK'rimental Farm. 'J'wo chapters have still to be
written, one dealing with the physical and gcohigical features of the region covered by
till' tlora. the other having to ilo with the Ihua of the district frnm an ecological view-
point. Before this work can Ic^ive our hands, however, further study must be given to a
tew genera, a few species have still to be des<Til)cd. and some matters of nomenclature
.settled. As time permitted, and chiefly at night, collections of previous years that had
been untouched were worked over and specimens taken out for mounting and by the
end of April this work was com])leted. For the first time in twenty-five years I went
to the field leaving practically no une.xamined material behind me. As is shown below
more spe<"imens were distributed to other herbaria during the first four months of the
year than during the same i)eriod in any i)revious year. No plants have; been mounted
and none distributed since last April.

As another season's field work was necessary to complete the flora of Vancouver
island. I was instructed to spend a few weeks on the islands in the (Julf of (leorgia and
to devote the remainder of the season to the north end of Vancouver island which has
never been studied botanieally. Pursuant to these in.structions I left Ottawa for Van-
couver island May 8, and after a few days spent with Profes.sor Macoun at Sidney in
going over his collections of the previous year we went in company to Mayne island
where I remaine<l until June S. when instructiotis reached me to the effect that I was
to go at once to Bering .sea as the Canadian representative on a commi.ssion appointi^d
to study and report upon the condition of the fur-.seal rookeries of the Pribylov island.s.
While on ^layne island very complete botanical collections were made, the flowering
plants by the writer, the cryptogams by Professor Macoun. My collections were all
worked up in the field as I had the necessary books with me. and they include .several
additions to the known flora of the region and add not a little to our knowledge of the
distribution of plants in that part of Briti.sh Columbia. I had already spent part of
four seasons on the Pribylov islands and in ls;»S the ITnited States (lovernment had
jniblishcd the results of my botanical work there. Last season with this publication in
my hands and abundant time at my disjuxsal I was enabled to add five additional specii's
to the known flora of these islands and to make also very large and complete collcetion.s,
the best collection of flowering plants I ever brought from the field. All the neces.sary
l»ooks being in the i.sland library I was able there also to work my whole collection up
in the field so that all that remaiiLs to be done with my I'.tH collections is to select the
si)ecimens for mounting and write the labels for them.

Since my return from the field my time lias been devoted nln>o.-.t exclusively to
routine work interrupted by the writing of seveval reports and memoranda relating
to the fur-.seals. In my office work I have been greatly hajnpered by the cOntinue<l
ab.sence through sickness f»f Miss Stewart, by whom nuich of the routine of the divi-
sion has beeen carried on for many years. Her absence has made it necessary fi»r me
to do everything myself, e.\cept the typing of correspondence and reports, the result
being that no progress has been made witli iwrnianent work and several collections
made last season hnve not yet been touchcfi. Chief among these is a collection made
by F. Harper on the Athaba.ska and Mackenzie rivers and between Lake Athabaska
and Great Slave lake. This colh«tion includes apparently most of tho species

152 (JEOLOaiCAL HLRVKY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

known to cccur in the region traversed, but the specimens are so poor and the material
so scanty that much time and study must be devoted to it before a complete list can
be prepared. The collection received from Mr. Johansen is also a disappointment. In
a letter dated August 21, 1914, sent from Baillie island, Mr. Johansen says: —

" During our stay at Coilin.sou point, 1913-14, 1 have collected a rich material of
plants (both Crypto^ii^ama and Phanercgama) around here, both in the fall of 1913
and the summer 1914. I also collected plants up Sadlerochit river east of Collinson
point (Xoveniber, 1913), and especially west of Kongergevik (June-July, 1914), as
also where landing at Martin point and Tay reef July-August, 1914, and at Spy island
September, 1913; and finally a rich collection of plants from Herschell island, August,
1914. Altogether I have a very rich material concerning land and fresh-water plants,
comprising all the dilferent ones I saw and mostly many of each species. Together
with my many and continuous notes about the appearance and biology of the plants
and the photograpks I have taken of these, I hope it will be possible afterwards to write
an almost complete botanical description of the coast, where we have spent the past
year. The collected si>ecimens (outside of the pressed plants) have been landed at
Herschell island to be sent to Ottawa Museum."

Mr. Johansen refers to having collected all the land plants he saw, but the speci-
mens which have reached thc*"Department include cryptogams only. These, as is the
case with cryptogams collected by ourselves, will have to be worked up by specialists
in the United States as we have no cryptogamic botanists in Canada.

D. D, Cairnes brought with him from the Yukon district a small collection of
the grasses of the region. These have beeen determined and the list in(;luded in
Mr. Cairnes' Summary Reiwrt.

Just before the close of the year a collection of about 150 species was received
from Mr. W. C. Sandercock, who was attached to Mr. Drysdale's ])arty working in the
Ymir district, B.C. There has not been time to determine or study these plants, but
the specimens are good and they appear to include several species not before known
from the district.

During the year 2,307 sheets of botanical specimens were mounted and placed
in the herbarium, and 1,835 sheets distributed to other herbaria. No record was
■ kept of the number of letters received, but 824 were written.

Miss Stewart's work up to the time of an accident was in every way satisfactory,
and each year adds to her value. The Ottawa collection of flowering plants is now
in her charge. Such clerical assistance as I have had during the past two months
has been given me by Miss McCann, who has performed her duties in an efficient
manner.

ZOOLOGY.
(P. A. Taverncr.)

The year 1914 has been marked by a decided and healthy growth in all branches of
the zoological division. The work is well organized, good series of specimens came in
to our collection and the preparatory staff has been well employed.

Our permanent staff was augmented during the year by the addition of Claude
Johnston, who assumed the duties of colourist in the preparation department on the
first of May, and has since fulfilled them in a most efficient and satisfactory manner.

We have also had the temi)f)rary assistance of two heli)ers in the same department
who have been engaged in cleaning and remaking old Iiird-skins and in preparing large
mammal-skins for tanning and storage. For tanning it is intended to provide a suit-
able plant which will enable us to prepare our large skins in a more satisfactory man-
ner, and at considerably less e.xpense, than through commercial jobbers. With this
installed one of our greatest anxieties — the safety of our large specimens — will be
removed.

.v/ .1/ 1/ i/.'i in riii;f 153

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

In the field, we have liiul tlio assistance of Francis IIarj)or <'()llectinp and takiitK
notes with Mr. Canisell's Atliabaska-Great Shivo exj)editi«)n and Frank Jlennessey, who
wtiri with tlie writer most of the season on ("lialeiir bay, and wlio pn-jared his work
with liis usual ttKcieney.

Six now cases for the storaj^e of birds and small niannnals have been jjrocured and
liave relieved the eonfrestion in those collections considerably. A new case for the jier-
inancnt storage of this material has been adapted fronj drawings kindly furnished by
Dr. Clyde Todd, of the ('arnes:ie Museum, Pittsburtr. An exixrimental <'ase from these
desif^ns is under way and it is hoped will prove successful.

Cases atid lioxcs for the safekecpinfj: of our lar^e and valuable entomolojj;ieal colK-e-
tions are ordered an*larran;i:emeiits have bet-n made with the Kiitomolt!;^ical Hranch of
the Department of Airriculture to have the purely scientific collections of tliat depart-
ment stored with and included in our collection, thereby very much enhancing the
working value of both and leaving the Entomological Branch more free to direct attcii-
tion towards economic problems of entomology.

We have now three cases adapted t^) zoological exhibition in the nmseum. One of
these is a large 14X1-1 case obtained this year and now filled with temporary groups
whicli serve to indicate the style of work contemplated in the future.

The Division has had two parties in the field during the past summer. One, i-om-
poMhl i>f the writer and C. H. Young, worked shores of (''haleur bay, on Miscou island,
New Brunswick, and at Perce and Gaspe, Quebec. A preliminary report of work
follows this report and a detailed one is in course of preparation.

The other expedition ma<le by this Division was undertaken by Francis Ilarper
who accompanied the Camsell expedition to (Ireat Slave lake from Lake Athabaska
over ground never before travelled by a scientific observer. Though the exigencies of
travelling did not allow of extensive collections the results were very satisfactory. A
preliminary report of the trip follows my own and a detailed one is under preparation.

R. ^I. Anderson, mammalogist with the Canadian Arctic expedition spent the sum-
mer on tlio Alaska Arctic coast with headquarters at Collinson point. The arrival of
the specimens he reported as having been sent out last year, was delayed by the wreck
en route of the ship carrying them and only reached us this year, together with the
material gathered since their despatch. They include 77 mammals and 208 birds.

Advantage was taken of the i)resence of C. 11. Young, of this Division, in England,
during the latter part of last year to secure skins of some of the commoner Old Country
birds. He collected some 32 specimens. These represent most of the commoner s^iecies
obtainaltle at th«t sea.son of the year, and will be availaltle to form the nu<-leus of an
exhibition of mounted birds illustrating the birds of England, should it be deemed
advisable at a future date to make such an exhibit.

The general office work of the Division has i)roceeded satisfactorily. The birds of
the collections have been studied and determined in their systemati<' order as far as the
night-hawks. Many old skins liave been relaxed, cleaned, and remade and so saved
from destruction by grease and other destnu-ti^ agencies and all have been tiiken <-are
of in our new temporary cabinets, so as to be lairly accessible.

Through the summer. Miss Bentley did good bibliograiihical work and embodied
a considerable amount of old and recent literature in our index files for aids to the
study of ornitlK»logical conditions in the D(. minion. It is due largely to her energy
and interest that these indices are rapidly becoming most valuable aids to our work.

The prejjaratory department of the Division has been ably directed by our chief
preparator, Clyde Patch. A considerable nuuiber of our old specimens have been made
into temporary groups showing Dall's Sheep, Kocky Mountain (Joats, Fur Seals, and
Atlantic Coast birds in their natural surroundings. These have been put in a large
four way group case and make efTcctive exhibits. Through the summer, the depart-
ment collected material for a number of small bird and otln.r species groups for the

154 GEOLOaif^AL SURVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

systematic collections; these have been temporarily placed in cases borrowed from other
divisions of the museum until permanent ones more appropriate to their use are
secured. Our most ambitious undertaking of this nature now under way, is a lobster
fjroup, showing a submarine scene with lobsters, the traps in which they are caught,
and the natural accessories of their habitat.

Since our return from the field Mr. C. 11. Youn^ has been ffoincr over our ooiogi-
cal collections, verifying data and determining and arranging the collections in the
new standard storage cases provided for such specimens.

Owing to the press of routine work we have not been able to accomplish a great
deal of original research work; our time being largely taken up with the arrangement
and determination of old material, and the collection of data in preparation for future
original work. From the Levis collection, from Teslin lake, Yukon Territory, obtained
last year, a new sub-spex:-ies was separated and described in the " Auk" for July, 1913,
under the title of Dendragopus obscurus ftemingi. This description appeared later in
our own publication series as Bulletin No. 7. A popular outline account of the salient
results of the previous season's field work at Point Pelee, Ont., was also prepared and
published in the November number of the '" Ottawa Naturalist."

lieports on the ornithology of C'haleur bay and upon the relation of the cormorant
to the salmon fisheries are in preparation and will lye published at an early date.

Our collections have been made use of by a number of students and investigators
outside our own staff.

The United States Biological Survey have borrowed .specimens and examinations
of specimens in our laboratories have been made by Mr. Allan Brooks of Okanagan
Landing, Mr. Clyde Todd of the Oarno^ie Museum, and others; while the art depart-
ment of the Public School system has borrowed many specimens for use in their classes.
Numerous public and normal school teachers have applied to the museum for informa-
tion, and many inquiries of like nature from all parts of the Dominion have been
answered by mail.

Other institutions have extended to us the courtesies of their collections and staffs
of specialists. Mr. Andrew Halkett of the Marine and Fisheries Department was of
great aid and assistance in our examination of tho fish cont-ents of cormorant stom-
achs. Dr. A. G. Ruthven, of the University of Michigan, kindly made several reptile
determinations for us and Mr. Harry Oberholser of the U.S. Biological Survey, exam-
ined and compared with the series in the cabinets of that institution our great horned
owls and hairy woodpeckers and pronounced with authority upon them.

Dr. II. W. Ilensluivv, chief of the United St;itc,s Biological Sun'ey, lo-aned us a
valuable series of Blue (Innise for comparison with our own by means of which we
established the diflferentiation of the new sub-species before mentioned. To the^e
gentlemen and the institutions they represent I wish to extend thanks for these cour-
tesies.

The number of accessions for 1913 has been fewer than in previous years, but they
have been of high average quality and our collections have been enriched with many
desirable specimens filling numerous gaps in our scries.

Among the most notuble of the accessions is one comi)()sed of .some "ii.3 .speci-
mens, obtained by i)urchase. This consists largel.v of extra-limital material of peculiar
interest to Canadian ornithulmg^' sueh as European and southern tyjies of forms aliii^l
to Canadian varieties. In obtaining these we arc grateful to Mr. J. H. Fleming, whoso
active efforts and advice were of great assistance to us in .selecting them.

The residt-^ of our CJiiileur Bay exji^xlition are partienlarly rich in the larger
water bird .sjiecimens and we secured series in all sununer plumages of many intorest-
iiig species '>nd many colour sketches of their fading soft parts. Tho number of
s[)ecimens is not large, but taking into consideration their character, the results are
most satisfactory.

.<sTUU I AT HFI'itRT 155

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

From (ither ilivisions of tlic Ooolofju-al Survey, tho ubuuI quota of HiJCciiiioriH havo
Imvii riMvivt'd. Notablo ainoiifrst tlicm is a collection of soiiu; st^vcMity hiittortliort made
l)y l'\ ,1. liarlow who was asistaiit to I). I), ('ainios in the Yukon. These are now in
process of examination and determination hy tho oHicials of the Mntomolof;ieal Hranch
of the Di'partnu'nt of Atrrii'ulture.

M. Y. Williams hmu^ht in some interesting:: material from southern Ontario and
the liruee peninsula, Ontario.

Hy arrangement with tho Department of ^Marino and Fisheries tho ornitholoKical
siK'cinuMis resultiuf? from tho voyage of the " Arctic," Captain Bornicr, 1909, were
secured for our collections. These include 2S bird skins and 4 sots of opjfs taken mostly
about Winter harbour, Melville i.sland. They have already boon formally reported
upon in the otHeial report of the voyajre, but it is with considerable satisfaction that I
am able to say that they are now amoni? our collections aiid available for furtht-r
examination and study.

Another valuable accession to whieli I desire to »-all |>arti<-ular attention is from
the Canadian Arctic expedition, collected by li. M. Anderson and F. Johaiisen, mostly
on tho Arctic coast of Alaska in tho neiijrhbourhood of thoir head<iuarters at Collin.son
p<iint and on route from Teller, Alaska, consisting <>f birds, manunals, and in.sects.

With the specimens of terrestrial zoolujify. in this lot arc also extensive collection:*
of marine life: foraminifera. marine shells, fish, etc., that, thoufrh the pro[)orty of
the Naval Service Department, are temporarily stored in our halls.

It will be seen by the reports from the officers of the expedition that these s|K!ci-
inens do not constitute the entire collections made by the party, but that more is await-
ini; transportation.

Accessions, 1914.

By the Staff of the Natural History Division.

14- 2. By C. H. Yountj.—

32 bird skiits, from Enj^land and Scotland, catahj^ue Xos. 7072-7103.
14-16. By Museum expedition — Museum staff, P. A. Taverner, C. H. Younfj, Frank

Hennessey at Perce, Ciaspe, and Magdalen islands. (Quebec and Miseou island,

N.B..

May tf» Autruat. —

u7G bird sk-ins, catalogue Noa. 72.54 -7<^> 2!).
8 sets bird ejrfrs and nests, Nos. 9S(!-t);>:j.

2 mammals (Sciurus and Zaiius), Nos. 2301-2362.
14 reptiles and batrachians, Nos. 576-589.

3 lots fish, Nos. 1067-1069.

1 crustacean (lobster), No. 1183.
230 bird stomachs.

125 phototfraphs, 12 autoehromes. 30 water coloured plates. Insects not cata-
loj^uod ; group accessories, etc.

14-17. By Museum expedition, Francis Harper, C. Camsell, Athabaska and Great
Slave Lake expedition, Ma.v to October. —

93 birds, eatalogue Nos. 7630-7721 and 7775.

22 mammals, catalogue Nos. 2366-2387.

25 reptiles and amphibians, catalogue Nos. 590-614.

53 lots fish, catalogue Nos. 1014-1066.

Insects not catalogued.

Over 450 photograi)hs.

For details see preliminary report following.

156 (lEOl.OV.K'AL SURVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

14-i?n. By preparation department — C. L. Patch, near Ottawa. —

;'() birds, skins, .md moinitcd specimens, catalogue Nos. 7722-7751, and 7984-

7985.
8 sets bird's eggs and nests, catalogue Nos. 998-1003.
1 mammal skin (Sciurus), catalogue No. 2468.
Group accessories.

14-50. By Canadian Arctic expedition, R. M. Anderson and F. Johansen, Arctic
Alaska coast, June, 1918, to August, 1914. —
208 bird skins, catalogue Nos. 777G-7983.

77 mammal's skins (for details see list in preliminary report following), cata-
logue Nos. 2389-2465.
Insects, lepidoptera, hymenoptera, coloptera, etc.

Bij Members of the Geological Staff.

14-12. By M. Y. Williams, Bloomtield, Ont., April 10, 1914.—
Red Squirrel skin and skull, catalogue No. 2357.

14-26. By M. Y. Williams, Guelph, Ont., and Bruce peninsula. —
7 bird skins, catalogue Nos. 7754-7761.
1 mammal, No. 2388.

14-49. By D. D. Cairnes, collected by F. J. Barlow.—

71 lepidoptera, between Whitehorse and Lake Kluane, Y.T., not catalogued.
Being determined by the Entomological Branch of Department of Agri-
culture.

By Transfer From Other Divisions.

14-49. From Pahtontological Division. —
Small lot of Japanese shells.

By Presentation.

14- 1. By W. Taylor, Vancouver, B.C. —

1 Flying Squirrel, »S'. a fulignosus, catalogue No. 2338.

14- 4. Koyal Society of Canada. —

6 marine shells, Salenomya horealis, Portland, Mc, not catalogued.

14- 6. By Dominion Parks Branch, Buffalo Park, Alberta.-

1 skeleton and hide of Mule Deer, from the zoo, catalogue No. 2356.

14- 7. By Mrs. Baxter, Ottawa. —

1 Hooded Merganser, 1 Brown Pelican, mounted, origin unknown, catalogue
Nos. 7132-7133.

14-13. By J. 1'. William. Blooniiield, Ont.—
Yellow-bellied Sapsucker.

14-15. By Dominion Parks Branch. —

1 RufHed Grouse and eggs, catalogue Nos. bird, 7i;>(). egg 997.

14-18. By Dr. Mark McElhiiniey, Ottawa.—

1 Ruffled Grouse and eggs, catidogue Nos. bird, 7136, o^g 997.

,st.u,i/.'V) lai-oirr 157

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

14-21. By W. Taylor, Vancouver, B.C.—

Shells, Savary island, B.C., not catalo^^'utnl.

14-L'2. By M. P. BerriKiin, Dawson, Y.T.—

Photograpli of a cateli of Wolf and Lynx from tlio Felly river.

14-1*3. By Dominions Park Branch. —

2 Mnto Swan skins, from captivity, catalogue Nos. 7752-7753.

Bhuk bear, skin and .skull, Laffgan, B.C., TJll or l'J12. Catalogue No. 2360.

14-24. By W. Taylor, Vancouver, B.C.—

1 Pica skin and skull, catalogue No. 2303.

14-27. By H. H. Pittman, K( d Deer, Alberta.—

1 set of eggs (.Wilson Snipe?) catalogue No. 1006.

14-29. By C. II. Young, Ottawa.—

2 mounted spotted Sandpipers, Ottawa, Ont., catalogue Nos. 72.')0-72.51.

14-30. By W. Taylor, Vancouver, B.C.—

1 Shrew skin (Sorex longicaudus), Vaucouver district, elevation 7,300 feet,
catalogue No. 2394.

14-31. By Eardly Young, Ottawa.—

1 Moleskin (fragment) (Parascolops breweri) near Ottawa, Ont., catalogue
No. 2305.

14-32. By Mrs. Currie, 22 Regent street, Ottawa.—

1 Monkey in flesh (sp. ?) catalogue No. 2409.

14-33. By Mr. Drummond, Ottawa. —

Poplar Wood, Beaver gnawing, not catalogued.

14-35. By K. T. Meredith, Quyon, Quebec-
Great Gray Owl in flesh, catalogue No. 7763.

14-36. By A. G. Lawrence, Winnipeg, Man. —

Photo of Yellow-throated Vireo and nest near Winnipeg.

14-37. By Ottawa.—

1 Broad-winged Hawk in flesh, catalogue No. 7704.

14-48. By C. II. Miller, Ottawa.—

1 Live Acadian Owl, photographed and freed.

14-51. By Mr. Garland.—

1 Hawk Owl in flesh, catalogue No. 7986.

14-52. By H. Harper and J. H. Blakeley, Miscou island, N.B. —

2 set* of Great Blue Heron eggs, catalogue Nos. lOOH, 1009.

14-53. By M. Y. William.s, Ottawa.—

1 Varying Han*, skin and skull, Ottawa, Nov. 1912, catalogue No. ;.'-106

14-54. By Stewart Griddle, Treesbank, Man. —

1 Canada Goose in flesh, catalogue No. 7987.

158 GEOLOaiCAL SURVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

"" By Purchase.

14- 0. From Ward's Natural Science Establishment. —

1 California Condor, catalogue No. 7131.

14- 8. From Dr. Max. M. Peet, Pliiladelphia, Penn.—

2 Kirkland Warblers, catalogue Nos. 7134. 71.^1.

14-10. From Ward's Natural History Establishment. —

113 bird skins extralimital, various dates and localities, catalogue Nos.
7137-7249.

14-11. From Albert Gardner. Pelee point. Ont. —

1 Barn Owl, Pelce ix)int, Dec., 1913, catalogue No. 7"249.

By Exchange.

14- 3. With Department of Marine and Fisherie^.^

28 bird .skins, catalogue Nos. 7103-7130.

4 sets birds eggs, catalogue Nos. 981-983.

These collected on the Voyage of the Arctic, 1903-1904, Captain Bernier
in command, collected by Frank Hennessey, mostly about Winter har-
bour, Melville island, Franklin.

14- 5. With U. S. Biol. Survey, Washington. —

1 Marmot skin and skull, catalogue No. 2340.

Chaleur Bay Field Work, 1914.
(P. A. Tavcrner.)

Accompanied by C. H. Young I left Ottawa, May 18. and arrived at Miscou island
I^fay 21. We made camp near the mouth of Landry river near Miscou Harbour post-
office, on the inner shore facing Shippigan island. From here we worked the wood-
lands and neighbouring shores and made side trips to Miscou point, the northeast
comer of the island, and Wilson point, the southeast extremity, during the cour.se of
the work examining all the principal ecological conditions of the island.

Birds as a whole were very shy and difficult to find. On the " Barrens " work was
hard and not very remunerative. Contrary to expectations the extensive mud flats on
the shore nearby our headquarters were not productive of many waders but report said
they occupied the outer sandy shores of the island in groat numbers. Our trip to
Wilson point was delayed ])y bad weather; we, therefore, missed these birds almost
entirely.

We left Miscou island June 17 and arrived at Pertv. on tlie opposite shore of
C'haleur bay. on .June 21. Here we spent most of our time on water birds, working
the shores in cither direction thoroughly and the fields and woodlands behind less inten-
.sively. The migrations, at this time, were about over, tlie Inud birds had .settled down
to their summer quietness and were diffifult to find.

July 1 to .S we camped on Bonaventure island, making an intensive study of condi-
tions on the famous sea-bird nesting ledges of its outer or seaward face. July 21 wc
removed ttj Claspe ba.sin, where in the comfortable quiirters c^iurteously furnished us

.ST 1/1/ (AT U'KI'itUT 159

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

by ISfr. ('has. Liii<I.-<:iy. SiipcritiUMuloiit of tlir Duiiiitiion Y\A\ ITalflicry tlioro, wc .spout
two wooks invcstipratiiis tlu* UnnX haMtn of tho Douhlo-erostcd (^n-morant, in relation
to tlu' .salmon interests.

Aiiifust !<►, wi' left (Jaspo and on Uio invitation of roinniamlcr Wakdiarn f)f tho
Fisheries Service, made a flyinpr trip to the Mapdalen ishiiuls on the Fisht-rics' stoamer
Princt'ss. Onr ohjeetive point was Bird roek, hnt, on acconnt of tho state of war.
orders from tho Naval authorities eau.sed our return without reaehinR our destinati9n.
We had ai>ont three hour*, on Amherst island, however, whieh we n.sed to advantaKO
and returned to onr old quarters at Pen'e. Augrust 12. There we made a preneral study
of late sea.sonal conditions and finished up our incomplete work. We returned to
Ottawa on August 20.

Durinp: this work we collected -'!T0 hird skins, preserving the stomach.s of thehirds
for economic study. The collection included about JX) cormurants, .several nests and
Cffgs. a few small mammals, a fair niimber of in.soets. a few reptiles and amphibian.s,
and a good .series of photoprraphs. sliowinp: nestinpr and physical conditions of the locali-
ties visited. A full report on the sea.sons work is now in prei)aration.

Of my assistants I can hardly si)eak too hifjhly. ^Ir. Young conducted his work
with his usual (>ncr;;y and resourcefulness and to Frank irennesscy. who joine«l u.s
before we left ^liscou. we were indebted for a great number of interesting and accurate
water colour sketches (»f tiie .soft and fading parts of birds. Upon his return to Ottawa
he painted a background for a lobster group, now under construction, in a very sati.i-
factory and creditable manner.

For further details of collections .see accession 11-17 in previous accession list.

The Athabaska-Great Slave Lake Expedition, 1914.

(Francis Harper.)

As field naturali.st of an expedition .sent by the Geological Survey to Great Slave
h\ke, under the leadership of Charles Camsell. the writer spent the sea.son of 1914, from
!h[ay to October, in making biological investigations in the provinces of Alberta and
Saskatchewan, and in the Mackenzie district.

The territory covered during the season may be briefly indicated as follows: leav-
ing Athabaska Landing on Ma.y l'.>, the expedition i)roceeded by means of one of the
river scows down the Athabaska, and reached its mouth on June 2. I spent the fol-
lowing week on the marshy delta of the Athabaska. and two more weeks at Fort Chipe-
wyan. v.'here final preparations were made for the canoe ffiverse to Great Slave lake.
On June 24 the traverse party departed from Fort Chipew>an in tow of a steamer, and
on the following da.y arrived at Chariot river on the north side of Lake Athabaska.
From this place we began i)ortaging on June 29, and passing through a .series of five
small lakes, reached Tazin lake on July (5. Following the course of its outlet, the Tazin
river, we arrived at Hill Island lake on July 14, and at the junction of the Tazin and
Taltson riveri?. on July 29. We proceeded down the Talt.son river reaching Tsu lake on
August 6. the junction witli Hanging Ice river on August 10. and Great Slave lake on
August l'). We followed the south .shore of the lake, and came to Fort Resolution on
August 21. Ten days (August 20 to September 4) were spent in paddling up the
Slave river to Fort Smith. From this post, through the conrtesy of A. J. Bell, the
Government agent, and of Peter ^reCallum. the Government buffalo guardian, I was
enabled U> make a six-da.ys hors<'back trip into the wood butTalo countr.v on the south.
From Smith Landing our party made the outward journey with as few stops and delays
as iwssible, reaching Fort Chipewyan on September 16, Fort McMurray ou September
22, and Athabaska Landing on October 10.

160 JKOLOdJCAL ."iUIirEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

For courtesies shown and for assistance of various kinds given during the course
of the expedition, I desire to express my appreciation and indebtedness to Thomas
AlcClelland, of Fort McMurray; to Sergeant Mellor, in charge of the Royal Northwest
Mounted Police post at Fort Chipewyan, and to E. B. Dennis and Colin Fraser, of the
same place; to H. W. Jones, of Fort Resolution; to A. J. Bell, Peter McCallum, and
Robert S. Salmon, of Fort Smith ; and to Stephens L. MacMillan, who, in addition to
his duties as canoeman, performed faithful and efficient service as my field assistant
throughout the season.

BIOLOGICAL CONDITIONS.

Since the biological conditions along the Athabaska and Slave rivers have been
investigated by other naturalists, notably by Edward A. Preble^, in recent years, this
summary report will be devoted primarily to the previously unexijlored region tra-
versed between Lake Athabaska and Great Slave lake. The greater part of this region,
as far as the junction of the Taltsou and Hanging Ice rivers, consists of rugged rocky
hills. Near Black bay they rise to a height of probably 700 or 800 feet above the level
of tlie lake, but northward the relief becomes much less pronounced. The rivers are
marked by numerous rapids and falls. In many places, especially on the sides and sinn-
mits of the hills, the soil is thin or entirely wanting; but the rocks are everywlicre
clothed with lichens and mosses, and the scantiest covering of earth suffices to furnish
the jack pine (Pinus divaricata) with a foothold. While the timber on many of the
hills is sparse and of medium size, the better conditions of soil and moisture along the
valleys and in the muskegs enable the trees to attain a larger size and a heavier
growth. In addition to the jack pine, the trees of this region are the white spruce
(Picea canadensis), black spruce (Picea mariana), tamarack (larix laricina), quaking
aspen {Fopulus iirmuloides), balsam poplar (Populus halsamifera), willow (Salix sp.),
canoe birch {Beiula papyrifera), dwarf birch (Dctula glandulosa), and alder (Alnus
sp.). Unfortunately a large part of the country appears to have been swept time and
again by forest fires, which the Indians set in order to temporarily improve the hunting.

The valley of the Talston river, from its confluence with Hanging Ice river to
Great tSlave lake, presents an aspect very different from that of the more elevated
country on the east. It is comparatively level and very well timbered, and for long
distances no rock outcrops are seen. There are certain noticeable changes in the
faunal and floral conditions, which are similar to those in the adjacent part of the
Slave River valley.

The rugged part of the region is rather poor in game, especially in the larger
.species, except in the winter, when the Barren Ground Caribou move south into the
wooded country. The following mammals were noted, collected, or otherwise ascer-
tained to occur along the route of the traverse: Black Bear {Ursus amcricanMii)',
Grey Wolf (Canis occidcntalis). Red Fox (Vulpes alascensis), ^lijik {Mustcla ci^on).
Otter, (Lutra canadensis), Lynx {Lynx canadensis), White-footed Mouse (Peromyscus
maniculalus). Rod-backed Mouse (Evotomys gapperi), Muskrat (Ondatra zibethica).
Red Squirrel {Sciurus hudsonicus), Beaver (Castor canadcnsvi), Varying Hare
(Lepus americanus), Moose (Alces amei^icanus). Barren Ground Caribou (Rangifer
arcticus), and Woodland Caribou (Rangifer caribou).

The bird life of this region is not particularly abundant, neither in species nor
individuals. Of the 85 species noted between June '25 and August 18, the following
may be considered the commoner or more characteristic summer residents: Common

• See N. A. Fauna No. 27. A Biological Investigation of tlie AthabiUjl^a-Macl^enzie Region.
By Kdward A. I'leVle, Washington, 1908.

2 Since the inamm;ilian material collected has not yet been critically examined no
attempt is made Ijcrc to indicate the sub-spccilic relationsliips of any of tlio mammals
mentioned.

-SX.U.l/.lA'l' liErnliT IGl

F.SSIONAL PAPER No. 26

Ldoii (.(/'arm immcr), llerrin^; (iiill {Lai us ai (ji nlatua), Sliort-hilltd (lull (Liirus
hrachyrhynchus), Ainerioan Mrr^jaiiser (Mrrgus amt'riranus), Kcd-hrcastrd McrKHiisor
[Mcnjus scrrator), Surf Scoter (.Oidemia pirsiticdlata), Six)tted SaiKlpipcr {Aclitis
maruluiia), lludsonian Spruce (Jrouse (Canarhitcs canadensis canadensis), Northern
HaKl Kajjle {Haliirtiis Uiirocridinhts iihisninns), I)u<'k Hawk (Fidro inrei/rinns
anolum). Pigeon Hawk {Falco columhariuji columharius), Nurthcrn Flicker (Colaptes
uuiatiis littcus), Niyiit Hawk (C'liordtilrs ciiyinianiis rinjinianiis), I'ImicIk' {Sai/ornii
pliorhr), Canada Jay {Perisorcus canadensis canadensis), Nurtlieru Haven (Corvus
corax principalis), Kusty Blackbird (Kiipliagus caioUnus), Redpoll (Acanthis linaria
linaria). Western Cliipi)inK Sparrow {Spizella passerina «ri20«<f'), Slate-coloured Juneo
[Junco hyemalis hyemalis), Lincoln's Sparrow {Mdospiza lincolni lincolni). Cliff
Swallow (Pi'trochelidon lunifions lunifruns), Barn Swallow (Hirundo crytltrofjaslra),
Tennessee Waroler (Veimivoia pcreffrina), ^lyrtle Warbler (I)endroica corunala),
Hlackpoll Warbler {Dendroica striata) (irinncirs Water-thrush {.'^ciuriis noretntra-
censis notahilis), Olive-backed Thrush (Ilj/Ioeielila ustuJata sivainsoni), Hermit
Tiiiush {11 ylocic}iIa ijuttata pallasi), and Kobin (Planestieus niifjratoi ins iniyrafnrtns).

The Leopard Frog (Jiana pipiens) and the Northern Wood Frog {Jiana Cantahri-
ijensis) were the only amphibians noted between Lake Athabaska and Great Slave lak<'.

The following fishes were recorded on the traverse: two species of Suckers
(Catastomidae) , Whitefish {Corcgonus sp.), Inconnu {Stenodus mackemii), Lake Trout
{Crist ivomcr namaycush). Pike (Esox lucias), Nine-spined Stickleback {Pygosleus
piingitius), Wall-eyed Pike {Stizostcdion vitreium), Burbot (Lota macidosa), and a
number of species not yet fully determined, including a Minnow and a Sculpin.

Our route from Lake Athabaska to (Jreat Slave lake was found to lie almost
entirely within the Canadian zone, although tlie United States Biological Survey's
Fourth Provisional Zone Map of North America, prepared by Merriam, Bailey, Nelson,
ami Preble in 1910, indicates the Hudsonian zone as covering most of the region. Only
at Hill Island lake and vicinity was a pronounced Hudsonian element noticed in the
fauna. This lake is on the approximate boundary between the two zones, as far as can
be judged by the occurrence there, at the breeding season, of such typical Hudsonian
siMcies as the Tree Sparrow (Spizella monticola monlirola) and the Grey-cheeked
'i'hru.'>h (Ilylorichla atiei(c alieiir), in association with such Canadian zone species as
the Western Chipping Sparrow (Spizella passerina arizona), Swamp Sparrow (Melo-
spiza georgmna). Orange-crowned Warbler (Vermivora celata celata), Olive-backed
Thrush (llylocichla ustulata swainsoni), and Hermit Thrush (Ilylocichla guttata
pallasi).

The Wood Buffalo.

On the journey into the country of the Wood Buffalo (Bison hison athahasae), I
was accompanied by Peter McCallum, who has been the buffalo guardian for several
years. We rode for a distance of approxomately 40 miles in a general southerly
direction from Fort Smith, and during about the last 15 miles crossed a slightly
elevated plateau, known as Salt mountain. This plateau is the range of the buffaloes,
and here were their signs in abundance — tracks, trails, wallows, dung, and a salt lick.
vSome of the trails, esi)ecially those converging towards the salt lick, had been worn 6
inches into the ground, and were kept open by constantly i)assing feet. The lick itself
is an irregular area, approximately 100 yards long and 30 yards wide, and appeared to
have been trampled over by scores of animals. Here, on September 11, we saw one of
them.

According to McCallum, the buffaloes are divided into njain herds or groups,
and number at present about 500 individuals. During tiie winter the herd, wlioso
territory we entered, ranges south to Peace river. The other herd is found northwcdt
of Fort Smith in the region of the Little Buffalo river.

2(3—11

162 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

In the last few years, since tlie appointment of a guardian, the buffaloes have prob-
ably been molested but little by the Indians. It is doubtful if many are killed by the
wolves, and it seems that the hords have increased of late. But there is a possible
danger from human encroachment that cannot be overlooked; settlements and a rail-
way are rapidly pushing into the Peace River valley. The sotting aside of the buffalo
ranges as a permanent reservation, as well as the maintenance of a warden service,
seems essential to the continued existence of this noble animal in a wild state.

Ornitholagical Records.

Some of the more interesting ornithologicalrecords of the season were the follow-
ing.

Short-billed Gull. Larus hrachyrhynchus. This species was found nesting near
Chariot river, on Lake Athabaska, and was noted frequently on the traverse to Great
Slave lake. The breeding ranges of this and the next species were previously known
to extend south in this reigion only as far as Great Slave lake and the lower part of
Slave lake.

Arctic Tern. Sterna paradisa'a. Numbers of Arctic Terns were noted from June
2G to 30 near Chariot river on Lake Athabaska, where they were presumably breeding.

Hutchin Goose. Branta canadensis hutchinsi. On August 3 a flock of about
t( n geese of thi.s subspecies was seen on Taltson river about 2 niiics above Tsu
lake. Two adults and four young ones were taken. The young, though well fledged,
were evident!*' still unable to fly, and had doubtless been reared at no great distance
from that place. The record is of interest in that the birds were hundreds of milea
from their usual breeding haunts on the barren grounds.

Whooping Crane. Grus americana. It is a pleasure to record several recent
occurrences of this magnificent and nearly extinct species. I saw photographs of two
specimens which had been taken on the lower Athabaska river ou or about September
V-\, 1913; and in Edmonton I saw one of these two birds, which had been mounted.
I also received quite reliable information concerning the presence of a single bird on
April 20, 1914, and of six birds, including young of this year, in the la^t week of
August, '1914, in a certain locality near which we passed during the season. The
birds were believed to have nested there.

Stilt Sandpiper. Micropalama himanfopus. In view of the general scarcity of
the Stilt Sandpiper, its occurrence in large numbers on the Athabaska delta during
the spring migration is of interest. Here, on June 4 and 6. the birds were observed
feeding in flocks at a very shallow muddy lake; and on the latter date a careful esti-
mate made thoir numbers approximately TOO or 800. The species was again noted on
August 27 on the lower Slave river, where two small flocks were seen.

Yellow-bellied Flycatcher. Empidonax flarimilrLs. On July 20 and 21 three
Yellow-bellied Flycatchers, including a young bird of that year, were discovered on the
Tazin river below Hill Island lake. On the latter date the young one was collected.
A single bird was noted in the same locality on the following day, and another fur-
ther down the river on July 27. Still another was heard on August 15 on the Taltson
river about 20 miles from its mouth. These appear to constitute the only records of
the species in the ^lackenzie River district.

Rock Wren. Saipiiictes obsolefiis ohsoletus. A Rock Wren was seen at Fort
Ohipewyan on June 12 and 17. The bird frequented the rocky ledges about the
Roman Catholic mission, and made use of the clnuuicy of a sawmill as a siuging
perch. Apparently the nearest locality in which the species has previously been
recorded is west central Alberta.

SUMM \RY UF.rnnT 163

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

Collections.

Tlio coIK'otiotM for the season uuiiiIktciI approxiniatoly ns fallows: 22 mammairt,
!•■! binls. 1 reptiU*. "it! niiipliihiaiiH. lor» Hshw, and jiCviTul liuutlrcd ciw\\ of insects ami
plants. Over 450 photographs, including lo autoehronies, were taken; they are illus-
trativr, for the most part, of the t<-)pography, vegetation, fauna, and natives of the
roimtry.

CANADIAN AKCTK! KXPKniTIOX, lOl:'.-!!.
(R. M. Anderson.)

During most of the year the routine work of the southern party of the expedition
oecupied a great part of n)y time. iSinee late in the wiiitnr the whole of the business
end of the expedition, ineluding the apiKirtionment of supplies and equipment for
three vessels, has deivolved ui)on me; this is due to the eomjilieations resulting from
Mr. Stefanst<on's separation from the Karlnk, and his subsetpieut departure upon an
ice trip. Nothing has been heard of him since early in April. Consequently, the time
for field work and the prei)aration of specimens was limited.

Some collections were made around Teller, Alaska, in July and August, 1913,
and some on the voyage to Collinson point. A few specimens were secured around
Colliiison point in the autumn, and a few trips up the Sadlerociiit and Ilulahula
rivefrs in tho autumn and spring. A trip was made to the west edge of the Mackenzie
delta in the spring by sled, and an early sununer trip to Flaxman island.

Skins to the number of 289 were collected — 212 birds and 77 mammals — and
packed for shipment. About thirty more are stored to be shipped later. A small
collection of large bird skins from the Cape Bathurst regions were purchased and
stored to be shipped later. In the vicinity of Collinson point, I secured nests and
eggs of most of tiie breeding birds of the region, but have not had time to pack them
securely enough to risk their shipment.

With the southarn party in more systematic running order and all the men more
used to work in the Arctic, I hope to be in a position to do enough zoological work to
justify myself as a scientific man in being here; this I have hardly been able to do
during the past year.

In other branches of biology Mr. Johansen has carried on quite extensive
ri-seanhe,^; i),irtieularly in entomology and Iwtany, altliough freshwater life and
marine biology have also received some attention.

Preliminary List of Specimens Collected by R. M. Anderson, 1913-1914.'

liiril-i.

1. Yelhnv-billed Loon. Gavia AJnmsii.
9 ad July 8, Camden bay, Alaska.

2. Pacific '( T,oon. Gavia. sp?

ad S and 9 July 1 and 4, Collinson point and Flaxman i.slinid.

3. Red-throated Loon. Gavia stellala.

ad ? ad c? (^ June 10 and July 3 and 4.
Canning river and CoUin.son point, Alaska.

1 In view of the fact that It will probably be some time before a complete and careful
report can be made upon the results of the work of the Canadian Arctic Expedition, It seems
desirable that a passing preliminary notice of the constitution of tlos collection, so ♦"ar received,
should be made. It must he undcrstoofi, howaver, that tinn-' and proper courtesy to the col-
lector have prevented a careful and critical study of this material and the determinations,
especially the subspeciflc ones, are, therefore, only such as could be arrived at from a cursory
examination, by the writer.

2t;— ii.i

164 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

4. Mandt Guillemot. Cepphus mandti.

ad ? chaiigrint? plumage Aug. 1, Teller, Alaska.

5. Pallas Murre. Uria lomcia arra.

ad ? and ad $ changing plumage Aug. 15 and 27, Point Barrow

6. Pomarine Jaeger. Stcrcorarius pomarinus.

6 6 "i light phase, Aug. 21, Point Barrow, June 4 and 7, Collinson point.

7. Parasitic Jaeger. t'Stercorcarius parasiticus.

$ V light phase, Aug. 2>3, Point Barrow, July 1, Collinson point. $ ? dark phase,
Aug. 21 and 23, Point Barrow.

8. Long-tailed Jaeger. Siercoraiius longicaudus.
6 June 18, Collinson point, light phase.

9. Pacific Kittiwake. Rissa tridactijla pollicaiis.

ad (^ c^ $ $ jv c? d" $ $ Aug. 21-30, Point Barrow.

10. Glaucous Gull. Larus hyperboreus.

ad ? ? July 6, Camden bay and Aug. 28, Point Barrow.

jv $$?$ Aug. 27 to Oct. 8, various points on the Arctic coast.

11. vShort-billed Gull. Larus hraclnjrhunclius.
jv ? Sept. 8, Collinson point.

12. Sabine Gull. Xema, sabini.

ad $ Aug. 2'5, Point Barrow, jv $ Sept. 19, Collinson point.

13. Arctic Tern. Sterna paradiscpa.

ad $ ? Aug. 23, Point Barrow, July 3, Camden bay.

jv c? Aug. 6, Teller, Alaska, Fledging (Sex?) Aug. 23, Point Barrow.

Nestling $ ? Aug. 6, Teller.

14. Red-breasted ^Merganser. Mergus &>errator.

? in changing plumage, June 30, mouth of Canning river.

15. Pintail. Dafila acuta.

jv cfd" VVVVV, Sept. 8 and 16, Collinson point and Sadlerochit river.

16. Old Squaw. Harelda hpcmalis.

ad 66 winter plumage, June 5 and 20, Collinson point,
ad d" c? c? changing plumage, June 5, Oct. 2, Collinson point.
jv 666 Aug. 23, Oct. 2, Point Barrow and Collinson point.
? ? June 18 and Oct. 2, Collinson point.

17. Steller Eider. Pohjsticta steUcn.
ad 69 June 15, Barter island.

18. Spectacled Eider. Arctonclta fischeri.

nd 6666999 June 15, Barter island and July C, Camden bay.

19. Pacific Eider. Soinaleria v-nigra.

Sid 6 6 9 June 30, mouth of Canning river and July G, Camden boy.
9 changing plumage, Sept. 23, Collinson point.

20. King Eider. Somateria spectabilis.

6 data lost probably Oct., coast of Alaska.
5? May 12 and Aug. 27, Point Barrow.

21. Surf Scoter. Oidrmia per.spicillata.
ad 6 July 5, Collinson point.

22. White-fronted Goose. Anser albifrons gambdi.

69 Barter island, June 15.

23. Hutt!hin Goose. Branta catiadciisis hutcltinsi.

ad 6 June 15, Barter ishind.

24. Black Brant. Branta nigricans.

66666 9 Sept. H and 13 and June 3.

25. Red Phalaropc. Phalaropus fulicarius.

9 d's and 7 ?a Aug. 4, Teller and Sept. 12-13, Collinson point. All in jiivniiih^ or
autumn dress but one, 6 Aug. 4.

,si.\i\iMn inronr 165

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

i't». A'ortlieni PhalarKpc. Lubipcs lobulus.

jv cfV Aii^. 4, IVller.
l'T. Pcftoral Sandpiper, risobia mac^ilata.

S <S Ma.v ;J1, June 14, Collinsun point. The brca.st skin on tliese birds, cspocially

on tile last one. seems nuieh stretelied and the feathers conse<|uently thiinujr

and seattered. This may be, and probably is, a seasonal eharaeter, aeqviired

when the bird is displaying and struttinf^ as described by Air. K. VV. Wilfcon.

2tt. White-rumped Sandpiixir. Pisobia fusticollis.

d" May 31, Collinson point.

29. Baird Sandpiper. Pisobia bairdi.

d" cT 5 May 31 to June IT, downy young, July 11, Collinson point.

30. Red-backed Sandpiper. Pvlidna alpina sakhalina.

d" ? ? June L'-July 7. Collinson point and Camden bay.

31. Semipalmated Sandpiper. Eieunctes pusillus.

dV May 31 ami 4, downy young. July 7, Collinson point.

32. Western Sandpiper. Ereuntes mauri.

9 ? fledging, just flying, Aug. G, Teller. Though barely out of nesting down and
not yet fully grown in size, the rufus on the back is perfectly characteristic
of the species.

33. JIudsoiiian Curlew. Numenias liudsonicus.

9 June IS, Collinson point.

34. Black-bellied Plover. iSquatarola squalarola.

One, se.x ^ worn, bleached plumage, June 2, Collinson p<jint.

35. American Golden Plover. Charadrius domimicus.

<S High plumage, June 3, Collinson point.

36. Semipalmated Plover, ^^gialitis scmipalmata.
d" June 1, Collinson point.

37. Ruddy Turnstone. Arenaria intcrprcs 7tiorineJla.

d^ May 31 and June 9, Collinson point. Three downy young, in alcohol.

38. "Willow Grouse. Lagopus lagopus.

30 specimens in summer, winter, and changing plumage Sept., Oct., April, and

June, Collinson point and Endicott mts.
;''0. Kock Ptaniiigiin. Lagopus rapestris.

11 specimens in summer, winter, and changing plumages, June 1-July 7, Collinson

point.

40. Rough-legged Hawk. Archibuteo lagopus sancti-joJiannis.

$9 Sept. 11 and 12, Collinson point in common ochraceous plumage, with dark
abdominal bands.

41. Gray Gyrfalcon. Falco rusticolus rusticolus.

$ Sept. 11, Collinson point.

42. Duck Hawk. Falco peregrinits anatum.

ad d"V Collinson point, July 17.

43. Short-eared Owl. Asio fJammeus.

cf ? $ Collinson point. May 30 to June 3.
Se.x ? Barter island, May 29.

44. Snowy Owl. Nj'ictea nyctea.

ad d" d'd' 9 Arctic coast, Alaska, Nov. 14 and April to June.
d"s innnaculate white 9 moderately barred.

45. Alaska Jay. Perisoreus c. fumifrons.
9 Kndicott mts., Alaska, April KJ.

4ti. Kfd Poll. Aranltiis sp^

ad d"? Collinson point, June 1, fledging, no data.
47. Snow Bunting. Plectcophenax nivalis nivalis.

d d 9 Northern Alaska to coast, Aug. and Sept. fledging, Collinson point, July 12.

166 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

48. Lapland Longspur. Calcarius lapponicus lapponicus. •

c? c? d" 9 ? ? $ Teller to Collinson point, Aug., Sept., and June.

49. Tree Sparrow. Spizella monticola.

6 Teller, Aug. G. .

50. Fox Sparrow. Basserclla iliaca, subsp?
$ ? Teller, Aug. 3 and 5.

Sex ? no data.

51. Yellow Wagtail. Budyies flavus subsp?

c^ Teller, Aug. 3.

52. Pipit. Anthus rnhescens.

ad (^ ? near Collinson point, June 17,
jv 6'i i Teller, Aug. 3 and' G.

Mammals.

All from Collinson point and points along the Arctic coast of Alaska.
16. Cittellus, Aug., Sept., and Oct.
■20. Microtus, Aug., Sept., Oct., and March.

8. Lemmus, Sept., Nov., March, May, June.

8. Vulpes,, (lagopus?) Sept.. Oct., Dec, Jan., and Feb.

1. Vitlpcs, (ftilinisf) Nov. 17.

3. Lepus, Mackenzie delta, Jan.

4. Futorius, Winter, April. May, and June.

2. Dicrostonyx, Barter island and Collinson point, May, one fragment.

1. Gulo, weathered skull.

2. Ursus {iniernalionalisf) cubs, without skulls, July.

1. Ovihos, weathered skull fragment, near Collinson point
1. Odohenus, weathered skull, Point Barrow.
1. Canis, weathered skull.

ENTOMOLOGY.

(C. Gordon, Ilewitt, D.Sc, Dominion Entomologist, Honorary Curator.)

On April 1, 1914, I was apix)inted Honorary Curatory of Entomology in the
Xiitional ^IiiM-iim by the Honourable Mr. Louis Coderre, Secretary of State and
Minister of Mines, with the approval of the Minister of Agriculture. The arrange-
ment this appointment involves will prove of great value in co-ordinating the ento-
mological work of the CJovernment and in preventing undesirable duplication. The
(■iit)mologioa] branch of the Department of Agriculture has formed, as a result of
its work, a nucleus of a national collection of insects. This collection is constantly
being increased. It is intended to transfer the major portion of this collection to the
National Museum where it will be permanently housed. With the collection that the
Museum of the Geological Survey has acquired by purchase and has secured by the
efforts of its members an excellent foundation has been laid for a collection of the
insects of Canada. It is proposed to appoint an assistant to look after the collections
in tlic niusentn <ind tlie vnrions officers of the Fntomologiciil Brancli of the Department
of Agriculture will undertake the work of determination in the various orders in
which they specialize.

During tlic year the museum i)urehas('(l tlif privatr collection of M '•. .1. |). Kvans,
of Trenton, Out., which is of special interest on account of the exceptionally fine
series of well-mounted Coleoptcra it contains, constituting iniiloubl(><lly tlie best col-
lection of this order of insects in the Dominion.

sr\f]t 1/,'V inH'oRT 167

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

Arraiigeinoiit8 wciv cfFofted to liuvo euloiiiolotjicul collections imi'lf by the C'uiia-
(liaii Ari'tif oxi»oilitioii. Spfcimoiis have alrt-ady hoon rt'coivt'd and the reports indi-
cate that the indefatigable efforts of Mr. Johunsen, who i.s making the coUectionn of
inaectd, will result in very valuable additions to the collection and to our meagn;
knowledge of the insects of tlie Arctic region.

It has been decided to have the entomological collection stored in drawers similar
in design to those u.M'd in the Utiitixl States National Museum. These drawers will
be kept in steel cabinets each to hold T)*) tlrawers. Our thanks arc due to Mr. Crawforil,
Curator of Insects in the United States National Museum, for his a.ssistance in the
matter of securing the designs of the drawers and cases. It is expected that these
drawers will be ready for use early in 11)15.

During the year a beginning was matle in the matter of permanent public exhi-
bits and a series of etdarged models was made to our order and placed in the entrance
hall of the museum. These models represent the adults and stages in the life-
histories of the following insects: the House-fly. Mo.scjuito, and Black-fly. It is
planned to arrange in one of the exhibition halls an educational exhibit illustrating
the various aspects of entomology iu such a manner as to serve as a guide to a knowl-
edge of insects.

CANADIAN ARCTIC EXPEDITION.

(Vrilz Jolumsen.)

During our stay at Teller. 191", I made rather extensive collections of and
observations on the land and freshwater invertebrates there. The collected
material has. together with a report, been sent from Teller to the museum at Ottawa.

During our .stay at Teller, 1013, I made rather extensive collections of nad
on a large scale, of the land ami freshwater invertebrates and have had good success
in rearing quite a few insects. At Collinson point, up the Sadlerochit river (Novem-
ber. 1!>1.'}) at Demarcation point, Alaska (May. 1914) and at Longengevik west of
Collinson point (June, 1914) considerable entonndogical work has been carried on.
This biological investigation has now (as I suppo.se) been made, for the first time, in
the American Arctic and very satisfactory results have been obtained. The col-
lected specimens have been assembled at rier&chell island to l>e sent to the museum at
Ottawa.

168 OEOWaiVAL HVRVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

DIVISION OF ANTHROPOLOGY.
(E. Hapir.)

Staff.

In tlie course of the year Mr. F. II. S. Knowles received a permanent Civil Ser-
vice appointment as physical anthropologist of the Anthropological Division of the
(ieological Survey. The Anthropological Division as at present constituted thus con-
sists of three sections: Ethnology and Linguistics in charge of E. Sapir, Archaeology
in charge .of II. I. Smith, and Physical Anthropology in charge of F. II. S. Knowles.

PART L

ETHNOLOGY AND LINGUISTICS.

(E. Sapir.)

Museum.

Exhibits.

Owing to the lack of facilities for exhibition it has been impossible to add exten-
sively to the exhibits as reported on for 19i;3, although there is more than enough
museum material available for at least one other anthropological hall. Two temporary
cases containing Montagnais specimens have been added to the Anthropological Hall.
A number of striking objects of ethnological interest have been placed on top of the
cases in addition to those already enumerated for 1913. These embrace a Labrador
Eskimo kayak, a large double-face Nootka mask, a Haida image of an eagle, and a
Ilaida house model. The Iroquois exhibit has been completely labelled. A special
British Columbia basketry exhibit, chiefly from the Thompson Riivex Indians, has
been installed in the entrance hall of the museum.

Accessions of Ethnological Specimens.

Neiarly 1,Y00 ethnological objects obtained either by gift, by piirciiase in the
course of regular field work of the Division, or by purchase of material not directly
obtained in connexion with field work, have been added in the course of the year to
the collections of the museum.

The gifts embrace:

From P. Radin.-^—

1 Ojibwa specimen.

From F. G. Speck, Philadelphia. —
1 Abenaki spcx'imen.
1 pair beaded Sioux leggings.

From F. 11. S. Knowles.—

1 beaded Jlicmac bag.

The ethnological specimens obtained in the course of regular fi<'ld work for the
Survey are as follows: —

By E. Sapir. —

83 Nootka spocimeiis fn)m Allx-rni, H.C.

1 Coast Saiish specimen from Alberni, B.C.

1 Thompson River siwcimcn from Silences Bridge, B.C.

SI M'.iAh'Y Rrroirr 169

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

By H. I. Smith.—

1 iMiciimc Hpcoiinon from Imliiin ishuul. \.S.

By C. M. Barleau.—

50 Huron spocimens from Lorctto, Que.

1 MoiitaKuais specimen from Lake St. Joliii. Quo.

By F. W. Waugh.—

18 Iroquois specimens from Six Nations Reserve, Out.

By W. J. Wintemberg. —

1 Irnr|iit;is silv(r lirooeh from Ilastinjrs coiinty. Ont.

By K. W. Hawkes.—

2 Cireenland Kskimo specimens.

304 Lal)rador Kskijno specimens (.including 1 kayak).

39 Central EsJ<imo siiccimens.
2 Naskapi specimen.^.

By W. D. Walli3.—

172 Siou.x specimens from Manitoba.

2 Western Cree specimens from Manitoba.

By J. A. Teit.—

M 'riiompson Kiver specimens from .Sjjcnces Bridge, B.C.

1 Lillooet specimen from British Columbia.

2 Shuswaj) specimens from British Columbia.

1 Chilcotin .specimen from British Columbia.

2 Wenatchie (Washington) .specimens.

By J. A. Mason (collected in 1913).—

1 Chipewyan specimen from Ft. Resolution.

30 Dogrib specimens from Ft. Rae (including 2 birchbark canoes)

40 Slave specimens from Ft. Rae and Ft. Providence.

By J. A. Mason. —

1 Nahanie six'cimon from Ft. Rae.

This embraces only i)art of the Atiiabaskan collections made by Dr. Mason in the
summer of 1913, the re.st of the material not having been received in 1914.

Ethnological specimens purchased in course of field work by members of the
(jcological Survey not connected with the Division of Anthropology arc: —

I.y D. D. Cairnes. —

5 Athabaskan specimens from southwestern Yukon Territory.

Ethnological material purchased otherwise than in course of field work embraces: —

From G. A. Paul, Oldtown, Me. —
H2 Maleiit<» specimens.

2 Penobscot specimens.
40 Micmac specimens.

From James Paul, St. Mary, N.B. —

1 Malecite toboggan and harnesa.

From F. <». S])(>ck. Philadelpliia. Pa. —

57 Micmac specimens from Newfoundland.

2 Micniac specimens from CajX' Breton.

2 Penobscot specimcn.s from Oldtown, Me.

:iMontni;ignai.-, sjK-cimcns from near Hamilton inlet, Que.

1 Greenland Eskimo specimen.

170 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

29 Labrador Eskimo specimens.

I Alaskan Eskimo specimen.

II Iroquois specimens from Lewiston, IT.Y.
4 Huron sjiccimens from Lorette, Que.

1 Caiiiirlian Sioux specin)f-n.

21 Abenaki si)ecimens from Pierreville, Que.

1 Abenaki specimen from Oldtown, Me.

From F. G. Speck. Philadelphia, Pa.—

1 Ojibwa specimen from Timagami, Ont.

1 Coast Salish specimen from Georgia lake, B.C.

2 Nootka (Makah) specimens.

2 Athabaskan specimens from Yukon river, Alaska.

From L. Pereira, Ottawa. —

1 Cree fire-bag.

From R. X. Wilson, Stand Off, Alberta.—

2 Blackfoot shields.

From Simeon Gibson. Six Nations ReserA^e, Ont. —
8 Iroquois specimens.

From Louis Shotridge. Philadelphia, Pa.—

1 Chilcat blanket.

From K. ^l. Chapman. Santa Fe, X. M.—

4S Tlingit specimens from southern Alaska.

From Alfred Tremblay, Giffard, Que.—
32 Baffin island Eskimo specimens.

From A. B. Keagan. Nett Lake, Minn. —
G Ojibwa birchbark records.

From Frank Williams, Alberni, B.C. —

7 Xootka si)ecimens.

From S. H. Harris, London, England. —
40 Eskimo specimens.
39 West Coast specimens.
63 Plateau and Mackenzie Valley specimens.

2 Plains specimens.

G Eastern Woodland specimens.

From Hartoy Stamp, Philadelphia, Pa. —

29 jMalecite specimens from New Brunswick.

From Thomas Deasy, Massett, B.C. —
3G Haida specimens.

From C. Leden. —

8 Chipewyan specimens (including birchbark canoe).
.^O Labrador Eskimo .specimens.

145 Pardlamiut Eskimo specimens from Cluirrhill (including kayak).

Pliotofjraphic Work.

A considerable number of photographs of ethnological interest have been added to
the files of the Division. The gifts embrace:

From the American Museum of Natural History, New York. —

20 photographs (1 Montagiiais photngraph, 13 Iroquois photograhs, G* Malecite
photographs) illustrating beadwork and moosehair patterns.

fil!\t]f\UY inU'ORT 171

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

From V. G. Spi-ck, IMiihuU-lpliia, Pu. —

5 Moiita^iiais photographs from Lakti St. John.
8 Mahvitc photof^raplis t'rotn Har IIarl><>iir, Mo.
'.V-\ Aliciiiac photojrraph.-* troiii Nowfoumllaiid.

1 I Inroii photoj;raj)h.

I'" roll! l\'al)oily ^ruseuin, C'ainhriil^fo, Ma.s.s. —

1 ^laK'cito photD^rraph of l)ca(U'd coat.

From Koyal Victoria ^lusoum, Toronto irnivcrsity. —

2 lro(iuoi3 pliotoffraphs of embroidery.

From W. E. CoUiiij^on. Prince Rupert. B.C. —
G Haida photop:raphs from Massett. B.C.

From T. Deasy, Massett. B.C. —

1 Haida photof;:raph from Tow Hill, B.C.

From C. F. Newcombe, Victoria, B.C. —
18 Nootka photographs.

From J. A. Cox. Albortii. B.C. —
4 Nootka photograpiis.

The ethiiolo<?ical photof^raphs taken by members of the anthropological staff and by
the Photographic Department of the Museum embrace:

By E. Sapir.—

47 Nbotka photographs from Alberni, R.C.

By H. I. Smith.—

4 Carrier photographs from Quesnel, B.C.

By C. M. Barbeau. —

•I'd Huron photographs from Lorette, Que.

By F. W. Waugh.—

27 Iroquois jjhotographs from Six Nations Reserve, Ont.

By W. 1). Wallis.—

101) Sioux photographs from Manitoba.

1 Western Crce photograph from Manitoba.

By J. A. Teit.—

175 Thompson River photograpiis from Spences Bridge, B.C.
4 Okanagan photographs from Spences Bridge, B.C.

3 Shuswap photographs from Spences Bridge. B.C.
3 Lillooet photograjihs from Spences Bridge. B.C.

By Photographic Department. —

6 Photographs of Malecite museum specimens.
3 Iroquois photographs.

1 Micmac photograph.

There have been purchased:

From the University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia. —

50 Plates and prints of Huron and Iroquois specimens illustrating designs.

From the University of Tonjnto. —

75 Prints of the Warren lace collection, for comparative study of designs.

172 GEOLOGICAL PURVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915
Phonograph Records.

Phonoffi'aph records received in the course of tlie year as a result of ethnological
fieJd work undertaken by the Survey embrace:
By K. Sapir, 25 Nootka records from Alberni, B.C.
By W. 1). Wallis, 46 Canadian Sioux records from Manitoba.

J. A. Mason's extensive collection of Northern Athabaskan and other songs, and
J. A. Teit's collection of Thompson KiVer songs have not yet been received.

2 Nootka phonograph records were purchased from Frank Williams, Alberni,

B.C.

Exchanges.

In exchange for 44 Dogrib, 1 Chipewyan, 1 Slave, and 1 Yellowknife photographs
received from Dr. T). E. Wheeler, Buffalo, N.Y.. the Geological Survey has forwarded
to him 44 prints of some of its Dogrib photographs.

Field Work and Research.

In January and February, E. Sapir concluded a period of five months of field
work, begun in the autumn of 1913, among the Nootka Indians of the west coast of
Vancouver island. This was in continuation of field work carried on among the same
Indians in 1910 (see Sunnnary Report for 1910). The same tribes were investigated
as in the previous field trip, namely the Ts'ish'a'ath and the Hopach'as'ath, at present
living within a short distance of Alberni. Further material was obtained on the
Nootka language, and a large series of Nootka texts dealing with mythology and
various ethnologic topics was recorded. This text material, with the supplementary
texts referred to below, covers about 1,250 pages of manuscript. Considerable infor-
mation was obtained on social organization (types and inheritance of privileges,
I'.aines, potlatches, seating at potlatches, and many other aspects of this s\ibject), on
K^igion (secret rituals, sui>ernatural beings, religious beliefs), and on other ethnological
matters. A number of ceremonies were witnessed and careful notes taken during their
l)erformance, the most interesting of these being a doctoring ceremony, known as
Ts'ayek, that had not been performed among these Indians for many years past. A
series of face paintings and other drawings w'ere made by Indian informants, and
valuable information on religion and ceremonials obtained in connexion with them.
The Division now possesses over 200 distinct Nootka face paintings. Several phono-
graph records were made, chiefly in connexion with songs occurring in leg;ends, and
an ethnological collection made, chiefly of ceremonial objects. Instruction was given
t.vo of the more intelligent interpreters, Alex. Thomas and Frank Williams, in the
phonetic recording of their own language. This proved of inestimable value, as in
this way supplementary text material could be obtained from the Nootka Indians in
the absence of the investigator. The nature of the supplementary material of this
sort already received, will be indicated below. Mr. Sapir inulertook in the course of
the year a special investigation of the possible linguistic affiliation between the Atha-
baskan, Ilaida, and Tlingit languages, hitherto generally considered as forming inde-
pendent stocks. The result of this investigation was the demonstration of the genetic
luiity of these three groups of languages. A paper on the " Na-dene Languages,"
embodying the results of this research, is well under way.

C. M. Barboau took a brief trip to the Huron Indians of Lorette, whom he had
visited several times in the past, for the purpose of obtaining a scries of French Cana-
dian tales current among these Indians. This was done primarily for the purpose of
ascertaining what influence, if any, European folk-lore has exerted on the i-ontent and
form of native mythology. Further ethnological collections were obtained at the
same tinia The greater part of the year was taken up in preparing for publication
an extended paper en " Huron and Wyandot Mythology." This monograph is now
completed.

/St .J/.l/.IA'l' lii:iU)RV 173

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

F. W. Waugh spent a tsliDrt period of time niiiong tlic Inxiuois Indians of Six
Nations Koserve, Ontario, tlio work done in 1!>14 hoin^ in ainiilification of material
previously obtained. Most of the time was taken up with medicine and ideas relating
thereto, also with general Iro«iiiois medical ideas and folk-lore. Some additional
information was also obtained regarding foods and fooil i)reparation, games, tanning,
and other handicrafts. A numl)er of specimens were coUecti-d, some of them very old.
A special feature of the trip was the taking of two Iro(|uois face masks, and time
Iroquois head and shoulder casts, all on the living.

P. Radin continued his work among the Ojibwa of various parts of Ontario ami
adjoining regions of the Unite<l States, about a month being spent among the Nor-
thern Saulteaux of Ontario. The work among the Ojibwa during 1914 was limite(l
in the main to translating the syllabic te.xts on mythology and ethnology obtained in
the previous year and in the early i)art of 1914. Part of the time was also spent in
obtaining additional grainmatical data. The greater part of the year was taken up
by Mr. Kadin in working up for publicaticju by the Survey a inimber of monograi)hs
based on material obtained for the Survey. These papers embrace: "Literary Aspects
of North American Mythology," which is almost finished; a paper on "The Ethnology
of the Ojibwa of southeastern Ontario," which is well under way; and a second set
of " Ojibwa Myths," on which considerable work has been done. A special i)aper on
"Ojibwa Keligion '' and a series of "Ojibwa Texts" have also been started.

A. A. (ioldenweiser spent a period of about two and one-half moTiths among the
Iro«iuois Indians of New York State. Part of this time was taken up with the Seneca
and Onondaga Reservations. The greater part of the season, however, was spent
among the Tuscarora at Lewiston, New York. The list of Tuscarora names previously
obtained was amplified, and a good start made on their translation. The total num-
ber of Tuscarora individual names now recorded approaches 500, about half of which
are translated. Data on the social system of the Tuscarora were obtained, including
a genealogy embracing with marriages some 800 individuals. The terms of relation-
ship were recorded and the system, somewhat different from that of the five <»ther
League tribes, was carefully studied. Some interesting data were collected on clan
origins. Miscellaneous data on medicines and magic were secured, and several historic
traditions and myths were recorded in English.

Toward the last of May. I]. W. Hawkes left for field work among the E.skimo of
Labrador. While the northern coasts were blocked with ice, a thorough exploration
of Hamilton inlet and Sandwich bay was undertaken to ascertain definitely the pre-
sent southern limit of Eskimo culture, and considerable ethnological material was
obtained. Later the east coast was carefully surveyed to Cape Chidley, and further
ethnological specimens obtained; but particular attention was paid to archieological
remains of the ancient Eskimo and Tornit cultures. On August 2, Mr. Ilawkes
joined the Carnegie Magnetic expedition from Washington, D.C., and was then able
to extend operations to Hudson strait and bay. Both sides of the strait and bay were
visited, including the little-known east coast of Hudson bay as far south as Cape
Dufferin, Coats island, and southern Baffin island. Interesting specimens were
obtained from this district and Chesterfield iidet. As a result, the Museum lias a
complete ethnological and archa?ological Labrador Eskimo collection, with interesting
comparative specimens from neighbouring tribes.

W. D. Wallis spent nearly four months in southern Manitoba, studying the
Dakota (Sioux) tribe. Two reservations were visited, that at Portage-la-Prairie, and
that at Griswold. A number of specimens were collected for the Museimi. iirincii)ally
of leather and bead work, and a number of photographs were secure<l. The Dakota
were found to be a conservative people, rich in ethnological data and in material cul-
ture. Attention was given mainly to the dance and ceremonial organizations, and
of several of these a long and fully representative account was obtained, though owing
rather to lack of opportunity than of procurable data, no acccjunt was obtained of some

174 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

5 GEQRGE V., A. 1915

five or six such associations. A fairly complete description of the Sun Dance and of
the Medicine Society was procured. Several medicine baffs were collected, and songs
describing and uses pertaining to each were obtained. Incomplete notes were taken
down on various phases of the social organization, such as birth and death rights,
naming customs, war honours, and others. Many myths and stories were reconlled in
translation, including the complete cycle of Spider myths, and information on reli-
gious concepts and practices was procured as far as this was possible. Over fifty
songs were recorded and taken in text.

Since last reported on, three letters have been received from D. Jenness, ethnolo-
gist of the Canadian Arctic expedition. These are dated February 27, 1914. from
Point Barrow. Alaska, May 30. 1914, from Barter island, and July 30. 1914, from
the Mari/ SacJis. A rejwrt of progress, covering the period from September, 1913,
to July, 1914, has al.^o been received. Anthropological work was undertaken at this
time under exceptionally difficult circumstances, one of the most serious handicaps
being the loss of anthropometric instruments and of many anthropological books on
the Karlul: However, encouraging progress was made on several phases of ethnologi-
cal work at Harrison bay, Collinson point, and at the Alaska-Canada boundary line.
Considerable attention was paid to Eskimo linguistics. A close study was also made
both among the Barrow natives and among the Eskimo to the eastward of the game of
cat's cradle, more than one hundred different figures being recorded, many of these
being accompanied by chants. Some variants from Eskimo of different regions were
also obtained, for by happy coincidence there was a woman at Collinson point from
Cape Prince of Wales, and a number of Siberian natives from the steam whaler Belve-
dere, jammed in the ice off Manning point. It is hoped that these and further
researches in the same direction will help to throw some light on the problem of the
diffusion of the different branches of the Eskimo race. A set of ethnological notes
sent to the Survey by Mr. Jenness have been received by the Division. Probably the
most important anthropological work done by Mr. Jenness during the summer was
the caretul arelia^ological .-■tudy of the remains on Barter island. There were formerly
two settlements on Barter island, one on the western sandspit, the other and larger on
the eastern. Of the sixteen ruins on the former, five were excavated independently
by an Eskimo who had in previous years dug sporadically at various places along the
coast and sold his specimens to stray white collectors; on this occasion Mr. Jenness
purchased almost all the objects that had been unearthed. The remaining eleven site^
were excavaterl by Mr. Jenness, one only being left unfinished l>eciiuse the floor, though
it had lain exposed for a week, still remained frozen. On the eastern sandspit thirty-
seven ruins were completely excavated. In ten others the floor was reached, while
about fifteen remained untouched. Further, a large settlement was investigated on a
sandspit some 3 miles west of Barter island. Ilei'c many of the ruins had been
ransacked by the Eskimo themselves, but Mr. Jenness excavated about twelve either
wholly or in part in order to discover their relation to the ruins on Barter island.
Detailed notes were made of the principal objects discovered in each ruin, with rough
plans of the settlements themselves and of the individual ruins. An attempt was made
to keep the remains separate with a view to ascertaining whether the sandspits had
been occupied at different ixrioiks or not. The large archa'ological collection thus
obtained by Mr. Jenness was shipped by him to the Survey and h?.s been received by
the Division.

The disastnnis outcome of that part of the Canadian Arctic expedition which
drifted on the Karluk involved the death in the earlier part of the year of Henri
Beuchat, one of tlie two anthroiMilogistf; of the expedition. In M. Beuchat, the
scientific world has lost one of its foremost Americanists.

i'M/Ul/.T Ix'I:I'(U:T 175

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

Publications.

^fan usrripfs Received.

A luimbor of mamisrripts of otlwitilojfical interest wor'^ obtninrd during tho yosir
as j^ifts. Tlii'so eiubraiu :

From F. (f. Speck, Philadelpliia, Pu. —

"The Hunting Territories and Mythology of the Tiiiiapciuni Indians," inanuscri|»t

of S:; i)aires with aceonipanying map (^IS. 44).
** I^amily lIuntinL; Territories of the Dunioine and KippcHva Band.s of Algon-

([uins," manuscript of 2 page.-* with aeeompanying map (MS. 4.H).
Painted Itasket de'.signs to aeeompany paper on "The Decorative Art of the

Moliegan. Seatticook, and Niantic Indians of Connecticut." presented in

191:5.
"Alicmae iMmily Hunting Territories in Cape Breton," manu.script of 5 i»age.s

with accompanying map (MS. 5(>).
"Family Hunting Territories of the Micmac-Montagnais of Newfoundhmd,"

manuscript of 11 pagi's with accompanying map (MS. 50).

From P. Radin. —

" The Social Orgauizatioji of the Wiiiiu-hago Indians — An Interpretation." manu-
iicrii>t of Tr> pages (MS. 57).

From Mr. SkavU-m. Janesville, 111. —

Copy of Ojihwa Medewin record from Nctt Lake, Minnesota, in his po.s.session
(MS. 47). .

Several tnanuscripts have been turned in to the Division as a result of research
Work undertaken under tlie aus{)ices of the Cleological Survey. They embrace :

By F. W. Waugh.—

" Inxjuois Foods and Food Preparation," manuscrii)t of 177 pages (MS. 49).

By C. M. Barbeau.—

"Huron and Wyandot Mythology," manuscript of 450 pages (MS. 62).

By F. H. S. Knowles. —

'• The (Uenoid Fossa in the Skull of the E.skimo," manuscript of IS pages (MS. Gl).

By P. Radin.—

"The Ethnology of the Ojihwa of Southeastern Ontario." manuscript of GO pages

(MS. A>).
" Ojibwa I'lthnological Notes Olitained at Sarnia, r)ntario," manuscript of 39 pages

(MS. G.;).

By \V. II. Mcchling.—

" Malecite Myths," manuscript of 29 pages supplementary to MS. 33 receive*! in
1913 (MS. 43).

By C. McMillan.—

"The Micmacs. Their Life and legends," manuscript of 400 pages (MS. 51).

By E. W. Hawkes. —

Set of Labrador E-skimo clothing patterns with accompanying manuscript of 7
pages (MS. 54).

By W. D. Wallis.—

Jklanuscript of G pages describing Sioux tipi sent to the Museum.

176 GEOLOaiVAL SURVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

By 1). Jcniicss. —

" Eskimo Ethnological Notes," manuscript of 262 pages (MS. 58).

By J. A. Mason. —

" Notes on Northeastern Athabaskan Culture," manuscript of 50 pages (MS. 45).

Ethnological Manuscripts Purchased in the Course of the Year.

From F. G. Speck, Philadelphia. —

" Gluskabe, the Deceiver — Penobscot Transformer Texts," manuscript of 80 pages
(MS. 55).

From A. B. Reagan, Nett Lake, Minn. —

Manuscripts in explanation of 6 Medicine Lodge bark records (MSS. 52 and 52a-
52e).

From Frank Williams, Alberni, B.C. —

"Raven and Snipe," Nootka text, manuscript of 3 pages (MS. 53).

From Alex. Thomas, Alberni, B.C. —

Names of Nootka months, manuscript of 1 page (MS. 50).

" Speech of Thanks to Kyuquot Indians," Nootka text, manuscript of 5 pages
(MS. 50a).

" Adventures of Sixnatc," Nootka text, manuscript of 10 pages (MS. 506).

" Capture of Whale during Famine, and Whaling Customs," Nootka text, manu-
script of 21 pages (MS. 50c).

From Alex. Thomas, Alberni, B.C. —

Invitation speech, Nootka text, manuscript of 12 pages (MS 50(7).

" Marriage of Mink," Nootka text, maniiscript of 8 pages (MS oOc).

" Fight about Hunting Grounds between Chiefs of Lice People and Wolf People,"

Nootka text, manuscript of 7 pages (MS. 50/).
Speech given by Tlutasi's, Nootka text, manuscript of 3 pages (MS. 50g).
"Myth of Stealing of Children," ISIootka text, manuscript of 22 pages (MS. 50A).
"Ucluelet Bands and Seating," manuscript of 10 pages (MS. 50A).
" Ucluelet War Story," Nootka text, manuscript of 148 pages (MS. 50/).
• " War Waged by Ucluelets and Clayoquots against Hach'a'ath," Nootka text,

manuscript of 24 pages (MS. 50m).
" War between Ucluelets and Uchucklesits" Nootka text, manuscript of 50 pages

(MS. 50n).
Invitation .speech, Nootka text, manuscript of 2 pages (MS. 50o).

From Alex. Thomas and Douglas Thomas, Alberni, B.C. —

16 pages of Nootka Indian face paintings with 68 accompanying pages in explana-
tion of these (MS. 50?)- ' i

Manuscripts Submitted for Publication.

In the course of the year the following ethnological })ai)ers have been submitted to
the Deputy Minister of Mines for publication by the Division:

F. G. Speck.—

" Family Hunting Territories and Social Life of Various Algonkian Hands of the

Ottawa Valh-y."
" Myths and Fnlk-lore of the Timiskaming Algoncpiin and Timagami Ojibwa "
(including MS. 38 received as gift from Neil Fcrgusson, L. Timigami, in
1!)]3).
" Some Naskapi Myths from Little Whale River."

The first two of these papers were intended to bo published in tlie form of Museum
Memoirs, the third as a Museum Bulletin.

SUilMAliY h'Kl'oHr 177

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

Kill naluijical I'tihlicudons.

The followiug Mcjuuir was published in 1913:
i:. \V. llawkes, "The Invitiiitf-ln Feust of tlie Alaskan Eskimo," (Memoir 4r>, Anlhro-

l)uIo;;ieal Series No. 3).

Tlie foUowintr Memoirs were publislied in 1914:
r. (J. Sperk, "The Double Curve Motive in Northeastern Algonkian Art" (Mcnioir

42. Anthroi)oh)^M<'al Series No. 1).
P. Katlin, "Some Myths and Tales of the Ojibwa of Southea-itcrn Ontario" (Memoir

4S, Aiithropolofjieal Series No. 2).
W. H. Meehlinjr, " Malecite Tales" (Memoir 49, Anthropological Series No. 4).

The following Bulletins were published in the eour.se of the year:
r. Kadin, " Some Asi)eets of Puberty Fasting among the Ojibwa " (published in

Museum Bulletin No. 2, Anthropological Series No. 2).
\. StitaussoM. " Prciiistorie and Present ( 'ninmen-e among the Arctic Coast Eskimo"
. (Museum Bulletin No. C, Anthropologieal Series No. 3).

PART II.

AKCILEOLOGY.
(Harlan I. Smith.)

Exhibits.

The tentative arehwological exhibits, made up of representative collections from
the entire national collections, have been increased and improved as a result of the
field work of the year, especially by the finds in Nova Scotia, and tlie rare specimens
from Manitoba. A handbook entitled " The Archaeological ColleK-tion from the
Southern Interior of British Columbia " has been published and placed with the col-
lection, which is fairly large and representative. This handbook is intended to inter-
pret the scientific publications on the subject and illustrates about half of the speci-
mens e.xliibited. Lectures on the archa'ologj' of Canada have been given in Halifax,
Truro, Kemptvilie, and Ottawa. Popular accounts on " The Archaeology of Canada,"
" Archaeological Value of Human Bones," and '' Archjrology of tlie Rocky Moun-
tains Park " have been written. The latter was published by the Parks Branch of the
Department of the Interior. The collections being practically useless should our
single catalogue be destroyed by fire or otherwise lost, typewriting the catalogues with
two carbon copies has beeJi begun, so that one copy may be deposited elsewhere to
safegmird the records.

Research.

Research vvoik has proceeded, additions having been made to the card catalogue
iif a'.<lia ologiral literature and esiwcially to the tiles of data, muik^ of which are now
approaching such volume as to promise sufficient material for the basis of pulilications.
All the material collected on the Iroquoian village site at Roebuck, Ontario, in 1912,
1,411 entries, some of them covering over 24 specimens; all the material collected in
the field work iu Manitoba and the Maritime Provinces during 1913; and part of the
icUtction made by the held i>artic,s in 1914, have been c!eanc«l aud f-atalogued. All
the material collected since 1911 will imibably be catalogued before another field
sea.son begins and part of the old material will also receive attention.

Circular letters have been sent to over 140 collectors of Caua'lian archipological
material reijuesting their co-operation in securing data and gifts of specimens.

2r>— 12

178 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

Field Work.

Field work was carried on in northern Nova Scotia, eastern Ontario, southwes-
tern ]\Ianitoba, and on the Arctic coast.

The work in northern Nova Scotia, under tlie archa?olog-ist, was confined to the
shell-heaps of Merigomish harbour, and resulted in obtaining perhaps the most com-
plete and detailed data so far secured re^rarding the archax)log.y of Nova Scotia, as
well as one of the three largest collections of Nova Scotian specimens. No burials
were discovered. Tliese shell-heaps are- usually located on the most sheltered places,
generally on southern shores; and on islands rather than the mainland, although there
are some small heai>s on the latter. The site- are above high tide, but usually on low
places sheltered from the wind by bluffs. They are probably the remains of Micmac
villages. Chipped poiuts of stone for arrows, celts of stone, pottery and sharpened
bones, were very numerous. Little knives or chisels made from beaver teeth, harpoon
points made of bone, and other artifacts were frequently found. Gouges were entirely
absent, although common enough from Nova Scotia, and represented in some collec-
tions by about as many specimens as there are of celts. On the whole the quantity of
specimens found in the shell-heaps was much less than would be found in some vil-
lage sites in southern Ontario. The report on the culture is in process of preparation.
Mr. Smith also examined a kitchen midden located below high tide mark at Chester
Basin, N.S., and photographed specimens in the Provincial Museum and Dalhousie
University, both in Halifax, N.S.

The work in eastern Ontario was carried on by Mr. W. J. Wintemberg, and was
confined to reconnaissance in the St. Lawrence valley south of Ottawa, particularly
between Summerstown, Glengarry county, and Pictou, Prince Edward county. The
ol).ie<'t of the reconnaissance was to locate a site of sufficient size and importance to
produce material for determining the culture of the site and for a monograph of a
different culture from that of the Iroquoian village near Koebuck in this same area,
which was excavated by Mr. Wintemberg in 1912. This reconnaissance resulted in the
discovery of a number of sites and several mounds and graves, all apparently of
Algonkian origin, but none of them sufficiently extensive to cause the reconnaissance
to give way to intensive work. Some rich sites of the same culture as that found at
Roebuck were also found, so that the extent of this culture, or its '' horizon," is gradu-
ally being worked out as a by-product of other work. There are several cultures repre-
seuted liv specimens found in this general vifiuity. It is the i>uriKise of archa^-
logical work to monograph each of these cultures, and. so far as possible, to make
exhibits illustrating the monographs for museums. During the reconnaissance Mr.
"Wintemberg secured from his own work and by gift numerous specimens for the
national collection.

The archaeological exploration in southwestcmi Manitoba was carried on inten-
sively by Mr. W. B. Nickerson in continuation of his reconnaissance of 1912 and inten-
sive work of 191;}, and was directed towards the exploration of mounds and village sites.
The results were much more gratifying than in previous years, consisting of informa-
tiiMi. i)h'itogrMpliii- films, arfluenloiiiciil specimens, aud a number of human .skeletons,
sufficient to give .some idea of the physical anthropology of the ix-ople, and especially
desirable from a region so poorly represented in somatological collections. The arclise-
ological specimens include, besides what is ordinarily found in the region, rare objects
made of copi)er, marine shells, and stone. There is also a tibia in which is embedded
juirt of a chipped stone arrow that has become partly covered by a growth of bone.
Mr. XickerMin's annual manuscript report sununarizes existing data on the arcliavdi>gy
of the r(?gion, but will not bo published until a culture may be characterized in .some
detail. He believes the culture to l)e very old — oldest in the Pembina valley, and most
recent in the Souris valley, where pottery is more plentiful.

The Kskimo an-lucological work at Barter island, undertaken by Mr. D^ Jenness,
is reported on in Part L

SI' MM \RY I'HI'ORT 179

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

Accessions.

Tlie cliiof aiUiitions ti> mo arclui-oloijicul coUoctionA' are an io\h)vrBZ

Collected hii Officers of the Department.

Aoocs^ioiis 124, I2t5, 127, ]2'.>. Arcliii'ulofjical si>ecimori3, human skeletons, and
photographic tihns, from Sourisford and Snow Hake, Manitoba. Collected l)y Mr. \V.
B. Nicker.>*on on (JeoK»i;ical Survey expedition.

Acec.-i.sions 12o, 12S. Archu'oIog:ieal .specimen.^ and pliot^)<rrapliie negatives from
^rerisjT>mi.-h harbour, Nova Si'otia. ('.>]Ir.t'Hl by Mr. TIaHan T. Smith on CJeolo^yieal
Survey exi>edition.

Acc6»>sion 141. Archa^okKgical siKH'imens from near Point Barrow, Ahiska. C(»l-
lected by Mr. Charles D. Browcr for Canadian Arctic expedition.

Shipment of 20 boxes and 1 parcel containing; an'lueolof?ical specinieus from
Barter island. Collected by D. Jenness, of Canadian Arctic expedition.

Minor addition from expeditions are as follow.s:

Accessions IW, im, 110, 112, 11.',, 115. 118, 120, 121, 131, l;VJ-l:{7. LW, 144 an<l
14.'). Ari-hsroloiriral specimens from Irotjuoian villacre site. Oharlottcnburjj township,
Ontario; from camp site on the east bank of a small creek on lot !»4. concession I,
Osnabruck township, Stormont county. Ontario: from east end of Tar i.sland, I.<etHls
county. Ontario; from the shore of the north side of Grenadier island, Leeds
county, Ontario; from Pine point, east shore of Lower Beverly lake, on farm of Mr.
William Halliday, lot 25. concession X. Bastard township, I.,eeds county, Ontario,-
two soapstone beads, one lottery bead, one chipped stone point for a spear, pottery
fragments, fragments of pottery pii)es. and bone probably for use in a game, from
liiH'buck site. Ontario; unfinished (•hii>i)od implement, from lot 27. South range. Howe
i-;1and. Frontenac county, Ont^irio; pottery fragments and chipi)ed stone implements,
from lot 29. concession VL Camden township, Lennox and Addington counties,
Ontario; lottery fragments, chert chippings. and chipped ciiert scraper, from south
half of lot 4o. concession IIL Camden township. Lennox and Addington counties,
Ontario; surface finds on north bank of Trent river, lots 12 and lo. concession VIII,
Sidney town.-hii), Hastings county. Ontario; pottery fragments, chippings. bone bead.s,
unfinished stone adze, from Masson farm, lot 31 or 32, concession VI, Sidney town-
ship, Hastings county, Ontario; pottery fragments, chert and slate chippings, chipped
stone point for an arrow, and broken and untinish(Hl stone adzes, from Bradshaw
farm, lot 15, concession VIII, Sidney township, Hastings county, Ontario; unfin-
ished stone adze and chipped stone point for an arrow, from lot 7, concession I, Leeds
townsliii), Leed* county, Ontario; pottery fragments, chert scraper, and chert chippings
from Mr. John Brown's farm, lot 1. Lakeside. North Marysburg town.ship. Prince
Edward county. Ontario; pottery fragments, chipped stone, and whetstone, from the
Yarrow farm, lot.s 1(5 and 17, concession II, M. T., Ilallowell township. Prince Edward
county. ()nt;irio; >hell iwudaut. sliclj beads, and burnt human boiic. found with a
skeleton on Mr. James Bedborough's farm, lot 23, concession III. M. T.. Hallowell
township. Prince Edward county, Ontario; chipped .stone point for a knife, from lot 15.
(lUKH'rvsiwn IV. Seymour township. Northumbrrbind comitv. ()nt:iri>; and photographic
films exposed in Ontario. All collected by ^Ir. W. J. Wintemberg on Geological
Survey expedition.

Accession 11^5. An.ha'oltjgical spt^-imens from kitchen midden at head of C-hcst+'r
basin, fragment of |K)ttery from pit near Chester Basin, Nova Scotia, and photographic
films and plates. Collected by Mr. Harlan I. Smith ou Geological Survey expedition.

26— 1:2 i

180 GEOLOGICAL i^UIiVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

AccessioTi 14S. Archscologieal specimens, from Hudson bay and east coast of Lab-
rador. Collected by Mr. E. W. Hawkes on Geological Survey ethnological expedition.

Other accessions include those sent in by officers of other divisions of the Geologi-
cal Survey, as follows :

Accession 146. Chipped point and grooved adze, from Kluaiic lake, Yukon. Col-
lected by Mr. D. D. Cairnes on Geological Survey expedition.

Accession 140. Archaeological specimen from mainland opposite south end of
Richmond island, at Nennorai, Mackenzie River delta. Collected by Mr. J. J. O'Neill
on Canadian Arctic expedition.

Presented.

Gifts were received as follows:

Accession 100. Celt from Cape Breton, Nova Scotia. Presented by Mr. O.
Tlicreoult.

Accession 101. One adze and two potsherds from Brantford, Ontario. Pre_sented
by Mr. G. N. Waugh, Brantford, Ontario.

Accession 103. Chipped pieces of chert, broken points chipped from stone, and core
of chert from the surface of the banks of the creek at Johnston City, Texas.
Presented by Mr. A. M. Scott, Ottawa.

Accession 104. Pive specimens of chipped stone, from Nova Scotia. Presented by
Mr. J. D. Cox, Upper Stewiacke, Nova Scotia.

Accession 105. Frsgments of Siouan pottery from Nett Lake, Minnesota. Pre-
sented by Mr. A. B. Reagan Nett Lake, Minnesota.

Accession 107. Arclucological specimens from St. John Island. Charlotte-burg
township, Glengary county, Ontario. Presented by Messrs. Leander and Stanley Cam-
eroi}, vSummerstown post-office, Ontario.

Accession 109. One potsherd, four celts, and three chipped points, from shell-heap
on Kerr point, on farm of Mr. Peter Millar, Merigomish harbour. Nova Scotia. Pre-
sented by Mr. Peter Millar, Merigomish, Nova Scotia.

Accession 111. Arrowhead from Escott, Leeds county, Ontario. Presented by Mr.
A. Dickey, Rockport, Ontario.

Accession 114. Sttm of a "broken pottery pipe and three soapstonc beads, from the
Simpson farm, Augusta township, Grenville county, Ontario. Presented by Mr. Robert
Simpson, Maynard, Ontario.

Accession 116. Broken unfinished stone pipe from Roebuck site, Ontario. Pre-
sented by Mr. Nathaniel White, Spcncervillc, Ontario.

Accession 117. Three fragments of pottery, from Edwardsburg township, Gren-
ville ('()unty, Ontario. Presented by Mr. Rufus Froom, Canlinal, Ontario.

Accession 119. Pendant and scraper, from Alexander point, lot 10, concession
VI 1, Wolfe I.>*land, Frontenac county, Ontario. Presented by Mr. D. IL Pike, Wolfe
Island, Ontario.

Accession 122. Stone knife from near Inxjuois, Duu^las county, Ontario. Pre-
sented by Mr. W. J. Wintemberg, Geological Survey.

fit .l/.l/.IA'l Rl.rORT 181

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

Accession 123. One stuue eelt aiul two eliipped stone points for arrows, from on or
near Six Nations Reserve, l^rant county, Ontario. Presented by Mr. Simeon Gibs4jn,
Mi(l<ll«'port, Ontario.

Accession KJO. Point lor spear or knife, made of eojiper, from hij^h land, soiitli-
ea.st of Fairy lake, Wri^^ht county, Quebec. Presented by Miss Cyntbia Garry, Ottawa.

Accession 132. Areluvolo^'ical specimens from lieothuk Indian sites, Newfound-
land. Presented by Professor F. G. Speck, University of Pennsylvania, Pbiladelpliia,
Pa.

Accession 138. Copper bead and ix>rtion of copper spike, found witb a skeleton on
Mr. James Bedborougli's farm, lot 23, conces.5iou III, M. T., Hallowell townsbip, Prince
Kdward county, Ontario. Presented by Mr. George Leslie, Picton, Ontario.

Accession 140. Shell beads found with skeleton on Mr. Bradshaw's farm, lot 15,
concession VIII, Sidney townshiji, Hastings county, Ontario. Collected by Mr. (ico.
Bailey, and presented by Dr. J. Potts, Stirling, Ontario.

Accession 142. Tliree points cliipped from stone, from the Great Slave Lake
n^ion. Presented by Mr. C. D. LaNauze, Corp. R.N.W.M. Police, Fort McMurray,
Alberta.

A collection of dui)licate specimens from the southern interior of British Columbia
was given to the Rocky Mountains Museum maintained by the Dominion Parks Branch
of the Department of the Interior at Banff, Alberta.

PART III.

PHYSICAL ANTHROPOLOGY.

(F. H. S. Knowlcs.)

Museum.

Exhibits.

During October three head and shoulder casts and two face masks of InKjuois
Indians, taken by F. W. Waiigh during field work at Si.\ Nations Reserve in Brant
county, Ontario, were prepared for exhibition in the Anthropological Hall. The thrtn.'
casts, and a i)lastcr bust of an Iroquois girl made by Mr. A. K. Rost, Oxford, En^iland,
on the basis of photograi)hs and measurements taken by Mr. Knowles in the summer of
1912, arc now in place on the Iroquois cases. A bust of Chief Tedlcnitsa of the Thomp-
son River Indiana (see below) has also been placed on exhibition.

Accessions.

^luseum material coming under the head of physical anthropology Was received in
the course of the year as gifts, as a result of field work undertaken by the Division, and
by purchase.

The gifts embrace:

From H. M. Nelson, Ottawa. —

Parts of skeleton from lighthouse site on island opposite Aylmer. Que. Collected
in 1900.

From Mrs. P. Le-jueur, Ottawa. —

Skeleton from lake in northern Florida. Collected by Mrs. R. \V. Baxter.

182 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

Erom Itobert Simpson, Maynard, Ontario. —

Skull from Iroquoiau village site on James Simpson's farm near Maynard, lot 2,
concession III, Augusta township, Grenville county, Ontario.

The material obtained in the course of regular field work for the Survey is as fol-
lows :

By W. B. Nickerson. —

Skeletal remains from various mounds in Manitoba.

By C. D. Brower, Point Barrow, Alaska, for Canadian Arctic exix>ditiou. —
Skeletal remains from northern Alaska.

By E. W. Hawkes.—

Eskimo skull from Eskimo point, west coast of Hudson bay.
Eskimo skull from Big island, Baffin island.

By F. W. Waugh.—

Plaster face mask of Levi Joe, Iroquois from Six Nations Reserve, Ontario.

Face mask of Hardy Gibson, Cayuga Chief at Six Nations Reserve, Ontario.

Head and shoulder cast of Simeon Gibson, Six Nations Reserve, Ontario.

Head and shoulder cast of David Jack, Iroquois of Six Nations Reserve, Ontario.

Head and shouUler cast of John Jamieson, Iro(iuois of Six Nations Reserve.
Ontario.

The five casts last enumerated were taken by Mr. Waugh during field work in the
summer of 1914, on the Iroquois of Six Nations Reserve, Ontario. The casting and
preparation for exhibition were done in the Museum by Mr. Waugh and Mr. Knowl&s.
The face mask of Chief John Tedlenitsa, a Thompson River Indian taken by H. I.
Smith in 1913, has been made into a bust by Mr. Waugh.

The material purchased otherwise than in course of field work embraces:

From Alfred Tremblay, (riffard. Que.

Skull and femur of Peetara Eskimo, Ponds inlet.

From Thomas Ueasy, Massett. —

Cranium found on roadside at Massett, B.C.

From A. E. Rost, Oxford, England. —

Plaster bust of Iroquois girl of Six Nations Reserve, Ontario (see alwve).

Photographic Work.

A series of 4.5 negatives of interest for the study of physical anthropology was made
from a numl)er of illustrations in various works dealing with the subject of early man.
These served as a basis for a set of lantern slides to be utilized for lecture purposes.

Research.

During August and September an examination was made pf the material col-
lected by tlic arciuvoloirical section from the Rocliuck siti' in Ontario. The various
skeletons were catalogued and numbered and the skulls and other bones restored and
repairer! wherever it was possible to do so. All other skeletal material in the Division
was similarly inspected, repaired, and catalogued to date.

Next, a careful examination was made of the skeletal material from an ossuary on
Dee's farm outside Tusearora, in Brant county, Ontario, collected by Mr. Knowles
in the sunmier of 1!'ll. From the skidls and long bones a number of notes and
measurements were taken and various tables drawn up to illustrate the distribution

SLMMAUY h'lU'OUT 183

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

of the iiK'asiiremoiits and indifcs. These will sn-vc as preliminary data for what it in
hdiK'd may eventually bo nn cxtendixl investigation into the physical clmraetori«tic8 of
the aneient inhabitants of eastern Canada.

Ill Oetoher there was reeeived a larffc aeeession of skcli-tal material from the
mounds of Sourisford and SnowHake in Manitoba. Tliis had been collected for the
.survey by Mr. W. H. Nickerson durin^y the summer; it was inspected, repaire<l, and
cMtalofrued.

From November 17 to December 11 research work was undertaken in the niuseum.s
of Toronto. In the Provincial Museum there is a remarkably fine collection of skulls
from Ontario, while in the Royal Ontario Museum the cranial collection of the late
Sir Daniel Wilson is housed. In the same museum there is also a very fine series of
skeleton remains collected by Profes.sor ^lontKomery from mounds in Ontario and
Afanitoba. Thanks to the courtesy of Dr. Orr and Mr. Currclly. Mr. Knowles was
enabled to obtain a detailed series of notes and measurements from over 200 .skulls
and a -small number of hmg bones. The majority of tliese were from ossuaries, so tliat
the material obtained should be of particular value for an investigation into the
physical characteristics of the ancient Ilurons. The remainder will be of use as
preliminary data for au investigation into the physical characteristics of the Algonkian
tribes.

184 UEVLOOICAL ,^UliVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

GEOGRAPHICAL AND DRAUGHTING DIVISION.

(C.-Omer Scnccal.)

During the past year, three members of the staff were transferred to other divi-
sions of the (Jeolog-ical Survey, the total remaining force, at present, comprising the
Geographer and Chief Draughtsman, his assistant, eight map compilers and draughts-
men, and one clerk. The appointment of a keeper of records is under consideration
by the Civil Service Commission. As soon as a suitable person is selected, work on
systematic classification and cataloguing of map records, correspondence, etc., will be
undertaken.

Attention was, as in the past, given by the chief of the division to the duties of
the (Geographic Board of Canada, of which he is a committee member.

During the year, new editions of a large number of maps were ordered to be
reprinted, including special editions for the Water Powers and Dominion Parks
Jiranches of the Department of the Interior, for the Mincis Branch of the Department
of Minims, and for tlie Geograiihic Board of Canada. Reprints of the complete set of
Geological Congress maps (138 maps) were also ordered for the French edition of the
Excursion Guide books. Most of these Congress maps have now gone through press.

There are at present, under construction in the office, several important maps
which have recjuired the contiimous attention of four compilers for the whole year.
These maps include, the Sudbury district, Ontario, the Nottaway district, Quebec, the
Gatineau district, Quebec, and the serial sheets of the Province of Nova Scotia. The
Sudbury and Gatineau maps are iiearing completion and will be engraved during the
coming year.

.s7 MMAin ni.roiir

185

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

The maps listrtl below were, a( tlie end nt* tlie r;il< ii<];ir Vinr. ill the ]i:in(K of tliO

Kind's Printer: —

Maps in Hands of King's Printer, December 31, 1914.

St-rieH A.

111

•21

71)
-■)

71
73

10!)

130

"i^V

Piil>licati<m
NuinbtT.

'I'itl.

S.>nt to
KingH I'riiittT.

11 71)
1I!)1
1226
1245
1246

13:".)

114S
114".)
12;-) 1
1253
1252
12.")4
1313

1400 to 1409

963
14S9
1447
144S
1449
14."iO
1457
14:8

772

885

886

990

1412

1413 to 1435

1479

1478

jNanaiino slicct. B.C., topoj^niphy

iDuiican shf»-t, B.C., t(>iK>K'ra|)liy

jNflsdii ami Churchill rivt-rs, .M:ii)it()l>a and Sa.skatciiewan. .

'Bn-chiii sheet, Ontario, t' p >graphy

iKirktioUl slieet, Ontario, topography

|\"an:in(la, Texada i^laml, B.CJ., top-ij^raphy

I Victoria sht^et, Vancouver islam!, B.C., to\K(graphy (reprint)
]Saanich slieet, Vancouver island, B C, t<>jK>graphy (reprint)

IVictoria sheet, Vancx^iuver island, B.C., geology

iSiuinich sheet, Vancouver i^land, B.C., geology

I VicUjria .sheet, Vancouver inland, B.C., surface gef>logy ....

Saanich sheet, Vancouver islaml, B.C., surface geology

I'rescott, Baxton, and Lake mines, Texada is-land, B.C.,

I topography

jTen key maps of Provinces and Territories for the catalogue

I of (uiblications

Moo.se Mountain region, geology (reprint)

I)iagrani of Bonanza creek, Yukon

I Diagram of Prairie hills and Dogtooth mountains

: Diagram of Albert canyon

Diagram of ( ilaeier

GerJogy of laihvay Ijelt lietween Golden and Revelstoke

.Structure section of Selkirk and Pnrcell mountains

iDiagram of majorsubdivisions of Cordillera and ajiproximate

distribution of Slnwwap terrane, B.C

Klondike mining district, Yukon, geology (reprint)

Klondike and vicinity, Yukon (reprint)

Klondike mining district, Yukon, auriferous gravel8(reprint)
.Conraii and Whitehorse mining districts, Yukon (repnnt). .

'Ci)al-tields of British Columbia

,23 diagrams of coal-fields of Briti.sh Columbia

iHur.ting territories of Timagami, Tijniskaming, Kipawa,

and Dumoine Indian bands, Ontario and C^uelx^c

St. Lawrence submerged coastal plain, l^uebec

July 11,

>. 11,

April 14,

.• 18,

.. 18,

.. 22,

u 30,

M 30,

.. 3C,

., 30,

,. 30,

., 30,

1912.
1912.
191.x
1914.
1914.
1914.
1911.
r.tl4.
1914.
19U.
1914.
1914.

May

Aug.

1914.

„ 11,

Sept. 14,

.. 14,

Oct. 28,

Nov. 6,

9,
Dec. 29,

1914.
l'.)14.
1914.
1914.
1914.
1914.
1914.

r.ti4.

1914.
1914.
1914.
1914.
1914.
1914.
1914.

1914.
1914.

The following- maps were drawn and engraved by the oflBce copper engraver: —

Victoria and Saanich sheets, B.C. Engraving completed.

Upix;r White Kiver district, Yukon, Topography. Engraving completed.

" " " Geology. Engraving completed.

Erank himlslide, lOOS, Alberta. In progress.

During the year, 12.') .sketch maps, diagrams, text figures, indexes, and other draw-
ings were prepared to illu.strate memoirs in course of publication for the different
divisions of the Department.

A list of the map editions received from the King's Printer, during the calendar
year, is appended herewith: —

186

GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

PL,

bo 03 2

°— s

CD o ^ 3

>, 0)
O tn

oj g
to

^ '^ ■ ■ ■ ■ '"^

n o
<<C5

o o

c o
0) bfi

O OO

^ a

T-l

bo
a

3. 2 -a
3 M a

•y S9lJ9t^

-^ 2

^ .S "O

^ o ^

0) M O

*^ a; 03

2 a .

-2^0

o
la's

-• C

• "S 5 M C

Oh--

-2 03

0) 3

o ,

a> o a>

_ 01 O

£ 3 »^

in r-

W . a-

a; X

^ a -

., a > _f3

'a la o "2

3 oii^ a^ g^

^ a J

U c3 O

a ^ a
•S o .3

o o o

K a 0^

'a t 'a
- o

CD '^

^ =5 a
r:2 cs a

cs X 3
02 H 3

rS^

o 3

>>i

' a

^^<2

to--
o -a

3 5
O

2 =3

1U.

a
o

-3

CO Ih J^ O
"^ 30 D "H

» ^5 rM -*J

SI " ^
H 'X Ph

. -1-3

. 33
e4H

o •

• O

(D '

• O

c3 .

o .

• d"

m .

. c8

; ty2

^3 :

a .

cS .

• 'Ti

■ a

• c8

d .

■^ .

. d

« .

. -^3

H .

. OS

. X

«t

. <13

03 •

a •

! oT

a •

. a

^H T

. ti

03 ■

a •

. >»

fc- •

• 773

•w

• <»

03 •

-u

•yA

■S "w

• oT

S.2

^ a

a •=

3 -M o

.2>

03 ^

r:: m

a S

03" rt

02 'g

=^ S 2
+^ .a a a

'O "y -H (B

|fibo2^
.5 a a
•a .s 43 n
.5 a 03 ^

a '^ -

" ^ 03

^ .5 ■'-' 33

3^^- 1"^

03 O —

-, 03 '=*-i CO 03

-.-J ^ O ^"^ '*i

I— I C4-1 ^-S .^ O 54H ,~.

^ o 03 X o o i;

o
a *^ a

:« cj

"*-* ^ '^ C '^^

_^ c3 o _

Ph 5 tsj Ah

^ c3_ 03

.2 32 a
-T? -^ ^

03 :e

a J= .s "2
•S3 g

Cl Ol
O I-

CO ^■D

Cl CO 00

CO Oi t-

CO ^ (M

O Cl

SIMM \i;y liiirORT

187

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

50
O

-C

PL4

o'/i

iaJl

•- f

CI i-

r!l

.. 00

^ -3

fen

oT >»

-3 f,

c .2

Ji a

o a

>-,

o a

W c

= r - «
5 g-^

.*• 60

5 -3
- u

>, 5C

2 3

be O

O 3

o y

H W

' JS
y
a

>> >. >^

iO 50 50

_2 _0 _3

O "3 O
ii 1) 0)
50 50 50

y y y

50 50 50

"o "3 3

0) 0) Ij .
50 50 50 >>

y y y

a = 3 >^ 3
3 3 3 IP o

.- .s .z ^

, . = c 2 ^

o 3 2 o o

a a

_ o o

a a a

o 0 o

>%-e >.

J- >> >, 3 ^^^ ^^

50 |0 I'* 2 5O.S 50

o S ^ tr-2 i- ^

J J ^OQy3 ya.DO a'D^^-O
x.'yyyxiyyyo<ux--.a*<i'a)

::3 w w w o M M aHOoQotfo

50 = Tr

Li =

>• a ;i >.>-.>»

50 3 Tf 50 to 50

"o 3 a. '3 "o "o
£1 o 3 i> a; x*

3 WEhOOO

-3 _a u

S ^ 2

a ■-' a

-•--^

^- a _a;

t- a

.2 — o
^ js ■<»<

3 J ■

.2 3-^^

_a _2 .a

•- X C

O C

a 3

o >

. O ,;

•g.5

^^^^

3j a5~ *3

C .r

.3 _2i
y

5C^

t. y

.= .= ? ?: ir t^ 2 - ^

^ I

a -^ *^ vp 7; ._i X ■%

a O .:; ^ a -a ~

•- — o -r i. •= = o
a H ?r^ 3 = -^ S

feS 5 ^i; s

• — X _ .a

- a =-2
ofSS

^ -x: O

d »3

y a>

y2 n:

-►J V

ao ^ y
y :S

en ■»->

c 5i

O 'y
« >^

3 *^

. >2

. 3

tr O

— S

3 G

ej g

5 ^ S ^- ^

^ ^ 45 p-1 -n

-2 .=«

c 3

O 72 ^

a; -'- ~ ~

y .^

a" "

x" cs a

- 2 3^ iT y

^ I ■= f^ ^
§ ^ -^^ ^ 2

ot: y °- =

c/:

3
o

y i^

a oi

. y.

-2 O

o
o

^ o

y irj ^
.S -T fl

, 3

I— I a) p
■2 y cj

'Z o

•ti 0,3

m 1:3

§ ! I

<3 (M

5 'S ^

= b 3 -a -

5r:^ .- — '

— , y; -^ <; -.

a 'S V a

a >; =

■ o -a
-a CO .S
y . y

Gut

oX c

- =*

3 -^

S3 G

-7- 3

- - O y
oj y a

— aj X
■5 J J

o ca

^' - 23

-•^ .1^ — a ■-. — c
3 'o '3 J' " "*

50 2 ? "" "-^

_3 -o

<e2

=^ .5 '3
,j^ C a

^3 >»

> *i

o -a w

y ■> 13
■^ -a o

Vj G >

a. y n
2.5 3

= 2 ?
Sd

a. j: -^

s X ;

W !» U ?► ^ ;4 C»

2-g

1 *

S3o

_ ^

- Oj

ej >
PU X

I a

s 2 G
I I I

r y

!z;

t^ -» ^D 10 I- — O ID lO Oi oj t- CO '.a Ti o —

l^ t— I- SC 1^ Tl O ^D t^ OS OS cc i~ 10 O x O

cc so cc « M .-M r: OS ec ^^ CI r^ -f ?o yj ^M ec

O Tl CO -^ -M O ^"3 M

Ci :a -^ X TO » 1": >o

CO— " — — Ti--r:oo

o — ri-f0i-0 3> coji-»o

CO CO CI — CO O -^ I CI -t OJ ^

-*• i3 I- O — « Ji -^
CO CI CI CO O CO CI

GEOLOGICAL PURVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

a
P5

bo
.S

pi
Q

(D C g 0) c

o) (H ?; IE fc-

o -t> _^ o -*^
'- 1=3 S J; £3

=« -S ^ ^ :S

C ^^ ^ d ^

=♦-1 v_/ =+-1

•- o -"^ o

to CO c OC M
o sc o ^ ''^

"o .S 'IS 'o .5

to
d
o
O

I ce

d a>
o x>

H
o

o
to

•y HOi.iOi,'

-a

ce
S

eS
u

»3

ce
Ph

' — '

0!
CO

.2
'S

d 05

^ o

CO ci_i

^ ^ O

bJD_§ d

O 05 C

1 ^«i

&€^ Q

O o;

^ ce o

-co

to CC 05

-tJ , I-;

.0 OS o

tj I— I d

£!< , «!

05 i; ^
o

aVhlMAia KLI'UJiT 189

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

LIBRARY.

(M. Calhoun, Act in (j Librarian.)

During tlic calendar year, 1,303 volumes and pamphlets were rcrivod as gifts or
exchanges, inehuling maps, reports, and publications of foreign Geological Surveys,
together with memoirs, transactions, and proceedings of the scicntitic societies of
Canada and other countries.

388 volumes were bound during the year.

14i) peri(><licals were .'subscribed for.

820 volumes were added by purchase, costing $3,307.32,

Up to the present year, the libraray had no facilities for filing and storing the
numerous maps in its possession. It is a pleasure to state that horizontal steel map
cases have now been installed, and all n)aps will be arranged, and made available for
use by the staff of the Survey, in the near future. A sy.stem of map classification is
being worked out by the library conuuittoe.

In atldition to the current cataloguing, the re-calaloguing of the old volumes in
the library was continued, and the work on the geographical and anthropological
sections has been completed.

Owing to the war, all German, Au.^^trian, and Belgian publications have ceased
coming to the library.

190 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

PUBLICATIONS.

(M. Sauvallc.)

The following reports have been published since January 1, 1914.^

1166. Memoiu no. 19. Mother Locle and Sunset mines. Boundary district, B.C. By O. K.

LeRoy. Published August 27, 1914.
1173. Memoih No. 20. Gold Fields of Nova Scotia. By W. Malcolm. Published February

21, 1914.
11 SS. Memoir No. 23. Geology of the coast and islands between the Strait of Georgia and

Queen Charlotte sound, B.C. By J. A. Bancroft. Published

January 16. 1914.
1190. Memoir No. 22. Preliminary report on the serpentine and associated rocks of southern

Quebec. By J. A. Dresser. Published June 29, 1914.
1225. Memoir No. 30. The basins of Nelson and Churchill rivers. By W. .Mclnnes. Pub-
lished February 4, 1914.
1242. Memoir No. 33. The geology of Gowganda mining division. By W. H. Collins. Pub-

li.shed January 2, 1914.
1280. Memoir No. 39. Kcwagama Lake map-area, Quebec. By M. E. Wilson. Published

September 9, 1914.
1288. Memoir No. 40. The Arch;i?an geology of Rainy lake re-studied. By A. C. Lawson.

Published September 11, 1914.
1290. The Archaeological collection from the southern interior of British Columbia. By H. I.

Smith. I'ublished April 29. 1914.
1293. Memoir No. 36. The geology of Victoria and Saanich map-areas, Vancouver island,

B.C. By C. H. Clapp. Published April 17, 1914.
1305. Summary Repoit of Geological Survey, Department of Mines for the calendar year, 1912.

Published June 17, 1914.

1309. Memoii! No. 41. The " Fern Ledges " : Carlxiniferous Flora of St. John, New Bruns-

wick. By Marie C. Slopes. Published October 28, 1914.

1310. Memoir No. 42. The Double-curve motive in northeastern Algonkian art. By F. G.

Speck. Published October 17, 1914.

1311. Memoir No. 43. St. Hilaire (Beloeil) and Rougemont mountains, Que. Bv J. J. O'Neill.

Published June 1, 1914.
1315. Memoir No. 44. Clay and shale deposits of New Brunswick. By J. Keele. Published

April 25, 1914.

1317. Memoir No. 45. The " Inviting-in " feast of the Alaskan Eskimo. By E. W. Hawkes.

Published July 16, 1914.
13"0. Memoir No. 48. Some myths and tales of the Ojibwa of southeastern Ontario. By

Paul Radin. Published April 21. 1914.
1342. Museum Bulletin No. 2: Contains articles Nos. 13 to 18 of the Geological series and No.

2 of the Anthropological series of Museum Bulletins. Published

July 30, 1914.

134 1. Memoir No. 51. Geology of the Nanaimo map-area. By C. H. Clapp. Published

October 27, 1914.
1357. Memdir No. 52. Geological notes to accompany map of Sheep River gas and oil fields,

Alberta. By D. B. Dowling. Tublished June 1, 1914.
1363. Memoir No. 53. Coal fields of Manitoba, Saskatchewan, Alberta, and eastern British

Columbia. By D. B. Dowling. Published December 7, 1914.
1366. Memoir No. 54. Annotated list of flowering plants and ferns of Point Pelee, Ont.,

and neighbouring districts. By C. K. Dodge. I'ublished October

30, 1914.

1368. Notes on Radium-bearing minerals. By W. Malcolm. Published July 10. 1914.

1370. Memoir No. 55. Geology of Field map-area, British CoUinibia and Alberta. Published

December 28, 1914.

1410. Memoir No. CI. Moo.se Mountain district, southern Alberta. By D. D. Cairnes. Pub-

Ii.slie<l October 27. 1914.

1441. Museum Bulletin No. 3. The Anlicosti I.sland fauna.s. By W. H, Twenhofel. Pub-
lished November 17, 1911.

1459. Museum Bulletin No. 4. The Crowsnest Volcanics. By J. D. M;*' kenzie. Published

November 24, 1914.

.sr.1/1/ !/.•)■ liEl'ORT 191

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

IttiT. Mu8tum Hullelin No. 5. A Beatricoa-liko orRani.sm from tli** miiMle Ordovlcian. IJy

P. E. Ilaymond. Published December 4, 1914.

1 ISL'. Museum Bullotin No. 7. A new species of DondiaKapuH ( DemlraRapua ohncurua Flem-

iiiRi) from .southern Yukon Territory. By P. A. Taverner. I'ub-
li.shod IHHember 19, lit 14.

1483. Museum Bulletin No. 8. The Huronl.in formations of Tlmlskamlnj? re«lon, Canada By

\V. H. C'ollina. Published Derember 28, 1914.

FllKNCri TB.\NSr,ATIONg.

(M. Sauvalli'.)

1008. Lac Scul and Cat Lake report, by Dr. A. W. C. Wil.son.

1080. Winlsk and Upper Attawapiskat rivers, by W. Mcltinea. Published in 1914.

1063. Report on east side of Lake Timiskaming, by Morley E. Wilson. Published in 1914.

1092. Memoir No. 1: Geology of Nipigon basin, by A. W. G. Wilson. Published August. 1914.

1098. Reconnaissance across the MacKenzie mountains on the Pelly. Ros.s. and fSravel rivers,
Yukon and North West Territories, by J. Keele. Publi.shed July. 1914.

1111. Memoir No. 4: Report on reconnaissance along National Transcontinental railway in
western Quebec, by W. J. Wilson. Published June, 1914.

lUU. Memoir No. 17-E: Geology and economic resources of Larder lake, Ontario, by Morley
E. Wilson. Published in 1914.

11C9. Report on explorations in the northeastern portion of the district of Saskatchewan and
adjoining portions of the district of Keewatin, by J. B. Tyrrell; and report on geo-
logical explorations in Athabaska. Saskatchewan, and Keewatin districts, by D. B.
Dowling. Published January, 1914.

1171. Memoir No. 18-E: Bathurst district, N.B., by G. A. Young. Published August 6, 1914.
1205. Memoir No. 24 : Preliminary report on clay and shale deposits in western provinces,
1911, by H. Ries and Jos. Keele. Published in 1914.

1218. Summary Report of the Geological Survey for the calendar year 1911. Published in

1914.
1243. Memoir No. 33: Gowganda mining division, by W. H. Collins. I'ublished October, 1914.

1328. Report on Graham island, B.C., by R. W. Ells. I'ublished July, 1914.

1329. Rei»ort on Ekwan river. Sutton lakes, and west coast of James bay, by D. B. Dowling.

Published May, 1914.

1330. Report on Klondike gold fields, by R. G. McConnell. Published December 9, 1914.

1331. Memoir No. 21 : Geology and ore deposits of Phoenix Boundary district, B.C., by O. E.

LeRoy. Published October 27, 1914.

1361. Memoir No. 3.'< : Report on National Transcontinental railway in southern Quebec, by

J. A. Dresser. Published August, 1914.

1362. Report on Moose Mountain area of the disturbed belt, southern Alberta, by D. D.

Cairnes. Published August, 1914.

1380. Catalogue of French public«ations of the Department of Mines: Geological Survey and
Mints Branch. I'ublished July 1, 1914.

1398. Report on Telkwa river and vicinity, B.C., by W. W. Leach. Published September 29,
1914.

192

GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

ACCOUNTANT'S STATEMENT.

(John Marshall.)

The funds available for the work and the expenditure of the Geological Survey for
the fiscal year ending March 31, 1014, were: —

Details.

AniountR voted by Parlianient

Civil list salaries

Explorations in British Cohinibia and Yukon.
Topographical surveys in British Coluu)bia. . . .

Explorations in North West Territories

Explfirations in Ontario

Explorations in Quebec

Topographical surveys in Quebec

Explorations in Sew Brunswick.

Explorations in Nova Scotia

Topograpliical surveys in Nova Scotia

Explorations in general.

Palseontological investigations

International Geological Congress

Ethnological investigations

Arctic expedition

Archieological investigations

Investigation of road metals

Publication of reports

Publication of niap.s

Printing and stationery

Specimens for nui.seuni

Instnnnents and repairs

Miscellaneous

Wages, outside service

Library

Civil government contingencies

I'hotoerapliic sujJplifS-

Advertising

Travelling expense.s

Compensation to John F. Lyons

Advances to be accounted for in 1914-15

Balance unexpended and lap.sed

ExjiHu-

(tiant.

diture.

: 1
$ cts.

$ cts.

522,230.66

155,381.99

28,335.70

27,274.03

9,691.03

9,531.98

6,576.35

4,820.18

5,557.21

6,110.77

2,328.89

7,728.09

6,656.86

9,961.77

7,314.66

6,671.25

l,4.:i9.66

409.89

60,111.03

14.876.97

17,025.87

13,872.65

9,121.32

8,230 38

7,693 38

6,2)1.10

3.620.80

1,577.35

1,350.30

792.78

400.00

2n.74

81,469. 6S

522,230.66

5 GEORGE V.

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

A. 1915

INDEX

Abbott, I'., acknowletlgments 60

Abendana, E. M., field assistant 147

Acadia Coal Company, acknowledg-
ments 148

Accountant's statement 192

Adams, H. S., field assistant 147

Adlard, L.. C. " 147

Agriculture, Manitoba 74

" North West Territories. ... 57

" Quebec, Harricanaw river. 98

" " norLhwesteo-n. . .. 95

Ainsworth map-area, report on 146

mining camp, British Col-
umbia, report on 38

Alabastine Company 86

Albert Manufacturing Company, ac-
knowledgments 102

Alberta. —

Borings 142

Calgary gas and oil field 143

Coal 50 52, 53, 55

Gas 51

Graphite 61

Hematite 61

Nickel 61

Oil 43, 50, 52, 53, 55

Okotoks Company, acknowledgments. 143

Pyrrhotite 61

Report on a reconnaissance along the
Red Deer, James, Clearwater, and

North Saskatchewan rivers 52

Report on Athabaska lake 147

Crowsnest sheet 147

" exploration between Ath-

abaska and Great Slave

lakes 55

Foothills area west of Por-
cupine hills 54

" geology of north shore of

Lake Athabaska 60

the Cretaceous sections on

the Crowsnest river. ... 62

" Rocky Mountains i)ark. .. 4 2

" Sheep River map-area. . . . 147

southern Alberta 43

Alcock, F. J., field work of 3, 56

report by 42

Allan. J. A., field work of 3

" report by 42

Allen. R. C. donation 12.S

Amisk Lake district, report on 67

Xnalysea of coal, Saskatchewan 66

Yukon 32, 33

copper ore. Yukon 31

" gas from Dingman's well.

Alberta 51

oil fronn Dingman's well,

Alberta 14.'>

oil-shale. Rosevale, N.S. .. 102

Ander.>ion. R. M.. field work of 153

report by 163

specimens collected

by 163

2&— 13

Paoi.

Andrews, L. R., acknowleilgments. . . . 148

" W. W., donation 128

Annes, E. C, field work of 12

Anthroi>ological division 8

AnthroiH>logy, Physiciil, report on.. .. 181

rei)Ort on 168

Appleton. Mr., acknowledgments . . . . 82

Appointments i

Arch creek, Yukon 24

Archaeology g

report on \T,

Arctic Coast anthropological investiga-
tion 174

" between Demarcation
point and the Macken-
zie river 112

streams, gold 115

" " survey 149

expedition, 1914, geological re-
port 112, 148, 163, 167

Asbestos, Quebec, Harricanaw river . . 98

Athabaska-Great Slave expedition.. .. 159

Athabaska lake 65

" report on 14 7

geology of . . . . 60
sandstone. Lake Athabaska. 61
North West Terri-
tories 58

Back creek, Yukon 28

F. H 26

" H. S 26

Bailey, L. W., acknowledgments . . . . 101
Baker Settlement, N.S.. investigation of

radio-active minerals 110

Bancroft. J. A., acknowledgments. . . . 136

M. F.. field assistant 41

Banker mine. B.C 39

Barbeau. C. M., field work of 172

Barlow, A. E., donation 136

F. J., field assistant 12

Bartlett, R. " " 12

Barton, W. L, acknowledgments 34

Bate, C. B., field assistant 147

Battle Lake mica mine, Quebec 94

Bearpaw shales, Alberta 47

Bee, T 26

Bell, A. H., field assistant 83

" A. J., acknowledgments 159

" W. A., field work of 5

" " report by 106

Belly River formation fossils 116

" series 43, 47

Beltlan system. B.C 38. 41

Bentley. W.. work of 153

Benton shales. Alberta 47

Bessemer Gas Engrine Company 51

Best, F 29

Betterton, Mr 27

Beuchat. H.. death of 2. 174

Biological divi,<»lon 7

report of. . 150

194

GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

Page.

Black Diamond Company, acknowledg-
ments 144

Blind River area, Ontario, work on. . . . 82

Boggs, O. D., field assistant 83

Bonham, J. B. " 147

Boring' records 7

Borings division, report of 138

Bosworth, T. O., donation 128

Botany 7

report on 150

Bouchard, T. D., aclaiowledgments . . . . 141

Bowen creek, Yukon 29

Braeburn-Kynocks coal area. Yukon. .. '■^'2

Breeze, W. L. 20

Brereton, W. P., acknowledgments. ... 72

Brian, M. E., acknowledgments 89

Brick, Manitoba, materials for 71

British Alberta Company, acknowledg-
ments 144

Brome county, Quebec, report on 98

British Columbia —

AnthroiKvlogical investigations . . . . 172

Borings 143

Botanical work 150

Chaloopyrite 39

Coal, Flathead map-area 42

" Graham island 35

Galena 39

Oil-shale, Graham island 35

Petroleum " " 35

Pyrite 39

Report on Ainsworth mining camp. . 38

" Flathead map-area . . . . 41

sheet 147

" Graham island 33

" Rainy Hollow map-area.. 146
" Revelstoke sheet and Ains-
worth map-area 146

triangulation lis

" West Kootenay 41

" Ymir mining camp .... 37

Tar, Graham island 36

Zinc blende 39

British Columbia Oil and Development
Company, dona-
tion 137

Oilfields Ltd., ac-
knowledgments ... 34
Broadback river, report on basin of. ... 95
Brock, R. W., deputy minister, appoint-
ment and resignation 1

Brome county, Quebec. r( port on 9S

Brooke, R. A., donation 128

Brown, J., acknowledgments 144

M. G.. assistant dry-plate photo-
grapher, appointment 2

Bruce area, Ontario, work on 82

" E. L., field work of 4

" " report by 67

Brumell, H. P. H., acknowledgments . . 94

Brunton. S.. field work of 4

" report by 91

Buchanan, W. A., acknowledgments . . 37

Buck, G.. acknowledgments 144

Buckingham map-area, Quebec, report

on 94

Building stone. Ontario 85

Bullion creek, Yukon 19

" Hydraulic Comi>any 20

Rnrgeas. A., acknowledgmonta 37

Burleigh, D. G.. don.itlon 1:^^

Burling. L. D.. field work of fi, 123

Page.
Burnthill brook, N.B., investigation of

radio-active minerals 110

Burpee, L. J., donation 128

Burwash creek, Yukon 22

Butts, E. W., axjknowledgments 42

Caimes, C. E., field assistant 34

D. D., field work of 2

" " report by 10

Caledonia map-area, N.S., report on. .. 103
Calgary Alberta Company, acknowledg-
ments 144

Diamond Drilling and Oil Com-
pany 144

" gas and oil field 143

" Petroleum Products Company,

acknowledgments 143

Calhoun, D. H., field assistant 146

" M., report by 189

Cambrian, Quebec t9

Cameron, A. E., field assistant 54

" Stanley, donation 180

Camsell, C, field work of 3

" " report by 55

Cannon, W., acknowledgments 144

Carboniferous, Yukon 15

Cash creek, Yukon 29

Cement, Manitoba, matei'ials for 71

Chalcopyrite, B.C 39

" Sask., Amisk lake 68

Chaleur bay, zoological field work. . . . 158

Chipman, K. G, field work 7. 148

" " report by 149

Chisana district 29

Church, G. B., acknowledgmfn'.s 136

Circe, J. A., field assistant 147

Clarke, J. M., donation 128

Claj —

Ontario, report on 87

Quebec, Harricanaw river 98

Saskatchewan 67

Clearwater river. Alberta 53

Clermont, 1j., field assistant 96

Coal-
Alberta 50, 52, 53, 55

British Columbia, Flathead map-area. 42

" " Graham island. .. 35

Yukon 32

Cobalt area, investigation for radio-
active minerals 91

Cockfield, W. E., field assistant 82

Cole, A. A., aclcnowledgments . . S3, 91, 136

Coleman, E.. aoknowledtrinents 37

Collins, "W. H., field work of 4

" rejwrt by 81

Concrete, Ontario, materials for 85

Connolly, Dr., acknowledgments . . 141
Consolidated Mining and Smelting Com-
pany, acknowledgments 38

Cooke, H. C, field work of 5

" " junior geologist, appoint-
ment 2

" " report by 9.'>

M. W., field a.sslstant 73

Cooper, C. H. B., field assistant 54

' '•^■<i)or, Yukon 30

Cormorants, investigation of 159

Cornish Stone Company 85

Cotd, R., acknowledements 141

Cowan.sville fault. Quebec 99

s( MMAin ur.i'imr

195

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

Page.

Cox, A., messongcr, appointment 2

J. D., donation 180

J. U., Held woik of 7, 118

Junior toi>Oi?iai)l>er, appoint-
ment 2

Craigiiiont-Burgess area, investigation

of radio-active minerals 93

Crawford, Mr., aclvnowle<lgments . . . . 167

Creighton, Mr. " .... 67
Cretaceous —

Alberta 52

British Columbia, Graham island ..33, 31

Manitoba, Pembina mountain 69

Saskatchewan, Wood " .... 65
Sections on the Crowsnost river, re-
port on 62

Yukon 15

Cristensen, A 27

Cross, W., work of 123

Crowe, _W. P., field assistant 104

Crown Gypsum Company 86

Crowsnest sheet, re-port on 147

Cruickshank, J. McO., field assistant . . 104

Cummings, C. L., field assistant 101

Currelly, Mr., acknowltdgmtnts 1S3

Dakota scries, Alberta 47

(Sioux) Indians 173

Darraugh, W. J., donation 129

Davies, S. J., field assistant 54

r>avis, N. B. •• 87

Dawson, J. H., acknowledgments.. .. 34

Dear, A. E., stenographer and typist . . 2
Dearness, J., botanical determinations

by 150

Delapola. E. L. C 27

Denis, T. C 98

Dennis, E. B., acknowledgments 160

Desjardins, P. " 136

Devenish, O. G. " 144

Devonian —

Alberta 43

Manitoba 77

North West Territorits. fospis .">H

Devono-Silurian boundary. Ontario. . . . 122

DeWitt, W. B.. acknowledgments. ... 37

Dickey, A., donation 180

Dicklson, Mr 148

Dickson, G., acknowledgments 144

Dingman, A. W. " 54, 144

C. W. " 54, 144

" well, analysis of oil 145

Discovery creek, Yukon 27

Dolmage, V., field assistant 34

Dome Company, acknowledgments. . . . 144
Dominion Gypsum Company, acknowl-
edgments 73

Donald. F. C, field assistant 100

Donations 168,180,181

Donkin. Hiram, acknowledgments. . . . 148

Dowling, D. B., field work of 3

" " report by 43

Duke River coal area, Yukon 32

Draughting division 9

" " report of 184

Dresser, J. A., acknowledgments .... 91

Drury, E. H.. donations 120

Drysdale. C. W., field work of 2

" report by 37

Dyer, W. S.. work of 123

26— 13 J

I'AUE.

I'arle, W. S., acknowledgments 42

Karnshaw, P., field assistant 148

Eastern Townships, Qutbi c, riporl on

granites of lOO

I'iistwood, J., donation 129

I'idmonlon-St. Mary series. Alberta. ... 46

Elder, Mr., acknowledgments 144

Ellsworth, L. V., field assistant 94

Entomology, report on 166

lOskimo 173, 174

lOspanola area, Ontario, work on.. .. 82

Esse.\ county, Ontario, road materials in. 90

Elheline volcanics, B.C 36

Ethnology 8, 168

Evans, A. C, field assistant 148

W. B., donation 133

ICve, A. S., acknowledgments 91

Falconer, F. S., field work of 7, 146

Faribault, E. R " 5

report by 103

Felker, T. G., acknowledgments 144

Ferguson. J. L., field assistant 103

Fernie shales, Alberta 47

Ferris, J. H., acknowledgments 83

Fetter, H. J., donation 137

Fidelity Company, acknowledgments . . 144

Fifteenmile Brook anticline, N.S 105

Firth river, Mackenzie district 112

Fish, Manitoba 75

North West Territories 58

Fisher brothers 22

Fitz Randolph, A. H., acknowUdgnients. 101

Flathead map-area, B.C., report on. . . . 41

" sheet, report on 147

Fletcher, C. R.. donation 137

Florence Mining Company, B.C 39

Foerste, A. F., donation 129

Foley, J. W., acknowledgments 83

Foote collection of meteorites 9

Foothills area. Alberta 45

" " report on 54

Forestry Branch, acknowledgments. ... 56

N.W.T 56

Forests. Manitoba 74

Forsey, F. E., cataloguer in 1 brary,

appointment 2

Fort Union formation, Sask 66

Fossils —

Arctic coast 11 •'5

Carboniferous, Nova Scotia ..106. 107. 108

Cretaceous, Alberta 62

Devonian, Manitoba 77

" North We.'^t Territories. .. 56

Jurassic. British Columbia 34

Silurian, Manitoba 75

Vertebrate, Belly River formation . . 116

Foster, M. C field assistant 101

Fourth-of-July creek, Yukon 17

Franklin c.imp, B.C.. work at 38

Fraser, Colin, acknowledgments 160

" \^^ R., field assistant 146

Fredea, M. " " 147

Freeland, E. E.. field work of 7. 147

" " Junior topographer, ap-
pointment 2

Freeman. C. H.. topographical assist-
ant 147

Froom. Rufus. donation 180

196

GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

5 GEORGE v.. A. 1915

Page

Galena, B.C 39

Quebec, Harricanaw river. ... 98

Sask., Amisk lake 68

Galletly. J. S., donation 129

Game, Manitoba 74

" North West Territories. 58

" Quebec, Harricanaw river .... 97

Gardiner, F. E., field assistant 94

Garry, Cynthia, donation 181

Gas, Alberta 51, 143

" Manitoba, possibilities of 71

" New Brunswick 102

Gaspe, zoological work at 1.53

Geographical and draughting division. . 9

" division, report of 184

Geological " progress of . . . . 2

" " report of 10

Gibson, Simeon, donation 181

Gilbert, L. A., field assistant 102

Glacial period, B.C., Graham island.. .. 34

Glaciation, N.W.T 60

Gladstone creek, Yukon 18

Gold-
Arctic Coast streams 115

Nova Scotia 104

Quebec, Eastern Townsh'ps lOO

Saskatchewan, Amisk lake 67

Yukon 13

Gold ores, possibilities of. North West

Territories 60

Gold-bearing series, Nova Scotia . . . . 103

Goldenweiser, A. A., field work of.. ..8, 173

Goldthwait, J. W., acknowledgments. . 101

" " field work of . . . . 5

" report by 102

Goodwillie, Mr., acknowledgments. ... 83

Gordon, L. E., field assistant 67

Gould, L. W., field assistant b4

Gow, J., acknowledgments 83

Gow's q.uarry at Fergus 85

Grafton anticline. Nova Scotia 105

Graham, H. H., field assistant 146

" island, B.C., report on 33

" Island Coal and Timber Syn-
dicate, acknowledgments . . 34
Island Collifries Company,

acknowledgments 34

W. T., field assistant 83

Granites and gneisses, I^ake Athabaska. 61
" " North West Te-

ritories . . 59
" of the Eastern Townships of

Quebec, report on 100

Graphite, I>ake Athabaska 61

Gray, W. J., donation 129

" field assistant 37

Great Slave lake 55

Green, O. V.. acknowledgments 4 2

Grobe. D. E. " 37

fJuclph formation. Ontario 83

Gwillim, J. C, acknowledgments 54

Gypsum and brines In Manitoba, report

on 73

" Manitoba 78

New Brunswick, St. John. ... 101

Ontario 86

Hackett, Mr, acknowledgments 67

Hagarty and adjoining townships. On-
tario, investigation of radio-active

minerals Ill

Pagb.

Haida formation, British Columbia . . 36

Haire, FL E., acknowledgments 83

Haliburton county, Ontario, investiga-
tion of radio-active minerals 112

Halkett, Andrew, acknowledgments ... 154

Hambleton, Mr. " ... 83

Hamil, C. B., field assistant 98

Hanrahan, E. C, acknowledgments.. .. 107

Hargrave, R.C., field assistant 52, 6^

Harper, F., field work of 56, 153

report by 159

" zoological work by. ... . . 159

Harricanaw basin, Quebec, report on . . 96

Har\'ey, C. H., acknowledgments. . . . 103

Har\ie, R., donation 137

field work of 5

report by 98

Hastings county, Ontario, investigation

of radio-active minerals Ill

Haultain, A. G., field work of . ..7, 56, 147

Hawkes, E. W. " 8, 173

Haycock, Prof. E., acknowledgments, 103, 107

" " donations 12©

Hayes, A. O., field work of. 5

" junior geologist, appoint-
ment 2

" " report by 100

Heath. H. J., field assistant 82

Hematite, Lake Athabaska 61

Hennessey, J. J., acknowledgmerits. ... 37

" Frank, field work of 159

Henshaw, H. W., acknowledgments. . . . 154

Herron Elder Company " .... 145

Hewitt, C. G., donation 129

" honorary curator of en-
tomology, appointment . 9

" " report by 166

Hidden creek, Yukon 2*

Highland claims, B.C 38

Hildreth, C. A., donation 129^

Hill, J., junior geologist, appointment.. 2
Horton-Windsor Carboniferous area, re-
port on 106

Hovis, J., acknowledgments 144

" M. " 144

Howard, S. W. " 8S

Hudson Bay Company, acknowledg-
ments 5&

Hume, G. S., field assistant 83

Huron Indians of Lorette 172

lake, report on north shore of . . 81

road materials on 89^

Hutton, W. S., assistant photographer,

appointment Z

Hyde, J. E., field work of 6

report by 107

Indian creek, Yukon 29

Indians. See Anthropology.

Infusorial earth, N.S 106

Ingall, E. D., report by 138

" work of 7

Intercolonial CoaJ Company, acknowl-
edgments 148

Interior Iiopartmcnt, acknowledgments. 56
International Supply Company, acknowl-
edgments 144

Troeiuois Indians 17J

iS'Ljy.)/ 1 AM i-ri'oh'r

197

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

PAoa.

Jacksonboro, Ont., investigation of

nulio-active minerals 93

Jaoquots eopper claim. Yukon 31

James, A. M., field assiatant 100

II. H., acknowledgments 136

river. Alberta 52

W. R. 29

Janse Drilling Company, acknowledR-

ments lU

Jenness, D., field work of 8

" report by 174

Jdhansen, Fritz, field work of 167

report by 167

Johnson, C. E., wax worker and col-

ourist, appointment 2, 152

Johnston, Mr., acknowledgments 144

R. A. A., reix>rt by 134

" " work of 6

W. A., field work of 4

" " report by 81

Jones. H. W.. acknowledgments 160

Jumpingpound section. Alberta 49

Jurassic, B.C., Graham island 34

Yukon 15-

Kaeding, G. E., acknowledgments . . . . 136

Keele, J., field work of 4

" report by 87

Kelso, J., acknowledgments 144

Kent county, Ontario, road materials in. 90

Kerby, F. M. donation 137

Kindle, E. M., field work of 6

" report by 122

Kirkland lake, investigation for radio-
active minerals 92

Kline, H 26

Kluane district, Yukon 14

Knight, Mr., acknowledgments 103

Knowles, C. W., field assistant 104

F. H. S., donations 168

" " physical anthropol-
ogist, appoint-
ment 2

report by 181

Knox, J. K., field assistant 83, 89

Koot> nay L.Tke valley 41

" series. Alberta . 47

" West, report on 41

Labrador, anthropological investigation. 173

Lake, A, acknow'edgments 107

Lake Rheaume mica mine, Quebec. ... 94

Lakfs, A., acknowledgments 37

Lamb, R W 24

W. B 24

Lambe, L. M., report by 116

" " work of 6

Lance formation, Sask 65

Lang, Mr., acknowledginents 83

Langford, Mr. " 83

La Nauze, C. D., donation 181

Lawson, W. E., field work of 7, 146

Lead ore. Fort Resolution, N.W.T. . .. 56

Leander, Mr., donation 180

Leffingwell, E. DeK., acknowledgments. 112

Legree, J., donation 137

LeRoy, O. E., field work of 2

I'AiiB.

Leslie, E.. field assistant 147

" George, donation 181

LeSueur, Mrs. P., donation 181

Library, report on 189

r..i^vre River locality. Que., investigation

of radio-active minerals 110

Lime, Ontario 85

Lhxl.say, ("has., acknowledgments . . • • 159

Ijinguistics 168

Livingstone Fork Syndicate, . acknowl-
edgments 144

" river. Alberta, section on. 46

" \V., acknowledgments 144

LcKlge, M., acknowledgments 102, 107

Logan, J. F., field assistant 107

Lost mountain, B.C., work at 38

Lyndoch tp., Ont.. investigation of

radio-active minerals Ill

Lyons. T. C, acknowledgments 136

MacDonald, J. M.. acknowledgments . . "4

MacKay, B. R., field work of 7, 148

C. A., field assistant 148

" G. J., technical officer, appoint-
ment 2

MacKenzie, J. D., field work of 3

report by 33. 41

MacLean, A., field work of 4

" " report by 69

MacLennan, A. D., acknowledgments. 12, 14

MacMillan. Stephens L., field assistant. 160

McAdam, H. N., work of 139

McArthur, J. D., acknowledgments. ... 73
McCallum, Peter " .... 159
McCann, W. S. " .... 60
McClelland, Thomas " .... 160
McConnell, R. G., deputy minister, ap-
pointment 1

McDad, G 27

McDonald, K. D., field assistant 14 4

R. C. " 118

McDougall Segur Oil Company, ax:-

knowledgments 143

Mcintosh, D. S., acknowledgments.. .. 103

Wm. " .... 101

MeKinnon, A. T.. work of 6. 135

McLean, Mr 27

S. C, field work of 7, 148

McLeam, F. H. " 3

" " report by 62, 72

McLenham, J. A., donation 129

McLennan, J. A., field assistant 41

McLeod, A., field assistant 95

McMillan, G., acknowledgments 83

McMillan, M. J., field assistant 148

McNally, H. A. " 67

McPhail, D. S. " 1^7

McRae, C. B., acknowledgments 143

C. D.. donation 12*>

Macdonald, J. A., field assistant 147

Mack, C 28

Mackenzie district 112

•• River delta 149

Macoun, John, field work of 7

" " report by 150

J. M.. field work of 7

" " report by ISO

Mjidoc-Marmora area, Ontario. Investl-

gration of radio-active minerals - • 93

198

GEOLOGICAL ,<;URrET

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

Page.

Maestro mine, B.C 39

Mailhiot, A., field work of 5

" report by 100

Malaga anticline, N.S 105

MaUoch, G.S., death of 2

Mamainse point, investigation for radio-
active minerals 92

Manganese, N.B., St. John 101

Manitoba —

Agriculture, timber, and game'. 74

Anthropological investigation 17.3

Archaeology- 178

. Borings 142

Brick and cement, materials for .... 71

Gold 67

Oil and gas, possibilities of 71

Report on Araisk Lake district fi7

" of cores of "Winnipeg wells . . 72

" on gj'psum and brines 73

" on Pembina mountain 69

Manitoba Gypsum Company, acknowl--

edgments 7.3

Maple Leaf mica mine, Quebec 94

Maritime Bridge works, acknowledg-
ments 148

" Oilfields Company, acknowl-
edgments 102

Marshall, John, report by 192

J. R., field assistant 82

Masset volcanics, B.C 36

Matthew, C. F., acknowledgments. . . . 101

Maude formation, B.C 35

Mellor. Sergeant, acknowledgments ... 160

Merigomish harbour, archaeology . . . . 178

Meteorites 9

collection of 136

Millar, Peter, donation 180

Millen, J., acknowledgments 89

Miller, Mr 28

" W. G., acknowledgments 83

W. H., field assistant 147

Mineralogy 6

report on 134

Missisquoi county, Que., report on.. .. 98

Missouri River section 43

Moir, C. J., field assistant 69

Molybdenite, Sask., Amisk lake 68

Monarch Company, acknowledgments. . 144

" vein, Sask.. Amisk lake .... 68

Moncton map-area, N.B., report on. . . . 101

Monroe formation, Ontario 84

Moose Lake mica mine. Quebec 94

Morgan, L.. donation 129

Mr 27

Morrison. .T. H. T., field assistant.. .. 148

Mosher, Mr., acknowledgments 67

Mount Stephen Company, acknowledg-
ments 144

Murdoch. W.. acknowledgments 101

Murray. T. T IS

Museum 9

Nansen creek, Yukon 27

district, Yukon 25

Naramore, C, acknowledgments 144

Nattress, T. " 83

Neilson, A. B. '* 72

Mr 27

Nelson, H. M.. donation 181

•• p 29

Page.

Nettell, A. J. C, field assistant 56

New Brunswick —

Borings 140

Gas 102

Gypsum, manganese, and petroleum., loi

Report on Moncton map-area 101

" radio-active minerals. . . . 110

" St John map-area 100

New Glasgow map-area, report on.. .. 148
" Ross, N.S., investigation of radio-
active minerals 109

Nichols, D. A., field work of 7, 147

Nickel, Lake Athabaska 61

Nickerson, W. B., field work of 9, 178

No. 1 mine, B.C 40

Nootka Indians 172

Northwest Drilling Company, acknowl-
edgments 144

North West Territories —

Agriculture 57

Fish 58

Forests 58

Game 58

Lead-zinc ore near Fort Resolution.: 56

Possibilities of gold ores 60

Zoological work 159

Report on exploration between Atha-
baska and Great Slave lakes.. .. 55
Nottaway river, report on basin of . . . . 95
Nova Scotia —

Archaeology 178

Borings 140

Gold 104

Report on Caledonia map-area 103

" New Glasgow map-area. . 148
" radio-active minerals. . . . 109
" the Horton— "Windsor Car-
boniferous area 106

" physiography and surface

geology of 102

*' traverse control 148

" Windsor and Pennsylvania

formation 107

Tungsten 105

Nova Scotia Steel and Coal Company,

acknowledgments 148

Ob?rholser, Harry, acknowledgments . . 154

O'Day, J., acknowledgments 144

Oil-
Alberta 43. .tO. .^^2. .">3, 55, 143

Dingman's well, analysis of 145

Manitoba, possibilities of 71

Oil-shale. B.C., Graham island :'"i

Oldman river, section on 63

O'Neil, J. J., field work of 6

" report by 112

Ontario —

Anthropological investigations 173

Archaeology -178

Borings 141

Building stone 85

Crushed stone for road metal and

concrete 85

Gypsum 86

Lake, road materials near 90

Lime 85

Rei>ort on investigation of the clay

I resources 87

" investigation of radio-
active minerals .. ..91, 111

SH MMAin h'i:i'()liT

199

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

I'AOE

Ontario — Con.

Keport on Lake Simcoo and Rainy

River ilistricts 81

" reconnaissance of the

north shore of Lake

Huron 81

•' road material 88

■' upper and middle Silur-
ian of southwestern On-
tario 82

Salt 86

Ojibwa Ijulians 173

Ordovician. Quebec 99

Sask., Amisk lake 67

Ornithological records, N.W.T 162

Orr, Dr., acknowledgments 183

Orrell, H. S., donation 129

Ottawa Petroleum Company, acknowl-
edgments 144

Page. G. B., field assistant 107

Palteobotany, report on 130

Pala?ontolog>- 6

stratigraphic, report on . . 122

" vertebrate, report on.. .. 116

Palseozolc, Yukon 15

Palmer, C. H., field assistant 147

Pan creek, Yukon 29

Parker, W. L., acknowledgments., ..!M. 1X»>

Partington Pulp and Paper Company.. 100

Patch, C 7

" work of 153

Pearce, S. K., acknowledgments 54

" W. " 144

Pearson, Mr, acknowledgments . . . . 144

Peck, H. M., field assistant 147

Pekisko creek. Alberta, section on.. .. 48

Pembina mountain, Manitoba, report on. 69

Penhale, M. H. S., field assistant.. .. 147
Pennsylvania formations at Parrs-

boro. N.S 107

Pentz. J. A., acknowlederments 107

Perc^, zoological work at 153

Perkins, W. O., acknowledgments.. .. 141

Perraud, A., donation 129

Peters, C H., and Sons, quarry 100

E., acknowledgments 37

Petroleum, B.C.. Graham island 35

N.B., Monet on 101

Photographic division 9

Physiography of Arctic coa-st 112

" Nova Scotia 102

Piche. P. E., donation 137

Pied des Monts lake, investigation of

radio-active minerals Ill

Pierre shale, Sask 65

Piers, H.. acknowledgments 103

Pike, D. H., donation 180

Pleistocene, N.W.T 58

Yukon 15

Poitevln, E., work of 6, 135

Porcupine gold area, investigation for

radio-active minerals. ... 92

hills. Alberta 46

Pott.s. J., donation 181

Pre-Cambrlan —

British Columbia 38. 41

Lake Athnbfl.«rka, Alberta and Saa-

katrhewan 60

North West Territories r.s

Quebec. Harrlcanaw river 97

" northwestern 95

Paob.
Pre-Cambrlan — Con.

Saskatchewan, Amisk lake 67

Yukon IS

Prlbylov islands, botanical work on . . 151

Prince Albert claims, Saskatchewan . . 68

Printz, C 2"

Prowse, S. K.. field assistant 147

I'rudential Compjiiiy, acknowledgments. 14<

Publication division 1

Publications, report on 191

I'ugh, J. D., acknowle<lgments 144

Purcell series, British Columbia .... 41

Purity Company, acknowledgments.. .. 144

Pyrite, British Columbia 39

" Quebec, Harrlcanaw river .... 98

Pyrrhotite, Lake Athabaska 61

Quaternary. See Superficial 97

Quebec —

Agriculture, Harrlcanaw rivtr 98

Anthropological investigations . . . - 172

Borings 140

Clay, Harrlcanaw river 98

Game " " ^'

Gold, Eastern Townships 100

Mica and feldspar mines 94

Northwestern, timber and soil .... 95
Pyrite, asbestos, galena, Harrlcanaw

river '"

Report on Buckingham map-area.. .. 94
Brome and Missisquol

counties 98

granites of Kasttrn Town-
ships ^00

" radio-active minerals. . . . 110
the basins of the Nottaway

and Broadback rivers.. 95
" the Harrlcanaw basin north
of the Grand Trunk Pa-
cific railway 96

Thetford and Black Lake

map-area 147

Road metal ^"®

Timber, Harrlcanaw river 97

Waterfalls on Harrlcanaw river. ... 96

Zoological field work 153, 158

Queen Charlotte Islands, borings .. .. 143
" series, B.C., Graham

island.. 34

Queens county, N.S 103

Quirke, T. T., field assistant 82

Radin, P., donation 1*^

field work of 8, 173

Radio-active minerals in Eastern Can-
ada 109

" " Ontario, in-
vestigation of. 91

" mineral collections 135

Rainy Hollow map-area, topography.. 146

" River di.'^trict. report on 81

Reafle. P., acknowledgments 107

Reagan, A. B.. donation 129, ISO

Recent deposits. N.W.T 58

Record Company, acknowledgments. . . . 144

Red Deer, Alberta, fossils from 9

" river. Alberta 52

■• " fossils from H''

Reddlngton. J. A., acknowledgments . . 82

Relnecke, T>.. field work of 4

" report by 88

200

GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

Pagb.

Renfrew county, Ontario, investiga-
tion of radio-active minerals Ill

Revelstoke sheet, report on 146

Reynolds, G., acknowledgments 144

Road materials in Ontario, report on.. 88

" metal, Ontario 85

" Quebec. Eastern Townships 100

Robbins, P. A., acknowledgments . . . 136

Robert, J. A., work of 139

Roberts, M., acknowledgment 34

Robertson, J. " . 102

JF. '■ .. .; ;; :; 91

W. F., donation 129

Robinson, C. W., field work of 5

" " report by 109

Rocky Mountain limestone. Alberta. ... 48
park. Alberta, report

on 42

Rogers, W. R., acknowledgments.. .. 83

Roscoe. H. M., field assistant 101

Rose, B., field work of 3, 43

junior geologist, appointment. 2

report by 52, 64

Ross, G., acknowledgments 107

Rossland. B.C., work at 37

Round Lake area. Ontario, work on. . . . 82
Royal Northwest Mounted Police, ac-
knowledgments 56

Ruby creek, Yukon 16

Ruthven, A. G., acknowledgments.. .. 154

Ryan, A., acknowledgments 141

C. W., field assistant 148

Rymar, J 28

St. John map-area, N.B., report on.. .. 100
St. Urbain, Que., investigation of radio-
active minerals Ill

Ste. Hyacinthe, Que., work at 98

Sadlerochit river, Alaska 112

Salina formation, Ontario 84

Salmon, R. S., acknowledgments . . . . 160

river, B.C., gold camp, work at. 38

Salt, Manitoba 73

" Ontario 86

" water, Manitoba 80

Sandilands, B. RL, acknowledgments . . 34

Sanson, N. B., donations 121

Sapir, E., field work of 8

report by 168

Saskatchewan —

Borings 142

Clays 67

Galena, Amisk laJfe 68

Gold 67

Molybdenite, Amisk lake 68

Pyrite, Amisk lake 68

Report on Amisk Lake district .... 67

Athabaska lake 147

" geolog>- of north shorf of

Lake Athaba.ska 60

Wood Mountain coal area. 64

Stibnite, Amisk lake 68

Saskatchewan river, north 53

Saulteaux Indians of northern Ontario. 173

Sauvalle, M., report by 190

Sawback formation. Alberta 43

Sayler. T., acknowledgments 144

Scheelite. N.S., Investigation of radio-
active minerals 110

Schofleld. S. J., field work of 3

" report by 38

Page.

Schuchert, C, acknowledgments 107

Scott, A. M., donation 180

R. G., field assistant 146

Sedimentation, investigation on 122

Segur, C, acknowledgments 144

Oil Company, acknowledgments. 144

Selkirk series, B.C 41

Sen^cal, C. Omer, report by 1S4

Sesekinika, investigation for radio-ac-
tive minerals 92

Sexton. Mr., acknowledgments 103

Shattuck, Mr., acknowledgments .... 83

Shaw, Mr 28

Sheep Creek, B.C., gold camp, work at. . 38

Yukon 21

" " lignite 32

" River map-area, Alberta, report

on 53, 147

Sheppard, A. C. T.. field work of . . ..7, 147
" " on war service.. .. 146

Silurian, Manitoba 75

" Sask., Amisk lake 67

Silver Hoard mine, B.C 39

Simcoe Lake district, report on 81

Simpson, Miss, donation 133

R., donation 180, 182

Sinclair, J., acknowledgments 54, 144

Slipper, S. E., field work of 3, 43, 139

" " report by 53, 143

Slocan series, B.C 41

Smith. H. I., field work of 8, 178

Snazelle, C. A., donation 130

Snively. F. L., acknowledgments SZ

Soils, Ontario, mapping of 81

Southern Alberta Company, acknowledg-
ments 144

Spearman," C, acknowledgments .. .. 91

Speck, F. G., donations 168, 181

Spence, J. "W., field assistant 148

-Sproule, E. J., field assistant 147

Staff, changes in 1

Stansfield, E.. analyses by 145

Sterling Oil Company, acknowledg-
ments 144

Sternberg. C. H.. field work of 6. 116

" C. M., preparator, inverte-
brate palaeontology, appointment 2

Stevens, H. M., acknowledgments. . . . 136

Stewart. J. S. " .... 54

" field work of.. ..3. 43. 46. 48

" " report by 54

" Marie C, work by 152

Stibnite, Sask., Amisk lake 68

Stirling, J. T., donation 130

Stitt, J. B., field assistant 67

Stokes. H. G., donation 137

Stopes, M. C, fossil collection 130

Stratigraphic palieontology 6-

Stratigraphy of Arctic coast 113

Strickland, L., field assistant 104

'Sudburj-, Investigation of radio-active

minerals 93

" reconnaissance 148

Superficial deposits —

Nova Scotia 102

Ontario, mapping of Si

Quebec, Harric^naw river 97

Saskatchewan 66

Surface geology of Nova Scotia 102

Sutherland, T. F., acknowledgments . . S3

Swanson, A 18

Swa.^lika, investigation for radio-active

minerals 92

SUMMARY REPORT

201

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26

PAOB.

Table of formations —

Alberta and Saskatchewan, Lake

Athabaska 60

British Columbia, Crraham island.. .. 35

North West Territories .58

Saskatchewan. Wood mountain 65

Talt.son river, N.W.T., exploration on . . 57

Tantalus coal area, Yukon 32

Tanton, T. L., field work of 5

report by 96

Tar. B.C., Graham island 36

Taverner, P. A 7

'• " report by 152

Tazin series. Lake Athabaska 61

" North Wt St Te-ritories. . .. 59

Tchawsahmon valley, Yukon 29

Teasdale. A., acknowledgments 82

Teit, J. A., field work 8

Teller. E. E., acknowledgments 83

Ter Fry, Mrs. " 107

Tertiary, B.C., Graham island 34

" Sask., Wood mountain. ... 65

Yukon 15

Tatamagouche creek, Yukon 22

Thereoult, O., donations 180

Thetford and Black Lake map-area, re-

IK)rt on 147

Tindir group, Yukon 15

Timber, Quebec, Harricanaw river. ... 97

" " northwestern 95

Todd. Clyde, acknowledgments 153

Topographical division, field work of . . 7

" " report of . . . . 146
Traverse control. Queens county. Nova

Scotia 148

Trenton, Quebec 99

Triangulation in Similkameen and Oao-

yoos districts. B.C 148

TYiassic, B.C., Graham island 34

Tungsten. N.S 105

Turcot, N., acknowledgments 141

Turner, E., presented specimens 1(W

" Valley anticlines. Alberta .... 49

T>'rrell, J. B., donations 137

United Oil Company, acknowledgrmenta.
Upper White River district, Yukon . .

143

Van Alst. A., acknowledgment.s 144

Van Amburg. G. O., field assistant.. .. 148

Vancouver island 150

Vertebrate palaeontology 6

Villeneuve mu-scovite-feldspar mine,

Quebec 94

Walker, L. I., field assistant 96

T. L.. donation 137

Wallace, R C, donation 137

" " field work of 4

" " report by 73

Wallingford, E., acknowledgments. ... 94

Wallis. W. D., field work of 8, 173

Washburn, Mr., acknowledgments .... 37

Water and borings division, report of . . 138

Waterfalls, Quebec, Harricanaw river. . 96

Watkins, L.. donation 130

Paob.

Watt. E., acknowledgments 94

Watts, W., donation 137

Waugh. G, N. " 180

F. W.. field work of 8, 173

Waverley, N.S., investigation of radio-
active minerals 110

Webber creek, Yukon 28

Weber, R., palseontologlcal artist 118

Weir, Mr., acknowledgments 144

Weller. S. " 83

Wellington. S. " 136

Wemecke, L. " 34

West Caledonia anticline, N.S 105

Western Pacific Company, acknowledg-
ments 144

Whelihan, Mr., acknowledgments .... 83

Whiskey Lake area, Ontario, work on.. 82

White, Dr., report on fossils 131

" D., acknowledgrmenis 107

" Nathaniel, donation 180

Whiteburn anticline, N.S 105

Whitehorse coal area. Yukon 32

Whitman, A. R., acknowledgments.. .. 136

Mr. " .... 148

Whittaker, E. J., field work of ..6, 122, 123

Wilkinson, J. B., field assistant 148

Williams, M. Y., field work of 4. 6

" " junior geologist, ap-
pointment 2

" " report by 82

Willow Creek section. Alberta 48

" " series. Alberta 4fi

Wilmot, V. E.. field assistant 38

Wilson, A. E., work of 123

F. C, field assistant 148

M. E., field work of 4

" " report by 94

W. J., report by 130

" work of 6

Windsor and Pennsylvania formation In

Nova Scotia 107

formation of Cape Breton Is-
land 108

Winning, B., acknowledgments 94

" " donation 137

Winnipeg wells, report on 72

Wintemberg, W. J., donation 180

field work of . . . .9, 178

Wood Buffalo. N.W.T 161

•' Mountain coal area, report on . . 64

Wooaey, Mr., acknowledgments 67

Wright, J. T., Mr. and Mrs., acknowledg-
ments. 34

W. J., field work of 5

report by 101

Ymir mining camp, B.C., report on ... . 37

Young, C. A 7

C. H., field work of 153

Yukon —

Coal 32

Copper 30

Gold 13

Southwestern, report on 10

Zinc blende, B.C ^9

" ore, N.W.T 56

Zoology 7

" report on 152

LIST OF RECENT REPORTS OF GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

Since 1910, reports issued by tbe Geological Survey have been called memoirs
and have been numbered Memoir 1, Memoir 2, etc. Owing to delays incidental to
the publishing of reports and their accompanying maps, not all of the reports have
been called memoirs, and the memoirs have not been issued in the order of their
assigned numbers, and, therefore, the following list has been prepared to prevent
any misconceptions arising on this account. The titles of all other important publi-
cations of the Geological Survey are incorporated in this list.

Memoirs and Reports Published During 1910.

REPORTS.

Report on a geological reconnaissance of the region traversed by the National Transcon-
tinental railway between Lake Nipigon and Clay lake, Ont. — by W. H. Collins. No. 1059.

Report on the geological position and characteristics of the oil-shale deposits of Canada —
by R W. Ells. No. 1107.

A reconnaissance across the Mackenzie mountains on the Pelly, Ross, and Gravel rivers,
Yukon and North West Territories — ^by Joseph Keele, No. 1097.

Summary Report for the calendar year 1909. No. 1120.

MEMOIRS— GEOLOGICAL SERIES.

MEMOIR

No.

MEMOIR

No.

Memoir

No.

Memoir

No.

MEMOIR

No.

memoir

No.

Geological Series. Geology of the Nipigon basin, Ontario — by Alfred W. G.
Wilson.

Geological Series. Geology and ore deposits of Hedley mining district, Bri-
tish Columbia — by Charles Camsell.

Geological Series. Palseoniscid fishes from the Albert shales of New-
Brunswick — by Lawrence M. Lambe.

Geological Series. Preliminary memoir on the Lewes and Nordenskiold
Rivers coal district, Yukon Territory — by D. D. Cairnes.

Geological Series. Geology of the Haliburton and Bancroft areas, Province
of Ontario — by Frank D. Adams and Alfred E. Barlow.

Geological Series. Geology of St. Bruno mountain. Province of Quebec — by
John A. Dresser.

MEMOIRS — TOPOGRAPHICAL SERIES.

MEMOIR 11.

No. 1, Topographical Series. Triangulation and spirit levelling of Vancouver
island, B.C., 1909 — by R. H. Chapman.

Memoirs and Reports Published During 1911.

REPORTS.

Report on a traverse through the southern part of the North West Territories, from Lac
Seul to Cat lake, i:i 1902— by Alfred W. G. Wilson. No. 1006.

Report on a part of the North West Territories drained by the Winisk and Upper Atta-
wapiskat rivers — by W. Mclnnes. No. 1080.

Report on the geology of an area adioining the east side of Lake Timiskaming — by Morley
E. Wilson. No. 1064.

Summary Report for the calendar year 1910. No. 1170.

MEMOIRS— GEOLOGICAL SERIEJS.

MEMOIR

No.

MEMOIR

No.

MEMOIR

No.

MEMOIR

10.

No.

MEMOIR

12.

No.

MEMOIR

15.

No.

MEMOIR

16.

No.

7, Geological Series. Geological reconnaissance along the line of the National
Transcontinental railway in western Quebec — by W. J. Wilson

8, Geological Series. The Edmonton coal-fleld. Alberta — by D. B. Dowling.

9, Grological Series. Bighorn «oal basin. Alberta — by G. S. Malloch.

10. Geological Series. An Instnnnental survey of the shore-lines of the
extinct lakes Algonquin and Nipis.sing in southwestern Ontario — by J. W.
Goldthwait.

11, Geological Scries. Insects from the Tertiary lake deposits of the southern

interior of British Columbia, collected by Mr. Lawrence M. Lambe, in
190*) — by Anton Handlirsch.

Geological Series. On a Trenton Echinoderm fauna at Kirkfleld, Ontario —
by Frank Springer.

Geological Series. The clay and shale deposits of Nova Scotia and por-
tions of New Brunswick — by Heinrich RIes, assisted by Joseph Keele.

/.5

iii

MEMOIRS— BIOIX)OICAL SERIES.

MSMOIR 14. Ko. 1, Bioloiiical Series. New species of shells collected by Mr. John Macoun at
Barkley sound. Vancouver Island, British Columbia— by William H. Dal
and Paul BartBch.

Memoirs and Reports Published Diirinj^ 1912,

REPORTS.
Summary Report for the calendar year 1911. No. 1218.

MEMOIRS— GEOLOGICAL SERIES.

MEMOIR 13

Memoir l'i.

ME.MOIR 21.

MEMOIR 27.

ME.M<:>iR 28.

No. n, Gcolopical Scries. Southern Vancouver Island — by Charles H. Clapp.

No. 15, Geological Scries. The geology and ore deposits of Phoenix, Boundary dis-
trict, British Columbia — by O. E. LeRoy.

No. 16, Geological Scries. Preliminary report on the clay and shale deposits of the
western provinces — by Heinrich Ries and Joseph Keele.

No. n, Geological Series. Report of the Commission appointed to investigate
Turtle mountain. Prank* Alberta, 1911.

No. 18, Geological Series. The geology of Steeprock lake, Ontario — by Andrew C.
Lawson. Notes on fossils from limestone of Steeprock lake, Ontario — by
Charles D. Walcott.

Memoirs and Reports Published During 1913.

REPORTS, ETC.

Museum Bulletin No. 1 : contains articles Nos. 1 to 12 of the Geological Series of Museum
Bulletins, articles Nos. 1 to 3 of the Biological Series of Museum Bulletins, and article No. 1 of
the Anthropologrlcal Series of Museum Bulletins.

Guide Book Xo. 1. Excursions in eastern Quebec and the Maritime Provinces, parts 1 and 2.
Excursions in the Eastern Townships of Quebec and the eastern part of

Guide Book No. 2.
Ontario.

Guide Book No. 3.
Guide Book No. 4.
Guide Book No. 5.
(>uide Book No. 8.

Excursions in the neighbourhood of Montreal and Ottawa.
Excursions in southwestern Ontario.

Excursions in the western peninsula of Ontario and Manitoulin island.
Toronto to Victoria and return via Canadian Pacific and Canadian
Northern railways: parts 1, 2, and 3.

Guide B^ok No. 9. Toronto to Victoria and return via Canadian Pacific, Grand Trunk
Pacific, and National Transcontinental railways.

Guide Book No. 10. Excursions in Northern British Columbia and Yukon Territory and
along the north Pacific coast.

MEMOIRS — GEOLOGICAL SERIES.

Memoir

17.

No.

SS,

Memoir

18.

No.

10,

Memoir

26.

No.

S4.

Memoir

29.

No.

se.

Memoir

31.

No.

!0,

Memoir

33.

No.

so,

MEMOIR

3.'..

No.

to,

MEMOIR

37.

No.,

et,

MEMOIR

38.

No.

31,

Geological SetHes. Geology and economic resources of the Lardor Lake
district, Ont, and adjoining portions of Pontiac county. Que. — by Morley
E. Wil.son.

Geological Series. Bathurst district. New Brunswick — by G. A. Young.

Geological Series. Geology and mineral deposits of the Tulameen district,
B.C. — by C. Camsell.

Geological Series. Oil and gas prospects of the northwest provinces of
Canada — by W. Malcolm.

Geological Scries. Wheaton district, Yukon Territory — by D. D. Cairnes.

Geological Scries. The geology of Gowganda Mining Division — by W. II.
Collins.

Geological Series. Reconnaissance along the National Transcontinental
railway in southern Quebec — by John A. Dresser.

Geological Series. Portions of Atlin district. B.C. — by D. D. Cairnes.

Geological Series. Geology of the North American Cordillera at the forty-
ninth parallel, Parts I and II — by Reginald Aidworth Daly.

Memoirs and Reports Published During 1914.

REPORTS, ETC.

Summary Report for the calendar year 1912. No. 1305.

Museum Bulletins Noa. 2, 3, 4. 5, 7, and 8, contain articles Nos. 13 to 22 of the Geological
Series of Museum Bulletins, article No. 2 of the Anthropological Series, and article No. 4 of the
Biological Series of Museum Bulletins.

Prospector's Handbook No. 1: Notes on radium-bearing minerals — by Wyatt Malcolm.

MUSEUM GUIDE BOOKS.

The archtEological collection from the southern interior of British Columbia — by Harlan I.
Smith. No. 1290.

MEMOIR

23.

No.

23,

MEMOIR

25.

No.

MBMOIR

30.

No.

iO,

Memoir

20.

No.

!,1,

MEMOIR

36.

No.

Si,

MEMOIR

52.

No.

-'/?,

MEMOIR

43.

No.

56,

MEMOIR

44.

No.

37,

MEMOIR

22.

No.

27,

MEMOIR

32.

No.

So,

MKMOIR

47.

No.

5.9,

MEMOIR

40.

No.

2f,

MBMOIR

19.

No.

26,

MEMOIR

39.

No.

35,

MEMOIR

51.

No.

kS.

MEMOIR

61.

No.

1,5,

MEMOIR

41.

No.

38,

MEMOIR

53.

No.

ii.

MEMOIR

55.

No.

-46,

MEMOIRS — GEOLOGICAL SERIES.

Geological Series. Geology of the Coast and islands between the Strait of
Georgia and Queen Charlotte sound, B.C. — by J. Austen Bancroft.
Geological Series. Report on the clay and shale deposits of the western
provinces (Part II) — by Heinrich Ries and Joseph Keele.
Geological Series. The basins' of Nelson and Churchill rivers — by William
Mclnnes.

Geological Series. Gold fields of Nova Scotia — by W. Malcolm.
Geological Series. Geology of the Victoria and Saanich map-areas, Van-
couver island, B.C. — by C. H. Clapp.

Geological Series. Geological notes to accompa.ny map of Sheep River gas
and oil field. Alberta — by D. B. Dowling.

Geological Series. St. Hilaire (Belceil) and Rougemont mountains, Quebec
— by J. J. O'Neil.

Geological Series. Clay and shale deposits of New Brunswick — by J. Keele.
Geological Series. Preliminary report on the serpentines and associated
rocks, in southern Quebec — by J. A. Dresser.

Geological Series. Portions of Portland Canal and Skeena mining divi-
sions, Skeena district, B.C. — ^by R. G. McConnell.

Geological Series. Clay and shale deposits of the western provinces. Part
III — by Heinrich Ries.

Geological Series. The Archaean geology of Rainy lake — by Andrew C.
Lawson.

Geological Series. Geology of Mother Lode and Sunset mines, Boundary
district, B.C. — by O. B. LeRoy.

Geological Series. Kewagama Lake map-area, Quebec — by M. E. "Wilson.
Geological Series. Geology of the Nanaimo map-area — by C. -H. Clapp.
Geological Sei-ies. Moose Mountain district, southern Alberta (second
edition) — by D. D. Cairnes.

Geological Series. The "Fern Ledges " Carboniferous flora of St. John,
New Brunswick — by Marie C. Stopes.

Geological Series. Coal fields of Manitoba, Saskatchewan, Alberta, and
eastern British Columbia (revised edition) — by D. B. Dowling.
Geological Series. Geology of Field map-area. Alberta and British Col-
umbia— by John A. Allan.

MEMOIRS— ANTHROPOLOGICAL SERIES.

MEMOIR 48. No. 2, Anthropological Scries. Some myths and tales of the Ojibwa of south-
eastern Ontario — collected by Paul Radin.

MEMOIR 45. No. 3, Anthropological Series. The inviting-in feast of the Alaska Eskimo — by E.
W. Hawkes.

MEMOIR 49. No. I,, Anlhropolofiical Series. Malecite tales — by W. H. Mechling.

MEMOIR 42. No. 1, Anthropological Series. The double-curve motive in northeastern Algonkian
art — by Frank G. Speck.

MEMOIR 5 1. No. 2,

MEMOIRS— BIOLOGICAL SERIES.

Biological Series. Annotated list of flowering plants and ferns Of Point
Pelee, Ont., and neighbouring districts — by C. K. Dodge.

Memoirs and Reports Published During 1915.

REPORTS. ETC.

Sumtn.iry Hoport for tlie calendar year 1913, No. 13'>9.

Report from Anthropologicnl Division. Si-parate from Summary Re|)ort. 1913.

Report from TopoRraphical Division. Sei)anate from Summary Report. 1913.

Museum Bulletin No. fi. -Vo. .t, .InthiopDlopical ScHes. Pre-historlc and present commerce
amonff the Arctic Coast Kskimo — by N. Stefansson.

Museum Bulletin No. 9. No. i. Anthropological Series. The Glenoid F'ossa In the skull of
the Eskimo — by P. H. S. Knowles.

Museum Bulletin No. 13. No. 5, Biolopictil Scrita. The double crested cormorant (Phala-
crocorax auritus). Its relation to the salmon industries on the Gulf of St. Lawrence — by P. A.
Taverner.

MEMOIRS— GEOLOGICAL SERIES.

Memoir 58. No. 48. Geological Scries. Texada island — by R. G. McConnell.
Memoir 60. No. ^7, Geological Series. Arisatg-Antigonish district — by M. Y. Williams.
Memoir 67. No. 49, Geological Series. The Yukon-Alaska Boundary between Porcupine and
Yukon rivers — by D. D. Caii^nes.

Geological Scries. Coal fields and coal resources of Canada — by D. B.
Dowling.
No. 51, Geological Series. Upper White River district. Yukon — by D. D. Cairnes.
No. Si, Geological ScHes. Clay and Shale deposits of the Western Provinces, Part

V — by J. Keele.
No. 53, Geological Series. Clay and shale deposits of the Western Provinces, Part

IV— by H. Ries.
No. 56, Geological Series. Geology Franklin Mining Camp, B.C. — by Chas. W.

Drysdale.
No. 5S, Geological Series. Preliminary Report on the Clay and Shale deposits of

the Province of Quebec — by J. Keele.
No. 50, Geological Series. Corundum, its occurrence, distribution, exploitation, and
uses — by A. E. Barlow.

Memoir 59. No. 55,

Mbmoir 50.
Memoir 66.

Memoir 65.

Memoir 56.

Memoir 64.

Memoir 57.

Memoirs and Reports in Press, May 5, 1915.

Memoir 62. No. 5, Anthroiiological Scries. Abnormal types of speech in Nootka — by E. Sapir.

Memoir 63. No. 6, Anthropological Series. Noun reduplication in Comox, a Salish language of
Vancouver island — by E. Sapir.

Memoir 46. No. 7, Anthropological Series. Classification of Iroquoian radicals with subjective
pronominal prefixes — by C. M. Barbcau.

Memoir 70. No. S, Anthropological Sei-ies. Family hunting territories and social life of the
various Algonkian bands of the Ottawa valley — by F. G. Speck.

Memoir 71. No. 9, Anthropological Series. Myths and folk-lore of the Timiskaming Algon-
quin and Timagami Ojibwa — by F. G. Speck.

Memoir 69. No. 57, Geological Scries. Coal fields of British Columbia — by D. B. Dowling.
Memoir 34. No. 65, Geological Series. The Devonian of southwestern Ontario — by C. R.
StaufCer.

Memoir 73. No. 5S, Geological Series. The Pleistocene and Recent deposits of the Island of

Montreal — by J. Stansfleld.
Memoir 68. No. 50, Geological Serirs. A geological reconnaissance between Golden and Kam-

loops, B.C., along the line of the Canadian Pacific railway — by R. A. Daly.
Memoir 72. No. 60, Geological Scries. The Artesian Wells of Montreal — by C. L. Cummlng.
Memoir 74. No. 61, Geological Series. A list of Canadian mineral occurrences — by R. A. A.

Johnston.
Memoir 75. No. 10, Anthropological Series. Decorative art of Indian tribes of Connecticut —

by Frank G. Speck.
Memoir 76. No. 62, Geological Series. Geology of the Cranbiook Map-area — by S. J. Schofleld.
MUSEUM BULLETIN No. 10. No. 5, Anthropological Scries. The social organization of the Win-
nebago Indians — by P. Radin.
MUSEUM BULLETIN No. 11. No. ti, Gcological Scrie.i. Physiography of the Beaverdell map-area

and the southern part of the Interior plateaus, B.C. — by Leopold Relnecke.
MUSEUM Bulletin No. 12. No. 24, Gcological Series. On Eoceratops canadrnsi.i, grn. nov. with

remarks on other gebora of Cretaceous horned dinosaurs -I y L. M. Lambe.
MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 14. No. iS, Geological Series. The occurrence of Glacial drift on the

Magdalen islands — by J. W. Goldthwait.

Summary Report for the calendar year 1914.

5 GEORGE V

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

A. 1915

SUMMARY REPORT

OF THE

MINES BRANCH

OF THE

DEPARTMENT OF MINES

FOR THE CALENDAR YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31

1914

PRINTED BY ORDER OF PARLIAMENT.

OTTAWA

PRINTKD BY J. i.k L. TACHK. PKINTKR TO THK KING'S MOST

hXCELLKNT MAJESTY.

1915

[No. 2Ga— 1915.] [No. 346.]

5 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a A. 1915

To Field Marshal, His Royal Highness Prince Arthur William Patrick Albert, Djike
of Connaught and of Strathearn, K.O., K.T., K.P., etc., etc., etc.. Governor General
and Commander in Chief of the Dominion of Canada.

May it Please Your Royal Highness :

The iindersigned has the honour to lay before Your Royal Highness, in com-
pliance with 6-7 Edward VII, chapter 29, section 18, the Summary Report of the
work of the Mines Branch of the Department of Mines during the calendar year end-
ing December 31, 1914.

LOUIS CODERRE,

Minister of Mines.

6 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a A. 1915

Hon. Lolis Coderre,

^rinister of Mines,
Ottawa.

Sir, — I have the honour to submit herewith, tho Director's Summary Report
of the work of the Mines Branch of the Department of IMines during the calendar
year ending December 31, 1914.

I am. Sir, your obedient servant,

R. G. McCONNELL,

Deputy Minister.

5 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a A. 1915

CONTENTS.

Pao».

DIRECTOR'S GENERAL REPORT I

I'haiigos in staff I

Classified list of Mines Branch staff I

Introductory ^

Ore Dressing and Metallurgical Laboratories 4

Fuels and Fuel Testing 4

Zinc Investigation 4

Special Metallurgical Investigations, Cobalt 5

Electrotherniic Smelting of Iron Ore 6

Chemical Laboratories 6

Dominion Assay Office 6

Field >Vork 7

Copp>er Metal Mines— AHred \V. G. Wilson, M.A.. Ph.D 7

Iron Ores — E. Lindeman, M.E 7

Iron Depyosits, Southwestern Ontario — A. H. A. Robinson. B.Ap.Sc 8

Limestones of the Province of Quebec — Howells Frechette. M.Sc S

Investigation of Certain Non-Metallic Minerals — H. S. de Sehmid, M.E... S

Investigation of Sand Areas in Province of Quebec — L. H. Cole, B.Sc 9

Bituminous Sands of Northern Alberta— S. C. Ells, B.A.. B.Sc 9

Building and Ornamental Stones of Canada — W. A. Parks. Ph.D 9

Peat — A. von Anrep 19

OfiKce Work of Certain Divisions jO

Division of Ore Dre.>.^inj; and Metallurgy 10

Division of Mineral Resources and Statistics 11

Division of Explosives 11

Dominion Assay Office, Vancouver. B.C 15

Miscellaneous Matters I4

Plating witli Cobalt 14

Establishment of a Cerannc Laboratory *.. 18

Technical Library 19

INDIVIDUAL REPORTS 21

Metalliferous Division 25

Office work, examination of certain copper deposits in Quebec, and other

metal mines— A. W. G. Wilson, M. A., Ph.D.. , 2.1

Atikokan and Matawin Iron ranges; — E. Lindeman, M.E 24

Atikokan Iron range — A. H. A. Robinson, B.Ap.Sc 29

Non-Metalliferous Division . . . .-. ' ,35

Limestones of the Province of Quebec — Howells Frechette. M.Sc 35

Investigation of Miscellaneous Non-metallic Minerals — H. S. de Sehmid.

M.E 53

Sand Areas in P^ovin^e of Quebec — L. H. Cole, B.Sc 60

Bituminous Sands in Northern Alberta— S. C. Ells, B.A.. B.Sc 60

BuildLncr ;"i'1 Oniamental Stones of Canada, Vol. IV— W. A. Parks, Ph.D. 74
26a— B vii

vLii MIXES BRAXCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

Page

Ore Dressing and Metallurgical Division 76

Progress Report — G. C. Mackenzie, B.Sc 76

List of Ores tested, 1914— G. C. Mackenzie, B.Sc 77

Description of various tests — G. C. Mackenzie, B. Sc 78

Electro-plating with Cobalt— H. T. Kalnius, Ph. D 131

Fuels and Fuel Testing Division 145

Fuel Testing Station and Laboratories — B. F. Haanel, B.Sc 145

Chemical Laboratories. Fuel Testing Station— E. Stansfield, M.Sc 146

Investigation of Peat Bogs — A. von Anrep 147

Report of Superintendent, Fuel Testing Station — A. W. Mantle 150

Chemical Division— F. G. Wait, M.A , 155

Report of Mineral Resources and Statistics — J. McLeish, B.A 163

Hillcrest Mine Disaster— J. G. S. Hudson 167

Reprint of Report of the Commission appointed by the Alberta Provincial
government, to investigate, and inquire into, the cause and effect of

the Hillcrest Mine disaster 169

Report of the Chief Draughtsman — H. E. Baine 181

Report covering operations of the Dominion of Canada Assay Office, Vancouver.

B.C., during the Calendar Year ending December 31, 1914— G. Middleton.. 183

List of Reports, Bulletins, etc., in English, published during 1914 — S. Groves.. 189

List of French translations published during 1914 — M. Sauvalle 189

Aoc<>uiitant's statement for fiscal year ending March 31, 1914 — J. Marshall.. .. 191

Accountant's statement for fiscal year ending March 31, 1915 — J. Marshall.. .. 192

.Appendix I —

Preliminary Report on the Mineral Production of Canada for 1914 — John

McLeish. B.A 195

Appendix II —

Explosives Act 4-5. George V 215

ImdLez 225

ILLUSTRATIONS.

riiotoijntiihs.

Plate L Typical outcrops of Ijuuminous saiivl on Horse creek At end.

II Pre.iminary excavation of outcrop of bituminous sand on Horse

creel:

III. Typical massive structure of bituminous sand on Horse creek "

" IV. Outcrop of bituminous sand on Hangingstone cix?ek, showing light

overburden

" V. Typical outcrop of bituminous sand on Hangingstone creek, showing

heavy overl)urden

VI. Outcrop on At.hal>aska river, sliowing bituminous sand under light

overburden

" VII. Typical outeroj) on Horse creek sliowing l)ituminous sand under light,

overburden "

s!M\i i/.'v nr.roirr ix

SESSIONAL PA^ER No. 26a

\'III. Loading trial sliipmoiii oi i)iuiiiiiiious sainl from point on east side

Athahaska river. 5 miles below McKay Aiend.

IX. Oiiti'rop of hituiiiiiious sand on east side of McKay river, 12-8 miles

from moutli

" X. Taking core samples of bituminous sand "

" XI. West side of Upper Narrows, Buffalo lake, Saskatchewan "

i" XII. Typical outcrop of bituminous sand on west side of Horse creek,
2-3 miles from mouth

Draicimjs.

PAfiK.

Figure 1. Map of part of Missisquoi Co., <5ue j. 45

" 2. Flow sheet: bonded iron ore, dry magnetic separation, jig and table

concentration. Test No. 23 !)'.)

" 3. Graphic method of illustrating recovery of iron content of banded iron
ore, dry magnetic separation and jig concentration of separator
middlings. Test No. 23 99

" 4. Flow sheet: banded iron ore, jig concentration tests 99

5. Graphic method of illustrating recovery iron content of banded iron ore,

jig concentration. Test No. 23 99

" 6. Flow sheet: banded iron ore, fine crushing, dry magnetic separation,

jig and table concentration tests. Test No. 23 101

" 7. Graphic method of illustrating recovery of iron content of banded iron
ore by fine crushing, dry magnetic .separation, jig and table concen-
tration. Test No. 23 101

" 8. Flow sheet: banded iron ore, wet magnetic separation, and table concen-
tration tests. Test No. 2.'! 105

9. Graphic method of illustrating recovery of iron content of banded iron

ore, by wet magnetic separation and table concentration. Test No. 23. 105

" 10. Coloured plate of banded iron ore. Test No. 23 105

11. Graphic method of illustrating extraction of zinc middlings, run No. 1.

Test No. 30 110

" 12. Graphic method of illustrating extraction of zinc middlings, run No. 2.

Te.st No. 30 119

*' 13. Flow sheet showing concentration of pyrites, run No 1. Test No. 31.. .. 12.5

" 14. Flow sheet sliowing concentration of pyrites, run No. 2. Test No. 31.. .. 12.'!

" 15. Graphic method of illustrating concentration tests for recovery of sul-
pliur from pyrites ore. Northern Pyrites Co., North Pines, Ont.
Test No. 31 123

5 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a A. 1915

SUMMARY REPORT

OK THK —

MINES BHANCII OF lllE DEPlilTlNT OE MINIS

FOR THE CILEXDAR VEAR ENDIXG DECE.WI.R 31, 1014

K. G. McCoNNELL, Esq., B.A.,
Deputy Minister,

Department of Mines.

Sir, — I have the honour to submit, herewith, the Summaiy Report of the Mines
Branch for the calendar year ending December 31, 1914.

CHANGES IN STAFF.

The following additions were made to the staff of the Mines Branch durhig 1014: —

Appointments —

David Westwood, appointed April 1, 1914, a»s draughtsman.

E. G'Leary, appointed June 1, 1914, as messenger.

Miss Delia M. Stewart, M.A., appointed July 1, 1914, as technical typewriter.

H. C. Mabee, B.Sc, appointed August 19, 1914, as chemist, Ore Dressing and

Metallurgical Division.
T. W. Hardy, B.Sc, appointed October 10, 1914, as assistant engineering chemist,

Fuels and Fuel Testing Division.
H. H. Nicolls, M.Sc, appointed November G, 1914, as assistant engineering

chemist. Fuels and Fuel T'esting Division.
E. S. Malloch, B.Sc, appointed December 10, 1914, as assistant technical engineer,

Fuels and Fuel Testing Division.

Transferred —

L. J. !^^acMartin was transferred, January 1, 1914, from the messenger staff to a
3B clerkship in the Fuels and Fuel Testing Division.

Deceased —

C. T. Cartwright, B.Sc, assistant engineer, in the Division of Mineral Resources
and Statistics, died October 26, 1914.

ORGANIZATION: CLASSIFIED LIST OF STAFF.

The following is a complete list of the technical officers and other employees at
present on the staff of the Aliucs Branch: —

Administration Staff —

M. M. Farnham, B.A., secretary to the Mines Branch.
Miss J. Orme, private secretarj'.
W. Vincent, filing clerk.
26a— 1

2 rJINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

Administration -"^taff — Continued.
G: Simpson, distribution clerk.
Miss I. McLeish, typewriter.
Miss "W. Westnian, t.vpewrit/or.
Miss ^[. E. Young, typewriter,
^[rs. O. P. If. Ogilvie, librarian.

A. F. Purcell, me&sengor.
E. O'Leary, messenger.
John H. Fortune, caretaker.

Division of Mineral Resotirces and Statistics —
J. McLeish, B.A., chief of division.
J. Casey, clerk.
Mrs. W. Sparks, clerk
Miss G. C. MacGregor, B.A., clerk.
Miss B. Davidson, typewriter.

Division of Fuels and Fuel Testinfj —

B. F. TTaanel, B.Sc, chief of division.
J. Blizard, B.Sc, technical engineer.

E. S. Malloch, B.Sc, assistant technical engineer.
A. Stansfield, M.Sc, engineering chemist.

F. E. Carter, B.Sc, Dr. Ing., assistant engineering chemist.

F. W. Hardy, B.Sc. assistant chemist.
H. H. Nieholls, M.Sc, assistant chemist.
A. von Anrep, peat expert.

L. J. MacMartin, clerk.

'Ore Dressing and Metallurgical Division —

G. C. Mackenzie, B.Sc, chief of the division.
W. B. Timm, B.Sc, assistant engineer.

• H. C. Mabee, B.Sc, chemist.

Division of Chemistry —

F. G. Wait, M.A., chemist, chief of the division.
]\r. F. Connor, B.A.Sc, assistant chemist.
11. A. Leverin, Ch.E., asisistant chemist.
N. L. Turner, M.A., assistant chemist.

Division of Metalliferous Deposits — •

A. W. G. Wilson, M.A., Ph.D., cliief of the division
E. Lindeman, M.E., assistant engineer.
A. IT. A. Eobinson, B.A.Sc, assistant engineer-.
Miss Delia M. Stewart, M.A., technical typewriter.

,l)ivision of 2i^ on-metalliferous Deposits —
H. Frechette, M.Sc, chief of division,
n. S. de Schmid, M.E., assistant engineer.
L. If. Cole, l^i.Sc, assistant engineer.
S. C. Ells, B.A., B.Sc, assistant engineer.

Division of Explosives —
T. G. S. Hudson.

XoTi;.-— This division wil] lie Inlly ()iy;iiii/ed when tlio Explo-ivcs Act lias boon
put in force.

si 1/ 1/ \i:) i:i:i'(iirr 3

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a
Diaiifjltliiii/ Uiiiaion —

If. 10. Hnine. chief of tlif <li\ i>ioii.

1.. 11. S. Porcira, ussistMiit tlriui^'ht«JHiiin.

A. IV'nini, (Irauglitsinnii. 4

!•]. .Iiuicaii, draiislitsinan.

I). Wrstwiiod, (Iraiiulitsinaii.

Will, ('anii)i(iii. iiH'chanical ilrauiilitsiiinn.

OlTSini': SKRVICE.

Dominion of Canada Assai/ Ofjicc. VnnrnKvrr. B.C. —

(J. ^liddlcton, niaiiag:er. ^

.1. II. Karquluir, rliiof assa.vor.
A. Kaye, assistant assayei*.
11. l"'ri'C'inan, assistant assayor.
I). Kiiliinson, i-liief meltor.
\\. Alli>()n, assistant nieltM-.
G. N. Ford, computer and iKnik-kccper.
T. li. Younger, clerk.
K. A. rritehett, janitor.

IXTJiODIi TOkV.

The work of the Klines Uranch, esijceially that iiart e.nicfrnini;' investigations
dealing with subjects of great magnitude, ne(?essitates the (•(nitinuance, to a certain
extent, of the programmes initiated in former years.

Consequently, the activities of this department during tlie year T.Url have been
confined primarily to investigations in connexion with our metallic and non-metallic
deposits; the testing of ores and fuels; the examination and analysis of mineral
specimens; together with the compiling of statistics relative to the mineral produc-
tion of Canada, and the collecting of data with respect to our mineral resources.

..iVside from the above programme, mention might be made of the continuance of
the examination of the bituminous sand deposits of northern Alberta; the continued
investigation of the building and ornamental stones of Canada; and the experiments
being made in connexion with the metal cobalt, in an effort to find a greater field of
usefulness for this mineral, so as to utilize the large quantities of cobalt residues
which at present exist as a by-i)roduct : the result of tlic smelting of the silver ores
of northern Ontario.

In addition to the above sc(jpe-of work, the Klines r5ran<-li has inaugurated an
investigation of the mineral waters of Canada, to determine, especially, their radio-
active proi)erties; has \indertaken the analysis of oil and gas samples; and has taken
up the examination of mine air samples with a view to assisting the mine owner to
safeguard, to some extent, against serious explosions like those which have, of late,
caused such a great loss of life, by giving him a definite idea of the nature and
quantity of constituent gases that account for the atmospheric conditions of his
mine.

Summary statements covering the specific work done by the different mombera
of the -taff will be found in succeeding sections of this report; and it is our inten-
tion, in the case of special investigations, to issue preliminary reports as early as
]»ossibl('. to be followed later, when conii)lotod data has been obtained, by final reports.

26a— 1 J

4 MIXES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915
ORE DRESSING AND METALLURGICAL LABORATORIES.

The ore dressing and raetallurgical laboratories of the Mines Branch, which are
now equipped with the most modern machinery and apparatus, have, during the year,
conducted tests, both on a large and small scale, with various Canadian ores and
minerals.

The work accomplished in these laboratories has the approval of the mining
industry of the country, since the tests carried out furnish the mine owner, in respect
to his product, with the best and most economical method of ore dressing, and also
aid him in solving certain metallurgical difficulties, which in the past prevented him
from making his ore a marketable commodity.

To more fully cope with the many demands of the mining industry, an experi-
mental roasting and sintering plant has been erected in conjunction with the above
laboratories.

FUELS, AND FUEL TESTING.

The work of the Division of Fuels and Fuel Testing consisted in the continuation
of the testing and detailed investigation of coals from the producing mines of western
provinces; the investigation of peat bogs; and the investigation in the chemical
laboratories of this division, of mineral samples of coals, peats, natural gas, oils,
and — towards the close of the year — of mine air samples. This latter work was
undertaken for the purpose of furnishing the coal mine operators with information
concerning the composition of the air in the mine, so that defective ventilation might
be remedied, and the serious accidents heretofore directly traceable to gassy mines be
avoided.

Arrangements are being made to undertake an investigation, during lOl.'i. into
the feasibility of briquetting western lignites.

ZINC INVESTIGATION.

Investigation of Processes for Smelting Zinc Ores.

During the years 1912 and 1913, experiments in the electric smelting of zinc ores,
on a small scale, were conducted for the Mines Brancli at McGill University, under
the supervision of Dr. Alfred Stansfield and Mr. E. Dedolph, and Mr. W. R. IngaUs of
New York, acting in the capacity of consulting engineer to the Dominion Govern-
ment.

Early in 1913, the experimenters developed an electric furnace that gave encour-
aging results : operating at the rate of 250 pounds of ore per twenty-four hours.

After making a scries of test runs with this small furnace, it became evident
that demonstrations on a larger scale were both necessary and desirable; accordingly,
steps were taken to lease from the British Columbia Government, the old plant of the
Canada Zinc Company at Nelson, B.C.

In accordance with instructions received from the Director of the Mines Branch,
on October 2, 1913, Mr. G. C. Mackenzie proceeded to Nelson, B.C., to take control,
for the Mines Branch, of the large-scale cxporiments to be undertaken.

fUJMMAL'Y in:i'(tHT 6

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

Active construction was connucnceil shortly alter his arrival; but owing to the
difticulties of assembling material and supplies at a point so remote as Nelson, the
furnace was not made ready until January of 1914.

The plant comprised a preheating furnace, an electric zinc furnace, and a small
Wetherill furnace for making zinc oxide.

Experiments in the electric smelting of zinc ores, and in the tine concentration
of zinc ores by means of the Wetherill furnace wore carried on until the end of April,
1914.

In July, ^h-. (_;. C Mackenzie, in company with Mr. B. F. Ilaanel, and ^fessrs.
Leveriu and Parsons, of the iNfincs Branch, was sent to Hartford, Conn., to represent
the Canadian Government at a test of the Johnson electric zinc furnace.

A detailed report of the whole zinc investigation, comprising experiments at
McGill University; large-scale experiments at Kelson; and a test of the "Johnson"
electric furnace is now being prepared by Mr. W. R. Ingalls. and will, in due course,
be placed before the public.

SPECIAL MKTALLL'llOICAL INVKSTICATIONS.

Cohcdt.

The special investigation of the metal cobalt, being conducted for the Mines
Branch at the Research Laboratories of the School of Mining, Kingston, under the
supervision oi Dr. Kalmus, was undertaken — as stated in previous annual summary
reports — to determine the properties of cobalt; to examine its adaptability as an
alloy; and to find out some new commercial uses for the metal; all in an attempt to
make marketable the large quantities of cobalt, as a by-product, resulting from the
reduction of silver-cobalt ores : one of the greatest mineral assets of northern Ontario.

The results of the experiments, so far conducted, have been highly satisfactory,
and it is found, as was suspected, that cobalt possesses, like nickel, physical proper-
ties which made it suitable as an alloy, thus giving the metal a value of considerable
economic importance. Moreover, it has been found^that cobalt can be economically
used for plating purposes : the results obtained being more satisfactory, from a com-
mercial standpoint, than those produced from nickel.

There have already been published by the Mines Branch — covering this field of
experiments — the following technical papers, which are available for public distribu-
tion:—

" The Preparation of Metallic Cobalt by Reduction of the Oxide."
" A Study of the Physical Properties of the Metal Cobalt."
In addition to the foregoing the following papers are to be issued : —
" Electro-Plating with Cobalt and its Alloys." (In the press.)
'' Cobalt Alloys of Extreme Hardness."
'* Cobalt Alloys with Non-corrosive Properties."
" The Magnetic Properties of Cobalt, and of Fe,Co."

On page 131 will be found a short report by Dr. Kalmus, on the progress of the
investigations made during the year 1914.

6 MIXES BRAXCU

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915
i;li;cti!'itiii:i{.mk' smki.tim; in' iiiox okks.

In IWi, a report was puhlislied liy the .Miiie> Jjvanch tk'.^cribing tlio oxperinicnts
conducted at Sault Ste. Marie, Ont., under Government direction, in connexion with
the smelting of Canadian iron ores by the electrothermic process. So great has been
the demand for this publication, that the edition has been entirely exhausted. IMore-
over, many inquiries are still being received asking for inforanatiou regarding the
commercial results obtained from the electrolytic treatment of iron ores.

During the past few years, there has been considerable activity in the progress
of electric smelting in European countries: especially in Xorway and Sweden. In
order to obtain information regarding the present status of the industry in Europe,
Dr. Alfred Stansfield, Professor of Metallurgy, McGill University, was commissioned,
early in 1914, to proceed to Sweden, and there obtain data for a report furnishing
complete information regarding the electric smelting ]ilant< at present in operation,
or under construction.

Dr. Stansfield's report, entitled "Electrothermic Smelting of Iron Ore? in
Sweden ". i> now in pro>.«. and will be available for distribution in 1915.

CHEMICAL LABORATOHIICS.

An important part of the work of the Mines Branch is that carried on in its
chemical laboratories. All the laboratories are equipped with the most up-to-date
apparatus and applian<,'es. Each section is in charge of technical experts; and the
important work being done is meeting the requirements of the general mining public.

The scope of investigations undertaken include the chemical determinations of
metalliferous ores and non-metallic minerals; the physical examination of mineral
specimens; and chemical analyses of coal, gas, and oil samples. As mentioned in the
Summary Report for the year 1913, the necessary apparatus for water analysis has
now been installed, and a specialist in water analysis engaged; hence, numy samples
of spring and mineral waters have been examined and reported upon during the
year. Throughout the season of 1914, the working capacity of tlie ditferent labora-
tories has been heavily taxed — although additional assistant chemists have been pro-
cured— in consequence of the increasing demands of those interested in the mining
industry of the Dominion.

Dit.MINlOX ASSAY OFFICE, AANCOIVKH, U.C.

In the Summarj- Keport for I'.li:]. attentinn was drawn to the fact tliat owing to
the passing of an Order in Council, January IG, 1913, authorizing the abolition of
the assaying and stamping charge of. one-eighth of one per cent on the gross value of
the gold and silver contained in deposits received at the Dominion of Canada Assay
Office, Vancouver, B.C., there had been a considerable iiu-reasi' in the business done
over that of the previous year.

That the above reforin was nuidi nccMled. is (evidenced by the fact that, during
the iiresent year the ammint of business exceeded that of 1913; the net value of
deposits during 1914 was $.'>sO,r)2ri.91 'in excess of that of 1913; and exceeded that of
1912 by $1.05.-1,174.17.

si \ni I /.■» in.i'ttin

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

Duriii'T tlu" \v\\v VM'l, iK'iuisits <>f ifnld were iiuulf rniuiriii;; l,:50i> melts lud l.IWO
assays: inrludiiifr tho assembling' and mnt'ltiiiK i>f the individual deposits after
punha.-e, into bars weighing about 1,000 troy ounces, and tlu- assaying of the same.
The net value of the gold and silver eontained in the depii~it> \v;i- $2,0-29.:i51.31.

(oi'i'i;!! \ii:t\i. \iim;s.

During the year Dr. Wilson spent ten ilays in the Kastern Townships of Quebec,
visiting the operatiug copper mines. A visit was also made to the Tetrault zinc mine
near Xotre Dame des Anges, Que. In the autumn he spent about a month visit-
ing the mines and concentrating plants in the vicinity of Cobalt and Porcupine,
northern Ontario, for the purpose of acquiring a knowledge of the present mining
practice in these localities, and also to obtain data for use in the compilation of the
volume on metal mines which will constitute the first part of the proposed new edi-
tion of the report on the ^Mining and Metallurgical Industries of Canada.

Various othee duties assigned to Dr. Wilson required his presence in Ottawa
during most of the year. Apart from his regular duties, I found it necessary to
assign certain special work to him. Eai'ly in the year the report on Natural Gas and
Petroleum Resources of Canada was placed in his charge. He has had general super-
vision over the preparation of the various maps and drawings for this publication,
and found it necessary to re-write most of the sections dealing with the geology of
the viirious provinces. He also read one eojiy of the proofs of this report.

IRON ORKS.

Mr. Lindeman and a party of assistants spent the field season investigating iron
ore deposits along the line of the Canadian Xortheni railway, between Winniiieir and
Port Arthur.

The first part of the season was taken up in mapping some S miles of the Atiko-
kan iron range: a narrow belt of iron-bearing rocks, following, in a general way, the
course of the Atikokan river. The iron occurs as magnetite, pyrrhotite, and pyrite,
in roughly lenticular liodies of varying size, scattered irnirularly tlirouiih the enclos-
ing rock.

On the western part of the range, sulphides predominate to such an extent that,
on some of the claims the iron-bearing mineral consists exclusively of pyrrhotite: a
mineral not usually regarded as an ore of iron.

On the eastern part of the range, east of Sabawe lake, the Atikokan Iron
Company has done considerable development work on some bodies of relatively pure
magnetite. The mine is now idle, but during the period of o|>eration, DCGCVS tons of
magnetite, averaging 59-8 i^er cent iron, and about 2 per cent sulphur, were
shipped to Port Arthur, and used, after roasting, for the production of i)ig-iron in
the blast furnace. Development work has disclosed considerable ore reserves on this
property, some of it, however, verj* high in sulphur. The association of the ore with
the enclosing rocks is here, as on the rest of the range, very irregular, so that it is
difficult to make any tonnage estimates. •

8 MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

During the latter part of the season the various parties were engaged in survey-
ing and mapping out the Matawin range. At Shabogna about 4 miles in length of
the range was covered; and at Kaministikwia, about 1 square mile.

The Matawin range consists of jasper or other closely related siliceous material,
with which is interbanded magnetite and hematite, in vaiying proportions. A very
large quantity of this material is available close to transportation. It is, however, so
low grade — usually less than 30 per cent of iron — that fine crushing and concentra-
tion, followed by briquetting or nodulizing, will be necessaiy before it can be made
■marketable. Taking into consideration the low iron content and the physical char-
acter of the ore, it does not seem feasible that such operations could be profitably
undertaken at the present time.

SOME WESTERN ONTARIO mON~ DEPOSITS.

The months of June, July, and August, of the field season of 1914, were syent
by Mr. A. H. A. Eobinson, making magnetometric and to-pographical surveys of the
eastern part of the Atikokan iron range. At the end of August the party was moved
to Kaministikwia, and similar work was carried on in that neighbourhood, in the
townships of Ware and Conmee, until the middle of November.

]\rr. E. E. Jamieson acted as field assistant throughout the season, and performed
his duties in a highly satisfactory manner.

To Mr. J. Dix Fraser, general manager of the Atikokan Iron Company; Mr. F.
Koda, superintendent at Atikokan mine ; and to Mr. W. A. Matheson, barrister. Fort
William, acknowledgment is due for many courtesies, and for much valuable assist-
ance received during the progress of the -work.

Complete magnetometric and topographical maps of the areas surveyed are now
being prepared for reproduction, and will be published in due course.

LIMESTONES OF THE PROVINCE OF QUEBEC.

An investigation of the limestones and limestone industry in the province of
Quebec was commenced this year by Mr. Frechette. He spent the field season in
examining outcrops and quarries along the Ottawa valley and the southern part of
the Eastern Townships. Samples were secured representative of the limestones
throughout these districts, analyses of which appear in his summary report, on p. 35.
The field work will be continued during the season of 1915.

INVESTIGATING CERTAIN NON-METALLIC MINERALS.

!Mr. de Schmid visited a number of the more important producers of barytes,
manganese, infusorial earth, talc, etc., in order to secure for the Mines Branch first-
hand information as to the status and immediate possibilities of these industries.
This line of work will be continued during the ensuing season, and. if deemed expe-
dient, the data obtained will be published in the form of brief individual bulletins
on the different minerals.

SiMMAUY RLl'OUT 9

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

INVKSTIGATION OK TllK SAND AUKA-S OV THK PROVIXCK OF QUEBEC.

-Mr. L. II. Cole, togetlier witli nii ascsistaiit, was engaged during the field season
of 11)14 in the study of the sands and sandstones of the province of Quebec, with a
view to determining their suitability for use in the building ami manufacturing
industries.

A special feature of this investigation was the search for s-ands suitable for glass
manufacture, and for foundry purposes.

BITUMINOUS SAND OF NORTHERN ALBERTA.

The investigation of the bituminous sands of northern Alberta was continued
during the season of 1J>14. A consideration of the results of preliminary field work
undertaken during the preceding year indicated the desirability of securing further
and more detailed information regarding these extensive deposits.

In order to demonstrate in a practical manner the possible value Canadian bitu-
minous sand may have as a material for road construction, it was decided to lay
a small section of experimental pavement in the city of Edmonton. For this purpose
upwards of 60 tons of the sand was mined, sacked, and stored for shipment during
the winter months.

Owing to the large number of exposures available, and to the wide variation in
the bitimiinous sand itself, considerable care was required in the selection of the
outcrop, or outcrops, from which a trial shipment could best be taken. Accurate core
samples were, therefore, secured at a large number of points, and examined in a field
laboratory. Finally, from results obtained iai this manner, a selection of bituminous
sand was made.

During the work of the preceding year, frequent exposures of clay were noted,
and small samples collected at that time appeared to indicate the presence of bodies
of economic value, hence a considerable number of larger clay samples were secured
from representative outcrops for accurate laboratory determination. A number of
samples of mineral water were al^-o secured and forwarded to the laboratory at
Ottawa.

In addition to the above, instrumental surveys were made of sections of a number
of the streams tributary to the Atliabaska.

BUILDING AND ORNAMENTAL STONES OF CANADA,

Dr. W. A. Parks, of Toronto University, has, under the direction of the Mines
Branch, continued the investigation of the building aoad ornamental stones of Canada.

In previous Mines Branch Summary reports, reference was made to the progres-
sive stages of this investigation, as conducted in the province of Ontario, the Mari-
time Provinces, and the province of Quebec. The field work for 1914 was confi^ned
to the province of Manitoba: the examination being part of the proposed investiga-
tion covering the three western provinces of Manitoba, Saskatchewan, and Alberta.

The information so far published in connexion with this investigation has been
of great service to those interested in the stone-working industry. Data are fur-

10 X MIXES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

nislied giving tlie localities prudiuinji- tlic (liferent varieties of stones, the character
and magnitnde of the deposits, the suitability of the products for various purposes,
together with their commercial possibilities, judged from transportation, mining, and
other conditions affecting production. In cases where quarries which formerly wei'e
large producers, but which, for various, reasons, have now been abandoned, inquiries
have been made, and suggestions furnished, with a view to remedying the cause that
occasioned the removal of the product fi'om the market.

Three volumes, describing the investigations so far completed, are now available
for public distribution. Volume I, consisting of parts 1 and 2, contains a systematic
investigation of the building and ornajmental stones of Ontario; volume II, is
descriptive of the deposits of the -Maritime Provinces; while volume III, deals with
the building and ornamental stones of Quebec. It is expected that the complete
information regarding the building and ornamental stones of the western provinces
will Do obtained during the field season of 1915, and that a reix)rt covering the exam-
ination wiil be available for the public early in 1916.

IWESTKIATIOX OF PKAT BOGS.

During the field reason, ^Ir. A. von Anrep, Peat Expert of the Mines Branch,
examined a number of hog areas in the provinces of Quebec, Prince Edward Island-
and Nova Scotia.

The work undertaken ascertained the extent, depth, and quality of the peat con-
tained in the several bogs visited.

OHi: DKKSSIXG .\M) .MKTALLrHCiK'AL DIVISION.

The enlarged ore dressing laboratories, completely equipped for either large or
small scale testing of Canadian ores, were practically completed during 1914.

The construction of a roaster building was started during April, and the bxiild-
ing completed and partially equipped by December. This annex to the main testing
laboratory consists of a steel and corrugated iron building, 58 feet long, and 30 feet
wide, situated about 20 feet from, and at right angles to, the main laboratory.

Its equipment will consist of an IS-foot Wilfley roaster, specially adapted for test-
ing purposes, and a Dwiglit and Lloyd duplex sintering pan, of the stationary type.

The roaster and pans for ore roasting and sintering will be driven by means of
a 35-hor9epower stationary engine. The fume and gas flues from the various appar*
atus will be connected with a large main, leading to a 24-inch by GO-foot self-support-
ing stack, placed outside of the biiilding.

Additional apparatus, installed in the main testing laboratory during the year,
consist of: two Phmil) pncniuiitic jigs — one standard and one laboratory size; one
belt-driven air compressor for sujyplying air to the pneumatic jigs; two James auto-
matic ore jigs mounted in tandem; one laboratory apparatus for cyanide agitation
teats; and tuie Jabiiratory ai)paratus for the sejiaration of minerals by oil flotation.

During the year, the staff of the laboratory completed a number of tests on
various Canadian ores, of which ihe following may be mentioned: magnetite from
cciilral Ontario: banded iron ore> I'rom Algoma ; magnt^tic sands from Quebec; zinc-

sr.MUMn in.rniri n

SESSIONAL PAPcR No. 26a

l<';i(l and iroii-cupiH'r ori-t. trmii Hritisli ( nliniilii:! ; /iin- Ir!nliii|i|)ir nYv< frnm (^uciiic;

.111(1 iron jiyritcs from iiorthcni Ontjirin.

Applications have been roceived. asUin;r lor ii-t=> to be niatli; on I nitt.-d States
ores; l)ut inasiuueh as the hiltoratories wi-rc installed for pnrposes of testinjr f'nua-
ilian ores only, tliese applientions had to he met with u somewhat heavy s:'nh' of
<li;n{;es. eonsequcntly the tests did not materiali/e.

In ^laj', Mr. G. C. ^lackenzie. Chief of tlie Division, returned fr<pni Nelson, B.C.,
wliere Jie had resided since the previous October, lieinp- in eharjre of the Zinc Jnvesti-
iiation for the !Mines Bran<-h. In July, ^Ir. ^I:u-ken/ie, in company with Mr. B. F.
llaanel. assisted by ^lessrs. C. S. I'arsons and 11. A. Leverin, represented the Mine';
Branch at Hartford, Conn., durinj;' an e.\i)erinuiital test run of the Johnson electric
zinc process.

In October and Xovoniber, Mr. MacUcnzie visited the mure impurtant iron
centres in the eastern and Southern Ignited States, where he collected information
for the departmental committee preparing a special report on the iron industry — of
which committee he is a member. During this tour, Mr. ^Mackenzie represented tlie
^[ines Branch at the annual meeting of the American Iron and Steel Institute held
in Birmingham, Ala., at the end of October.

DIVISMOX OK MINHKAL HKSoriKKS AND ST.ATISTICS.

This division undertook the usual annual collection, compilation, and publica-
tion of statistics of mining the metallurgical productioji in Canada. In addition to
the statistical reiK)rts, of which seven were published during the year, a revised edi-
tion of the report on "Economic Minerals and ^lining Industries of Canada" was
prepared for distribution at the Panama Pacific Exhibition.

!Mr. McLeish. in charge of the division, prepared the rei)orts on the production of
Iron and Steel; Coal and Coke; Cement, Clay Products, etc., and all other non-
metallic products, while ^fr. Cartwright prepared the report on production of Gold,
.Silver. Copper, Lead, Nickel, Zinc, and other metals. ,

The death of !Mr. Cartwright in October, left the division with an accumulation
of Work at the end of the year, the ai)pointmont ot" a successor not being completed
until February, 1915.

A preliminary report on the ^liiieral Production of Canada during 1014. was, as
usual, separately published two months after the close of the previous year, and is
included as an appendix to this report, p. 107.

DIVIsrON OF RXPLOSIVK.S

Explosives Act.

On May '), 1914, the Minister of ^Nlines (Hon. Louis Coderre) gave notice
in the House of Commons that he purposed introducing a Bill: ''It being expedient
to regulate and control the manufa<'ture, importatit»n, and u>e <f explosives, also the
construction, licensing, and occui)ation of premises to be u.se«l for the manufacturing
and fe-torage of explosives, and to authorize the makinc of official incpiiries when acci-
dents in explosive factories were rcpf>rted."

12 , MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

On May 12, 1914, the new Explosives Bill — as prepared by Mr. Coderre, Minister
of Mines — was read for the first time in the House of Commons.

On May 16, 1914, the Explosives Bill was in Committee of the whole House. The
principal changes made from the original Explosives Bill 79 (1910-11), were in
clause (d), section 2, in the interpretation of the words " explosive" and " magazine,"
and of the addition of a subsection (2) to section 7 : allowing, under certain condi-
tions, the blending of certain component parts of explosives, at or near the point of
use, in which case the place where the blending is done shall not be deemed a factory
or magazine, within the meaning of the Act.

Ill the regulations, a subsection was added governing the blending of the non-
explosive components of an authorized explosive; and an addition was made to sec-
tion 26,^ which reads : —

Nothing in this Act shall relievo any person of the obligation to comply
with the requirements of any license law, or other law or by-law of any prov-
ince or municipality lawfully enacted, with regard to the storage, handling,
sale, or other dealing with explosives, nor of any liability or penalty imposed
by such law or by-law for any violation thereof.

On May 19, the Explosives Bill for Canada, passed its third reading in the House
of Commons, without discussion; May 30, passed the Senate; and on June 12, 1914,
the Bill was finally assented to, and became law. It is confidently expected that now
the Explosives Act has become law, that action will be taken to put its provisions
into force; to have the much-needed government inspection of explosives factories
and magazines undertaken without delay; and, that the establishm.mt of t)ie explo-
sives testing station will be proceeded with, at once, so that Canada will be in a posi-
tion to determine the causes of the disastrous mining accidents that are constantly
occurring. The following tajaular statement shows the fatal and non-fatal accidents
due to explosives in Canada during 1914, which has been compiled from information
furnished by the Department of Labour.

The analysis of the accidents reported to the chief inspectors of mines from some
of the provinces show that the larger percentage of accidents underground are due to
explosions; especially -'s this so when metalliferous mines are under consideration.

Province of Ontario —

Fatal accidents due to explosives — (from 23rd annual report of the Bureau of
Mines, 1914, page 55) —

Explosive accidents — 1913. 1912.

Premature explosion while loading or lighting holes. . S 0

Drilling into bottom of old or missed holes 5 1

Asphyxiation from gases from explosives 1 5

Picking or putting bar into old hole containing explo-
sive 0 1

14 7

This shows that 43-7 per cent of underground fatal accidents were due to explo-
sives: an increase of 100 per cent in the number of fatalities.

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a
Province of British Columhia —

Accidents in metalliferous mines —

(See Quarterly Statement of Cual and Metal Aline Fatalities in British
Columbia, compiled by Mr. Thomas (Iraham, Chief Inspector of Mines,
Fourth Quarter, 1014. Tabic 4 — Number of men killed in and around the
metal mines of British Columbia, for the year 1011, with the fatnlif ic-;
classified according to cause.)

10i4. 10i;5.

Picking or drilling with unexploded powder 1 3

Premature blasts 5 1

Gassing or suffocation from powder fumes ;5 1

Returning on unexploded shots 1 0

Falling in chutes, raises, winzes, etc 1 2

Falls of ground ?> 3

Mine cars and haulage 1 2

15 12

This statement shows that 66-66 per cent of all fatalities, underground, in the
year 1914, were due to explosives; and that 41-66 per cent were due to the same cause
in 1013 — an increase of 25 per cent in one year. It is evident from the above state-
ments, that the necessity for putting the Explosives Act into force is of great
urgency. The fatalities in Canada are so startling — when compared with those in
countries where Explosives Acts have been enforced, owing to irresistible public
opinion impressing on the Governments of those countries the duty of taking every
precaution to safeguard human life — that action in carrying out the expressed legis-
lative will of the people should not be much longer delayed.

^4 copy of the Explosives Act will he found as an appendix to this report, p. 217.

DOMmiOX OF CANADA ASSAY OFFICE, VAXCOIVER, B.C.

The report of the business done at the Dominion of Canada Assay Office, Van-
couTcr, B.C., during the year ending December 31, 1914, has shown a considerable
increase over that of the previous year. This fact shows that the results anticipated
by tlie passing of an Order in Council, in January, 1913, authorizing the abolition
of an assaying and stamping charge of one-eighth of one per cent on the gross value of
the gold and silver contained hi the deposits, are being fully realized.

There were 166,148-83 troy ounces of gold and silver deposited with the Assay
Office during the year 1914, as compared with 111,479-95 troy ounces for 1913, and
59,068-53 troy ounces for 1912: an increase over the two previous years, of 54,669-28
and 107,080-30 troy ounces, respectively.

In order to cope with the increase of business of the Assay Offico during the
year, it was found necessary to make the following changes in, and additions to, the
staff !-

R. Allison, who was formerly assistant melter and janitor, was appointed as

assistant melter, June 20, 1914.
E. A. Pritchett was appointed janitor, June 20, 1914.

MIXES BRAXCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

K. 1). ^MrLellan was appointed general assistant, .lime 2'.J, 1014 (n signed Sep-
tember 11, 1914).

IT, K. Warburton -was appointed temporary clerk, Jnly 4, 1914; called out on
military duty, August 10, 1914, left service October 3, 1014.

During the year 1912, deposits of gold were made, requiring l,30:j melts and
1,300 assays, including the assembling and remelting of the individual deposits after
purchase, into bars weighing about 1,000 troy ounces each, and the assaying of the
same. The net value of the gold and silver cnntnined in the deposits was $2,029,251.31.

The above deposits received came from the foil iwing sources: —

Nuniiier

of
deposits.

Weight.

Net vahie.

Before melting.

After nieltinjr.

106,.591 28

56,567 31

29-70

355 -so-

British Cohunbia

Yukon Territory

Alberta

Alaska

893

209

109,037 86

5B,720 31

30 08

360 -.58

•S cts

1.10.-,, 489 01

<n6,914 44

511 55

6.3-t6 31

1,112

166, 148 -83

los, .543 62

2,029,251 31

Weight before melting 166,148 83 troy oun<4es.

„ after 163,543 62

Loss by melting

TjOss percentage by irielting

2,605-21
1-5680

MISGELLAXlEOrS 31ATTERS.

KLKCTRO-PLATIXG WITH COBALT.

It was mentioned in another section of this report that the investigation con-
ducted in the Research Laboratories of the School of Mining, Kingston, in connexion
with the metal cobalt, showed that for plating purposes this metal possesses qwalities
far superior to those of nickel.

In order to confirm the experiments made in tlie laboratory at Kingston, tests
were made on a commercial scale at the plant of the Russell Motor Car Company,
West Toronto. The results were highly satisfactory, and substantiated our statement
as to the plating qualities of cobalt. In connexion with the above expermieiits, Mr.
Barrows, foreman electroplater of the Russell Motor Car Company, writes to Dr.
Kalmus, as follows—

62S D<>\i:R((>rRT Road,

Toronto, Xovembi-r 2. 1014.
TI. T. Kak.mis. Esq.,

Queens University,

Kingston, Out.
Dkau Sir. — After preparing a cobalt plating solution according to your
formula for bath IB, the .same being equipped with cast anodes of O^^O f.er cent
cobalt, the bath being used dail.v during the past eight weeks plating a great

St 1/ 1/ 1/.') ui.roin 15

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

variety uf copinT, lira>>, iron, >ttil, tin. ( icniuiii >ilviT, \vm\ ami Brituiniia metal
articles of (lifforoiit shapes and sizes, uiuler exaetly the same eomlitiuiis 4i.«. met
with in general niekel jjlatiiig at the t'actory uf the Russell Motor Car Company,
West Toronto, aiul after re^jardinfr the charaeteristies of this parti<-iilar solu-
tion absolutely from u eoniniereial viewixiint, I can lu^artily eontirm any state-
ment you have made to me reirm-dinij this remarkal)lo solution.

The runs niado have varied from ."> minutes to -\. hours, <ind in eaeh ease
the bath has proved wonderfully ettieunt.

The eobalt plates obtained were smooth, white, ami line jiraini'd. very
adherent and uniform. In fact the surface of the.se deposits after sev«'ral hours
run were so very smooth and uniform that a 4-inch cotton buff coloure<l them
to a mirror finish quite easily. We use 14-inch aiul l<!-iiii-h buffs to colour
.'i-hour deposits of nickel.

To test the hardness of the cobalt as compared with nickel with rcferenw
to either buffing or polishing with emery, we plated strips of brass one-half the
surface with cobalt, and one-half with nickel, always giving the nickellod por-
tion the thickest plate, then by buffing or polishing across the two deposits, we
found that invariabl.y the nickel was removed from the brass before the (vlialt,
and in some cases in one-half the time.

Tliough so hard and firm, these plates colour beautifully, with little effort,
and require the use of much less buffing composition than comparatively thin
plates of nickel. Automobile parts of irregular shape were plated for K) and
20 minutes, and finished on a (3-inch buff operated at 3,000 r.p.m. without the
slightest evidence of a defect in the plating.

As a protective coating lor iron or steel surfa<'es, I am convineed that a
comparativel.v thin plate of cobalt will prove equally as effective as a thick
plate of nickel from an ordinary double sulphate niekel bath, and the time and
ix)wer required for the production of such plates is decidodl.v in favour of the
cobalt.

The deposits are also very adherent, no difficulty having been experienced
in this resix?ct, although tests were made repeatedly by bending, hammering.
and burnishing.

One of the weak points of several .-o-eallcd rapid nickel-plating solutions
which we have tried eomnicrcially. is their poor " throwing '' powers, i.e., they
do not deposit the nickel readily in the indentations or cavities of the cathode.
The cobalt solution IB meets this reouirement in a most efficient manner, the
deposits on the distant portions of the cathode withstand the tests imposed in
every case.

Another very noticeable feature of this solution which should commend
itself to every practical plater and manufacturer of plated wares, is the
extremely high current density at which this solution may be employed, with-
out danger of pitting the plated surface.

As a further test we plated steel tubes of 1" diameter, two hours, with a
current density of 27 amps, per square foot, and then drew the tubes down to
§" diameter, without injuring the deposit. Though extremely hard, the ductility
of the deposited metal proved remarkable.

All our tests have been made in a still solution without agitation of any
kind, and the plates were subjected to the most tsevere treatment considered
practical for high-grade metalli*- coatings on the various metals l.eretoforo
mentioned.

We are also of the opinion that tin- anodes in tlie cobalt l>ath IB will
remain free from coatings such as characterize average anodes used in niekel
baths, and that the cost of maintenance will be practically nothijig < ouipired
to double sulphate nickel solutions.

16 MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

I can assure you that my experience thus far with these cobalt solutions
has been intensely interesting, and I sincerely believe that their use commer-
cially would revolutionize the art of electro plating such wares as are now
nickel plated.

The simplicity of its composition, its self sustaining qualities, and remark-
able speed of deposition, together with the several points mentioned previously,
should appeal to the commercial requirements of this progressive age.

I remain.

Very truly yours,

(Sgd.) Walter S. Barrows,

Foreman Electroplaterj

Russell Motor Car Co.,

West Toronto, Ont

628 DovERCouRT Road,

Toronto, December 1, 1914.
Dr. Herbert T. Kalmus,
Queens University,

Kingston, Ont.

Dear Sir, — After thoroughly testing cobalt plating bath XIII B, made
according to your formula, I take pleasure in submitting the following report.

I found the bath very simple to prepare, and at once began to operate the
solution with high current densities. The results obtained were exceedingly
gratifying. Evidently bath XIII B will require no prolonged ageing treat-
ment, as splendid white, hard, perfect deposits were obtained with extremely
high current densities within three hours after bath was prepared. The experi-
ments have been varied and the tests of plates severe and deliberate; the
results have invariably been such as to cause me to regard cobalt bath XIII B
the greatest achievement in modern electro plating improvements.

The operation of the bath is positively fascinating,, the limit of speed for
commercial plating is astonishing, while the excellence of the plates produced
is superior to those of nickel for many reasons.

The efficiency of the freshly prepared solution together with the self sus-
taining qualities of the bath are without parallel in any plating solution of any
kind I have ever used.

Thin embossed brass stampings were plated in bath XIII B for only one
minute, then given to a buffer who did not know the bath existed and who was
accustomed to buffing 1^ hour nickel deposits on these same stampings. This
man buffed the cobalt plates upon a 10" cotton buff wheel revolving at 3,000
r.p.m. The finish was perfect with no edges exposed. These stampings have
been plated in two dozen lots for one minute and from a total of 500 stamp-
ings we have found but three stampings imperfect after buffing. Each stamp-
ing is formed to a spiral after finishing without injury to the deposit. Grey
iron castings witli raised designs upon the surface were plated one minute in
cobalt bath XTII B, then, burnished with 400 lbs. of J" steel balls for ^ hour
without the slightest injury to the cobalt coating, as was proven by a HG hour
immersion in 15 ozs. of water acidulated with 1 oz. of sulphuric acid.

While attempting to reach the limit of current densities which would be
practical with this bath XIII B, I have plated brass automobile trimmings

suM^^.UiY uri'oirr 17

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

with a current density of 244 amperes per square foot. The .pieces were plated
in lots of 0, and a total of 100 were plated, buffed and ready for stock in 1
hours time. No unusual preparation was nnide for the run and the work waa
performed by one man. Size of i)iefe i)latod, lA" x 5".

Automobile luib eapd wore plated throe niinut<« in cobalt bath XIII B and
buffed to a beautiful lustre of deep rich bluish tone by use of a 7" cotton buff
revolving at 1,200 r.p.m. The deposits were ample for severe treatment
usually received by such articles. Comparative tests of these deposits were
made as follows: Same stylo castings plated in double sulphate nickel solution
one hour were suspended as anodes in a solution of equal parts muriatic acid
and water, sheet lead cathodes were used and a current of 200 amperes at 10
volts passes through the bath. The nickel was removed from the castings in
30 seconds while 45 seconds' time was required to remove the cobalt plates.

The above mentioned plating tests were made with still solution, no form
of agitation being employed. By aid of mechanical agitators these current
densities could be greatly exceeded with highly satisfactory results.

These cobalt plates were very hard, white and adherent and coloured easily
with slight effort.

Several plates wore produced upon sharp steel surgical instruments; those
instruments finished perfectly and owing to the hardness of the cobalt plate,
only a thin deposit was required to equal the best nickel deposits which we
received as samples. Cobalt deposits should prove especially valuable for elec-
tro plating surgical instruments for this reason, non-adherent thick deposits of
nickel being very dangerous for this class of work.

Owing to the unusual mild weather in this locality during the past month,
I have not concluded test with cobalt plates on highly tempered nickel steel
blades, but judging from appearances and various severe indoor tests, we do
not hesitate to report success in this direction. A three minute deposit from
bath XIII B resists corrosion equally as long as a one hour nickel deposit, the
finish is even superior to nickel, while every test employed during the process
of manufacturing the nickel plated article has proven equally ineffective with
cobalt plates, therefore by reason of the effectiveness of thin cobalt deposits we
believe cobalt plates should prove wonderfully eflicient on skates, or any keen
edged tool requiring n protective metallic coating.

The runs made with bath XIII B have varied from one minute to 15i
hours, and in each case the results were remarkable. Electrotypes were repro-
duced I'g" thick. Electro-dies were faced with cobalt J" thick, the electrotype
being graphite covered wax and load moulds, while the dies were made on
oxidized silver faced Britannia metal.

The deposits from cobalt bath XIII B wore ver>- adherent and pliable; by
proper regulation of the current beautiful white, hard, tough plates may be
produced quickly on any conducting surface.

The "throwing" powers of cobalt bath Xlll B make possible its employ-
ment for plating deeply indented or grooved articles such as reflectors, channel
bars or articles with projecting portion.

We al«o obtained the best plates with extremely high current densities,
although plates finished with 7.5 amperes per square foot were of good colour
and easily buffed. The production of excellent plates with a current density
of 150 amperes proved particularly easy, and densities in this neighbourhood
Were employed for the greater portion of our tests.

Cobalt bath XIII B will produce excellent hard, white, tough plates abso-
lutely free from pits or blemish at a current density of 150 amperes per .square
foot and under ordinary commercial conditiojis. This is fifteen times the speed
of our fastest commercial nickel solution.
26a— 2

18 MIXES BRANCH,

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

Furthermore, the anode tops and hooks remain free itom. creeping salts.
The solution retains its original clean appearance and the anodes dissolve satis-
factorily, no slime or coating formed, brushing or cleaning anodes therefore
will be unnecessary. The anodes used with this bath were 98-75 per cent cobalt
which were sent me from your laboratory. The bath at the commencement of
our tests was strongly acid to litmus, aiid has remained unchang('d throughout
our experiments. The specific gravity of the solution when freshly prepared
was 1-24 and is the same to-day.

The rich deep bluish-white tone of cobalt plates upon polished brass
surfaces is particularly noteworthy; this feature should assist greatly in
making cobalt deposits very popular for brass fixtures, trimmings and plumbers'
supplies.

My experience with cobalt bath XIII B is by no means at an end. I intend
to continue its use until present supplies are exhausted and then equip a larger
bath if supplies are obtainable. As a commercial proposition I am satisfied it
is wonderfully efficient and economical.

Taking into account the difference in cost of cobalt as compared with
nickel, I am satisfied the metal costs for plating a given quantity of work with
cobalt would be considerably less than for nickel plating a like quantity.

Furthermore the use of cobalt bath XIII B equipped with automatic appa-
ratus for conveying parts through the bath would reduce the labour cost 75
per cent; such apparatus would be practical for a greater variety of wares
than is now the case with nickel.

We cannot speak too highly of cobalt bath XIII B, and confidently believe
its future history will surpass the histoiy of any electro plating bath now in
general use.

In conclusion, please accept my warmest congratulations upon your suc-
cesses with cobalt solutions, and heartily appreciating the opportunity of test-
ing these solutions, I desire to sincerely thank you, kind sir, for the benefits
<lerived therefrom.

Very truly yours,

(Sgd.) Walter S. Barrows^

Foreman Electroplater,

liussell Motor Car Co.,

West Toronto, Ontario.

CliRAMIC LABORATORY.

During the year 1914, provision was made for the establishment of a Division
of Ceramics in connexion with the Mines Branch, and the necessary steps were
taken to equip laboratories for the testing of clays, shales, and other materials used
in our various ceramic industries. The need for this important departure is fully
apparent when it is considered of what value a scientific investigation of our clay
deposits will be to the public.

It has been known that there exist ccrt;iin cLiy (k'i)o.sits in ^Manitoba, Saskatche-
wan, Alberta, Quebec, and Nova Scotia, and the character of their products has
been examined as far as a chemical analysis is concerned. But before it can be fully
decided whether a clay specimen is suitable for the manufacture of tiles, bricks,
sewer pipe, or other clay products, a further investigation is necessary, which requires
Ihat the sample be submitted to a physical examination after it comes from the muffle.

nuMMAiiY in.i'inrr 19

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

Tliorofure, iu order to a.-L-ortaiii, not only the- triio value ot our kiiuwn clay
deposits, but also to assist iu the opening up of new locations, the ceramic laboratory
in charge of a wi'll trained and experienced engineer, will materially advance the
clay industry of the country. The clay operator will be furnislied with complete
information regarding his product, thereby •iiabiing him to take advantage of the
increasing demand for clay materials, which, during the last eight years, has advanced
170 per cent.

^loreover, it is expected that when tlie commercial value of the numerous
deposits, now undeveloped, is ascertained, ther(} will be available for the market, as
the increasing demand requires, a sufficient supply of our domestic clays to offset, to
a certain extent, the amount being imported, which in lf>12 reacliod "ft per cent of a
total consumption valued at $17,149,659.

The following tabulated statement of the production of clay materials for the
year 1013, gives those interested some idea of the activity of the industry: —

Brick, common :r..i»17..';73

Brick, pressed 1.4nS,733

Brick, pavinpT 75,669

Brick, ornamental 1.5,423

Fireclay and fireclay products 142,738

Kireprooflng 461,387

Pottery 53,533 .

Sewer pipe 1.035,906

Tiles .. 338,552

Kaolin 5,000

Total value ■ $9,504,314

TliCllMCAL l.lblJAUV.

During the ealeiular year iyi;j, the growth ol the Technical Library of the
Alines Branch was such that, early in 1914, it was found necessary to move into larger
quarters — on the ground floor. This transfer to more commodious quarters involved
a complete reorganization of the library, and the addition of new stacks, tiling cabi-
nets, nuigazine rack, desk, reading tables, chairs, and other modem library equip-
ment.

In order that the general arrangement and disposition of the books, etc., should
be up-to-date, the librarian thoroughly investigated the conditions at McGill Uni-
versity, and, in addition, took a sgecial course of study in librarycraft at Columbia
University, New York. As a result of tliese investigations and studies in the art of
librarj' keeping, the books have been arranged according to the '* Dewey " decimal
system of classification; the most approved methods of library economy have been
adopted; and a beginning has been made toward establishing a very thorough and
cumprehensive card catalogue.

Much time has been devoted to completing liroken tiles oi iieriodicnls. and prepar-
ing the same for binding.

The efforts toward inaugurating exchange of publications with scientific institu-
tions, both foreign and domestic, have met with most gratifying re-;ulta: 57
exchanges have been secured during the year.

26a— 2 J

20 MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915
Accessions to the Library for 1911^.

Three hundred and twelve volumes have been added by purchase; 339 volumes
have been bound; 3,039 reports, monographs, memoirs, pamphlets, maps, and atlases
from international Geological Surveys, and similar institutions, have been received,
in exchange for the publications of the Mines Branch; 467 bulletins, journals, pro-
ceedings, and transactions of scientific societies, have been received in exchange; 12
periodicals have been subscribed for; and 13 periodicals received in exchange. Total
number of accessions for 1914=4,377.

I have the honour to be,
sir.
Your obedient servant,

(Signed) Eugene Haanel,

Director of Mines.

5 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a A. 1915

INDIVIDUAL SUiMMAHV REPORT

5 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a A. 1915

METALLIFEROUS DIVISION.
I.

EXAAUXATlo.X OF (.KinALX CUPPEK DKPOSITS L\ QIKliEC, OTHKU
METAL MINES, AND OFFICE WORK.

Alfrkp W. 0. Wii.sox.
Chief of the Division.

Various duties assigned the writer necessitated his remaining in Ottawa the
greater part of the year. During this time, in accordance with instructions, a revision
was made of the report on the Petroleum and Natural Gas Resources of Canada, and
also the paragraphs bearing on Pyrites, Copper, and Nickel, appearing in the second
edition of the pamphlet on Economic ^[inerals and ^Mining Industries of Canada.

A considerable amount of attention was given to the organization of the different
field parties of the Mines Branch, and also to the preparation of the Summary Report.

Very little direct progress has been made in the preparation of the manu.'^cript
of the report on the Copper Mines and Copper Mining Industry of Canada. An
exhj\ustive card index and bibliography is being prepared, covering all the published
references we have been able to find, relating to the occurrence of copper ores and
copper minerals in Canada. The number of recorded references has not yet been counted,
but it is probably in excess of seven thousand. The largo amount of material to be
studied and summarized, coupled with the numerous interruptions which appear to be
unavoidable in office work in Ottawa, renders progress on this report very slow, and at
the present time it is impossible to tell when it will be completed.

During the summer, two short field trips were made between the 15th of
August and the i;»th of October. About ten days were sperit in the F>astern Town-
ships of Quebec, on- a visit of inspection to the mines at Eustis, Weedon, Eastman,
and St. Gerard, for the purpose of bringing the information with respect to the
copper-producing mines in Quebec up to date.

Before returning to Ottawa, a visit was made to the Tetraidt zinc, mine near
Notre Dame des Anges, Quebec. The sulphide of zinc, sphalerite, has been found
on this and on several adjoining locations, and much prospecting has been done
during the past three years. On the Tetrault property a promising ore body has
been partially developed, with four prospecting shafts, 58, 85, 92, and 57 feet,
respectively, in depth. There was also a total of about 200 feet of drifting. The
shafts were partially filled with water at the end of August, 1914, and little of the
underground work was visible. Some of the ore recovered during development work
has been hand-picked, and shipped to a chemical works.

The latter part of September and the first two weeks of October were spent in
Northern Ontario, visiting the mines and concentrating mills in the vicinity of
Cobalt and Porcupine, for the purpose of obtaining data for use in the "Nfetal ^fine
volume of the projected report on the ^fining and Metallurgical Industries of
Canada.

2.T

24 MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

II.

THE ATIKOKAN AND MATAWIN IKON RANGES.

E. -LlNDEMAN.

During the field season of 1914, field work was carried on from June 2 to
November 15 on the Atikokan and Matawin iron ranges. The work consisted of
magnetometric and topographical surveys, conducted in connexion with a geological
examination of the ore deposits. The writer was ably assisted in this work by
Messrs, A. H. A. Eobinson, H. Kennedy, and ]\I. Meikle, each- being in charge of a
party of five men. The months of July, August, and September were spent by the
writer, in Ottawa, preparing a report on the iron ore deposits of Canada for the Iron
Committee, appointed by the Government in September, 1914.

ATIKOKAN IRON RANGE.

Between Kawene and Atikokan stations on the Canadian Northern railway,
outcrops of magnetite and pyrrhotite have been found, intermittently, along the
Atikokan river, for a distance of about 16 miles. Numerous locations have, in the
past, been taken up, and a considerable amount of prospecting and development work
has been done on some of these claims. Amongst the locations which have attracted
most attention are E 10 and E 11. These lie east of Sabawe lake. They were
formerly known as the McKellar property, and now as the Atikokan Iron Company's
mine. Mining operations have been carried on here at intervals since 1907, and
90,000 tons of iron ore are reported to have been shipped. The mine is connected
by a branch line, 3 miles long, with the Canadian Northern railway, at Iron Spur,
the distance from this junction to Port Arthur being 128 miles. A description of
the mine, and the eastern part of the range, is given by Mr. A. H. A. Robinson in
his summary report.

Locations R JfOO and R JfOl — Location R 400 is situated about 2 miles west of
Sabawe lake, and about 1-J miles northwest of Hematite station, on the Canadian
, Northern railway.

The claim is 40 chains Iqng and 20 wide, and adjoins claim 401, to the west,
which has about the same area. Both claims are bounded by the Atikokan river,
R 400, on its southwest corner, and R 401, along the whole extent of its south side.

The two claims are traversed from east to west by diorite intrusives, in which
magnetite, pyrrhotite, and iron pyrite occur concentrated into irregular lenses or are
found disseminated in small amounts throughout the rock. Outcrops of greenstone,
carrying some magnetite and sulphides of iron, are first met with about 1,100 feet
west of the boundary line, between claims 400 and 401. From this place the iron-
bearing rock may be traced through claim 400 into 401, a distance of 2,200 feet,
being specially well exposed near the boundary line, between the two claims where the
south side of the ridge descends abruptly towards the river. About 100 feet west of
this line, and at an elevation of about 35 feet above the river, a tunnel has been
driven into the steep hillside. The length of the tunnel is 74 feet. About 37 feet
in from its mouth a vertical shaft, 52 feet deep, has been sunk. The rock formation
exposed by the tunnel consists of greenstone, with irregidar patches of magnetite
mixed with pyrrhotite, or magnetite and pyrrhotite disseminated throughout the
diorite.

In addition to this development work, several trenches and cross-cuts have been
made at various points along the ridge. The principal open-out on lot 400 is l.O.W
feet northeast of the tunnel, exposing the iron-bearing formation across the hill for

SL MUAUY h'i:i'<>KT 25

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

!i (Hstaiii-'t' of .">•_' feot. Tlie fli:irjii't<'r of the fornintimi is lioro tlio saino as tluit seen
ill the tuiiiu'l. An average siuiii)Ie taken iiluiiR tliu eut gave the following analysis:—

I .■ .')310 per cent

SiO 11-20 "

S..' nsT

P 0 015 "

A similar open-cut has been made on the hillside towards the river, about 460
feef west of the tunnel, on claim 401. The cut is 45 feet long, 4 feet wide, and 6
feet deep, trending north and south, and exposing a good magnetite in places, but
also sulphides of iron and rock. An average sample taken along the cut gave the
following analysis: —

Fe 4S.80 per cent

SiO 16. .12

S . .' a.84

P 0 088 "

Going westward from this cut, the country' slopes gently, and no outcrops can
be seen for a distance of about 1,000 feet. At this point a narrow ridge rises above
the surrounding muskeg, and extends along the river for a distance of 2,300 feet.
The greenstone is well exposed on this ridge, often exhibiting a rusty appearance,
owing to the oxidation of iron sulphides with which the rock is heavily charged.

The following analysis represents an average sample taken across the formation
at the western end of the ridge. The length of the trench from which the sample
was taken is 54 feet : —

Fe 3'8-56 per cent

SiO 41. 97

S 3-50

P 0020 "

Crossing the Atikokan river, and going westward on claim 212 X, no magnetic
attraction is noticed for a distance of 1,500 feet, when another magnetic area is met
with, which has a total length of 2.800 feet, and extends from claim 212 X into R 403.
The only exposure of the iron bearing formation on claim 212 X, is in an open pit near
its western boundary line, where a considerable amoiint of pyrrhotite has been exposed.
Farther west, on claim 403 R, the country becomes higher, and the iron bearing
formation is found along a ridge rising in places 60 to 70 feet above the river.
Numerous trenches and test pits have been made along this ridge, exposing in most
cases pyrrhotite with some magnetite, and showing the iron bearing minerals to occor
in irregular lenses throughout the diorite. The width of the area within which these
lenses occur may roughly be estimated at 100 feet. An average sample taken from one
of the trenches gave the following analysis: —

Fe 5100 per cent

SiO 2-58 "

S .". 15. 28 "

P 0025 "

West of this mineralized area there is no indication of any iron ore dep>osits for a
distance of one mile, or before claim 139 X is reached. This claim lies north of the
Atikokan river, near mile post 135 on the Canadian Northern railway. The iron
hearing formation is here exposed in numerous places along a high ridge which extends
from claim 139 X into the adjoining claim 138 X. It consists of the same type of
diorite as found on the other claims previously described, with magnetite and pyrrhotite

26 Mn'ES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

disseminated tliioughout the ruck. In places, the pj'rrhotite and magnetite are found
concentrated into irre^lar lenses or pockets. The iron and sulphur content of the ore
varies considerably. Diamond drill records kindly furnished the writer by Mr. R. H*.
Flaherty show the iron content to range from 62 to 38 per cent with a variation in
sulphur of from 3 to 25.p6r cent. The phosphorus content is generally low, ranging
from 0-006 to 0-045 per cent, while the silica varies from 2 to 16 per cent.

Judging from the magnetometric survey, the length of the area within which
pyrrhotite and magnetite may be found on these two claims is roughly estimated at
2.C00 feet, with a maximum width ef about 250 feet.

A iew hundred feet farther west several small detached magnetic af'eas indicate
the presence of pyrrhotite and magnetite. They arc, however, of too small extent to
be of economic interest.

Iron location near mile post IJfO. — This property lies about 5 miles west of
TTematite station near mile post 140, and about 2i miles east of the Atikokan station
en tin Canadian Northern railway.

The area covered by the summers field work is 1 mile long and 2,000 feet wide;
the greater part of wliich is occupied by basic igneous rocks of the diorite type. In
the southern part a typical micaceous slate is well exposed along the railway for a
distance of about 2,000 feet. The general strike of the slate is N. 72° E., with an
almost vertical dip.

The chief iron-bearing minerals are iron pyrite, with some magnetite. They
are found disseminated in small amounts throughout the diorite in several detached
areas. These areas generally show a rusty appearance owing to the oxidation of the
iron pyrite. The principal occurrence is on a hill about 900 feet northwest of mile
post 140. The red brown gossan can here be traced along the top and flank of the
ridge for a distance of 600 feet. At the west end a trench, 50 feet long and 5 feet
deep, has be.en made across the top of the hill, exposing a fine grained rusty looking
basic rock, with magnetite and iron pyrite disseminated throughout the mass. An
average sample taken along the trench gave the following analysis : —

Fe 39-50 per cent

SiO, 20-]0 "

S.." ■ 5-37 " .

P 0-021 "

Judging from the magnetonictric survej', the total length of this mineralized
area is about 880 feet, with a maximum width of 110 feet. The magnetic attraction
is, however, very irregular within the area, indicating an irregular and pockety
distribution of the magnetite in the diorite, and giving little encouragement for
finding any ore body of economic importance.

About 800 feet west-southwest of the area just described, another occurrence of
gossan outcrops on the top and along the south side of a small hill. It has -a length
of 250 feet with a width of about 50 feet. Crossing the Atikokan river, several small
areas showing tlie same rusty looking rock are fomid on the steep hill immediately
Gouth of the railway track. Several trenches and test pits have been made on tliis
hill, but without revealing any ore body of economic interest.

COMMinuiAL I'OSSIBII-ITIES OF Tlli: ATIKOKAN IHOX 1{AN(;K.

With various intervals, mining operations have been carried on at the Atikokan
mine since 1907, and about 90,000 tons of magnetite have been shipped by the
Atikokan Iron Company to its blast furnace in Port Arthur, and there smelted after
first being roasted. The average iron content of the crude ore is reiiorted by the
company to be Srk 8 per cent, with a sulphur content of 201 per cent.

SI u \i \n) i;i I'oin 27

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

On till' UH'>t«'rii part of the ranffo, i.«'.. mi the prnpcrtii-s wot nf Snl»a\vc lake,
the conditions are somewhat ditTerent. The ores here arc generally uuieli liiglirr in
sulphur, and on some of the claims the iron-bearing mineral consists exclusively of
pyrrliotitc. which mineral is not generally looked upon, at the present time, as a
.source of iron ore. But assuming, as claimed l)y certain parties, that it is metallur-
gically possible to roast these high sulplnir ores in si)j'cially constructed furnaces,
down to a sulphur content of less than one-half of 1 jur cent, the cost of roasting
the ore, added to that of mining, which, owing to the irregular aiul i»oekcty charactiT
of the ores is likely to be rather high, would, in all probability. n-iidiM- it iini).>--ilili'
to carry out stu-h a process economically at the present time.

MATAWIN ntoN «.\NGK.

This range, as tar as it lias been traced, has a total length of 'Xt or 4i» mile-. ;iiid
extends from Greenwater lake eastward, south of Lake Shebandowan. to Kaminis-
tikwia on the Canadian Pacific railway. The iron formation consists of int<'rl»andi d
jasper and other cloe-ely related siliceous material, usually magiu^tite, although
at times the iron-bearing mineral associated with the jasper is hematite. The iron
range is not continuous for all this distance, but forms a series of detached areas
or lenses of various size, which, generally, have an east and west trend, with an
flmost vertical di)). The distance between the various areas of the iron formation
varies cr.n-iderably, but may reach several miles in places.

The part of the range which has so far attracted most attention, is in the vicinity
of Shabaqua station, on the Canadian Northern railway, about 53 miles west of Port
Arthur, where a large number of claims have been staked on both sides of the Matawin
and Shebandowan rivers.

The latter part of the field season of 1914 was devoted to this locality, and a topo-
graphical and magnetoinetric survey made of the following claims: W 21<'t: W 217: W
218; W219; W 220; 'W 221 ; and W 223.

Location W 21G is situated on the south side of Matawin river where the Sheban-
dowan river flows into it. The Canadian Northern railway traverses nearly the whole
north part of the location.

The iron formation is well exposed on a hill about one-fourth of a mile south of the
railway track, and about 800 feet w'est of the eastern boundary of the claim. It consists
of a fine grained bluish grey siliceous slate, through which exceedingly fine crystals of
magnetite — hardly visible to the naked eye — are disseminated. The average iron
content of the formation is very low. Two samples taken at the east and west ends
of tli'^ exposure and representing a width of .57 atul 3.') feet, resjieetively. gave the
'ollowjng analyses: —

No. 1. No. 2.

Yv 20-0!» 20-90

SiO ni.2n G3.(M

S Trace. 0-085

P. 0015 0-087

fioing westward, several other .smaller exposures of iron formation can l)C seen
on this claim. The iron bearing series is. however, of even a leaner character than
that previously described, and may more appropriately be classed as ferruginous .slate.
Snfficient magnetite is present in the rock to enable it to be traced across the claim by
magnetic readings, but from an economic point of view it is of no importance.

Location W 217 is situated due west of W 216. It is heavily drift cf>vered and no
outcrops of the iron bearing .series are visible, but by magnetometric readings it can
be traced acro.ss the whole width of the claim, i.e., about half a mfle.

28 MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

Location W 218 is due we?t of W 21Y, and is 1 mile long and half a mile wide.
The iron formation is prominently exposed near the western boundary line of the claim,
on a big clifF rising about 25 feet above the surrounding country, and having an
elevation of 1,450 feet. The character of the iron formation is similar to that
previously described, although its iron content seems to be somewhat higher as shown
by the following analysis representing an average sample taken across an outcrop 47
feet wide near the cliff: —

Ye 29-49 per cent.

SiO^ 52.14 "

Another sample taken about 500 feet farther cast, and representing an outcrop 17
feet wide, give the following analysis: —

Pe 30-25 per cent.

SiO,' 51-25 "

Judging from the magnetometric readings, and a few outcrops, the iron bearing
formation can be traced across the whole width of the claim, reaching its maximum
width of 300 feet about 700 feet east of the western boundary line of the claim.

Claim W 219 adjoins W 218 to the west. It is 1 mile long and half a mile wide,
and is divided into two parts by the Matawin river. The iron-bearing formation can be
traced, by magnetic readings, from the eastern boundary line of the claim westward
to the Matawin river, a distance of 1,200 feet. It is well exposed in a ravine south
of the old camps, and yet more prominently along two small knolls farther west, near
the river. The iron formation is leaner than that of the previous claim described.
Four samples taken at various points across the formation, and representing a width
of 47, 75, 52, and 38 feet, respectively, gave the following analyses : —

No. 1.

No. 2.

No. 3.

No. 4.

SiO-,

13-38
70 03

24-28
58 78

17-31
66-70

17 81
65-05

For a distance of about 1,700 feet west of the Matawin river, the magnetometric
survey gives no indication of any continuous iron formation, and a few very small
scattered magnetic areas are all that can be found on this part of the claim.

But at a point about 350 feet west of the boundary line between "W 219 and W 220,
the magnetic attraction comes in again, hence, westward, the iron formation can be
traced by outcrops and magnetic readings, with one or two small intervals, through
claims W 220, W 221, and W 222, a distance of 7,000 feet. Judging from the magneto-
metric survey the width of the iron-bearing formation on claim W 220 may be
roughly estimated at 50 to 200 feet. It increases, however, considerably on claim W
221, and reaches a width of over 1,000 feet near the boundary line between W 221 and
W 222. Going farther west on W 222, the iron formation decreases again in width,
being 100 to 400 feet wide.

On claims W 221 and W 222, the iron formation consists chiefly of a fine grained
siliceous hematite, interbanded with siliceous material, black and red chert. Judging
from the magnetic character of the formation, magnetite is also present. Four samples,
taken across the exposed formation at various points, gave the following analyses: —

No. 1.

No. 2.

No. 3.

No. 4.

SiO, -

25 07
.■)4 20

2!) 35
48 76

30 89
46 34

27 86
41144

SUMMARY HEl'OUT 29

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

The width of the exiJOsures from which the suuiples were taken were lUU, ;J5,
36, and 47 feet, respectively. Samples Nos. 1 and 2 are from claim W 221 ; 3 and 4
from \V 222.

From what has been said in regard to the extent of the iron formation on thdse
si'Vtn claims, it is evident that a large (luantity of low grade ore is available, all of
which, however, requires tine crushing and concentration, with subsetiuent briciuetting
<v nodalizing before it can be made marketable. To carry on such an operation
ptofitably, at the present time, does not seem feasible, owing to the low iron cojitent
of the ore, and the extreme fineness to which the grinding would have to be carried
before a satisfactory separation could be attained. The iron formation of the
western claims, W 221 and W 222, offers also another objectionable feature for
magnetic separation, on account of the iron-bearing mineral being present there,
chiotly in the form of hematite.

III.

ATIKOKAN IRON RANGE.
A. H. A. Robinson.

The Atikokan iron range is situated in the district of Rainy River, not far west
of the boundary of Thunder Baj district, and lies close to, and just to the north of,
the main line of the Canadian Northern railway between Port Arthur and Winnipeg.
Starting about a mile and a half east of Atikokan station, it can be traced eastward
as a broken chain of iron deposits, following the general course of the Atikokan river
for a distance of some 1(3 miles; the outcrops often standing out on low hills in the
river valley.

The eastern portion of the range, with which the present report deals, extends
from Sabawe lake — a lake expansion of Atikokan river — in a direction N. 87° 27' E.
(astronomical), for a distance of a little over 3 miles, to Attraction lake, a small
stagnant pond lying a short distance north of the river.. Starting at Sabawe lake,
a small, unimportant outcrop of the iron formation is found on the lake shore, just
south of the mouth of the river. Eastward from this outcrop no continuous attrac-
tion is found for a distance of half a mile, when the compass needle again indicates
the presence of the range beneath the covering of drift. Hence, eastward, the
magnetic attraction is continuous — with one or two minor breaks — to Attraction
lake. Between Sabawe and Attraction lakes the magnetic belt crosses the following
mining claims, given in order from west to east: — 24 E, 2-'> E. 10 E, 11 E. 12 E,
25 E, and 20 E.

A spur line, H miles long, connects the Atikokan Iron Tl!ompany's workings on
E 10 and E 11 with the main line of the C.N.R. at Iron Spur, 128 miles west of
Port Arthur.

The district traversed by the iron range shows considerable variety in the
character of the rocks which occur in it. According to Dr. A. C. Lawson (G. S. C,
No. 24, Geological Series), the iron-bearing belt lies at, or very close to, the contact
between a Keewatin series of greenstones, felsites, quartz-porphyries, etc.. and their
schistose equivalents, and a later sedimentary — Seine — series made up largely of
dark, grey and grey-green, micaceous quartzites, and greywackes. grading into seri-
citic schists. In the immediate vicinity of the iron-bearing belt, on cither >ide of it.
the rocks exposed are, at this eastern end of the range, so fine grained and schistose
as to make the determination of their original character difficult. A short distance
til the nurtli «(f tlu' orr. li.«\vfvcr, tlicv :ir(> finmd tn irr:idc iiifn -cliistnso Tvcc\viit;n

30 MIXES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

greenstones, while on the other side, to the south, greywackes and quartzites become
distinctly recognizable at a short distance from the ore. Both ore and schists have
a vertical dip. The strike of the ore belt is everywhere parallelto the schistosity of
the enclosing rocks, and maintains a remarkably straight course of about N. 84° 27'
E. for the three miles between Sabawe and Attraction lakes.

With regard to the origin of the Atikokan ore, it has been usual to refer it to
the pegmatite type; it is supposed to have been brought to, or near, the surface in
magmas, and extruded from them much as in the case of pegmatite dikes. Dr. A.
C Lawson, who has made the most recent detailed study of the geology of the region,
suggests, however, a different mode of origin. His idea is, that the iron was derived
from the weathering of Keewatin rocks, in pre-Seine or early Seine time, and was
afterwards concentrated either in bogs on the old Keewatin surface, or by under-
irround circulation after the burial of the weathered and iron-rich surface by the
Seine? sediments.^

Atikokan Iron Mine: Mining Locations E 10 and E 11.

The Atikokan iron ore deposits were discovered in 1882. by Jim Shogonosh, an
Indian trapper in the employ of Mr. G. McLaurin, of Savanne. The latter interested
Messrs. McKellar Bros., of Fort William, who applied for, and acquired from the
government what is now known as mining locations E 10 an-d E 11. In 1905, the
property was taken over by the Atikokan Iron Co., of Port Arthur, Wm. ^fackenzie
president, and in 1906-Y the same company built a blast-furnace at Port Arthur to
use the ore from their Atikokan mine. The first shipment of ore was made in May,
1907, since when shipments have been made as follows:—

1907 19,105 tons.

1908 nil

1909 14,014 "

1910 . .. 26.318 "

1911 30.737 "

1912 434 "

A total of 90,608 tons mined and shipped since the mine was opened.

All the ore was sent to Port Arthur, and, after roasting to remove sulphur, was
used in the company's blast furnace there, for the manufacture of foundry pig-iron.
No ore has been mined since 1912.

As disclosed on locations E 10 and E 11, the range outcrops as a steep narrow ridge
of green schist, with which are inter-bedded irregularly-shaped, roughly lenticular,
overlapping bodies of magnetite or magnetite and pyrite. This hill, along which the
ore outcrops, is 3,800 feet long, 400 feet wide at the widest place, and has a maximum
elevation above the swamp that surrounds it on all sides, of about 100 feet. The rock
immediately in contact with the ore is partly a hornblende chlorite schist, partly a
massive pyroxenite, often heavily impregnated with pyrite nad pyrrhotite. Beds of a
greyish-white chert are also found intercalated with. the ore and schist, and, in the
ore bodies on the north side of the ridge especially, a dark green slate interlaminated
with magnetite in narrow bands, is often found. To the north the ore-bearing belt is
bounded by a wall of highly schistose, light-coloured acidic rock.

These two locations, E 10 and E 11, are the only ones on the eastern end of the
range on which any extensive development has been done, or from which commercial
shipments have been made; they, together with E 12, are the property of the Atikokan
Iron Co. The development work consists of: five tunnels. A, B, C, D, and E, named in
order from west to east; three shafts Nos. 1, 2, and 3, also in order from west to east;
and six diamond drill holes. The first four tunnels, A, B, C, and D, have been driven

1 " Archnean Geology of Rainy Lake Re-Studied," by A. C. Lawson. — G. S. C. No. 24,
Geological Series.

sTUUiAM urrnirr 31

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

through the hill from side tu side a little above the level of the swaini); the tiftli. E,
penetrates it from the south for about 100 feet. The shafts arc all on the south side of
the hill and from the bottoms of Nos. 2 and 3 cross-cuts have been driven north through
the ore, at depth of 150 and 12(5 feet respectively below the level of tlie tunnels. The
No. 1 shaft, sunk on a band of highly pryritiferous ore, was stoped at a depth of 47
feet.

Following, are particulars of sections through the hill at the different tunnels —
the sections and analyses being taken from the Atikokan Iron Company's records: —

Tuhni'l A. 400 fppt rrnm the west end of the ridge on E 10.

Section, south to north.

Tron 4S'26 per cent.

Ore and pyrito Silica 6*06 " 7*0 feet.

.Sulphur . . . IS'Sl

I'hosphoru.s . 0-000

Rock.. ..• 27-0 '•

Iron 45'1 per cent.

Banded maRnttite and pyilte Silica 4*90 " 2fi*o "

Sulphur ... 14 -93

I 'hosphorui? . 0*060

Rock .and lean ore • ■*f5 . "

Iron 42'3 per cent.

Mixed ore and roclc Silica IS-fi " 34-.-. "

Sulphur . . . fi-38
I'hosphorus

Rock •'■■'* "

Iron.. .. 51 '2. 5 percent.

Ore ^.Silica I.tMO " S'O "

Sulphur . . . 1"30
Phosphorus

Rock ^'^'^ '

Titnni'I B. 1,185 feet east of A.

Section, south to north.

Rock 22-0 feet.

Iron. ..... 4fi"8 per cent.

Ore and pvrite Silica 16-6 " l2-(i

Sulphur ... 12-3

Phosphorus . 0*34
Rock 9"0

Iron .".2'00 per cent.

Ore -^'I'fa ^^'-^ " ^'^ '■ '

Sulphur . . . 4*77 "

Phosphorus . 0*S5 "

Rock ..■•■• 3-0 "

Iron .".0"60 per cent.

Ore -'='*"■« l''"3-» " 24-0 "

Sulphur . . . 6*75 '*

Phosphorus . 0*20 "

Rocli ^^■'^

Iron .")9*00 per cfnt.

Ore S''i<^'» 8-30 " 22-0 "

Sulphur. . . . 2-17
Phosphorus.. ••'fO

. Rock . . •• •■ ■• -"•" •'

Iron 4.'j'92 per cent.

Ore Silica lOMO " 0-0 "

Sulphur ... 441

Phosphoru.s

Rock . .

I-on .')S'3H per cent.

Ore . Silica 9*97 " .>-0 "

St'lphur. .. 2'7S
Phosphorus . 0M35 "

Rock, . '■'' <■*"•'

Ore

Rock. . .

32 MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

Tunnel C, the main working tunnel, situated 500 feet east of B, about half-way
along the ridge close to the line between E 10 and E 11.

Section, south to north.

Rock 61-00 feet.

ilron 60*00 per cent.

South ore body (stoped) Silica 8*50 " 47*0 "

Sulphur . . . 2-01

Phosphorus . O'll "

Roclc 62-0 '•

2 Iron 47*68 per cent.

Xorth ore body Silica 17*51 " 42*0 "

Sulphur . . . 2*30

Phosphorus . 0*193
Rock 60*0 "

1 Average of three years' shipments.

2 Average of five analyses.

Tunnel D. 450 feet east of C, starts from a small open-cut on the south ore body.

Section, south to north.

ilron 59*57 per cent.

South ore body (stoped) Silica. .... 8*41 " 40*0 feet.

Sulphur . . . 2*17
' Phosphorus . 0*11 "

Greenstone, chert and chlorite schists 62*0 "

2 Iron 59*40 per cent.

North ore body Silica 8*10 " 33*0 "

Sulphur . . . 0*61
Phosphorus . 0*041
Rock 97*0 "

1 Average of four analyses.

2 Average of five analyses.

Tunnel E, 510 feet east of D, has been driven 98 feet into the hill.

Section, south to north.

Rock •• 10-0 feet.

ilron 46*86 per cent.

Ore with pyrite Silica 15*90 " 47*0 "

Sulphur . . . 12*90
Phosphorus . 0*169

Rock .

19*0

2 Iron 56*18

Ore .. Silica 11*05 " l7*0 "

Sulphur . . . 1*97

Phosphorus . 0*157
Rock, to end of tunnel.

1 Average of five analyses.

2 Average of three analyses.

The ore is a hard, dense, magnetite, difficult to mine, and refractory in the blast
furnace. Associated with it are pyrite and pyrrhotite in varying quantities, also a
little chalcopyrite. The sulphur content is high, running from 2 per cent to 25 per
cent and over, so that all the ore has to be roasted before it can be used for the
manufacture of pig-iron. Phosphorus is above the Bessemer limit, and nickel i3
present in minute (|uantities.

An average analysis of all shipments to date, totalling 90,608 tons, is as follows: —

Silica 8*68 per cent.

Alumina 1"^'^

Metallic iron 59*85 '•

Phosphorus ^*1'

Manganese (\'\\

Lime (CaO) 3*00

Magnesia (MgO) -'^^

Sulphur 2*01

Titanium nil

Copper 0*12 "

Nickel <^*1 1

SUM MARY liKPOIiT 33

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

The great bulk of this ore has come from an open-cut about 300 feet long, 40
feet wide, and 60 feet deep, on the south side of the hill at C tunnel. Sniiillcr
amounts have come from a small open-cut at the south entrance to D tunnel and
from development work.

' As regards the quantity of ore available, there are, without doubt, some millions
of tons scattered through the hill. But as it occurs in bodies very irregular both in
their outlines and in their distribution through the enclosing rock, so that the
relative proportions of rock and ore over a given width of the ore belt vary greatly
within short distances, any accurate estimate of available tonnage is difficult. In
addition, the variable and in places very high sulphur content, a matter seriously
affecting the value of the ore, would have to be taken into consideration in any
estimate of commercial tonnage.

Mining Locations E 12, E 25, and E 86.

From the east end of the ridge on E 11, the ore-bearing belt has been traced
eastward over swamp and rock, across mining locations E 12, E 25, and the greater
part of E 26. Judging from the magnetometer readings, it has, over this stretch.
a width of from 40 to 75 feet, and is. continuous, with the exception of two short
breaks, for the entire distance.

Very little work has been done on this part of it, so that while outcrops of the
decomposed iron-stained rocks of the iron range are of frequent occurrence, actual
exposures of magnetite are small and unsatisfactory, and no opportunity is afforded
of getting sections through the magnetic belt, or ascertaining the width of ore in it.
Judging by what can be seen, however, it is probable that any ore bodies will be
found to be much smaller than those occurring on E 10 and E 11. and that the
sulphur content will be at least as high as it is there.

Mining Location E 23.

From the westerly end of the ridge on E 10, where it disappears under the swamp,
the ore-bearing belt has been traced westward for 2.400 feet, under deep drift all the
way. This takes it about two-thirds the way across E 23.

As there are no outcrops, nothing definite is known about either the quantity or
quality of the ore here. By referring, however, to the section at tunnel A — the nearest
good exposure on the ore-bearing belt — it will be seen that at that point the ore had
become highly sulphurous nearly all the way across the belt.

KAMINISTIKWIA.

South of Kaministikwia, a station on the Canadian Pacific railway, 28 miles west
of Port Arthur, along both sides of the Kaministikwia river, in the townships of Ware
and Conmee, there occur numerous outcrops of banded iron ore and jasper. These
from part of what is sometimes known as the Afatawin iron range, a belt of banded
iron formation which runs from Greenwater lake eastward, south of Lake Shebandowan,
to Kaministikwia — a distance of 30 or 40 miles. For the purpose of outlining the
areas actually underlaid by this iron-bearing material, a magnetometric and topo-
graphical survey of the district was undertaken, and about one square mile of it between
Kaministikwia and Mokomon — a .station on the Canadian Northern railway 2 miles
south of Kaministikwia — was covered during the season. Maps showing the results
of this survey are now being prepared for publication.

The iron formation consists of jasper, or other closely related siliceous material,
with which is interbanded narrow seams of mixed magnetite and hematite. The
magnetite-hematite bands run usually from a mere film, up to an inch in width, and

26a— 3

34 MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

form but a small proportion of the whole formation. A number of average samples
taken across the outcrops in different parts of the field yielded, on analysis, 16 to 30
per cent of iron, and 50 to 70 per cent of silica. Nowhere was the iron found concen-
trated in sufficiently large bodies to be workable. Picked samples of the magnetite-
hematite bands freed from jasper are of fair grade and quality. They occur too
sparingly, however, to afford much promise of any scheme for their mechanical con-
centration being commercially profitable.

TOWNSHIP OF MISCAMPBELL.

In the early part of August, a visit was paid to a reported discovery of iron ore
near Fort Frances, Ont., on lots 4 and 5 in the second concession of the township of
Miscampbell.

As far as can be seen on the comparatively small outcrops exposed, the deposit
consists of large blocks of a low grade iron-bearing formation included in eruptive
granite. The included material consists of finely granular magnetite and quartz in
more or less distinct bands. It is distinctly crystalline, and rather friable in character.
Crystals of pyrite and garnets are found scattered through it, in small amounts.

Several diamond drill holes were put down on the property by Fort Frances
parties, but nothing of importance was found.

Should large continuous bodies of this material be found so located as to be easily
and cheaply mined, it might, on account of its granular, friable nature, offer possibili-
ties as a concentrating proposition. Found here, however — as inclusions in granite —
it gives little promise of commercial value.

SLMMMCY UirORT

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

NON-METALLIFEROUS DIVISION.

IJMKSTOA'KS OF THE riiOVINCE OF QTTEBFC.

HOWELLS FUKCIIHTTE.

Chief of Division.

In the suinnior of l!)14, an cxaniination of the limestones throughout the province
of Quebec was begun, with a view to investigating their economic importance and
their suitability^ for various uses in the manufacturing industries. Samples were
collected from over a hundred localities, and these have since been analyzed by Mr.
II. Leverin, of the Mines Branch. Note was made of quarrying possibilities at the
various outcrops, and of transportation facilities. Working and abandoned quarries
were also visited and sampled.

The sections of the province covered were as follows: from Bryson to Quyon;
Hull and vicinity; the Gatineau valley, from Wakefield to Aylwin; Buckingham and
vicinity; Argenteuil county; Ste. Therese and vicinity; Montreal and vicinity; and
tliat portion of the province lying south of a line drawn through Valleyiield, Beloeil.
St. Ilyacinthc, Drummondville, and D'Israeli. Witliin these areas there are a
number of localities which will be visited and examined later.

Mr. J. A. Fournier, a student at Queen's University, was field assistant, and
fulfilled his duties well.

The following is a brief description of the limestones in those parts of the
province visited, and analyses are quoted of samples, both from the more important
occurrences, and also from those sections in which only impure material was found
to exist.

BRVSON — QUYON.

Throughout the tow^nships of Litchfield, Clarendon, and Bristol, there are
numerous exposures of crystalline limestone. In the neighbourhood of Bryson and
Portage du Fort the rock appears to be much freer from impurities than elsewhere.

At Bryson, Kobert B. Carswell owns and operates a quarry and lime-kiln. There
Hre two small quarry openings very close to one another. The western one furnishes
the limestone for burning, which is fairly coarsely crystalline and is banded with dark
streaks of impurities, principally graphite with some yellowish granules. In the
eastern pit the stone is somewhat coarser in texture and is almost free from the
graphite banding. This stone is used for building purposes.

Sample 4 is from the western pit, and 5, which is seen to be a true dolomite, i»
f^-om the eastern pit Both are of good grade: —

In!>i>lnhl<» mineral matter

OxkIh of iron — all expressed as ferric oxide.

Aliitnina

Calcium carbwrnate'

Mafrnfsiiim carbonate*

Graphite

* Equivalent tfi lime

'Eqiiivalfnt to ma^nieiia.

26a— 3i

VTA

2 08

0 .'V?

0 07

1 44

0 .32

76 «9

52 76

21 21

44 96

0 ."Kt

42 hO

29 .W

10 15

21 51

MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

At Portage du Fort, a large marble quarry has been opened by the Pontiac
Marble and Lime Co., Ltd. The workings are to the north of the town*, beside the
right of way of the Canadian Northern railway which is under construction.

The stone is coarse grained, and varies from a pure white to white with yellow
patches and veinlets. The waste rock and spalls should be of value as a source of
dolomite for wood-pulp making. The following analysis is from a general sample
taken of all the exposed beds: —

Tnaoliible mineral matter

Oxide of iron — all expressed as ferric oxide.

Alumina

Calcium carbonate^

Magnesium carbonate^

'Equivalent to lime ....
* Equivalent to magnesia.

0 15

0-22

0 06

.57 14

43 12

.32 00

20 63

Along the Ottawa river at Portage du Fort, and on the island immediately
opposite, there are numerous exposures of similar coarse grained dolomitic limestone.

In the eastern portion of the township of Clarendon the crystalline limestones,
which outcrop frequently, are much less dolomitic, and are dirtier in appearance, con-
taining almost 1 per cent of graphite as well as small quantities of mica, tourmaline,
•and tremolite. The average of several analyses of these limestones shows 7-3 per
cent of magnesium carbonate, and 90 0 per cent of calcium carbonate.

Along the Canadian Northern railway new roadway, crystalline limestone has
been exposed at a number of points in Bristol township; the stone being similar to
that in the eastern portion of Clarendon.

Two exposures of what is probably Beekmantown limestone were observed, one
at Quyon and the other at Portage du Fort. While suitable for rough building
purposes, they are high in insoluble matter, iron and alumina, and would produce a
very poor grade of lime.

HULL.

At Hull, Trenton limestone has been extensively quarried for building stone,
macadam, lime-burning, and cement-making. A number of the bed? produco a very
high grade of building stone.

The stone is brownish in colour, and varies from very fine grained to fairly coarse.
It produces a good grade of high calcium lime, when burned. Two analyses will serve
to indicate the general composition : —

Tn.tdUible min'-ral matter ■.■•••. • •

Oxidf of iron — all expressed as ferric oxide.

Alumina

Cilcium rarbonate'

Maj^nesium carbonate^

'Equivalent to lime . . ..
"Equivalent to maj^nesia

10.

11.

3 24

0 84

0-21

0-39

0 25

i)3 84

H7 l»

1 31

t 48

52 55

54-40

0G3

0 7t

SLMiiAin unroiiT

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

CATINEAU VALLKV,

Throu.frhout the Gatincau valley, crystalline limestones are found in many places,
frequently extending in long bands for many miles. They arc, as a rule, very coarse
grained, and contain a noticeable quantity of impurities, such as mica, graphite,
apatite, tourmaline, serpentine, chondrodite, and pyrite, and. possess, consquently a
dirty appearance.

Due to the rough nature of the country, there are 'numerous hills and knolls into
which quarries could be easily developed; but this same roughness means hilly roads
and expensive haulage charges, so that possible quarry locations are confined to a
'•narrow strip, close to the railroad.

The following analyses are of samples from the best exposures of limestone
visited : —

12.

13.

14.

15.

l(i.

17.

Insoluble mineral matter

Oxide of iron all expressed as ferric oxide

Alumina

Calcium carbonate*

MacTiesiuiu carbonate^

Carbon (grraphite) . . .

1 00
0 14

0 oi;
sr.oo

13-60
0-42

47 -(iO
6 54

3 39
0 28
0 06
88-48
6 56
1C7

49 55
3-14

2 00

0-30

OOP

85-89

12 24

48 10
5-86

3-80
0 24
0 02
93 57
1-98

52 40
0 95

1 42
0 14

0 01
95-09

2 38
0 42

63 25
114

144
0 14
0 OG
92 59
6-45

' Kqui valent to lime

"Equivalent to nia^psia

51 85
3 09

12. From small quarry at Ste. Cecile de Masham.

13. From rock cut on railroad at Farrelton.

14. From foot of Paugen falls, west side of Gatineau river.

15. From lot 39, range "VIII, Aylwin township.

16. From lot IG, range III, Aylwin township.

17. From farm of Thos. McCombley, lots 6 and 7, range VI, Aylwin township.
A small quantity of lime is burned here for local use.

BUCKINGHAM.

The crystalline limestones seen in the district around Buckingham, are all very
impure, and are unsuitable for lime-burning purposes.

ARGENTEUIL COUNTY.

The rocks of the major part of the county of Argenteuil are of Laurentian age.
Crystalline limestones are fairly abundant, extending in long narrow belts in a
generally norht and south direction. The southeastern portion of the county is over-
lain by more recent rocks, and, for the greater part, has a continuous covering of soil.
Limestones of Calciferous age are to be seen in a few places.

In the township of Grejiville, the crystalline limestones vary greatly in character
and purity. On lot 15, range IX, and lot 18, range XI, quarries have been opened in
deposits of a super-magnesia dolomite or calcareous magnesite. On lot 15, range IX,
a calcining kiln about 40 feet high, and 7 feet internal diameter, has been built by the
Canadian Magnesite Co., Ltd., — owners of both properties. Most of the haulage is
done in the winter, owing to the poor summer roads.

MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

The following analyses are of general samples, " 21 " being from lot 15, range IX,
and " X " from lot 18, range XI :—

Insoluble mineral matter

Oxide of iron— all expressed as ferric oxide

Alumina

Magnesia ...

Xiime

Carbon dioxide .

'Silica. -By difference.

The crystalline limestones of this county vary greatly in content of magnesia, and
range from less than one per cent, to very highly magnesian. As a rule they contain
noticeable amounts of graphite, chondrodite, and other impurities.

Immediately south of Lachute, a fine grained, hard, bluish limestone is being
quarried for road metal on the farm of George Fraser. It is probably of Calciferous
age. The following is the analysis of a sample taken at this quarry : —

Insoluble mineral matter

Oxide of iron — all expressed as ferric oxide

Alumina

Calcium carlx)nate'

Magnesium carbonate^

•Equivalent to lime

■* Equivalent to magnesia

26.

18-80

0-55

1 45

45 44

33 15

25-45
15 86

There are many exposures of limestone along the Ottawa river, between Carillon
and Grenville. In some places, the beds are of fair thickness, but in others are thin,
and full of shale partings. The two following analyses will serve to indicate the
composition of the limestone exposed in this part of the county : —

Insftluble mineral matter .......

Oxide of irtm— all expressed as ferric oxide.

Alumina

Calcium carbonate '

Magnesium carbonate"'*

* Equivalent to lime . .

• Equivalent to magnesia

28.

2!).

3 70

B 90

0 -.">;-)

0 70

0 2.1

0 90

or!i()

82-59

'2 i:\

7 10

51 -.'SO

46 25

1-02

3-40

Sample 28. — From an old quarry near the head of Carillon canal. One bed is
18 inches thick.

Sample 29. — From cliff, on bank of Ottawa river, between Cushing and Stonefield.
Here the beds are thin with shale partings.

SUMMARY REPORT

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

STE. TIIERESE.

Three miles north of Ste. Therese, there is a quarry, and an old fashioned lime-kiln,
owned by Placide Sauche. Some of the stone from this quarry has been used for
building purposes. It is of good texture, and occurs in beds of workable thickness. It
probably belongs to Chazy age. The following analysis is from a sample taken in this
quarry : —

Insoluble mineral matter

Oxide of iron all expressed as ferric oxide.

Alniniiia

Calcium carlxanate '

Magne.iiura carbonate^

' Equivalent tu lime. ...
^fxiuivalent to magnesia.

30,

070

0 16
94 64

2 38

53 00

1 14

Within the town of Ste. Thereso, and to the south of the town, are two quarries
Irom which limestone is being taken for road metal. The rock is close-grained,
hard, and appears to be well suited to the purpose. The two following analyses are
of samples taken from these quarries: —

Insoluble mineral matter

lion oxide- all expressed as ferric oxide

Alumina

Calcium carbonate*

Magnesium carbonat<^- ,

' Equivalent to lime

■^ Equivalent to mafi^esia

32.

13 84

6 70

1-21

113

0 21

2 40

49 91

»;ri6

34 36

25-91

27-95

34 2.5

IG 44

12 W

Sample 31 from quarry, in Ste. Therese, owned by J. Fred Pare.
Sample 32 from quarry one-half mile south of Ste. Therese station.

MONTREAL AND VICESITY.

On the island of Montreal there are numerous limestone quarries, large and
small. Some of these were visited during the past season, but much work remains
to be done during the field season of 1915. The following analyses are given as an
indication of the composition of the stone from the various districts: —

Insoluble mineral matter

Iron oxide -all expresse<l as ferric oxide

Alumina

Calcium carlninate '

Ma^esium carlxmate'

• Equivalent to lime . .

* Equivalent to mafpiesia

38.

5 04
0-43
0-97
91-96
1 92

61 50
0 92

39.

14 00
0 40

0 10
79 91

2-75

44-75

1 32

41.

1 r^i

0 93

0 17

88 .•«»

8 94

49-50
4 28

43.

0 .5<i

0 34

tMr44

2 31

50 65
111

MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

Sample 38 from quarry operated by Norman M. McLcod at Point Clair. General
sample of face about 40 feet high.

Sample 39 from quarry of Canada Cement Co., Ltd., at Points aux Trembles.
General sample of face about 30 feet high.

Sample 41 from St. Denis quarry, in the Villeray group of quarries.

Sample 43 from one of the quarries on the property of M. S. Jarry, Mile End
group.

The first, second, and fourth of these quarries are in Trenton limestone and the
third in Chazy limestone.

On He Jesus, which lies to the north of Montreal island, there are a number of
quarries situated at St. Vincent de Paul, St. Martin, Cap St. Martin, Village
Belanger, and St. Francois de Salles. The field work on these quarries is not yet
complete : —

34.

35.

36.

37.

Insoluble minpral matter

2-30
0-70
1 40
93-75
1-46

52-50
0 70

1-44
0 64
012
95 03
1-58

53 50
0-76

3 76
0 71
0 33
91-60
2-17

51 -.SO
104

1-30

Iron oxide — all expressed as ferric oxide

0 50

Alumina

Calcium carbonate' .

Magnesium carbonate ^

0 14

95-98
158

1 Equivalent to lime .......

* Equivalent to magne.sia

53 75
0 76

Sample 34 from quarry of N. Prunet, near St. Vincent de Paul.
Sample 35 from quarry of Joseph Monette, Village Belanger.
Sample 36 from Paquette and Gauthier's quarry. Cap St. Martin.
Sample 37 from quarry of Theodule Saumure, Cap St. Martin, one-half mile
east of sample 36.

VALLEYFIELD A\D HUNTIXGDON.

That portion of the province of Quebec lying between the International Boundary
and the St. Lawrence river, and west of St. Timothe, St. Etienne, and Ormstown. i.-^
underlain, almost entirely, by Calciferous beds.

The surface soil or clay is very thin in many places, and outcrops of rock are
frequently met with. At Valleyfield, two quarries, opened in highly siliceous beds,
are being operated at present. The product 'of these quarries consists of building and
curbstones and broken stone for concrete and road metal. The stone is very hard, and
breaks with a subconchoidal fracture. '

A sample taken from one of these quarries contained 46-5 per cent of insoluble
mineral matter, 15-5 per cent lime, and 0-64 per cent magnesia.

About 7 miles southeast of Valleyfield, near St. Louis 'de Gonzague, there are
two quarries from which stone is being taken for road metal. The stone is similar
to that being quarried at Valleyfield, but is less siliceous. A sample taken from the
quarry of Theoret and Leduc contained 32 0 per cent insoluble mineral matter, 20-70
per cent lime, and 13-24 per cent magnesia.

In the township of Godmanchester, two quarries, from which limestone was
being taken for road metal and concrete, were visited. That owned by O'Connor
Brothers, and located on lot No. 416, about 2 miles west of Huntingdon, shows about
11 feet of strata. .

St .l/.l/.l/i'l' UEroiiT

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

Ono mile wcet of the above, Ross, Cliureli, aiul Company liave recently opened n
quarry for road metal. About 8 feet of hard, touKh. Hno grained, grey limestone
arc exposed : —

59A.

7 04

0 93

1-33

57 85

31 22
Not det.
Not det.

32 40
14-92

5'.)li.
3 40

0 8»;

0 00
52 23
41-80

Not det.

29-25
20 00

60.

Insoluble iniiieral mfttter

Iron oxide- all expressed ad furric oxide

Alumina

Calcium carbonate'

Majniesiuni carbonate'.

Pho8plioru8 ... J

15 30
0-H(J
0 38
45 53
30 02
0 008

Sulphur

0 458

• Equivalent to limo

* Equivalent to niagnesia

25-50
17-52

Sample 59A represents the top G feet of O'Connor Brothers' quarry.

Sample 59B represents the lower 5 feet of O'Connor Brothers' quarry.

Sample 60 was taken in the quarry of Ross, Church, and Company.

Near Caughnawaga, there are a number of quarries from which much limestone
has been taken for building stone, and lime-burning, also, for rubble and concrete.
At the time of my visit, only one quarry was in operation. It was the old " Indian
Quarry," situated about a mile to the west of the village. Here, G. H. Leahy, of
Montreal, was removing spalls and waste rock for rubble work. A sample taken down
the face of the quarry gave the following analysis: —

Insoluble mineral matter

Iron oxide— all expres-^ied as ferric oxide

Alumina

Calcium carbonate'

Magnesium carbonate'

" Ecjuivalent to lime

* Equivalent to magnesia

4 66
1-43
0-57
89 10
3 97

49 JW
190

RICHELIEU VALLEY^ SOUTH.

To the west of the Richelieu river, and south of St. Johns, there are numerous
exposures of limestone suitable for lime-buming, building purposes, and for road metal.

MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

Between St. Johns and L'Acadie, two quarries were visited. Lord and Herbert's
quarry, situated about 2 miles due west of St. Johns, is at present closed. One mile
farther west is the quarry of David Brault. This quarry is producing crushed stone
only, as, also, did that of Lord and Herbert. The following analysis is of an average
sample from Brault's quarry: —

Insoluble mineral matter

Iron oxide — all expressed as ferric oxide.

Alumina.

Calcium carbonate'

Magnesium carbonate'

' Equivalent to lime

* Equivalent to magnesia.

45.

10-20
i) 63
017

84-64
2-90

47-40
1.3!)

Near Grande Ligne, there is a large and well equipped quarry — at present idle —
owned by the Otis Quarries, Ltd. It is situated about a mile and a half north of the
■village, and is connected with the Grnad Trunk railway by a spur about one-half mile in
length. The limestone there is found is fairly massive beds, some being 18 to 24 inches
thick, and is of good colour and texture. At the time of my visit, there was much water
in the pit, but a sample was secured representative of the upper ten feet of the beds;
this yielded : —

Insoluble mineral matter

Iron oxide — all expressed as ferric oxide.

Alumina

Calcium carbonate'

Magnesium carbonate'

' Equivalent to lime

* Equivalent to magnesia.

48.

272
0-71

017
85-35
10-24

47 80
4 90

About G miles south of Grande Ligne, and 1 mile northwest of Stottsville, there is
an old quarry from which stone was taken many years ago, for lime-burning and build-
ing purposes.

The following analysis is of a sample taken in this pit : —

Insoluble mineral matter ...

Iron oxide — all exjjressed as ferric oxide

Alumina

Calcium carboii.ate'

Magne.sium cjvrbonate'

• Equivalent to lime

' Equivalent to magnesia.

51.

2-OG
0 14
0 IH)
90 44
5 22

50 6.^
2 50

.srui/t/.') ini'oRT

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

About 2J miles west of LacoUo villnjje, on raiiKe IV of Lncolle township, there is
an extensive exposure of a close grained, bluish-grey limestone, on the property of
O. Duchene. This st(Mie occurs in beds from one to three feet thick, and should
prove suitable for building stone or road metal. A partial analysis showed: —

Insoluble mineral matter.

Lime

Magnesia.

.34 30

27 75

6 56

West of Napierville, two old abandoned quarries were visited. One is on the
property of Arthur Fortin, one mile west of Napierville, and the other one mile farther
west, near Douglas Corner, on the property of Hormidas Bechard. Some years ago
lime was burned at both pits: —

Insoluble mineral matter

Iron oxide — all expressed as ferric oxide.

Alumina

-Calcium carl)onate'

Magnesium carUmate*

' Equivalent to lime.

^ Equivalent to magnesia .

3 76

0 14

006

91 60

3 44

51-30

1-65

53.

3 30

0-50

0 06

72 19

24-45

40 42
1170

Sample 52 was taken from property of A. Fortin.

Sample 53 was taken from property of H. Bechard.

On lot 6, Cote St. Marc, Laprairie county, a little over 2 miles northwest of St.
Jacques, there is an old quarry from which building stone has been taken. There
was much water in the pit at the time of my visit, but the beds appeared to be of
considerable thickness, and to consist of a good grade of building stone. The follow-
ing analysis is of a sample taken from the upper beds : —

Insoluble mineral matter

Iron oxide — all expressed as ferric oxide.

Alumina

Calcium carlxmate'

Magnesium carbonate'

• Ecpiivalent to lime

' E<iuivaU-nt to magnesia.

54.

1-40
0 40
0 04
1M» 27
7-27

60 55
3 48

MISSISQUOI COL-XTV.

From an economic standpoint, the limestones in this cminty may W placed into
three groups.

The first group of samples, including numbers 69, 71, 72, 74A, 74B, and 75, are
all very low in insoluble mineral matter and other impurities. These samples were
taken over a rather narrow strip of country extending from the southwest corner of
8t. Armand township, on the shore of ilissisquoi bay, to a point about 1 mile south-

MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

west of the town of Bedford. The stone is light bluish-grey for the most part, and
is extremely fine grained. At Philipsburg, the rock is variegated, and yields a
beautifully marked marble. The whole of the above area is in close proximity to
railroads and lies within 55 miles of Montreal. It should, therefore, be classed as
One of the most important limestone localities within the province.

At Philipsburg. the Missisquoi-Lautz Corporation, Ltd., operate a modem lime-
kiln in connexion with their large quarry and polishing works: —

Insoluble mineral matter

Iron oxide all exjHessed as ferric oxide.

Alumina

Calcium carbonate'

Magnesium carbonate*

Phosphorus

Sulphur

'Equivalent to lime ....

^Equivalent to magne.sia

69.

71.

72.

74 A.

74B.

loO

0-40

0-28

1-14

3-94

Trace.

007

Trace.

•1 14

0-28

0 10

0 04

0 06

0-18

95-80

98-75

98-93

f'6-25

94-91

lf)0

1-21

1 07

1-44

0-98

Not det.

Not Het.

Not det.

53-65

55-30

.55-40

53-90

.5315

0-91

0.58

0-51

■

0-69

0 47

75.

041

016

85
86

Sample 69 was taken on the farm of D. J. Pells, lot 2, range VII, Stanbridge
township.

Sample 71 was taken on lot 6, range VII, Stanbridge township.

Sample 72 was taken on the farm of E. H, Morgan, lot 2, range IX, Stanbridge
township.

Samples 74A and 74B were taken from the spalls at the marble quarry of the
Missisquoi-Lautz Corporation, Ltd., at Philipsburg. Sample 74A represents the white
and light coloured spalls, and 74B the darker and less pure spalls.

Sample 75 was taken on. lot 21, West Parish of St. Armand. owned bv M.
McXamara, of Bedford,

The accompanying map shows the localities from which the samples were taken.

SU\f]tM{Y REI'OUT

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

Flu. 1. Maj> of part of .Mi.M.His(|Uoi Co., C^^'t'l'^'C.
Scale : 2 miles to 1 inch.

l^INES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

The second group of sample?, including: numbers 61, 63, 64, and 65, were taken
along a ridge which extends north and south for a number of miles through Mystic,
and about one mile to the east of Bedford. The limestone is a brecciated, light grey
to bluish-grey, fine grained stone, much interveined in places with calcite. Sample
69, of the first group, while much purer, is also a brecciated limestone: —

InsoUible mineral matter

Iron oxide — all expressed as feme oxide

Alumina

Calcium carbonate*

Magnesium carbonate^

'Equivalent to lime

*Equivalent to magnesia

61.

5 46
0 27
013
90 53
1-81

5070

0-87

63.

5 30
0 43

0 07
90 80

1 75

50 85
0-84

64.

5-50
0 28
0 08
91-78
1-62

51-40
078

65.

•04
•45
11
-43
•56

51 20

0-75

Sample 61 was taken about one mile east of Stanbridge station, on the road to
Bedford. ;

Sample 63 consisted of material taken from various points along the ridge, over
a distance. of half a mile, on lots 13, 14, and 15, range Vii, Stanbridge township.

Sample 64 was taken in an old quarry, owned by A. S. Walbridge, of Mystic,
on lot 15, range YTI, Stanbridge.

Sample 65 was taken on lot 21, range VI, Stanbridge.

The third group of samples taken in Missisquoi county consists of much less
pure material. The samples were taken to the east of the two foregoing districts.
The stone here is uniformly darker in colour than in the former areas, and is made
up of alternating layers of very thin shale and limestone. It is considerably higher
in magnesia, and although in some places the percentage of shale present is small,
the rock is, for the most part, of little or no commercial value. Three samples,
numbers 62, TO, and 73 were taken to indicate the nature of the stone.

Sample 62, taken on lot 13, range VI, Stanbridge township, contained 43-02 per
cent. insoluble mineral matter, 16-55 per cent lime, and 9-98 per cent magnesia.

Sample 70, taken on lot 7, range VI Stanbridge township, contained 30-54 per
cent insoluble mineral matter, 39i-50 per cent lime, and 1-73 per cent magnesia. On
this same lot, but farther to the west, outcrops of a better grade of limestone were
noticed.

Sample 73 was taken on lot 13, West Parish St. Armand township : —

Insolnhle mineral matter

Iron oxide — all expressed as ferric oxide.

Alumina

Calcium carlxmate'

Magnenium carbonate'

'F.cpiivalent to lime

'Equivalent to magnesia.

73.

8 82
0 53
0 29
80 35
6 16

45 00
2 95

SUMMARY REPORT

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

ROUVILLE COUNTY,

In the county of Rouvillc, two limestone exposures were sampled.

Two samples were taken from old quarries on the farm of II. Berard, on the south
side of the Casimir road, one-half mile southeast of the main road running north from
Farnham. Sample 66 is an averape sample taken in the .««outhernmost <juarry, and
sample 67 represents the material of the upper beds exposed in the north quarry. The
lower beds in the quarry are similar to those of the south quarry. The limestone of
the south quarry is very dark in colour. Calcito veins are abundant in both quarries.
The upper stone of the north quarry is thinly bedded and hard: —

Insoluble mineral matter.

Inni cixido— all expressed as ferric oxide

Alumina

Cali'inni carKmate'

Mapne^iiiin carbonate'

'Kquivalent tt>lime

'KquivaU-nt to ma^esia

GG.

13 00

0 (m;

0.3

1 1

4f.

10 If)
Trace.

0 10

87 0.-.
2 40

48 75

1 15

The other locality sampled in Rouville cdunty was rn the fa:m if Antoine Menard,
on the north side of the Papineau road. The beds are very thin and are interveined
with calcite in many places. The dip is about 75 degrees to the west. An analysis of
stone from this locality foUows: —

Insoluble mineral matter

Iron oxide— all expressed as ferric oxide.

Alumina

Calcium carlnmate'

Magnesium carbonate'

•Equivalent to lime

*KquivaU;Dt to mofrnesia.

10 44

0 24

0 10

86 07

1-81

48 20

0 87

B.\GOT COUNTY.

At La Carriere. situated about 4 miles southeast of St. Hyacinthe, there are a
number of small quarries asd lime-kilns. These pits produce building stone, as well
as stone for lime-buming.

The three following quarries were visited. On the north side of the road, a small
pit is worked by Alfred Corneau, from which he takes stone for a small lime-kiln.
Sample 76 was taken here.

Joseph Lapointe's quarry to the south of the road, produces building stone, and
supplies stone to Benoit et Fils, for lime-buming. Sample 77 was taken from this
quarry.

Adolph Barrow's building stone quarry is situated a short distance to the west
of the preceding one. The stone is similar to that from the pit owned by Alfred
Comeau.

Mlt^ES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

Benoit et Fils operate two lime kilns at St. Dominique, a short distance southeast
of LaCarriere. They purchase all the limestone used.

Inw)luble mineral matter _ ._ . . .

Iron oxidt — all expressed as ferric oxide.

Alumina

Calcium carbonate'

Magnesium carbonate*

'Equivalent to lime. . .
^Equivalent to magnesia.

1-84
■ 0 14

0 08

*i(;07

0 69

100
014
002
%-43
1 67

.^3-80
0 33

5400
080

In the township of Upton, Bagot county, there are a number of exposures of
fairly good limestones. Two outcrops were sampled.

About 2^ miles north of Upton, on lot 51, range XXI, there is a small pit by
the road where prospecting work has been done on a showing of copper ore.
The country rock is limestone, which is well exposed over a considerable area to the
north of the pit. Sample 93 was taken from the limestone exposed in the prospect hole.
Owing to the weathered condition of the stone and the difficulties of sampling, it was
impossible to get truly representative material.

Sample 94 was taken on lot 49, range XX. Here, also, some prospecting has been
done for copper.

The limestone forms a ridge about 20 feet high, and covers two acres or more.

Other ridges or " hogs-backs," are to be seen on the opposite side of the road.

Insoluble mineral matter . ...

Iron oxide — all expressed as ferric oxide

Ahuriina

Calcium carbonate'

Magnesium carbonate*

'Equivalent to lime

'Equiv.ilent to magnesia.

94.

6 36

4 40

0 59

0 71

0 13

0 45

9009

8312

1 38

10 07

50-45

4C 55

0-66

4-82

On lot 34, range V, Acton township, Bagot county, there is a large exposure of
light grey, fine grained limestone. It is owned by Eugene Leclerc, and in it are
some small pits from which stone was taken for lime-burning a number of years ago.
Sample 95 consists of stone taken in several of these pits. This property is situated
about one mile north of Actonvale.

A specially selected sample, number 96, was taken in the old Actonvale copper
mine, on lots 31 and 32, range III, Acton township, a short distance southeast of
Actonvale. In taking the sample, an effort was made to avoid such pieces of the
limestone as contained noticeable quantities of copper or other sulphides, the

SVMM.ih'Y HKl'OUT

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

object being to obtain n sample representative of what would bo waste rock from
copper niininp. l^pon the large waste dumps about the mine are large quantities of
brokon limestone: —

Insoluble mineral matter

Iron o\i(li» — all expressed as ferric oxide.

Aliiiniiia

Calcium farl><)niite'

Ma^^nesium carbonate*

•Equivalent tn lime

'Equivalent to maf^esia.

95.

IMi.

5 Ofi

5-(M)

o-4:{

0 37

0 57

0 39

84-91

KV-yl

8-8(i

10 16

47-55

40-80

4 24

4 8(i

DRUMMOND COUNTY.

Only one limestone quarry was visited in this countj'.

Sample 78 was taken in a small quarry on lot 1-4, range X, West Wickham
township. This is owned by E. Lupien, who burns lime in a small kiln. The stone
is much interveined with calcite. and contains some copper pyrites: —

Insoluble mineral matter

Iron oxide — all expressed as ferric oxide

Alumina

Calcium carbonate'

Majrnesium carbonate'

•Equivalent to lime

'Equivalent to maijnesia.

78.

6 08

0 53

1-37

7(5 25

10 84

42 70

5 IG

Along the St. Francis river, near Drummondville, there are a number of
exposures of impure limestone. A sample taken 4 miles up-stream from Drum-
mondville contained about 30 per cent of insoluble mineral matter.

DANVILLE AND VICINITY.

All the limestones seen in this neighbourhood were impure, with thin inter-
bedding of slate, and often much interlaced with veinlets of quartz and calcite.

Tli£ three following analyses will serve to illustrate the composition of the lime-
stones of the district: —

110.

111.

Ijo

Insoluble mineral matter.

17 44
110

0 44
78 .39

1 52

4390
073

9 58
0-85
0 11
8714
190

48-80
0-91

17 20

Iron oxide -all expressed as ferric oxide

Alumina.

Calcium carbonate'

Mafniesium carbonate*. .

'Equiv.-tlent to lime

^]<k]niyalent to magnesia

1 (>7
0-08

77 59

2 »M

43 45
1 27

26a— 4

MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

Sample 110 was taken on lot 23, range I, Warwick township, Arthabaska county.

Sample 111 was taken on lot 18, range I, Shipton township, Riclimond county.
This sample was somewhat weathered, and is therefore probably slightly higher in
insoluble matter than it should be. It was difficult to obtain a sample, as the old pits
were all tilled in with soil. At one time lime was burned here for local use. Sample
112 was taken on lot 17, range VII, Tingwick township, Arthabaska county. At one
time lime was burned here for local use.

STUKELY TOWNSHIP.

The Dominion Marble Co., Ltd., is quarrying marble on lot 8, range II, South
5tukely, Sheiford county. The stone is of fine texture and handsomely marked, the
various beds supplying marble of different combinations of colours.

The two following analyses are of samples of spalls and waste rock taken at this
quarry. Sample '81A is of the white stone, and 81B of the coloured stone: —

SIB.

Insoluble mineral matter

Iron oxide— all expressed as ferric oxide

A.lumina

Calcium carbonate'

Mapnesium carbonate*

'Equivalent to lime

^Eqiiivalent to magnesia.

510

1-86

1-24

62-50

28-51

.35 00
13-64

5-56
0-56
'0 20
83-75
9-94

46-90
4-76

This quarry was originally opened to supply stone for lime-burning. For some
time no lime has been burned here.

In the village of South Stu'kelj*, near the station, quarries have been worked in
the past, but are now idle.

On lot 13, range VII, North Stukely, Delphio Bauregard operates a quarry and
lime-kiln. Sample 82 was taken in this quarry : —

Insoluble mineral matter

Irfin ()xide — all expressed as ferric oxide.

Alumina

Calcium carlxmate'

Magnesium carbonate'

' Erpiivalent to lime

* Equivalent to UjagTiesia .

' . 120

0 20

Trace.

95-18

3-05

53 30
t 4e

KNOWLTOX AND VICINTTV.

Two old abandoned quarries were visited near Knovlton. The stone in both
quarries is very dirty in app(>arance, and much fractured. Sample SO was taken in
the quarry on the farm of J. C. Patterson, lot 10, range XI, Brome township, and

NTI/UIAM" REI'OliT

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

eainple S;J at tlie quarry on lot 10, raufje XI, Hroiiif township. Lime was burned at
both of these localities many years apo, and is said to have been strong though dark
in colour: —

Insoluble mineral matter

Iron cxiile — !\ll expn'ssed as ferric oxide.

Aluiiiitia

Cak-iuni carUmate'

Magnesium carbonate'

' Etpuvalent to lime . .
' Kquivalent tu magnesia.

80.

83.

9-88

7.22

3 86

1 OO

0 70

0 04

49- 10

83 48

36 07

4 18

27 05

46 75

17 26

2 00

L.VKE .MKMPHREM.\GOG.

On the east side of Lake Memphremagog, there are innumerable exposures of
slaty black limestones. Lime has been burned from time to time at various points
near the shore, but of late years no use has been made of the stone. At Magoon
point, a purer grade of limestone is reported. It was impossible to visit this during
the past summer. Samples will be obtained later.

Near Sargents bay, on the west side of the lake, there are a few exposures of
limestone which have been quarried in the past for the production of stone for lime-
burning.

The following analyses are of samples taken in this district: —

84.

85,

86.

88. -

89.

Insoluble mineral matter

10 14

0 79

4 15

50 09

35 70

28 05
17 08

13 44

0 :^5

0 2(;

83 30
2 29

46 65

1 10

6-60
0 .57

0 11
90 -a5

1 52

50-60
0-73

11 44

0 50
0-38

81-78
2 64

45 80

1 22

9-78

Iron o.xide — all expressed as ferric oxide

0 r>4

0 .52

Calcium carb<jnate'

Ma^nieHinm carbonate*

• Kquivalent to lime

* Eqiivalent to magnesia ...

84-28
2 59

47-30
I 24

Sample 84 was taken on lot 12, range XIV, Magog township, Stanstead county.

Sample 85 -was taken in an old quarry, on lot 27, range II, Stanstead township,
Stanstead county.

Sample 86 was taken along the shore of the lake, near the site of aii old lime-
kiln, on lots 20 and 21, range I, Stanstead township, Stanstead county.

Sample 88 was taken in an old pit on lot 28, range X, Bolton township, Brome
county.

Sample 89 was taken on the farm of S. A. Jones, lot 24 (?), range X, Potton
township, Brome county.

SOUTHEASTERN COUNTIES.

In Stanstead county, east of Lake Memphremagog, and in Sherbrooke and Comp-
ton counties, the limestones encountered are all verj- highly arenaceous, and almost
black in colour.

26a— 4A

MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

The following partial analyses are quoted merely to indicate the type of rock
which occurs throughout this section: —

—

S7.

91.

92.

97.

Insoluble mineral luatter

3r-28
31 00
2-40 i

47-12

25 30

2-86

• 5000

24-55

1 53

54-16

Xiime

''0 86

Magnesia

2 70

Sample 87 was taken on lot 11, range Y, Stanstead township, Stanstead county.
Sample 91, was taken on lot 7, range V, Ascot township, Sherbrooke county.
Sample 92 was taken on lot 6, range IV, Hatley township, Stanstead county.
Sample 97 was taken, in the bed of a river on lot 5, range V, Barnston to-wnship,
Stanstead county. ,

ALONG QUEBEC CENTRAL RAILWAY (SHERBROOKE TO d'iSRAELI).

Search was made for limestone for several miles on both sides of the Qaebec
Central railway. Most of the limestones within this area are very impure, and thin
bedded. At Bishop Crossing, a highly arenaceous limestone is quarried for flagstone.
The stone splits readily along the bedding plains, producing an even and very true
surface. Flags are made up to 12 feet by 5 feet, and from 2 to 5 inches thick. Along
the ridge which runs from Lime Ridge to Aylmer lake, there are occasional exposures
of limestone of much better grade, several of which have been worked.

At Lime Ridge, in Dudswell township, Wolfe county, the Dominion Lime Co.,
Limited, operates a large quarry, which supplies stone to eleven lime-kilns. Five of
these are modem gas-fired kilns, and the balance are fired with wood.

The stone is compact, and for the greater part, free from slate.

This is the only working quarry in the district: —

90.

98.

99.

100.

101.

102.

103.

104.

105.

106.

107.

108.

109.

Innoluble min-
eral matter . .

Iron oxide, all
fxprerised as
ferric oxide . .

66-94

38-82

200

0-21
009

95-71

1 19

1-80

0-21

0 11

96-87

1 34

0 60

0-10
002

98 -75

0-85

.38-20

20 00

5-92

0 35

016

91-52
1-81

21-14

14-74

1-28
0-82

52-23

29 26

51-82

9-88

0-45
0-15

87-50

1 60

20-34

Caloinm carbon-
ate'

Magnesium car-
bonate'^

' K(|nivalent to
lime

11-90
1-92

29 10
3-78

99 20

B3 60

0-57

100-33

54-25

0-64

100 32

55-30

0-41

32 00

31 15

99-76

51-25

0 87

40 10
2 29

98-33
29 25
14-00

17-20
4 36

99-58

49-00

0-77

41 35

'Kqnivalent to
magnesia

1-56

11-66

2 18

Sample 90 was taken on lot 13, range VII, Stoke township, Richmond county, near
Stoke Centre.

Sample 98 was taken by the roadside 2 miles soiithwest of Weedon in Weedon
township, Wolfe county.

SUMMAin h'Kl'OliT 53

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

Sample 99 was taken in an old marble quarry on lot 21, range VII, Dudswell town-
ship, Wolfe county. The blocks of stone in the qunrry show rather bad weathering-
Samples 100 and 101 were taken in the (luarry of the Dominion Lime Co., Ltd.
The former represents the material of the northeast working face of the pit, and the
latter that of the southeast working face.

Sample 102 was taken from the pile of waste rock of Wm. Bentley's flagstone
quarry, on lot 15, range V, Dudswell township.

Sample 103 was taken on lot 17, range IIL Weedon township, along the road which,
leads from Weedon station to Weedon Mines.

Sample 104 was taken in a small quarry, which is at present idle, on lot 21, range
VII, Weedon township. The stone which is somewhat shattered and interveined with
calcite, was, a few years ago, used for lime-burning. There is some pyrite visible in
this limestone.

Sample 105 was taken on Long point, Aylmer lake, in Oarthby township, Wolfe
county. It represents an impure thin bedded limestone of no apparent value.

Sample 106 was taken from a knoll of brecciated fine grained limestone, somewhat
over 100 feet long and 60 feet in width, on lot 22, range V, Stratford township, Wolfe
county.

Sample 107 represents a slaty limestone which occurs on a point in Lake St.
Francis, on lot 22, range HI, Lambton township, Frontenac county.

Sample 108 was taken in an old quarry owned by Francois Briere, situated on
lot 2G, range Vll, Wet'don township. The limestone occurs in fairly massive beds, with
thin slate partings. This stone was at one time burned for lime, and is said to have
produced a strong hydraulic lime.

Sample 109 was taken on lot 3, rarfge C, Garthby township, Wolfe county.

EXTENSION OF WORK.

This investigation of the limestones of Quebec will be continued during 1915.

INVESTIGATION OF MISCELLANEOUS NON-METALLIC MINERALS.

Hugh S. de Schmid.

During the season of 1914, I visited a number of localities in the provinces of
Ontario, New Brunswick, and Nova Scotia, at which non-metallic minerals are being
worked, or have been worked within recent years. The visits were made for the purpose
of obtaining first-hand information as to the extent of the operations hitherto carried
out upon the deposits of the various minerals; to investigate the methods of working
and treating the material produced; and to determine the future economic possibilities
of the deposits: such information, if circumstances warrant it, to be published in a
series of short, individual bulletins.

The minerals investigated include the following: barytes, manganese, infusorial
earth, scheelite, talc, fluorspar, and actinolite. In addition to securing data on the
foregoing, visits were made to all the fertilizer works in Eastern Canada, for the
purpose of obtaining information as to the nature, capacity, etc., of the various plants;
these details being required for inclusion in the report on phosphate, now nearing
completion. The feldspar district north of Kingston, Ont., was also visited, in order
to bring up to date the information already collected on this industrj', and to take
note of any new developments since the last visit paid to this section, in 1912. Certain
other feldspar deposits in the more or less immediate vicinity of Ottawa were visited,
these having been either only recently discovered or exploited.

54 MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

Of the minerals mentioned above, (not including feldspar), the only ones that ar/i
being worked actively at the present time were found to be talc, infusorial earth, and
barytes. Although the present output and importance of any of the minerals m(;n-
tioned is comparatively small, and hardly justifies the preparation of an individual
bulletin, nevertheless the data secured has proved of the greatest assistance in
enabling the Mines Branch to supply the latest information regarding the different
industries to the numerous interested parties, both at home and abroad, who have
addressed inquiries since the outbreak of the war concerning the possibility of
obtaining from this country certain minerals, the supply of which has been curtailed,
or cut off by the war. Particularly was this the case with barytes and infusorial
earth, which, from the number of inquiries received, would seem to be in great
demand, the former by domestic and the latter by British consumers.

Brief mention of the actual status of the above-mentioned industries is made
below.

ACTIKOLITE.

Mining of this mineral has not been carried on for several years past, and in
1914, only a small shipment of ground mineral from stock was made. The actinolite
deposits are situated in Elzevir township, Hastings county, and Ivaladar township,
Lennox county, Ontario, and are owned by the Actinolite Mining Company, of
Bloomfield, N.J.

Actinolite, which is a green, fibrous mineral, is used as a cheap substitute for

asbestos, for insulating boilers and steam pipes; also, when finely ground, in plaster.

About 10 per cent of the mineral mined in Elzevir township is stated to be sufficiently

£brous to be employed in boiler covering.
\

BARYTES.

barytes exists in large amount in the vicinity of Lake Ainslie, Cape Breton.
This is the only section in Nova Scotia where the mineral has been found in large
Quantities, though small outcrops or float have been recorded at several points in the
province; and mining has been conducted near Five Islands, Colchester county. In
former years, comparatively large quantities of crude mineral were exported to the
United States (1,700 tons in 1905). A smaller amount was shipped to grinding mills
at Halifax, which supplied to domestic paint works.

Latterly, the export trade in crude mineral has dwindle'd, and very little mining
has been done. Barytes, Ltd., who control the greater number of the Lake Ainslie
deposits, have, during the past few years, been engaged in perfecting a refining pro-
cess, whereby the small, but, nevertheless, significant amount of impurities in the ore
oan'be eliminated. These impurities consist of calcium carbonate, manganese oxide,
silica, and fluorite. Toward the end of 1914, the Company announced that the diffi-
culties had been largely overcome, and that it was hoped shortly to place on the
market a product in every way equal to the imported, refined barytes, which, hitherto,
had been obtained chiefly from Germany. The Company have a mill and refining
plant on the east side of Lake Ainslie, within a short distance of the Peter Campbell
property, from which the greater part of the mineral mined in recent years has been

taken. . -.r t^ j

From the Johnson tninc, south of the Barytes Ltd.. i)ropertu-s. Messrs. brandram-

TTenflerson. paint manufacturers, have, for a number of years past, taken out small

quantities of barytes for use in their own works. The mineral was shipped to

TTalifax. and there ground at the Company's mill, on Northwest Arm.

The Lake Ainslie barytes occurs on well-defined veins, which attain a width of as

•niu'li as ir> feet, and are foTmd in zones along the loftv riHge which overlooks the

*pn>t !-liorc of the Ipke. The total aniomt of ore contained in the=e vein- i^ v^vv

SVMMAh'Y h'El'Oirr 55

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

larift. uiul is sufficient to supply tlic ilomostic coiisuiiiptii)ii fur many .voars, "No«r
that !\ im'tliod of I'liuiinatinjr the inipiirilii's has hi-on (icvisod, it may hr. hopi-d tiiat
Jivi lopniiMit I'f the deposits will 1k> undertaken on u larjjer scale.

in Xiw Hriiiiswiek. ii small production was reported in the eighties from near
(u uldviUe.

In former years (between 1.S.S5 and l.S!»;"») a considerable tonnage of barytes was
obtained from ^IcKellar island, Lake Superior, where the min<!ral occurs in a 50-foot
vein. Calcite and ipuirtz form a considerable portion of the vein-filling at this
point, in consequence of which the ore had to be hand-picked. No mining has been
conducted here for a number of years.

15arytcs also occurs near Kingston, Out., and at several other jtoints in the
province, but the veins do not po.>-sess any economic value.

In Quebec, a snuUl deposit was worked in Hull township in 1!M)0, n small tunnagc
being extracted. The vein would appear to be worked out.

Barytes is used in paint, putty and lithophone making, as a filler in rubber, and
to a lesser extent in the textile, wall paper, tanning, and chemical industries.

The total consumption of- b:irytes in Canada at the present time is given, approxi-
mately, as n,5iX) tons per annum, six-sevenths of which is imported. Thirty-five
firms use the mineral.

KIJOI{SPAR.

The only important deposits of this mineral so far discovered in Canada are
those in the vicinity of Madoe, Ontario, and these are relatively of small size. A
4- foot vein of fluorspar, mixed with chalcopyrite, has long been known near Cape
Rouge, in the Cheticamp district. Cape Breton, but no attempt has been made to
exploit the occurrence.

The Madoc deposits lie on lot 1, concession IV, of ]\Iadoc town.ship, and on lot 10,
concession XIV, of Huntingdon. Intermittent mining has taken place at these locali-
ties during the past ten years, and a few hundred tons of mineral are report'^d t(-
have been taken out. The veins are, however, narrow, and the deposits do not possess
any great economic value.

^Ir. S. Wellington, of Madoc, controls the above properties.

Twmty-five firms in (\inada use fluorspar, the amount of consumption being
10,.500 tons of imported, and 40 tons of domestic mineral.

INFUSORIAL EAKTII OR TRIPOLI.

Large bodies of this material exist at many points in Nova Scotia and New
Brunswick, the substance representing recent deposits formed on lake bottoms, and
being of an earthy luiture as compared with the more compacted material of Tertiary
age, known as tripolite, found in other parts of the world.

All of the Worked deposits have been rendered accessible by the draining of
lakes in which the earth had been found to exist, and it is quite likely that numbers
of lakes in the above-mentioned provinces will be found, upon draining, to contain
the material. Hitherto, however, the demand for the earth has not been great
cno\igh to encourage any active search for new deposits, and mining has been
confined in recent years to two localities, both in Nova Scotia.

The more important of these is Silica lake (formerly known as Bass River lake),
in Colchester county, about 10 miles from Londonderry, and 12 fr(»m Thompson —
the shipping point on the Intercolonial railway. The initial work on this deposit
was begun over twenty years ago, and practically the whole of the lake bottom has
now been worked over and the earth removed. The area of the depression is about

56 MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

twelve acres. In recent years the deposit has been worked by the Oxford Tripolite
Company, who employ about twenty hands, and prepare six grades of product. The
crude tripoli is dried, and treated on the spot in a mill of 10-ton capacity per diem,
the prepared goods being exported to the United States. It is stated that the Com-
pany has control of a nearby lake, in which tripoli is known to exist, and which they
intend to work when the present deposit becomes exhausted.

The other locality at which infusorial earth has been worked in recent years is
near Munro Point, ^ St. Ann's, Cape Breton. The Premier Tripolite Company, of
New York, are the present lessees of this deposit, which was worked formerly by
the Victoria Tripoli Company. No extraction work has, however, been carried out
for a number of years past, though small shipments of crude material have been
made from stock from time to time. A small mill for treating the earth exists on
the property, but has not been in operation for the last ten years. The area of the
drained lake is stated to be about twelve acres, and only a relatively small portion of
the available material has been taken out.

An important deposit of tripoli exists in New Brunswick at Fitzgerald lake, about
8 miles east of St. John. There, about 50 acres of tripoli-bearing lake bottom have
been rendered accessible by draining operations, the average thickness of the bed being
stated to be 10 feet. The deposit has been known for many years, but no attempt at
development was made until 1909, when the Boston and St. John Tripolite Company
was formed to exploit the occurrence. This Company leased (and continues to lease)
the property from the owner, Mr. Wm. Murdoch, of St. John, and in the above year
extracted a small quantity of earth, which was air-dried and experimentally treated in a
small mill. The operations were soon discontinued, however, and the plant is now in
a dilapidated condition. The material appears to be of good grade, and the deposit
contains a very large amount of earth, which could be conveniently extracted, and
hauled by a good road to St. John for shipment.

In Ontario, there is record of infusorial earth having been found in the Muskoka
region near Bala, but no material appears to have been mined.

Tripoli is chiefly used as an abrasive in polishing powders, pastes, and liquids,
and in what is known as " grease brick." It is also employed as a filler in rubber
goods and woods, as insulating aiaterial for steam pipes, boilers, etc., in filters and as
an absorbent for nitro-glycerine in dynamite manufacture. There are, in addition, a
number of minor uses, and the material is coming more and more into use in a number
of industries.

The treatment the crude earth has to undergo is practically the same in all cases,
namely, a preliminary drying in kilns; grinding between buhrstones, and final
reduction between rolls — though varying degrees of fineness are required for the
different trades.

Fourteen firms in Canada use the treated tripoli powder, the total consumption
being less than 100 tons, while the number using grease brick is 145, the amount of
this material used being about 100 tons. All of this consumption represents imported
mineral.

In spite of its many and varied uses, and the number of known deposits in the
United States, infusorial earth is not produced in the latter country on a very large
scale. The production in 1913 was only 6,500 tons, valued at $70,000 — the output
coming from eight states, the chief producer being California. The imports are not
large, being valued in 1913 at only $28,000. In view of this, and despite the proved
existence of large deposits of the material in the Maritime Provinces, and the probable
existence of others, the industry is not likely, in the immediate future, to assume any
important proportions.

SVMMAin UEroRT

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

Analyses of Canadian infusorial oarth have lately been conducted by N. L. Turner,
of the Mines Branch, on samples obtained by the writer last season at the three
Maritime localities mentioned above. The results showed: —

Silicft

Alumina

Ffrriius iron

Ferric iron

Lime

M:i^ne!<ia

Smla

Potash

WaU-rMow 11(1" C.
Wat^r alwvi. 110<>C.
Organic

98
SI
(>4
72
54

3<;

(-.5
■2.0
74

•72

6 10

10 70

« 30

72 10

81 30

0 51

0 38

5 If)
9 34
0 82

1. Fitzgerald Lake, St. John county, N.B.

2. Premier Tripolite Company's property, St. Ann's bay, Victoria county, C.B.

3. Oxford Tripoli Company's property. Silica lake, Colchester county, N.S.
Only partial analyses were made in the case of Nos. 2 and 3.

MANGANESE.

Manganese is known to occur in the Dominion only in the Provinces of Nova
Scotia and New Brunswick. Between 1880 and 1S90, a considerable tonnage of high-
grrade pyrolusite was produced annually, the shipments averaging 1,500 tons. Most
of this output was derived from the Tennycape, Walton, and Cheverie deposits in Nova
Scotia, and from Markhamville in Kings county, New Brunswick. The mineral
occurs here in pocketty aggregates of very pure ore, but the individual pockets are of
limited extent and mining is rendered difficult in consequence. No mining has been
carried on in this section for a number of years past.

Several deposits of a similar nature are known at various places in the same
provinces, and recent reports state that the old Isabella mine, near Loch Lomond, in
Richmond county, Cape Breton, has lately been re-opened by the Dominion Iron and
Steel Company.

The most important manganese-bearing section in the country is that near New
Ross, in Lunenburg county. There, two pyrolusite-mangauite lodes enclosed in granite
have been worked, one to a depth of 150 feet, and the large amount of manganese float
that has been found in the neighbourhood of the mines suggests the probability that
other similar veins exist in the district.

The original discovery in this area resulted in the formation of the New Ross
Manganese Company, which opened up the most southerly of the known veins and
extracted a small tonnage. A large lode was located later (in 1907) about one- fourth
mile to the northward of the foregoing, and has been worked (from J 910 to 1912) to a
depth of 150 feet by the Nova Scotia ^Manganese Company. At this depth, levels have
been run 140 feet west, and 53 feet east of the shaft, and the existence of a considerable
ore-body has been proved. Only about 500 tons of ore is stated to have been extracted,
most of which still remains at the mine. The quantity in sight is estimated at about
5,000 tons. Work on the property ceased a couple of years ago, various factors com-
bining to put a stop to operations; one of the chief being the distance the ore has to be
hauled (20 miles to Windsor and 29 miles to Chester Basin) to a shipping point, and
the lack of a good road. The Company has erected a large mill building at the mine,

58 MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

and partially equipped it with dry-concentrating machinery, which yields three sizes of
product. The building is also designed to accommodate wet-concentrating machinery,
which, however, has not yet been installed.

Pyrolusite or manganese dioxide, is used in considerable quantities in electric
dry batteries; as a colourizer and decolourizer of glass, porcelain, bricks, and enamels;
and as a dryer in varnish maniifacture. It is also used, but to a decreasing extent,
in the manufacture of oxygen, and it is employed in the chemical trade in the pre-
paration of various manganese salts. Pyrolusite contains, theoretically, 60 to 63 per
cent of manganese ; but ores running as low as 35 per cent are considered " commer-
cial" for the steel trade. The high grade mineral is not much used as a source of
the manganese employed in steel manufacture, as the lower grade ore can be obtained
more cheaply, and answers the purpose sufficiently well. Market quotations for ore
for this purpose are usually for 40-49 per cent mineral.

The New Ross pyrolusite contains about 58 per cent metallic manganese, and
85-90 per cent MnO,. This degree of purity is the average of most Canadian man-
ganese ores. The mineral is, manifestly, more suitable for the arts than for steel

manufacture.

The domestic consumption of high grade pyrolusite is insignificant (less than
20 tons), and consequently the home market has not ofi^ered much inducement for
any active development of the Maritime deposits. About 1,300 tons of imported
lower grade is used, the greater i)ortion of which goes to the' dry battery and glass
makers. The opportunity for the owners of Canadian deposits to benefit by the cut-
ting off, by the war. of Russian and Indian manganese supplies to the American
market has been nullified by the placing of manganese and manganese ores on the
prohibited exports list. There would, however, appear to be no reason why the high
grade domestic ore cannot take the place of the lower grade imported mineral, for
use in the battery, glass, and varnish trades.

TALC.

There are two talc producers in Canada, both in Hastings county, Ontario, at
Madoc and Eldorado, respectively, and the greater part of their output is milled
locally. Mines and mills were in active operation at the end of 1914, and the year
1913 saw a record output oi over 12,000 tons. Both the above deposits are said to
contain plenty of talc in sight.

The earlier exploited of the two deposits is the Henderson, on lot 14, concession
XIV, township of Huntingdon. Here, the talc occurs in a series of overlapping,
more or less upright, lenses, the greatest width of the talc body being about GO feet.
A depth of 250 feet has been reached in the workings, and the mineral is extracted
by the square set system and caving, ^fost of the output is sent to the mill at !Madoc,
operated by Geo. H. Gillespie and Company; and a small quantity is shipped crude
to the United States. Five grades of product are prepared at the above mill, which
employs fifteen hands.

The Eldorado deposit — on lots 20 and 21, concessions IV and V, of Madoc town-
ship— lies a few miles north of the foregoing, and was opened up in 1911 by the
Canadian Talc and Silica Company (now Eldorito, Ltd."). Two shafts have been
sunk, TOO and 150 foot deep, respectively. The talc, here, contains rather a large
admixture of quartz, which occurs throughout the talc body in small lenso?, and has
to be cobbed out.

In 1912, a mill was erected, capable of handling 50 tons of product per diem, and
has since been in continuous operation.

The same Company has also carried out some development work on lot 15. con-
cession XIV, of Huntingdon, adjacent to the Henderson mine, but has not operated
there since 1913.

suMMAin liKrour 59

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

111 uildition to the above-njentioncd occurrences, talc bodies are found in the
province of Quebec, lirouie county, on lot 20, range II; lot 24, range VI; and lot 2-1,
ran^e VII, of Uolton township; and on lot 2S. range V, of Pottou township. A small
shipment was made from the second naiiu-il, in ISTl, but most of the material is
statcil to be dark colouretl, and mixeil witii magncsite.

Talc is used in papermaking; in toilet powders and soaps; for dressing textile
fabrics; as a tiller in rubber goods, and in enamel paints, composition Hooring, etc.
Massive talc, or soapstone. is employed cut into various shapes and sizes for stove
linings, acid tanks, switchboards, wash tubs and other purposes.

The mineral is used by 170 firms in Canada, the consumption representing over
4,000 tons of domestic, and T.'iO tons of imported goods.

TUNGSTEN.

Hiibnerite float has been found at several localities in Nova Scotia, amongst
others near Northeast Alargaree, ip InvcriK'ss county. Wolframite is recorded from
various of the gold mines in British Columbia; and Dr. Walker, of Toronto Uni-
versity, has found it, also, in Kew Brunswick. These occurrences, however, are of
little or no economic value, and have never been worked.

More attention has been paid to the mineral scheelite (calcium tungstate), which
exists in the form of float at a number of localities in Nova Scotia. It has been
found, also, in Ontario, Quebec, and British Columbia, though the latter occurrences
are ot no economic importance.

In Nova Scotia the most important scheelite locality is Moose river, in Halifax
county; the mineral has been found, also, at the Caribou gold mines, north of Moose
river; at the Molega gold mines, in Queens county; and near New Ross, in Lunen-
burg county.

The Moose River occurrence is the only one that has received any serious
attention, and the venture, unfortunately, has resulted in failure. Development of
the scheelite-arsenopyrite-quartz veins was commenced in 1010, and continued until
1913. by the Scheelite Mines, Ltd. A concentrating plant was erected, and in 1012
a shipment of 14 tons of scheelite concentrates, carrying 72 per cent tungstic acid,
was made. The hopes that the scheelite content of the veins would persist in depth
were, however, not realized, and all operations were suspended in 1913, owing to
lack of ore. Although surface indications were regarded as quite promising, undue
importance was certainly attached to the occurrence, which was also the case with
the Moiega and New Ross discoveries. The latter is never likely to prove more than
merely an interesting mineralogical association of tin, tungsten, and other minerals
in very small (,uantity, and the prominence given to it in various reports and technical
journals, etc., is to be regretted, since it has given the impression that the above
minerals occur, possibly, in economic quantities, which is not the case.

There is no probability that tungsten will be found in pdying (piantities in the
areas mentioned above, nor can it be regarded as likely that economic deposits of
tungsten minerals will be discovered within the Dominion.

Tungsten is u-ed in hardening steel and for electric light filaments, while
tungstic acid is utilized in weighting -ilk and fireproofing textile fabrics. The
domestic consumption is negligible.

60 MINES BRANCH

III.

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

INVESTIGATION OF THE SAND AREAS OF THE PROVINCE OF

QUEBEC.

L. Heber Cole.

During the field season of 1914, the writer, with Mr. J. Ross Taylor as assistant,
was engaged in the study of the sands and sandstones of the province of Quebec,
with a view to determining their suitability for use in the building and manufactur-
ing industries. In this investigation special search was made for sands suitable for
glass manufacture and for foundry purposes.

The field work was carried out as follows: the sand areas to be investigated
were first traversed hurriedly, by driving and walking, in order to map out the
various boundaries. These boundaries were, generally, located easily and with
sufficient accuracy, from the main and cross roads. Wherever the roads were far
apart, the boundary was determined by means of a compass and pacing traverse;
and where the boundary was not clearly defined on the surface, a series of test holes
were drilled on a line at right angles to the supposed boundary, and from these
borings the limits of the sand areas were determined. After the boundaries were
located, all the sand pits were thoroughly examined and sampled, as also were any
other exposures, such as railroad cuts, river banks, etc., which afforded a favourable
opportunity for investigation. In addition to the above samples, others were taken
at different parts of the areas by boring a 6-inch hole with an auger driU to a depth,
wherever possible, of 20 feet. Five-pound samples were taken, except in the case of a
possible moulding sand, when an 80-pound sample was obtained.

A rough analysis of the sand in the various areas was made in the field, by
washing, to determine the amount of silt; and with a magnet to determine the
percentage of magnetic material.

The district first investigated was that situated between the St. Lawrence and
Ottawa rivers, and the eastern boundary of Ontario; after which the district north
of the Ottawa and St. Lawrence rivers, between a point 7 miles west of Lachute and
as far east as Grand Mere, was examined. An investigation was also made of the
sands exposed on either bank of the St. Lawrence river between Montreal and
Quebec, as well as of the sands from the bottom of the river, when obtainable.

None of the sands examined gave promise of being suitable for the manufacture
of glass; and only three samples were obtained which gave indications of being
adapted for foundry work. Several samples of crushed sandstone were obtained with
a view to determining their suitability in the glass-making industry; the remainder
were taken in order to test their value for building purpose?.

Some 150 samples were obtained and shipped to Ottawa, where it is intended to
subject them to a series of tests to determine the class of work for which they are
best suited.

The inves igatVn i to b'- cont'nuod during th sea?on i f 1915.

IV.

BITUMINOUS SANDS OF NORTHERN ALBERTA.
S. C. Ells.

The work of the past season was a continuation of that of the preceding year.
In 1913, a brief reconnaissance of the deposits of bituminous sand was undertaken.
As a result of that reconnaissance, the writer considered that indications warranted

6lM\IMiy UIJ'OUT 61

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

a practical test of the bituminous sand as a possible paving material. The selection
and mining of a trial shipment constituted, therefore, the chief feature of the past
season's tield work. As in the previous year, the work was unfortunately handicapped
by a short field season, a consideration which adversely affected the efhciency of the
party.

In the selection of a trial shipment of bituminous sand for experimental
purposes, very considerable care was reciuired; more particularly in an entirely unde-
veloped and unproven field. This fact had been emphasized by the results of the
reconnaissance of the previous year, and, in a report prepared at that time, various
outstanding features were briefly alluded to^

In the preliminary reconnaissance work already referred to, wide variation in the
grading of the mineral aggregate was clearly recognized. This variation character-
ized not only separate outcrops, but was also observed witliin comparatively narrow
limits in individual outcrops. Similarly, it was early recognized that very consider-
able variation would be found in the i>ercentage of the bitumen content. Unimpreg-
nated partings of clays, lignitic particles, gravel, and other undesirable material,
constituted another feature to be carefully considered.

During the field season of 1913, and over an area exceeding 750 square miles,
upwards of 250 separate outcrops of bituminous sand had been noted. In view of
the considerations stated above, a certain degree of care was required in the selection
of the point, or points, from which material might best be taken for demonstration
purposes.

At the outset, it was possible to eliminate a number of the recognized outcrops
from further consideration. In so doing, the results of the analyses of samples
secured in 1913, and obvious transportation difficulties in handling a trial shipment
like that contemplated, served as a basis.

In mining a trial shipment, it was deemed de?irable that the outcrop or outcrops
selected should be such as might, later on, lend themselves to development on a com-
mercial scale (Plates VI, VII). ^ Any results obtained through the use of material
from unworkable deposits might obviously convey an entirely wrong impression as
to the probable economic value of the deposits as a whole.

In undertaking the examination of those deposits which appeared to conform to
the requirements determined upon, the overburden, when present, was first removed
by pick and shovel, supplemented, at times, by the use of explosives (Plates I, IT,
III). Specially designed augers^ (Plate IX) were then sunk to the required depth, in
12 to 14 foot lifts, and an accurate core sample thus obtained. The entire core was
then placed in a rotary mixer, and thoroughly mixed. An 8- to 10-pound sample was
then taken from the mixer, and gently warmed in a large iron pot. As the material
became softened, it was further mixed by constant agitation with a large metal
spoon. Finally, a sample of 150 to 250 grams was taken for analysis. In certain oafses
where, for various reasons, core samnles could only be obtained with considerable
difficulty, a fresh vertical section of the outcrop was exposed by the use of pick and
shovel. Along this section, small samples were then taken at intervals of ab^ut 4
inches, and to a depth of about 3 inches. In this work, a small circular che<"'se ?coop
was used, with satisfactory results. In such cases, as with the auger co'-es. the
various fragments were combined, mixed, and the small sample secured for final
determination.

As the result of a series of tests made in the writer's laboratory in Ottawa, it had
been found that bitumens extracted from samples of bituminous sand from various
parts of the McMurray area did not materially differ in their chemical and physical

1 Preliminary Report on BItumlnoiis Sands of Northern Alberta.

2 In choosing the outcrops from which bituminous sand was eventually taken. It has been
assumed that they are adapted to commercial development. Only careful and systematic
prospecting with suitable equipment will, however, deflnitelv determine their true value.

8 For complete descriptions see Preliminary Report on Bituminous Sands of Northern Alberta.

MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

characteristics. Consequently, the only tests made in the field comprised a careful
grading of the mineral aggregate, together with a determination of the approximate
percentage of the bitumen content. In this work, but little apparatus was required.
The weighed samples were placed in tall copper beakers, covered with benzol, and
agitated. Bitumen and solvent were then carefully decanted through filters ; the process
of adding solvent, and decanting, being repeated until only the clean mineral aggregate
remained. The sand recovered on the filter papers, together with that still remaining
in the beakers, was then dried and weighed, and the i>ercentage of the bitumen content
determined by calculation. Allowance was also made for the presence of mechanically
combined moisture, the correction applied being the average result of careful tests of
a number of samples previously determined in the Ottawa laboratory. The dried sand
was then carefully graded through a complete set of standard sieves. A sand scale,
checked by the use of an accurate balance, was used in all weighings.

In this manner some 72 samples were tested during the field season. The following
results of samples taken from the more important outcrops furnish the most accurate
information available at the present time, and probably represent fairly well the
general character of the bituminous sands of the whole McMurray area : —

»r and Origin of Sample.

Miles

from

month.

1-5
1-5
1-5
2-5
3-7

Passing Mesh .

Nniribc

200

6
3
(

5
8
9
7
4-5

1-5
6
5

.5 5
3

2 5
7

3-5
3
3
2
5
3
3
7
1
2
5
3
(6
2
2
2
4
9
10
4

100

61
60
52
41
SH
.55
11
43-5

4
13
21
24

9
14
11
33

6
10
20
45
55
39
53
18
21
62
21
42
77
32
57

9
2
2
1
5
3
2
1
2
1
2
5
2
2

13
1
3
6

13
4
8
4
4

41
5
5
(i
7

19
22
16
40
55
22
43
44

80 5

70
55
17
15
30

6
50
19

Over
size.

Clay

lignite

etc.

Per-
centage of
bitumen
content.

No. ■".
2.
3.
4.
5

Horse creek

1
1
1

16
1

4
25

2
19

8
15
10

6-5
31

16
21
20

1
15

•5

26
35

30
29

"2"

tj.
7.
8.
9.

r .\thaba.ska river \

East side i mile south of !•

[McMurray J

Athabaska river, Howard

16
14

15-5
14

10.

12.

14.
1.5.
16.
17.

Aihabaska river, Murphy
claim

Athabaska river, 6 5 miles
below Pierre au Calumet

Hangingstone creek

Clearwater river

"'2'.5'
2-7

:V4

3 9
1-5
3 8
4-3
4-8
5-5
7 1
7-5
8-5
10 5

12
14-5

"5"

15
10
15

19.
20.

14-5

22.
23.
24

',', ". '.'..'.'.'.'.'.'.

16
14

2.5.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30

Muskeg rivor

McKay river

7 5

110

11-4

12 9

14 6

17 8

1-.I-3

3 .5

3 4

.5-6

6 1

"2"
6
5
8
19
2

8
14

15
15

31.
32.
33.
34.

6
2

15
14

3
4
2

3.5.
36.

Moose river

37.
38

•

39.

SVM^(ARY HE PORT 63

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

From a scrutiny of the above table, the difficulty of obtain inj? a sand that will
conform to standard specifications for sheet asphalt will at onco bo seen. It was,
therefore, decided to combine material from two outcrops in such a proportion that a
close approxinuition to the desired ^rradiiifj; would be secured. Approximately, r>l tons
of bituminous sand were then mined, sacked, and stored. (Plates 11, Vlll.)

It is hoped that during the winter and spring of 11)15, this shipment will be
transported to Edmonton, for the purpose of laying a small section of experimental
pavement for demonstration purposes.

Finally, it may be added tliat the work of tlie past season has confirmed, in
general, conclusions already stated in the writer's report on work of the previous
year. In that report the following statement appeared: —

"... In the McMurray district there is thus a very large body of
bituminous sand, the prospecting and development of which will be confined
to stream valleys. Only after careful exploration by means of adefpiate ecpiip-
meut can the true value of any deposit be aflirmed. Nevertheless, owing to
heavy overburden (Plate V) and lack of uniformity in the quality of the
bituminous sand, it is probable that (luite 80 per cent of the exposures may
be eliminated from further consideration at the present time. Considerations
affecting transportation will still further reduce the remaining number.
Certain of the outcrops should, however, lend themselves to development on a
commercial scale."

In considering the derivation of by-products from bituminous sands, the possi-
bility of e.xtracting nitrogen at once suggests itself, and the writer has been
frequently asked whether the bitumen content might be considered as a possible
source of ammonium. In Scotland, at the present time, the success of the oil shale
industry depends largely on the chief by-product, namely, sulphate of ammonia.
The ultimate composition of representative samples of Broxburn shales gives
nitrogen from 0 .^4 to 0-94r per cent. This nitrogen is derived from organic matter
in the shales, and when converted into ammonium corresponds to 57 — 59 pounds of
ammonium sulphate per ton of shale.

The nitrogen contained in two samples of bitumen extracted from the Alberta
bituminous sand was determined* to be 0-3 to 0-4 per cent. It should be remembered,
however, that in the case of the Scotch shales the percentage of nitrogen as stated
is based on one ton of shale as mined. In the case of the Alberta sands, the per-
centage of nitrogen is based on the extracted bitumen only. Assuming that the
extracted bitumen represents 15 per cent by weight of the crude bituminous sand,
it will be seen that the nitrogen that could be derived would thus be equivalent to
0045 to 0 Of! por cent of the crude bituminous sand. Such a meagre percentage of
riitrogcn renders its utilization entirely out of the question.

During the course of the season's work, fragments of iron ore float — up to
15 pounds in weight — were found at a number of points on Steepbank and Moose
rivers. At a point on Steepbank river, 4-9 miles from the mouth, two small
excavations, 40 feet apart, were made in the northeast bank. In each instance a
thin capping of bituminous sand overlies a compacted bed, one to two feet in
thickness, and made up of fragments of siderite un to 20 pounds in weight. These
fragments are not waterworn nor pitted as would be the ease with fioat that ha 1
been carried any distance. A bed of clay, one to four feet in thickness, underlies
the iron ore, and itself rests upon well bedded Devonian limestones.

A representative sample of the iron ore analysed by Mr. H. A. Leverin gave: —
iron, 35 per cent; insoluble, 18 per cent. So far as the writer's limited observation
has gone, this de[)Osit has no economic value.

1 Determination by E. Stansfleld.

MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

It may be added that clay ironstone, in the form of impure siderite, has a
fairly wide distribution, in association with rocks of Cretaceous age, in the western
provinces of Canada. In some instances the deposits appear to be due to a silting
out of the fragments of ore from the softer rocks of the formation. In no instance,
however, have beds of economic importance been discovered in this area.

Samples of mineral water were also secured at four points in the McMurray
district. These samples were submitted to the Division of Chemistry for analysis,^
with the following results: —

No. 1. Overflow from casing-head of Xo. 1 well, Athabasca Oils, Ltd.,
Athabaska river.

JS'o. 2. Overflow from casing-head of " Salt of the Earth " well. Sunk by
A. von Hammerstein, on west bank Athabaska river, 1 mile north of McKay.

No. 3. From largest spring at La Saline lake.

No. 4. Overflow from casing of well drilled by Fort McKay Oil and Asphalt
Company, at La Saline (August, 1914).

RESULTS OF AXALYSF.S.

No.

No. .

No. 4.

Parts

Grm.

Parts

Grm.

Parts

Grm.

Parts

'irm.

jier

oer Imp.

per

per Imp.

per

per Imp.

per

per Imp.

million.

gallon.

million.

gallon.

million.

gallon.
1211

million.

gallon.

lf)38

109-5

1347

832 0

1821

3354

204 1

3So

25/

585

361

571

38 0

1021

f,2l

296

19-7

336

20-7

496

33- 0

192

11-6

22'.tSS

15.37 6

76268

4720 0

21184

1409 0

84076

5117-7

HCO3

4(59

31 3

372

22 9

530

35 0

36 0

CO3

none.

36188

2419 5

118636

7329 3

39792

2«47 0

127960

7788-9

aOi

4144

2770

4920

304 0

4688

312 0

2956

179-9

Sp. Or. at 15 S^'C

J47

I-

133

]•(

)52

1150

On the conclusion of the season's work, the writer, accompanied by one man,
returned to Edmonton, via Methye portage and Prince Albert, and an attempt was
made to secure some definite information regarding other reported outlying deposits
of bituminous sand. An assistant, Mr, C. K. Eitson, together with the remainder of
the party, returned to Athabaska direct via the Athabaska river.

From time to time have appeared more or less unauthentic references to
asphaltic deposits at or near the Upper Narrows on Buffalo lake, Sask., and in or
near township 79, range 19, W. of the 3rd meridian. On both sides of the Narrows,
small excavations were made by the writer, and former excavations were examined.

On the east side, only a few small fragments of bituminous sand float — none
over two pounds in weight — were found. These fragments were of low grade, and
evidently much altered by the action of water.

On the west side of the Narrows (Plate XI) what appeared to be low ledges
of bituminous sand were found. A small amount of excavation showed these to be
masses of float, the largest weighing, possibly, 5 to 8 tons. It is impossible to say
whether the main body from which these masses were derived occurs near by, or
whether the bituminous sand has been transported a considerable distance. Tlie

'Analyses bj- Mr. N. L. Turner.

suMMAiiV lit: ruin 65

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

clianictor ot tlie material is similar to that finind at McMurray. Careful eiu|iiiry
among natives and settlers between Methye portage and lie a la Crosse failed to
elicit any inforniatii)n ri'j::ardiiit; otlitT local occurrences.

For the most part the country to the east and west of La Loche river, La Loche
lake, 'and Buffalo lake, is low-lying; while the infreciuent and limited sections
exposed indicate the presence of n heavy blanket of glacial and post-glacial material.
Everywhere there is a fairly heavy forest growth, consisting of poplar, birch, and
spruce. To the west of Buffalo lake the ground rises gra'dually. Buffalo river, the
largest tributary entering from the we^t, was ascended for some 28 or 30 miles, but
no rock in place was seen. Under conditions such as the above, prospecting for
bituminous sands will probably present considerable difficulty.

In ascending the Athabaska, Mr. Kitson made a hurried examination of an
exposure of coal which outcrops through a distance of some 15 miles, on both sides
of the river, above and below Grand Rapid. In passing down the Athabaska. in
June, outcroppings of this seam, at a number of poiiits, had been readily seen from
the middle of the river.

According to ^fr. Ritson, the seam lies just above the Grand Rapids sandstone,
and varies in thickness from 3 to 15 feet. Owing to frequent and extensive clay
and rock slides, a complete examination would necessitate considerable excavation.

It appears that the seam contains a large percentage of impurities, consistirfg
lirincipally of clay partings. Thin bands of fairly clean lignite from 1 to 2i feet in
thickness were, however, noted.

A sample taken from one of these narrower bands, and at a depth of 4 feet from
the face, gave the following analysis^ :

Moisture 3.2 per cent.

Ash 7.5.8

Volatile matter 13.8

Fixed carbon (by difference) 7.2 "

Laboratory Tests of Clay Samples from McMurray Area.

Incidental to the investigation of the bituminous sands, small samples of clays
were secured by the writer at a number of points in the McMurrny are;i during the
field season of 1914. In most instances the thickness and extent of individual beds
could not be determined without an undue amount of boring and excavation. All
the clays referred to, either immediately overlie the Devonian limestone, or are asso-
ciated with the Dakota sands.

It is considered that the samples secured will indicate, fairly wel', th ■ general
character of clays in that portion of the area referred to. At the same time it should
be remembered that, in work of a purely reconnaissance nature, the samples taken
repres'ent only a small percentage of all deposits, and that prispcctin^ of a more
detailed nature may discover still other types of clays of ce.momic value.

An excessive percentage of carbon is noted in the case of certain of the samples
examined. Where the clay lies between the bituminous sand and the Devoiiin lime-
stone, this contained carbon has been largely, if n it altogether, derived from tlie over-
lying bituminous sand. It is probable that such c mtamination wo.ild materially
decrease on working in from the outcrop.

In the following notes actual extent and thickness of overburden are not stated.
To secure accurate data regarding this very imjiortant feature will require hirther
detailed work in the ca.=:o of each individual deposit." The question of transportation
will also require careful consideration.

In considering a possible fuel supply, it may be stated that workable beds of coal
have not. as yet, been found in this part of the province of Alberta. There is. how-

1 Ai.alysis by E. Stansfleld.
26a— 5

MIXES BRANCH-

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

ever, a fairly large supply of birch and poplar along most of the streams. It appears
possible that intelligent prospecting may discover fuel gas in commercial quantity.
All the laboratory work necessary for a full se/ies of physical tests, in order to
determine the industrial value of the clays, was done by the writer, under the direc-
tion of ]\[r. Joseph Keele, and comments on the results of the tests were written by
him.

LOCATIOX, AND RESULTS OF TESTS OF CLAY SAMPLES.

Steepbamk River.

Steepbank river enters the Athabaska from the east, 21-5 miles north of
McMurray. Along both sides, frequent exposures of clays were observed throughout
a distance of 17 miles from the mouth. Samples 302, 303, and 304: are from points
4-9, 4-2, and 2-3 miles, respectively, from the mouth. A small amount of excavation
would uncover other outcrops in addition to those from which the above samples were
taken.

The overburden along this stream will, in most instances, be very heavy.

Lahoratory No. 302. — This is a grey, highly plastic, fine grained clay, requiring
28 per cent of water for tempering. It has good working qualities. The drying
shrinkage is 8 per cent. It must be dried slowly to avoid cracking.

On burning to cone 010, a dense, steel-hard body is produced, having an absorp-
tion of 10 per cent, and fire shrinkage of 1-3 per cent. If burned to cone 06, the
absorption is reduced to 4 per cent, but the fire shrinkage is too high, being 4-6 per
cent.

Burning to higher temperatures produces bloating, unless the firing is done very
slowly. The clay is intact at cone 3, and will probably stand a much higher tempera-
ture, but the presence of carbonaceous matter is a defect, and interferes with the
development of a good product.

Lahoratory No. B03. — This clay is light grey in colour, and rather calcareous. It
requires 27 per cent of water for tempering; the working qualities are good; the wet
body is fairly smooth and free from coarse grit. The clay can be dried as fnst as
desired after moulding, the drying shrinkage being 5 8 per cent. The following
results were obtained on burning : —

Com-.

Fire Shrinkage.

Ab.sorption.

Colour.

(11(1

OH
3

Fused.

%
25
2.5
23

Siilinon

Pink

Buflf

This clay is suitable for the manufacture of common building brick, either by
the stiff nnid or .soft mud iirocess; but mu^t be burned to cono 0.'^ to secure the best
results. It is a typical calcareous brick clay, which is used largely for the manufac-
ture of clay products in many i)arts of Canada. The buff colour developed in burn-
ing is duo to the presence of a liigh i>orcentage of lime.

Lahoraiovji No. SOJlf. — This nuiterial evidently contains thin bands of limestone
interbedded with the clay or shale. The limestone bands arc not visible on the
weathered outcrops, or in \\\o talus at the foot of the bank, as they soften like the
shale.

SUilMAliY REl'ORT

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

The numerous white particles seen in tlie rod body of the nwitorial, after burn-
ing:, are lime oxide. These particles will absorb nioi.'^tiirc from the nir, and, on swell-
inp, break up tlie burned ware.

In the case of clay No. ?>0'.\, (he lime is in a very finely divided state, and conse-
quently, harmless.

While this clay is not rccdmmcndcd for the manufacture of clay products, it
may be useful for Portland cement, if some more limestone is added.

Musl-eg liivcr.

Muskeg river enters the Athabaska 31 miles north of McMurray. Samples lOU,
.'J05, 30(5, 308, and 309 were tiiken from points along the lower 4 miles of its course.

None of the beds from which samples were taken are exposed to a thickness that
would warrant commercial development; and a considerable amount of exploration
will he necessary to demonstrate their value. In certain instances, however, the
thickness of overburden should not prove prohibitive, and transportation to the Atha-
baska presents no serious difficulties.

Lahoratonj No. 190. — From point on northwest shore of ^fuskeg river, between
head of portage and mouth of river.

A light grey, very plastic clay, with good working and drying qualities. It bums
to a cream coloured, dense, steel-hard body at cone 3, with a total shrinkage of 9 per
cent, and softens when heated up to the temperature of cone 27. This is a good
example of a stoneware clay, and is -also a fire->clay. It is the most refractory clay at
present known to occur in the province of Alberta.

Laboratory No. S05. — Light grey clay.

This clay has good plasticity and working qualities when tempered with 27 per
cent of water. It is fairly smooth to the feel, and free from coarse grit. The
shrinkage on drying is 8 per cent, and fast drying can be accomplished safely without
cracking the ware.

The following results were obtained on burning: —

Cone.

Fire Slirinkage.

Absorption.

Colour.

010

•7
10
4 0
Begins t«) soften.

Light red
Red
Dark red

This is a good, red burning clay, suitable for the manufacture of rough clay
products, such as building brick and hollow block. The shrinkages are rather high,
but this would be overcome by adding about 20 per cent of sand. This clay would also
be useful for mixing with one of the higher grade clays in this vicinity for the manu-
facture of vitrified wares.

Laboratory No. 306. — This clay requires 37 per cent of water to bring it to a good
working consistency. The effect of this large quantity of water is evident in the high
drying shrinkage, which is 10 per cent.

A steel-hard, light red body is produced at cone 010, having an absorption of 12
per cent, and a fire shrinkage of 1-3 per cent.

When burned to a higher temperature, the colour is improved, but the fire
shrinkage is too high. With the addition of 25 per cent of sand, this clay would be
suitable for the manufacture of common brick.

2fia— 5i

MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

Laboratory No. SOS. — This is a red burning clay, similar to 306, but the shrinkages
are not quite so high. When mixed with 25 per cent of sand and burned to cone 010,
a good strong common brick can be made from it.

Laboratory No. 309. — This is another red burning clay, similar to 30G and 308,
but the shrinkages in drying and burning are less than these.

It burns to a light red, steel-hard, dense body at cone 010, with a total shrinkage
of 10 per cent. When mixed with about 25 per cent of sand, it could be used for
common brick. It must be burned slowly on account of the carbon it contains. A
test piece burned to cone 03 had a black core, and was bloated, owing to this cause.

McKay River.

The McKay river enters the Athabaska from the west, some 34 miles north of
McMurray. Outcrops of clay were observed along the lower thirty miles of its course.

Samples 310, 311, and 312 were taken at points 11-2, 26-7, and 27-2 miles from the
mouth.

Sample No. 311 represents a large deposit, the development of which should present
no serious difficulty. Samples 310 and 312 represent deposits regarding the extent of
which little can be stated, owing to slide and talus piles. In all three cases trans-
portation to the Athabaska will present considerable difficulty.

Laboratory No. 310. — This clay requires 23 per cent of water to bring it to the best
working consistency. It is very plastic, and smooth. The drying must be done slowly
after moulding, to avoid cracking. The drying shrinkage is about 7 per cent. The
results obtained in burning are as follows: —

Cone.

Fire shrinkage.

Al soriition.

Colour.

010

Buff.

0(j

1-4

3-1

Dark buff.

2 0

Grey.

1.5

Fused.

This is one of the better grades of clay, with good working qualities, and shrinkages
within commercial limits. It would be suitable for the manufacture of hard burned
fireproofing buif face bricks, or sewer pipe. The drying qualities could be improved
by the addition of a small percentage of ground-burned clay to the raw clay. It must
be burned slowly.

Laboratory No. 311. — This clay requires 26 per cent of water for tempering. It
has fairly good working properties, but the wet body is rather short on account of a
considerable quantity of fine grained silt being present. It stands fast drying without
cracking, after moulding.

Owing to its silty content, this clay has lower shrinkages than any of the red
burning clays already described. It will make a good common red brick when burned
to cone 010, but the colour and body are improved by burning to cone 06. It is overfired
at cone 03.

Laboratory No. 5i^.— This is a low grade, rod burning clay, which has several
defects, such as cracking in drying and firing, and excessive shrinkages. It is useless
for the manufacture of clay products.

SI MM \ in Ui:i'(H!T

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

Moose River.

The :Moose river enters tlie Atliabaska some 47 miles north of McMurray. Out-
crops of clay were observed at intervals throughout the distance that this stream was
ascended, namely 16 miles.

Samples 1S7, 191. 313. 314, 315, 316, 316A, and 317 were taken at points 6-8, 3-8,
6.75, tl 7, •••('), 5-6, IS aihl 2-2 miles respectively from the month. As < Isowherc in
the district, slide and talus obscured the greater part of each deposit. The largest
single exp<isiire was that from which sample 315 was taken. TTere the clay has an
exposed thickness of 10 feet, and an exposed length of 170 feet. What appears to be
the same bed of clay re-appears some 700 feet below the outcrop from which sample
315 was taken.

Along the contact between the clay and overlying bituminous sand, fragments of
pyrito Hoat np to 15 pounds in weight, as well as pieces of carbonized wood, were
found.

Laboratory No. 1S7. — Dark grey, nearly black clay, underlying bituminous sand.

This clay is very plastic, fine grained, and smooth. It works up rather stiff and
slightly sticky. Dries very slowly, with a drying shrinkage of 6-5 per cent. This clay
contains such a large percentage of asphnltic carbon, that it is very hard to burn with-
out swelling, unless burned very slowly during the oxidation stage. The density of
body, due to the extreme fineness of grain, interferes with the expulsion of carbon, so
that the oxidizing process of this clay is tedious.

The clay burns to a light red colour at the lower temperatures, and to a buff or
grey at higher. It vitrifies about cone -5. and is fused at cone 20.

This clay is of the stoneware type, but the carbon it contains is a detriment.

Laboratory No. 191. — From Moose river, interbedded between bituminous sand and
Devonian limestone.

Dark grey, very plastic, smooth, fine grained clay of the stoneware type. Burns
to a salmon coloured dense body at cone 3, with rather high shrinkage, and fuses at
cone 18. \ a\

Laboratory No. 313. — This clay only required 14 per cent of water for tempering,
owing to the presence of a large percentage of rather fine grained quartz sand. The
plasticity and working qualities were low for this reason.

The drying shrinkage was only 3 per cent.

The following results were obtained on burning: —

Cone.

Fire shrinkage.

Absorption.

C!olour.

010

Salmon.

Buff.

Begins to soften.

<Trey.

Fused.

As this clay is too sandy to use alone, a mixture was made by adding 50 per cent
of a fat clay (315) from a near by locality. This gave a body with properties inter-
mediate between the two extremes of a highly plastic clay with large shrinkage, and n
lean clay with low shrinkage, so that the results obtained in working and burning were
good. The air shrinkage was about 5 per cent. A steel-hard, practically non-absorbent
body was produced at cone 1.

This mixture would probably be suitable for sewer pipe, or electrical conduits.

MiyEs BR AX en

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

Laboratory No. 31.It. — This is a soft grey clay, with good plasticity and working
qualities. Wares moulded from it will stand fast drying without checking.
The drying shrinkage is 6 per cent.
The following data were obtained on burning : —

Cone.

Fire shrinkage.

Absorption.

Colour.

010

Salmon.

„

2 3

„

3 4

Buff.

4-6

Grey.

Intact.

Softens.

This is a good material, the shrinkages are low, and it gives no trouble on burning.
It would be useful for the manufacture of face brick, fireproofing, electrical conduits
or sewer pipe.

Laboratory No. 315. — This is a soft grey clay, very plastic and smooth when
tempered with water. It is rather stiff and hard to work, but its working qualities
could be improved by the addition of some ground calcined clay, or ' grog ' as it is
termed in the clay-working industry.

The clay contains a certain amount of carbon, which will give trouble in burning
unless this operation is done very slowly. It burns to a dense body at low tempera-
tures, the colours being salmon to grey. It develops fire checks, and becomes brittle
at higher temperatures.

Samples of 3-inch, round hollow tile were made from this clay and sent to a
commercial sewer-pipe works for salt glazing.

Salt glazing test: This material came from the kiln with a uniform bright salt
glaze of a ricli light brown colour.

The body was vitrified but the shrinkage was rather high, showing the necessity
for the addition of some coarse material.

The results of this test show that a fine salt glaze can be applied to this clay
at cone 3.

Laboratory No. 316. — This clay requires 21 per cent of water to bring it to a
working consistency. The plasticity is good, and the clay is smooth to the feel.

It must be dried slowly after moulding, as chocking may occur if the drying is
forced.

The drying shrinkage is 0 per cent, and the following results were obtained on
burning : —

Cone.

Firi' shrinkage.

Absorption.

Colour.

010

Salmon.

OC.

2 6

„

o;<

3-7

„

4
Fused.

Grey.

simm.m:) in:i'niii

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

This clay belmves well at all stages of burning up to c-one 1, \vlu>ii it becomes
vitritied. When burned to cone U, the test piece showed blistering on the surface
and « honeycombed body, but this may be due to raising the temperature too fast,
because the clay docs not actually melt until cone 13 is reached.

Laboratory No. S16A. — This is a light brown silty clay, with low plasticity, and
poor working qualities.

It burns to a porous red body at low ti-mpcraturcs, and melts about cone 3.

The only use this clay would have in the clay-working industry is the production
of an indifferent common building brick.

Laboratory No. 317. — Light grey clay, with slightly reddish tinge, requiring only
17 per cent of water for tempering. It is rather stiff in working when wet; the
plasticity is good, and the clay is very smooth. The drying qualities were not tested,
but they are probably good, owing to the small amount of water required to bring it
to a working condition.

The drying shrinkage is 5 per cent, and the following results were obtained on
burning : —

Cone.

Fire shrinkage.

Absorption.

Colour.

".-

010

Salmon.

Buff.

1 -

Grev.

Vitritied.

Fused.

This is a stoneware clay suitable for the manufacture of pottery, crocks, jars,
teapots, etc. It would require some experimental work to fit the bodies with suitable
glazes, but it is probable that the usual Bristol and slip glazes used for stoneware
articles would answer.

Some 3-inch round hollow tile was made on. a hand press, and sent to a com-
mercial sewer-pipe plant for a salt-glazing test.

Salt-glazing test: The results of the salt glaze tests on this clay show that the
glaze cannot be successfully applied at cone 3, as that temperature is too low. The
body showed no sign of vitrification, being still porous and rather soft.

It would require a temperature in the kiln of at least cone 5, or better, at cone G,
to produce a glaze on this clay. It will then show a glaze equal to number Sl.l, but
of lighter colour. The commercial kiln in which the tests were made did not give
a higher temperature tiian cone ."». hence it was impossible to complete the test on
this clay.

Laboratory No. 318. — Is from the west bank of the Athaba.ska river, about IJ
miles south of the ^foose river. The clay bed has a thickness of at least 9 feet, and
appears to extend for a considerable distance. The overburden includes from 10 to
15 feet of low-grade bituminous sand, but does riot appear to be of prohibitive
thick*ness.

This is fine grained, highly iilastic, rather sticky clay, requiring 25 per cent of
water to bring it to the best working consistency. It must be dried slowly afttr
moulding, to avoid checking. The drying shrinkage is 7-5 per cent.

It burns to a salmon coloured, steel-hard body at cone 010.

This clay contains a certain amount of carbon, which is expelled with difficulty
during burning, owing to the fineness of grain and density of body, so that swelling
ciisues at higher temperatures unless burned very slowly.

MINES BRAXCn

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

Laboratory Nos. 319 and 320. — Are from the point near which the southerly
boundary of the Murphy bituminous sand claim meets the east shore of the Atha-
baska river. Owing to the slide and talus, the thickness of the clay could not
readily be accurately determined, but appears to be quite 20 feet. At the points
from which the samples were taken the overburden appears to consist of from 10 to
20 feet of low grade bituminous sand. What appear to be extensions of the same
bed re-appear along the river at intervals for one-third of a mile to the south of the
point where samples were secured.

Laboratory No. 319. — A light grey, highly plastic and smooth clay, with good
working properties. It must be dried slowly, being liable to check, if dried too fast.
The drying shrinkage is 5-5 per cent.

The following results were obtained on burning: —

Cone.

Fire .^hrinka;. e.

Absorption.

Colour.

010

Salmon.

„

Buff.

„

Grey.

Vitrified.

„

Fused.

This is a typical stoneware clay, suitable for the manufacture of all classes of
stoneware articles, and pottery.

It is not a fire-clay, but may be sufficiently refractory for stove linings, boiler-
setting blocks, or other purposes where extremely high temperatures would not be
used.

This is one of the best clays of the series; it closely resembles No. 317, which is
almost as good. It is not so refractory as No. 190, which stands up at the highest
temperature of any of these clays.

Laboratory No. 320. — A highly plastic rathor i-ticky clay, when wetted, being stiff
and hard to work. It requires to be dried slowly after moulding. The shrinkage on
drying is 9 per cent, which is rather too great.

It burns to a dull salmon colour and steel-hard body at cone 010. Considerable
trouble is experienced when burning this clay at higher temperatures, on account of
the carbonaceous matter it contains. It fuses about cone 4. Owing to the carbon,
high shrinkage, and low fusibility, this clay is not of much value.

Laboratory No. 321 is from the west bank of the Athaha k i riv.^r, at a point
about li miles north of the mouth of the Calumet. It lests on Devonian limeftone,
but has no capping of bituminous sand. The exposed faci> is over 300 feet long, and
upwards of 40 foet in thickness. Tlie overburden is rehitive'y light.

This is a light yellow, highly calcareous clay, with rnilier low i la t'.eity, S" that
the wet body is short and crumbly in working.

It burns to a very porous, chalky, buff-colourod body at C' nr 0^, on accv)unt of
the high percentage of finely divided lime it contains. This clay has little or no
value.

Laboratory No. 188. — From oast bank of Athabaska river, one-third mile above
McMurray, Alberta.

A dark grey clay, exceedingly plastic, and smooth, smelling strongly of asphalt
when damp.

siMMAin HKrour

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

It burns to a light red colour nt a low tfiniu-ratun'. boromiug grey when heated
up to cone 5, or thereabouts.

It fuses at cone 16.

Owing to its fineness of grain, and to the fact that it contains a certain per-
centage of asphaltie oarbon. this clay is very hard to burn. It cotild not be used
unless a i-ertain amount of it were calcined, irround. aiul added to the raw clny. This
would improve its working, drying, and burning qualities.

Laboratory No. icS^9.— "Mottled, light rod clay, from north bank of Fircbag river,
one-fourth of a mile above first rapid.

This is a very plastic and rather sticky clay. It burns to a red vitrified 1 ody at
cone 3, but the shrinkages are rather high. It fuses about cone 10. This clay may
be suitable for the manufacture of sewer pipe.

Laboratory Xos. 188, 189, 190, <md 191 are alike in many of their physical char-
acteristics, and appear to occur in the same geological horizon — viz., underlying the
tar sands, on the Athnbaska river, and its tributaries. They are very fine trained
sediments, and low in fluxing impurities. Xo. 190 being exceptionally so, hence they
are more refractory than any of the Cretaceous clays from the southern part of the
Province.

The samples were too small in size to allow of complete determinations c ncern-
ing their working and drying qualities, but they appear to be free from the drying
(iefe>'ts so common to the western Cretaceous clay>.

These clays are of the stoneware type, being exciM?d'ngly plastic, a.d burning to
a light-coloured dense body at cone 5, while they retain their shape without softening
when fired to much higher temperatures. Their most serious defect is due to the
presence of asphaltie carbon, which renders the safe burning of wares made from
them a difficult process, Nos. lOO and 191 appear to be free from this impurity, as far
as could be told from the small samples, and these clays would be valuable for many
purposes.

Up to the present time the possible value of the clays of this part of the Province
appears to have been quite overlooked by prospectors and others. The results of the
above tests, are, therefore, of interest, since they furnish the first authoritative state-
ment regarding the class of clays to be found in an entirely new area. Given ade-
quate transportation facilities, these results should encourage careful and detailed
prospecting for the higher grades of clays in the northern portion of Alberta.

Fusing PorNxs of Pyrometric Cones referred to in this Report.

Xo. of Cone.

Deirrees Fahrenheit.

Degrees Centigrade.

010

1742

n.-^

1S86

1030

l!«t4

iniHt

. 1

2101

1150

2174

ll'.iO

2246

1230

2390

1310

2.5.34

1.390

2.^70

1410

l.T

2606

14.3<)

2642

14.')<>

267«

1470

27S6

l.\30

•2n

21166

1630

2fi

:«x»2

le.'iO

•.V)3X

1«)70

74 MINES BRANCn

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

BUILDING AND ORNAMENTAL STONES OF CANADA.

W. A. Parks.

The iield work carried on in the eastern Provinees in connexion with this investi-
gation was confined very largely to quarries in actual operation, and to localities
already mentioned as possible producers of building or ornamental stone. The slight
importance hitherto attained by the building stone industry in the Prairie Provinces
makes the above basis of investigation inapplicable. Further, the growing population
of the west, and the demand for building material, render necessary a presentation
of the subject which will embrace all possible sources of supply. With this end in
view, the field work of 1914 was planned to include all the types of stone known to occur
within the Province of Manitoba. It is manifest that all recorded exposures could not
be visited — the shores of Lake Winnipeg alone would consume a field season, on such a
basis; but it was thought advisable to visit all quarries without regard to the object for
which they are operated, and to obtain material for testing from each of the geological
formations exposed in the Province.

The above basis of investigation having been approved by the director, I left
Toronto on June 1, and returned on August 22, having spent two months and three
weeks on the work. In this time, the province of Manitoba was covered fairly well,
although there are still a few places that it seems advisable to visit: the extension of
the Hudson Bay railway should afford an opportunity to examine the rock cuts for a
considerably greater distance to the north.

A building stone industry, per se, is carried on only at Tyndall, where three com-
panies are actively engaged; but development work is being done by Mr. 'Joseph Bour-
geault on a fine grained Silurian limestone near Broad Valley, on the Inwood branch
of the Canadian Northern railway. It is proposed to market this stone under the
name "manatobite" for pui-poses of fine building and even for decoration, as it is said
to take a good polish. Other deposits to which attention has been directed as producers
of building stone within the narrower meaning of the term are as follows: —

(1.) The sandstones at the base of the Trenton series exposed on the shores and
islands of Lake Winnipeg. This stone is for the most part very soft and friable, but
it has a remarkable tendency to harden on exposure.

(2.) Sandstones exposed in some of the ravines in the vicinity of Boissevain and
Oeloraine in the Turtle ^lountain district. This stone is of fair quality, and has been
used for building purposes.

(3.) Granite on the east side of Lake Winnipeg, particularly at Babbit point,
where claims have been staked. Fairly good reddish granite can be obtained here, but
I observed none possessing the requisite features to lift in into the class of monumental
granite.

(4.) A deposit of fine grained, bluish and whitish anhydrite, situated to the cast-
ward of Gypsumville, in the northern part of the Province. The deposit appears to be
of considerable size, and the stone is of fine appearance; but the application of anhydrite
to purposes of decoration has not achieved much success.

The only serious production of building or ornamental stone is confined to the
mottled Trenton limestone of Tyndall, already referred to. This stone occurs in heavy
layers of uniform quality, although two types are recognized — the blue and the buff.
The rock is quarried with facility; it can be easily worked, and its mottled aspect gives
a characteristic appearance to the many fine buildings for which it has been used in

SIM \f \in nri'nirr 75

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

Winnipeg. This stone ranks high as a building material, and its lurtunatc uccurrenee
near the eity of Winnipeg makes up in large part for the dearth of high grade stone
throughout the Province.

A large amount of stone is (luarricd in Manitoba for use in macadam and con-
crete; many of tbo quarries produce rubble incidentally, and in some cases building
blocks are cut from the better layers. Tlir iii..re important ..f tlio quarries of this
class are as lollows: —

Corporation of the City of Winniiiog, [ Upper Ordovician limestone at Stony

Manitoba Quarries, Limited, ] mountain.

^Manitoba Quarries, Limited, / <.i • ■• ^ ^ i.-. u

,,,. . 7; 1 1 1-. I /^ r Silurian limestones at Stonewall.

\\ iiiuipog Supply and 1 uel Co., ^

^lanitoba Quarries. Limited, Silurian limestones at Gunton.

Lake Winnipeg Shipping Co., Jxnvor Trenton limestones at Big J -land,

Lake Winnipeg.
Lake Winnipeg Shipping Co., Gneiss on east side of Lake Winnipeg.

Canada Cement Co., Devonian limestone at Steeprock on Lake

Manitoba,
^rooschorn Lime Co., Devonian limestone cast of Moosehorn.

Bowman Coal and Supply Co., Devonian limestone at Oak Point, Lake

^lanitoba.

Trenton limestones are exposed at many points along the west shore of Lake
Winnipeg. I observed none particularly suited for high grade building stone, but
1 was much impressed by the possibility of quarrying excellent flagstone.

The Devonian limestones of Lake Manitoba and Lake St. ^Martin appear to be
very thin-bedded, and do not give much promise for the production of building
hl&dss.

Silurian limestones are exposed at the north end of Lake Winnipegosis, at the
Grand Rapids of the Saskatchewan, and on Cedar and Cross lakes. Some of this
stone is heavily bedded, and would make excellent material for heavy engineering
works, as its crushing strength is remarkably high. On the other hand it is hard
nnd of a cavernous nature, which would seriously detract from its ralue as a
building stone.

Many exposures of Devonian limestone occur on the shores and islands of Lake
Winnipegosis. Considerable variation is to be observed in different localities both
as to the quality of the stone and the nature of the bedding. While no stone
eminently adapted to building purpo-ses was observed, there is no doubt that possi-
bilities of production exist at more than one locality.

Hard and reddish mottled Ordovician limestones occur along the line of the
Hudson Bay railway, to the northward of Le Pas, and the same type of stone is
encountered farther east in the vicinity of Fisher branch. This stone would make
good rock-face work of rather unique appearance, but it is too hard and " plucky ''
for cut stone. Certain of the beds are mottled in red and grey, and possess sufficient
hardness and fineness of grain to be susceptible of a good polish. They might bo
employed as marbles, but I fear that the ever-present tendency to plucking would
militate against their u.se for this purpose.

The basal member of the Cretaceous series of this district — the Dakota sand-
stone— is exposed on the Red Deer river, and. according to Tyrrell, on the top of
Kettle mountain, south of Swan lake. I have been unable to locate any outcrop
presenting commorcial possibilities.

Strata occur in Turtle mountain, in the south of the province, and include a
basal sandstone, which makes a fair quality of building stone. It has been quarried
for structural purposes near Boisscvain and Dclorainc.

76 MINES BRAXCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

ORE DRESSING AND METALLURGICAL DIVISION.

G. C. Mackenzie,
Chief of Division.

During 1914, the staff of this division has been augmented by the appointment
of Mr. H. C. Mabee, to the position of chemist.

Messrs. W. B. Timm and C. S. Parsons continued to act in their positions as
first and second assistant engineers, respectively.

In May, 1 returned from Nelson, B.C., where I had resided since October, 191 ;J
— while in charge of the zinc investigation for tlie Mines Branch.

- During part of July and August, Mr. B. F. Haanel and I repref=ented the Mines
Jiranch in Hartford, Conn., during an experimental test run of the Johnson electric
furnace. We were accompanied by Mr. C. S. Parsons, of this division, and Mr. 11.
A. Leverin, of the chemical division, who acted as assistants.

In October and November — as a member of the special committee to report on
the condition of the iron industry in Canada — I made a lengthy tour of Fnite.l
States iron and steel plants, for the purpose of collecting information with
rpspect to the use of beneficiated iron ores in that country. I also represontoJ the
Mines Branch at the annual meeting of the American Iron and Steel Institute, held
at Birmingham, Ala., October 28 to 31, 1914.

Construction on the roaster building for the Ore Dressing Laboratories was
started in April, and completed in July. Installation of the Wilfley roaster and
equipment did not commence until November, owing to the delay of the manufac-
turers of the furnace in making shipment.

The roaster building consists of a light steel and corrugated iron building. 60
feet long by 20 feet wide, situated about 20 feet from, and at right ai)gles to. the main
testing laboratory.

The installations in this building will consist of an 8-foot Wilfley roaster, spe-
cially adapted for testing purposes, and a Dwight and Lloyd duplex sintering pan.
mounted on trunnions.

The roaster and fans for the ore roaster and sintering pan will be driven by
means of a 35-horse power stationary engine.

Additional installations have been made to the equipment of the Ore Dressing
Laboratory, consisting of the following: —

One Plumb pneumatic jig, standard size.

One Plumb pneumntic jig, Inlioratory size.

One small, belt-driven air compressor, for supplying compressed air to the above.

Two Jnmes nutomatic ore jigs, mounted in tandem.

One laboratory apparatus for cyanide agitation tests.-

One laboratory apparatus for minerals separation flotation.

SI MM A in inH'OU'l

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

The following ores have beiMi ti'sted, unci reports made thereon, diirin^f the
enlondnr yonr 1014: —

List of Ouiis Tkstkd, IS) 14.

No. of

Test.

21
22

23
•2-1

25
26
27

31
32

On-.

Iron, magnetite
Zinc, ciihiniine. .

Iron, nuignt'tite-hi'matite.. .

Aluniiniiini, bauxite con-
centratt- .

Chroniiiiii), chromite .
Zinc, zinc blende

Iron, copjH-r, magnetite,
chalcopyrite

Phosphorus, iron tailings .
Titanium, ilmenite

Zinc, zinc blende.

Sulphur, iron pyrites.

Zinc-lead-coppi r, zinc blen
de, galena, chalcopyrite. ,

Iron, niagni'tic iron .-and. .

Lotality.

Flower Station, K. & P. R.
R., Ontario

Hudson Bay mine, Deer
Creek, West Kootenay,
B.C

IJroundhog, Ont., Algoma
district

Northern Aluminum Co.,
Shawenegan Falls, Qu". .

Province of Quebec.

Notre Dame Mine Co., of
Portneuf, Que

Vancouver Island, B.C. . . .

MtKJse mountain, Sellwood,
Ont :. ...

Canadian Mining and E.\-
ploration Company, Tor
onto, Ont

New Canadian Metal Co.,
Riondel, B.C

Nortliei n Pyrites Co. , North
Pines, Ont

Laurentide Mining Co.,
Notre Dame des Anges,
Portneuf co. , Que ....

Ship|>er.

I'hos. B. Caldwell, Esq.,
Lanark, Out ...

1'. F. Horton, Ks(i., Salmo,
B.C

Algoma Central & H. B. R. R
Sault Ste. Marie, Ont...

Northern Aluminum Co.,
Shawenegan Falls, Que. .

Geological Survey, Ottawa.

David A. Poe, Esq., Munt
real. Que

R. R. Hedley, Esq., Van
couver, B.C

Moose Mountain, Ltd.,
Sellwood, Out

W. S. Girard, Esq., Tor-
onto, Ont

S. S. Fowler, Esq., Rion-
del, B.C

Weight.

Tons.

Robt. K. Painter, Esq.,
New York ....

Stanislas J. Pointon, Esq.,
Notre Dame des Anges,
Que..

Natashkwan, Saguenay co., Mines Branch, Ottawa
Que

lbs.

280
2<W

200

12
5

240
1 , IXJO

78 MINES BRAXCU

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915
Test No. 21.

IROX ORE.

A small shipment of 280 pounds of iron ore was received from Mr. T. B. Cald-
well, Lanark, Ont. The ore was taken from the stock pile, and was supposed to be
an average sample. The deposit is located on lot 22, concession IV, township of
Lavant, county of Lanark, Ontario, near Flower station, on the Kingston and
Pembroke railway.

The ore consists of a fine grained magnetite, massive, through which is dis-
seminated tine pyrites, hornblende, and calcite gangue.

The ore was crushed to pass through a 100-mesh Sturtevant screen. A head
sample was obtained by passing it through a Jones riffled sampler. The remaining
material was emptied into a push feeder and fed automatically to the Ullrich four-
pole magnetic separator. Wet separation was employed. The current strength on
the machine was 4-5 amperes. Six products were obtained: four of concentrate (one
from each ring of the machine) and two of tailing. The various products were
dried, and samples taken for analysis. From the results obtained the table given
below was compiled: —

Head sample analysis —

Insoluble 10.35 per cent.

Iron 58.6

Phosphorus. . . .048 "

Sulphur .248

.sr.i/.i/.iA'V RKi'oin

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

©■^

1-H

•«r

•^

►2

f i

S 2

05
00

Pu o

lu ^

l-H

.rjs

n Isn

S^J

o -

'""' ^

I-l

O ©

8 S

^ »)

•o

CI CJ

l-H 1-1

Plh'

35 5<1

o o

^ CI

-f

c~ -.

■3

5-S

!-> rH

< r*

t- c:

r-l

I--. t~

•a

■^

-« TT

35 -C

«o

•O W

§>

r^ 5C

<n rl

» t-

f l-H

B
5-S

OC 00

«}

ec 0,

t^ C<5

—1 f^

5 S

OC QC

I-

?. -^

1 35

®o »

<;^

<:<

-»< O

« I

o -

t- s

Zj u

CU o

•f

CI ©

■^ Cl

•-S

^ ~

Cl 'T

X. '0

bD ti

D b

;

B C

• 5

5 s

s
1

l-t

N «

o c

^ y.

& :

E £

£ E

•r)

**"

«*4 «^

1 »

S 4

■^ *j

2 t

«-> w

s c

to tc

% I

a a

c s

7zi m

o c

eS <3

O C

E-

80 ' MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

The units of crude required per unit of concentrate: —
64-2 —9 2

.=-1 16

58 .45—9-2

The percentage of iron in the crude saved in the concentrate: —

100 by 64-2

iri , , ^ -^04-69 per cent

58-45 by 1-16 ^

Units of tailing made per unit of concentrate 0-lG.

The percentage of iron in the crude lost in the tailing: —

100 by 9-2 by 016

•^ 1 -=2-lt per cent

5S-45 by 116
Tons of concentrate made per ton of crude=0-895.
Calculations of iron saved from actual weights and analyses: —
235,-2 by 64 2 by 100 ^gg^.g p^^. ^.^^^ ^f ^he iron in the crude saved in the
262-8 by 58-45 concentrate

27-6 by 9 2 by 100 ^^^ ^^^ ^^^^^ ^^ ^-^^ -^^^ -^ ^^^ ^^^^^ j^^^ ^^ ^^^
262.-8 by 58-45 tailing.

From the above table it will be noticed that the ■concentrate from ring No. 4
shows an analysis of insoluble, 28-91 per cent; Fe., 48- per cent; P., -042 per cent;
S. ••'369 per cent. By raising this ring, a concentrate could be obtained similar to
that from the first three rings. Four important adjustments of the separator on
which the results of the test largely depend are the amount of the feed water used;
the jate o'f feed ; the distance of the rings from the feed, and the strength of the
current on the fields. There was not sufficient ore to make accurate adjustments
and obtain the best results. A run of this ore using the Grondal wet magnetic
separator would give a comparative test of the efficiency of the two machines.

Test No. 22.

ZINC ORE.

A shipment of 200 pounds of ore was received from Mr. P. F. Horton, of the
Hudson Bay mine, Salmo, B.C. The ore was taken from the mine workings, 166 feet
below the surface.

The ore is a zinc silicate; associated with it are small amounts of, possibly lead
silicate and considerable limonite. Analysis of the ore shows it to contain silver and
gold in small quantities. The minerals are very closely disseminated, making it very
difficult to obtain a separation.

Experiments were conducted to effect a wet concentration by the use of hydraulic
classifiers, jigs, and Wilfley tables. A small amount of the fine limonite was washed
away, raising the zinc content five per cent; and decreasing the iron content by a
similar amount. With this one exception, no concentration was obtainable, due to the
closely disseminated character of the mineral constituents of the ore, and to no marked
difference in their specific gravity.

Experiments were also conducted to effect a dry separation on the Huff electrostatic
separator. The results obtained were not satisfactory.

Electrostatic Separation after Flash Roasting.

Seventy pounds of the ore were taken, and crushed in tlie laboratory jaw crusher,
set at A-inch opening. The material from the crusher was passed over a 10-mesh
Sturtevant screen, the oversize fed to rolls, set at .1-ineh opening, and passed over the

SUMAfAin li'Kl'Oh'T

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

10-mosh screon. The oversize from this second screening wa.s returnetl to the rolls,
set at -j^j-inch opening:, and passed over the 10-niesh screen. The crushed ore throuprh
10-mesh -was sampled by passing it through a Jones riffled sampler. During this
operation, it was noticed that a concentration had taken place, the oversize on tho 10-
niesh screen appearing to be a high zinc product, low in iron. This point is of
importance in the dressing of the ore.

The crushed ore through 10-nu'sli was divided into two halves. One portion was
given a flash roast, and sized on Stiirtevant 16, 20, 30. and nO-niesh screens. Tho sized
products were treated separately on the Huff electrostatic single roll separator.

Head Analysis before Roasting: Zn, 34- IG per cent; Fe, 10-7 per cent; Ag, 1-2
oz. ; Insoluble, 24-50 per cent.

HEIAD.

Sized
Products.

Weight.

Percentage of
roasted ore

Analysis.

Con ten tH.

lb. oz.

% Zn.

% Fe.

lb. Zn.

lb. Fe.

-10 + 16....
-16 + 20....

- 20 + 30...
-30 + 50....

- 50

9 0

3 12

4 5
3 14

10 10

2S-51
11 88
13-66
12-28
33-66

43-30
40-44
39-00
36 41
29 97

8-0

9-2

10-0

12-6

16-2

3-897
1 516
1-683
1 411
3 184

0-720
0 318
0-432
0-484
1721

Totals and
averages . .

31 9

99-99

37 04

11-64

11 691

3-675

Loss in weight by roasting is, approximately, 3 pounds.

Analysis of roasted ore shows an increase of : Zn, 3 per cent ; Fe, 1 per cent.

ZINC PRODUCT.

Sized
Products'.

Weight.

Percentage of
roasted ore.

Analysis.

Contents.

lb. oz.

% Zn.

% Fe.

lb. Zn.

lb. Fe.

-10 + 16....

- 16 + 20....

- 20 H 30....
-30 + 50....
-50

8 0
3 0
2 6
2 10
8 14

88 89
8000
5507
67-74
83 53

44 06
43-06
44-26
40 44
29-58

6-7
7 3
57
8-3
15 8

3 525
1-292

1 051
1134

2 625

0 536
0-219

0 135
0-218

1 402

ToUls and
averages.

24 14

78-81

3870

10 1

9 627

2 510

Average analysis of zinc product: Zinc 38-70 per cent.

Iron 101 "

Recovery of zinc values in crude ore 82-3 "

26a— 6

}fiyES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

IRON PRODUCT.

Sized
Product.*.

Weight.

Percentage of
roasted ore.

Analysis.

Contents.

lb. oz.

% Zn.

% Fe.

lb. Zn.

lb. Fe.

- 10 + 16....

- 16 + 20....

- 20 + HO....

- 30 -t- 50 ...

- 50 .. .

1 0

0 12

1 15
1 4
1 12

11-11
20 00
44 93
32 26
16 47

3218
20-78
32 18
25 96
24-96

16-8
19-0
16 2
22 7
22 3

0-322
0-2.33
0-623
0-325
0-437

0 168
0 143
0 314
0-284
0 390

Totals and
averages . .

6 11

21-19

29 01

19-4

1-940

1-299

Average analysis of iron product: Zinc 29-01 per cent.

Iron 19-4

Zinc values of crude ore in iron product 16-6 "

Magnetic Separation after Roasting in Reducing Atmosphere.

A portion of the ore through lO-mesh -was given a reducing roast, and sized on a
Sturtevant 40-mesh screen. The sized products were treated separately on the Ullrich
magnetic separator.

Head Analysis before Roasting: Zn., 34.16 per cent; Fe., 10-7 per cent: Ag.. 1-2
ounce; Insoluble, 24- 56 per cent.

HEAD.

Sized
Products.

Weight.

Percentage of
roasted ore.

Analysis.

Contents.

lb. oz.

% Zn. % Fe.

lb. Zn.

lb. Fe.

+ 40

- 40

11 8
5 12

66 67
33 33

39-84
32-55

9 4
15-2

4-582
1-872

6 454

1-081
0 874

Totals and
average.^ . .

17 4

100 00

37-42

11-3

1-955

ZINC PRODUCT.

Sizefl
Products.

Weight.

Percentage of
roasted ore.

69-57
52-18

Analysis.

Contents.

lb. oz.

% Zn.

42-45
36 20

% Fe.

lb. Zn.

lb. Fe.

+ 40.. .

8 0
3 0

5-4
7 0

3 396
1 086

0 432

-40.

0 210

Totals and
avtrages . .

11 0

63-77

40-75

.-) S

4 482

(• 642

Average analysis of zinc product: Zinc 40-75 per cent.

Iron 5-8

Recovery in zinc values in crude ore 69-4 "

Iron content of crude ore in zinc product 32-S "

sTi/i/ i/.M unrnin

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

\HOS I'JIODUC'T.

Products.

Weiglit.

IVrct-ntagu of
roasted or»*.

Ana

yniH.

Contents.

lb. oz.

% Zn.

.33-80
2G 10

% -Fe.

lb. Zn.

lb. Fe.

+ 40

3 8
2 12

30 43
47 82

15 8
12-4

1183

o-7iy

0 r)5;i

- 40

0 341

Totals and
averages . .

6 4

3« 23

30-43

14 3

rfl02

0 894

Average analysis of iron product: Zinc ."W- 43 per cent.

Iron 14-3 "

Zinc content of crude ore in iron product 29 -'t

From the tests conducted on this ore the following conclusions have been arrived

at:

First. — The mineral constituents of the ore being so intimately mixed, and th<-
slight difference in their specific gravity, make it difficult to obtain a wet concentra-
tion by jigging and table concentration.

Seco-nd. — A concentration is obtained by sizing. It would probably not be advi.^-
able to make further separation of the sized products under 30-me.-ih.

Third. — By roasting, the water is driven off, the limonite is converted, in our
case, into hematite, and in the other, into magnetite; hence the head samples of the
roasted ores show an increase of approximately 3 per cent in zinc and 1 per cent in
iron.

Fourth. — The greater portion of the iron content is contained i4i the material
through 30-mesh. This proportion could probably be increased by roasting the lump
ore and crushing afterwards. The particles of iron would not have the tendency to
attach themselves to the zinc particles, which takes place in roasting the crushed
material.

Fifth. — By careful manipulation and adjustment of the clectrost^atic separator,
the separation of the material through 30-mesh could be improved upon. There wa>
no marked difference in the appearance of the two products, and we were unable to
have analyses made, as the tests were conducted to determine the grade of the pro-
ducts and adjust the separator accordingly.

Sixth. — Dry separation on this portion given the reducing roast was not adapted
to this ore. A better separation could be obtained by wet magnetic separation. The
fine zinc jiartides were drawn over with the iron. This would not occur to such an
extent by wet separation, as was demonstrated by taking a portion of the iron product
submerging it in water and pulling out the iron with a horf^eshoe magnet. A fine
zinc product remained, representing approximately 50 per cent of the original portion
experimented with in this manner.

Seventh. — A portion of the sized products was taken, submerged in water, jind
subjected to a violent agitation by a propeller. It was found that the iron content
could be reduced to 10 per cent, with a cimsidi^able loss in zinc values, in wnshing
off the iron.

26a— 6i

84 MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

Eighth. — A portion of the original shipment remains, on which a test will be
made along the following lines, namely : the ore will be calcined to convert the iron
into the ferric state, crushed to pass through 10-mesh, violently washed to free the
iron from the zinc particles, and the entire product run through the wet magnetic
separator.

TEST NO. 5.

Zinc Ore (Calamine) from Hudson Bay Mine, British Columhia.

This i.> a continuation of test No. 5, the results of which are contained in the
Summary Report for 1913.

A portion of the ore was taken and crushed in the laboratory crusher and rolls
to pass through a 4-mesh screen. The crushed ore was mixed with 5 per cent of its
weight of powdered coal, and roasted to convert the non-magnetic iron oxide into the
magnetic oxide. The roasted ore was washed to free the particles of iron and zinc
adhering to each other, and the total product run through the Ullrich wet magnetic
separator. Tho results obtained are tabulated below : —

SUM MA in in: PORT

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

05 ^r^

•^ 1

•^«©o

I52S

O -»>50 o

loooo

^ i>- (^ I s?a
05 f ^r i I—

t^O © CO

-HO

o lOio

•n

n-ro

^ 1

-r :sio

1 ""

'c^ iM i-H

> © t^
■ Olft

^ s

S : r .-

» $

^O t--©!g

® TTWeo©

3 I I I ••

•— C S e8 ■*

o 5

II 11 II

^ y T o

t; c

i- > O-^

*J D

entra
cone

c 52

aiia «

3"n

12 >C

c o - -

r O. "H >

O O

cirsii:

86 MINES BRAXCn

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915
Tkst Xo. 23.

THE COXCENTHATIOX OF LOW CRADK illOK ORES OF GROUNUIIOCv niSTRlCT OF ALGOMA,

PKOVIXCE OF ONTARIO.

Introductory.

In the autumn of 1913, application was received by the Director of Mines Branch
Irom Mr. John A. Dresser, manager of the Lands Department of the Algoma Central
^M^d Hudson Bay Kailway Co., and of the Algoma Eastern Railway Co., asking for
a series of tests on a shipment of iron ore from the Company's mining claims
situated at Groundhog, in the District of Algoma, in the Province of Ontario.

As this ore represented a distinct class of which there are other similar occur-
rences in the province, the Mines Branch decided to make a series of tests on a
rarload of 15 tons of the ore, which was received in November, 1913.

The ore was taken from the surface of the deposit, and consisted of bands of
magnetite, hematite, and jasper, the bands ranging from one-half inch in thickness
down to a very small fraction of an inch. The shipment showed an average
analysis of 35 per cent iron, with only traces of sulphur, phosphorus, and other
impurities. It was therefore a question of raising the metallic content, and not one
'■f the elimination of impurities.

On a 35 per cent Fe head analysis, it was found that the ore contained 26-5 per
cent Fe as magnetite, and 8-5 per cent Fe as hematite, or 75-8 per cent of the iron
content was in the form of magnetite, and 24-2 per cent was in the form of hematite.
Cl'his point is worked out in detail in the report.) Theoretically, the best possible
.extraction by magnetic concentration would be 75-8 of the iron content. This is
-apposing the magnetite and hematite particles to be free, which is the case with the
ure, as these two minerals are in distinct bands. Should the magnetite and hema-
tite particles occur closely associated with each other, it would be possible to obtain,
theoretically, a higher extraction than 75 S per cent of the iron content by magnetic
i-oncentration.

The banded structure of this deposit is shown clearly in the cross-section given
below.

From this cross-section, drawn from a typical specimen, it will, be noted
that the magnetite occurs in some cases in bands almost pure, replacing the jasper,
in others mixed with the jasper forming the band, and in other cases finely dissemin-
ated through the jasper band. The hematite occurs in very thin layers along the
parting of the bands. Several other points are also noticeable: namely, coarse crush-
ing will free the larger bands of magnetite from the gangue; but as these magnetite
bands contain varying propoi'tions of magnetite, a high concentration cannot be
looked for. Coarse crushing will not free the thinner bands of magnetite, nor the
licmatite along the parting of the bands, as this hematite is, in most cases, firmly
attached to one of the walls. All these points, whieh are demonstrated clearly in the
concentration tests following, confirm the fact that, for a good recovery of the iron
content in this ore, tine crushing or grinding is necessary. To what stage crushing
and grinding should be carried is also demonstrated clearly in the concentration
tests following.

('ou-r('ntrafio)i.

Tlie tests conducted were ciirried on iiiider thi' following methods of procedure: —
(1) Coarse crushing, followed by dry magnetic concentration of the sized pro-
ducts; dry magnetic concentration of the re-crushed middlings from the coarser
sizes; jig concr ntration of the dry separator midillings from the n^-crushed middlings
•■>..d frntti tlw finiT -i/r'i iiiid t;il>lc conccn t i!i t ioii of tlio fines.

SUM M Mi') L'l.l'oia

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

(2) ("oarso crushiiijr, folldwi-d l)y ji^r ••oiifciitration of tin- .si/cd product.s.

(3) Ooarso crushing, fulluwi'd l)y Hue crushinf; in rolLs; dry nm^rnctic soparation
followed by jig and table concentration of separator tailings.

The object of the first two tests was to deternune whether a <oniinercial and
economic product could- be obtained, suitable for blast furnace use, without fine
grinding, w^hich would necessitate briquetting or sintering. The latter two tests were
conducted to determine the nia.xiinuni recovery, and a conijjarison of results with the
Hrst two tests from which the feasibility of the various methods of concentration can
be arrived at.

Test No. 1.

Preliminary test by coarse crushing, sizing, dry magnetic concentration of sized
products, dry magnetic concentration of re-crushed separator middlings from the
coarser sizes, and jig concentration of separator middlings from rc-cru.-hed
middlings, and from the finer sizes.

Approximately, 2 tons of the ore were taken and crushed in the jaw crusher set at
1-inch opening. From the jaw crusher the ore was elevated to the bins, from which it
was fed automatically to a set of Sturtevant rolls, set at i-inch opening. From the
rolls it passed through a Vezin sampler set to cut out a sample of ^ of the feed unto
a Ferraris screen fitted with 1-inch and 3-iiiP^ circular aperture screens. The oversize
-\- 1 inch was re-crushed in the rolls, and pa.'«sed over the screen until the entire lot.
with the exception of the sample, passed through the 1-inch screen. From this operation
the sizes — 1 inch -|- 3 inch and — :,' inch were obtained.

The Ferraris screen was fitted up with J-inch circular punched and 1-inch straight
slot screens and the — f inch material was passed over the screens, from which the
sizes — 3 ^^^^ + i inch, — ^ inch + \ inch and — \ inch were obtained. The screen
frame was fitted up with J inch and -^^^ inch diagonal slot screens, and the — \ inch
material was passed over the screens, from which the sizes — \ inch -|- J inch, — J
-)- ■t'g inch, and — iV inch were obtained.

The following screen sizes were made for concentration on the dry magnetic
separator : —

Screen .

Weight.

Percentage

l.v

weight.

Analysis.

-1"+J" ....

Sizes.

Pounds.

570
772
579
404
272
284

Founds .

19-8
26-8
201
140
9 4
9-9

%Fe.
35 05

-3"-j 1 "

3375

- "+ "

34 40

:i5 00

- " + ^\,''

3428

-Jl"

••

34 10

Totals

2,881

1000

Analysis of head sample from the Vezin sampler showed it to contain 35-10 per
cent Fe.

MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

The following deductions were made from the analyses of the screen sizes to
determine the per cent Fe, as magnetite, and the per cent Ye, as hematite : —

Weight.

Analysis.

Contents.

Screen Sizes.

%Fe.

FeO.

% FeO.

% Fe.Os.

FeO.

Fe„03.

Fe.

FeO.

-r + r

570
772
579
404
272
284

9 0
8-8
8-6
8-6
8-2
8-5

11-6
11-3
11-1
111
10-5
10-9

37-9
35 1
36-9
37-7
37-3
36-6

51-300
67-936
49-794
34-744
22-304
24 140

66-120
87-236
64-269
44-844
28-560
30-956

216-030
270 972
213-651
152-308
101-456
103 944

Totals and
averages. . .

2,881

8-685

11-176

36-736

250-218

321 985

1058-361

The atomic -weight of Fe is taken at 55-9.

The atomic weight of O is taken at 16-0.

From the above table the average analysis shows the ore to contain 11-176 per
cent Fe O and 36-736 per cent Fe.Oj. Magnetite has a chemical composition of (FeO.
Fe.Oj), hematite has a chemical composition of Ye-.O^. Therefore the 11-176 per cent
FeO will require 24-839 per cent FesOa leaving 11-879 per cent Fe^O, as hematite.
That is 8-685 per cent Fe + 17-378 per cent Fe = 26-063 per cent Fe occurs as
magnetite and 8-311 per cent Fe occurs as hematite, giving a head analysis of
34-374 per cent Fe.

75-82 per cent of the iron content is in the form of magnetite.
24-18 " " " '" " hematite.

From these deductions it will be seen that the maximum recovery of the iron
content by magnetic separation, provided the particles of magnetite are entirely
freed, is 75-82 per cent. The finer the ore is ground, the nearer the approach to this
maximum recovery of the magnetite is obtained, but the greater the loss of hematite
by sliming in the retreatment of the tailings from the magnetite separation. A? the
magnetite bands vary in their percentage of iron content, it is impossible to make a
liijih grade magnetic product by coarse crushing, without losing a high percentage
of the magnetite in the tailings. Fine grinding is necessary to free the hematite
from the gangue; although too fine grinding permits a high loss of hematite values
in slimes. These are points to be considered in the concentration of this class of ore.

Dry magnetic separation of the sized material, 1" + |" —

Current strength on rectifying magnets, 6 amperes at 110 volts.

Head .sample.
Concentrates,
Middlings,
Tailings,

drum

Weight, 32 lb.

93 lb.

" 288 lb.

51 lb.

Analysis, 35 05 % Fe.

" 48-90 % Fe.

32-70 % Fe.

" 20-90 % Fe.

110

SUMMARY REPORT

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

Dry magnetic separator of the sized material — 3" + J" —
Current strength on rectifying magnets, 6 amperes at 110 volts.

" " drum " 30 " 110 "

Head sample, Weight, G8 lb. Analysis, 33-75 % Ye.

Concentrates, " ICO Ih. " 48-70 % Fe.

Middlings. " 445 lb. " 31-15 %Fe.

Tailings. " 87 1b. " 21-50 %Fe.

Dry magnetic separation of the sized material, — i" + i" —

Current strength on rectifying magnets, 6 amperes at 110 volts.

" drum " 25 " 110 "

Head sample, Weight, 4 1b- Analysis, 34-40 % Fe.
Concentrates, " 119 lb. " 52-60 % Fe.

Middlings. • " 3711b. " 31-75 %Fe.

Tailiiiffs " 89 lb. " 20-15 % Fe.

Run No. 2 — Products mixed and run over separator —

Current strength on rectifying magnets, 6 amperes at 110 volts.

drum " 30 . " 110 "

Concentrates, Weight, 190 lb. Analysis, 48 00 % Fe.
Middlings, " 307 lb. " 27-10 % Fe.

Tailings, " 55 lb. " 19-50 % Fe.

Dry magnetic separation of the sized material, — i" + J" —

Current strength on rectifying magnets, 6 amperes at 110 volts.

drum " 20 " 110 "

Head sample, Weight, 4 lb, Analysis, 35 00 % Fe.
Concentrates, " 75 lb. " 54-90 % Fe.

Middlings, " 238 1b. " 33-20 %Fe.

Tailings, " 75 lb. " 20-90 % Fe.

Run Xo. 2 — Products mixed and re-run over separator —

Current strength on rectifying magnets, 6 amperes at 110 volts.

" " drum " 25 " 110 ''

Concentrates, Weight, 121 lb. Analysis, 51-40 %Fe.
Middlings. " 206 lb. " 28-36 % Fe.

Tailings,, " 43 lb. " 20-35 % Fe.

Run No. 3 — Products mixed and re-run over separator — /

Current strength on rectifying magnets, 6 amperes at 110 volts.

" " drum " 30 " 110 "

Concentrates, Weight, 145 lb. Analysis. 49-64 % Fe.
Middlings, " 163 lb. " 26-86 % Fe.

Tailings, " 40 lb. " 20-04 % Fe.

Dry magnetic separation of the sized material — J" + ^" —

Current strength on rectifying magnets, 6 amperes at 110 volts,
drum " 15 " 110 "

Head sample. Weight, 3 lb. Analysis, 34 28 % Fe.
Concentrates. " 37 lb. " 57-22 % Fe.

Mid.llings, " 140 lb. " 37-58 % Fe.

Tailings, " 86 lb. " 2.3i 40 ^ Fe.

90 MiyES BRAXCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

Eun 2so. 2. — Products mixed and re-run over separator —

Current strength on rectifj'ing magnets, 6 amperes at 110 volts,
drum " 20 " 110 "

Concentrates, Weight, 58 lb. Analysis, 54-70 %Fe.
Middlings. " 122 1b. " 32-60 7oFe.

Tailings, " 56 1b. " 2100 % Fe.

Itun No. 3. — Products mixed and re-ruu over separator —

Current strength on rectifying magnets, 6 amperes at 110 volts,
drum " 25 " 110 «

Concentrates, Weight, 87 lb. Analysis, 52-2 % Fe.
Middlings, " 104 1b. " 28-6 % Fe.

Tailings. '• 42 lb. " 19 0 % Fe.

Kun Xo. 4. — Products mixed and re-run over separator —

Current strength on rectifying magnets, 6 amperes at 110 volts,
drum " 30 " 110 "

Concentrates. Weight, 94 lb. Analysis, 50-8 % Fe.
:\nddlings. " 91 lb. " 270 % Fe.

Tailings, '• 36 lb. '• 18 5 % Fe.

Dry magnetic separation of sized material, — i\j " —

This size was not run over the separator in conducting the preliminary test, but
in the final test the following products were obtained, from which the separation can
be figured : —

Current strength on rectifying magnets, 6 amperes at 110 volts,
drum " 20 " 110 "

Rate of feed, 1-875 tons per hour.

Head sample. Weight, 67-5 lb. Analysis, 35-67 % Fe.

Concentrates, " 258.0 1b. '' 53i 13 % Fe.

Tailings, " 326.5 1b. " 23-75 % Fe.

In the operations of the separator, the suction fan in connexion with the machine
drew out 97 pounds of dust; the greater proportion of which was deposited in the
dust collector.

D->y magnetic separation of re-crushed middlings.

The dry separator middlings — 1" + |" and — |" -+- ^" were elevated to the ore
bins from which they were fed to the rolls set at V opening. From the rolls the
re-crushed middlings passed through the Vezin sampler unto the Ferraris screen
fitted with ]" straight slot and J" diagonal slot aperture screens. The dry separator
middlings — J" + Y' were elevated to the ore bins from which they were fed to the
rolls set at -i\-" opening. From the rolls the re-crushed middlings passM through
the Vezin sampler unto the Ferraris screen. A sample of 124 pounds was cut out
by the Vezin sampler representing the average of the re-crushed middlings. The
oversize from the ]" screen was passed through the rolls until all the material passed
through the .}" screen apertures.

The screen frame was fitted up with J" and i\i" diagonal slot aperture screens,
and Ihe material passed over the screens from wliich the sizes — i"+J", — l"-\-^",
:in(l — I'fl" Were obtained.

Head sample. Wt-ight. 124 lb. Analysis. ;52.1 % Fe.

Sizo — i"H-i". Weight, 390 lb. Analysis. .30-2 Fe. '

Size — J" + A". Weight. 2.')2 lb. Analysis, 30-7 % Fe.

Size - i\i". Weight. 206 lb. Analysis, 31-5 % Fe.

SI 1/ 1/ l/.'V Ul.l'oin 91

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a
Dry magnetic separation of rt-crushed middlings. Size — .{" + i" —

Currt'iit stn-ngth on rectifying magnets, <» amperes at 110 voltb.
drum " 20 •' 110 "

Head sample. Weight, ... lb. Analysis, 30-2 % Fe.

Concentrates. " 27 1b. " 52-6 % Fe.

Tailings, •' 256 lb. " 34-4 % Fe.

Tailings, " 108 1b. " 21-7 % Fe.

The middlings from this run were re-passed over the separator, with the amperage
on drum magnets increased to 30.

(\>Mcentrates (•btaiiied, 04 lb. Analysis, 44< 0 % Fe.

Tailings " ISf, lb. " 30 0 % Fe.

Dry magnetic separation of re-crushed middlings. Size — J" -\- ■^" —

Current strciiirth on rectifying magnets, G amperes at 110 volts,
drum " 20 " 110 "

Head sample. Weight, ... lb. Analysis, 30-7 % Fe.

Concentrates. - 46 1b. " 51-3 % Fe.

:Middlings, " 108 lb. '' 32-5 % Fe.

Tailings. " 92 lb. " 19-5 % Fe.

The middlings from this run were re-passed over the separator, with the amperage
on the drum magnets increased to 30.

Concentrates oi»tained, 3.5 lb. Analysis, 40-9 % Fe.

Tailings 70 lb. " 29 1 % Fe.

The results obtained from the second concentration of the middlings show that
this operdtion is not practical, so that the products were re-mixed to form the
middlings from the first operation.
Dry magnetic separation of re-crushed middlings. Size — A" —

This size was not run over the separator in conducting the preliminary test, but
:n the final test the following products were obtained from which the separation can
be figured : —

Current strength on rectifying magnets, 5 amperes at 110 volts.

" drum " 23 " 110 "

Head sample, Weight, .. lb. Analysis. 33-43 9^ Fe.
Concentrates. " 64 lb. " 50-95 % Fe.

Tailings, ' 99 lb. " 24-45 % Fe.

JIG CONCENTRATION OF ORY ^[AGNETIC SEPARATOR MIDDLINGS.

Size, — i-inch -)- ut-inch. Weight, 337 pounds —

The separator middlings from this size and from the re-crushed middlings of the
coarser sizes, were mixed, sampled, and 40 pounds taken for a jig test on the labnratory
Ri'-linrd's puisator jig.

Head sample. Weight. . . lb. Analysis, 28-7 % Fe.

Tailings obtained, " 30 lb. " 21-9 9?, Fe.

Concentrates obtained. " 10 lb. " 51-7 %Fe.

Size. — J-inch + I'r.-inch. Weight, 156 lb. —

The separator middlings from this size and from the re-crushed middlings of the
coarser sizes were mixed, sampled, and 36 pounds taken for a jig test on the laboratory
Richard's puisator jig.

Head sample. Weight, . . lb. Analysis, 27-3 % Fe.

Concentrates obtained. " 9 11). " 51-6 9J;Fe.

Tailings ' " " 27 lb. ' 19-4 ^c Fe.

92 3I1NES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

Size, — i^g-inch. Xo test work was done on the separator tailings from this size in
conducting the preliminary test, but in the final test these tailings were sized, the
coarser sizes were jigged, and the fines treated on tables.

JIG CONCENTRATION OF DRY MAGNETIC SEPARATOR TAILING^.

The separator tailings from the coarser sizes, — 1-inch + |-inch; — f-inch +
^-inch and — ^-inch + i inch were crushed in rolls set at ^-inch opening and sized
on Ferraris screens |-inch and t'g-inch. To the sizes obtained, were added the
separator tailings, — ^ + J-inch; — J-inch + t^e-inch and — ^^-inch. A portion of the
sizes were, taken for a jig test on the laboratory type Richard's pulsator jig.

Size, — i-inch + i-inch : 100 pounds were taken for a test on the laboratory jig.

Head sample, Weight, . . lb. Analysis, 22-0 % Fe.

Concentrates obtained, " 27 1b. " 43-2 %Fe.

Tailings " " 73 lb. " 14.3 % Fe.

Size, — J-inch + i^g-inch: 71 pounds were taken for a test on the laboratory jig.

Head sample. Weight, . . lb. Analysis, 20-2 % Fe.

Concentrates obtained, " 20 1b. " 36-5 %Fe.

Tailings " " 511b. " 13-7 %Fe.

Size, — ^-inch: No further te*t work was done on this size. Analysis of tailing
sample, 21-4% Fe.

Analysis of Dry Magnetic Separator Concentrates, Middlings, and Tailings, from size
— \-inch -\- i^-inch to determine Magnetite and Hematite Contents.

Analysis of Concentrates: 18-0 % FeO; 52-7 % FeA; 50-8 % Fe. The 18-0 %
FeO requires 40-0 % FciO, to form magnetite, 52-7 % Fe.Os —40-0% Fe.O,
= 12-7 % Fe^O, in form hematite. The oxides reduced to their metalV'C content
give 13- % Fe as FeO, and 28-0 % Fe as Fe.Oz or 41-9 % Fe as magnetite and
8-9 % Fe as Fe_.0, in form of hematite, a total of 41-9 + 8.9 = 58-8 % Fe.

82.5 % of the iron content is in the form of magnetite.
17-5% " " " hemntite.

Analysis of Middlings: 57 % FeO; 32.3 % FeA; 27-0 % Fe. The 5-7 % FeO
requires 1^-7 % Fe,0, to form magnetite. 32-3 % FeA — 12-7 % Fe.O, = 19-6 %
FejO. in form of hematite.

The oxides reduced to their metallic content give 4-4 % Fe as FeO and 8-9 % Fe
as FcOj or 13-3 % Fe as magnetite and 13-7 % Fe as Fe,0, in form of hematite a
total of 13-3 + 13-7 = 27-0 % Fe.

49-2 % of the iron content is in the form of magnetite.

50-7 % " ■ " '* hematite. ^

Analysis of Tailings: 2-4 % FeO; 23.7 % FeA; 18-5 % Fe. The 2.4 % FeO
requires 5-3 % FeA to form magnetite. 23-7 % FeA — 5-3 % Fe,0, = 18-4 %
FeAi i" form of hematite. The oxides reduced to their metallic content give 1.9 %
Fe as FeO and 3-7 % Fe as FeA or 5-6 % Fe as magnetite and 12-9 % Fe as Fe,0.
in form of hematite, a total of 18-5 % Fe.

30-3 % of the iron content is in the form of magnetite.
69-7 % " " " hematite.

SUMMARY REPORT

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

Table showing the distribution of magnetite and hematite in the products from the
dry magnetic separation of the size, — 4-inch -f- I's-inch

Weight.

Analysis.

Contents.

Percentages.

Concentration Products.

O
1^

|3 =

Hematite of
total Hema-
tite.

"o C

Concentrates

Middling

Pounds.

94
91
36

%Fe.

41 9

13 3

5-6

% Fe.

8 9
13 7
12-9

Pounds .

39 386

12 103

2 016

Pounds .

X 366

12-467

4-644

73-6
22 6

3 8

32-8
48-9
18 3

49 9

15-3

2-5

10-6

15-8

5 9

60-5
31 1

Tailings

8-4

Totiils and averages . .

221

24 2

11 5

53-505

25 477

100 0

67-7

32-3

100 0

Run No. 2. — Final test by coarse crushing, sizing, dry magnetic concentration
of the sized material, dry magnetic concentration of re-crushed separator middlings
from the coarser sizes, jig concentration of the separator middlings from the re-
crushed middling^ and from the finer sizes and jig and table concentration of the
middlings — ^-inch.

A total of 5,608 pounds of the ore were weighed out and crushed in the jaw
crusher, set at 1-inch opening. The crushed ore was elevated by a bucket elevator to
the ore bins. From the ore bins it was fed by an automatic push feeder through the
rolls and Vezin sampler unto the Ferraris screen, fitted up with 1-inch and |-inch
circular perforated screens. The head sample cut out by the sampler representing
one-tenth of the feed was cut down by taking alternate shovelfuls. This sample gave
an analysis of 3400 per cent Fe.

The oversize + 1-inch was elevated to the ore bins, fed to the rolls set at ^-ineh
opening and passed over the screen until the entire lot passed through the 1-inch
screen perforations. From the above operation two sizes were obtained, namely,
— 1-inch -+- i-inch and — 5-inch.

Size — 1" + i", was elevated to the bin. and run over the Grondal dry magnetic
separator, after first passing through a Vezin sampler, which cut out one-tenth of the
feed.

Weight of size— 1" + f. 1,3S.3 lb.

Weight of sample, 149-5 lb.

Current strength on rectifying magnets, 7 amperes at 110 volts.

" " drum " 36.5 " 110 "

Rate of travel of belt, 339 feet per minute.
Concentrations obtained. Weight. 148-0 lb.
Middlings " " 839.0 "

Tailings " " 207-5 "

In each case a sample of one-tenth was cut out for analysis
Head sample.— Weight, 149-5 lb. Analysis, 34-79 %Fe.
Concentrates sample. Weight, 14 8 lb. Analysis, 45-66% Fe.
Middlings " " 830 lb. " 34-89% Fe.

Tailings " " 20-7 lb. " 24-92% Fe.

The separation on this size was not good, so it was decided to crush finer. The
concentration products were mixed together, and with the undersize of the J-inch

r4 MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

screen were elevated and passed over the screen set of ^-inch and i-inch circular per-
forations, giving sizes + i^" — |" + V and — i". A sample was cut out by the auto-
matic sampler, representing one-tenth of the feed as head sample of the run.

Weight of feed, 5,165 pounds.
Weight of sample, 516-5 pounds.

Sample was cut down to 123 pounds and the remainder added to the run. The
oversize + |" was crushed in rolls set at i-inch opening and passed over the screen
set, until the whole passed through the |-inch screen perforations.

Dry magnetic separation of size — 2" + V-

Weight, 1,378 pounds.

Current strength on rectifying magnets, 4 amperes, 110 volts.

drum " 25 " 110 "

Kate of travel of belt, 3.39 feet per minute.
Results obtained not satisfactory.

Run No. 2. — Concentration products from run Xo. 1 were mixed and passed over
separator again.

Current strength on rectifying magnets, 3-5 amperes, 110 volts.

drum "' 29 " 110 "

Rate of travel of belt, 339 feet per minute.
Concentrates obtained, 263 lb.
"Middlings " 844 lb.
Tailings " 147 lb.

Head sample,' 1,34 lb. Analysis, 34-25 % Fe.

Concentrate sample, 13-5 lb. " 47-05 % Fe.

Middlings " 21-0 lb. " 32-35 % Fe.

Tailings " 4-5 lb. " 23-55 %Fe.

Run No. 3. — Weight, 1,205 pounds —

The concentration products from run No. 2 were mixed and passed again over the
separator.

Current strength on rectifying magnets, 6 amperes, 110 volts.

" drum " 30 " 110 "

Rate of travel of belt, 339 feet per minute.
Time of run, 13 minutes; rate of feed, 2-82 tons per hour.
Concentrates obtained, 250 lb.
Middlings " 898 lb.

Tailings " 57 lb.

Concentrates sample, 12-5 lb. Analysis, 48-85 % Fe.
Middlings " 15-5 lb. " 32-14 % Fe.

Tailing " 18-0 lb. " 22-83 % Fe.

Tlie undersize from the .J-inch screen was screened on the 1-inch screen (straight
slot perforations) and the i-inch and I'c-inch screens (diagonal slot perforations).
This screening gave the following sizes: —

— i" + r, 1,009 pounds.

— Y' + J", 1015

— J" + A", 444
-A". 749

SI 1/ 1/ !/.•> in.l'nin 95

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

Dry imiffiiotic separation of size — A" + \" —

Wolff ht. 1.009 lb.

Current stronpftli on recti fvini;- niii;;net.s, ;5-.'> amperes, 110 volts,
drum •• 25 " 110 "

Belt travel, 339 feet per miiuite. Time of run, 30 minutes.

Concentrates obtained. 178 lb.

Middlings '' 001 lb.

Tailings " 124 lb.

Head sample, 94 lb. Analysis, 34-20 %Fe.

Concentrate sample, 7 lb. " 48-55 % Fe.

Middling " 8 lb. " 31.10% Fe.

Tailing " 5 lb. " 24-32 %Fe.

Run No. 2.— Weight, 883 pounds.

The concentration products from run Xo. 1 were mixed. :\nd passed o/er the
separator.

Current strength on rectifying magnets, G amperes, 110 volts,
drum '* 25 " 110 "

Belt travel, 339 feet per miniitt . Time of run, 10 minutes.

Concentrates obtained, 101 lb.

Middlings " 670 lb.

Tailings '' 50 lb.

Concentrate sample. 6 Ih. Analysis, 50-64 % Fe. •

Middling '• 4 1b. '• 31-89 %Fe.

Tailing '' 5 lb. " 21-44 %Fe.

Dry magnetic separation of size — X' + »" —

'Weight, 10-15 pounds.
Current strength on rectifyin-i- magnets, 5 amperes, 110 volts.

^rum " 25 " 110 "

Belt travel, 339 feet per minute.
Concentrates obtained, 245 lb.

Middlings "

524 lb.

Tailings

140 lb.

Head sample.

100 lb.

Analysis, 34-28 % Fe.

Concentrate sample.

7-5 lb.

49-93 % Fe.

Middling

9-5 lb.

30-05 % Fe.

Tailing '*

8-0 lb.

21-60 %Fe.

Dry magnetic separation of size — J" + i^e" —
Weight, 444 lb.
Current strength on rectifying magnets, 5 amperes, 110 volts.

drum '' 25 " 110 "

Belt travel, 339 feet per minute. Time of run, 7 minutes.
Concentrates obtained, 258 lb.
Middlings
Tailings
Head sample.
Concentrate sample,
^Middlings "

Tailing

Dry magnetic separation of size, Vo" —
Weight, 749 lb.

Current strength on rectifying magnets, 6 amperes, 110 volts.
" " (Irum '• 20 - 110 "

184 0 lb.

74-5 lb.

J8.5 lb. Ai

iialysis,

,35 00%

Fe.

6-5 lb.

50-25 %

Fe.

S.() lb.

'•

28 -'SS %

, Fe,

7-.-. 11).

2i.or, f(

\\'.

96 MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

Belt travel, 311 feet per minute. Time of run, 12 minutes.

Concentrates obtained, 258 lb.

Tailings " 326-5 lb.

Dust loss " 97-5 lb.

Head sample, 67-5 lb. Analysis, 35 • 67 % Fe.

Concentrate sample, 4-0 lb. " 53-13 % Fe.

Tailing " 4-5 lb. " 23-75 % Fe.

Jig concentrates of dry separator middlings — i" + i" —

Concentrates' from No. 1 spout, 132 lb.
" No. 2 spout, 23 lb.
Tailings 354 lb.

Concemtrate, No. 1 sample, 4 lb. Analysis, 48-75 % Fe.
Concentrate, " 2 ' " 3 lb. " 45-22 % Fe.

Tailing 5-5 lb. " 22-98 %Fe.

-Run No. 2. — Products from run No. 1 were mixed and re-run —

Concentrate, 100 lb. Analysis, 53-31 % Fe.
Tailings, 396 lb. " 24-67 % Fe.

Jig concentration of dry separator middlings, — i" + fg" —

Concentrate from No. 1 spout, 49 lb.

Concentrate " No. 2 " 14 lb.

Tailings, 118 lb.

Concentrate No. 1 sample, 3-5 lb. Analysis, 50-94%,.

Concentrate No. 2 sample, 4-5 lb. " 43-10% .

Tailings 4-5 lb. " 20-35%.

Jig and table concentration of dry separator tailings, — ^'^ —
The tailings were sized on 16- and 40-mesh screens.
Size + 16-mesh (0-0445" aperture)—

Weight, 128-25 lb.

Sample weight, 2 lb. Analysis, 25-25 % Fe.

Jig concentrates obtained, 21 lb. Analysis, 52-25 % Fe.

Jig tailings obtained, 105 lb. Analysis, 19-S6 % Fe.

Size — 16 + 40 mesh ( — 0-0445" -f 0-0150")—
Weight, 99 lb.

Sample weight, 1-5 lb. Analysis, 22-41 % Fe.
Wilfley concentrates obtained, 13-5 lb. Analysis, 50 00 % Fe.
Wilfley tailings obtained, 84 lb. Analysis, 17-98 % Fe.

Size — 40 mesh (—0-0150" aperture)—
Weight, 29-5 lb.

Sample weight, 1 lb. Analysis, 23-15 % Fe.
Wilfley concentrates obtained, 4-5 lb. Analysis, 54-19 % Fe.
Wiltley tailings obtained, 24 lb. Analysis, 17-86 % Fe.

Dry Separation of re-crushed middlings from sizes — |" + J" and Y' + i" —

Size — I" + Y'. Weight, 882 lb.
Size — i" + i". " 672 lb.

Total 1,554 lb.

SUMMAh'V Ulll'OUT 97

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

This iiiatcrial wjis (tusIkmI in i(>ll< to pnss tlie .J-inch straight slot screen, and
sized oil i-iiich and Vn-inch (iiaponal slot screen.
Size — .}" + J", 8,999 lb.
Size— A'' + A". 336-5 lb.
Size— A", 201 lb.

Loss, - - - - 117-f) lb.

Total, 1.554 lb.

Dry magnetic separation of size — .}" + I" —

Current strength on rectifying magnets, 6 amperes, 110 volts

drum " 25 " 110 "

Time of run, 10 minutes.

Head sample, 86 lb. Analysis, 32-57 ^r Fe.
Concentrates. 106-5 lb. " 48-20 % Fe.

Middlings, 645 0 lb. " 30-70 % Fe.

Tailings. 52-0 lb. " 21-20 %Fe.

Run No. 2. — Products from run No. 1 were mixed and re-run over separator —
Weight, 779 lb.

Concentrates obtained, 97 lb. Analysis, 48-90 %Fe.
Middlings " 560 1b. " 31-70 %Fe.

Tailings " 122 1b. " 22-64 %Fe.

Tiry magnetic separation of size — \" + x'g" —

Current strength on rectifying magnets. 6 amperes, 110 volts.

drum " 23 '' 110 "

Time of run, 3 minutes.
Head sample, 27 lb. Analysis, 31-50 %Fe.
Concentrates, 75 lb. " 47-02 % Fe.

Middlings. 192 1b. *' 27-72 %Fe.

Tailings, 35 lb. " 2100 7c Fe.

Kun No. 2. — Products from run No. 1 were mixed and re-run over separator —

Current strengtn on rectifying magnets. 5 amperes, 110 volts.

" drum " 20 " 110 "

Concentrates obtained, 59 lb. Analysis, 48-70 %Fe.
Middlings " 204 lb. " 28-31 %Fe.

Tailings " 27-5 lb. " 20-54 %Fe.

Dry magnetic separation of size — -h" —

Current strength on rectifying magnets. .'» amperes, 110 volts.

" " drum " 23 " 110 "

Head sample, 13 1b. Analysis, 33-43 %Fe.

Concentrates obtained. 64 11). " 50-95 % Fe.

Tailings " 99 lb. " 24-45 % Fe.

Dust loss, 25 lb.

Jig concentratic^ of dry separator middlings from recrushed middlings. Size —
+ i"-
Weight, 553 lb.

Con(rentrates obtained, 146-5 lb. Analysis, 50-46 % Fe.
Tailings " 400 lb. " 24-35 % Fe.

Loss in feeder, 6-5 lb.

26a— 7

MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V. A. 1915
Jig concentration of dry separator middlings from recrushed middlings. Size — i"
+ ^"—
Weight, 200 lb.

Concentrates obtained, 45-5 lb.
Sample, 3-5 lb. Analysis, 48-80 % Fe.
Tailings obtained, 141 lb.
Sample, 2-5 lb. Analysis, 21-24 % Fe.
Loss in feeder, 13-5 lb.

Jig and table concentration of dry magnetic separator middlings from recrushed
middlings. Size — I'g" —

Weight, 95 lb.

Sized on 16 and 40-mesh screens.

Size + 16 mesh (0-0445" aperture) —

Weight, 44-5 lb. Analysis, 26-25 % Fe.

Jig concentrates, 6-25 lb. " 52-25 % Fe.

Jig tailings, 37-25 lb. " 19-86 % Fe.

Size— 16 + 40 mesh (—0(0445 + 0-0150)—

Weight, 40-5 lb. Analysis, 25-85 % Fe.

Wilfley concentrates, 10 lb. " 50-00 % Fe. .

Wilfley tailings, 29-5 lb. " 18-00 % Fe.

Size — 40 mesh ( — 0-0150" aperture)—

Weight, 10 lb. Analysis, 26-46 % Fe.

Wilfley concentrates, 2-25 lb. " 54-19 % Fe. ^

Wilfley tailings, 7-00 lb. " 17-86 % Fe.

The following flow sheet and graphic illustration show the methods of procedure
and the results obtained from the run.

Run No. 3 — Coarse crushing, followed by jig concentration of the sized products.

A portion of the ore was taken, crushed in the jaw crusher set at 1-inch opening,
elevated to the ore bin from which it was fed to the rolls set at i-inch opening. From
the rolls it passed through the Vezin sampler unto the Ferraris screen fitted with 1-inch
and f-inch circular perforated screens. The oversize was returned to the circuit
until the entire lot passed the 1-inch screen.

The — I" size from the above operations was returned to the elevator and passed
over the screen fitted with ^-inch screen (circular perforations) and ^-inch screen
(straight slot perforations).

The — i" size was returned to the elevator and passed over the screen fitted with
^-inch and I'c-inch diagonal slot screens.

The following screen sizes were obtained: —

Size.

Weight.

.\nalj-sis.

- 1 + f

_ 4 + ft

lb.

2,fil3
1,73!)
1.218
l.lO.'j
853
912

Percent Fe.

32 04
35 07

.•«5 71

I 1 + ,v ^v..:. '....'.'.'.' '.'..'.'.'

3(5 06
35 72
35 02

FLOW SHEET

BANDED IRON ORE

DRY MAGNETIC SEPARATION, JIG AND TABLE CONCENTRATION

a&;5;&-

ft^y.nwaijy*' c»<I7-io/'i%J' it^/Ii?~"*'ii <SX^'-t!Viu" ^liS'-tifei^ ^^^'il^/i, otJl^-'A?*/'* ^^^/ff^p* elS"-'' »». ftfe '%"2" ^Xtf-^'jifi'* ^SH/'-'/r^If' 1^^'''''^^ a^r^ « fi" ?3C''-*f«3'

::;iE-:^,S"' l-S^i'-f/l?:" ?^.^:

'^ «"i SaS^S.'" J^XI Ji'fc toS* J'VJ. iwhf.jfc (iSK-i*. jj^>-;-j«fc ciW.<w^ Sfc^'i'*?* itS''^.'ii*t fSSSJjvH C^, 'ttA' SK™'"/.V ^^V-"*" fc^'*'^ n-MNttjj* ^rf-«** ^iS'-Jjjji g"W-^*j^ {5"'!'t*

>*-<J

ms^

GRAPHIC METHOD OF ILLUSTRATING RECOVERY OF IRON CONTENT

BANDED IRON ORE

DRY MAGNETIC SEPARATION AND JIG CONCENTRATION OF SEPARATOR MIDDLINGS

<binea Concentrates FinaJ Combined Taiiin^s
dpartt S9I Sports

■a

uk.

Averaged /Ina/ysis of Concentration Products

Crude Ore 34S3 ?o Fe.

Concentrates -^5 /2 % Fe.

T^ii/inpS 26 6/ % Fe

Tofa.1 Recovery of Iron Content S4i4%

Total Loss of /ron Content 45-867o

Tons of Concentrate per ton of Crude O 405

Tons of Crude per ton of Concenfrafe _ ^ 2 47

GRAPHIC METHOD OF IL Ll]-!To.»

ILLUSTRATING RECOVERY OF IRON CONTENT

BANDED iRo,^ ORE

JIG CONCENTRATION

206 04

/Analysis by Calculation Fe.' 34 53'

Concenfrafes Tailings Concenfrafes Tailings Concentrates Tailings Concentrates Tailings Concentrates Tailings Concentrates Tai

' ' ^ ' 6S7Zparts 7S 59parts 60 ISparts 7073parts ''°'"P'"''^ ^"'^P'"''^ "l^ ^Bparts 6S 3Bpwt^

U 1_ I SS'SP°^'^ inasparts irc^^l^^ re-z5io% Fe-4B'4I7. fs-!555% '"'■^lo^' re-273a,z r^-sosoX re-i43i%

Fe-44 69 X Fe-Z7Se %

404 6Zports- Analysis- Fe-46 18% ^^^18 parts Analysis - Fe-Z6-6I %

Total Recovery of Iron Content-S*-l4' '^dal Loss of Irort Content -45 as'.

ji/a^/if''''e

.«?riMf/i/n' REPORT

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

Size— 1" + 3". Weight. -',ili:5 lb.
Weight to jig, 454 lb.

Concentrate obtained, 118 lb.
Tailings. " 33G lb.

Analysis, 41-77 % Fe.
27-08 % Fe.

Size— 3" + i". Weight. l.T;J9 lb.
Weight to jig, 528 lb.

Concentrate obtained, 223 lb. Analysis, 44-69 % Fe.
Tailings, " 305 lb. " 27.88 % Fe.

Size— i" + i". Weight, 121S lb.
Weight to jig, 1091 lb.

Concentrate obtained, 531 lb. Analysis, 47-27 % Fe.
Tailings " 5G0 lb. " 25-20 % Fe.

Size — r + i". Weight. 1105 lb.
Weight to jig, 1035 lb.

Concentrate obtained. 504 lb. Analysis, 48-41 % Fc.
Tailings " 531 lb. " 25-55 % Fe.

Size — J" + 1^. Weight, 853 1b.
Weight to jig 725 lb.

Concentrates obtained, 297 lb. Analysis, 5109%Fe.
Tailings " 428 lb. " 27-38 % Fe.

Size— T»s". Weight, 912 lb.

Weight to jig, 790 lb.

Concentrates obtained, 312 lb. Analysis, 50 50 % Fe.

Tailings " 378 lb. " 24-91 % Fe.

A flow sheet showing the methods of procedure and the results of the test, and
a graphic illustration showing the recovery of iron content, follows.

Run ^'o. 4. — Coarse crushing, followed by fine crushing in rolls, dry magnetic
separation followed by Jig and table concentration of separator tailings.

A portion of the ore was taken and crushed in the jaw crusher and rolls to pass
through the 't'c -inch slot screen.

Weight to dry magnetic separator, 2,530 lb.

Current strength on rectifying magnets, 6 amperes, 105 volts.
" " " drum " 20 " 105 "

Belt travel, 339 feet per minute.

Concentrates obtained, 969 5 lb. Analysis, 53-95 % Fe.

Tailings "• 1428-5 lb. " 24-78 % Fe.

Dust loss, 132 0 lb. " 19-85 % Fe.

The tailings were screened on the 10- and 40-mesh screens, giving the following
sizes : —

Sise.

Aperture.

Weight.

AimlysiH.

+ 16

- ir, + 40

- 4<»

+ 0445'

- U445' + •01.50'

- 01.50'

lb.

875
.-iW 5

1«.-)

Per cent Fe.

25 06
24-50
24 04

26a— 7*

lOb MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

Size + IG mesh was treated on the Richard's jig —

Concentrates obtained, 169 5 lb. Analysis, 50-72 % Fe.
Tailings " 706-5 lb, " 18-93 % Fe. "

Size — 16 + 40 was treated on the Richard's jig —

Concentrates obtained, 69-25 lb. Analysis, 51-40 %Fe.
Tailings " 299i 25 lb. " 18-27 %Fe.

Size — 40 was run over the Wilfley table —

Concentrates obtained, 31 lb. Analysis, 54 23 % Fe.

Tailings '• 154 lb. " 17-93 % Fe.

A flow sheet showing the methods of procedure and the results obtained, and p
graphic illustration showing the recovery of the iron content, follows.

Run Xo. 5. — Preliminary test by fine grinding in conical mill, followed by magnetic
concentration in Grondal double drum wet separator.

The concentration products from the jig test were mixed together, elevated to the
ore bin. passed through a Vezin sampler, through a chute to the conical mill. The
discharge end of the mill is connected with the Griindal double drum wet separator by
a stt^p launder. A flood automatic sampler passes through the feed to the separator
and cuts out a portion of the feed every 15 minutes. The current strength carried on
the separator drum was 6 amperes, 110 volts. The concentrates from the separator
were pumped by a 1-inch centrifugal pump to a settling tank. Samples of the con-
centrates and tailings were obtained by flood automatic samplers which cut out a sample
every 15 minute? from the pump discharges.

The samples from the flood automatic samplers gave the following analysis : —

Feed to separator, 34-20 % Fe.

Concentrates, 63-41 % Fe.

Tailings, 20-99 % Fe.

The tailing analysis also showed that 106 % Fe existed as FeO and 19-93 %
Fe as Fe.Oj. The 106 % Fe requires 2 10 % Fe as Fe.O, to form magnetite. 19-93
% — 2-10 % = 17-83 % Fe as hematite, i.e., had the total i^agnetite been recovered
in the concentration of the grade 63-41 % Fe, the tailings would have shown 17-83 %
Fe entirely as hematite. The tailings from the settling tank were dried and sampled.
This sample gave an analysis of 21-73 % Fe showing that some specular hematite was
lost as slimes in the taking of the sample.

Weight of concentrates 1,011 pounds.

From the amount of concentrates and the analysis of the feed and concentration
products, the weight of feed and the weight of tailings are arrived at.

Heads, Weight X lb. Analysis, 34-20 % Fe.

Concentrates, Weight, 1,011 lb. Analysis, 63-41 % Fe.

Tailings, Weight, (X — 1,011) lb. Analysis, 21-73 % Fe.

34-20 X= (63-41 x 1011) + 21-73 (X — 1011).

3420 X =6410751 + 2173 x 2196903.

1247 X = 4213848 + 2173 X = 2196903.
X = 3379 lb.

X — 1011 = 2368 lb.

Heads. :5:'.70 x 34 20=1155-62 lb. metallic iron.

Concentrates. 1011 x 63-41= 64108 "

Tailings. 236S x 21-73= 514-54

Recovery of iron content in concentrates —

641 OS X 100

--^ =. 55-48%.

1155-62 ^

We/
An,
Co,

26«

Concentrates

Recovery - S7 9l '■

Ore Crushed
To pass '/„■ cfiagon,/ s/ot screen

Ory Magnetic Sepsrator
W-wA/ - ISM lbs

■ ^Olliiks

Ta/lings

^^r

Dust Loss

Weiffhf- - t3S lbs

Weight ~ 675 lbs
Analysis- 2S0SfoFe
Content - 2l9 ■ F9 lbs
Percent- 34-2?

Pufsator Jig

if rates Teilings

less lbs, Weight - ?oe

-16*40

Wemht - 3«8 5 hs
f^naly.'sis ■ USOfoF^
Confent - 90Ze/bs

Pu/saforJig
Concentrates Ta-'I/ngs

Witiffht ~ 69 ZS lbs. Weight -^s^
Analysis - SI 40%^^ Analysis- IB

Recovery- S 94 'Jo Lom - 6

iVt/fe/ Table

Total weigtit of Concentrates - 1238 -25 /6s
Average Analysts of Concentrates ~S3 -45 9^/^
Tbta/ Recovery in Concentrates - 75-17 ^o
Tons of Concentrates per ton of Crude -O 4-855

Con c en /rates

f lbs

Ta I lings

tVeight - 154

-Flow alicpt, banded ii

Total Weigtit of Tailings - IZ9I-7S lbs
Average Analysis of Tailings- is js'^ofe
Tots/ Loss in Tailings -2683 %
Tons of Tailings per Ton of Crude- 0 51-45

Jijf iind tobie concentrfttiou testa. Teel No, :»,

GRAPHIC METHOD OF ILLUSTRATING RECOVERY OF IRON CONTENT

BANDED IRON ORE

FINE CRUSHING. DRY MAGNETIC SEPARATION. JIG AND TABLE CONCENTRATION

Concentrates Tailinff^

? ZS parts 27 3Bpa

Concentrates .^439 43parts-t1na/ys.S-Fe-S346^

T-^i/.

T n „' T\

Kl M 1/ !/.'» lil.l'nRT

101

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

Loss ot" irou content iii tnilings —

r>14-54 X 1(K) , ^_

= 44-52%.

1155. G2

lit'/ Mat/net ic Si'ixiralion of Urondal Tailinys.

A portion of the tailings from the Griindal wot magnetic seitarator was run through
the Ullrich magnetic separator to obtain a separation of the hematite from the gangue.
It was fuuiul tliat tlir fianjiue was iitiirly as magnetic as tlic licniiitile, as is shown by
tlip analysis obtained: —

Head sample, 21-85 per cent

Concentrates, 25-20 "

Tailings, 19-72 ''

Kun No. 6. — Final test by coarse crushing, fine grinding, wet magnetic separation
and table concentration of separator tailings.

Some 3,i)G2 pounds of the ore were taken, crushed in the jaw crusher set at 1-inch
opening and elevated to the ore bins. From the bins the crushed ore was fed by a
push feeder to elevator No. 2, which discharged it to a Vezin sampler. From the
sampler the ore passed through a chute to the conical mill. After fine grinding in
the conical mill, it flowed through a step launder to the wet magnetic separator. A
head sample was cut out by an automatic flood sampler which cut through the feed
every fifteen minutes. From the separator the concentrates were conveyed to a 1-inch
centrifugal pump, and discharged into a settling tank; the tailings were conveyed
to a 2-inch centrifugal pump, and discharged into a settling tank. Samples of the
concentrates and tailings were taken by automatic flood samplers which cut out a
portion every fifteen minutes from the discharge of the pumps.
Analyses of samples —

Head sample, Fe — a5-89 %
> Concentrates, Fe — 64-01 %

FeO —27-31 % or 21-24 % Fe.
FeA —61-10 % or 42-77 % Fe.
Sib —10-58 %
S — 0-004%

P — 0-025%

Mn. — 0-014%
Tailings, Fe — 22-63 per cent.
Clean np of conical mill, Fe — 43-47 per cent.
Screen analyses of conical mill discharge —

Size.

Aperture.

Weight.

Percentages.

AnalysiH.

+ 20

- 20 + 30

- 30 ^ 40 ..

- 40 + .',0

- 5<i ^ <50

-60-1 70

- 70 + 80

- 80 + 90

- 90 -1 100

- 100 + 120 . .

- 120 +150

- 150 + 200

- 200

+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
t- 0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
-^ 0
+ 0
+ 0
- 0

025

0166

0126

0083

0071

0062

0055 '

005

0042

0032

0026

0025

gnus

3-4

10 0

15 5

41-5

57-5

36 0

70 5

23 a

105 5

127-5

223 0

1587-6

p.c.

0 065
0-148
0-4.33

0 673

1 802

2 497
1 563

3 OTA
1 020
4 -.'.81
5 .5.36
9 683

68 936

46 46
3.3(10
28 (to
24 66

26 62

27 62

28 61
.33 60
3:VN)
.39 18

41 77

42 (>7

Totals

23030 grms.

99-998

36 19

Note. — Size + 20-mesh probably contained small fragments of the iron balls.
hence the high analysis.

102

MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

Time of run —

Test started at 11.30 a.m.
Bin empty at 3.30 p.m.
Mill run to 4.80 p.m.

Ball consumption for 8,044 pounds of ore —

Weight.

Before crushing.

After crushing.

Loss.

lb.

1.500
oOO
250

lb.

1,477

487
247

ib.

23
13

2' ..

Totals

2,250

2,211

Power consumption on magnets —
Current strength on magnets —

Drum No. 1, 5 to 6 amperes, 100 to 110 volts.
Drum No. 2, 5 to 6 amperes, 100 to 110 volts.

Meter reading —

11.30 a.m., 163-5 k.w.h.
3.30 p.m., 168 0 k.w.h.
4.30 p.m., 169-0 k.w.h.

Water consumption —

Ball mill — Time. Heading.

Start 11.30 a.m. 243 cub. ft.

Bin empty 3.30 p.m. 356 "

« 4.00 p.m. 370 "

" 4.15 p.m. 380 "

« 4.25 p.m. 391 " *

Stop 4.30 p.m. 396 •'

Grondal separator —

Start 11.30 a.m. 4,315 cub. ft.

Bin empty 3.30 p.m. 6,000 "

Stop mill 4.30 p.m. 6,400 "

Summary of Test — Calculations from weights and percentages obtained —
. Weight of ore first taken, 3,962 lb.

Weight of concentrates, 1,263 lb.

Weight of ore left in ball mill, 243 lb. Approximately this amount was left in
from preliminary run, so does not figure in calculations on this run.
Separator feed, X lb. Analysis, 35-89 per cent Fe.
Concentrates, 1263 lb. " 64-01 per cent Fe.

Tailings, (X — 1263 lb.) " 22-63 per centFe.

35-89 X=(64 01 x 1263) -f 22-63 (X— 1263).
3.589 X = 8084463 + 2263 X — 2858169.
1326 X = 5226294.
X = 3941 lb.
X — 1263 = 2678 lb.

Sepamtnr fpprl, 3941 x 35-89 = 1414-43 lb. metallic iron.
. Cniifoiitratcs, 1263x64-01= 808 44 lb. "

Tailings, 2678x22-63= 606 03 1b.

Ja^f Crusher - I'openu
Elevators

Ore Bins

Conical Mill

Magnetic Separator
Weight 394/ lbs _

9%Fe

■y-57 /S%

Deister Concentrator

Concentrates (Hi

weight - 434

Total Recovery Run N9S- 74 4/%
Tons of Magnef.ie per ton of Crude- O 32
Tons Of Me/nat'te per ton of Crude -0 //

Total Recovery f?ur A" 3 -'85 ?4%

Tons of Magnetite per ton sf Crude - O 32

Tons of Mentatife per ton of Crude- O 2iS7

Weight - Si6 4/hs

Recovery- /9' 5/% LoSS

Total Recovery Pun N°4 - 76 6
Tons of Atagnetite per ton of Crui
Tons of Hematite per ton ofCrut

ght • ei6/ 6/6$

Concentrax

320 48 p'
Fe-64- C

Run

Concentrates (Hem at n

J/O 22 parts
F€-S6 17%

Run

Concentrates

GRAPHIC METHOD OF ILLUSTRATING RECOVERY OF IRON CONTENT

BANDED IRON ORE

WET MAGNETIC SEPARATION AND TABLE CONCENTRATION

■

1000 parts

Crushed ye/d

Mapneti
Hematite

1 ^

e-Ft-SZ ZS%

■ Fe-13 i3%
Separator

Con

Tail

^^m

Concentrates (Her

n^s Concentrates {Mema>

Bnnn jn

0 22 parts 569 30 parts

t-se I?,":

Fe -16 17%

Combined '^ Taihn^s ^

SUMMARY lii:i'ORT 103

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

Recovery of iron content in concentrates —

808-44x100 -, ,^ ,

. =07" if) per cent.

1414 43 *^

Loss of iron content in tailings —

606 03 X 100

-= 42 84 per cent.

1414 43

From the analysis of the concentrate given above it is found that the total iron
content is magnetite.

Table Concentration of Wet Magnetic Separator Tailings.

Run No. 1. — A portion of the tailing's from the wet magnetic separator was run
over the Deister concentrator to determine what kind of a separation could be made
and also to determine the table adjustments necessary for this class of material. No
weights were taken, but samples were taken of the products for analysis.

Feed to concentrator, 22i-63 per cent Fe.
Concentrates, GO -20 per cent Fe.

Middlings, 43-39 per cent Fe.

Tailings, 14-18 per cent Fe.

Run No. 2. — The table was adjusted and fitted to make only two products.
Feed to concentrator, 413 lb. Analysis, 22-63 per cent Fe.

Concentrates,

67 lb.

56-17 per cent Fe.

Tailings,

346 lb.

16-27 per cent Fe.

Recovery of iron content in concentrates —

67 X5617X 100 ,n o

= 40 3 per cent.

413X22-63 ^

Loss of iron content in tailings —

346x16- 17X100 -Q ^

. = o9 • 8 per cent.

413x22-63

Run No. 3. — Further adjustments made to table.

Feed to concentrator, 101-5 lb. Analysis. 22> 63 per cent Fe.

Concentrates, 30-75 lb. " 49-83 per cent Fe.

Tailings, 70-75 lb. " 10-81 per cent Fe.

Recovery of iron content in concentrates —

30-75X49-83X 100

101 -SOX 22-63
Loss of iron content in tailings —
70-75X 10-81 X 100

101 -50 X 22-63

66 - 7 per cent,
n tailings —
= 33 - 3 per cent.

Run No. 4. — Further adjustment made to table.

Feed to concentrator, 258-00 lb. Analysis, 22 63 per cent Fe.

Concentrates, 49-75 lb. " 53-45 per cent Fe.

Tailing.s 208-25 lb. " 15-27 per cent Fe.

Recovery of iron content in concentrates —

49 - 7.5 X. 53- 4.5 X 100 ,- --

. = 4y • 00 per cent.

258X22 63 ^

104 ^ l'IXE8 BRA'S CU

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

Loss of iron content in tailings —

208-25 X 15-27 X 100 -, ,. .

=o4-45 per cent.

208x22-63

The concentration tests on the Deister concentrator show that the higher the
grade of concentrate the greater the loss of iron content in the tailing, and vice
versa. Even in this finely divided state there remain particles of mixed hematite and
gangue.

Summary of results —

Kecovery of iron content in separator concentrates, 57 10 per cent.
Loss of iron content in separator tailings, 42-84 per cent.
Recovery of iron content in Deister concentrates, Run No. 2 —

42-84 X 40-3 = 17-26 per cent.
i.e., 57 16 per cent of the iron content is recovered as magnetite.

17-26 " •' " " " hematite.

74 42 " " " " total recovery.

Recovery of iron content in Deister concentrate. Run Xo. 3 —

42-84 X 66-7 = 28-57 per cent,
i.e., 57-16 per cent of the iron content is recovered as magnetite.
28-57 " " " " " hematite.

85-73 " • " " " total recovery.

Recovery of iron content in Deister concentrate, Run No. 4 —
42-84 X 45-55 = 19-51 per cent.
i.e., 57-16 per cent of the iron content is recovered as magnetite.
19-51 " " " " " hematite.

76-67 " " " " total recovery.

Tons of magnetite (wet separator concentrate) per ton of crude —
0-6315

= • 32 of grade 64 01 per cent Fe.

1-9705
Tons of crude per ton of concentrate (magnetite) —

L±0 = 3-I25
0-32

Tons of hematite (Deister concentrates. Run Xo. 2) per ton of crud(

•0335 1-3990

• '>0fi^ ^ 1 • 0705 — '^^ 0^ grade 56 ' 1 7 per cent Fe.
Tons of crude per ton (if talilo concentrates (hematite) —

Tons of hematite (Deister concentrates. Run Xo. .T) per ton of crude
•015375 1-3990

050750 ^ 1 - 9705 = ' - ' '"^^ ^^ ^'"'^^^ 49 83 per cent Fe.

'V. «, w

^ ^

c -> a

5 a; a;

'^ ^ ^ '%

5:5

^1^

la::?

a;)?

Fig. 10. Ideal section of banded iron ore, jrom

Groundhog mine, Timiskaming district, Ont.

Sl.MMAh'Y h'i:i'nUT 105

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a ,

Tons of crude per ton of tiMo coiiccntratcs ( luinatito') —

I 0000 , ^

=4*0

0 J 157

Tons of hematite (nt'iritir iDnti'iitralo, Jiiiii .Ni>. J) [nv ton of crude —
X :, = ■ 1 < of grade o.) ■ 4o per cent be.

•1U4IL'5 1-9705

Tons of crude per ton of table concentrates (hematite) —
1 00 ^ - . jj
017

A point of particular importance is the varying percentage of magnetite and
hematite in the ore. The ore taken for run No. 1 showed an analysis of : Total Fe,
34-374 per cent; Fe as magnetite, 20 003 per cent; Fe as hematite, 8-311 per cent.
The ore taken fur run No. 0 showed an analysis of: Total Fe, 35-89 per 'cent; Fe as
magnetite, 22-20 per cent; Fe as hematite, 13-63 per cent.

Had the former grade been taken for run No. 6, the test would have shown a
marked increase in the recovery of the iron content as magnetite. The recovery
shown in run No. 6, as 57-16 per cent, would have been 69-86 per cent, an increase of
12-70 per cent. The recovery of the iron content by table concentration would have
been as follows: —

Run No. 2. — 1309 per cent.
Run No. 3.— 20- 10 "
Run No. 4.— 13-71 "

A total recovery of —

Run No. 2. — As magnetite, 69.80 per cent.
" hematite, 12-09 "

Total, 81.95 "

Run No. 3. — As magnetite, 69. 86 per cent.
" hematite, 20- 10 *'

Total, 89-96 "

Run No. 4. — x\s magnetite, 69-86 per cent.
" hematite, 13-71 "

Total, 83-57 "

The following flow sheet, and graphic illustration, show the methods of proce-
dure, and the results obtained from the run.

Test No. 24.

A .<;hipment of three boxes containing 600 pounds of bauxite concentrate was
received from the Northern Aluminum Company, Limited, Shawenegan Falls. Quebec.

The head sample of the feed to the machines showed it to contain 015 per cent
metallic iron. It was supposed that the iron content was in the ferric state, and
consisted of fine particles through the concentrate. The object of the test was to
lower the iron content thus making i higher grade product for the manufacture of
aluminum wire.

106 MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

Tests were conducted on portions of concentrate on the following machines: —
The Ullrich magnetic separator.
The Huff electrostatic separator.
The Grondal magnetic separator.

Kun No. 1. — Ullrich magnetic separator —
Feed, dry.

Distance of feed from rings, 1 inch.
Current strength, 10 amperes at 110 volts.
Concentrate analysis, 0 14 per cent Fe.

Run No. 2. — (Ullrich magnetic separator —

Feed, wet.

Distance of feed from rings, 1 inch.
Current strength, 10 amperes at 110 volts.
Concentrate analysis, 0-13 per cent Fe.

Run No. 3. — Ullrich magnetic separator —
Feed, wet.

Distance of feed from rings, i inch.
Current strength, 10 amperes at 110 volts.
Concentrate analysis, 0 13 per cent Fe.

Run No. 4. — Ullrich magnetic separator —
Feed, recalcined and new wet.
Distance of feed from rings, i inch.
Current strength, 10 amperes at 110 volts.
Concentrate analysis, 013 per cent Fe.

Run No. 5. — ^Huff electrostatic separator —
Feed, dry.

Distance of electrode from roll, 1^ inches.
Voltage on electrode, 27,000.
Concentrate analysis, 0 12 pef cent Fe.
Tailing analysis, 0-12 per cent le.

Run No. 6. — Huff electrostatic separator —
Feed, dry.

Dist. electrode from roll, li inches.
Voltage on electrode, 20,000.
Concentrate analysis, 0 13 per cent Fe.
Tailing analysis, 0-13 per cent Fe.

Run No. 7. — Grondal magnetic separator —

Feed, wet.

Current strength, 6-5 amperes at 110 volts.

Concentrate analysis, 0-23 per cent Fe.

Conclusions. — The iron content in the bauxite concentrate does not exist as
separate particles, nor does any of the particles contain greater proportions of it, but
it is so intimately mixed through all the particles that a magnetic or electrostatic
separation is impossible.

Tkst No. 25.

Two hundred pounds of serpentine rock, carrying asbestos and chromite, was
received from the Geological Survey, Ottawa.

Concentration tests were conducted on the laboratory Wilfley table to obtain a
separation of the asbestos and chromite from the rock material.

SUMMARY REPORT 107

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

The rock was crushod to pass through a 20-niosh screen by successive crushinR
and rolling; 4-625 pounds of asbestos fibre was caught on the 20-me8h screen.

The undersize, through 20-nicsh, was sized on the following screen set, and the
weights of each size noted: —

Size, — 20 + 30. Weight, 78-00 lb.

" — 30 + 40. " 22 -no ''

•' — 40 + 50. " 23-00 "

" — 50 + 60. " 11-75 "

" — 60 + 80. " 8-25 ''

" — 80 +100. " 8-75 "

" —100 +150. " 9-50 "

" —150. " 19 00 "

Wilfley concentration of size — 20 + 30 —

First concentrates 1-375 lb.

" middlings 12-250 "

" tailings 54000 "

Second concentration from reconccntration of middlings 1-375 "

" middlings from reconccntration of middlings 2-7.50 "

" tailings " " '' 8000 "

Slime fibre from first and second concentration 0-500 "

Wilfley concentration of size — 30 + 40 —

First concentrates 1-250 lb.

" middlings 5-375 "

" tailings 13-250 "

Second concentrates from reconccntration of middlings 0-3125 "

middlings " " " 2-0000 "

" tailings " " " 3-0000 "

Slime fibre from first and second concentration 0-3125 "

Wilfley concentration of size — 40 + 50 —

First concentrates 0-875 lb.

" middlings 3-000 "

" tailings 16-250 '^

Second concentrates from reconccntration of middlings 0-1875 "

middlings " " " 0-6875 "

" tailings " ** " 2-0625 "

Slime fibre from first and second concentration 0-5625 "

Wilfley concentration of size — 50 + 60 —

Concentration obtained — 0-4375 lb.

Middlings " —1-5000 "

Tailings " —7-5000 "

Slime fibre " —0 3125 "

Wilfley concentration of size — 60 + 80 —

Concentrates obtained — 0-2500 lb.

Middlings " — O.8750 "

Tailings " —50000 *'

Slime fibre " —0-3750 "

Wilfley concentration of size — 80 + 100 —

Concentrates obtained — 0-344 lb.

^Middlings •• - |►.>^125 "

Tailings ■• —5 0000 "

Slime fibre " —0-6875 "

108 MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

Wilfley concentration of size — 100 + 150 —

Concentrates obtained — 0-3125 lb.

Middlings " —0.6250 ''

Tailings " -^.5000 "

Slime fibre " —0-8750 "

Wilfley concentration of size — 150 —

Concentrates obtained — 0-5000 lb.

Middlings " —1-1250 "

Tailings " -7.0000 "

Slime fibre " —1.5000 "

Tk.st Xo. 20.

ZIXC COXCE.NTRATES FROil NOTRi: D.4ME MINE.

A small shipment of 200 pounds of zinc concentrate was received from Mr.
David A. Poe. The concentrate is a table-and-jig product, analysis showing it to
contain zinc, 26 07 per cent; iron, 26-22 per cent; copper, 0-.3.3 per cent. Tests were
run to obtain a zinc product high in zinc and low in iron content.

Run No. 1. — ^Magnetic separation followed by electrostatic separation of non-
.^ngnetic product.

Wet separation on the Ullrich magnetic separator was employed. A current
strength of 5 amperes at 110 volts was used on the machine. The rings were set
half an inch from the feed plates. The results of the operation are tabulated below: —

Products.

Weight.

Percent-
age by
weight.

Analysis
per cent.

Contents
pounds.

Concentration,
per cent.

Zn.

Fe.

48-90
17-95

Zn.

Fe.

Zn.

Fe.

Pyrrohite

Zinc

lb. — oz.

43—0
118-0

26-7
73-3

7-22
32 94

3-105
38-869

21 027
21-181

7 40
92 60

49-82
50 1»

Totals and averages. . .

161-0

100 0

26 -07

26-22

41-974

42-208

100 00

100-00

The zinc product was divided into two portions; one was held to be given a
raagnetic roast, and separated magnetically, while the other was passed again through
the separator, the current strength increased to 10 amperes at 110 volts, the rings
remaining at half an inch from the feed plates. The following tabulated results
were obtained : —

Product.

Weight.

Percent-
age by
weight.

Analysis
jw-r cent.

Contents
pounds.

Concentration
per cent.

Zn.

31 19

32 79

Fe.

23 01

17 9J»

18 67

Zu.

2 105
10-!l69

19 074

Fe.

1.5.53
9 310

10 863

Zn.

11-04
88-96

100 00

Fe.

Magnetite .

Non-magnetite

Ib.-oz.

16-12
51-12

11 .^

88-5

14 30

85 00

Totals and averages . . .

58- 8

100 0

32 61

100 00

.s7 1/1/ t/.'v h'i:i'<)in'

109

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

Tho :ibi>vi« results arr roinhiiit'tl in thr fullowiiiK t'lblo: —

Pnnliict.

Weight.

Percent-
age by
weight.

AnalyxiK
l»ercent.

Cor ten tH
IK)undH.

Concentration
per cent.

Zn.

Fe.

Zn.

3 105

4-231

34 243

41 579

Fe.

21 027
3 122

IS -787

42-936

Zn.

7 47
10 17
82 36

100 00

Fe.

Ist Magnetic

2nd

Non ..

lb.— oz.

43-0

13-9

104—7

2(i 7

8 4

04^9

7 22
.31 19
.32-79

25-82

48 90
2^S 01
17 99

2f.-48

4H 97
7 27
43 76

Tota'.s and averages —

161-0

1000

100 00

The non-magnetic product was .screened on an 8-mesh screen, and the oversize
rnished to pass through 8-niesh. The material was sized, and the sized products
lioated separately on the IIufF electrostatic separator. As considerable gangue
ni.-iterial was noticeable, three products were made: a zinc product, an iron product,
:-'id a calcite product. The results of the separation are contained in the folio-wing
table:—

HEAD.

Weight.

Analysis.

Contents.

Voltage on Klect-

Percentage

Sized
Product.

of
sized

lb.

product.

Per Cent.

lb. lb.

Calcite

Zn.

Fe.

Zn.

Fe.

Prod.

-8-1-10

13-0

30 40

20 43

3-876

2-605

27 000

24 000

-10 ^20

21 1 12

22-1

18 34

6 364

3 9.S9

000

24 WX)

-20 +40

31 ,, 8

32 1

•>o

17-75

7 160

5 591

000

26 -(KX)

-40 +80

24 0

24 4

17 03

7 656

4-087

000

26 ()00

-80

8 1 4

8-4

29 40

16 43

2 420

l-3.')5

24 0«0

17 000

Totals and

averages..

98 4

100 0

27-S7

17 94

27-482

17-627

IRON PRODUCT.

Weight.

Ana

ysis.

Contents.

Percentage.

Sized
Product.

Percentage

aize«l

lb.

product.

Per Cent.

lb.

Zinc.

Fe.

oz.

Zn.

Fe.

Zn.

Fe.

Loss.

Recovery .

-8+10

3 31

24-79

28-37

0 806

0 922

2-9.^5

5 225

-10 +20

6 62

2!)

1186

1-926

320

10 910

-20 +40

4 83

O-.VjO

1 640

o:«

9 :»o

-40 +80

2 608

0 5:«

0 776

945

4 40

-80

632

30 05

27 39

0188

0 171

684

970

TouU and

averajfes..

18004

18 -M

30 71

3 273

5 435

11 t»17

90 805

110

MINES BRANCH

ZINC PRODUCT.

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

Sized
product.

Weight.

Percentage

sized

product.

Analysi.s.

Contents.

Percentage.

lb.

oz.

Per Cent.
Zn.

Per Cent.
Fe.

lb.
Zn.

lb.
Fe.

Zinc
Reco\ ery .

Fe.in Zn.
Prod.

- 8 +10
-10 +20
-20 -^40
-40 +80
-80

6
12
23
14

.6-86
13 09
23-65
14-49
508

27-31
35-05
39-95
37 00
34-75

18 65
12-75
1ft 43
17 03
17-95

1-843
4-513
9 288
5-226
1-838

1-259
1-642
3-820
2-405
0 898

6-715
16-43(1
33-800
] 9 0.50

6 685

7137
9 320
21 70
13 65
5-10

Totals and
averages..

63 17

36 63

16-17

22 -708

10-024

82-68

58-90

CAL.CITE PRODUCT.

Sized
product.

Weight.

Percentage

sized

product.

Analysis.

Contents.

Percentage.

lb.

oz.

Per Cent.
Zn.

Per Cent.
Fe.

lb.
Zn.

lb.
Fe.

Zinc. '

Fe.

- 8 +10
-10 +20
-20 +40
-40 +80
-80

0
0
3
I
3

-7625
-7625
3-305
7120
3 170

28-25
18-80
18-35
25-70
21-85

10 42
510
3-96
8 78

11-96

0-212
0 142
0 .596
1-799
0 683

0-078
0 0.38
0-129
0-615
0-373

771

•517

2-170

6 .540

2-482

-4425
-215£
7325
3 490
2 115

Totals and
averages. .

1512

23 -07

8-29

3-432

1-2.33

12-48

6 9955

A summary of the above results is contained in the table given below ;

Products.

Weight.

Percentage

weight.

Analysis.

Contents— lb.

Concentration.

lb.

oz.

Per Cent.
Zn.

Per Cent.
Fe.

Zn.

Fe.

Per Cent
Zn.

Per Cent.
Fe.

1st Magnetic
2nd

Iron.

fJalcite

Zinc

43
13
19
16

. 6

26-7
8-4
121
10 2
42 6

7-22
31 19
18 .50
23 07
36 63

48-90
23 01
30 71
8 29
16 17

3 105

4 231
3 613
3 783

25 096

21 027
3 122
5-998
i-3t;o

11 078

7-80

10 62

9 (17

9 50

63 01

49 38
7.33

14 09
3-19

26 01

Totals and
averages..

161

100 0

24 73

26 45

39-828

42-585

100 00

100-00

8D^f^^^^i'y riu'oht

111

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

Zinc Product —

42 0 <^ of crude c(niccntrntes.

Analysis: zinc. .'{G-63 %; iron, 1617 %.

Recovery: 63-01 % of zinc values.

Iron removed from zinc product, lAi*^', "f iron vnliK-- \n f-rndo poiKT-ntratc.

Combined zinc and calcite product —
52-8 % of crude concentrate.

Calculated analysis, zinc, 3402 %; iron, 14-65 %.

Recovery: 72-51 % of zinc values.

Iron removed from zinc and calcite products: 70-8% of iron values in crude
concentrate.

Run No. 2. — Magnetic separation followed by roasting and magnetic separation of
roasted product.

As given above under run No. 1, the concentrate was first passed through the
Ullrich magnetic separator. The current strength on the machine was 5 amperes at
110 volts and the rings were set half an inch from the feed plates. The following table
shows the separation obtained: —

Weight,
lb. oz.

Percentage
weight.

Analysis
per cent.

Contents
pounds.

Concentration
per cent.

Zn.

7-22
32 94

Fe.

48-90
17-95

Zn.

3 105
3H-869

be.

21-027
21 181

Zn.

Fe.

Magnetic

Nonmagnetic

43 0

118 0 ■

161 0

26 7
73 3

1000

7 40
92 (K)

49-82
50 18

Totals and averages. .

26 07

26 22

41-974

42-208

100 00

One portion of the zinc product was given a magnetic roast, and passed through
the separator. The current strength was increased to 10 amperes at 110 volts, the
rings remaining at half inch from the feed plates. The results obtained are given in
the following table: —

Prcnhict

Weight,
lb. oz.

Percentage
weight.

Analysis
jHT cent.

Contents
poundii.

Concentration
|)er cent.

Zn.

Fe.

Zn.

Fe.

Zn. Fe.

Magn*»tic

Nonmagnetic

9 0
22 12

28 4

71 6

17-95
42 31

38 38
It. 36

1 616
9 626

3 454
2 356

14 38 59 45
85 62 : 40 55

Totals and averages. .

31 12

100-0

3o 41

18 30

11 242

5-810

100 00 1 100 00

112

MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

The above results are combined in the following table: —

Product.

Weight

Percentage
weight.

Analysis
•per cent.

Contents
pounds.

Concentration
per cent.

lb. oz.

Zn.

7-22
17-95
42 31

Fe.

Zn.

Fe.

Zn.

Fe.

l.st Magnetic

2nd Magnetic

43 0

31 2

78 10

8 4

20- 7

19-3

48-8

5-2

48 90
38 -.38
10 3tj

3 105
5 -.587

33-2(;h

21 027

1194(5

8 146

7-40
13 31
79-29

51 14
29 05
19 81

Roasting loss, etc

Totals and averages. .

161 0

100 0

26 01

25-56

41 -958

41 119

100 00

100-00

The final zinc product obtained represents 48-8 % by weight of the crude concen-
trate. Analysis: zinc, 42-31%; iron, 10 36%.
Recovery: 79-29% of the zinc values.
Iron removed from zinc product: 80-19 % of iron values in crude concentrate.

Test No. 27.

MAGNETITE-CHALCOPYRITE ORE.

A small 12-pound sample of this ore was received from R. R. Hedley, of Van-
couver, B.C. The ore is magnetite with chalcopyrite, finely disseminated, which
necessitates tine grinding to free the particles.

The sample was crushed to pass through a 100-mesh screen, a sample taken for
analysis, and the remaining portion divided into small lots for testing purposes.

One portion of the ore was run through the Grondal laboratory type dry magnetic
separator, but it was found that this machine did not work satisfactorily on the ore
in such a finely divided state. The laboratory Grondal wet magnetic separator was not
adapted to the separation of the ore, as there was considerable loss of the copper values
in slime being carried over with the magnetic product. The construction of the
Ullrich wet magnetic separation was best adapted to the ore, as the magnetic product
was pulled out by the rings, while the shaking feed had a tendency to submerge the
slime particles which were carried off with the non-magnetic product. Although only
a current strength of 2-5 amperes at 65 volts was carried on the machine, the intense
field drew considerable of chalcopyrite particles along with the magnetic product.

A preliminary run of a portion of the ore through the Ullrich wet magnetic
separator gave products with the following analysis : —

Magnetic product ;
Copper product:

Fe— 67 • 93 %o, Cu— 0 • 462 %, S— 1 • 438 %
Fe— 24-78 %, Cu— 9-420 %, S—

The results obtained from the final run on a portion of the ore through the Ullrich
magnetic separator are tabulated below : —

The analysis of the slime loss was figured by subtracting the sum of the com-
bined metallic contents in the magnetic and copper products from that in the
originul iicrids.
Tons of magnetic products made per ton of crude: 0-875.

100

The units of cruilc rc(iuirt'd per unit of magnetic product;

87-5

-1-14

SUMMARY HE PORT

113

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

Percentnjre of iron in the crude saved in the magnetic product: 'J3-8.
Tons of magnetic product made per ton of crude: 0 87r).

100
The units of crude required per unit of copper product: rjr-j =yC15

10'4

Percentage of copper in the crude saved in the copper product: 48-7
Strexcjtii of Current: 2-5 Amperes, G5 Voltb.

Product.

Weight.

Percent-
age by
wt'ight.

Anal>

.sis per cent.

Contents pounds.

Concentration
per c»'nt.

lb. oz.

Fe.

1
Cu. S.

Fe.

Cu.

Fe.

Cu.

Magnetite

2 10 87-5
0 5 10 4
0 1 2 1

(56 on

27 72

28 80

0 fi02 1 92

7-8()0

15040

1 735

00158

0 0504

93 8
4 7
15

315

45 0

Copper

0 08710 0244
001800099

48-71

Slime loss

19 8j .. .

H eods

3 0 1 100 0

61 G5

1670 3 74

1 850 0 0501

0 1122

1000

100 0

1000

Test No. 28.
high phosphoaus tailings froikl moose mountain iron mine, sellwood, ontarfo.

A small sample of tailings from the concentration plant of the Moose Mountain,
Limited, was received at the plant of the ore dressing laboratory.

Tests were conducted on this sample to obtain a product high in phosphorus
content.

A portion of the sample was run through the Ullrich wet magnetic separator,
and the non-magnetic product from the separator run over the small laboratory
Wilfley table.
Ullrich separation —

Current strength: 10 amperes, 110 volts.

Distance of rings from feed : ^-inch.

Analysis of head sample: 0-197 per cent P.

Analysis of magnetic product: 0-417 per cent P.

Weight of magnetic product: 91 per cent of crude.

Magnetic product contains 19-2 per cent of Phos. in heads.

Analysis of non-magnetic product: 0175 per cent P.

Weight of non-magnetic product: 90 9 per cent of crude.

Non-magnetic product contains 80-8 per cent of Phos. in heads.

Wilfley concentration of Ullrich separator tailings —
Wilficy concentrates =17-2 % by weight.

Analysis = 0-330 % P.

Concentrate contains =33-2 % of Phos. in separator tailing.

Wilfley middlings

Analysis
Middling contains
Wilflpy tailings

Analysis
Tailings contain
Wilfley slimes

Analysis

^35-5 % by weight.

= 0-112 % P.

= 23-2 % of Phos. in separator tailing.

= 34-2 % by weight.

= 0.075 % P.

= 14-4 % of Phos. in separator tailing.

= 13.1 % by weight.

= 0-374 % P.
Slimes contain 28c6 % of Phos. in separator tailing.
26a— 8

114

MINES BRANCH

SUMMARY.

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

Product.

Separator concentrates .
Wilfley concentrates . . . .

" middlings

M tailings

>i slimes

Head sample.

Analysis

Per cent

per cent

phosphorus

phosphorus.

in products

0-417

19-2

0 330

26-8

0 112

18-7

0 075

11-6

0 374

231

0 197

99 4

Test No. 29.

A 2(X)-pound shipment of ilmenite ore was received at the testing laboratory from
Mr. Girard. Several concentration tests were conducted on this ore on application of
Mr. G. C. Bateman of the Canadian Mining and Exploration Company.

Run No. 1. — One bag of the ore was taken and crushed to pass a 10-mesh screen
(■075-inch aperture). A sample .was obtained for analysis by passing the material
through Jones riffled sampler.

This sample gave an analysis of —

Fe 33.65 per cent.

TiO, 33.60

SiO, 6-Y2 "

CaOO, 5.48

MgCO, 7.30 "

The material through 10-mesh was then sized on 20-mesh (•034-inch aperture) and
on 40-mesh (•015-inch aperture) screens resulting in the following sizes: —

— •075" -f •034"—

Weight, 29-00 lb.

Analysis, Fe 34-45 per cent.

TiO^ 33,31

Insol 6-64 "

— -034" + -015"—

Weight, 14-25 lb.

Analysis, Fe 34-10 per cent.

TiO, 33-89

Insol 6-75 "

— -015"-

Weight, 17-25 lb.

Analysis, Fe 32-05 per cent.

TiO, 32-81

Insol 6-78 "

Weights of sized products after sampling —

— -075" -f -034" — 28-250 lb.

— -034"+ -015" — 14-125 lb.

— -015" — 17-000 lb.

To the sized material was added 5 per cent by weight of powdered charcoal, and
each size given a reducing roast to make the iron content more magnetic.

SUMMMiV lU'Jl'OliT 116

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

Dry Magnetic Separation on the Ullrich Separator

Tho sizes were passed separately.

The current strength on the magnets was 4 ,T amperes at 110 volts.

The rings were set at half an inch from the feed plates.

No appreciable difference was noticed in the magnetic and non-magnetic products.
The gangue nintorinl was evidently drawn up with the niagnotic niati-riiil while the
non-magnetic products showed it to contain an equal amount of ihnonite particles as
tho magnetic products.

Wet Magnetic Separation on the Ullrich Separator.

Size. — -075 inch -f -034 inch. Weight, 25-50 lb.

Current strength on the magnets, 4-3 amperes, 110 volts.
Rings set at A inch from the feed plates.
Magnetic product. Weight, 25 00 lb.

Analysis, Fe 31-65 per cent.

TiO, 37-14

Insol 7-41

Non-magnetic product. Weight, 0-50 lb.

No analysis was determined, as this product contained a considerable amount of
charcoal.

Size, — -034-^-015. Weight, 12-00 lb.

Current strength on magnets, 4-3 amperes, 110 volts.
Rings set at I inch from the feed plates.
Magnetic product. Weight, 11-75 lb.

Analysis, Fe 33-75 per cent.

TiO, 33-17

Insol 6-63

Non-magnetic product. Weight, 0-25 lb.

No analysis was determined as this product contained a considerable amount of
charcoal.

Size, — -015. Weight, 15-00 lb.

Current strength on magnets, 4-3 amperes, 110 volts.
Rings set at A inch from the feed plates.
Magnetic product. Weight, 12-50 lb.

Analysis, Fe 33-00 per cent.

TiO, 30-60

Insol 9-84

Non-magnetic product. Weight, 1-25 lb.

No analysis was determined as this product contained a considerable amount of
charcoal.

The above operation shows that no marked concentration has been made.
This may be due to the difficulty experienced in obtaining an even roast.

Electrostatic Separation of the Magnetic ProdiLcts from the Ullrich Magnetic
Separator.

Size, — -075" -f .034"—

Voltage on electrode, 25,000.
Distance of electrode fntni roll, 2 inches.
- Passes, 2.

Analysis of concentrates, Fe 33-18 per cent.

TiO, 3400

Insol 6-69 "

26a— 8i

116 MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

Size, — -034" + .015''—

Voltage on electrode, 20,000.

Distance of electrode from roll, 2 inches.

Passes, 1.

Analysis of concentrates, Fe 33-53 per cent.

TiO, 36-71

Insol 6-80

Size, — -015—

Voltage on electrode, 18,000.

Distance of electrode from roll, 2 inches.

Passes, 1.

Analysis of concentrates, Fe 31-69 per cent.

TiO, 35-17

Insol 8-38

This operation shows that with the finer sizes the TiO^ content is raised 5 per cent,
the insoluble content remaining about the same. This, however, is at the expense of
losing a large percentage of the TiO^ content in the tailings.

The concentrate obtained from the electrostatic separator of the size — -015 was
run over the laboratory dry magnetic separator. The analysis of the concentrate
obtained was: Fe, 35-17%; TiO,, 37-34%; and insoluble, 4-46%. Analysis of the
tailing showed it to contain 9-72% insoluble. This concentration was obtained also at
the expense of losing a large percentage of the TiOj content in the tailings.

Run No. 2. — One bag of the ore was taken and crushed in the jaw crusher and
rolls, and re-ground in pebble jars. A sample was taken for analysis which showed
It to contain : —

Iron 33-03 per cent.

TiO, 29-82 "

Insol 13-30 "

A screen analysis was also made to determine the state of fineness of the ore after
re-grinding : —

Mesh.

Aperture.

Weight.

Percentage.

Accummulated.

+ 80

+ 0062"

3 17 0Z.

17-36

17 36

- 80+100

+ -0050"

0-78 M

21 63

- 100 + 120

+ ■0042"

117 ..

28 04

- 120 + 150

+ 00.32"

104 M

33-74

- 150 + 200

+ 0025"

411 M

22-51

56 25

- 200

- -0025"

799 .,

43-76

Twenty-six pounds of the crushed ore were taken, to which were added 2 pounds of
powdered charcoal, and the whole mixed thoroughly, and given a reducing roast.

A small sample of the roasted ore was run through the laboratory Griindal wet
magnetic separator. Only a small portion of the more finely divided material came
over as concentrates. This was due to the weak field of the magnets, which is only
adaptable to highly magnetic material.

The remainder of the roasted ore was run through the Ullrich wet magnetic
separator.

Current strength on the magnets, 4-3 amperes, 110 volts.

SUMMARY REPORT

117

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

Distance of rings from feed plates, i inch.

Concentrates obtained puvo an analysis of: — Fe, 35-25 per cent; TiO,. 33-53 per
cent; insoluble, 9-G5 per cent.

By this operation the content of the concentrate shows an increase over the content
of the original ore of: Iron, 2-22 por fi-nt; TiO^, ."5.71 per cent; insoluble, 3 <Jr» per
cent

Run No. 3. — One bag of the ore was taken and erusbod in the lalKiratory jaw-
crusher and rolls to pass through a 5-mesh (0-159" aperture) screen. The material
through 5-mesh was sized on 10, 20, 40, and 80-mesh. The following weights and
analysis of the various sizes were obtained: —

Weight.

AnalyMis.

Sizes.

Per cent Fe.

Per cent TiO,

Per cent
Insoluble.

- 01590 + 0 0750

- 00750 + 0 0340

- 00340 + 00150

- 00150 + 00068

- 00068

Pounds.

33 75

17 25

10-50

5 50

8-50

.% 40

36 ;v<

36 12
34 55
33-05

35-85

33-75
33 49
31 99
30 96

28-89

8 28
H-29

9 82
10 85
12-88

Totals and averages. . .

75-50

32 70

9-20

Size, —5 + 10 mesh ( — 0-1590 + 0-0750)—

Weight, 33-75 pounds; weight of sample, 1-25 pounds. Concentrated on laboratory
Richard's pulsator jig.

Jig Concentrates —

Weight, 28 lb.

Analysis, Fe 36-10 per cent.

TiO, 33-82

Insol 8-52 "

Jig Tailings —

Weight, 4-5 lb.

Analysis, Fe 34-60 per cent.

TiO, 31-56 "

Insol 12-11 "

Size, —10 + 20 mesh ( — 0-0750 + 0-0340)—

Weight, 17-25 pounds; weight of sample, 0-25 pounds.
Concentrated on laboratory Richard's pulsator jig.

Jig Concentrate —

Weight, 14-5 lb.

Analysis, Fe 36-91 per cent.

TiO, 3360 "

Insol 7-90

Jig Tailings —

Weight, 2-5 lb.

Analysis, Fe 33-43 per cent.

TiO, 30-68 "

Insol 13-05

118 MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

Size, —20 + 40 mesh ( — 0-0340 + 0.0150)—

Weight, 10-50 pounds; weight of sample, 3-50 pounds.
Concentrated on laboratory Richard's pulsator jig.

Jig Concentrate —

Weight, 5-75 lb.

Analysis, Fe 37-15 per cent.

TiO,. 33-53 "

Insol 8-06

Jig Tailings —

Weight, 1-25 lb.

Analysis, Fe 32-05 per cent.

TiO 24-67

Insol 17-13 "

Jig products mixed and reconcentrated on laboratory Wilfley table.

Wilfley Concentrate —

Weight, 2-50 lb.

Analysis, Fe 36-15 per cent.

TiO, 33-39 "

Insol 9-02

Wilfley Tailings-
Weight, 0-50 lb.

Analysis, Fe 32 85 per cent.

TiO, 27-02 "

Insol 14-87

Size, — 40+80 mesh (— 0-0150+0.0068)—

Weight, 5-50 lb.; weight of sample, 0-50 lb.
Concentrated on laboratory Wilfley table.

Wilfley Concentrates —

Weight, 3-375 lb.

Analysis, Fe 35-59 per cent.

TiO, 33-97 "

Insol 9-11

Wilfley Tailings-
Weight, 1-625 lb.

Analysis, Fe 31-85 per cent.

TiO, 28-35

Insol 14-97

Size, — 80 mesh ( — 0-0068)—

Weight, 8-50 lb; weight of sample, 0-50 lb.

Only a portion of this size was run over the laboratory Wilfley table.

Wilfley Concentrates —

Weight, 1-125 lb.

Analysis, Fe 36-00 per cent.

TiO, .^3-88

Insol 8-79 "

GRAPHIC METHOD OF ILLUSTRATING EXTRACTION
ZINC MIDDLINGS

Run No 1 .

Test No. 30

Analysis - Zinc
Lead
Iron

To Magnetic

6-20%

6- 28"^ \ Calculated Analysis

4SOi^

Separator

Magnetic Pyrrhotite Product

Non- Magnetic Zinc- Lead Product

SQ6-3 parts

Analysis - Zinc - 1-79 %

Lead- 1-83%

Iron - S4 SZl

4I3-7 parts

I of

Analysis - zinc- 12-45 /e
Lead -/2 SB ^
Iron- 333af

Zinc Content Recovered in Non-filagnet/c Product -63%
Lead " " " '• " •• -B3<^

Iron

I I Zinc

Lead

Iron

Pig II

GRAPHIC METHOD OF ILLUSTRATING EXTRACTION
ZINC MIDDLINGS

Run No. 2. Test No 30

■^^1

^^H

1000 part

s yield

: 1

^nalvsis - Zinc - S 8/ '

f-/ "\

Z \

ad- 6

40%\i

Zaicu/afed Analvsis \

Iron- 44 2/7. \

" /

etic

To Magn

Separator

Lead Product

Not

■ ^

yfapn

effc

Pyrr

hofife Product

n- Magnetic

Zinc-

1— 1

^^L_^

^^■■■iBi

^^1

^^^H —4

■^^^l M

1 1

58 S -3 parts

414 7 parts

--^

ia/^

'S/S -

Z/nc - /y.

Analysis - Zini

(2 07 %

/ ^a ^m ^ _ / T

Leaa / /
/ron - S4

^ %

Lea

-29 28^

7a f

Iron

. i-

tr/

"Zinc

Content Recovery in Non

- Mapne

tic Product -

Lead

>f 1

»»

-'i

Iron

>t »

f »

27 S f

/o -^

I I Zinc

Lead

Iron

Fi^ 12

suMiiAii'Y iii:i't)irr 119

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

Wilflcy Tailings—

Weight, 0-875 lb.

Analysis, Fe 31-55 per cent.

TiO, 24. 55

Insol 17-39

From the above treatment, the TiO, content of the concentrate obtained, shows an
increase of 1 per cent over the content of the original ore, and the insoluble content
has been decreased by a similar amount. On the coarser sizes + 20 mesh there is very
little difference, but on the tiner sizes — 20 mesh the TiO, content of the concentrate
shows an increase of from 2 per cent to 4 per cent over the content of the original ore,
and the insoluble content has been decreased by a similar amount.

The jig and table products were mixed together, re-sized, and the sizes treated
separately on the electrostatic separator. No noticeable separation was seen to have
taken place.

Test No. 30.

A shipment of 240 pounds of zinc middlings from the concentrating plant of the
Blue Bell Mine, Riondel, B.C., was received at the ore testing laboratories.

The shipment was made by Mr. S. S. Fowler, general manager of the New
Canadian Metal Co., Ltd., who asked for a test to be made on the Ullrich magnetic
separator, in the wet way, with the object of removing as much clean pyrrhotite, and
leaving as much lead and zinc as possible in the non-magnetic product.

A sample was obtained by means of the Jones riffled samplers. This sample
showed an analysis of: —

Zinc 7-68 per cent.

Lead 6 47 "

Iron 44 82 "

Run No. 1. — The circular rings of the separator were adjusted in steps with
the following distances from the shaking feed plates: —

Outer ring 2"

Second ring |"

Third ring i"

Fourth ring |"

A current strength of (5-6 amperes, 90 volts was used on the magneta.

The duration of the run was 6-5 minutes.

The weights and analysis of the concentration products were as follows: —

Magnetic (Pyrrhotite) Product. — Non-Magnetic (Zinc, Lead) Product.

Weight 130-375 lb. Weight 92 0 lb.

Analysis — Zinc .. .. 1 79 per cent. Analysis — Zinc .. .. 12-45 per t.-ent.

Lead .... 1-83 " Le;id .... 12-58 "

Iron .. ..54.92 " Iron .... 33-38 "

Run No. 2. — Rings were left the same as run No. 1.

A current strength of 9-7 amperes, 97 volts was used on the magnets.

The duration of the run was 17 minutes.

The weights and analysis of the concentration products were as follows: —

Magnetic (Pyrrhotite) Product. — Non-Magnetic (Zinc, Lead) Product.

Weight 129-50 lb. Weight 9175 1b.

Analysis — /inc .... 1-37 per cent. Analysis — Zinc . . . . 12 07 per cent.

Lead .... 1-78 " Lead .... 12-93 "

Iron .. ..54-78 " Iron .... 29-28 "

120

MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

Test No. 31.

A shipment of 1,000 pounds of pyrite ore was received at the ore testing laboratories
from the Northern Pyrites Company's mine at North Pines, Ontario.

The ore represented a considerable tonnage of the second run of mine, and con-
sisted of pyrite and pyrrhotite with magnetite in a siliceous gangue.

PRELIMINARY TESTS.

The ore was crushed in the jaw crusher set at 1 inch opening, screened on a 2-mesh
screen 0-437-inch aperture. The oversize was crushed in the laboratory jaw crusher
set at ^-inch opening and screened on the 2-me5h screen. The following sizes were
obtained by screening: —

Size.

Apeiture.

Weight.

Analysis.

Mesh.

Inches.

Pounds.

% Sulphur.

-2+3

-0-437

300 186

33-55

- 3+ 4

-0

279

122

750

- 4+ 6

-0

203

125

-6+8

-0

132

141

250

- 8 + 12

-0

097

146

938

-12 + 20

-0

0<)0

3.5

186

-20 + 30

-0

034

625

-30 + 50

-0

0198

20S75

- 50

-0 0110

92 813

30-45

Dry Magnetic Separation of Screen Sizes.

Size, —2 + 3. Weight, 285 lb.

Current strength on belt magnets, 4 amperes, 105 volts.

drum " 20 " 105 "

Belt travel, 311 feet per minute.
Tailing vane raised 5 inches.

Concentrates obtained, 67-75 lb. Analysis, 41-98 % S.
Tailings " 217-25 lb. " 29-61 % S.

Size, —3 + 4. Weight, 117-75 lb.

Current strength on belt magnets.

4 ampereS)

" " drum "

Belt travel, 311 feet per minute.
Tailing vane raised 5 inches.
Concentrate obtained, 31-00 lb.
Tailings " 86-75 lb.

105 volts.
105 "

Analysis, 41-44 % S.
29-91 % S.

Size, —4 + 6. Weight, 90-5 lb.

Current strength on belt magnets, 4-7 amperes, 105 volts.

" " drum " 30 " 105 "

Belt travel, 311 feet per minute.
Tailing vane raised 3 inches.

Concentrate obtained, 31-25 lb. Analysis, 40-03 %*S.
Tailings " 59-25 lb.

SUMMARY REPORT 121

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a
Size, —6 + 8. Weight, 136 lb.

Current strength on belt magnets, 4 amperes, 105 volts.
" " drum " 20 " 106 "

Eelt travel, 311 feet per minute.

Tailing vane raised 4 inches.

Concentrate obtained, 60-5 lb. Analysis, 38-78 %S.

Tailings " 75-5 lb. " 23-28 %S.

Size, —8 + 12. Weight, 141-5 lb.

Current strength on belt magnets, 4 amperes, 100 volts.

drum " 20 " 100 "

Belt travel, 311 feet per minute.

Tailing vane raised 4 inches. '

Concentrates obtained, 52-25 lb. Analysis, 40-25 % S.
Tailings " 89-25 lb. " 22-41 % S.

Size, — 12 + 20. Weight, 30-25 lb.

Current strength on belt magnets, 4 amperes, 98 volts.

" " drum " 17-5 " 98 "

Belt travel, 311 feet per minute.
Tailing vane raised 3^ inches.

Concentrates obtained, 13-5 lb. Analysis, 38-75 % S.
Tailings " 16-75 lb. " 20-54 % S.

Size, —20 + 30. Weight, 21-5 lb.

Current strength on belt magnets, 4 amperes, 9G volts.

drum " 15 " 96 "

Belt travel, 311 feet per minute.
Tailing vane raised 3 inches.

Concentrates obtained, 11-0 lb. Analysis, 37-09 % S.
Tailings '' 10-5 lb. " 19-90 %S.

Size, —30 + 50. Weight, 16-375 lb.

Current strength on belt magnets, 4 amperes, 95 volts.

drum " 12-5 " 95 "
Belt travel, 311 feet per minute.
Tailing vane raised 2^ inches.

Concentrates obtained, 9-25 lb. Analysis, 38-70 %S.
Tailings ^" 7-125 lb. " 20-27 % S.

Size, —50. Weight, 88-75 lb.

Separator did not work satisfactorily on the fines.

From the results obtained, and data collected on the above preliminary tests, it
was found that a satisfactory separation could be made on the coarser sizes by the use
of the dry magnetic separator, and that a separation could be made on the fines by
magnetic separation, followed by table concentration, or vice versa.

Flnal Tests.

In order to simplify the process, the sizes used in the preliminary tests were
grouped, and the tailings from the coarser sizes were re-crushed and added to the
next size.

122 MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

Size — 2 + 6 ( — 0-437 + 0132). Weight, 468 lb.—

Current strengtli on rectifying magnets, 4 amperes. 105 volts.

" drum " 20 " 105 "

Belt travel, 311 feet per minute.
Tailing vane raised 5 inches,

Concentrates obtained, 127 lb. Analysis, 41-51 % S.
Tailings " 341 lb. " 29-29 % S.

Weights of samples taken : Concentrates, 7 lb. 1 oz.

Tailings 5 lb. 8 oz.

The tailings, less the weight of the sample, were crushed in rolls to pass the
6-mesh screen, and sized on the 20-mesh screen. The oversize was added to the sizes
— 6 4 8, — 8 + 12, and — 12 + 20 from the preliminary test.

Size, — 6 + 20 ( — 0-132" + 0-234"). Weight, 331-5 lb.—

Current strength on rectifying magnets, 4 amperes, 103 volts.

" drum " 20 " 103 "

Belt travel, 311 feet per minute.
Tailing vane raised 4 inches.

Concentrates obtained. 95-75 lb. Analysis, 40-05 % S.
Tailings " 235-75 lb. " 25-27 % S.

Weight of samples taken : Concentrates, 3 lb. 3 oz.

Tailings 3 lb. 12 oz.

The tailings, less the weight of the sample, were crushed in rolls to pass the
20-mesh screen, and added to the re-crushed tailings from — 2 + 6 size through
20-mesh. These were sized on the 50-mesh screen, and the oversize added to the
sizes, — 20 + 30 and — 30 + 50 from the preliminary test.

Size, —20 + 50 (0-034 + 0011). Weight, 206 lb.—

Current strength on rectifying magnets, 4 amperes, 103 volts.

" drum " 20 " 108 "

Belt travel, 311 feet per minute.
Tailing vane raised 3i inches.
Concentrate vane in No. 7 notch.

Concentrates obtained, 48-50 lb. Analysis, 39-41 % S.
Middlings " 113-00 lb. " 27-05 % S.

Tailings " 44i-50 lb. " 14-23 % S.

Weights of samples taken: Concentrates, 3 lb. 1 oz.

Middlings 3 lb. 12 oz.

Tailings 2 lb. 12 oz.

The middlings, less the weight of the sample, were crushed in rolls to pass the
60-mosh screen, and added to the re-crushed tailings from the former sizes through
50-mesh, and to the size — 50 from the preliminary test. The products were mixed
thoroughly, and screened on the 100-mesh screen.

Size, —.50 + 100 ( — 0-011 + 0055). Weight, 125-50 lb.

Current strength on rectifying magnets, 4 amperes, 108 volts.

" drum " 30 " 108 "

Belt travel, 311 feet per minute.
Tailing vane raised 3i inches.
Concpntrnto vnnc in No. 5 notcli.
Concentrates obtained, 19 lb. Analysis, 40-19 %S.

§ S!%_l5_

^ His ^

-s

!???§

^ ^t3°

^ Mil

^ ■^ ?!

i tj >5 -^

fe <S cj 1^

i\/mrsixe

I
Tromme/ or Screen '/■* '

Dry Maffnefic Separator

-•/*"

A/on - Magrfeffc Con c en t rotes

Magnetic 7a//ings

Ro//s
I
Trommel or Screen '/4

Overs'ze

-f

Tromme/ or Screen -20 mesh

-'A' ^20

I .
Dry Mogfnetic Separator

-20

A/on - Ma^nef/c Con cen -/rotes

Magnetic 7b///nffs

Ro//s

I .
Tromme/ or Screen -20 mes/}

Owers/ze

-20

I
SO and /OO Mesh Screen^

-20*50

I
J/y or Sond Tab/e

I
Sand Tab/e

-fOO

. I

S//me Tab/e

I I i T I I

■>ncentrotes Tai/ings Concentrctes Tbi/ings Concentrates Ta//inQ

I I I

Wet Magmt/c Separator

//on-Mognet/c Co.icentrotes //fc-^net/c Ta/'/rtgs

Fig. 14.— Flow 8hf>et for concentration of pyrite ore. 2nf1 run of minfi, Northern Pyritvs Co.,

North Pine«, Out.

26«-1916

*Sp5t

toi^

J 01' =

iriDl

•lu."

.ibbfilbP

-tti;3

h
^ I.I

^§

y QJ

< 5

z '^

u 2
z o

O fK

r I "^z
r Q. (S .

z 3

a. b

-I z
he/)!;;''

(/) Ul

If) Ul V)

—I /^ L.

>
a.

>-
o iiJ

Q q
o ^

I
h
q:
c

SUMilAin' REPOKT 123

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

Middlings obtained, 51-5 lb.

Tailings " 56 lb. Analysis. 19-5% S.

The middlings were run over the separator with the tailing vane raised 3^ inch.

Concentrates obtained, 29 lb. Analysis, 39-23 % S.

Tailings •' 22-5 lb. " 31.12 % S.

Size— 100, (— 0 055). Weight 228 lb.—

A satisfactory separation could not be made by dry magnetic separation, so
that t^ible coiu-ontration on the Deistcr slime table followed by wet magnetic separa-
tion on the rUrieh magnetic separator was resorted to.

Deister concentrates obtained, 125-5 lb. Analysis, 32-45 %S.
Deister tailings " 102-5 lb. " 17-65 % S.

Concentrates were re-run on the Ullrich magnetic separator with a current
strength of 10 amperes, 110 volts on the magnets.

Non-magnetic concentrates obtained, 73-5 lb. Analysis, 40-82 % S.
Magnetic tailings " 52-0 lb. " 20-65 %S.

The metho(| of procedure, and the results obtained from the final run of the ore.
are given in the following flow sheet. A graphic illustration showing the recovery
from each operation, and the final total recovery of sulphur is also given.

Test No. 32.

A small sample of 4 pounds of zinc-lead-copper ore was received from Stanislas J.
Pointon, Esq.. of the Laurentide Mining Company, Notre Dame des Anges, county
of Portneuf, Quebec.

Analysis of the sample showed it to contain : —

Zinc 21-30 per cent.

Lead 1-18

Copper.. .' 4-76

Insoluble 31-12

Silver 1-74 oz.

The sample was crushed to pass through 10-mesh and sized on the 16-, 20-. 30-, 40-,
GO-, SO-, 100-, 150-, and 200-mesh screens. The sizes were run through the laboratory
pneumatic jig, commencing at the coarser size, and following up with the finer sizes,
without removing the jig bed. A fair separation was made on the sizes up to 100-mesh.

Analysis of the jig concentrate showed it to contain : — -

Zinc 3600 per cent.

Lead 1-08

Copper 6-97

Analysis of the jig tailing showed it to contain: —

Zinc 6-79 per cent.

Lead 0-26

Copper 1-44

The products from the above separation were mixed together and run over the
laboratory Wilfley table. The concentrates from the Wilflpy table were troatcd on the
Huff electrostatic separator to obtain a separation of the copper values from the zinc
values. It was found that the zinc particles, together with their iron content, were
almost as conductive as the chalcopyrite particles. The separation was not satisfactory.

124

MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

Further tests were not made, as there was such a small quantity of the material
that it was impossible to do anything further with it.

From tests conducted on a similar ore, a possible concentration would be that of
jig and table concentration, magnetic separation, and oil flotation of the table tailings.

Test No. 33.
the magnetic iron sands, natashkwan, saguenay county, quebec.

Concentration Tests.

Two shipments of magnetic iron sands were received at the ore testing laboratories,
from Natashkwan, Quebec. These samples were taken during the summers of 1912
and 1913.

The method of obtaining these samples has already been described in the Summary
Report of 1913. To enable the following tests to be more easily understood, a brief
description of the method of obtaining the samples is given.

The deposits of magnetic iron sand situated at the mouth of the Natashkwan river
were surveyed and blocked oflf into squares with 500-feet sides. Five holes were drilled
in each square; one at each of the four confers and one in the centre. The core from
each of these drill holes was bagged separately, numbered, and shipped to Ottawa.
While the above sand was being bagged, a field sample was taken of each 5 feet of the
core. The magnetic iron content of this sample was determined in the field by a hand
magnet and a set of balances.

To check the accuracy of the field sample, the bags containing the cores of each
bore hole were sorted out and separated. The core from each bore hole was dried
separately, and its dry weight and volume in cubic feet were obtained. It was then
run over a Grondal dry magnetic separator, and the products were weighed up and
the results checked with those obtained from field samples.

The Field Samples of 1912 were Tested First.

As stated above, the core from each bore hole was dried, and the weight and volume
of the sand obtained. They were then run separately over a Grondal dry magnetic
separator.

The combined weight of the concentrates obtained from all the samples was 1,024
pounds, and that of the tailings, 19822-05 pounds.

Analysis of first Concentrate and first Tailing obtained from the Grondal Dry Magnetic
Separator.

Fe.

FeO

per cent.

r.s;V'

TiO,

SiO,

Cnide

per cent.

G4 12

3 7!)

per cent.

2'-io'

2 ;<o

per cent.

t'ca"

82 .37

Firxt ooncentrate

Kiret tailing

none.

It isfvery difficult to obtain an average sample of the dry sand. The concentrates
were sampled on the Jones riffled samplers to approximately 10 pounds. One-half
was taken for a screen analysis, and the other half for the regular sample. The

SUMMARY REPORT

125

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

tailings were sampled through Vezin samplers, to an amount small enough to cut down
in the riffled sampler. Screen sizing te>t^ were made on tlio tailings; i»ne on a small
sample of 3124-97 grams, using a set of Tyler standard screens after Rittenger's scale,
and a larger one on a sample weighing 1747-50 pounds, using the Keedy sizer.

Orinding and reconcentration of the first concentrate.

The first com-entrate from the cobber was ground in n Ilardinge 4 x ft-ineh
conical mill and fed to a Grundal double drum wet magnetic separator.

A screen analysis was made on the tube mill discharge and also on the final con-
centrate and tailing from the separator.

Analyses of First Concentrate. Second Concentrate, and Tailing.

Ff.

fit 12
«9 .39
»i .50

FeO

%
" 5-52

TiO,

SiO,

Mn.

CaO

MgO

First concentrate

2 40
1 .52

7-57

7-64

2 08

5«J 14

Second concentrate

ScKXjnd tailinj^. .

trace

0 008

0 043

trace

Calculation of iron saved from second concentration —

G9 39 — 2fi.55 ^ - , - ^ :,

-=?-141 tons of first concentrate required per unit of second

concentrate.

64-12 — 26-55
69-39 X 100

64 12 X 1-141

= 94-8 % of the iron saved.

Calculation of iron saved from analyses and actual weights.
Weight of first concentrate 1024 pounds.
" " second concentrate 902- 1 "
" " tailing 121-9 "

(902 1- X 69-39) 100

1024x64-12

-=9537.

Screen Test of First Concentrates: (Lot 1912) Showing distribution of Iron and

Titanic Acid.

i —
— 1«

- ?

S £

•c

5 u

M-sh.

Aperture

inches.

Weight

grm.

-s

Iron
percent.

— 1^ 1

o
a
u .

c c

'5 z.

J — •

.^"3

5 "

.iS"s

3 ^Z

.H§S

- 2.5 -

—

+ 20

0328

0 47 1

-20+28

02:^2

2-87 -

0 73

0-73

12 31

1 42

142

2 13

0 71

- 2S+ 35

•0164

13-21 1

- 3.-)+ 48

0116

65 49

2-89

3 62

21-47

2 38

3.08

4 10

4 H7

- 48+ ,6.5

•0082

235 24

10 .39

14 02

43 27

7 03

9 41

3 a^

18 2S

22 51

- 65+100

•0058

673 25

2<.» 74

43 75

6.3 63

29 63

39 10

2 .53

.34 9?<

.57 53

-100+150

■0041

1173 42

51 81

95 5(t

69 :<7

5623

95 36

1 65

39 73

«>7 30

-lM + 200

0029

74 HO

3 31

98 80

69-68

3 60

99 35

1 2;<

1 S9

99 17

-200 +

25 30

1 12
99 99

6182

1 08
99 99

— ^-—

I 72

■88

Totals

2264 05

126

MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

Natashkw.xn Inox S.\xds (1S12). — Sizing Test using Tyler Standard Screens on
Tailings from first concentration.

Mesh.

Aperture in inches.

Weight in grm.

Direct per cent.

Cumulative per
cent.

+ 14

0 0460

26 03

0-86

- 14+ 20

0328

.39-97

1-28

- 20+ 28

0232

101-21

3-24

- 28+ 35

0164

267-62

8 -57

- 35+ 48

0116

1619-32

51-82

- 48+ 65

00S2

675 85

21-63

- 65 + 100

0058

238-99

765

-100 + 150

0041

130-13

4-A6
0-52

-150 + 200

0 0029

1616

99-73

-200+ 8

8-79

0-28

Totals

3124-97

99-99

Natashkwan Iron Sands (1912). — Keedy Sizer Test on Tailings from first

concentration.

Mesh.

Screen No.

Aperture inches.

. Weight
in pounds.

Direct i^er cent.

Cumulative per
cent.

20 SW

•0410

37 00

2-12

24 SW

0342

29 50

1 69

3 80

28 SW

•0282

42 50

2-43

6-24

34 SW

•0229

60 00

3 43

9 67

42 SW

•0183

86 00

4-92

14-59

50 SW

•0145

2.58 00

14-75

29-35

4 XX

•0116

504 50

28-87

58 25

6 XX

•0089

428 • 50

24-52

82-73

8 XX

•0068

97 -.50

5-58

88-30

109

10 XX

0054

143 50

8-21

% 50

125

12 XX

0041

3800

2 17

98 70

150

15 XX

25 Std.

0036
0026

200

18 00

1-03

99-78

—25 Std.

4 .50

0 26

Totals

1747-50

Screen Test tube mill discharge grinding first concentrate:
distribution of Iron aijd Titanic Acid.

(Lot 1912) Showing

L,-

t- u

' Mesh.

S..S

be
_C

umulative pe
cent of tota
weight.

istribution o
iron per cen
of total.

».2

istribution o
titanic acid o
total.

utnulative i)e
cent of titani
acid.

+ 28

0232

0 34

I 074

- 28+ 35

•0164

•074

60-24'

•07

2 14

•065

- 35+ 48

•0116

- 48+ 65

•0082

•46

.535

19-51

•14

■214

1 55

•379

- 65 + 100

•0<)58

3 27

3 81

37 .52

1 95

2 16

2 77

4 02

440

-100-) 1.50

■0041

750

27 94

3175

62-30

27 64

2!l 78

2 34

28 94

49 87

-150 + 200

0029

648

24 10

55-87

65 50

25-05

54 81

2 14

22 82

7268

-200

118686

44 16

64 50

45 15

2 24

43 80

Totals

2687 98

100 00

* NoTK. — This high iron is due to iiieces of iron from the tube mill

SVMM.Un- REPORT

127

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

Screen Test of second concentrate: (Lot 1912). — Showing distributions of Iron and

Titanic Acid.

Mesh.

11
<

•0072
(1042

•0026
0021

u"?>

" ■*->

3 S

0-23
2- 956
2.S 90
54 40

c
t

2
>-*

}55 64

67 (52
6880
69 45

- 5

.2 >~ .
?»•«

240

25 66
25 65
46 28

1"! .

ill

2 40

28 04
53 69

I
"i

o ^

5 8

"o-c"©

5 77

31 10
24 89
38 23

Cumulative per
cent of titanic
acid.

-48+65
- 65 + 100
-100 + 150
-150 + 200
-200

2 27
27 29

25<i 44
2.")5 00
456 00

0 23

2 73
25 95
25 r)0
4560

2-83

1 73
1 41
I 21

5 77

2(> 93
61 80

Totals

1000 00

100 00

ScREKX Test on second tailing:

(Lot 1912). Showing distribution of Iron and
Titanic Acid.

_^j

u u

Mesh.

o tic

c8 J=

d
.2

§§

$5
— o

C..S

*= *a tc

ill

152

11.1

3 ■S'o
£ S'o
^ u m

Q°

+ 35

0122

1 00

•10

1 673

-35+48

0092

305

0 92

•15

- 48+ 65

•0072

1 20

- 65 + 100

■0042

10 50

7 23

2-54

2 84

2 22

289

3 05

-lOO + l.'iO

0026

242

34 70

1817

16 56

19-40

8-84

23 22

2623

-150 + 200

•0021

242

5890

26 73

24 36

43 75

8-98

30 05

56 73

-200

411 00

4i 10

36 33

56 23

7 51

4327

Test on Field Samples, 1913.

The field samples represBnting each bore hole were dried, and run separately over a
Grundal cobber, as in the first test on the 1912 samples.

The combined weight of concentrate obtained from the above samples was 2,021-75
pounds, and the tailing 27,882-67 pounds.

An'.\ly.sis of first concentrate and first tailing from the Grundal dry magnetic
separator :

Fe.

TiO,

SiO,

Au.

Crude

Per cent.

960

64 61

5-61

Per cent.

Oz.

Fir«t concentrate

First tailing?

2 3<)
2-69

6 35
84 oSinsol.

None.

The concentrate was sampled on Jones riffled samplers, and a sizing test was made,
using Tyler standard screens. The tailing was passed through a Vezin sampler, and
then cut down on the riffler. A small lot of 5.005 -920 grams was sized on the Tyler
screens, and a lot weighing 1,31.*^ 5 pounds was sized in the Keedy ore sizer.

MINES BRAyCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

Grinding and reconcentration of first concentrate.

The first concentrate from the cobber was ground in a Hardinge 4-foot x 6-inch
conical mill, and fed to the double drum Grondal wet separator. A screen analysis
was made of the tube mill discharge, of the final concentrate, and of the final tailing
from the separator.

Analysis of first concentrate, second concentrate, and second tailing: —

Fe.

FeO
Per cent

TiO.

Per cent

2-36
1 61
9 17

SiO„

Per cent

6-35

2 27
46 50

S
Per cent

Mn
Per cent

CaO
Per cent

MgO

Per cent

64 61
68-37
28-95

Per cent

Second concentrate

Second tailing

Trace.

-023

•19

•13

•145

Calculation of iron saved from second concentration —

C8. 37 — 28-95 39-42

»-r-^ ^o »^ = »^ ,.-7=1-106 tons of first concentrate per unit of second concentrate.

64-ol — 28-95 35bb

68-37 X 100

..■ -^ ^ ^^„ =95-60 per cent of iron saved.

64-61 X 1-106

Calculation of iron saved from analyses and actual weights —

Weight of first concentrate 2021-75 lb.

second " 1849-64 "

" tailing 172-11 "

1849 64 y 68-37 1306-25

2021-75 X 64 61 =1264:60 ^^^-^^ ^'' ^"^"^ "^ '^' ^'°" ""' '"'''^-

Screen Test of fi^rst concentrate:
Titanic Acid.

(Lot 1913) Showing distribution of Iron and

«<»; O

Meah.

Aper-
ture in
inches.

Weight

grammes.

Direct
per cent
of total
weijjht.

Cumula-
tive
per cent
of

Iron
percent.

Distri-
bution
of iron
|jer cent

Cumula-
tive
per cent
of toUil

Titanic

acid
per cent.

Distri-
bution
of acid
per cent

r; ^ eU

'3 " ~ •
3 S o'3

weight.
0-42

14 8.5

of total.
0 10

iron.
0-10

2 27

of total.

5--"

+ 35

0164

14-175

0 42

0-42

- 35+ 48

•0116

53-.S65

1 61

2 03

21 26

0 71

3 26

2:<o

2 72

- 48+ 65

•00S2

608 -108

IS 22

20-25

55 29

()2

•16-3:3

3 08

24-66

27-38

- (J5 + 100

■00.58

l.H70-5.r,

.56 03

76-28

67 - 16

;-»5

74-68

2-27

55 -8H

83-26

-100+ir)0

•0041

670761

20 -no

96 -.37

69 38

96-29

1-61

14 21

97 47

- 150-1-200

-0029

85-475

2-56

98 93

68-42

99 00

1 41

1 58

99-05

-200

35 721

1 07
10000

6019
64 49

I 00

-— —

2-03
2 28

0-95
100 00

Totals

3.;«8-638

10000

SUMMARY REPORT

129

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

Natasukvvan Magnetic Iron Sands (1913).

Sizing Test, using Tyler Standard Screens on tailing from first concentration.

(Lot 19i;i.)

M.'sh.

Apt-rture

ill

incht'8.

Weiffht

fH^ramuies.

Direct per cent.

Cumiilativc
l>er cent.

+ 14

0 0«fi0
0 0328
■0232
■OKU
•01 Wi
•0082
•0058
■0041
0029

515970

70 8750

188 .5275

487 0;-)30 '

29(>5 121)5

11H02105

408 8070

210-0735

2(;..sf;.=-.5

17 2935

0 92
127
3 3<>
8-69
.52-89
21 05
7 29
3 75
0 47
0-31

0 92

-14 + 20

2 19

-20 + 28

-28 + :}5 . .

-35 + 48

-48-^(55

- «5 + 100

-100+150

-150 + 2(X»

.5 5.5
14 24
(17 13
8S 18
95 47
99 22
99-69

-200

5605-9290

10000

Natashkwan Magnetic Iron Sands, (1913).
Keedy Sizek Test on tailings from first concentration. (Lot 1913.)

Mesh.

Screen . .
No. Ai

Derture.

Weight

in
pounds.

Direct
per cent.

Cumulative
per cent.

20 SW

24 SW
28 SW
34 SW
42 SW
50 SW

4 XX

6 XX

8 XX
10 XX
12 XX
15 XX

25 Std.

- 2.") Std

0410
0342
0282
0229
0183
0145
0116
0089
0068
0054
0041
0036
0026

29 5

25-5

35 5

47 0

204 0

349 0

268 0

1280

113 9

26 5

15 0

2-5

2-25
1-94
2 701
3-578
5-328
15 -.53
26-57
20 41
9 75
8-60
2 02

1 14
19

225
419
6 88

34.

42 ;.

10 46
15 80

3132

57 82

109

7« 30
87 90
96 ■(il

125

150

9863

200

-200

99 80

1313 5

10000

Screen Test tube mill discharge grinding first concentrate (Lot 1913).
distribution of Iron and Titanic Acid.

Showing

n ■

c "

•d

n of
id per
tul. {

U ■

Mesh.

S.2P-

ail

So?

.-2 .- 'o
•024

> ■-
a o

II
5 "
O

-o?4

■".-

§1

1 06

.BUS

■^ a 2
.2 "2 o

■09

1) u
|f.|

6^"

+ 48

■0092

6 24

-19

•19

8 16

- 48+ 65

■0072

29-77

1-11

19-35

-277

•302

2 .'»3

1 0(5

116

- 65 + 100

0042

2.33-28

7-20

8 .32

.56 23

6 320

6 61

2 90

9 54

1070

-100 + 150

■(X>26

826 17

2*1-49

33-79

64 95

25 400

.32 45

1 98

23 14

.^3•85

-150 + 200

0021

1,280-10

.39 49

73 25

65 87

40 650

73 05

2 10

37 97

71 .S6

-200

867 50

26 75

64 58

26 700

2 29

28 20

3,243 06

2Ga— 9

130

MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

Screen Test on second concentrate (Lot 1013). Showing distribution of Iron and
Titanic Acid.

u —

•^

- *i

.s t

Is "ti .

S
o

Mesh.

J7 o

1 "-U)

1 n

Z •

^ c

(■* w

.l"o

S $ 2

1 i.§

^ 5

.2 rt

< .

1— 1

j-30-85

031

0-31

2-75

1-26

+ 48
- 48+ 6.5

•0116
■0OH2

5-5

•15
•55

15
•70

1-26

- 65 + 100

■ 0058

41 00

410

480

60 00

3-57

3-88

3 02

8 12

9-38

-10'i+l.50

■0041

321 (K)

32 10

36 90

68-74

32 06

35-94

1-87

39-38

48-76

-1.50 + 200

•0021J

243 00

24 30

61-20

m 75

24 63

60 -57

1-41

22-48

71-24

-20O +

388 00

38 80
100 00

69-95

39-43
100 f^O

I 13

28 -76

1000 00

100 00

Screen Test of second tailing: (Lot 1913). Showing distribution of Iron and Titanic
Acid.

Me>li.

+ 48
■ 48+ 65
65-^100
100+150
150 + 200
20v)

c t

o tf>

t- o

jj ~

•Si

"83

"..- —

si: fcc

,~ ^_J

■^

•0116

12-00

1-20

•00S2

43 20

4-32

•005'-

100 00

10 00

-0041

221-50

22-1.-

0029

215 00

21-50

408 30

40-83

1000-00

100 00

5-53

5-23

8-74

22 91

17-

30-50

22-

40-30

56-

w ^

"77
>-9.l
■-35
5-42
)-25

100 00

0-90.

1 23

3-81

9-86

24-

12-56

30-

8-98

12
-.59
1-23
1-30
)-10
) 75

95 ."S

-12

•71

4 95

29-2:i

59-25

NM/u t/.'i ui:i'onT 131

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

REPORT OF INVESTIGATIONS AT THE RESEARCH LAB(JRATORY OF
AIM'LIEI) El.ErTRO-CHEMlSTRV AND METAEErROV. gEEENS ITNl-
VERSrrV, KINGSTON. ONTARIO, FOR THE MINES RRANCII,
DEPARTMENT OF .MINES, CANADA. (YEAR 1014.)

IlERnKRT T. Kalmus.

Throughout the year 1014, and during the early months of 1915, the investiga-
tions of the metal eobalt and its alloys, with reference to finding inereased commercial
uses for them, have been in progress. These researches have been undertaken for the
Mines liraneh by the writer, with a staff of assistants, at Queens Uoiversity,
Jvingston.

ElIX'TUO-I'LATI.'m. \m I u ( ■ iH Ml.

A very extensive series of experiments on electro-plating with cobalt has been
completed. A great many technical points in connexion with the plating of cobalt
had not been investigated, although the corresponding investigations for nickel had
been comparatively thorough. Before platers could adopt cobalt for commercial
purposes on a considerable scale, a number of questions required definitely to be
answered by experiments, such as: —

(.1) Can cobalt be plated on iron, steel, brass, tin, German silver, lead, etc., in
such manner as to yield as uniform, as adhesive, and as satisfactory a finished surface
as nickel?

(2) Is cobalt plate harder than nickel plate?

(3) Is cobalt plate less corroded than nickel plate by ordinary atmospheric action?

(4) Wliat bath is most suitable for the deposition of cobalt, when a heavy pro-
tective coating, which may be buffed to a superior finish, is required to be deposited
in a minimum of time?

(5) Can a satisfactory cobalt bath be maintained at such an increased concentra-
tion as compared with the nickel bath, that plating from it may proceed with greater
speed?

(6) Is the cobalt bath more or less troublesome than the nickel bath as regards
' crystallization, etc.?

(7) Should alkali, acid, or neutral baths be used for cobalt plating?

(S) Is the nature of the deposit improved by hardeners such as boric acid, citric
acid, magnesium salts, etc.?

(9) How does the maximum current density at which cobalt may be deposited
commercially compare with the maximum current densities used in the commercial
deposition of nickel?

(10) What electromotive force had best be used for cobalt plating, using the bath
found most suitable for a given class of work?

(11) How do cobalt anodes compare with nickel anodes as regards solubility,
under the conditions of the plating bath?

(Ml) V\'hat are the relative current efficiencies of cobalt and nickel plating under
the best conditions?

,(13) How do the elrrtri«".il rondiietivities of sati.'«faetory cobalt and nickel platjng
solutions compare?

(14) Can cobalt be deposited t/) considerable thicknesses from any solution in
commercial practice?

(15) What are the relative costs of cobalt and nickel plating?
2Ga— 9i

132 MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

A very large number of plating experiments were conducted by us for purposes
•outlined by the above questions, ii^ connexion with which some sixteen diiferent types
of solutions or baths were employed and studied. Following is the list: —

Series 1. Simple cobalt-ammonium sulphate.

" 2. Cobalt-ammonium sulphate with an excess of ammonium sulphate.
" 3. Cobalt-ammonium sulphate with an excess of ammonium sulphate, to

which is added citric acid.
" 4. Cobalt-ammonium sulphate with ammonium chloride.
" 5. Cobalt chloride with ammonium chloride.
" 6. Cobalt-ammonium sulphate with boric acid.
" 7. Cobalt-ammonium sulphate, cobalt carbonate, and boric acid.
" 8. Cobalt sulphate, potassium citrate, and ammonium chloride.
" 9. Cobalt phosphate with sodium pyro-phosphate.
" 10. Cobalt-ammonium sulphate with magnesium sulphate.
" 11. Cobalt sulphate, neutral ammonium tartrate, with the addition of

tannic acid.
" 12. Cobalt sulphate, potassium tartrate, and tartaric acid.
" 13. Cobalt sulphate, sodium chloride, and boric acid.
" 14. Cobalt sulphate, ammonium sulphate, magnesium sulphate with boric

acid.
" 15. Cobalt-ethyl sulphate, sodium sulphate, and ammonium chloride.
" 16. Cobalt sulphate, ammonium sulphate, ammonium chloride, and boric

acid.

Hundreds of plating experiments were tried, the full report on which is made in
the paper (Part III) entitled, " Electro-plating with Cobalt." A set of conclusions
was drawn with regard to the experiments under each series, and from the conclu-
sions of all the series the important facts were established that solutions IB and XIllB
were of extreme commercial interest. As a result, the writer, in co-oporation with
the Ivussell ^lotor Car Company of West Toronto, Ont., undertook a series of experi-
ment? under strict commercial conditions on these two solutions. These experiments
continued through a period of months, and am rep'-rted in full in the raper above
mentioned. Following are the conclusions with regard to these two solutions: —

SOLUTION I B.

CoSO,, (NHJ, SO,, 6n,o.
5 pound? salts; 6 gallons water; sp. gr. 1-050 — neutral.

Conclusions.

1. Cobalt plates from these cobalt-ammonium sulphate solutions, on brass and
iron are firm, adherent, hard and uniform, and may readily be buffed to a satisfactorily
finished surface. They take a very high polish, with a beautiful lustre, which although
brilliantly white, possesses a slightly bluish cast.

2. The specific electrical conductivity of these cobalt-ammonium sulphate solu-
tions is very much higher than that of the corresponding nickel solutions.

3. All of these cobalt plates within the current density ranges described as satis-
factory, are as smooth, adhesive and generally satisfactory as the best nickel plates.

4. Solution IB, which is a nearly saturated solution of CoSO,. (NHJ, SO^,.con-
ta'ining 200 grains of CoSo,. (Nil,), SO,. 6HjO to the litre of water, yields satis-
factory cobalt deposits at all current densities up to 4 amperes per square decimetre
(37-2 amperes per square foot). This very rapid plating was performed in a manner
bimilar to that of common plating practice.

SVMM.HiY ur.roRT 133

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

5. Tliere is no nickel bath operatinpr in tlu' manner of the usual commercial plat-
inp: proccHlurc at anything like as liif;h a current density iis cobalt solution T B. ^lore
specifically, the allowable current density with which an adherent, firm, smooth, white,
hard phito may bo obtained with solution T 15. without sij;n of pitting or pcelinp. and
yet which may be readily and satisfactorily finished, is four times that for which the
same results may be obtained with the fastest commercial nickel solutions.

G. Solution I B may be used for plating on the usual surfaces, including brass,
iron and steel. No preliminary coating of copper is necessary when plating with
these baths on iron and steel.

7. Solution 1 13 may be used with a large proportion of rolled anodes without
becoming acid or depleted in metal.

8. Solution IB does not change appreciably in cobalt content or in acidity when
used over long periods of time at the high recommended current density.

9. The current efficiency of solution J B is extremely high at a current density of 1
ampere per square decimetre. The mean of our measurement*, agreeing very well
among themselves, gave a value of 98-0 per cent. The current efficiency of solution I B
is as high at 3 -amperes per square decimetre as is common for the best nickel solu-
tions used in nickel plating practice at very much lower current densities. The
average of three closely agreeing current effici,eucy measurements with solution I B,
at 3 amperes per square decimetre was 90-5 per cent.

10. Solution I B, when 6perated slightly alkaline, yields plates which are greyish
in colour, which peel, pit and show blisters. This solution, when operated acid, yields
plates which, while fairly adherent, firm and smooth, are dark and freakish.

This bath should be run neutral, for these plates are adherent, firm, smooth, white,
hard, yet easily buffed to an excellent finish.

11. Solution I B requires very little, if any, ageing t") put it in condition, but
yields satisfactory plates almost from the start.

12. The "throwing" power of solution I B is remarkably satisfactory.

13. The anodes in solution I B are remarkably free from a coating, such as
characterizes nickel anodes.

SOLUTION XIII B.

Cobalt sulphate, CoSO 312-5 grams.

Sodium chloride, XaCl . 10-6 grams.

Boric acid Nearly to saturation.

Water ' 1,000 c.c.

Total bath, approximately 1-5 litres.

Conclusions.

1. Solution XIII B is the most completely satisfactory solution, for a great variety
of purposes, which we have found. We know of no solution, plating with nickel, which
begins to compare with solution XIII B for the range of work which it will do, and for
the extreme high current densities at which it will operate. It is possible to get a plate
in three minutes or less, with solution XIll B, which will stand all the usual physical
fomniercial te>ts, and whicli will bulF as satisfactorily as a plate which has taken one
hour from the usual nickel plating baths.

2. Cobalt plates from this simple cobalt sulphate solution in the presence of sodium
chloride and boric acid ( solution _X 1 1 1 B) on brass and iron, are lirni, adherent, hard,
and uniform, and may readily be buffed to a ?atisfactt>rily finished surface. They take
a very high polish, with a beautiful lustre, which, although brilliantly white, possesses
a slightly bluish cast.

3. The specific electrical conductivity of solution XI II B is much higher than
that of the corresponding nickel solution.

134 MIXES BHAXCn

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

4. Solution XIII B does not yield the best cobalt plate at low current densities,
that is, in the neighbourhood of 0-50 to 1 0 ampere per square decimetre, which is a
common range for nickel plating work. Solution XIII B be;rias to plate most satis-
factorily at a current density in the neighbourhood of 3> 5 amperes per square deci-
metre, and continues to give satisfactory plates at all current densities up to 26 4
amperes per square decimetre. This is equivalent to a current density of over 240
amperes per square foot, and even at this speed, the limit of the solution has not
yet been reached.

5. All of these cobalt plates within the wide current density range described as
satisfactory for solution XIII B, are as smooth, adhesive and generally satisfactory
as the best nickel plates.

G. Solution XIII B does not change appreciably in cobalt content or in acidity
when used over lon^ periods of time at current densities as high as 1 ampere per
square decimetre. It only showed a very gradual diminution in cobalt content under
the most severe conditions of the ageing test described above. We know of no other
cobalt solution and of no nickel solution which would stniid up under the conditions
of this ageing test.

7. There is no nickel bath of which we are aware operatiiig in the manner of the
usual commercial plating procedure at anything like as high current density as solu-
tion XlIT H.

8. Solution XJII B may be used for plating on brass, iron and steel, for wliich
cathodes the above conclusions apply.

9. Solution XIII B may be used to deposit a heavy cobalt plate. These plates
may apparently be deposited to any desired thickness, and they are firm, adherent,
massive, of extreme hardness and show no- tendency to curl or split.

30. Heavy plates may be obtained from solution XIII B to much better advan-
tage than from solution XV^ which has been patented for the purpose with nickei,that
is, heavy deposits may be obtained from solution XIII B at current densities of ,5 or 6
amperes per square decimetre, whereas solution XV must be operated at low current
densities in the neighbourhood of 0 30 amperes per square decimetre. If a current
density of above G amperes per square decimetre is used with solution XIII B for
heavy deposits, under the conditions and dimension of our baths, it was found tliat
trees were formed, on the cathode.

11. Our experiments show that solution XIII B "throws" very satisfactorily.

12. Among the satisfactory properties of this remarkable solution should be
-ijentioned an extremely high current efficiency, which we found at 10 and 5-0
amperes per square decimetre to be almost 100 per cent.

13. Solution XIII C, which is the nickel analogue of solution XIII B, yielded
satisfactory plates up to about 5 amperes per square decimetre, but showed yplitting
at current densities greater than that. Nickel solution XIII C does not possess the
remarkable qualities of its cobalt analogue XIII B,. although in many respects it is
an improvement on standard nickel solutions.

14. Solution XIII B reciuires very little ageing; it operates sati.sfactorily almost
from the start.

15.' Solution XIII I> is so remarkable in its properties that it was thought
highly worth while to develop it further under commerfial conditions. See com-
mercial tests, page 1"G.

Mr. Walter S. Barrows, forepian of tb.e plating department of the Kusscll ^fotor
Car Company, made a n port to the writer in r(uincxii)n with tlieso two solutions as
follows : —

1 Cobalt ethyl sulpliatP. 100 g. ; Sodium sulphate; 10 g. ; Ainninniiini i-horid. :. cr Water.
1,000 c.c. O. Langbein & Co., D. R. P. 134T3r.. Sept. IS. 1902.

SLilAlAUV ItlJ'OUT 135

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

Kki'wit ok ^lu. Bauuuws on Solution I B.

" After i)rcp:»ring a cobalt platiti;^ suliitioii according to your form\ila fi>r
bath 1 ii, ami having ii>«ecl this b.»th daily during the past eight weeks, plating
a great variety of copper, bras>, iron, stei'l, tin. (icrnian silver, lead, and
Britannia metal articles of difTerent shapes and sizes under exactly the same
conditions as met with in general nickel plating at the factory of the Russell
Motor Car Company, West Toronto, and after regarding the characteristics
of this particular solution absolutely from a commercial viewpoint, I can
heartily eontirm any statement you have made to me regarding this remarkable
solution. This bath was eijuipped with cobalt anodes, 98-75 per cent cobalt,
which were sent to me from your laboratory.

" Th3 runs mude have varied from five n iiuit s to 24 hours, and in each
case the bath has proved wonderfully efficient.

" The cobalt plates obtained were smooth, white and fine grained, very
adherent and uniform. In fact the surfaces of these deposits after several
hours' run were so very smooth and uniform that a 4-inch cotton buff coloured
them to a mirror finish quite easily. We use 14-inch and IG-inch buffs to colour
3-hour deposits of nickel.

'• To test the hardness of the cobalt as compared with nickel, with refer-
ence to either buffing or polishing with emery, we plated strips of brass, one-
half the surface with cobalt and one-half with nickel, always giving the nickeled
portion the thickest plate. Then buffing or polishing across the two deposits
we found invariably that the nickel was removed from the brass before the
cobalt, and in some cases in one-half the time.

" Though so hard and firm, these plates colbnr beautifully with little effort,
and require the use of much less buffing composition than comparatively thin
plates of nickel. Automobile parts of irregular shape were plated from 10 to
20 minutes, and finished on a 6-inch buff operated at 3,000 r.p.m. without the
slightest evidence of a defect in the plating. To accomplish this with our
fastest nickel baths would require at least 00 minutes of plating.

" As a protective coating for iron or steel surfaces, I am convinced that a
comparatively thin plate of cobalt will prove equally as effective as a thick
plate of nickel from an ordinary double sulphate nickel bath, and the time and
power required for the production of such plates is decidedly in favour of the
cobalt.

'' The deposits are also very adherent, no difficulty having been experienced
in this respect, although tests were made repeatedly by bending, hammering
and burnishing.

" One of the weak points of several so-called rapid nickel plating solutions
which we have tried commercially, is their poor "throwing " powers: i.e.. they
do not deposit tlie nickel readily in the indentations or cavities of the cathode.
The cobalt solution I B meets this requirement in a most efficient manner, the
deposits on the distant portions of the cathode withstand the tests imposed in
every case.

"Another most important feature of this solution, which should commend
its-^If to every p-actif^al plater and manufacturer of plated wares, is the extremely
high curreiit densitv at which this solution may be employed without danger
of pitting the plated surface. I have plated with this cobalt solution I B satis-
factorily and under commercial conditi(Uis. at a current density of 42 amperes
per square foot. This is 4-2 times the speed of our fastest commercial nickel
solutions.

"As a further test we plated steel tubes of 1-inch diameter (25 cm.) for
two hours, with a current density of 27 amp. per square foot, and then drew the

136 MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

tubes down to 0-625 inch diameter without injuring the deposit. Though
extremely hard, the ductility of the deposited metal proved remarkable.

"All of our tests have been made in a still solution, without agitation of
any kind, and the plates were subjected to the most severe treatment considered
practical for high-grade metallic coatings on the various metals heretofore
mentioned.

" We are also of the opinion that the anodes in the cobalt bath IB will
remain free from coatings, such as characterize average anodes used in nickel
baths, and that the cost of maintenance will be practically nothing compared
to double sulphate nickel solutions.

"I can assure you that my experience thus far with these cobalt solutions
has been intensely interesting, and I sincerely believe that their use commer-
cially would revolutionize the art of electro-plating such wares as are now
nickel plated.

" The simplicity of its composition, its self-sustaining qualities, the
remarkable speed of deposition, together with the several points mentioned pre-
viously, should appeal to the commercial requirements of this progressive age."

Keport of Mr. Barrows on Solution XIII B.

" After thoroughly testing cobalt plating bath XIII B, made according
to your formula, I take pleasure in submitting the following report.

" I found the bath very simple to prepare, and at once began to operate
the solution with high current densities. The results obtained were exceed-
ingly gratifying. Evidently bath XIII B will require no prolonged ageing
treatment, as splendid, white, hard, perfect deposits were obtained with
extremely high current densities within three hours after bath was prepared.

" The experiments have been varied and the tests of plates severe and
deliberate, the results have 'invariably been such as to cause me to regard
cobalt bath XIII B the greatest achievement in modern electroplating
improvements.

"The operation of the bath is positively fascinating; the limit of speed
for commercial plating is astonishing, while the excellence of the plates pro-
duced is superior to those of nickel for many reasons.

" The efficiency of the freshly prepared solution, together with the self-
sustaining qualities of the bath are without a parallel in any plating solution
of any kind I have ever used.

" Thin embossed brass stampings were plated in bath XIII B for only
one minute, then given to a buffer who did not know the bath existed and who
was accustomed to buffing li hour nickel deposits on these same stampings.
This man buffed the cobalt plates upon a 10-inch cotton buff wheel revolving
at 3,000 r.p.m. The finish was perfect, with no edges exposed. These stamp-
ings have been plated in two dozen lots for one minute, and from a total of
500 stampings we have found but three stampings imperfect after buffing.
Each stamping is formed to a spiral after finishing, without injury to the
deposit. Grey iron castings with raised designs upon the surface were plated
one minute in cobalt bath XIII B, then burnished with 400 pounds of one-
eighth inch steel balls for one-quarter hour without the slightest injury to the
cobalt coating, as was proven by a 36-hour immersion in 15 ounces of water
acidulated with 1 ounce of sulphuric acid.

" While attempting to reach the limit of current densities which would
bo practical with this bath XIII B. I have plated brass automobile trimmings
with a current density of 244 amperes per square foot. These pieces were
plated in lots of six, and a total of 100 were plated, buffed and ready for
stock in one hour's time. No unusual preparation was made for the run» and

SVMMAliY ItKl'OIiT 137

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

the work was performed by one man. Size of piece plnted, IJ-inch by 5 inches.

"Automobile hub-t'ai)s were pUited throe minutes in cobalt bath XIII B
and buffed to a beautiful lustre of deep rich bluish tone by use of a 7-inch
cotton bull revolving at 1,200 r.p.m. The deposits were ample for severe
treatment usually received by such articles. Comparative tests of these
deposits were made as follows: Same style castings plated in double sulphate
nickel solution one hour were suspended as anodes in a solution of equal
parts muriatic acid and water, sheet lead cathodes were used and a current
of 20<) amperes at 10 volts passed through the bath, 'i'he nickel was removed
from the castings in thirt.y seconds, while forty-five secon<ls' time was re<iuired
to remove the cobalt plates.

" The above mentioned plating tests were made with still solution, no
form of agitation being employed. By aid of mechanical agitators these
current densities could be greatly exceeded with highly satisfactory results.

" These cobalt plates were very hard, white and adherent and coloured
easily with slight effort.

" Several plates were produced upon sharp steel surgical instruments.
These instruments finished perfectly and, owing to the hardness of the cobalt
, plate, only a thin deposit was required to equal the best nickel deposits which
we received as samples. Cobalt deposits should prove especially valuable for
electroplating surgical instruments for this reason, non-adherent thick
deposits being very dangerous for this class of work.

"Owing to the unusual mild weather in this locality during the past month,
I have not concluded test with cobalt plates on highly tempered nickel-steel skate
blades, but judging from appearances and various severe indoor tests we do not
hesitate to report success in this direction. A three minute deposit from bath
XIII B resist^s corrosion equally as long as a one-hour nickel deposit, the finish
is even superior to nickel, while every test employed during the process of manu-
facturing the nickel-plated article has proved equally ineffective with cobalt
plates, therefore, by reason of the effectiveness of thin cobalt deposits we believe
cobalt plates should prove wonderfully efficient on skates, or any keen edged
tool requiring a protective metallic coating.

" The runs made with bath XIII B have varied from 1 minute to 15} hours,

and in each case the results were remarkable. Electrotypes were reproduced

one-sixtoenth inch thick. Electro-dies were faced with cobalt one-eighth inch

thick, the electrotypes being graphite covered wax and lead moulds, while the

. dies were made on oxidized silver-faced Britannia metal.

" The deposits from cobalt bath XIII B were very adherent and pliable,
by proper regulation of the current beautiful white, hard, tough plates may be
produced quickly on any conducting surface.

" The 'throwing' powers of cobalt bath XIII B makes possible its employ-
ment for plating deeply indented or grooved articles, such as reflectors,
channel bars or articles with projecting portions.

" We al.so obtained the best plates with extremely high current densities,
although plates finished with 75 amperes per square foot were of good colour and
easily buffed. The production of excellent plates with a current density of 150
amperes proved particularly easy and densities in this neighbourhood were
employed for the greater portion of our tests.

" Cobalt bath XIII B will produce excellent hard, white, tough plates
absolutely free from pits or blemish at a current density of 150 amperes per
square foot and under ordinary commercial conditions. This is fifteen times the
speed of our fastest commercial nickel solution.

'* Furthermore, the anode tops and hooks remain free from creeping salts.
The solution retains its original clean appearance and the anodes dissolve

138 MIXES BniXCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

satisfactorily, no slime or coating formed, brushing or cleaning anodes therefore
will be unnecessary. The anodes used with this bath were 98-75 per cent cobalt
which were sent me from your laboratory. The bath at the commencement of
our tests was strongly acid to litmus, and has remained unchanged throughout
our experiments. The specific gravity of the solution when freshly prepared
was 1-2-i and is the same to-day.

" The rich deep bluish-white tone of the cobalt plates upon polished brass
surfaces is particularly noteworthy. This feature should assist greatly in
making cobalt deposits very popular for brass fixtures, trimmings and plumbers'
supplies.

"My experience with cobalt bath XIII B is by no means at an end. I intend
to continue to use it until present supplies are exhausted and then equip a larger
bath if supplies are obtainable. As a commercial proposition I am satisfied it
is wonderfully efficient and economical.

" Taking into account the difference in cost of cobalt as compared with
nickel, I am satisfied the metal costs for plating a given quantity of work with
cobalt would be considerably less than for nickel plating a like quantity.

" Furthermore, the use of cobalt bath XIII B equipped with automatic
apparatus for conveying parts through the bath would reduce the labour cost 75
per cent, such apparatus would be practical for a greater variety of wares than
is now the case with nickel.

" We cannot speak too highly of cobalt bath XIII B, and confidently believe
its future history will surpass the history of any electro-plating bath now in
general use.

" In conclusion, please accept my v;armest congratulations upon your

successes with cobalt solutions, and heartily appreciating the opportunity of

testing these solutions, I desire to sincerely thank you, kind sir, for the benefits

derived therefrom."

From these commercial tests on cobalt plating, the following general conclusions

may be drawn: —

1. Several cobalt solutions were found to be suitable for electro-plating with cobalt
under the conditions of commercial practice. Best among these are the following: —

SOLUTION I B.

Cobalt-ammonium sulphate, CoSO, (XHJ, SO, 611,0, 200 grams to the litre of
water, which is equivalent to 145 grams of anhydrous cobalt-ammouiuni sulphate,
CoSO, (NIIJ, SO,, to the litre of water. Sp. gr. = 1-053 at 15° C.

SOLUTION XIH B.

Cobalt sulphate, CoSO, 312 grams.

Sodium chloride, Sai \ 19 G ''

Boric acid Nearly to saturation.

Water 1,000 c.c

Sp. gr.==l-25 at 15° C.

2. Cobalt plates from these solutions, on brass, iron, steel, copper, tin, German
silver, lead and Britannia metal articles, of different shapes and sizes, deposited under
conditions identical with those met with in general nickel plating practice, are firm,
adherent, hard and uniform. They may readily be buffed to a satisfactorily finished
surface, having a beautiful lustre, which, although brilliantly white, possesses a
slightly bluish cast.

3. The electrical conductivity of those solutions is con<;iderably higher than that
of the standard commercial nickel solutions, so thnt other things being equal, they
may be operated at a lower voltage for a given speed of plating.

SUM.\LiUy h'HI'OUT 139

•SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

4. Solution I H i> capiiMe of cob-ilt pliitinp: on the various sizes and shapes of
objocts met with in coniniorciiil practice at a s|)ci'<J at least four times that nf tlie
fastest satisfactory nicixcl solutions.

5. Solution XIII B is capable of cobalt plating on the various sizes and shapes
of objects met with in commercial practice at a spwd at lea^t fifteen times as great
ns that of the fastest satisfactory nickel solutions.

G. Plates from both of these solutions on various stock pieces, satisfactorily
withstood the various bendinu:. hammering and burnishing tests to which the com-
mercial nickel work is o'rdinarily submitted.

7. These two very rapid cobalt solutions are remarkable for their s-itisfactor.'y
throwiiiir power. That is, they readily and' satisfactorily deposit the cobalt in the
indentations of the work.

8. These two very raiiid solution.? operate at these high speeds in a perfe^'tly still
solution without agitation of any kind.

9. These solutions are both cleaner, that is freer from creeping ?iilt< mil pre-
cipitated matter, than the standard commercial nickel baths.

10. The cobalt deposited at this rapid speed is very much harder tluiii tn^ nickel
deposited in any I'ommercial nickel bath. Consequently a ksser weight of this hard
cobalt deposit will offer the same protective coat as a greater weight of the softer
nickel deposit. Considering solution XIII B, operating at 150 amperes per square
foot, on automobile parts, brass stampings, etc., etc., a sufficient weight of cobalt to
stand the usual commercial tests, including buffing and finishing, is deposited in one
minute. With the best nickel baths, it takes one hour, at about 10 amperes per
square foot, to deposit a plate equally satisfactory. Therefore, the actual weight of
metal on the cobalt plate must be approximately one-fourth that of nicked.

11. ior many purposes, under the condition of these rapid plating solutions,
one-fourth the weight of cobalt, as compared with nickel, is required to do the
same protective work. Consequently, if nickel is worth 50 cents a pound in the
anode form, cobalt would be worth nearly $2 a pound in the same form, to be on
the same basis, weight for weight of metal. In addition, there are other advantages
of cobalt in saving of labour, time, overhead, etc.

12. A smaller plating room would handle a given amount of work per day with
ootalt than with nickel.

l-'l. With these very rapid plating solutions, by the use of mechanical devices to
handle the work, the time re(iuircd for plating, as well as the labour costs may be
tremendously reduced. Solution I B, and particularly Solution XIII B. are so
rapid as to be revolutionary in this respect.

14. Obviously the cost of supplies, repairs, etc., would be less with cobalt-
plating than with nickel-plating, as the size of the plant for a required amount of
■work is less.

15. The voltage required for extremely rapid cobalt-plating is greater than that
for most nickel-plating baths; it is not so great but that the machines at present in
use may in general be operated. For the same speed of plating, the cobalt solution
requires much the lower voltage.

Itj. For a given amount of work the power consumption for this rapid cobalt
work is less than that for nickel This is obvious, because the total amount of
metal deposited in the case of cobalt is very much less, whereas the voltage at which
it is deposited is not correspondingly greater.

17. Ornamental work on br^ass. copper, tin. or Gorman >;ilvcr would require only
a one-minute deposit. Even wares exposed to severe atmospheric influences, or fric-
tion, could be admirably coated with cobalt in solution XII 1 B in fifteen minutes. The

140 MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

tremendous possibilities of this solution are not to be completely realized unless
mechanical devices are applied to reduce hand labour to a considerable extent.

IS. Thick deposits from these solutions are vastly superior to any that we have
seen produced from nickel solutions. The tendency to distort thin cathodes is less
pronounced, while electrotypes and electro-dies have been given a superior thick
deposit in a most satisfactory manner. The lines were hard, sharp and tough and the
surface smooth. Nickel does not equal cobalt for excellence of massive plates.

19. Many of these tests were passed upon by uninterested skilled mechanics at
the plant of the Kussell Motor Car Company, who invariably reported in favour of
the cobalt as above.

20. Both solutions IB and XIIIB a^e substantially self-sustaining, once they are
put into operating condition, and the amount of ageing required to do this is very
much less for them than that for the present commercial nickel baths.

A number of automobile parts, and a large number of skates, cobalt plated, were
turned out at the plant of the Russell Motor Car Company under Mr. Barrows' direc-
tion, and many of the skates have now (February 6, 1915) been under observation in
actual use for several months.

On this date 'Mr. Barrows reported that skates plated from solution XIII B, many
of which had had extremely hard usage in the hands of boys, etc., were showing up
with surprising satisfaction.

There is absolutely no stripping of the plate along the edge of the skate, either
before or after use, which unfortunately is not uncommon with nickel-plated skates.
Furthermore, the cobalt-plated skates seem to be decidedly superior to the nickel-
plated skates as regards their resistance to corrosion. Another very noticeable feature
about the cobalt-plated skates is that they are very free from scratches after rough
usage as compared with nickel. That is to say, the cobalt plate is decidedly harder
than the nickel plate. Most of the skates in question were plated in three minutes
at 90 to 100 amperes per square foot. Nickel plates at the same plant are plated in
one hour at about 4 amperes per square foot.

There is apparently considerably more cobalt metal plate on these skates than
need be to make them equivalent to nickel-plated skates.

MAGXETIC PROPERTIES OF COBALT AND OF Fe.Co.

A series of experiments were conducted on the magnetic properties of cobalt and
of Fe„Co. These experiments are only just being completed, and include investiga-
tions under the following headings: —

1. Permeability of pure cobalt.

2. Hysteresis of pure cobalt.

3. Magnetic properties of the alloy Fe.Co.

^Rfagnetic constants of pure cobalt were studied by two independent methods, and
the results should establish the values of these properties with considerable acrxiracy.

The greatest difficulties were experienced in obtaining sound castings of the com-
pound Fe,Co. The smnllest quantities of occluded gas naturally caused extreme
variations in the values of the magnetic constants determined. The results, there-
fore, with regard to this alloy are somewhat uncertain as regards commercial repro-
ducibility, although our results, in connexion with those of Professor Pierre "Weiss,
of Ziirich, Switzerland, establish the fact that this compound has a magnetic perme-
ability between 5 and 10 per cent greater than that of the best Swedish soft iron.
All of these experiments will be reported during the coming months in a paper
entitled "Magnetic Properties of Cobalt and of Fe..Co," by Herbert T. Kalmus and
Kenneth B. Blake.

SUMMAUY inJ'oUT 141

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

COUAI/r AM.OYS WITH NON-C<J(KUOSlVK 1»H()I'KRT1J:.S.

Since it is impofesible to he certain a priori what effect the addition of any
metal will have on the properties of another, and as it has been shown that certain
metals in small quantities improve the resistance of iron to atmospheric corrosion,
tliese investigations were undertaken fur the purpose of determining the effect of the
addition of small quantities of cobalt on the atmospheric corrosion of iron and mild
steel. We have particularly in mind the addition of small quantities of cobalt to
the very pure iron prepared by the open hearth method for sheet roofing material.

The comparative effects of small amounts of cobalt, nickel and copper were
studied.

Our interest was stimulated by the positive nature of certain very early pre-
liminary experiments, described in the next paragraph.

PlRELIMIN.\RY EXPERIMENTS.

Very early in the course of these investigations on cobalt and its alloys, in the
autumn of 1912, a preliminary set of alloys was prepared by adding small percentages
of both cobalt and nickel to very pure iron. These alloys were exposed for several
months on the roof of Nicol Hall, Queens University, Kingston, Ontario. After
this exposure they were remove'd, and the amount of corrosion determined. In every
case it was found that the addition of small percentages of cobalt and nickel had
decreased the corrosion of the pur;e iron.^

Following this, a second set of alloys was made with the same materials, in the
same vray, and -exposed under the same conditions as the previous set, for a period
irom June 16, 1913, to October 16, 1913. At the end of this exposure of 122 days,
the alloys were taken in, and the rate of corrosion in grams per square centimetre
of exposed surface per year was computed.

Unfortunately, two of the alloys of this set were spoiled during the exposure,
owing to dropping from the supports and coming in contact with the metal roof, so
that the series is not sufficiently complete to warrant giving all the details. Plow-
ever, the results were in general accord with those of the previous i.et, which led us
to believe that the addition of cobalt in proper proportions to pure iron might
prove of benefit to its non-corrosive properties.

The general method of procedure with these preliminary experiments was the
same as that described in detail for the complete sets of experiments to be described
below.

The two sets of experiments above described must be considered preliminary for
a number of reasons, primarily because no heat treatment was given to the alloys.

CONCLUSIONS.

*1. From these preliminary experiments, additions of small percentages of both
Co and Ni to American ingot iron seemed to add to its non-corrosive property.

2. Cobalt seemed to be more effective than nickel when used in like amount.

3. These results were such as to stimulate further interest, but were not suffi-
ciently complete or satisfactory to warrant definite conclusions.

As a result of these preliminary experiments three series of alloys were made
and exposed, containing various percentages of cobalt, nickel and copper and com-
binations of these in American ingot iron, from 0-25 per cent to 3 per cent of the
elements mentioned. These alloys were prepared very nearly carbon free, and also
containing small amounts of carbon.

1 The "pure" Iron was American Ing^ot Iron, supplied by the American RolUng Mill Com-
pany, MIddletown, Ohio.

142 MIXES BRAXCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915.

Scries 1 was exposed on the roof of Xicnl TTall from March IS, 191-i. to August
31, 1914, an exposure of 3,984 hours. In addition t ) analyses of the various alloys,
their diameter, thickness, and weight of the exposed disc, both before and after
exposure were measured, and the loss in weight in grnms per square centimetre of
original surface per square hour of exposure computed from these measurements.

A second complete series consisting of about 20 alloys was prepared. This series
was a check on the first series, and was exposed on October 10, 1914. A record of
analysis, dimensions, etc., was made, but the final measurements have not been made, as
these samples are still corroding.

On December 22, 1914, a third complete set of alloys, about 100 in number, was
exposed in a manner similar to that of the first two series. The alloys of Series 3
were prepared, paying particular attention to the heat treatment. The final measure-
ments of this series have not yet been made, as the alloys are still being exposed to
atmospheric corrosion.

In addition to these series, in co-operation with the American Rolling Mills Com-
panj-, ^Middletown, Ohio, who are producing large quantities of American ingot iron for
sheet roofing pVirposes, a number of 8 foot sheets of American ingot iron with various
percentages of cobalt were prepared. Some of these sheets are being exposed at the
plant of the American Rolling Mills, Middletown, Ohio, and others are being exposed
on the roof of Nicol Building, Queens University, Kingston, in company with the
sami^les of the three series mentioned. These sheets have been regularly photographed
from time to time and observations as to their condition, etc., made.

In connexion with the preparation of these three «et> of alloys aboi^t 3") micro-
photographs have been taken, illustrating the intimate structure of thp alloys in ques-
tion.

All these facts in detail, together with the complete data, will be published by
the writer during the coming months in a bulletin of the Mines Branch under the title,.
"■ Cobalt Alloys with jSTon-corrosive Properties."

Cochrome Wires — A C omparison ivith Nichrome.

Under this heading a paper will appear during the coming months by Herbert T.
Kalmus and Kenneth B. Blake, setting forth a series of experiments in which cobalt-
ifon-chromium-manganese wires were prepared, analogous to the well-known nichrome,
for comparison with the latter for use as heating elements. The comparative pro-
IJcrties of these wires were studied under the following headings — hardness, brittle-
ness, tensile strength, electrical resistance cold, temperature co-eflicient of electrical
resistance, oxidation at high temperatures, and melting point. The work on these
wires is not yet completed and the conclusions may be distinctly modified before final'
publication is made. The preliminary conclusions which may be drawn from the
experiments thus far are as follows: —

1. Mechanical Properties. — The cochrome wires of the compositions represented by
the five ^.amples measured do not depart widel.y from nichrome wires as regards
mechanical properties. These cochrome wires may be swaged with about the same
case as nichrome. They arc slightly harder, and samples A B 19 and A B 20 have a
higher tensile strength than nichrome. There is very little difference in the brittlc-
r.ess of the two types of wire.

2. Electrical Properties. — The specific electrical resistance of the various members
of this cochrome series at room temperature is from 0-5 to 0-6 that of nichrome under
the same conditions. The lowest value for cochrome which wo have fovnid is (10-5
microhms per cm. cu., and the highest value 74- 9 niicrdliins jut cm. cu., as against
no microhms per cm. cube for nichrome.

sv\[.\iM^'y urroh'T 143

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

Tho specific resistance of cochronio niul nichrome approach one another as the
tcmpernturo is raised from room toniperaturo. The tcmixsnituro co-efficient of reais-
tanco for cochronio varies between 0-O00i;r) and 0000.S5 per degree C, whereas the
eorfespondinp: value for nichrome is 0-(XK)52. These values are mean temperature co-
efficients between 20° and 1,000° C, and while not very accurate are fairly comparative.

The current carrying capacity is approximately the same for cochrome and
nichrome wires of the same size.

'^. Oxidation at High Temperatures due to Electric Current. — Cochrome wires
which we have studied oxidize much more readily than nichrome wires at the same
tonipornture, when heated by an electric current. The temperature range wlnrh we
particularly studied was from 900° C. to 1,200° C.

4. Corrosion in Acids. — Nichrome is less attacked by 20 per cent H,SO, than is
cochrome under the conditions of our experiments.

5. Melting Temperatures. — The melting temperatures of the cochrome varies from
]203° to 1379° C, all of them being lower than that of nichrome, which we found to
be 1380° C.

G. Properties for use as Heating Element. — Cochrome is inferior to nichrome for
most purposes for which these wires might be used for winding heating coils. The
principal disadvantage is that of increased oxidation at temperatures from 900° to
1.200° C. The high temperature co-efficient of resistance of cochrome, as compared
with nighrome, tends to equalize their resistances with increasing temperature. For
most purposes it annuls the advantages of cochrome due to its lesser specific resistance
at low temperatures. It might find special application at intermediate temperatures
because of its lower resistance, or it might find special application in atmospheres other
than oxidizing ones.

The work of this laboratory, on -cobalt, has stimulated a variety of interests to
experimenting in various directions, and, as well, has had a direct influence upon the
consumer of the metal cobalt, both for the preparation of alloys and in the plating
industry. Inquiries of an important commercial character from manufacturing
purchasers have repeatedly come to the attention of the writer, and the indications
from a variety of sources are for a distinctly increased market for metallic cobalt.

5 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a A. 1915

FUELS AND FUEL TESTING DIVISION.
I.

WOKK AT YVV.L TK.STIXG STATION.

r B. b\ IIaanel.

Chief of Division.

The work of the Division of Fuels and Fuel Testing during the year 1014 con-
sisted in the investigation of eleven commercial samples of coal, in the experimental
boiler provided for that work — the installation of which was completed early in the
year — and the testing in the gas producer of five samples of coal. The coals tested
for steaming purposes were obtained from the following mines : CardifiF Collieries,
Ltd.; Gainford Coal Co.. Ltd.; Twin City Conl Co., Ltd.; Tofield Coal Co., Ltd.;
The Rosedale Coal and Clay Products, Ltd.; Yellowhead Pass Coal and Coke Co.,
Ltd.; Druniholler Coal Co.; Newcastle Coal Co., Ltd.; Canniore Coal Co.. Ltd.;
Jasper Park Collieries, Ltd.; and the Pembina Coal Co., Ltd. The coals tested in
tlie gas producer were the following: Pembina Coal Co., Ltd.; Drumheller Coal Co.,
Ltd.; Jasper Park Collieries, Ltd.; and the Newcastle Coal Co., Ltd, The coals on
hand at the beginning of the new fiscal year — which will be investigated during the
following season — are: Georgetown Collieries, Ltd.; McGillivray Creek Coal and
Coke Co., Ltd.; "West Canadian Collieries, Ltd.; Franco-Canadian Collieries, Ltd.;
Greenhill -Mine, West Canadian Collieries, Ltd. In addition to these commercial
samples, the detailed investigation of which involved much chemical work, the
chemical laboratory received for analysis, proximate, ultimate, or both, and deter-
mination of heating value, the following samples: Ninety-five coals, thirty-four
peats, eleven oils or oil sands, seven ashes, four natural gases, and six miscellaneous
samples. The work of the chemical laboratories is increasing at a rapid rate, and
the staif, as a consequence, is scarcely able to keep up with the routine work.

With a view to rendering assistance to the coal operators of the Dominion of
Canada in their efforts to reduce the mine accidents due to explosions resulting from
mine gas, the Mines Branch undertook to analyse samples of gas from all the mines
operating in the various provinces. Arrangements have been made whereby the
chief inspectors of those provinces affected can furnish samples of mine gas. in
specially constructed sample flasks furnished by the Mines Branch. Instructions
were issued, explaining in detail how the sample should be taken and mailed to this
office. The laboratory of the fuel testing station is now equipped with the special
apparatus required for this class of work, and up to the close of the year we had
received several samples from British Columbia, Alberta, and Nova Scotia.

The machine shop was kept exceedingly busy constructing now pieces of
apparatus and machinery for the ore concentrating laboratory', the fuel testing
station, and the laboratories of the main building of the Mines Branch, Sussex street,
Ottawa. The subjoined report of the mechanical superintendent of the fuel testing
station shows, in detail, the class of work performed for the various laboratories; the
time of labourer or machinist spent on the individual pieces of work: and the cost of
both labour and material. The labour charges account only for the time of the
labourer while employed in the machine shop, not for his time in other work required
to be done in the laboratories. An examination of the report will show that very
decided economies have resulted in both the repair of old and construction of new
apparatus, which, heretofore, had to be done outside, in the various machine shops.

26a— 10 H.^

146 MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

The office work durinp: tlio year consisted in the preparation of the report
entitled, ''Peat, Lignite, and Coal:, Their Value as Fuels for the Production of Gas
and Power in the By-Product Recovery Producer," and the final report on the
results of the large scale tests which were conducted and coippleted this year.

The writer, during the month of August, was instructed to witness the test of
the Johnson Electric Zinc Smelter at Hartford, Conn., in conjunction with Mr. G.
C. ^Mackenzie. Chief of the Division of Ore Dressing and Metallurgy. This work
necessitated the writer's absence from Ottawa during the month of Augu.!,t.

- In October, the writer visited the Chief Inspector of Mines for the Province of
Alberta, in order to confer on the arrangements for future shipments to Ottawa of
coal for testing purposes. On this trip, he obtained samples of oil from the Calgary
oil fields, which are now being investigated at the labaratories of the fuel testing
ttation.

In addition to the regular work of this division, the writer and ^Mr. J. Blizard
were engaged for some time in the investigation and writing of a report on the
Graham process for the manufacture of peat fuel.

During the latter part of the year, the staff of the Division of Fuels and Fuel
Testing was increased by the permanent appointment of Messrs. J. H. H. Nicholls
and T. W. Hardy to the chemical laboratories, and E. S. Malloch, B.Sc, as additional
technical engineer to the division.

Toward the close of the year, an experimental briquetting press was purchased
for the purpose of investigating the feasibility of briquetting western lignites, which
will shortly be undertaken.

The summary reports of Messrs. Stansfield, Mantle, and A. mn Anrep are here-
Arith subjoined,

II.

CHEMICxVL LABORATORIES. OF FUEL TESTING STATION.

Edgar Stansfield.
Chemist in Charge.

These laboratories wore utilized during the year, not only for the chemical work
of the Division of Fuels and Fuel Testing, as described below, but also for that of the
Division of Ore Dressing and Metallurgy. The staff of chemists employed has been
materially increased. In February, Mr. H. C. Mabee — appointed to the Division of
Ore Dressing and Metallurgy — took charge of the chemical work of that division. In
October, Mr. T. W. Hardy, and in November, Mr. J. H. H. Nicholls, were appointed
assistant chemists to the Division of Fuels and Fuel Testing; although "Mr. Hardy
has spent part of his time assisting Mr. !Mabee in the work of the Ore Dressing Divi-
sion. Dr. Carter has continucel throughout the year in the work of fuel testing and
the examination of oils and waxes.

The laboratory accommodation has been increased by the addition of a small
room which has been fitted up for calorimeter work ; and the ventilating system has
been improved by the addition of a plenum system, with heating control for the air
supply.

The equipment has Veen increased by the purchase of thi^ following special appa-
ratus, in addition to smaller apparatus and general supplies: Sartorius analytical
balance, May-Nolson rotao' vacuum pump, Lennox electric blower, Iloskins electric
muffle, Iloskins electric hot plate. Leeds and Northrup electric resistance thermometer
for calorimetry, Scimatco optical pyrometer, Engler oil distillation apparatus. Thur-
ston oil tester, Parr sulphur bomb, Drehschmidt sulphur in gas apparatus, Burrell
mine air analysis apparatus, and a meter tester. ^lorcover. tlie following new appa-

SUMMARY UKrORT 147

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

ratus, or iinprovciiients to old apiuiratus, liavo bti-n ilrsi^unl and iiiado on the
promises: Kjeldald nitroj;Pii apparatus, saft'ty attarhint-iit to t'lcctrif watrr still, auto-
matic gas sampler, Jaeger nitrogen in gas detcrniination apparatus, apparatus for
diterniination of spei'ific gravity of oil, and adiliti<in.s to Kiinrhdl and Uarnhart gas
analysis apparatus.

The total number of samples submitted for analysis during the year, exclusive of
routine gas samples, was, approximately, the same as in the i)revious year; hut the
samples submitted from sources outside the Department of Klines were nearly twice
as numerous. The actual work involved in testing the samples submitted was con-
siderajjly more than the corresponding work of the year before: more special investi-
gations were carried out, and some progress was made with the arrears dating from
the time when the present laboratories were being built, so that the total output was
far in excess of any previous year. There appears to be no slackening in the steady
increase in the demands made upon the laboratories; it is therefore regrettable that
they are now working at nearly full capacity, both as regards the number of chemists
for whom there is accommodation, and also as regards the varieties of work requiring
special apparatus, for which laboratory space can be found.

The samples received include ninety-five coals, thirty-four peats, eleven oils or
oil sands, seven ashes, four natural gases, and six miscellaneous samples. Twenty-
seven samples were submitted by the fJeologicnl Survey: ten by the Board of Rail-
way Commissioners; seventeen by the Department of Militia and Defence; two by the
Department of Naval Service, and thirty-two from other parties. Some of the work
of the laboratory consisted, as usual, of routine gas analysis in connexion with the
large scnle boiler find producer trials, carried out on the premises. The determina-
tions made in this connexion include those of the composition and calorific value of
pases, toprether with their ammonia, tar, and water content.

Special work carried out during the year includes: a preliminary investigation
on the air drying of coal begun in March — still in progress, daily determinations
being made; the design and testi:ig of the new and modified apparatus enumerated
above : and the design of a " total heat " attachment for the Boys gas calorimeter :
this latter apparatus was not qnite completed at the end of the year. The system of
recording and reporting the work done in tlie laboratory has been further improved,
and a number of suitable books and forms designed and printed for the purpose. A
report on "Products and By-products of Coal" has been prepared by Stansfield and
Carter, and will be published shortly. Moreover, at the close of the year arrange-
ments wore made for the taking and analysis of mine air samples from the collieries
i^f the Dominion; snecial apparatus was purchased: record and report forms r.nd
books printed; sample tubes obtained and distributed; a special wax for sealing the
tubes was prepared; and other preparations made for carrying otit this important
work in the coming year.

Tn July, the writer had the privilecre of visitin? the fuel testing laboratories of
the T'niversity of Illinois at T'rbana, and. through the courtesy of the Director of the
Fnglneering Experiment ?t 'ii..n, Inn-M/.l v.,iii..ili;i.rr ,.r ^}^,-, ,,-,,,.1- carried out and the
methods employed.

III.

INVESTIGATION OF PKAT BOOS, IftH.
Ai.Eni vox Anrkp.

According to the instructions received from the Chief uf the Fuels and Fuel
Testing Division, I spent six and one-half months of the field season of 1014 in the
investigation of the peat bogs of the provinces of Quebec, Prince Edward Island, and
Nova Scotia. The work was continued in order to ascertoin the extent, depth, and
(luality of pent contained in the various bogs.

26a— 10 5

148 MINES BRANCH ^

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

In connexion with this work, the writer left Ottawa on June 4, Mr. Y. Lamon-
tagne acting as temporary assistant, for a period of a month and one-half. Owing to
Mr. Lamontagne's desire to complete his college course, Mr. A. Gentles filled the
position throughout the remainder of the season.

As a brief summary of work completed during the season, the following statement
is appended: —

QUEBEC PEAT BOGS.

The peat bogs investigated in Quebec during part of June and July, 1914, were : —

(1.) The L'Assomption peat bog, situated 2 miles south of L'Epiphanie station,
and about IJ miles northeast of Cabane Roade station in the Seigneury of L'Assomp-
tion.

The total area covered by this bog is approximately 1,565 acres, the depth of the
bog varies from 3 to 15 feet.

(2.) St. Isidore peat bog, situated about 3 miles south of St. Isidore station in
the Seigneuries of: —

Chateauguay — La Prairie county.

Beauharnois — Chateauguay county.

La Salle — Napierville county.

The total area covered is approximately 1,931 acres, the depth varying from 3 to
11 £eet.

(3.) Holton peat bog, situated 2 miles east of Holton station and 1 mile west of
Barrington, in the counties of Chateauguay, Xapierville, and Huntingdon.

The total area covered is about 6,181 acres, the depth varying from 4 to 6 leet.

The approximate total area investigated in the Province of Quebec during the
peason of 1914 was 9,677 acres.

PRINCE EDWARD ISLAXD PEAT BOGS.

During the investigations in Prince Edward Island, carried on in the latter part
of July and in the month of August, 1914, the following bogs were surveyed: —

(4.) The Black Marsh peat bog, situated 6 miles north of Tignish, lot 1, North
county.

The total- area covered was approximately 650 acres, varying in depth from 3
to 6 feet.

(5.) The Portage peat bog, situated about 1 mile east of Portage station, Halifax
township, Prince county.

The total area of this bog is about 775 acres, of which 143 acres are peat litter,
with a depth from 4 to 7 feet.

(6.) The Miscouche peat bog, situated about 1 mile from St. Nicholas station in
lots 16 and 17, liichmond tuwnship, Prince county.

The total area covered by this bog is about 2,900 acres, of which 103 acres are peat
litter with an average depth of 13 feet, and 2,797 acres, peat fuel, with a depth varying
from 2 to 7 feet.

(7.) The Muddy Creek peat bog, situated about 3 miles southwest of St. Nicholas
station, in lot 17, Kichmond township. Prince county.

The total area covered was about 61 acres, with an average depth of 3 feet.

(8.) The Mount Stewart peat bog, situated in lot 35, about 1 mile south of Mount
Stewart village.

The approximate total area investigated in Prince Edward Island during the
season 1914 was 4,386 acres.

SUMMAUY REl'OKT 149

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

NOVA SCOTIA PEAT BOGS.

The peat bogs investigated in Nova Scotia, from the beginning of September to
the middle of December, 1914, were: —

(9.) The Cariboo peat bog, situated about li miles west from Berwick station.
Kings county, on the line of the Dominion Atlantic railway, and about 2 miles west by
the Post road.

The total area covered by this bog is about 887 acres, of which 200 acres with a
depth varyintr from 16 to 26 feet, and 687 acres with a depth varying from 3 to 12
feet, are suitable for the manufacture of peat fuel.

(10.) The Cherryfield peat bog. situated about one-half mile southeast of Cherry-
field station, L\inenburg county.

The total area covered by the bog is approximately IGO acres, with a depth varying
from 3 to 20 feet.

(11.) The Tnsket peat bog, situated to the southeast and east of Tusket station,
Yarmouth county.

The total area covered by this bog is approximately 235 acres, the depth varying
from 3 to 13 feet.

(12.) The Makoke peat bog, situated about li miles south of Tusket station,
Yarmouth county.

The total area covered is about 460 acres having a depth of from 4 to 12 feet.

(13.) The Heath peat bogs, situated in Yarmouth county, li miles east of Argyle
Head, about 1 mile east and west of Central Argyle station, and 2 miles east of Lower
Argyle.

The total area of this bog is about 2,174 acres.

(14.) The Port Clyde peat bog,' situated in Shelburne county, about 3 miles west
of Port Clydfe station, on the Halifax and Southwestern railway.

The totiil area covered by this bog is approximately 1.G66 acres, the depth varying
from 3 to 11 feet.

(15.) The Latour peat bog, situated in Shelburne county, about 1^ miles south-
west of Upper Port Latour.

The total area of this bog is about 849 acres, having a depth of from 3 to 11 feet,

(16. J The Clyde peat bog. situated in Shelburne county, about 2^ miles northeast
of Clyde River villacre. Two and one-half miles north of this village, the bog follows
the Clyde river.

The total area of this bog is approximately 2,240 acres, with a depth varying from
2 to 21 feet.

The approximate total area investigated in the province of Nova Scotia during
the season of 1914, is 8,671 acres, making a total area investigated during the season
1914, of 22,734 acres.

This figure is somewhat less than that of the previous year, but accounted for by
the fact that the bops inve,stigated were spread over three Provinces, and many of
them were difficult of access, owing to the wooded nature of the surroxmding district.

During the latter part of July, I visited the peat plant at Alfred, completed earlier
in the season, and which was in operation the whole day, thus offering an opportunity
for inspection.

Detail description, deliminations, profiles and maps of the above mentioned i)eat
beds, etc., will be published in a separate report.

R-4

150

MISKS BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

IV.

REPORT ON MECHANICAL WORK DONE AT THE FUEL TESTING

STATION, ETC.

To B. F. HAA.NEL, B.Sc,

Chief Engineer,

Division of Fuels and Fuel Testing,
Mines Branch, Dept. of Mines.

SiK, — Herewith appended is an abstract of the records that have been kept, show-
ing the amount of work done, and the labour and material expended thereon : arranged
iinder the heading of the department to which the same has been charged, and cover-
ing the period from April 1, 1914, to March 31, 1915.

The work shown in this report does not include the cleaning of machinery, atten-
tion to belts, pulleys, shafting, bearings, etc., to keep the plant in first-class running
order. I may mention that to keep account of the cost of the above work, I am adopt-
ing a daily time card, so that the hourly occupation of each man is charged to what-
ever work he is doing during the day, the total of the same representing the total
number of hours he has worked during the day, thus accounting for the occupation
of each employee.

All of which is respectfully submitted.

A. W. MANTLE,

Mechanical Supt.

FUE3L TESTING STATION.

Main bearing fur Korting ga.s engine-
Labour, 74 hours at 48c..

Making emery wheel stand-
Labour, .33 hours at 48c

Making and fittinp: brackets for .small motor —
Labour, 30 hours at 48c

Making parallel strips for machine shop —
Labour, 15 houis at 48c

Forging and machining slnt holes for shaper —
Labour, I :) hours at 48c

Making face jtlate for milling machine —

Labour, IS hours at 4^c

Two angle plates for machine shop —

Lalx)ur, 19 hour.a at 48c

Machining j.aws of vise for shaper—

Labour, 8 hours at 4^c

'Making two fortce stands for holding bars-
Labour, 3.^ hours at 28c

Making set of six cutters for key ways --

Labour, 22h hours at 48o

Making expanding bushing for grinder-

Lal)our, 2 hours at 48c . .

Repairing |)okers for producer

Labour, Ji houis at 48c

Repairing antipulsator —

fjalKitir, '■> hours at 28c

Polishing and hvcqiiering eU-ctrie fixtures —
Labour, 'MK hours at 28c

BufT sink (ittings-

Lalxiur, j^ hour at 28c

Making j)attem for electrical cut<«»t on still —
Labour, 2 hf)'irs at 2Hc

Labour.

§ cts.

.35 52
\5 84
14 40

7 20
9 12

8 64

9 12
1 44

10 80

1 44

1 68

10 50

MateriaL

?> cts.

21 00

4 50

I 40

4 0<l

1 28

2 00

3 60

•2 70

1 OS

SUM MA in' in'ponr

151

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

FUJaL TKSTING HTA TH iN* ^Concluded.

Maikiiif; two air lx)X»'s for Wt'stiiiglioiis,- producer -

Lrtl)niir, 41 hours nt 48c

Makiii^r "T" slot cutter —

LjiUiur. 1 1 \\ hours :.t 4Sc.

Making s|>«-ci!vl t<H)l holder for shaping machine —

LuUnir, I'.l liours ;it ISc

Making paltt-rn for tool holder —

I^ilMiur. ."> Iiotirs at. 2i<o

Making t<Mi|s for milling machine (Ry cutters)

LalKiur, ."> hours at 4Sc

Makincr sjiejial relief \alve for \Ve?tinghouse producer —

Lalxnir, 10 hours at 48t'

Changinj^ piping on Westingiiouse priniucer to suit nt^w air boxes —

Lal>our, I'li hoiu's at "JiSc

Making measure for producer -

Lal)our, •_' hours at "Jjie

Repairing portable en^'iiip. which includes making new cross Fiead, new slide
bars, cylinder hea I, piston rod, new valves and thorough overhaul-
ing. Straightening crank shaft and fitting key. (Lust item done

atLawson's.)

New cros-s head—

L:\lH>nr, 'M hours at 48c

New cylinder cover —

Labour, 21 hours at 4!'c

22tl hours at 28c

Fitting and re|)airing —

L:ibv»ur, 220 hours at 2oc

Laliour.

Material.

9 CtK.

n ctn.

19 08

14 ti4

5 52 .

•-•'

1 40

.-<»

2 40

4 .SO

2 S5

7 28

5 !I0

I'l

2S 50

14 40

2 40

10 OH

4 Ml

(Jl to

55 00

7 50

CHEMICAL, LABORATORY.

Makirig brackets and fittings for roller sun blind —

LalK)ur, 41!^ hours at 2Sc

I. 1'.^ hours at 2.5c

I. 5 hours at 48c

Making automatic electric cutout for wafer still —

LalKMir, 1 4 hours at 4.Sc

Making and fitting iron drying shelves —

L:ilK)ur, 10 hours at 2.Sc..

Making total heat attachinent for Boys calorimeter —

I,;ibour

Making small cojiper water trap (> inches by I inch —

LalKjur, 4 hours at 48c

^L1king s|wcial nitrogen distillation apparatus —

Lalwur, (.1. lMiilii>8, tinsmith)

Tot d .

Add-

Making mixing ch.imlH-r for steuu anci air on Wejtinghouse producer -

Lalxjur, S lio'irs at 4.'«c

10 hours at 2Mc.....

•I lO hours at 25c

Total

13 03
4 88
2 40

4 80

G72

2 80

1 40

12 r<o

G 85

1 02

.«)

14 72

4 50

.S407 71

.«10(l .-'.s

.S 84
2 80
2 50

14 10

$416 S5

$114 48

ORE DRESSING LABORATORY.

Making and erecting Im-U shifter for No. 1 pump —

Lalxjur, 13 iiours at 28e

i;{ hours al 26c

Making and erecting l»-lt shifter for No. 2 pump-
Labour. 1 2 hours at 28c

12 hours at 2.5c

Making and erecting belt nhifter for No. 3 pump—

Lal>our, 14 hours at 2.Hc

14 hours at 25c

n 01

A Mi
3 00

A •)2
3 50

3 2.".
3 70

152

MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

ORE DRESSING LABORATORY— Continued.

Labour.

Making and erecting belt shifter for No. 4 pump —

Labour, 12^ hours at 28c

l'2h hours at 25c

Making and erecting belt shifter for Deister table —

Labour, 15 hours at 28c

15 hours at 25c

Making and €'recting belt shifter for Overstrom table —

Labour, 14i hours at 28c. . .

14 hours at 2.5c

Making and erecting belt shifter for No. 2 elevator —

Labour, 12 hours at 28c

12 hours at 25c

Special belt tighteners on concentrating tables —

Labour, 40 hours at 48c

M in fitting, 19 hours at 28c

Making two special steel tanks for Richards jig — •

Labour, 298} hours at 28c

Repairing and adjusting No. 1 elevator —

Labour, 10 hours at 28c

lOi hours at 25c

Adjusting Deister table bearings —

LaVxjur, 11 hoiirs at 28c

Repairing and adjusting friction clutch on crusher —

Labour, 8 iiours at 28c

Making and erecting belt shifter for air compressor —

Labour, 24 hours at 28c

Fitting spiral ore conveyers to bins —

Labour, 64 hours at 28c

G4 hours at 25c

Making spout for Richaid laboratory jig No. 1 —

Labour, 1 hour at 28c

Making conveyer boxes —

Lalx)ur, 20 hours at 40c

Making motor belt tighteners, machining castings and cutting gears —

LaVx)ur, 151 hours at 48c

.1 in fitting, 65 hours at 28c

Making special elevating screws for Overstrom table —

Labour, 16 hours at 28c

Erecting air compressors —

Labour, 24 hour;* at 28c

>. 24 hours at 2.5c

Erecting shafting and clutch for air compressors —

Labour, 28 hours at 28c

flaking four ball thrust bearings for No. 1 and No. 2 line shafts —

Labour, 44 hours at 48c

Fitting ball thrtist Viearings in wall and on shaft —

Labour, 32^ hours at 28c

Machining two pairs of grinding plates for Baum6 pulverizer-*

Labour, 12 hours at 48c

Making bracket pattern for shaft bearings in roaster building —

Laboui , 6 hours at 28c

Making brackets for shaft bearings roaster building —

Lalwur, 6 hours at 28c

Making large anchor bolts for large smokestack for roaster building--

Labour, 8 hours at 48c..

" Sj)ecial " — Making cyanide machine including 12 sheaves, 6 spindles, 12
liearings, shafting and two pulleys —

]jalK)ur, 96 htjurs at 48c

In erecting, 5fi hours at 25c

fleeting rotary roaster furnace —

Labour, 125 hours at 28c

<i 88 hours at 25c

384 hours at 43Jc

Making eight sf)ecial columns for steel work in roaster building —

Labour, ]«ittem making, 8 hours at 2Hc

•I machine ca.stings, 24 hours at 48c

Cutting jnjK's for columns —

LatMiur, 6 hours at 4.H(' .».

cts.

3 50

3 13

4 20

3 95

4 06
3 50

3 36

3 00

19 20

4 42

83 51

2 94

2 63

3 08

2 24
6 72

17 92
16 00

0 28

8 00

72 48

18 20

4 48

6 72

6 00

7 84
21 12

9 10

5 75

1 08
1 68

3 84

40 88
14 40

3.5 00

'J J I "I

168 00

2 28
11 52

2 88

Material.

$ cts.
3 60

3 80

3 75

3 55

5 75

28 70

2 70

3 60

7 50

0 10

3 40

4 80

0 64

1 50

7 25

0 25

4 16

0 25

3 40

6 97

9 30

91 75

51 60

SUMMARY RliroRT

1&3

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

ORE DRESSING LABORATORY— Concluded.

Erecting steel structure for receivinjc tank ami overhcatl K'''"" »"d stiafting

LaU)ur, 254 hours at 28c

210 hours :vt 25c

Makiug and fitting small door in roaster building —

LaU)ur, ;■{<) hours at 2()c

^Iakin^ sin>cial rolU-r ft-edt-r for pneumatic jig —

LaUiur, — pattern-making, 8 hours at 40c

i> machine work, 80 hours at 48c

Total

Labour.

Material.

t cto.

S ct«.

nd shafting-

71 12
&2 50

230 9(>

8 40

3 r*)

3 20
41 28

4 60

854 66

507 24

SUSSEX STREET.

Making ten brass discs J^-inch larger in diameter than sample
LaiKiur, 5^ hours at 48o

Mitkiuir six brass discs as per sample —

I^^ilxmr, 4 hours at 48c

Making four brass plates as jier sample —

Lalxjur, 3 hours at 48c

Straightening copper boiler, truing circle of mouth —

Lalxjur, 3 hours at 48c

Filtine dust collector —

LalKjur, 4 hours at 28c

Making emery wheel attachment for motor —

LabtHir, 6 hours at 48c

Making improved electroscojje —

Labour, pattern-making, 8 hours at 48c

I. machining, 48 hours at 48c

Making cement mixing tible —

LaKiur, 20 hours at 48c

Erecting machinery for Mr. Cole-
Labour, 24 hours at 48c ■

24 hours at 20c

Total.

2 64

1 92

1 44

1 12

2 88

3 84
23 0»

9 60

11 52
4 80

64 24

1 50

1 25

10 50

35 78

49 88

SUMMARY.

Fuel Testing Station .

Miscellaneous Work —

Repairs to portable engine.
Chemical laboratory

Ore Dressing laboratory.
Roaster building . . .

Sussex Street .

Total.

348 75

198 46
58 96

854 66
255 56

64 24

1,780 63

81 78

21 10
18 60

507 24

157 82

49 88
886 42

5 GEORGE" V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a A. 1915

DIVISION OF CHEMISTRY.
THE CHEMICAL LABORATORY, SUSSEX STREET.

' E. G. Wait.

(J kief of the Division.

The work iu the cliemical laboratory has, for the most part, been along the same
lines as in former years. One new field of research, howeTer, ha* been opened
up, and work iu it carried on continuously bince June, namely, the investigation of
the mineral waters of Canada.

A few explanatory remarks regarding the scope of this new work may, appro-
priately, be giren here.

The investigation is to comprise not only a complete chemical analysis of the
several waters, together with a study of their physical properties, but special atten-
tion is to be given to their radio-activity.

A well or spring water may contain in solution — in addition to the saline con-
stituents usually present: —

(a) Radium emanation: the gas which is a product of the continual decompo-
■ition of radium, or its salts, and which has come to be regarded as a

therapeutically important factor; and

(h) the gas (a) and extremely small quantities of radiiim salts.

As radium emanation rapidly decays — one-half the initial quantity dying in
four days. — its estimation should be made at the time of the collection of the sample,
or as soon as possible thereafter.

To satisfactorily make this examination, it is intended that an expert officer of
the Department shall personally visit each water source, and make, on the spot, those
tests which I have stated should be made at the time of collection ; take such
observations of the physical character of the water as may be desirable and possible;
and, at the same time, collect and send to Ottawa a sufficient quantity of the water
lor the subsetiuent chemical analysis.

Work along these lines has been carried on during the summer of 1914 by Dr.
John Satterly, A-ssociate Professor of Physics in the University of Toronto, assisted
by Mr. R. T. Elworthy, B.Sc. (London), and, by the last named, after Dr. Satterly's
return to Toronto, in September.

In order to facilitate the prompt examination of the waters collected, arrange-
ments were made for the determination of the radio-activity at three centres, namely :

1. The laboratory of the Mines Branch at Ottawa.

2. The bottling works of the Caledonia Springs Co., at Caledonia Springs, Ont..

and

3. In the laboratories of the Macdonald Physics Building, of McGill University.

at Montreal.

At each of these places suitable accommodation was provided for the setting up
of electroscopes, and the operation of the necessary accessories, and to each of thes<
the samples collected in their respective neighbourhoods were sent, and the desired
determinations made' with all possible expedition.

For the determination of the dissolved radium, as well as for the chemical
analysis, a sufficient quantity of the wat^r was forwarded to Ottawa.

156 MiySS BRASCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

The following springs or sources have been visited, and their waters, examined
in the manner outlined: —
(a) Examination made in Ottawa: —

Gillan's spring, near Pakenham.

Sanitaris Water Co.'s spring, at Arnprior.

Borthwick spring, near Hawthorne. *

Victoria sulphur spring, near Ottawa.

Russell Lithia Water Co.'s springs (2) at Bourget.

Oarlsbad springs — ^five in number.

Several civic wells, and other private sources, in and about Ottawa.

(h) At Caledonia Springs: —

Five of the best known Caledonia springs.

Two saline waters owned by Charles Gurd & Co., of Montreal, situated at

Caledonia Springs.
Adanac water, at Bourget.
Plantagenet mineral water; and
A copious spring at Alfred, Ont.

Abenakis springs (2) at St. Francis du Lac.

Berthier.

Maskinonge.

Potton.

Radnor Forges.

Richelieu.

Ste. Agathe.

St. Benoit.

Ste. Genevieve.

Ste. Hyacinthe.

St. Leon.

St. Severe.

Varennes.

Viauville: remarkable for the large quantity of hydrogen sulpide it contains.

together with samples from several of the " Artesian and other Deep Wells of the
Island of Montreal," referred to in a report published by the Geological Survey of
Canada, under the above caption, by Dr. F. D. Adams.

Detailed results of the work done this season will not be published until the
chemical analyses are completed; but it can be stated that in most of the instances
the waters examined were slightly radio-active, giving values of the same order of
magnitude as those from other parts of the world where results have been recorded.

With regard to the other work carried on during the year, the several items are
susceptible of classification, and for purpose of ready reference, may be arranged under
the following headings: —

ASSAYS.

One hundred and thirty-two samples of gold, silver, and — in a few instances —
platinum ores, from the undermentioned Provinces, have been examined: —

i. From Nova Scotia, one sample.

ii. " Quebec, six samples.
iii. " Ontario, thirty-nine samples.
iv. " Manitoba, one sample.

V. " Saskatchewan, twonty-two samples.

SVMMAliY RKl'ORT 167

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

vi. From Alberta, two saniplos.

vii. " British Columbia, five samples. •

viii. " Yukon Territory, nine samples.

ix. and forty-eight others, concerninj? which insufficient, or no data as to
locality of occurrence, was furnished.

CLAY.

Qualitative examinations of six samples of clay have been made, to ascertain if
they were suitable for employment either in brick making, or as an ingredient of
artificial Portland cement. The examinations so made were 6i a very unsatisfactory
and indefinite character, hence it is gratifying to be able to allude to the new Division
of Ceramics, now in process of establishment in connexion with the Klines Branch, and
to which all clay samples may in future be sent for examination and testing.

None of the samples referred to above were of enough interest to merit special
notice here.

COPPER ORES.

Twelve samples of copper-bearing ores : one from Nova Scotia ; one from New
Brunswick; three from Ontario; two from the Yukon; and five from unspecified
localities have been examined. In connexion with this collection of copper ores,
however, there is much to be desired in the way of more complete information as to
locality of occurrence. As the matter stands, our report can only state that the
particular specimen examined comes from an undesignated locality; often without
even the name of the province being given. It is manifest, therefore, that a report so
indefinite is of little value, either to the recipient, because it lacks definiteness, or to
the Department, since it conveys no information of the mineral worth of any ptrrticular
deposit or area.

IRON ORES.

Eighteen samples of iron ores have been submitted, either for complete, or for
partial analysis, from the following localities: —

(a) Cape Breton county. N.S. Four samples from —
i. The Curry property.
ii. W. Mackenzie farm at Marion Bridge,
ill. " Pit No. 2.

iv. Grand Mira, South.
(h) Kichmond county, N.S. Two samples from —
i. D. !McIntyre's property. Loch Lomond,
ii. Robinson property, at Barra Head.
(c) Antigonish county, X.S. One sample from —
Arisaig iron district;
while eleven other samples must be put down as from ' undefined localities.'

LEAD ORES.

The smelter returns from the output of several of the auriferous quartz workings
in the Yukon, having been found to be slightly above that indicated by the test assays,
it was deemed advisable to determine the lead content of such as were thought might be
plumbiferous. To that end, some .378 samples were analysed. Of that number,

20 contained only traces of lead.

GO " less than one per cent of lead.

11 " more than one, but less than two per cent.

17 " " two, " three jser cent.

10 " " three, " four per cent.

12 " '■ four, " five per cent.
5 " " five per cent, while

219 contained no lead whatever.

168 MIXES BRAXCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915
LIMESTONES.

During the year, filty-two samples of limcstone> and dolomites have been analysed
by Mr. Leverin.

Nineteen samples were from the following named quarries in the vicinity of St.
John, N.B.:—

i. Charles Miller's, two samples; one of blue, and one of yellow limestone,
ii. Stetson and Cutter's, four samples; three of blue limestone, and one of white

dolomite,
iii. Purdy and Green's, two samples of blue limestone,
iv. Kandolph and Baker's, seven samples; three of blue, two of white, and one

of yellow limestone, and one of white dolomite.

V. From DruryCove, three samples of blue limestone.

vi. From Green Head, one sample of altered limestone.

The remaining thirty-two samples were collected by Mr. Frechette, from the under-
mentioned localities in western Quebec : —

Pontiac county, lot 26, range I, of Clarendon.

an island at Portage du Fort.
'• quarry at Portage du Fort.

Car^jwell's quarry, at Bryson (2 samples).

lot 4, range VIII, of Clarendon.
" lot "8, range I, of Clarendon.

" on C. N". E. property, at Bristol.

" lot 12, range III, of Onslow.

Wright county, quarries at Hull; at Ste. Cecile de Mashani; at Farro;tu:>; and
at Paugan Falls.

Ottawa county, lot 39, rangs VIII. of Aylwin.
" lot 16, range III, of Aylwin.

" lots 6 and 7, range VI, of Aj'lwin.

Labelle county, from bed of Lievre river at Masson.

Argenteuil county, lot 21, range I, of Harrington. .

"10, " VIII, of Grenville.

" 15, " IX, of. Grenville.

" 7, " IV, of Grenville.

" 15, " III, of Grenville.
" quarry near Calumet.

'' lot 17, range IV (Lanes Purchase), north of Lachute.

" quarry one-half mile south of Lachuto.

" quarry at Carillon.

" from Ottawa river between Gushing and Stinofield.

(And one .sample from the Ontario end of the dam at Carilloii.)

Terrebonne county, from P. Sanche's quarrv, .3 miles N.E. of Ste. Thercsc.
" 'from a quarry at Ste. Thcrese.

" from a T|uarry oi\r-half mile south of Sfi^. Tl i r* -(\

" from a pnint 2 miles west of Piedmont.

Laval r-ounty, from N. Bruiicrs quarry, near St. Vincent <\v Tai'l.

Mr. Fn'r-liottf':* r^ollfction comprised some 110 sanmlo-^; b"t the ana'.vsrs nf tho
above 32 only had been completed within the time covered by this summary.

.sf.i/.i/.)/.') inn'oiiT 158

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

MOLYUDEMTE.

Three samples of this mineral have been examined. One was from lots 7 and 8
of range II of Eardhy township, Vontiaf r-ounty; and two from the west half of lot
L'8, concession IV, of Bagot, Keufrcw county, Ontario.

NIC'Kr.r, AND COHALT OIIKS.

Eight samples — one each from —

(i) A point 1 mile from tide water, on the east side of King street, St.

Stephen, N.B.
(ii) Calumet island, Pontiac county, (Juc.
(iii) Sesekinika lake, Ont., and
{W) Im I'O, concossions III an<l TV of P>;m<)t fown-hin, 1'. nfrow coimty,

Ont., and
Four from unspecified localities.

ROCK AND MINERAL ANALYSES.

AVith the continued augmentation of the staff of both the Geological Survey and
Mines Branches of the Department of Mines, there has been a gradual increase in the
number of specimens of rocks and minerals sent for exhaustive chemical analysis.

Mr. ~M. F. Connor and ^Ir. N. L. Turner have koth been carrying on this class
of work, Mr. Connor's whole time being devoted to it, while ^Mr. Turner has been
called upon to do other work from time to time.

Even with the service of two chemists available, it is not possible to issue reports
as soon as the collectors of the samples desire.

It has accordingly happened on more than one occasion that summary, or other,
reports have either been delayed, or have been issued in an incomplete condition.

It would appear that additional assistance in this class of work will soon be
demanded.

During 1914, analyses of the following have been completed ami reported, and
work upon others commenced : —

Six feldspars from Ottawa county, Quebec, as follows: —

(i) (VHricn mine, lot '21, ran.c-e VT. of West Portland township.
(ii) Villeneuve mine (microcline), lot 21, range I, of Villeneuve.
(iii) Villeneuve mine, (albite. peristerite), lot 21, range I, of Villeneuve.
(iv) Leduc mine (amazonitf\ cnst hnlf of lot 25, range VIII. of Wake-
field township.

(v) Leduc mine, second sample.

(vi) Pearson mine, lot i:*., range XII, of Burkingham township.

Three feldspars from Saguenay county, Quebr'.

(vii) Canadian Feldspar Company's mine at ^Manicnnagan bay.

(viii) Lac Pied du Monts mines, at Lac Pied du ^Nfonts Ctwn samples).

Two feldspars from Frontenac county, Ontario.

(ix) Gamey mine, on lot 5, concession XIII, of Portland township,
(x) Kichardson mine, lot 1, concession II, of Bedford township.

One feldspar from Lanark county, Ohtnrio, from —

(xi) Silver Queen, or Smith mine, situated on east half of lot 13, con-
cession V, of North Burgess.

160 MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

The foregoing twelve samples were all collected by Mr. H. S. de Schmid, of the
Mines Branch staif.

(xii) Kesidual red clay, collected by Mr. R. G. McConnell, on Texada
island, 13. G.

(xiii) Muscovite granite, from one-fourth mile southwest of Larder river,
and one-fourth mile below its junction with Ross Meadow brook, N.S.

(xiv) Biotite granite, from a point a mile and a half north of Wallaback
lake, .N.S.

The two immediately foregoing were collected by Mr. W. J, Wright, of the
Geological Survey.

(xv) Quartz diorite.
(xvi) Granodiorite.
(xvii) Pulaskite.
(xviii) Dike.

One sample of each of the foregoing was collected in the Beaverdell district of
British Columbia by Mr. L. Reinecke, of the Geological Survey,
(xix) Analcite rock, and
(xx) Analcite crystals.

Collected by Mr. J. D. Mackenzie, of the Geological Survey staff, on section 3,
township G, range 4, west of 5th meridian.

(xxi) Silt, from Thompson river, near Ducks, B.C.
Collected by Dr. R. A. Daly.

(xxii) Six rocks, collected by Mr. 0, E. Leroy, of the Geological Survey
Branch, at Franklin, B.C., as follows : —
Monzonite.
Minette.
Syenite.

Felspathic pyroxenite.
Basalt.
Trachyte,
(xxiii) Six specimens from Kyoquot sound, Vancouver island, collected
by Mr. C. H. Clapp.

(xxiv) Three rocks from the Mount Royal tunnel in the city of Montreal,
collected by Professor J. A. Bancroft, of McGill University, were fully
analysed, and a partial analysis and a preliminary report made upon six
others from the same locality.

(xxv) A slightly pyritiferous argillite from an undefined locality in
New Brunswick — sample submitted by Honourable James Domville.

AVATERS.

In addition to the work done in water investigation, as already referred to. five
waters have been qualitatively examined.

Two were from Ontario; one sample being taken from a boring 175 feet deep,
near Pendleton, and another from a spring on lot (?), concession I, of Alfred, both
in Prescott county'.

One sample was sent by INIr. W. B. Nicholson, of Gilbert Plains, ]\[;initoba.

A sample sent from llayter. Alberta, was thought by the sender to be indicative
of oil, but examination proved that this was not the case.

The fifth .sample examined was collected at Refuge cove, on the west coast of
Vancouver island, by Mr. Charles Clapp, of the Geological Survey staff.

SUMMAIiY REPORT 161

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

ZINC ORES.

Dctonuinntions of zinc were niiule in two samples submitted.

One wa3 collected by Mr. E. Lindcmf-n, of the Mines Branch staff, at East Bay
mine, iu Cape Breton county, N.S.; the other was submitted by Mr. G. C. Mackenzie
a<s an umpire sample of certain of the zinc ores abounding at or near Nelson, B.C.

MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS.

Under this heading is grouped a wide variety of materials, some of which are of
more tlian passing interest, but on account of the meagre information furnished
cannot be made use of.

Sand, bricks, clay (supposed pigment), mica, shale, m;irl, silt, graphitic rock,
meteorite, are some of the materials included here. Twenty-four such samples were
examined.

Some 882 specimens of various kinds have thus been accounted for, and the
work upon them completed and reported.

In carrying out the necessary practical work, the three assistants, Mr. 'M. F.
Connor, B.Sc, Mr. II. A. Leverin, Ch.E., and Mr. N. L. Turner, M.A., have given
close attention to the duties assigned them, and their work has been highly com-
mendable.

26a— 11

5 GEORGE V, SESSIONAL PAPER P4o. 26a A. 1915

REPORT OF THE DIVISION OF MINERAL RESOURCES AND STATISTICS.

John McLeish, ^

Chief of Division.

A preliminary report on the Mineral Production of Canada, during the calendar
year 1914, has already been completed, and separately published, and will be included
as an appendix to this report.

The work of this division, which has been described in previous Summary Reports,
consists chiefly in the annual collection of statistics of mining and metallurgical
production, and the compilation and publication of reports thereon.

The period covered by the statistical record is the calendar year, the twelve months
ending December 31. Thus, in January, 1914, schedules were distributed to mining
companies throughout Canada, requesting returns of production during the calendar
year 1913. In many cases the mine operators have not the information available until
several weeks, or even months, after the close of the year. However, sufScient infor-
mation was available to complete a preliminary report, which was sent to press during
the last week in February, and was distributed during the following week. The
preparation of the complete and final reports was then undertaken. A revised edition
of the report on Economic Minerals and Mining Industries of Canada was prepared
for distribution at the Panama Pacific Exposition. The usual lists of mine and quarry
operators were compiled, including, for the first time, a list of non-metal mine operators,
and a list of sand and gravel operators.

It is with the deepest regret that we have to record the loss, by death, of Mr. Cosmo
T. Cartwright, Assistant Mining Engineer in this Division. Mr. Cartwright died in
Kingston, October 27, after having been in failing health from about the middle of
August. For several years, Mr. Cartwright has prepared the special chapters in the
annual statistical report on the production of Gold, Silver, Copper, Lead, Nickel, and
Zinc, and had just completed his report covering the year 1913. Being a man of the
highest integrity and personal honour, his passing is deeply deplored by his associates,
and as he was particularly well informed concerning the mining industry in western
Canada his loss has been a severe one to the Division. No matter how capable his
successor, it will require considerable experience to render equivalent service.

The writer, together with Mr. Cartwright, attended the annual convention of the
Canadian Mining institute in Montreal, March 4 to 0, in the interests of the Division,
and, as usual, a short paper was presented on the Mineral Production of Canada during
1913. A visit was paid to Sydney, N.S., April 14 to 17, and an illuMrated paper on
certain phases of the mining industry was presented to the Mining Society of Nova
Scotia. Through the court<?sy of the Dominion Steel Corporation, the iron and steel
plant at Sydney, and several of the collieries in the district were visited, subsequently,
several days were spent at New Glasgow, Halifax, and Truro.

On September 25, I received notification of my appointment as member of a special
committee to investigate certain' points in connexion with the iron mining industry
in Canada, and from that date to the close of the year a good deal of my own time was
taken up with the work of that committee.

The publication as advance chapters of separate parts of the final report on
mineral production was again continued; and in pursuance of this plan, five separate
chapters were completed on the dates shown in the following list.

26a— Hi

164 MIXES BRAyCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915
REPORTS A>"D LISTS OF MINE OPERATORS COMPLETED FOR PUBLICATION DURING THE YEAR.

Reports: —

Preliminary Report on the Mineral Production of Canada during the

calendar year 1913 — February 24.
The Production of Iron and Steel in Canada during^the calendar year 1913

—July 14.
The Production of Coal and Coke in Canada during the calendar year 1913

—July 27.
The Production of Copper, Gold, Lead, Xickfl, Silver, Zinc and other metals

in Canada during the calendar year 1913 — July 30.
The Production of Cement, Lime, Clay Products, Stone and other struc-
tural materials in Canada during the calendar year 1913 — August 24.
A General Summary of the Mineral Production of Canada during the

calendar year 1913 — September 4.
Annual Eeport on the Mineral Production of Canada during the calendar

year 1913 — September 9.
Economic Minerals and Mining Industries of Canada, Panama Pacific

Edition 1914— October 19.

Lists of Mine and Quarry Operators: —

List of Coal Mine Operators in Canada — June 6.

List of Mines in Canada (other than metal mines, coal mines, stone quarries,

clay plants, etc.) — July 21,
List of Manufacturers of Clay Products, of Sand-Lime Brick and of Cement

in Canada — September 22.
List of Stone Quarry Operators in Canada — October 5.
List of Lime Kilns in Canada — October 6.
List of Operators of Sand and Gravel pits or deposits — October 14.

The correspondence of the division during the year comprised about 9,870 letters
and circulars sent out, and 3,868 received. The amount of work involved in the
compilation of statistics of production, imports and exports; the preparation and
revision of lists of operators; the writing and checking of reports; indexing of mining
literature, and of the incorporation of mining companies, together with other routine
work of the division, has increased very greatly during the pait few years. During
1914, the assistance of one temporary clerk was secured, namely, from November 20
to the end of the year.

Much time is taken up in the preparation of information for correspondents and
others respecting the mining industries and mineral resources of the country: an
endeavour being made in all cases, so far as the records and rqports of the Depart-
ment will permit, to furniph enquirers with the information required, or to advise
Ihem where it may be obtained.

During 1014, and particularly after the outbreak of the war, a considerable
"numhcr of inquiries have been received relative to the mineral resources of Canada,
and more especially with regnrd to possible supplies of bnrytes. celestitc or strontium
pulphTte. chromite, infusorial earth, magnesite, molybdenite, etc.

The war had an immediate effect in the dislocation of commerce; the closinir of
market exchanges involving the temporary cessation of metal and mineral quotations,
all of which seriously restricted the output, and accentuated the decrease in pro-
duction, which wns already expected, as a result of the financial stringency of 1013,
and the culmination of land and other speculation.

So soon, however, as control of the sea was demonstrated, market quotations and
trading were resumed at r(^duced prices.

SVMilAh'Y h'Kl'ORT 165

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

The continuance of the war increased the demand for many jjietals such as
copper, lead, zinc, antimony, molybdcuum, etc., the prices of which rapidly rose to
levels equal to, or higher than, those previously prevailing.

In view of the dependence of the Empire upon German and European sources
for such products as potixsli salts, coal tar dyes, and other coal tar by-products,
cyanide salts, magnesito, kieselguhr, and other mineral products, both natural and
manufactured, the war has demonstrated the desirability of the development, as far
as possible within the Empire, of those various mineral and metal resources, not
cnly the ores, but also the refined products, now so essential to the nation's life.

The war's demands for iron and steel products has given considerable stimulus
to Canadian iron and steel plants at a time when the demands of the general com-
mercial market were approaching a minimum. It is reported that arrangements
have already been made for tlie recovery of toluol and benzol at the coke oven by-
product plant at Sydney, and there is every evidence that the mining and
metallurgical industries are being stimulated in many directions.

5 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a A. 1915

TTTLLOKKST ^NflXK DTSASTKR.

T. r;. S. TIldson.

On the morninp: of June 11>, li)14, a violent explosion occurred in the underground
workings of the Tlillcrest Colliery. Alberta, causing the death of ISO men; the worst
disaster in the history of coal mining in Canada. When the press notices of the
explosion, and the appalling loss of life appeared, the Deputy !^[inister of Mines
instructed me to proceed to Hillcrest without delay, and to render any assistance in my
power to the Inspector of Mines for that Province; to the management of the Coal
Company; and to the representatives of the workmen employed. My written instru-
ctions were as follows: —

Office of the Deputy Minister,

Ottawa, June 20, 1914.
J. G. 8. lliDsox, Esq.,

Mines Branch, Department of Mines,
Ottawa.

Dear Sir, — You are instructed to proceed at once to Hillcrest, Alberta, to
investigate the recent appalling disaster at the Hillcrest collieries. You will
obtain as full an account of the disaster as possible, with all obtainable facts
bearing upon its cause, severity, and consequences. For this purpose you will be
present at the incjuest. If there is any assistance which you can render the
Provincial or other authorities in meeting the overwhelming situation created
by this catastrophe, you will place your services at their disposal.

Yours truly,

E. W. Brock.

On receipt of these instructions I left Ottawa on Saturday night, June 20, and
arrived at Hillcrest, Alberta, on Wednesday morning, June 24, 1914, and at once
proceeded to the Hillcrest mine, where I met Mr. John T. Stirling, Chief Inspector
of Mines, Province of Alberta; his Deputy Inspectors of Mines; Mr. I. C Roberts,
Mining Engineer of the United States Bureau of Mines, Denver, Colorado; the
General Manager of the colliery, Mr. John Brown ; and other officials, and with them
proceeded to make an inspection of the underground workings of the mine. After
repeated visits, I cannot add any new evidence of importance to that submitted in my
first report, which is as follows: —

Frank, Alberta, July 13, 1914.
R. W. Brock, Esq.,

Deputy Minister of Mines,

Department of Mines, Ottawa.
Sir, — We have travelled and examined all that part of the mine wherever
the men met their death, either from tlic violence of the explosion or from
poisoning by gas formed after the explosion occurred.

Many parts of the mine show very heavy disruptive force. This is
especially noticeable where the levels or other working places required timbering;
where the roof of the mine was loose; in haulage landings where mine cars were
assembled; and the almost total demolition of the stoppings placed in the mine
to condXict the ventilating currents to the working faces.

167

168 AflNES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

The Hillcrest mine has a remarkably good natural roof, having only a sitiall
portion of what is locally known as cap-rock, that is, a rock between the coal and
the characteristic rock forming the roof. It is extremely doubtful if the good
roof had not been so strong, whether the larger part of the mine would have ever
been regained. It would have been extremely difficult to recover the bodies of
the men within so short a time, for on the Saturday following the explosion
(which occurred 9.30 A.M. Friday) the greater number of the men who perished
were taken out of the mine. As you would anticipate from the fact that in the
Hillcrest disaster more men lost their lives than in any previous mine explosion
in Canada, a great many mining men were attracted to the scene of the
explosion, to ascertain the cause thereof, as the Hillcrest mine was considered
one of the best mines in the Crowsnest Pass district.

The usual reports as to the condition of the mine were in order, and on the
morning of the explosion there was not an unusual amount of inflammable gas
in the mine reported, when the geological formation and heavy angle of
inclination at which the seams lie — as in the case of all the mines in the district
— are taken into account. In most cases the workings have been started from a
level in the mountain side, but at a later date have gone down to the deep, and
are under a heavy pressure from the superincumbent strata. These conditions
are conducive to exudation of gas, and possible accumulation of coal dust; both
conditions of which are now recognized as sources of danger and liability to
sudden explosions.

In our inspection of the underground workings, any indications which were
found were very contradictory as showing the exact locality where the initial
point of ignition took place. This applies also to the disruptive force —
demonstrated by the evidence — on mine timber, mine cars, and ventilating
stoppings which were in many cases demolished. In one instance an air receiver
3 feet 6 inches in diameter x 9 feet 0 inches long, was carried a distance of 220
feet along the level. The force of the explosion was of great violence at the
mine openings, and ventilating fan exits.

At the mouth of one of the slopes the haulage engine house built of concrete
8 inches thick, was blown in; mine cars on the surface were broken, and flung
about, and large volumes of smoke and dust were ejected.

On being notified of the disaster, the mine rescue car of the Alberta Depart-
ment of Mines, stationed at Blairmore, was hurried to the scene of the explosion,
with oxygen breathing apparatus, and other appliances, which were of great
service, and demonstrated, without any question of a doubt, that the expenditure
of money in this equipment was perfectly justifiable.

As in most coal mining accidents, the number of volunteers who offered
their services for the recovery of the bodies was without limit; and they rendered
assistance which cannot, in many cases, be even acknowledged, since their names
were not even known. Many cases of individual bravery can be recorded. In
one case, a man re-entered the mine after getting out safely, to try and rescue
his two sons, but was unsuccessful, and perished. Another fire boss got
out safely from his section of the mine, and went back in the first rescue
party, though he had lost two brothers and three cousins. Very many cases
such as these might be cited, and goes to show that in cases of emergency, good
men always come forward for the rescue parties.

After the explosion, one part of the mine was on fire, but by well directed
energy and hard work the individual fires were got under control, thus saving
much anxiety, and allowing the rescue parties to proceed with their search
work and recovery of the bodies.

As soon as possible after identification and burial of the bodies, relief
committees were formed to look after the women and children left dependent.

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

suiiMAiiv i:i:i'(>in' i69

The official record of the iiu'ii who lost their lives, due to the explosion,
is as follows : —

Number of men who entered the mine on the ninrniii'^ of June

19, 1914 237

Number of men rcscueii 48

Bodies identified ISl

Bodies unidentilied 0

Bodies still in the mine (July 13, 1911) 2

Total number of men killed 189

It has been a very difficult matter to determine the actual number of
widows and children dependent on the mine workers who lost their lives in the
explosion, since quite a large number were from European countries. And it
will take some time before the Consuls representing the respective countries
can communicate with the proper authorities; but so far it is certain that
there are S9 widows and lOG children. ^Much appreciation was expressed that
the Dominion Government acted so promptly, and with such liberality in
voting the sum of $50,000 for the relief of the widows and children. The
Government of Alberta have also appropriated $20,000 for the same object,
and substantial sums were contributed by corporations and private individuals.

Under the statute laws of the Province of Alberta, the Workman's Com-
pensation Act provides that the Ilillcrest Coal Company are liable for com-
pensation to the relatives of the men who lost their lives.

1 am of opinion that very few mining men would reach a unanimous
decision as to the direct cause of the explosion. No direct evidence can
be produced as to what actually did take place. All the men who could have
given comprehensive statements of facts are dead, so that the findings of the
inquiry has, necessarily, to be based on theoretical assumptions, and not on
actual facts.

The following is a copy of the official report of the Investigation Com-
mission:—

"REPORT OF THE COMMISSION APPOINTED FOR THE
INVESTIGATION AND ENQUIRY INTO THE CAUSE AND EFFECT
OF THE HILLCREST MINE DISASTER.

" Calgary, October 20, 1914.

" TnE Honourable Charles Stewart,
Minister of Public Works,

Edmonton, Alberta.

" Sir, — I have the honour to submit herewith, my report based upon the
evidence taken at the enquiry into the Hillcrest Mine disaster, in pursuance of
the power vested in me by the Commission bearing date the 24th day of June
A.D, 1914. I would ask you to be good enough to place the report before the
Lieutenant Governor in Council.

" The hearing of the evidence was begun by me on the 2nd day of July of
this year and continued until the 11th day of that month inclusive. The very
fullest opportunity was given to the public as well as to all parties interested, to
give under oath any evidence or information t|;iey desired to give, and throughout
the enquiry it was constantly intimated by me that no one who desired to give

170 MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V. A. 1915

evidence would be denied that opportunity, and further that if any one could
give the names of any parties whose evidence, in their opinion, would be of
any assistance to the Commission, wpon the handing in of the names of such
parties to the counsel appearing for the Government, they would be at once
summoned before the Commission and required to give evidence.

"All the evidence available was taken and what might be said to be a fairly
thorough inspection of that part of the mine where the explosion was supposed to
have occurred, was made by the Commission.

" The report has been delayed owing to not having received the result of the
tests of coal dust that were to be made by the United States Bureau of Mines,
which tests it was agreed by counsel should be taken into consideration in making
this report.

" In addition to Mr. W. M. Campbell, I^.C, who appeared on behalf of the
Government of the Province, Mr. Colin !M!acleod acted for the owners of the
mine, Mr. J. R. Palmer for the Miners' Union, and Mr. A. J. Kappalle, of
Vancouver, for the Royal Italian consul, representing the Italian subjects who
were among the victims of the disaster.

"I am forwarding under separate cover the evidence taken at the enquiry,
together with the various exhibits put in in evidence.

" I have the honour to be. Sir,

" Your obedient servant,

" A. A. Carpenter,

" Commissioner.

" The explosion in the mine of the Hillcrest Collieries, Limited, occurred,
according to the evidence taken at the inquiry, at about 9. .30 o'clock in the
morning of the 19th of June this year. At the time of the explosion there were
235 employees of the company in the mine. Of these, 189 perished, the only ones
saved being those in the northerly portion of the mine, in the workings of what
is referred to as Number 1 North Level, where the effect of the explosion was
but slightly felt.

" The scope of this inquiry was by the terms of the Commission, to determine
as far as possible the cause and effect of this disaster. To follow out the objects
of the enquiry, the possible causes of an explosion in a mine of this kind have
first to be considered. It is then necessary to arrive as far as possible at the
actual condition of the mine immediately prior to the explosion both in regard
to the ventilation of the mine, the presence of gas, the condition of the mine in
regard to dust, and the character of that dust as regards explosiveness, and any
other conditions that might give rise to or contribute to the cause of the
explosion. It is also necessary to consider what care the officials of the mine had
exercised prior to the explosion, both in the supervision of their employees and
generally in the operation and working of the mine. Finally the nature and
seat of the explosion, if possible, must be determined.

" In general it may be said that with the exception of what is known as a
blown-out shot, all mine explosions must originate with the ignition of gas. In
the case of a blown-out shot, however, dust may be ignited directly, and given
dust in sufficient (|uantities and of a sufficiently cxploi<ive charactcT, an explosion
may result, and a blown-out shot, may of course, result in ignition of the gas.
Apart from this, the ignition of gas may be caused in a number of ways. An
open flame such as from a match or a naked lamp, a defective safety lamp, the
spark from a pick or tool, or the sparking of electric wires or motors may be said
to be the most common causes of the ignition of gas in a mine. A fall of rock

si 1/1/ I A' I inil'itltr 171

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

of such a character a.s will ix'wo. oflF a spark upon fallinpr, and which draws down
with it a pocket of pas may also cause this ignition. The mere ignition of gas
liow(>vt>r. <Io(<s not iiecossarily lead to a niiii<> cxplosifni. A gn at deal will depend
on the explosive character of the firedamp, and the condition of the mine air
and workings in respect of gas, dust and moisture.

" As reglirds the possibility of the Hillcrest explosion being originated by a
blown-out shot, it is agreed by all the witnesses, that that cause may bo eliminated
in the jirestMit en<iniry. All shots in the mine are fired by the cxaminrr by
mean.- of an electric battery and eahlc. and the examiner who aloup woidd have
fired the shots in that portion of the mine where the explosion did occur was
found with the firing cable wound around his body and the battery key in his
pocket. The other examiner on duty in the mine was nmonL' tlio<i- in tlu;
workings of Number 1 North Level, all of whom were saved.

"In this mine no naked lights are allowed, the lamp in use being the Wolf
Safety i.anii>, and tluse lamps arc cxaniincd Ity the exainiiifr lii-fon' lifiiitr ^'iven
out to the men. and were on the morning of the explosion examined by the two
examiners on duty at that time. At the same time a safety lamp may become
defective through improper handling, as for instance if it is not held erect and
comes in contact with the flame, the glass may break, or it may be broken by
means of a pick or some tool or by a fall or rock. The probabilities are against
a defective safety lamp being the origin of this explosion, but that possibilit.^
cannot be elminated.

"The lighting of a match is a cause which also cannot be eliminated. It
is a contravention of The Mines Act for men to take matches, pipes or tobacco
into a mine of this character, and the management of the mine have the right to
search the men for such articles before they go down into the mine, but whether
such a search was made or not in this case there is no evidence. Both in this
case and in the case of a defective safety lamp the personal equation must
largely come in, and it must be remembered that a case of carelessness or fool-
hardiness on the part of any one employed in such a mine may result in an
appalling disaster.
"^ " With regard to a fall of rock such as has been mentioned, obviously no

conclusion can be arrived at. The rock formation in this mine is the same as at
Bellevue. where some four years ago, a number of explosions, the origin of which
was attributed to the sparking erriittcd upon such a fall, occurred. Evidence was
given by two witnesses, (pages 57, 58 and 199 in the evidence) that they had seen
a fall of rock cause sparks, some four years ago, in the old working of this
mine.

" There is also evidence given as to the striking of sparks by a pick. Given
a proper mixture of gas and air an ignition might follow from such a cause.

"As to the sparking of electric wires or motors, there were three electric
pumps in Number 2 slope, placed respectively one hundred and thirty feet, nine
hundred feet and fifteen hundred feet down the slope and the cables for driving
these pumps ran down this slope. The report of the electrician shows that the
wires were properly insulated and whatever the effect might be from the danger
of these cables and pumps, with the system of ventilation that apparently
prevailed in this instance, there is no suggestion that the explosion originated in
Number 2 slope and that cause of ignition may, I think, be eliminated.

" The question of the ventilation of the mine is manifestly one of great
importance to be considered in connection with this investigation. There U
always a certain amount of gas being generated from the coal in a mine of this
description, particularly from the working faces, and it is through the proper
ventilation of the mine and the proper direction of the air currents, that this

172 MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

gas is carried off, freeing those working places from the undue presence of gas
which otherwise would constitute a constant menace to the safety of the mine.

" The exact details of the ventilation system of thiii mine were known only
to the Mine Manager, Mr. Quigley, and the Overman, Mr. Taylor, and both of
these officials were among the victims of the disaster. Under the provisions of
the Alberta Mines Act the mine operators are not required to keep in their office
a plan of the ventilation system of the mine, our Act therein differing from the
Coal Minos Act of Great Britain, which makes it obligatory upon the company
to keep such a plan in its office. Consequently there was no plan kept of this
ventilation system, and as a consequence of the death of these officials, the only
evidence that was available in this regard was that of the surviving examiners.
At the enquiry a plan of the mine was produced and upon it the examiners
traced as nearly as they could the direction of the air currents in their respective
districts. While the production of a plan of the ventilation system, as is
required to be kept under the provisions of the British Act, would have beyond
doubt been more satisfactory, I think on the whole, the evidence of the
examiners presents a fairly accurate idea of the ventilation system of this mine.

" By way of explanation, it may be said that there are two entrances to the
Hillcrest mine, one called the Eock tunnel, leading to Number 1 slant or slope,
and to the new slant, and the other, which is designated as Number 2 slope or
slant. All the coal from the workings above or rather east and south of Number
1 slant, is taken up through the Rock tunnel and this part of the mine for the
sake of convenience is referred to as Number 1 Mine, while the coal from all the
other portions of the mine is taken up the Number 2 slant or slope, and these
portions of the mine are, for the same reason, referred to as Number 2 Mine.
In reality, however, all the workings are connected and comprise but one mine.

" There were two fans employed in the ventilation of the mine. One, an
electrically driven fan of the Sheldon-Sirocco type, placed a little to the south
of the Rock Tunnel, acted as an exhaust fan, while the other, a steam driven fan,
located a little to the north of tlie entrance to Number 2 slope, was used as n
forcing fan. This latter fan, at the time of the accident, was forcing the air
into the workings of that part of the mine known as Number 1 North Level.
The return air from Number 1 North Level, apparently joined the intake air
going down Number 2 slope. These combined currents travelled dovra this slope
to Number 2 South Level, along the level to the face, returning back along the
working faces of Number 2 South, to Room 31, and thence to the exhaust fan
through an overcast over the new slant, after ventilating the working places of
Number 1 South Level. Another current passed down Number 1 slant, return-
ing along the counter, after having ventilated the places in the level off this
slant, and the places above the slant where the pillars were being extracted. The
current going through the Eock Tunnel to some extent split at the junction of
this tunnel with Number 1 slant and the new slant, a portion travelling down
the new slant as far as a stopping at about the second cross-cut in Room 31.
That this current, however, did not play any important part in the ventilation of
the mine may be judged by the fact that no measurement apparently was ever
takpn of the air passing down the new slant. The evidence was that a certain
amount of this current leaked through this stopping into Room 31, and from
these joined the air current ventilating the workings of Number 1 South Level.

" The workings below Number 2 slope as far down as Number 3 South Level
according to the plan marked by the Examiners appear to have been ventilated,
at least to some extent, by a split of the air current down Number 2 slope, but
below Number 3 South Level, the workings were ventilated by means of com-
pressed air and it was almost universally agreed, I think, that the use of com-
pressed air for ventilation purposes in a mine of this character, was objectionable.

SUMMAIiY REPORT 173

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

" The turniiif; of the return nir current from Number 1 North Level, in with
the intake current travelling down Number 2 slope and used to ventilate the
balance of the workinijs of Ntnnl)(>r 2 niino. was si'vercly criticized by Mr.
Fraser, the expert witness for the miners and )).y others, owing to the fact that
this would mean tliat air already vitiated through the ventilation of one portion
of the mine, would be turned in to mix with the fresh curr(?nt of air used to
ventilate another part of the mine. It is true that there was an overcast crossing
Number 2 slope, a little above the junction of this slope and Number 1 South
Level, and had the return air from Number 1 North Level, been carried through
this overcast to the surface no objection in regard to this part of the ventilation
system could have been raised, and it was at least suggested by counsel for the
Company, that this overcast was probably in use at the time of the explosion.
The evidence however, I think, is clear, that this overcast was not being used at
that time, and it seems to have been a fact that this return current from Number
1 North Level, did travel down Number 2 slope and from there along with the
intake current down the slope through the other portion of the workings of
Number 2 mine.

" Measurements of the quantity of air taken into the mine at the different
intakes are made once a week by the Overman, and the last of these measure-
jients before the disaster, was taken on the 16th of June. On that day, these
measurements show that 14,500 cubic feet of air per minute were being forced
into the workings of Number 1 North Level, 24,000 cubic feet were being taken
in down the Number 2 slope and 54,600 cubic feet were being drawn down
Number 1 slant. The conclusion Mr. Fraser arrived at, seems to be that in
taking the volume of air coming down Number 2 slope at 24,000 cubic feet, the
Overman had included the return air from Number 1 North Level. I cannot
come to this conclusion my«,elf. To do so would I think be to impute a species
of fraud to this oflBcial and a manifest attempt on his part to give a false idea of
ventilation of the mine. I do not think there is anything to warrant the
adoption of such a view. It ii, apparent from the measurements that there was
a sufficient quantity of air passing through the mine, to insure proper . . .
ventilation, provided the air was properly distributed.

" By The Mines Act it is provided that every mine shall be divided into
districts or splits of not more than seventy men in each district and each district
shall be supplied with a separate current of fresh air. There was a very con-
siderable difference of opinion as to the definition of the word " split." Mr.
Fraser adopted the view that the term as used, has the same meaning as the
term "ventilation district" used in the Eritish Coal Klines Act. and. as to
Number 2 mine, it was suggested by him that Number 1 North Level, and
Number 2 South Level, were both on the same split On the other hand Mr.
Drinnan, the company's expert, was inclined to give a much wider, or at least a
more vague, interpretation of the term, and, in his opinion. Number 1 North
Level, and Number 2 South Level, comprised two distinct splits. Mr. Brown,
the company's manager, was of much the same opinion, and 1 might say here
that if the return current from Number 1 North Level, travelled through the
overcast, ovel" Number 2 slope, there would be no possible doubt but that there
were two distinct districts or splits in Number 2 mine. I am distinctly under
the impression, however, that at least the intention of the Alberta Act was that
the term "district" or "split" should receive the same meaning as the term
" ventilation district " in the British Coal Mines Act.

"Assuming for the moment that there were two distinct splits in .Nuniiier 2
mine, it still seems that there were considerably more men employed in these
workings than the Act sanctions. It is to be regretted that the reports kept by

174 MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

the company do not give very definite information as to the number of men
employed in the various parts of the mine. The explanation given was that
the men, with the exception of the miners, are often moved from one part of the
mine to another. This is quite conceivable, and is indeed undoubtedly the case,
but without more definite track being kept of the whereabouts of the men than
was apparently done here, it is difficult to see how the section of The Mines Act
limiting the number of men in each district or split, can be observed.

" The estimate of Mr. Eraser, as to the number of men employed in
Xumber 2 mine, exclusive of Number 1 North Level, in view of the evidence,
is, I think, excessive. It is impossible to fix exactly the number of men
employed in N umber 2 mine at the time of the disaster. The rescue parties,
as may be readily conceived, paid little attention to the location where the
bodies of the victims were found, and even the location of the bodies would
not be conclusive in this regard, as there is little doubt but that many of the
men, after the explosion, left their working places, in an attempt to escape,
before they succumbed to the effect of the afterdamp.

"According to the figures submitted by the company as shoving the
number of men checked into the mine on the morning of the dia^'«ter, th.'re
were fifty-nine men in Number 1 mine and one hundred and sevtnty-six in
Number 2 mine. All of the men in Number 1 North Level, forty six in
number, were saved, so that in the remaining portion of Number 2 mine the
company's figures would show that there were one hundred and thirty men.
The evidence bears out, however, the company's explanation that the men were
moved about the mine after being sent into it, as while the figures show that
there were three tracklayers in Number 2 mine, and none in Number 1 mine,
the evidence is that one of these men was killed in Number 1 mine Again,
while there is no strict evidence on the point, it appears that the number of
buckers found in Number 1 mine was very considerably greater than the com-
pany's figures show, I think that possibly an extreme estimate of the men
employed in Number 2 mine apart from Number 1 North Level, would be 120,
and it was probably less. Assuming that there were 120 men there at the time
of the disaster, it will be seen that the quantity of air coming down Number 2
slope would be at least sufficient to allow the required two hundred cubic feet
per man that is required by the Act. It is true that this does not take into
consideration the fact that there were some horses in the mine at the time,
but neither, however, does it take into account the compressed air below
Number 3 South Level, nor the air going down the new slant. On the other
hand, if Number 2 mine was all in one district or split, there would be con-
siderably over the required 200 cubic feet per man. Upon the whole it appears
that while the Act appears to have been violated so far as employing more
than seventy men in a split or district, it is probable that there was a sufficient
volume of air in this portion of the mine to allow the requisite amount per
man as is required by the Act, and the evidence does not warrant any finding
that the noncompliance of the Act in this regard contributed to the explosion.

" It may be taken for granted, I think, that both the ventilating fans
were properly working up to the time of the accident. Any stoppage of the
r-lfctrically driven fan would have been at once noticed by the man in charge
of the switchboard at the power house. So far as the evidence goes it
does not seem that any notice had been given to the steam driven fan for about
half an hour before the occurrence of the explosion. The working of this
fan could be heard by the hoistman in the engine house, provided the window
of the engine house was open, but the fan itself could not be seen from there.
While there is nothing to suggest that this fan was not working at the time

Si'M.UAh'V UKroliT 175

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

of the (iisiistor, and tlie evidence all (ijoes to show that it was, it does seem that
closer oversight should have been kept upon this fan, when its stoppage might
cut off the entire ventilation of one portion of the mine. The nttaehment of
an automatic in<lientor to the fan would avoid any such danger.

"In regard to the turning of the return air from Number 1 North Level
down dumber 2 slope, the weight of evidence, I think, goes to show that the
system of ventilation in this regard, if not absolutely objectionable, was at
least not to be commended, but while this is so, there is notliing to show that
this practice contributed any to the cause of the explosion. Neither can it be
said that the ui-e of compressed air in the workings of Number 2 slope below
Number 3 South Level, is accountable in any way for the disaster. It was
practically admitted, I think, that the explosion did not originate in this
portion of the mine.

" With regard to the operation of a hand fan in Number 1 North Level,
and in Number 2 South Level opposite the raises, the evidence shows that the
mine had not been working during the two days immediately prior to the day
of the disaster, and the evidence of the Examiner, William Adlam, is to the
effect that these raises were full of gas. The fan boys who operated the hand
fan went into the mine at the same time as the miners, and consequently it
is to be presumed that after the miners had begun work, if there were men
working at the face of the entries, the gas from the raises would be driven
over tluni, and that such a practice is bad is admitted by a nuniher of expert
witnesses. So far as the question concerns Number 1 North Level, it is of no
importance, as there was no explosion in that part of the mine, and in regard
to Number 2 South Level, it must be Temembered the fan would start to expel
the gas from the raise when the morning shift went on, that is at seven o'clock
in tile morning, and the explosion did not occur until two. and a half hours
afterwards. There is again nothing, I think, to show that the explosion
originated at this point, nor, I think, did any of the witnesses so contend.
And as to the general practice of using these fans, under such conditions, it
must be said that Mr. Hudson, representative of the Dominion Department of
Mines, and a man of wide experience in mining matters, was unwilling to
criticize their use.

" It appears from the evidence, that while the system of ventilation in
some details has, and I think, with some reason, been criticized by some of
the witnesses giving evidence at the inquiry, so far as the men of the mine
were concerned, there seems to have been only one opinion in regard to the
ventilation and that was, that the ventilation was good so far as their own
particular working places were concerned. There was apparently no complaint
whatever by the men in that regard.

" It is true that a month or more before the disaster the conditions were
not so good. Evidence was given that travelling caps, that is the existence of
such an amount of gas in the ventilating current as would show a flame in a
test with a safety lamp, were found. But this condition was before the driving
through of Room 31, and upon the completion of that work, this condition
was remedied. Since that time, and up to the time of the disaster, there had
been no complaints on the part of the men, nor had there been anything that
w'ould indicate any unsatisfactorA- condition in the ventilation of the minf.
The report of the Pit Committee, representing the miners, made on the 18th
of May, just a month before the disaster, sets out that they found the ventila-
tion good and general conditions good, and the evidence is to the effect that
between that time and the time of the disaster there were no circumstances
that would lead any one to believe that the condition of the mine had, in the

176 MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE Vj A. 1915

meantime, undergone any change. Notwithstanding the fact, therefore, that
the sj'stem of ventilation is, as I have said before, in a number of details open
to criticism, the evidence does not warrant me, I think, in attributing the
cause of the explosion to any faulty ventilation of the mine.

" The question of gas in the mine must be intimately connected with the
question of ventilation. At the same time the presence of gas is not neces-
sarily an indication of an inefficient system of ventilation. The accumulation
of gas may arise from the fact that the brattices have not been led up
sufficiently to the faces of the workings and consequently the air current is
not conducted sufficiently near the faces so as to carry away the gas. And in
a mine of this nature it may be said that generally there is always more or
less gas.

" in any mine where inflammable gas has been found within three months,
an inspection of the roadways leading through the mine, and the working
places must, under the provisions of The Alines Act, be made within three
hours before each shift goes to work in the mine. During this inspection a
test is made for gas, and the Examiner makes a report as to the condition of
the mine, such report being recorded in a book kept for that purpose and a
copy of this report is posted up immediately in a conspicuous place at the
mine. The last inspection of this nature, made before the explosion, was by
the Examiner, William Adlam, who went into the mine about ten minutes to
four and came out at twenty minutes past six six o'clock on the morning that
the disaster occurred. His report showed the presence of gas in working places
2, 5, 12, 17, 7, 8 and 43. Of these places, 2, 12 and 17 are in the workings of
Number 1 North Level, 7 and 8 in Numbei* 3 liouth Level, and 5 and 43 in
Number 2 South Level. The Examiner swears that in accordance with his
duties in that regard he fenced off these places so that the miners \tould not
go into them until the gas had been cleared out.

" It is the custom for the brattice men, who attend to the placing of the
brattices, so as to conduct the air current up to the working face and so clear
those places of gas, to go into the mine a half hour or so before the shift goes
in. The Examiner or Examiners on duty at that hour gives or give the orders
based upon the report of the Examiner who has just made his inspection. The
lamps of the brattice men are examined by the Examiners who have gone on
duty, and in this case John Ironmonger swears that he examined the lamps
of the brattice men when going into the mine. It is, I think, only fair to
assume that the brattice men on this morning went in as customary to attend
to the fixing of the brattices so as to rid the mine of the gas indicated in the
Examiner's report. If the brattice men attended to their duties, and it is
only fair to assume they would do so, the mine, with the exception of the
raises, should have been speedily freed of gas.

" I confess that the evidence of Adlam somewhat bewildered me in
regard to the (luantities of gas referred to in his report. My impression from
his evidence given in the first instance was that there were comparatively only
small quantities of gas in the places indicated in his report. Upon his being
recalled his evidence gave me the impression that the quantities of gas were
much greater than his evidence led me to believe in the first instance, and I
am somewhat at a loss to reconcile his different statements in this regard.
Addjitiii;:; liis later statement, it is evident that the raise in Number 1 North
Level, and the raise in Number 2 South Level, were, as he says, full of gas.
With these raises full of gas it does seem that it would have been advisable
that these places should have been cleared before the miners entered the mine.
Such a course at least would have avoided an element of danger that had to
exist if the raises were being cleared after the miners had gone to work. Not-

.9( J/.U.IA'V REPORT 177

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

withstanding, however, that the gas was in the quantities I have mentioned,
Adlum says that ho did not consider that there was an unusual amount of
gas in the mine that morning, and Mr. Hudson, who heard all the evidence,
expressed his opinion that nothing indicated an undue amount of gas at that
time.

" The theory of ^fr. Frasor was that the explosion originated in the
workings of Number 2 South Level. If such were the case, except so far as
it would tend to vitiate the air current going through Number 2 South, the
gas in all the working places but 5 and 43 may be eliminated so far as this
phase of the investigation is concerned. The mine had been idle on the 17th
and ISth of June, the two days immediately before the day of the disaster,
but the ventilation system, with the exception of the working of the hand fans,
was in full operation, and a perusal of the Examiners' reports for those days
shows the mine to have been more than ordinarily free of gas during that
time. There does not seem to be anything in the evidence in regard to the
presence of gas in the mine that assists in leading to any conclusion as to the
cause of the disaster, nor to lead to condemnation of the general system of
ventilation then in use in the mine. ,

" One of the great sources of danger in a mine lies in the presence of
diist, provided tBat dust is of a sufficiently explosive or inflammable nature.
Tlie really dangerous dust is the fine impalpable dust that clings to the roof
and walls and timbers used throughout the mine. This may, if of a sufficiently
explosive character, be ignited' by a blown-out shot or by contact with a flame
of sufficiently high temperature. In the course of an explosion it generates
its own gas and will rapidly spread through a mine where there is sufficient
dust to feed the explosion, but the dust, if sufficiently wet, loses for the time
being its explosive character.

" in regard to the character of the dust in the Hillcrest mine, both
counsel for the mine owners and the miners at the inquiry agreed that I
should avail myself of the result of the tests made by the United States
Bureau of Mines as to the explosibility of samples of dust taken from the
Hillcrest mine. Without adopting any technical language, it may be said
that these tests show that the dust in this mine is of a fairly highly explosive
character and the dust would ignite by a blown-out shot or by an ignited
pocket of gas. It may be said that the general supposition of practically all
of the witnesses at the inquiry wa» that the dust was of this character, so
that the evidence has all been given based upon this supposition, which has
now been confirmed by these tests.

" As to the quantity of dust in the mine, the evidence is to some extent
conflicting. Mr. Aspinall, who was the Government Inspector of Mines for the
district in which the Hillcrest mine is situated, a year or so prior to the
disaster, stated that he would consider this a fairly dusty mine, and in his
report of the 4th of July last year calls attention to the fact that there was
considerable dust in certain places in the mine, but apparently the only
immediate danger that was anticipated from the presence of this dust was
from shot-firing, and it seems that shot-firing was discontinued in the places
complained of. On the other hand the evidence of nearly all of the men
working in the mine who gave evidence was to the effect that prior to the
explosion they would not consider this a dusty mine.

" With tlie exception of Number 1 slant, the main roadways are more or

less wet. Number 1 North Level may be said to be distinctly wet, and so

with Number 2 slope below Number 2 South Level, and this may also be said

to apply to the northern part of Number 2 South Level. One of the means

26a— 12

178 MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

adopted to prevent the spreading of the dust explosions in a mine is by the
watering of and keeping damp the main roadways in a mine, although thi&
system is not universally approved of, as nothing but the thorough soaking of
the dust eliminates the danger. This system of dealing with the dust, how-
ever, has not been adopted in any of the Western Provinces, and it cannot be
said therefore that the company failed in their duty in not adopting such a
course. The main roadways, as I have jiast said, were with some exceptions,,
wet, and it seems to have been the general opinion that the watering of the
rooms and the working faces would be impracticable.

" I do not think that the evidence is such as to show that the company
had any reason to believe that there was a dangerous quantity of dust in this
mine. At the same time it must be remembered that an explosion such as
occurred on the 19th of June, would undoubtedly increase this dust, and
undoubtedly means should be adopted now by the company to eliminate as far
as possible the danger from this dust by removing it as far as practicable from
the mine or adopting any precautions that can be adopted to prevent the
spreading of a dust explosion should it occur. It is needless, I think, to say
that the greatest carp should now be exercised in regard to shot-firing in the
mine. A blown-out shot, as has been pointed out, is the one means of igniting
dust directly, and blown-out shots are by no means uncommon in a mine. It
is very questionable whether shot-firing should not be entirely eliminated
from this mine until the conditions in regard to dust are very much improved
from what they were at the time of this inquiry.

'' Some criticism was made by Mr. Fraser in regard to the kind of
stoppings that were adopted by the management of this mine. It was suggested
that had the stoppings been of a more permanent nature the explosion would
not have spread to the extent that it did. This, however, seems to be a
debatable question, and the evidence shows that the stoppings in this mine
were of the same character as are used in the mines throughout the Western
Provinces. There is nothing in the evidence to lead me to the conclusion that
if the stoppings had been of a different character the* extent of the explosion
would have been curtailed. There is evidence indeed to the effect that sub-
stantial stoppings by first confining the forces developed by the explosion
might have eventually rendered the disaster greater even than it was.

" Apart from the matters I have already dealt with, there does not appear
to be anything in connection with the management of the mine, nor in the
care taken by the company in its operations that could have led or contributed
fin any way to the disaster.

" The initial cause of the explosion does not appear to be ascertainable.
1 have, almost at the outset of this report, mentioned the ordinary causes of
ignition of gas in a mine. Shot-firing having been eliminated, the explosion
must of course have originated from the ignition of gas, but by what means
there has been absolutely no suggestion. Certain of the ordinary causes of
ignition have been or may be eliminated here, but there is no means whatever
of fixing upon which of the remaining causes it was that started the explosion.

" As to its character, Mr. Drinnan was of the opinion that it was almost
entirely a gas explosion, and that dust contributed very little if any to it.
With this exception, however, the expert witnesses all were of the opinion
that it was a gas explosion augmented by the ignition of dust and that dust
played a considerable part if not the greatest part in the explosion. The
finding of n very considerable amount of coked coal dust was one of the facts
that was relied upon by those who advanced this latter theory, and in view
of the re&ult of the tests of the dust T think this view is the most reasonable
one to adopt.

si MM !/.'> nri'OUT 179

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

" It is impoiisiblc alsu to deterinine tho sfut or place of origin of the
explosion. Air. Fraser expressed the opinion that it occurred in the workings
above Number 2 South Ix>vel, but he is unable to point out any exact locality.
The other experts were unable to conie to any conclusion in this regard. In
certain parts of the mine it can be .said tluit the exjjlosion did not originate,
but apparently the place where it did originate cannot be dtU-rmined.

'* It will be seen from the foregoing portions of this report, that the
course adopted by the management of the mine in relation to the ventilation
thereof, and other matters closely related to the question of ventilation, was
apparently either objectionable or at least open to criticism, but the evidence
tloes not go so far as to show that thi> was responsible for the disaster. And
it must be said that Mr. Hudson stated that he would not attempt to criticize
the ventilation of any mine from the plan, and without having the advice of
tlio men who are conducting the ventilation from day to day. As one of the
witnesses states it, so far as this explosion is concerned, something must have
happened in the mine of which we have no evidence.

Thje onb' conclusion, therefore, that I can arrive at, as a result of the
whole evidence adduced at the inquiry is that the disaster was caused by an
explosion of gas, the origin and seat of which is unascertainable, this explosion
being augmented by the ignition of dust throughout the mime.

" Although the cause of the explosion cannot be determined, a considera-
tion of the facts and circumstances brought out by the evidence at the inquiry
suggests certain recommendations which, it is submitted, may lessen the extent
of the danger that was s-hown to be attendant upon the operation of this mine.
Most of these have already been suggested in this report.

" Attention has been called to the fact that the Number 2 fan was without
direct supervision for about half an hour before the occurrence of the
explosion, and it has been pointed out that the stopping of the fan for any
considerable length of time might be attended with serious consequences. It
is suggested that such a fan should be either under the constant supervision
of some one or should have an atitomatic indicator attached thereto in lieu of
such personal supervision.

" The question of shot-firing in the mine has also been already discussed.
It is suggested that, until the danger from dust in this mine is crnsiderably
reduced, shot-firing should be either discontinued entirely or that- the men be
withdrawn from the mine during such firing.

"A recommendation in regard to the search of the employees, at stated
intervals, for matches, pipes and tobacco, has, I understand, already been
made by t^e coroner's jury in connection with this disaster. It can be only
added that where the personal equation must be so largely a factor in the
safety of a mine, too great care cannot be exercised in such a matter as this.

" Two further recommendations which do not immediately deal with the
safety of the men employed in the mine are suggested. The difficulty arising
from the absence of a plan of the ventilation system of a mijie at the inquiry
has already been referred to. And it has been pointed out that under the
British Coal Mines Act the operators are required to keep such a plan in their
office. , It is suggested that a similar provision be inserted in our own Act.
The difference of opinion existing in regard to the definition of a district or
split has also been referred to. I have already indicated my own view in
regard to the question, but it is suggested that a definition of the term be
inserted in our Act, so that no difference of opinion can possibly, or at least
reasonably, arise.

A. A. CARrEXTER.
" C.MXJAiRY, October 20, 1914." Commissioner."

26a— 12i

5 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a A. 1915

DRAUGHTING DIVISION.

H. E. Baink.

Chief of Division.

The staff of this division consists of a chief oflScer, two map compilers, two
assistant map draughtsmen, and a mechanical draughtsman.

During the year, some 41) maps were compiled and published, together with 200
mechanical drawings, charts, etc.

The blue print machine installed by the Klines Branch has given every satis-
faction; some 1,200 prints having been made and supplied during the year.

The following is a list of maps, mechanical drawings, diagrams, etc., prepared
during the calendar year 1914. The name of the officer for whom they were pre-
pared will be found in the margin: —

Dr. Parks. —

ilap of the Province of Quebec, showing the chief

BuiUlinrj stones, ^S)1. HI. belts.

^lap of the Province of Quebec, showing the chief slate

quarries.
3 drawings.

E. LlNDEMAN. —

^ „ Magnetometric map. McPher&on mine, Barachois, Cape

Iron Ore Deposits of jj . x„ -v c 4.- ' f

Kova Scotia. Breton county, JNova bcotia.

Alagnetometric map. Upper Glencoe. Inverness county,

Nova Scotia.
Magnetometric map. Grand Mira, Cape Breton county.

Nova Scotia.
2 geological sections.

A. W. G. Wilson-.—

Copper Smelting Industry. 40 diagrams, charts, etc., to accompany report on copper.
of Canada.

B. F. Haaxel.—

Peat, Lignite, and Coal. ^0 mechanical drawings, charts, etc.

S. C. Ei.LS.—

Map of northen portion of Alberta, showing position . of

Bituminous Sands of . /.,.,• 1

Alberta. outcrops of bituminous sands.

G drawings, charts, etc.

Mineral Map of Canada, to accompany " Economic-
Minerals and ^Nfining Industries of Canada '^

JuIIN Mf'LEISH.

IT. T. Kalmls. —

,, , . ^ ^ , ^ ^ 16 drawings, chart.'., etc., to accompany report on " The

MetalUc Cohalt Research • , t> • i- ^i. -»r x i r^ i. ix "

SeHes.Vol. II. Physical Properties of the Metal ( obalt .

G. C. Mackenzie. —

Marine'i'- Iron Sands of /-, .

Natashkwan. county, Quebec.

^fap of Natashkwan magnetic iron -amis .Saguenay,

county, Quehec.
1.5 drawings, charts, etc.

Hugh S. de Schmid. —
Summary Report, 1914. —

10 small maps. 37 diagrams, chart*, i tc.. to accompany
report on " Phosphate."

2 maps. 13 drawings, charts, etc.
181

182

MINES BRANCH

L. H. Cole.—

Salt Industry of Canadu.

F. G. Clapp.—

Petroleum and Nntiual Gas
Resources of Canada.

Alepii von Anrep. —

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

Map showing saline springs and salt areas of the

Dominion o£ Canada.
Map showing saline springs and salt areas in the Maritirae

Provinces.
Map of the Michigan-Ontario salt ba.sin.
Map showing saline springs in northern Manitoba.
13 small maps and 13 diagrams, charts, etc.

Map of Dominion of Canada, showing the occurrence of
oil, gas and tar sands.

Map showing gas and oil fields and pipe lines in south-
western Ontario.

Map showing location of main gas line. Bow island,
Calgary.

48 geological sections.

Peat bog maps: —

Sunderland peat bog, Brock township, Ontario county,

Ontario.
Amaranth peat bog, Amaranth township. Dufferin county,

Ontario.
Manilla peat bog, Mariposa township, Victoria county,

Ontario.
Cargill peat bog, Greenock township, Bruce county,

Ontario.
Clareview peat bog, Sheffield township, Lennox an J

Addington counties, Ontario.
Westover peat bog, Beverly tow^nship, "Wentworth county,

Ontario.
Stoco peat bog, Hungorford township, Hastings county, ,

Ontario.
Richmond peat bog, Goulbourn and Marlborough town-
ships, Carieton county, Ontario.
Luther peat bog, townships of Luther, East and West,

Wellington and Dufferin counties, Ontario..
Marsh Hill peat bog. Reach and Brock townships, Ontario

county, Ontario.
Mermaid peat bog, Bedford township, Queens county,

Prince Edward Island.
The Black iianks peat bog, Halifax township. Prince

county, Prince Edward Island.
43 drawings, charts, etc.

svii\t \U) uri'oirr

183

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

REPORT COVERTNT, THE OPERATIONS OF THE DOMINION OF CANADA

ASSAY OFFICE. VANCOUVER. B.C., DURING THE YEAR

ENDING DECEMBER 31. 1914.

I)i{. Eugene Ha.\nel,
Director of Minos.
Ottawa, Ont.

Sir, — I have the honour to submit herewith report covering the operations of the
Dominion of Canada Assay Office, Vancouver, B.C., for the calendar year ending
December 31, 1914, acconipaiiicil liy statements showing Assayers' mikI Af^lt.r-'
supplies on hand.

CHANGES IN STAFF.

R. Allison, janitor, appointed assistant melter. June 20, 1914.

E. A. Pritchott, appointed janitor, June 20, 1914, vice R. Allison.

R. D. McLellan, appointed general assistant, June 29, 1914, left the service
September 11, 1914.

H. E. Warburton, appointed temporary clerk, July 4, 1914, called out for military
duty August 10, 1914, left the service October 3, 1914.

DETAILED STATEMENT.

There were 1,112 deposits of gold bullion, requiring 1.300 melts and 1,300 assays
(quadruplicate check assays being made in each instance) including the assembling and
remelting of the individual deposits after purchase into bars weighing about 1,000 troy
ounces and the assaying of same. The aggregate weight of the deposits before melting
was 166,148-83 troy ounces, and after melting 163,543-62 troy ounces showing a loss in
melting of 1-56S0 per cent. The loss in weight by assaying was 20-01 troy ounces (base
and parted silver), the average fineness of the resulting bullion, viz: 163,523-61 troy
ounces, being -594i gold and -308 silver. The net value of the gold and silver contained
in deposits was $2,029,251.31.

The gold bullion received came from the following sources, viz. : —

Source.

Number of
de[x>8it.s.

Before melting.

Weight
after luelting.

Net value.

British Ciiluinliia

Yiikt<n Territory

AlWrta

Alaska

893
209

1
9

(troy ounces.)

109,0.'^7-8r,

5«,720 31

.HO 08

3<i0 58

(troy ounces.)

i0f>,:.ni-28

5<),5«7 34

29 70

3.55 :^0

1,105.489 01

916,914 44

511 .55

d.XiV, 31

1,112

16f>,148 83

ir>3.543r)2

2.02t).251 31

Weitrht before melting Ifi6.148 83 tn>v ounces.

Weight after melting 163,543 H2 .."

Lo88 percentage by melting.

2,tj06 21
1 568fi°:.

184 MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

Credits and Disbursements for the Purchase of Gold Bullion During the Year

Ending December 31, 1914.

Unexpended balance, — " Letters of Credit," January 1, 1914. $ 117,486 33

Credits established during year ending December 31, 1914. . 2,000,000 00

" Letter of Credit " balance written off at close of fiscal

year, March 31. 1914 % 43,531 30

Disbursements for the purchase of bullion 2,029,251 31

Unexpended balance, — " Letter of Credit," December 31,

1914 .' 44,703 72

$2,117,486 33 $2,117,486 33

Disbursements for the Purchase of Gold Bullion and Receipts from Sale During
THE Year Ending Decemjber 31, 1914.

Disbursements for the purchase of bullion on hand January

1, 1914, bars Nos. 656, 678 to 687 inclusive $ 28,425 48

Disbursements for the purchase of bullion during the year

ending December 31, 1914, per cheques Nos. 499 to 598

inclusive (omitting No. 499 cancelled) and Nos. 1 to

705 inclusive 2,029,251 31

Proceeds from sale of bullion during year ending December

31, 1914 $2,022,790 86

Value of bullion on hand December 31, 1914, bars Nos. 951

to 994 inclusive 36,918 09

Difference in favour of this office 2,032 16

$2,059,708 95 $2,059,708 95

Contingent Account for Year Ending December 31, 1914.

Unexpended balance, January 1, 1914 $ 0 63

Funds provided for Official cheques No's 1540, 1692, 1843,

9, 132, 361, 593, 785, 982, 1139, 1275, and 1444 4,099 00

Amount remitted, Receiver-G-eneral per draft No. 15 at

close of fiscal -year, March 31, 1914 $ 32 34

Expenditure during year ending December 31, 1914 4,055 55

Unexpended balance, December 31, 1914 11 74

$ 4,099 63 $ 4,099 63

Contingent Expenditure During Year Ending December 31, 1914.

Fuel (gas) • • $ 583 35

Power 231 35

Express charges on bullion 1,673 55

Electric vault protection 300 00

Postage 35 00

Telephones 79 90

Duty, expressage, freight, etc., on supplies 31 57

Assayers' and melters' supply (purchased locally) 686 33

Electric drill 38 00

Button balance 220 00

Sundries 176 50

$4,055 55

Proceeds from Residues Sold.

Residue sold to United States Assay Office, Seattle, Wash., U.S.A.,

(Biir No. A-8) $ 872 51

24 empty acid bottles sold to B.C. Assay and Chemical Supply Co. ,

Limited, March, 1914 2 88

$ 875 39

Residues on Hand, December 31, 1914.

Recovered from slags, sweepings, old furnaces, old crucibles, etc.,

65 -21 ounces gold bullion, value $ 831 65

36 empty acid bottles.

SUM MA in UKl'nin-

185

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

Miscellaneous Receipts.

Draft No. 42. In favour of Deputy MlnLster of Mines (a paymemt for

crushing: and meltlnp 1.352 62 ounces qunrtz) | •10 00

Draft No. 49, in favour of Deputy Minister of Mines (a payment for

treating 25 pounds slag) 9 50

I 49 50

The following: .>ho\vs tlio business (lone by the As.^^ay Oflieo during the past five
years, viz. : —

Calender Year.

Number of

clpp(J8itH.

Wtight.

Net Value.

1910

1911

1912

1913

1914 '

490
442
527
783
1,112

(troy ounce.")

4i;,()G4ai

;i!>,7S4 70

r>!t,lM)S «3

111.479 95

l«fi,14S 83

74t;,101 92

»!47,416 :5.S

974.077 14

l,4»S,fi2;-> 37

2,029,251 31

I have the honour to be, sir.

Your obedient servant,

G. MIDDLETON,

Manager.

December 31, 1914.

G. MiDDLETox, Esq.,

^Manager, Dominion of Canada Assay Office,
Vancouver, B.C.

Si«. — I beg to report the following- assayers' supplies on hand at above date.

viz. : —

Silver nitrate crystals ? oz.

Calcic chloride 2

Lead foil, C. P S8 lb.

" granulated, C. P 2

Zinc, mossy, C. P i "

Litharge 1 "

Copper wire 1 spool.

Acid, nitric, C. P 3i Winchesten?.

" hydrochloric, C. P J Winchester.

" sulphuric, C. P J

Ammonia 5 "

Small clay crucibles 13 only.

Scoriflers, 4-lnch 1

" 2i-lnch 55

Spare muffler's 22

doors 2

" supports 6

" back stops 15

Bone ash 15 lb.

Cupels 5,966

Gold comets 33 oi.

" in solution 22-56 "

" proof 12 35 "

Silver 224-77 "

Your obedient servant,

J. B. FARQUHAK,

Chief Asjaycr.

186 MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915
December 31, 1914.

G. MiDDLETON., Esq.,

Manager, Dominion of Canada Assay Office,
Vancouver, B.C.

Sir, — I beg to inform you that we have the following supplies on hand in the
Melting Department, viz. : —

2 sets of linings, with supports and covers complete for Xo. 2 fuma45e.

4 .. .' •« 41 "

6 graphite crucibles. No. 6.

2 " " 14.
40 " " 16.

3 " " 30.
6 " " 40.

35 " " marked ° °

2 crucible covers. No. 6.
5 " " 14.

3 " " 30.
8 lb. sodium nitrate.

25 " borax glass.
20 '* carb. soda.

Your obedient servant.

D. ROBmSOX,

Chief Melter.

ACCOUXTAXT'S STATEMEXT, 1913-14.

The following is a statement of the difference in value of assays between Seattle
Assay Office and Dominion of Canada Assay Office between April 1, 1913, and March
31, 1914:—

Paid for bullion at Dominion of Canada Assay Office, Vancouver . 51,456,468 70
Received for bars from United States Assay Office, Seattle.. .. 1,457, 653 11

Difference in favour of Dominion of Canada Assay Office. . . .$ 1,184 41

Statement of Deposits of Gold and E.airxixgs.

Deposits of gold $1,457,653 11

Earnings : —

Melting 28-72 oz. bullion for J. Greer % 1 50

Treatinsr 2P -38 pounds slag for John Hopp 13 10

Value of 24 empty jars sold B.C. Assay and Chemical Supply Co. 2 88

Value of residue sold United States Assay Office 872 51

889 99
Difference between amounts paid and received for bullion.. $ 1,1S4 41

$ 2,074 10

Statement of Deposits of Gold and Earxixcs.

The followinir is a statement of the appropriation, receipts and expenditure of
the Dominion of Canada Assay Office for the year ending ^farch 31. 1914. and
shows the iinoxpendod balance to be $12,131.17.

Appropriation. Expenditure.

Appropriat"on. 1913-1914 •. . .. $ 27.000 OO

Receipts per the foregoing statement 889 99

Difference between amounts paid and received

for bullion 1.184 41

Fuel 403 30

Power and light 197 12

si MM Mi' Y inirOUr 187

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

PoataKe and telefrnuns

Tolcphono

Kxprcss oharKCS

Aseayor's supplies

IVlntlnp antl stationery

rremlum on bonds

Continpenoies

Electric burglar alarm service

Wages : —

O. Mlddleton

J. B. Farquhar

H. FVeeman

D. Robinson

A. Kaye

O. N. Ford

R Allison

F. W. Taylor

T. B. Younger

Balance unexi)eTided and lapsed

ACCOUXTAXT'S STATEMEXT, 1914-15.

The following is a statement of the difference in value of assays between Seattle
Assay Office and Dominion of Canada Assay Office between April 1, 1914, and
March 31. 1915:—

Paid for bullion at Dominion of Canada Assay Office, Vancouver. .$2,105,136 12
Received for bars from United States Assay Office, Seattle. . . . 2,107.334 40

Ai>proprl;ition.

Kxpendlture.

93 19

78 00

1.203 11

747 33

190 47

600 00

137 16

300 00

2.650 00

1,900 00

1.500 00

1,575 00

1,800 00

1,500 00

975 00

200 00

893 55

12,131 17

$ 29,074 40

Difference in favour of Dominion of Canada Assay Office. . . .? ' 2,198 28

Statkmext of deposits of Gold .\xd E.\rnings.

Deposits of gold ?2,I07,334 40

Earnings : —

Crushings and melting 1,352*62 ounces quartz for A. A. Logan... % 40 00

Tre-ating 25 pounds slag for John Hopp 9 50

Value of 48 empty acid bottles sold B. C. Assay and Chemical

Supply Co 5 76'

Value of residue sold United States Assay Office 993 70

$ 1,048 96
$ 2,198 28

I 3.247 24

The following is a statement of the approtjriation, receipts and expenditure ui
the Dominion of Canada Assay Office for the year ending March 31, 1915, and show?
the unexpended balance to be $4,044.12 : —

Appropriation. Exi>enditur6. Unexpended

Balance.
Maintenance of Assay Office,

Vancouver, B.C % 20,000 00 % 15.955 88 $ 4,044 12

Appropriation. Kxn.^ndituri^

Appropriation, 1914-15 % 20,000 00

Receipts per the foregoing statement 1,048 96

Difference between amounts paid and received

for bullion 2,198 28

Fuel 625 75

Power and light 244 19

Postage and telegrams , 134 17

Telephone 79 90

Express charges 1,780 58

188 MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

Appropriation. Expenditure.

Assayer's supplies 847 17

Printing and stationery - 106 10

Premium on bonds 610 45

Contingencies 152 85

Electric burglar alarm service 300 OK)

Wa^es : —

G. Middleton 2,650 00

J. B. Farquhar 1,900 00

A. Kaye 1,800 00

H. Freeman 1,500 00

D. Robinson 1,575 00

R. Allison 1,056 96

G. N. Ford 1,500 00

T. B. Younger l,2(k) 00

E. A. Pritchett 702 50

H. E. Warburton 255 00

A. D. McLellan 182 50

Balance unexpended 4,044 12

$ 23,247 24 $ 23,247 24

SLJ/.V.IA'V lilA'OliT 189

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

LIST OF REPORTS, BULLETINS, ETC.. rUBLISIIElJ DIKIN*. HIE

YEAR 1914.

S. Groves.
Editor, Department of Mines.

No. 105. Austin Brook Iron-bearing District, New Brunswick. Uy K. J>indoman. M.E

Published January 7, 1914.
203. Building and Ornamental Stones of Canada. Vol. II : Maritime Provincea. By Wm

A. Parks. Ph.D. Published July 22, 1914.
209. Copper Smelting Industries of Canada. By Alfred W. G. "Wilson, Ph.D. Published

September 24, 1914.
222. Lode Mining in Yukon : An Investigation of Quartz Deposits in the Klondike Division.

By T. A. MacLean, M.E. I'ublished September 2.5, 1914.
245. Gypsum In Canada: Its Occurrence, Exploitation and Technology. By L. H. Cole,

B.Sc. Published December 10, 1914.
254. Magnetite occurrences near Calabogie, Renfrew County, Ontario. By E. Lindeman

M.E. Published August S, 1914.
257. The Production of Cement, Lime, Clay Products, Stone, and other structural materials

in Canada, during the calendar year 1912. By John McLeish, B.A. Published

January 24, 1914.
259. Preparation of Metallic Cobalt. By Herbert T. Kalmus, B.Sc, Ph.D. Published

April 6, 1914.
262. Annual Report on the Mineral Production of Canada, during the calendar year 1913

By John McLeish, B.A. Published March 6, 1914.
283. Preliminary Report on the Mineral Production of Canada, during the calendar year

1913. By John McLeish, B.A. Published March 3, 1914.
303. Moose Mountain Iron-bearing District, Ontario. By E. Lindeman, M.E. Published

August 18, 1914.
316. The Production of Coal and Coke in Canada, during the calendar year 1913. By John

McLeish. B.A. Published December 3, 1914.
322. Economic Minerals and Mining Industries of Canada. Panama-Pacific Edition

Published December 31, 1914.
List of Mines Branch Reports, Bulletins, Maps, etc. Published February 14, and May

14, 1914.
Price list of Special Technical Reports. Published May 14, 1914.

FRENCH TRANSLATIONS PUBLISHED DURING THE YK.\U 1014.

M. S.VLVALLE.

Chief of Publishing and Translating DiviiHon.

No. 971. (26a) French translation: Annual Report on the mining industries of Canada for the
calendar year 1905. Published in 1914.
(26a) French translation: General Summary Report of Mines Branch for 1913.
Published July, 1914.
56. French translation : The Bituminous, or Oil-shales, of New Brunswick and Nova Scotia,
also on the Oil-shale industry in Scotland. By R W. Ells. LL.D. Published
August 6, 1914.
100a. French translation: The Building and Ornamental Stones of Canada: Building and
Ornamental Stones of Ontario. By \V. A. Parks, Ph.D. Published January
26, 1914.
149. French translation: Magnetic Iron sands of Natashkwan. Saguenay County, Que. By

G. C. Mackenzie, B..Sc. Published September, 1914.
169. French translation: Pyrites In Canada: Its occurrence, exploitation, dressing and uses.
By A. W. O. Wilson. Ph.D. Published September 24, 1914.

190

MiyEH BRAyCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

195. French translation : Magmetite occurrences along the Central Ontario railway. By E.

Lindeman, M.E. Published September, 1914.
219. French translation : Austin Brook Iron-bearing District. By E. Lindeman, M.E

Published September 29, 1914.

263. French translation: Recent advances in the construction of electric furnaces for the

production of pig-iron, steel and zinc. Bulletin 3. By Eugene Haanel, Ph.D.
Published November 16, 1914.

Schmid, M.E. Published July 9, 1914.

265. French translation: The mineral production of Canada for 1911. Published August,

1914.
288. French translation : Production of Coal and Coke of Canada, during the calendar yeai

1912. By John McLeish, B.A. Published December 31, 1914.
290. French translation: Production of Copper, Gold, Lead, Nickel, Silver, Zinc and other

metals of Canada during, the calendar year 1912, By C. T. Cartwright.

Published November 1, 1914.

307. French translation : Catalogue of French publications of the Department of Mines.

Published July 1. 1914.

308. French translation : Investigations of Coals in Canada. Volume I. By J. B. Porter,

Ph.D., and others. Published November 1, 1914.

sf'.uu.i/.'v in:i'<)irr

191

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

ACCOINTAN r'S S'I'A IKM K.\ I" MINKS nUANCII.

Statement ok Ai'ruoi'KiATiN*; and Exi'Knditure, 1913-14.'

Mines Branch.

Investigation of ore deposits, economic minerals,
peat bogs, determination of fuel values of coals,
ligrnite and peat of Canada, including wages of
machinist and labourers, and additional inuohin-
er>- ; investigution of ore dressing, including
wages of labourers. n>achiner>- and equipment
of laboratory ; collection of information re-
gtipding minerals, and metallurgical industries
and oi)eration3 $

Publication of reports, translation of reports Into
French, purchase of books, stationery, chemical
laboratories' expenses, apiwraius, instruments,
otlice contingencies, additional assistance. .

Investigation of metallurgical problems of economic
lmiK>rtance

For apparatus and equipment, salaries of inspectors,
chemists, machinist, clerical assistance, and
travelling expenses in connexion with the
investigations of the manufacture and storage
of explosives in Canada

Zinc investigations per Bill No. 1S2

Investigation of quartz and copper deposits in the
Yukon

Expenditure. <

77,000 00 i 54,799 29

Dominion of Canada Assay Office, Vancouver,

B.C.
Maintenance of Assay Office, Vancouver, B.C

(Signed)

69,500 00
10,000 00

55.000 00
34.266 77

9,000 00

69.030 90

9,999 S6

480 24
30,948 99

8,620 36

rant not
used.

22,200

469

54,519 76
3,317 78

379 64

May 22, 19U.

$ 254,766 77 $ 173.879 64 $ S0,S87 13
27.000 00 14,868 83 12.131 17

J NO. MARSIL\LL,

Accountant.

Statement (»f Appropriatiox ano E.m'knuiti re bv .Mine.s Branch fob Year Ending

March .".l, 1014.

Appropriation. Expenditure.

Amounts voted by Parliament ? 329,341 77

Receipts for Assays and Analyses 377 85

Civil List Salaries 5 68.199 86

Publication of Reports 46.564 75

Zinc Investigations 28.613 58

Fuel Testing Plant, OtUwa 15,782 82

Concentrating Laboratorj- 15,775 53

Metallurgical Investigations 9,999 86

Quai-tz Investigations 8,620 36

Printing, stationery, books, mapping material.. .. 8,242 6€

Investigation of Iron Ore deposits 7,876 67

Wages, outside service 5,916 41

L<aborator>' 3,3a8 99

Investigation of Peat and Coal 3,213 71

International Geological Congress 2,627 89

Investigation of Tar Sands 2.610 57

Monograph on Petroleum and Natural Gas 2,002 85

Mlscellanec-us 1.985 04

Investigation of Copper deposits 1,828 51

I'ublication of Maps 1,663 36

Monograph on Building Stones 1,428 89

Instruments 668 18

Travelling Expenses •. . . . 655 08

Investigation of Explosives 480 24

Monograph on Mica 450 60

1 This fiscal year ends March 31, 1914.

192

MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

Appropriation. Expenditure.

Mineral Statistics ? 404 90

Investigation of Salt Dei>osits 351 23

Coal Tests 239 24

Legal Fees. 215 O'O

Investigation of Oil Shales 155 16

Investigation of ore deposits 1'35 80

Investigations of Manufacturer's Raw Materials.. 54 ao

Balance unexpended 89,597 68

$ 329,719 62 $ 329,719 62

Summary.

Vote.

Expenditure. Unexpended
Balance.

Civil Government Salaries $ 74,575 00

Investigation of ore deposits, economic minerals,

etc 77,000 00

Printing, books, stationery, apparatus, chemical

laboratories' expenses, miscellaneous 69,500 00

Investigation of metallurgical problems of economic

importance 10,000 00

Investigation of manufacture and storage of ex-
plosives in Canada 55,000 00

Investigation re quartz and copper deposits in

Yukon 9,000 00

Zinc investigation, per Bill 182 34,266 77

$ 68,199 86

54,799 29

69,030 90

9,999 86

480 24

8,620 36
28,613 58

$ 329,341 77 $ 239,744 09

ACCOUNTANT'S STATEMENT MINES BRANCH.

Statement of Appropriations and Expenditure, 1914-15. ^
Mines Branch. Grant. Expenditure.

Investigation of ore deposits, economic minerals,
peat bogs, determination of fuel values of coals,
lignite and peat of Canada, including wages of
machinist and labourers, and additional machin-
ery ; investigation of ore dressing, including
wages of labourers, machinery and equipment
of laboratory ; collection of information re-
gartling minerals, and metallurgical industries
and operations $ 91,000 00

Publication of reports, translation of reports into
French, purchase of books, stationery, chemical
laboratories' expenses, apparatus, instriunents,
office contingencies, additional assistance. . . . 69,500 00

Investigation of metallurgical problems of economic

importance 10,000 00

For apparatus and equipment salaries of inspectors,
chemists, machinist, clerical assistance, and
travelling expenses in connexion with the
investigations of the maniifacture and storage
of explosives in Canada 55,000 00

Completion of experiments in zinc smelting 10,000 OO

Under Statute : Zinc Investigation : Ad-
vance from 1913-14 $ 2,335 41

Zinc Investigation: Balance unex-
pended, 1913-14 3,317 78

$ 6,375 14

22,200 71

469 10

0 14

54,519 73

379 €4
5,653 19

$ 89,597 68

Grant not
used.

$ 66,913 79 $ 24,086 21

69,498 10
10,000 00

456 71
8,831 11

Civil Government Contingencies.

5,653 19
1,500 00

1,042 66
$ 156,742 37

1 90

54,543 29
6,822 08

457 34

$ 242,653 19 $ 156,742 37 ? 85,910 S2
Dominion of Canada Assay Office, Vancouver,

B.C.
Maintenance of Assay Omce, Vancouver, B.C SO, 000 00 15,955 88 4,044 12

(Signed) JNO. MARSHALL,

Accountant.
Mat 26, 1915.

iThis financial statement covers nine months of the calendar year which is also the period
of greatest activity. Therefore it has been deemed advis.ablo to include the financial report
most closely associated with the work described in this summary report. The statement for the
previous financial year is also published herewith.

SUSIMAIiY RKl'onr 193

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

Statk.miont ov Ai'i'iioruiATioNs .\M> Kxi'r.NnnruR nv Minks Branch i'«ir ykak iadivo

Mauch ni, 1915.

Approprl.-xtlons. Rxpemliturc.

Amounts voted by Parliament : —

General Appropriations $238,817 7S

Civil List Salaries 92.812 50

Civil Government Contingencies. . l.SOO 00

$ 333.130 28

Advance from 1913-14. accounted for in 1914-15.. 2.335 41

Receipts for Assays and Analyses 359 50

Civil List Salaries J 77.717 97

Civil Government Contingencies 1.042 fifi

WaKes 5.810 76

Publication of Reports 52.372 27

Fuel Testing Plant 14.486 67

Concentrating Laboratory 17,540 47

Ceramic Laboratory 2.708 06

Chemical Laboratory. . .._ 1,983 55.

Printing, stationery, books,* mapping material.. .. 5,712 85

Publication of Maps 52-2 50

Miscellaneous 2,593 56

Instruments 1,031 42 •

Investigation re Metallurgical Problems 10.000 flO

Iron Ores 11.322 01

Zinc 8,831 11

Tar Sands 8,486 68

Peat and Coal 3,308 00

Mineral Waters 2,985 09

Moulding Sands 1,489 65

Limectones 94€ 17

Salt Deposits 505 75

" Non-Metallic Minerals 504 43

Quartz 479 68

" Explosives 456 71

Oil Shales 165 98

Copper Deposits. 114 70

" Manufacturer's Raw Materials.. 62 17

Monograph on Building Stones 1,489 65

Mining and Metallurgical Industry 143 47

Mineral Statistics Industry 5 25

Balance unexpended 101,005 35

% 335, S2S 19 $ 335,825 19

CASUAL EEVENUE.

Sales of Publications % 23 7 42

Summary. Vote. Expenditure. Unexpended

Balance.

Civil Government Salaries % 92,812 50 % IIJM 97 $ 15.094 53

Investigation of ore deposits, economic minerals.

etc 91.000 00 66.913 79 24,086 21

Printing, books, stationery, apparatus, chemical

laboratories' expenses, miscellaneous 69,500 00 69,498 10 1 90

Investigation of metallurgical problems of economic

importance 10,000 00 10.000 00

Investigation of manufacture and storage of ex-
plosives in Canada 55,000 00 456 71 54.543 29

Completion of experiments in zinc smelting.. . .■ . . 10,000 00

Under Statv te : Zinc Investigation: Ad-
vance from 1913-14 $ 2,335 41 11 6.822 OS

Zinc Investigation : Balance unex-
pended, 1913-14 3,317 78

5.653 19

Civil Government Contingencies 1.500 00 1.042 66 457 34

1335,465 69 1234.460 34 $101,005 35

26a— 13

5 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a A. I9l5

APPENDIX I.

I'KKLlMlNAliV IvKPOKT ON IIIK MlNKliAL TUoDIH TlON OK
CANADA l)ri:iN(J TllK CALKNDAR YKAK. 15)14.

Eluk.nk Haankl. rii.D..

Diri'ctor cf Klines.

SiH. — I bog to submit biTowitb tbc nnmiiil i)n'liiiiiii;iry report mi tbi- iniiicral
prodiR'tion of Canada in 1!)14.

The figures for production in 1!>14, whih- subjt'ct to rovision, arc l)as(.'d upon
direct returns from mine and smelter operators and are fairly eomplete.

Special acknowledgments are due to those operators who have promptly fur-
nished reports of their operations during the year.

When eomplete returns shall have been received the annu il report will be
prepared containing in greater detail the final statistics as well as information
relating to exploration. deve!opm(>nt. prices, markets, imports and exports, etc.

I am. sir. your (»bedi( nt servant.

JOIIX McLEISir.

Divisinn of Mineriil Resources and Statistics,
February iM, 101.5.

1 '.».'')
2fia— 13J

196

MINES BRAXCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

PKELIMINARY EEPOET ON THE MINERAL PRODUCTION OF

CANADA, 1914.

Statistics Subject to Revision.

The preliminary report on the mineral production in Canada in 1914 presented
herein shows a total value of the production during the year just closed of $128,-
475,499. Tlie total value of the production in 1913 was $145,634j812, compared with
which the 1914 output shows a decrease of $17,159,313, or 11 8 per cent. The average
production per capita was $15.91, as against $18.77 in 1913; $1'3.27 in 1912, and
$14.93 in 1910.

The production of the more important metals and minerals is shown in the
following tabulated statement in which tile figures are given for the two years 1913
and 1914 in comparative form, and the increase or decrease in value shown.
Tabulated statements in greater detail will be found on subsequent pages of this
pamphlet.

Copper

Gold

lb.

oz .

PiR-iron

Lead

*tons.

Ih.

Nickel "

Silver

oz .

Other metallic products .

Total .

Less pig-iron credited to im-
ported ores tons.

Total metallic.

Asbestos and asbestic tons.

Conl...

(Jypsuin II

N»tur»l gas M. ft.

Petroleum bl.

Pyrites tons.

Salt

Cfitnrnt bl.

C]»y iiroduct.i

Lime bu»h.

Stone .'

MiacelUueous non-metallic

Total non-metallic.
Grand total

11113.

Quantity.

70,076,925
802,973
1,128,967
37,f.6.',703
49,676,772
31,845,803

1,0.^.5,45!)

Hn.OSH

15,012,178

63C>,:<70

20,477,838

22^,080

158,5fi6

100,791

8,658,805

' 7,558,484

Value.

11,753,606
16,5U8,9J3
16,540,012

],7M,705
14,903,032
19.0»0,U24

1.313,732

81,904,934
15,543,583
66,-361,351

849,925

3:?4,940

447,739

.309,381

40(i,439

521,181

491,U«0

019,418

.W4,3l

6ny,398

504,639

274, 07

79,273,461

145,034,81*

1914.

Quantity.

75,738,386
770,374
783, IM
36,337,7f:--'
45,517,9.-7
27,544,231

687,420

117,57.^

13,594,984

.^.10,663

21,047,028

214..S05

224,958

107,03-S

7,172,480

"'6,245,189

Value.

Increase ( + )

Decrease ( - )

in value.

10,301,9351
15,92.5,044
10,0-2,8.56

l,627,.56^
13,65.5,381
15.097, J 9

1,123,919

67,733,972
8,863,944

58,870,02'<

2,909,806

34.433, 1 OS

1,137,157

3,511,302

343.124

735,514

493, (>4 8

9,lS7,92t

7.0'.Hi,89.S

1,247,517

5, .593. 48.5

3,921,988

69,605,471

128,475,49!'

1,451,671
67.3, S79

6,537.156
127.137

l,247,fi.51

3,943,655
189,81 S

14,170,962
6,679,639

7,491,323

940,119

3,901,832

3 10. .582

201,921

03,315

214,3.33

2,368

1.831,494

2.413,416

361,881

88,846

:i.52,819

9,667,990
17,150,313

• Short tons throufyhout.
In presenting a total valuation of the mineral production as is here given, it
should be explained that the production of the metals copper, gold, lead, nickel and
silver is given as far as possible on the basis of the quantities of metals recovered
in smelters in Canada, or probably recovered from ores exported, and the total
quantities in each case are valued at the average market price of the refined metal
in a cenerally recognized market.

suMMAh'Y urn tin- 197

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

The quantities thus given will diti'cr from those which represent metal contents
of ore shipped by amounts due (1) to losses in smelting (2) to the "lag'' or lapse
of time between the ore shipment and its treatment in the smelter. Thus the pro-
duction of refined lead during the past two years has been very much lower tiian
that reported as contained in ores shipped from the mines, the difTerence being duo
both to smelter losses and the large accumulation of ore at the smelter.

The metal miner is usually paid for his product on the basis of the value of the
refined metals less a variety of deductions, and in many cases it would be exceedingly
difficult to obtain a record of the net value received. It is for this reason and for
the facility of comparisons that the refined values are used.

It will be observed that there has been a general falling off in the production of
nearly all mine products, the notable exceptions being pyrites, salt, and natural gas.
In the case of pyrites there is an increase of about 42 per cent, and about G per cent
in quantity of salt produced. The number of cubic feet of natural gas produced
shows an increase of about 3 per cent, with an increase of over G per cent in value.

The falling oif in the production of the metals is no doubt to be ascribed in
large measure to the conditions resulting from the war. Especially is this true in
the case of the metals : copper, nickel, and silver. The cutting off of markets and
the closing of metal exchanges with the consequent cessation of market quotations
resulted in the almost immediate closing down or restriction of operation at many
properties. However, before the close of the year, many of these adverse conditions
had been adjusted, although prices had fallen considerably.

The actual quantities of copper and lead produced were but little less than in
the previous year; nickel showed a decrease of 8 per cent, and silver of 13-5 per cent
in quantity.

The total value?, because of lower prices, showed much larger percentage decreases.

The iron industry was undoubtedly affected by industrial conditions of depres-
sion, and shows a falling-off of 30 per cent in tonnage of pig-iron made.

The total value of the metallic production in 1914 was $58,870,028 as again.-t
$66,361,351, a decrease of $7,491,323 or 11 per cent.

The production of non-metallic products also shows a large falling off in 1914,
the total value for the year being $69,605,471, as against $79,273,461 in 1913. a
decrease of $9,667,990 or 12-19 per cent.

The decrease is most pronounced in the case of coal, asbestos and gypsum and
in those products such as cement, clay products (building brick, sewer pipe, etc.) and
lime, generally classed as structural materials, although there was a small increase
in the production of stone quarries.

Industrial depression, the culmination of over development and extravagant land
speculation, is largely responsible for this sudden reverse, although the asbestos
output would be restricted by the disturbance in foreign markets and the coal pro-
duction would also be affected by the restricted metallurgical operations. Reference
has already been made to the increased production of pyrites, salt, and natural gas.

There were also slight increases in the production of white arsenic, feldspar,
grindstones, ochres, phosphate and tripolite. Asbestos shows a decrease of 27 per
cent in tonnage and 24 per cent in value, coal a decrease of 10 per cent in tonnage
and 9 per cent in value, petroleum a decrease of 5-8 per cent in quantity and 15-6
per cent in value, clay products 25 per cent in total value, and lime 17-4 per cent in
quantity and 22-5 per cent in value.

198

MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

Mineral Production by Provinces. 1913 and 1914.

1913.

1914.

Valnt* of
productidn.

Per cent of
total.

Value of
production

Per cent of
total.

Nova Scotia

19,376,183

1,102,613

13,475,5.S4

59,167,749

2,21 4. 496

881,142

1.5,054,046

28,086,312

6,276,737

30
76
25
63
52
60
34
29
31

17,514,786

1,034,706

12,259,6.37

52,147,973

2,428,902

710,840

12,773,669

24,202,924

5,403,062

128,475,499

%
13 63

0-81

9-54

Ontario

Manitoba

Saskatchewan

All>erta

British Columbia

Yukon

40 59
1-89
0 55-
9-94

1884
4 21

li.5,634,812

10000

The record of prodiK-tion by provinces given in the above table shows the relative
importance of the several provinces in the same order as the previous year. A
decreased production is shown in each province with the exception of Manitoba, and
in this case the increase is due chiefly to the operation of the new cement mill near
Winnipeg by the Canada Cement Company and the inclusion of a more complete
record of the production of sands and gravels. Ontario again has the largest output
■with a value of $52,147,97J5, or 40-59 per cent of the total, practically the same
])roportion as in the previous year. British Columbia is second with a value of
$24,202,924, or 18-8 per cent of the total; Nova Scotia is third, with a production
valued at $17,514,786, or 13-6 per cent; Alberta fourth, with $12,773,669, or 9 94 per
cent; Quebec lifth, with $12,259,637, or 9-5 per cent; the Yukon sixth, with
$5,402,062, or 4-2 per cent; Manitoba seventh, with $2,428,902, or 1 89 per cent; Xew
Brunswick eighth, with $1,034,700, and Saskatchewan ninth with $710,840. each less
than 1 per cent.

Annual Mineral Production in Canada since 1886.

Yeiir.

1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900

Value of
production.

221,
321,
518,
01.3.
7fi;i,
976.
(i23,
03.\
931,

.474,
,48,5,
,412,
234.
,420,

:«i

894
113
353
(;i(i
415
082
1.58
917
2.';(>
023
431
i>05
877

X'aluc jier
capita.

* cts.

2 23
2 23
2 67

2 96

3 50
3 92

3 39

4 04

3 9.H

4 05

4 38

5 49
7 32
9 27

12 04

V.ar.

1901
1902
1903
1904
1905,
liKKJ,
1907.
1908,
1909,
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914

Value of
production.

65,
63,
61,
60,
69,
79,
86,
86,
91,

km;,

103,
1.35,
14,5

128

797,
231,
740,
082,
078,
,28«i,
86.5,
,.5.57,
,831,
,823,
,220,
,048,
,634,
,475,

911
836
513
771
9{>9
()97
202
101
441

6:^3

994
296
812
499

Value pel-
capita.

$ cts.

12 16
11 .36
10 83

10 27

11 49

12 81

13 75
13 16

13 7<»

14 93

14 42
18 27

15 77
15 91

suMUAin in.riurr

199

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a
I

The Mineral Production of Canada in 1914.

Subject tu Kevision.

Pnxluct.

MFrr.M.i.ic.

Copwr, value at 13 602 cents |ht imjuiuI lli.

(;<.Id o/,.

l'i>: iron fmni Canadian ore. * tons.

Iron ore sold for exjxirt "

Ijead, value at 4"471* c«nt.s (xt |)ound Ui.

Nickfl, » alue at ."W cent.s per |iuund

Silver, value at .54 Sll cents \)er oz. . . oz.

Cobalt ami nickel o> idea lb.

Cobalt material and residues ....

Zinc ore . . tons.

Tot^l .

Non-Met.m.i.ic

Actinolite

Arsenic, white.

Asl>est««

Ahbt-stic

Chroniite . .

Coal

Corundum

Feldsjiar

(Ir iphite . . . .
<lrindstones ..

(iypsum

Magnesite ....
Manffanese . . .
Mica

Mineral pigments —

I >ary tes

Ochres

Mineral water

Natural gas M.

Peat

I'etnileum

Phosphate

Pyrites

cu. ft.

tons.

bl.

tons.

Quartz .

Salt

Talc

Tri|«.lite

Total

STRCfTLKAI. M.VTKIUAL.S ANTl ClAV PliODlCTS.

Cement, Portland

Clay products —

Brick, common, [iressed, paving.

Sewerpi j)»f

Fireclay, drain tile, jx)ttery, etc.

Kaolin

Lime

bl.

. tons,
bush.

Sand and gravel.
Sand-lime brick .
Slate

Stone—

Granite

Lime.<<tone . . .

.Marble (not complete)
Sandstone

Total structural materials and clay products

All other non-metallic

Total value, metallic

Grand toUl, 1914.

Quantity.

75,738,380

770,374

it5,744

60,410

36,3;i7,7fir»

45.517,!»37

27,544,2:^1

1,387,101

13,140

119

1.7.37

%,542

21,031

136

13,594,984

548

18,060

1,647

4,078

510,663

358

012
5,890

21,047,028

685

214,805

954

224,956

54,148

107,038

10,808

txJO

7.172,480

1,000
0,245, IHJ)

1,075

Value.

10,»»1,9;{5
l.'),92."»,0»4

1.1.{H,912
i;».300

l,t;27..'J6«

I3.t;5.->,;«1

1 5, « 17, 269

.595, 9; »9

82,620

310,000

58,870,028

1,304

104,015

2.S92,266

17,540

1,210

.•i3,433,108

72,176

70,824

107,203

.54,497

1,137,157

2,240

1,120

102,315

6,129

51,725

122,574

3, 511,. 302

2.470

343,124

7,275

735,514

83, .583

493, W8

40,418

13,000

43,407,737

9,187,924

4,809,046

1,102,100

l,l<i9.7.")2

1U,00»I

1,247,517

2,448,738

624,.'«5

4,8,37

2,179,930

2,730 4;»

l!»2.5;i3

490,584

26,197,734
4.3,407,737
58,870,028

128.475,499

• Tons of 2,000 pounds.

200

MINES BRANCH

Metal Prices.

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

Copper,
Lead

Nickel,
Silver
Spelter
Tin

New York

London

Montreal* .
New York

1909.

1910.

1911.

- 1912.

1913.

Cts.

982

12-738

12-376

16-341

15-269

273

4-446

4 420

471

4-370

839

2-807

3 0.35

895

4 072

268

3 246

3 480

467

4 659

000

40 000

000

40-000

503

53-480

.53-304

835

59-791

503

5-520

5-758

943

5-648

725

34 123

42-281

096

44-252

1914.

Cts.

-602
-862

146
-479

000
-811

213
•301

* Quotations furnished by Messrs. Thomas Rgbertson & Company, Montreal, Que.

SMELTER PRODUCTIO:^T.

Statistics of the production of copper, lead, and silver smelters and refineries,
sho-wing the tonnage of ore treated, the matte, blister, base bullion, or refined metal
produced, have been collected by the Mines Branch since 1908.

The total quantity of ores and concentrates treated in these smelters during
1914 was 2,649,935 tons (including 58,894 tons of imported ore), as compared -with
3,037,391 tons in 1913. The largest proportion of the total tonnage, about 61 per
cent in 1914, consists of the copper-gold-siiver ores of British Columbia, chiefly from
the Boundary (Phoenix and Greenwood), Rossland and Coast (Britannia, Texada
Island and Granby Bay) districts. The nickel-copper ores of the Sudbury district,
Ontario, contributed about 35-7 per cent of the tonnage, the balance being lead ores
and other ores treated in lead furnaces and the silver cobalt ores of Ontario treated
in silver smelters. Gold and silver ores treated by cyanide processes are not included
in this record.

The quantities of the several classes of ores, in tons, smelted during the past
=oven years have been as follows: —

Year.

Nickel -
copper ores.

Silver-Oob.<ilt

ore.s.

Lead ores.

Copper-gold
silver ores.

Totals.

1908

1909

1910

1911

1912

360,180
46 2, .336
628,947
610,834
725,005
823.403
947,053

7,182
8,384
9,466
9,330
8,097
6.124
5,661

53,545
54,539
57,549
55.408
.59,932
8S,100
71,064

1,797,488
1,8.50,889
1.987,752
1.517.981
2.212,316
2,119,754
1,612,197

2,218,.395
2,376.148
2,683,714
2,l'.'3,5.-)3
3.005,410

1913

3,037,391
2,649,935

1914

The products obtained in Canada from the treatment of these ores include: pig
lead produced at Kingston, Ont. (furnace idle in 1914) ; refined pig lead and lead
pipe produced at Trail, B.C., and fine gold, fine silver, copper sulphate and antimony
procluced from the residues of the Trail lead refinery; silver bullion, white arsenic,
nickel oxide and cobalt oxide produced in Ontario from the Cobalt district ores. In
addition to these refined products, blister copper, copper matte, nickel-copper matte,
cobalt material or mixed nickel and cobalt oxides are produced and exported for
refining.

s;i;M.\t.\in iniroitr

201

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

The aggregate results of smelting and refining operations may bo summarized as
shown in the next table. Unfortunatfl.v the figures eannot be taken to represent
the total production from smelting ores mined in Canada, since considerable (|uanti-
tics of copper and silver ores are still shipped to other smelters outside of Canada
for smelting.

Smelter and Refinery Production in Canada.

Sroelter products obtained and exported
for refininK.

1911.

1912.

1913.

1914.

Tdhs.

10,710

11,320

32,(J07

t)30

Tons.

17.0<)3

(1.727

41,925

G42

Tons.

15.270

.5,1.59

47,150

122

Tons.
1.3,2.'«

(*) C<jp(*f r matte

(') Nickplc()p|>er matte

(••) Cobftlt matt rial

(i,2^tl

4(;,3!m;

101

Gold oz.

Silver

Lead lb.

Copper .1

Copper sulphate . . <>

Nickel 1

Cobalt oxide >■

Nickel o.^ide m

White arsenic r

1912.

Kefined
products.

11,977
13.789,709
37,923,043

130,533

r6f.0,0?9
"( 2t)S,304
3,384,249

Metals
contained in

matte,
blister, and
base bullion.

213,279
934,001

59,245,722
49,67(5J72

1914.

ReKned
products.

11,088
11,09(),MG1
3(1,443,706

152,000

'895,789'

391,312

3,474,322

Metals
conuiined in

matte,
blister, and
base bullion.

170,818
873,400

59,237,016
45,517,937

(>) )?lister copper carrying gold and silver values.

(*) CopjxT matte " " .

[*) Be.'^semer nickel-copper carrying .small gold and silver values as well as metals of the platinum

group.
(*) Cobalt material carrying nickel and silver values.

Gold.

The total production of gold, in placer and mill bullion and in smelter products
in 1014, is estimated at 770,374 fine ounces, valued at $15,925,044, as compared with
802,973 fine ounces valued at $16,598,923 in 1913, showing a decrea&e of $073,879, or
about 4 per cent.

Of the total production in 1914, about $5,095,508 was derived from placer and
alluvial mining— $6,050,090 in bullion from milling ores, and $4,228,840 from matte,
blister copper and other smelter products, etc. In 1913, of the total production, about
$6,346,072 were derived from alluvial workings; $5,185,544 in bullion from milling ores,
and $5,007,307 from smelter products derived from ores, concentrates, etc., smelted.

The production in Nova Scotia and Quebec is small compared with the other
provinces but shows an increase of over 25 per cent in 1914.

The Ontario production, $5,546,350, shows an increase of over a million dollars
due to the extension of milling facilities in the Porcupine field.

202 -l//-V/;.v Ii]i\\< II

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

No records have been received with respect to gold production in the Beaver Lake
district of Saskatchewan or of recoveries from the river bars near Edmonton, Alberta,
iilthoufrh activity has been reported in both localities.

The production in British Columbia was %o,\~~.'?AZ, of which $524,rX)0 is credited
to placer workings as estimated by the Provincial Mineralogist, and $4,653,343 to
smelter products and bullion from milling ores. The British Columbia production in
1913 was $6,149,027, being $510,000 from placer workings, and $5,639,027 from smelter
products and mill bullion.

The Yukon production shows a falling off of $721,384, the total in 1914 being
$5,125,396 including a small value in mill bullion, as against $5,846,780 in 1913. The
total amount on which royalty was paid during the year 1914, according
to the records of the Mining Lands and Yukon Branch, Interior Department, was
309,691-17 ounces, as against 352,900 04 ounces in 1913.

The exports of gold bearing dust, nuggets, gold in ore, etc., in 1914, were valued
at $15,242,200.

Silver.

Th^ falling off in price of silver amounting to 4 cents on the average price for the
year, the cessation of price quotations, and the difficulties of marketing the metal
immediately following the declaration of war restricted operations in the Cobalt
camp, causing a lower production than might have been expected under normal
conditions.

The total Canadian production in 1914 was 27,544,231 ounces, valued at
$15,097,269, as against 31,845,803 ounces valued at $19,040,924 in 1913, a decrease of
4.301,572 ounces or 13-5 per cent in quantity, and of $3,943,655, or 20-7 per cent in
total value.

Of the total production 24,215,926 ounces or 88 per cent is credited to Ontario.
The production from the silver camps is reported as 9,614,069 fine ounces in bullion
shipped, and 14,544,524 ounces (after deducting 5 per cent for smelter losses) contained
in ore and concentrates shipped from Cobalt district. There is also included in the
total a small quantity of silver contained in gold bullion shipped.

The Ontario production in 1913 was 28,411,261 ounces showing a falling off for
the province of 4,003,805 ounces, or about 14-1 per cent.

In addition to the bullion shipments from the Cobalt camp, 9,052,993 ounces were
produced in other silver refineries in the province, making a total of 18,667,062 ounces
or 67 7 per cent of the Ontario production recovered within the province in the form
of bullion.

The production in British Columbia, representing refined silver and silver con-
tained in ^melter i)roducts and estimated recoveries from ores exported, was in 1914
about 3,212,111 ounces, as compared with 3,312,343 ounces in 1913.

In Quebec province there is a small silver content in the pyrites ores shipped,
while in the Yukon 67,432 ounces are estimated as being contained in the placer gold
produced and recovered from the copper ores shipped from Whitehorse.

The exports of silver bullion and silver in ore, etc., as reported by the Customs
Department, were 28,020,089 ounces valued at $15,584,813. There is also an importa-
tion recorded of silver in bars, blocks, etc., valued at $629,279.

The price of silver in New York reached a maximum of 59 cents during the first
wrck of :May but f( 11 off to 49 cents rhiring the last two months of the year.

Copper.

The copper situation in 1914 was marked by an increased production in Ontario
and Quebec as against a falling off in British Columbia and the Yukon, leaving the
net result as a very slight decrease.

si 1/ 1/ i/M i; I I'D in 203

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

Tlie copper fontainod in matte. l)list('r cuppir. etc.. produced in t'anudian sim-ltcrs
tojretlier witli tho estimated recoveries or amounts paid for in ores exported amounted
in 1!)14 to 75,7.''.><..'?8(> pounds, which, at the averajre New York vahie of refined copper,
Mould be worth $10,:501,!)3r). Compared with the i)roduction in l!♦l.^, which was"
T(i,n7(>,n25 pounds vaUied at $ll,75:i.<>Or), tlu're was a fallinjr off of only l,2:5s,.i:j!> pounds
or 1 Ji per cent, hut, owiufx to the hiwcr jiricc, a inin-li larp-r i>en-entap- de<Tease in
tiotal value.

The production in (^udicc from pyrites ores was 4.JOl.4'.»7 pounds jls compared
with 3,455,887 pounds in 1913. The actual copper content of the ores shipped was
nearly 50 per cent in excess of these fiprures, but only about two-thirds of the copper
is reported as paid for.

The Ontario production' is derived chicHy from the nickel-copper or«'s of the
Sudbury district and of the Alexo mine, although there is a small amount of cojjper
contained in the silver ores shipped from Cobalt, some of which is jiaid for. There
was also a small shipment from the Dane mine on the T. A: N. (). railway.

Tlic production in 1014 is reported as 2S,{)4!S,21 1 jtounds, an increase of 3,U(>2,2^*lJ
pounds over the lltlS output which was 25,.H85,92!> pounds. Tlic Mond Nickel (Com-
pany contributed a much larger percentapre of the total production during 1914 than in
1913, and, as this company's ores are liigher in copper than those being worked by the
Camtdian Copper Company, we have the, perhaps somewhat unexpected, result of a
decrease in nickel production accompanied by an increase in copper production from
these Sudburj' district ores.

The British Columbia production was 41,221,<»2S pounds as against 45,791,579
pounds in IStl-'J, a falling off of 4,r)()!»,lir)l pounds. The (Ircen wood smelter closed down
in August and the Grand Forks smelter restricted its operations very severely on tho
outbreak of war. but started up several furnaces again before the close of the year. The
blowing in of the smelter at Anyox, treating the Hidden Creek and other coast ores,
and the continuance of large shipments from the Britiinnia mine made the coast pro-
duction slightly greater than that of the southern interior smelters and, with an
increased production at Trail, almost compensated for the falling off in the Boundary
district.

The Pueblo mine was again the iirincipal copper proilucer in the Yukon with an
output only slightly less than that in 1913.

The New York price of electrolytic copper fell off from 1+7 cents in February
to 12 7 cents during the last week of July. Quotations ceased on the declaration of
war, but were resumed in November at a little over 11 cents, increasing to 13 2 cent^
in December. The average monthly price for the year was 13 602 cents, as against
15-269 cents in 1913, and was, with the exceptions of 1912 and 1913. the highest
average since 1907.

There was a large fulling off in the imports of copper of all kinds in ]'J14. The
total imports were valued at $4,256,901, and included crude and manufactured
copper, 28,280,812 pounds valued at $3,083,322, copper sulphate. 1,143,039 i^unds
valued at $53,s02, and other manufacture.-, of copper valued at $210,777. The total
imports in 1913 were valued at $7.415,0<»>^, and included crude and manufactured
copper, 41,011,961 pounds valued at $6,035, ><22. copper sulphate 2,037,714 jiounds
valued at $107,960, and other manufactures valued at $371,226.

The exports of copper were: Copper fine in ore, matte, etc., 68,'330,059 i^iunds,
valued at $7,130,778. and eopix»r black or coarse, etc., 6,581,564 pounds valiuHl at
$908,201, a total of 75,411.623 poun<ls valued at $8,038,979.

Li:.vD.

The smelter production of lead froni Camulian ores in 1014 was 36.337,7<»5
pounds which, valued at 4-470 cci-t. ,...r poimd. th.- MveraL'e pric f niu' lead in

204 MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

Montreal for the year, would be worth $1,627,568. The production in 1913 was
37,662,703 pounds, valued at $1,754,705. With the exception of a small tonnage from
the Yukon, the 1914 production was entirely from British Columbia ores, and was
almost all recovered at the Trail smelter.

The exports of lead in ore, etc., in 1914 are reported as 246,100 pounds valued
at $2,681, and of pig lead 510,573 pounds valued at $19,507.

The total value of the imports of lead and lead products in 1914 was $1,042,538,
and included old scrap and pig lead, 15,444,100 pounds valued at $590,557, manu-
factured lead 3,394,930 pounds valued at $186,165, manufacturer n.o.p., $99,2'S5, and
litharge and lead pigments $166,531. The imports of litharge and pigment would
contain approximately 1,449 tons of metallic lead and the total imports of metallic
lead would therefore exceed 10,869 tons.

The average monthly price of lead in Montreal during 1914 was 4-479 cents as
against 4-659 cents in 1913. This is the producer's price for lead in car lots as per
quotations kindly furnished by Messrs. Thos. Robertson & Co.

The average monthly price of lead in New York was 3 862 cents, and in London
£19 079 per gross ton, equivalent to 4-146 cents per pound.

Nickel.

The declaration of war resulted in the almost immediate closing down of a con-
siderable portion of the mining and 'smelting operations of the Canadian Copper
Company in the Sudbury district, and although they were partially resumed before
the close of the year the Company's output was greatly reduced. The Mond Nickel
Company on the other hand, having increased the capacity of its smelter at Coniston,
nearly doubled its output. Ores from the Alexo nickel mine north of Cobalt were
also reduced in this smelter. .Ten separate properties were worked by these Com-
panies.

The nickel-copper ore is reduced in smelters and converters to a Bessemer
matte containing from 77 to 82 per cent of the combined metals and shipped in that
form to Great Britain and the United States for refining; the product of the Cana-
dian Copper Company going to New Jersey and that of the Mond Nickel Company
to Wales. A portion of the matte produced by the Canadian Copper Company is
used for the direct production of Monel metal, an alloy of nickel and copper, without
the intermediate refining of either metal.

The total production of matte in 1914 was 46,396 tons valued by the producers
at the smelters at $7,189,031, and containing 28,895,825 pounds of copper and
45,517,937 pounds of nickel. The tonnage of ore smelted (part being previously
roasted) was 947,053. The production in 1913 was 47,150 tons of matte, containing
25,875,546 pounds of copper and 49,676,772 pounds of nickel, showing an increase in
1914 in copper content and a falling off in nickel.

There is also a small recovery of nickel in the form of nickel oxide from the
Cobalt district ores, the production in 1914 being reported as 391,312 pounds of
oxide valued at $26,483.

The aggregate results of the smelting operations on nickel-copper ores during
the past five years and the exports of nickel are shown in tabular form, while a
record taken from the " Foreign Commerce of the United States " has born added
showing the imports of nickel into, and exports from that country. The values of
the United States exports, which are not quoted in the tables, range from 31 to 39
cents per pound and averaged about 34 cents in 1914.

It will be noted that a mucli larger quantity of nickel finds its way to the
United Kingdom through United States refineries than is exported directly from
Canada.

SUMMARY inii'oin

205

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

Exports of nickel from Now Cnlodonia for tho first seven months of 1014 aro
reported as 52,498 metric tons of ore and iJ.2Tr) tons matte, <>'' ^\^^u^^ tl,.. t,.f ,1 t,;<.l ,.l
content would probably not exceed S.OOO.OOO pounds.

The price of refined nickel in New York remained fairiy '-..n imt tlifUKiiuut
the year, quotations published by the EmiiiieeriiiiT and Mininf? Journal. 40 to 4.1
cents per pound for nickel shot, bio ks or pla(|uettos; electrolytic 5 cents higher per
pound.

I'nxluction of Nirkt'l in rnniil.i.

lull.

1912.

Tons of 2,000
lb.

19i;{.

1914.

Tons of 2,000
lb.

Tons of 2.000
lb.

Ore mini'fl . ;

Ore sni»>lt«Hi.-

TiessHiiifT rnattp prcKlucfd

r. 12. .511
(>ii>.s:u

JVj.(i(l7

17.049
$ 4,945,592

737,.584

72.'>,0(i5

■41,925

ll.lKi

22,421

7S»,(;97

H2<.4(i3

•i7.irMi

12,938

24,838

« 7,07«i,945

I,000.:i04

»4:.0.'>3

4G/3*h;

Oopp»>r content of matto

Nickel ,. .. . ..

14.448
22,759

Spot value of matte

§ (i.303,U»2

« 7,189,031

Expjrts of Nickf 1 from Canada.

Lb.

Ll..

Lb.

Xickt'l conUiiued m matte, etc. —

Ex|H.rted to Great Britain

K.xiH^rted tt) l''nited States. • . . .

5,02.3,.19.']
27,596,578

5.072,867
39,148,993

.5.164.512

44,224.119

70.3<S6

10,2itl,979

36,01.5.642

220 706

32,619,971

44,221,800

49,4.59,017

46..538,327

Imports of Nickel into United Stat&s.

1911.

1912.

1913.

1914.

dross tons of qre and matte tons.

Nickel contents* lb.

2.^993
29,545,967

ai.ioi

42,10:^,769

37.623
47,194,101

29,.-)64
35,006, 7W)

Exports of Nickel frcnn United States —

To Franc- lb.

To Net herlands .' t.

5,463.358
9.101.1.M)

7.I:'t;.2.V.i
3,;{3J,S19

5,083,917
7,3S7,447
K, 19 1, 364
5, 1.52, 2 ■)8

.3.0.'?1.S.58
6.622..S11

s.*2;.r.4o

10,01»C,779

3,4.57.1.57

H-VnliW

lo.H;jf,,y«;<>

Toother cotinrie- >•

12.446.458

Total

25,099,586

25,815,0^6

29,173,088

27..5y3.152

Iron Ore.

The iron ore shipments from mines in Canada durinp VM\ are reported as
244.854 short tons valued at $542,041. These shipments included 199,202 tons of
hematite and roasted siderite, and 45.562 tons of magnetite and concentrates.

The total shipments of ore in 191.3 were 307,0.34 tons, including 92,.38G tons of
hematite and roasted siderite, 209,886 tons of magnetite and concentrates and 5,.362
Ions of titaniferous ore.

Exports of iron ore from Canada during 1914 were recorded by the Customs
Department as 135.451 tons valued at $S60,974.

206

MIMJ.S BRAXCII

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

Ac-cording to niiiu' operators" reports, however, 184,444 tons were shipped to
Canadian smelters, and 6(>,410 tons were exported to the United States. The
imports into the United States from Canada are also reported by the "Washington
Irade Statistics as 58,816 tons, valued at $153,415.

Imports of iron ore in 1014 were, according to Customs records. 1,147, lO'S ton.<,
viihu'd at $2 387,358.

Shipments of iron ore from the Wabiina mines, Newfoundland, in 1914, by the
two Canadian companies operating there were 639,430 short tons, of which 422,920
tons were shipped to Sydney, Cape Breton, and 216,510 tons to the United States
and Europe. In 1913 the shipments were 1,605,920 short tons, of which 1,048,432
tons were shipped to Sydne.v, and 557,488 tons to the United States and Europe.

Pig-Trox.

The toti)l production of pig-iron in Canadian blast furnaces in 1914 was
783,164 tons of 2,000 pounds, valued at approximately $10,002,856, as compared with
1,128.067 tons, valued at $16,540,012 in 1913. A large portion of this production is
used directly in the manufacture of steel and the values are in part estimated. The
output shows a falling oif of 345,803 tons or 30-6 per cent, and is the smallest since
1909.

Of the total production in 1914, 9,S'S0 tons were made with charcoal and 773,784
tons with coke. The classification of the production, according to the purpose for
which it was intended, was as follows : Bessemer 230,817, basic 346,553, foundry
an<l malleable 205.794.

The ore charged to blast furnaces included 182,964 tons of Canadian ore and
1.324,320 tons of importp<l ore, and 33,5"33 tons of mill cinder, etc. The amount of
coke used during the year was 921,171 tons, comprising 330.269 tons from Canadian
coal, and 590.902 tons of imported coke or coke made from imported coal. The
quantity of charcoal fuel used wa^ 920,045 bushels, and of limestone flux 447,636
tons.

The numbt'r of men enii)loyed at blast furnaces was 1,018, and total wages paid
.$(;!>3.632.

The furnace plants operated for varying periods of time, included those of the
Dominion Iron and Steel Co., and the Nova Scotia Steel and Coal Co., at Sydne.y.
and North Sydney; the Algoma Steel Co.. at Sault Ste. Marie; the Steel Co. of
Canada, at Hamilton; the Standard Iron Co., at Deseronto; and the Canadian Iron
Furnace Co., at Port Colborne. All other furnaces were idle throughout the year.

The production of pig-iron by provinces in 1913 and 1914 was as follows: —

1913.

1914.

Tons.

Vahie.

Value
per ton.

Tons.

V.Uue.

2,951,676
7,051,180

Value
per ton.

Nova Rootia

Ontario

4S0,0f)S
(148,809

1,128,967

7,201.0L'0
9,338, 9it2

16,540,612

§ cts.

15 00
14 39

227,052
556.112

S ctM.

13 00
12 68

14 on

783,164

10,002,856

12 77

There was also a production during 1914 in electric furnaces of 7,524 tons of
fcrro allo.ys (ferro-silicon and ferro-phosjihorus) valued at $478,354. compared with
8.075 tons valued at $40."..niS in 1913. Tlu< i)r(Mlnct ion is cliiefly ."D per cent ferro-
silicon.

sr\i\i \i:y inntirv

207

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

'V\\e rxport-i of pi-j^-imn niitl I'frro-silicoii, vW., during the voir an* rcporti'il jis
10,003 ton.'*, valuptl at $4S»;,:UW5. Tlu» impnrts were: piK-iron, 7H,.^94 tons. valu»'«l at
$!>S1.107; charcoal pijr 8«! Ions, valuoil at $1,0.S2; forro-nianfratu'sr and fcrro-.Hilicon
I'lMlT ti.iis. vm1iic<1 at $.")4!).|S.''. ; or m t.-fal ..f lOO.s^T tons, viilii.'.l at .*! ,.-,:! l.f.T I.

The total prodiu-liou ul niarkctalilc <-oiil ft»r tlic year I'.tli cnniprirtint? sali-s and
shipments, colliery consumption and coal used in nnikinf? coke or otherwise u.sed by
tlie colliery operators, was l">..")!t4,lis I short tons, valued at $'5;J,4."):{.1(>S, us against
15.012,178 tons, valued at $:?7.;534,!t4(» in lltl3, showing n decrease of 1,417,194 tons, or
9-4 per cent in (luantity and of .$.'!.9(»1,S32, or 10-4 per cent in total value.

In estimating the values of the coals, arbitrary values are assumed for Nova Scotia
and for British Columbia, viz: $2.50 per long ton for the former and $3.50 per long
ton for the latter. The value of the coal production in the other provinces is that
returned by the operators. The jiroduction in Nova Scotia was 7,33S,790 tons, a falling
off of 041, 2S3 tons, or 80 per cent. The Alberta producti(»n as kindly furnished by
Mr. John Stirling, Inspector of Klines. Alberta, was 3,007,^10 tons, a decrea.se of
34(!,939 tons or 8- (5 per cent, while the British Columbia production was 2.238,339 tons
a decrease of 470.O81 tons or 21 2 i)i r cent. Saskatchewan with a proiluction of
232,541 tons shows an increase of 19,044 tons or 9-2 per cent, while New Brunswick
reports a production of 104,055 tons, an increase of 33,744 tons or 48 per cent. The
production of the Yukon is reported as 13,443 ton.=, a decrease of 6,279 tons or 32 per
cent from 1913.

i'ro\ ince.

1912.

1913.

1914.

Tons.

7,78.3,888

.3,208,997

3,210,.577

22.1,342

44.780

9,245

Value.

S 17,374,7.'-)0

10,028,116

8,11.3,.")2.5

.308.13'.

89, .500

44,9.-)8

Tons.

7,980,073

2,714,420

4.014,7.55

212,897

70,311

19,722

Value.

.? 17,812.06;?

8, 482.. 562

lo,Jl.s.941

3.58,192

100,637

5t'.,945

Ti 111.".

7.X3S.79(t

2,238.3.39

"3,667,816

2:52,541

104,0.55

13,443

Value.
.^ 16,381, 22S

Rritish Columbia. .....

AU)ertii

Saskatchewan

New Brunswick

6.'.Kt4,sli»

9,:«;7,t)ir>

375, 43S

260.27<»

Yukon

.53,7<i<»

Total

14,512,829

30,019,044

15.012,178

37,334,940

13,594,984

.^3,433.10S

•StatisticH furnished liy Mr. .Tohn Stirlinp, Inspector of Mines, All)erta.

The exports of <'oal in 11114 were l,423.12t! tons, valued at $.3.nS(I,175. as compared
with exports of 1.502,020 tons valued at $3,901,351 in 1913, a falling off of l:}8.s<»4
tons or 8 89 per cent.

Imports of coal during the year included bituminous, round and run of mine
7,770,415 tons, valued at $14,954,321, or an average of $1.92 per ton; bituminous slack
2,509,032 Ions valued at $3,605,253 or an average of $1.43 per ton; and anthra«-ite
4,435.010 tons valued at $21,241,924 or an average of $4.79 per ton or a total of
14,721,057 ton.s, valued at $39,801,498. The imports in 1913 were bituminous, round
and run of mine 10.743.473 tons valued at $21,750,658; bituminous slack 2.810.423
tons, valued at $4,157,622; and anthracite 4.0,42.057 tons valued at $22,034.8.39; or a
total of 18,201,953 tons valued at $47,949,119.

There was therefore a decrease in imports of bituminous run of mine of 2.907.05S
tons or 27-6 per cent, a decrease in the imports of bituminous slack of 300.791 tons
or 10-9 per cent and a decrease in the imports of anthracite of 207.047 tons or 4 5 \)cr
cent, or a total decrease in coal imports of 3,480.890 tons or 19-1 per cent.

208 MIXES BRAXCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

The apparent consumption of coal during the year was 26,809,778 tons as against
a consumption of 31,582,545 tons in 1913. Of the consumption in 1914 about 45-4
per cent was from Canadian mines and 54.6 per cent imported.

Coke.— The total output of oven coke during 1914 was 1,015,253 tons of 2,000 lb.
made from 1,533,365 tons of coal, of which 1,030,053 tons were mined in Canada, and
503,312 tons were imported. The total quantity of coke sold, or used by the producers
during the year was 1,019,082 tons valued at $3,634,511.

In 1913 the total output was 1,517,133 tons and the quantity sold or used by the
producers 1,530,499 tons valued at $5,919,596.

The output by provinces in 1914 was: Nova Scotia, 345,880 tons; Ontario, 377,514
tons; Alberta, 28,541 tons, and British Columbia, 263,318 tons. The production from
Ontario was entirely from imported coal.

By-products from coke ovens during the year included 8,572 tons of ammonia
sulphate, 5,714,172 gallons of tar, and 3,201,097 thousand feet of gas.

The only coke ovens operated during the year were those at Sydney, Sydney Mines
and Westville, Nova Scotia; Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario; Coleman, Alberta; and Fernie,
Cliche!, and liosmer, British Columbia. At the end of the year there were 797 ovens
in operation and 2,297 idle.

Asbestos.

The asbestos production in 1914 was obtained from the districts of Black Lake,
Thetford, Eobertsonville, and Danville, in the province of Quebec. Both output and
gales show. a considerable falling olf, while there is an increase in the stocks on hand
at the close of the year, a result which is no doubt due largely, if not entirely, to the
war.

The total output in 1914 was 107,668 tons, as against 132,564 tons in 1913, a fall-
ing off of 24,896 tons, or 18-7 per cent. Notwithstanding this decrease the output was
greater than that of any other preceding year. The sales and shipments of asbestos
during 1914 were 96,542 tons, valued at $2,892,266, or an average of $29.96 per ton, as
against sales in 1913 of 136,951 tons valued at $3,830,909, or an average of $27.97 per
tori. The 1914 sales were exceeded during each of the previous three years. Stocks
on hand at December 31, 1914, were 31,171 tons, as compared with stocks of 20,787
tons at the end of the previous year.

The number of men employed an mines or quarries and mills, was 2,992 and
amount paid in wages, $1,283,977, as against 2,951 men employed, and $1,687,957 paid
in wages in 1913.

The total quantity of asbestos rock milled, during the year is reported as 1,717,629
tons which, with a mill production of 103,607 tons, shows an average estimated content
of about 6 03 per cent of fibre in the rock.

The output and sales of crude and mill stock separately is shown for 1913 and
1914 in the following tables. The classification is based on valuation: Crude No. 1,
comprising material valued at $200 per ton and upwards, and Crude No. 2, under
$200; mill stock No. 1 includes mill fibre valued at from $30 upwards, No. 2 from
$15 to $30, and No. 3 under $15.

The total sales of crude asbestos in 1914 were 4,147 5 tons, valued at $773,193,
or an average of $186.42 as against sales in 1913 of 5,660-3 tons, valued at $989,162,
or an average of $174 45 per ton, showing a lower tonnage but a higher average
value in 1914.

The total sales of mill stock in 1914 were 92,394 tons, valued at $2,119,073, or
an average of $22.04 per ton, against 131,291 tons in 1913, valued at $2,841,747,
or an average of $21.64 per ton. again a smaller tonnage but a higher average price
than in the previous year.

SUMMARY in: PORT

209

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

Exports of uabestos during the twelve months ending December .*>!, 1914. were
8i;0Sl tons, valued at $2,298,046, as agnin.st 103.812 tons, valued at $2,848,047
exported in 1913. Tliere was also an export classed as asbestos sand in 1914,
amounting to 18,991 tons, valued at $108,548 tons, or an average value per ton of
$.571.

Output Sales and Stocks in 1914.

Output.
Tons.

Sales.

Sto«.k on hand.
D«-c. 31.

T«)n8 .

V'aluo.

Per ton.

Tons.

Value.

Per ton.

Crude No. 1

l,4r)0 .55
2,6li» 4

16,144

.'i8,:«i2

29,101

1,335 9
2,811-65

19,;«8

47,851

2.5,155

96,541-55

402,417
.370,776
932,893
963,973
222,207

.301 23

131 87

48 12

20 15

8 83

984-3
1,410-9
4,616
l.MH
9,046

.301,2.37
187.33k
22H,3«;i
.305,809
76,522

306 04
1.32 78

Mill stock No. 1 ... . ...

49 69

20 23

8 46

Asbehttjs

107,607 95

2,892,266

29 96

31.171-2

1,100,267

35 30

Ashestic

21,0.31

17,540

0-.S3

•

Output Sales and Stocks in 1913

Output.

Sales.

Stock on hand.
Dec. 31.

Tons.

Value.

Per ton.

Tons.

Value.

Per ton.

Crude No. 1

.. 2

Mill stock No. 1

„ 2. . .

S ..........

2,015 4
3,010

23,444

.58, .592

4J,.503

1,85 < -3

3,807
26,198
60,164
44,929

.531,200

457.962

1,229,908

1,201,215

410,624

$ cts.

286 62

120 29

46 95

19 97

9 14

880-5
1,522
6,755
4.809
6,820

247,877
178,789
.3.50,165
108,285
54,604

S cts.

281 52

117 47

51 84

22 52

8 01

Asbestos

132,564 4

136,9.51-3

3,8;J0,90i(

27 97

20,78»5 5

939-720

45 21

Asbeftic

24,135

19,016

0 79

Pltkoleum and Natural Gas.

Although crude oil has been struck in several of the prospect wells being sunk
in Alberta, and a few thousand gallons obtained from the Dingman Well, No. 1, of
the Calgary Petroleum Products, Ltd., were sold, the western field*, have not, as yet,
reached the stage of commercial production, and the Canadian output is still
practically confined to the old established fields in Ontario supplemented by a few
barrels pumped from gas wells in New Brunswick.

The annual output, which has been steadily declining during the past seven
years, shows a further falling off in 1914. The average price received for crude oil
was also lower than in the previous year.

A bounty of one and a half cents per imperial gallon is paid, upon the production
of crude petroleum, the Petroleum Bounty Act being administered and payments
made by the Department of Trade and Commerce.

According to the records of this Department, the total output of petroleum in
Ontario and New Brunswick during 1914 was 214,418 barrels, or 7,504,619 gallons.

26a— 14

210 MIXES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

on which a bounty of $340,924 was paid. The average monthly price per barrel at
Petroiia was $1.59, as compared with $1-782 in 1913. During the first three months
of 1914, $1.89 per barrel was quoted, but the price decreased to a minimum of $1.33
during the past three months of the year.

In addition to the above, 13,549 gallons, or 387 barrels, valued at $2,200, were
reported as having been sold from the Dingnum Well in Alberta upon which no
bounty was claimed. The total Canadian production is therefore stated as 7,518,168
gallons, or 214,805 barrels, valued at $343,124.

The production in 1913 was 7,982,798 gallons, or 228,080 barrels, valued at
$406,439. The production in Ontario during 1914 included in the above total was
212,693 barrels. The production 'by districts in this province, as furnished by the
Supervisor of Petroleum Bounties, at Petroiia, was as follows, in barrels: Lambton,
154,180; Tilbury, 18,530; Bothwell, 33,961; Dutton, 2,190; Onondaga, 2,437, and Belle
Eiver, 1,191, or a total of 212,495 barrels. In 1913 the production by districts was:
Lambton, 155,747; Tilbury, 26,824; Bothwell, 34,349; Dutton, 4,610; Onondaga, 4,172.
and Belle Kiver, 464, or a total of 226,166 barrels.

The production in New Brunswick in 1914 was 1,725 barrels, as against 2,111
barrels in 1913, and 2,679 barrels in 1912.

Exports of petroleum entered as crude mineral oil in 1914 were 3,996 gallons
valued at $302, and of refined oil 3,922 gallons valued at $826. There was also an
export of naphtha and gasoline of 43,023 gallons valued at $11,607.

The total value of the imports of petroleum and petroleum products in 1914 was
$11,174,763, as against a value of $13,348,326 in 1913.

The total imports of petroleum oils, crude and refined, in 1914 were 244,487,973
gallons, valued at $11,072,362, in addition to 1,594,236 pounds of wax and candles
valued at $102,401. The oil imports included : crude oil, 195,207,210 gallons, valued
at $5,750,971; refined and illuminating oils, 12,833,065 gallons, valued at $970,481;
gasoline, 24,396,401 gallons, valued at $2,747,360; lubricating oils, 5,767,676 gallons,
valued at $940,143, and other petroleum products, 6,282,621 gallons valued at
$663,407.

The total imports in 1913 were 222,779,028 gallons of petroleum oils crude and
refined, valued at $13,238,429, in addition to 1,028,837 pounds of paraffin wax and
candles, valued at $109,897. The oil imports included: crude oil, 162,061,920 gallons,
valued at $5,250,835; refined and illuminating oils, 19,393,627 gallons, valued at
$1,394,440; gasoline, 29,525,180 gallons, valued at $4,'822,941 ; lubricating oils, 6,789,451
gallons, valued at $1,172,986, and other petroleum products, 5,008,844 gallons, valued
at $597,227.

Tlirre was tlnis in 1!)14 an increased importation of crude oils and a decrease
in iiujjorts of refined illuminating oils, Inhrieating oils and gasoline.

Xatlkal Gas.

The totai production in 1914 was approximately 21,047 million feet, valued at
$3,511,302, of which 426 million feet valued at $54,249 was produced in New Bruns-
wick, 13,675 million feet valued at $2,200,733 in Ontario, and 0,94(i million feet valued
at $1,250,320 in Alberta.

The production in 1913 was 20,478 million cubic feet, valued at $3,307,381, of
which 829 million feet valued at $174,147 was produced in New Brunswick, 12,475
million feet valued at $2,055,768 in Ontario, and 7.174 million feet valued at $1,079,460
in Alberta.

These values represent as closely as can be ascertained the value received bj- the
owners or operators of the wells for gas i)roduced and sold or used. The values do not
represent what consumers have to pay, since, in cases where transmission is by
separately operated pipe line companies, such cost is not included.

SI MM A in Ki:i'()irr

211

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

Cement.

The year 1914 lias witnessed a very lnrt,'e falliiif,' ..ff in tin- pritdiietioii of nearly
all materials of construction. This situatitui while jiossibly aj?t?ravated by the war
was due primarily to conditions whidi had already bej^un to show their eflfects during
the latter part of 1913.

The ti>tal quantity of Portland ci'intiit, incliidiuK shiK <-cint nt and natural Port-
land, made in 1914 was 8,727, 2(i9 barrels of ."{."iO net pounds each as compared with
8,y8li..'533 barrels made in 1913, a decrease of iri9.0(»4 barrels, or about 2 per cent.

The total quantity of Canadian-Portland cement sold or usj>d during 1914 was
7.172,480 barrels, valued at $9,187,924, or an avera^re of $1.2S per barrel, as compared
with 8,058,805 barrels valued at $11,01!>,418 or an average of $1.27 per barrel in 1913,
showing a decrease of l,48t),325 barrels, or 17 per cent.

The total imports of cement in 1914 were 343,076 cwt., equivalent to 98,022 barrels
of 350 pounds, valued at $147,158, or an average of $1.50 per barrel, as compared with
imports of 254,093 barrels valued at $409,303, or an average of $1.61 in 1913.

The total consumption of cement therefore, neglecting a small export, was
7,270,502 barrels, as compared with a consumption of 8,912,898 barrels in 1913; a
decrease of 1,642,396 barrel*., or 18-4 per cent.

Detailed statistics of production during each of the jiast four years are shown as
follows : —

Portland Cement sold

Portland Cement m.-inufactured

StCK-k v>n hand .Fan. Ist

Stock on hand Dec. 31st

\'aliie of cement sold .

Wages paid

Men employed

1911.

Bl.

5,692,915

5,677,539

918.965

903,589

7,644,-537

2,103,838

3.010

1912.

HI.

7,132,7:^2

7,141,404

894,822

903,091

9,106,556

2,623,«Ht2

3,461

1913.

Bl.

8,658,X05

8,886,333

8H2,0<;7

1,089,595

••? 11,019,418
3,46<i,451
4,276

1914.

Bl.

7,172,480
8,727,2«i9
1,074,610
2,62*>,39y

* Partially estimated.

The average price per barrel at the work> iu 1914 was $1.28 as compared with
$1.27 in 1913, $1.28 in 1912, and $1.34 during 1911 and 1910.

The imports of cement in 1914 included 26,774 barrels valued at $35,517 from
(Jrcat Britain. 69,117 hirrels valued at $108,487 from the T'nited States, and 2,131
barrels valued at $3,154 from other countries.

The consumption nf Pdrtlaiid cptneiit duriiiir iMi-h <if tlu^ i>ast tiv»' years was as
follows : —

Annual Consumption of Portland Cement.

Calendar Year.

Canadian.

Ini|>orted.

Totol

Barrel8.

Per cent.

BarrelH.

Per cent

Barrel*.

1910

1911

1912

4.7.5.3,975
.5,692,915
7.132,7.32
8,r>5S,><05
7,172,480

83 3

97 1

98 7

349.310

r>fil,916

1,434.413

2.>t,093

98,022

l« 7
2 9
13

5.1(«,28,5
6,.T54,831
8,5fi7.145

1913

1914

8,912.'»88
7.270.502

26a— 14A

212

MINES BRANCH

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

Exports of Products of the Mine and Manufactures of Mine Products, Calendar

Year, 1914.

(Compiled from Trade and Navigation Monthly Statements.)

Products.

Arsenic cwt.

Asbestos tons.

Asbestos sand u

Coal M

Feldspar

Gold S

Gypsum tons,

Copper, tine, in ore, etc lb.

<t black or coarse and in pigs i

Lead, in ore, etc

« pig, etc II

Nickel, in ore, etc .•

Platinum oz.

Silver

Mica lb.

Mineral pigments . . cwt.

Mineral water . .' gal.

Oil, mineral, crude, etc u

Oil, refined n

Ores —

Antimony tons.

Corundum i

Iron T !■

Mangane.se

Other ores h

Phosphate

Plumbago

Pyrites

cwt.

ton.s.

Salt .'. cwt.

Sand and gravel tons

Stone, ornamental ,i

II building II

II crushed n

.. for manufacture of grindstones n

Other products of the mine . . .

Total mine products

Manufactures.

Agricultural Implements-
Mowing machines No.

Cultivators

Reapers

Drills I,

Harvesters and binders

Ploughs •. II

Harrows n

Hay rakes u

Seeders m

Threstiing machines i

All other .S

Parts of I.

Asbestos, manufactures of

Bricks M

Cement $

Clay, manufactures of •<

Coke tons

Drugs—

Acetate of lime lb.

Acid sulphuric

Calcium carbide ....

Phosphorus n

Quantit}'.

;-!7,51!»
81,081
18,991
1,423, 12f;
18,072

345,8.30

68,830,0.59

G,581,;jf)J

24(1, 100

510, .573

46,528,327

28,020,0S9

6ti9,163

3.5,549

2,287

3,99t)

3,922

9-17
135,451

12,770

247

18,375

89,999

9,.527

952,-370

231

63,1)09

25,130

21,457

6,0.30

3,919

3,961

19,474

12,896

6,252

6. .524

1,965

1,486

67,838

16,0.52.2.55

7, 485. .5(19

1.5,447,014

010,360

Yah

132. .567

2,298,646

108,548

3,880,175

74,100

1.5,242,200

404,2.34

7,130,778

908,201

2,681

19,507

5,149,427

2.16J

15,584,813

178,940

599
362
826

87,740

360,974

750

782,437

677

50,528

377,985

5,229

802,358

5,607

46,198

18,153

294

101,096

53,781,102

725,831
146.6(«
223,228
2.59.701
2,01.5,996
324,349

92,5.56
196,519
1,810
799,.307
290,520
712,414

94,538

11,871
2,22.3

26,866
306,117

282,146
4.5,612

470,:W
92,303

Sr; .1/1/. I AM REI'dliT

213

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

Exports of Products of the Mine and Manufactures of Mine Products, Calendar

Year, 1914 — (Jundudcd.

(Compiled from Trade anil Navigation Monthly Statements.)

1 'nxlucts.

M.VNUKACTUHKS— Conc/i/(/<''/.

liiirtlHiwvarc ami :ili iiiaiiufuctures of S

FiTtili/trs M

( iriiidstoncs, uiftjiiifiictured

t iypsuiii .ind plasttT jjrmiml !•

lixm and Stt'tl and iminufactures of —

Stoves No.

Gas buoys and parts of ?

Castings, u.o.p >•

Pig-iron tons.

Ferro-Silicon and Ferro-Coir.iX)und.s

Wirt' and wire nails . . cwt.

Linotype niathines and parts of . S

Macliniery, n.o.p

Sowiii;; machines - . . . No.

Wa.'-hing machines ' S

Typewriters No.

Serau iron and steel cwt.

Hanlware, viz. : tools, etc §

■• n.op "

All other, n.o. p >t

Lime •... «

Metals-
Aluminium, in bars, etc cwt.

II manufactures of S

Brass, old and .scrap cwt.

Copjier, old and scrap i-

Metallic shingles, etc S

Metals, n.o.p "

Mineral and aerated water (in bottles)

Oil, ga.soline and napiitha gal.

" n.o.j) "

Plumbago, maniifactures of §

Stone, ornamental "

I buikiing "

Tar ■ "

Tin, manufactures of i

Vehicles —

Automobiles

•I parts

Bicycles

II |)arts

No.
No.

Total manufactures.

Grand total

(Quantity.

4,198

14,H»8

4,S(i5

l!»3,25r)

2, low

3,005
708,107

145,10,-

21,20;)

ay,»7i

43,02:<
455, «07

5,G21
"ill

Value.

'j,:{;io,.i!M

24,113
3;j,4;«J

2.M40

2I,()0()

24,218

201,145

2K%221

355,781

'5,662

344,6i;9

.{1,302

33,086

200,441

446,337

05.407

100,763

2.031,908

16,027

2,364,007

5,571

1;Ki,710

231,710

105.663

303,829

1,7C>8

11.607

104.170

7--'. 71 8

1.7.V2

370

36.719

24,531

3,011,327

384,428

10 021

3,073

21,752,203

75,53.S,305

AIMMINDIX

{Reprint.)

4-5 GEORGE V.

CHAP. 31.

An Act to regulate the Manufacture, Testing, Storage
and Importation of Explosives.

[Assented to 12th June, 1914.]

HIS Majesty, by and with the advice and consent of the
Senate and House of Commons of Canada, enacts as
follows : —

SHORT TITLE.

1. This Act may be cited as The Explosives Act. Short title.

INTERPRETATION.

2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires, — definitions,
(a) "Department" means the Department of Mines; mSiT""^^
(6) "Minister" means the Minister or Acting Minister "Minister."

of Mines; or such Minister as the Governor in Council
may designate to administer this Act;

(c) "authorized explosive" means an}' explosive the explosive.''*^
manufacture or importation of which has been author-
ized under this Act;

(d) "explosive" means gunpowder, blasting powder, "Kxpiosi %•«».••
nitroglycerine, gun cotton, dynamite, blasting gelatine,
gelignito, fulminates of mercury, or other metals,
coloured fires, and everj' other substance whether
chemical compound or mechanical mixture, used or
manufactured with a view to produce a violent effect

by explosion, or a pyrotechnic effect, and includes
fire works, fuses, rockets, percussion caps, ucionators,
cartridges, ammunition of all descrijitions, fog and
other signals, and every other adaption or preparation
of an explosive as above defined;

21.5

(e)

216

MINES BRANCH

' Factory."

'Inspector,

" Magazine.

"Operator.'

" Rejiula-
tioiis."

"Safcfy
cartridircs.'

Dopartmcnts
exempted.

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

(e) "factory" means and includes any building, structure
or premises in which the manufacture, or any part of
the process of manufacture of an explosive, is carried
on, and any building or place where any ingredient of
an explosive is stored during the process of manufacture ;

(/) "inspector" means and includes the chief inspector of
explosives, an inspector of explosives, a deputy in-
spector of explosives, and any other person who is
directed by the Minister to inspect an explosive or
explosive factory or magazine, or to hold an inquiry in
connection with any accident caused by an explosive;

(g) "magazine" means and includes any building, store-
house, structure or place in which any explosive is kept
or stored, other then at or in and for the use of a mine
or quarry in a province in which provision is made by
the law of such province for the efficient inspection of
mines and quarries and explosives used in connection
therewith; but does not include the place in which
an authorized explosive is kept for the purposes of
conveyance when the same is being conveyed or
kept in accordance with the provisions of this Act,
nor the structure or place in which is kept for private
use, and not for sale, an authorized explosive to an
amount not exceeding that allowed by regulation
under this Act, nor any store or warehouse containing
authorized explosives to an amount not exceeding
that allowed by regulation under this Act or authorized
by any provincial or local authority;

(h) "operator" means any person who operates a factory
for mr.nufacturing explosives, or is the manager of or
in charge of such factory, or who is the occupant of or
uses a magazine for the storage of explosives;

(i) "regulations" means any regulations made by the
Governor in Council under the authority of this Act;

(j) "safety cartridges" means cartridges for guns, rilies,
pistols, revolvers and other small arms, of which the
case can be extracted from the small arm after firing,
and which are so closed as to prevent any explosion in
one cartridge being communicated to other cartridges.

3. This Act shall riot apply to the Department of Militia
and Defence or the Department of the Naval Service.

Explosives
proiiibited
unless
authorized.

IMPORT.\TION, MANUFACTURE AND USE.

4. Except as heioin provided, no perst^i shall have in his
possession, or import, store, use or manufacture, whether
wholly or in pait, or sell, any exi:)losive unless such explosive
has been d'ocliuecl by tlio Minister to be an authorized explo-
sive.

.sr.i/.i/.tA*r in.i'oiiT 217

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

i5. Nothiiip; in tliis Act shall upply to the makiiip; of a •'"">'»". .
siikUI qiuuitity of explosive for the i)urposc of chcniicjLl !.'!"*'I ,'.'!" '
experiment, and not for practical use or sale.

6. Excel )t i^ so far as may be permitted by rejmlations Crrtnin
made under this Act, no person, except in licensed luanu* prohi7jt;..j.
facturing factories, shall carry on any of the following pro-
cesses, namely: — of dividing into its component parts, or
otherwise breaking up or anmakhig, any explosive; of
making lit for use any damaged explosive; or of remaking;,
altering or repairing any explosive: Provided that this
section shall not apply to the process of thawing explosives
containing nitro-glycerine, if a proper apparatus or thawing-
house is used in accordance with regulations made under
this Act or any Provincial law.

LICENSES AND PERMITS.

T. The jMinister may issue licenses for factories and ^-''
magazmes, and no one shall manufacture, either wholly or
in part, or store explosives except in licensed factories and
magazines. '

2. Notwithstanding any provisions contained in this ^••''"'^''.^J-^ °f
Act the Governor in Council, upon the recommendation"'^"'"''''
of the Minister, based upon the report in writing of the
deputy minister, accompanied by certificates from the
chief inspector and cliief chemist of explosives approving
of the nature of the components and of the final explosive
product, may allow the inexplosive component parts of
an authorized exjilosive from licensed factories and maga-
zines to be assembled and blended at or near the point of
use, and such place of blending shall not be deemed a factory
or magazine within the meaning of this Act.

8. The Minister may issue permits for the importation Permits for
of authorized explosives, and no one shall import any '"'i^"""'-"-""-
explosive into Canada, other than safety cartridges, without
such permit : Rovided, however, that nothing in this section
shall prevent any explosive from being ti-ansported through ?'''^''"'^'""'
Canada by railway in bond, if such transportation is made
in a mamier authorized by the Railway Act or any regula-
tion or order made thereunder.

O. The Minister may, on application, and on payment of ^^^^^^^^
the prescribed fees, issue a special permit to import, for the
purpose of chemical analysis or scicntihc research, an amount
not exceedhig two pounds of any explosive specified in such
permit.

lO.

218

^flXEs BRAycn

Application
for license.

Plan of
factory and
premises.

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

lO. Applications for factory or magazine licenses shall
be made in such form and manner as are prescribed by-
regulation, and the application shall be accompanied by, —

(a) a plan, drawn to scale, of the proposed factory or
magazine and of the land on which such factor}' or maga-
zine is situated, and also of the lands adjacent thereto on
which buildings are erected, with the uses to which such
lands and buildings are now put. Such plan to have the
exact distances between the several buildings marked 'there-
on;

(6) a description of the situation, character and con-
struction of all buildings and works connected with the
factory or magazine, and the maximum amount of explo-
sive to be kept in each building;

(d) any information or evidence which the jVlinister may
require ;

(e) in the case of an application for a factory license, a
statement of the maximum amount of explosive, cud of
ingredients thereof wholly or partially mixed, to be allowed
at any one time in any building, machine, or process of the
manufacture, or within the distance from such buildings or
machine which is limited by regulation ;

(/) . statement of the nature of the processes to be
carried on in the factory and in each part thereof, and the
place at which each process of the manufacture, and each
description of work connected with the factory is to be
carried on, and the places in the factory at which explosives
and anything liable to spontaneous ignition, or inflammable
or otherwise dangerous, are to be kept.

rermitsfor 11. The Minister may, on application nnd on payment
and'ti"ting^' ^f such fees as are prescribed by regulation, issue a permit
to manufacture for experimental or testing purposes
only, and not for sale, any new explo.^ive, upon such condi-
tions and subject to such restrictions as are fixed by the
Minister.

Description .

Statenaent of
employees.

Required
information.

Statement of
maximum
amount and
ingredients.

Statement of
proce.sses and
position of
explosives.

new
explosives

Permit for
alteration or
addition to
factory.

Change ol
owner or
occupier.

12. The owner or operator of a factory or magazine
shall not make anj' material alteration or addition to a
licensed factory or magazine, or rebuild any part thereof,
until he has obtained a porn\it from the Minister; and before
such permit may be granted he shall submit such plans and
other information and evidence as the Minister may require.

13. A factory or magazhie license shall not be affected
by any change in the persons who own or operate the
factor}' or magazine; but notice of such change with

the

Sl'MM I AM Uirairi 219

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

the addross .ind callinp; of the now ownor or ojicnitor shall Notice to
be sent to the ]\Iuiister by the former owner forthwith, '
and by the new owner within one month after such change,
and in default thereof each such owner or operator shall
be liable to a penalty not exceeding; one hundred dollars I'onatty.
for each week dm-inji; which such default continues, and
if the occupier is not hunself the owner he shall also be liable
to the same pen alt}'.

14. In the case of a factory now in operation or a maga- License for
zine now in existence, no license shall be required until the [ropcl^n'trol
first day of January, one thousand nine hundred and sixteen:
Provided, however, that if the owner or operator of such I'roviso.
factory or magazine desires to make any material alteration

in or addition to such fartory or magazine, or to rebuild
the same or any part thereof, he shall comply with the
provisions of section 12 of this Act.

2. The owner or operator of any such factory or maga- Application
zine shall, within three months after the passing of this Act, continuing
make application to the ^Minister for a continuing certifi- ff-tificate.
cate, stating in such application his name and address and

the situation of the factory or magazine, and shall sui)ply Particulars.
such particulars and information respecting the same as
the Minister may require; and the applicant shall thereupon
be granted a continuing certificate in such form as may be
prescribed by the Minister, and such factory or magazine
shall thereupon be deemed to be duly authorized to manu-
facture and store explosives.

3. Notwithstanding anything in this section, the Minister Powers of

,1 i r r i Minister,

may requu-e the owner or operator of any factory or maga- in case of
zine to stop using, or to use only under and subject to con- special
ditions to be specified by the IMinister, any building,
structure or premises which, from its situation or from the
nature of the processes carried on therein, constitutes, in
his opinion, a special danger.

INSPECTORS.

15. The Governor in Council mav appoint a rhief ^ppo'^tf"^"*

.ri- •*.fi' of inspectors.

mspector oi explosives, one or more inspectors of explosives,
one or more deputy inspectors of explosives, and one or
more chemists of explosives.

10. An inspector may, at any time, visit and inspect Powers of
any factory, magazine and jjremises where any explosive ""'i'*'<^^°"-
is being manufactured or stored, or where he has reason
to suspect any explosive is being manufactured or stored,
and may open and examine any package that he may there
find; and the owner and operator of such factory, magazine

and

220

MIXES BRAXCH

May require
Bamples.

May open
packages.

5 GIORGE V, A. 1915

and premises shall afford such inspector every facility to
make such inspection full and complete, and shall supply
the inspector with any information that he may require,
other than information relating to the cost of manufacturing
an explosive.

2. An inspector may require the owner or operator of any
factory or magazine, where any explosive is manufactured
or stored, or any person employed in any such place, to
give him such samples as he ma}' require of any substance
therein, whether in the state of raw material, material in
course of manufacture, or manufactured material, which
the inspector believes to be an explosive, or to be an in-
gredient from which an explosive nuiy be manufactured,

3. An inspector maj', at any time, open or cause to be
opened any package or store of material of whatsoever
nature, which he believes to contain explosives or ingre-
dients for the manufacture of explosives.

INQUIRIES INTO ACCIDENTS.

Inqniry into
accidents.

E:^emption
where
covered by
provinf'iiil
legislation.

17. The Minister may direct an inquirj^ to be made
whenever any accidental explosion of any explosive has
occurred, or when anj accident has been caused by an
explosive, and the person authorized by the Minister to
conduct such inquiry shall have all the powers and author-
ity of a commissioner appointed under Part I of the Inquiries
Act.

2. This section shall not apply, however, where an
accident has been caused by an explosion of an explosive
occurrhig in any mine or quarry or metallm-gical work in
any province in which provision is made by the law of such
province for a proper and thorough mvcstigation and in-
quiry into the cause of such accident.

Regulations.

Classify
explosives.

Licenses,
permits, and
certificates.

Importation,
p:i(;l;iii;; and
trans-
portation.

Inquiries

into

accidents.

REGULATIONS.

18. The Governor in Council may make regulations, —
(a) for classifying explosives, and for inc:iciibin[: the
composition, ciuidity and character of explosives;

{h) prescribing the form and duration of licenses, permits
and certificates issued under this Act, the terms and con-
ditions upon which such licenses, permits and certificates
shall be issued, and the fees to be paid therefor;

(c) for regulating the impoilation, ])n.pking and handling
of ex]ilo^'ives, and the transportation of ex])losives othcrwi.se
than l)y I'aihvay;

(d) for inquii-ies into the accitlentai exi)losion of exiilo-
sivet., aiid any accident caused by explosives;

(e)

SI \iM\in in I'oirr 221

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

(e) ior the taking of samples of explosives rcquirotl for samptcs.
examination and tcstine;, and for tho cstahlisliinp; of tosling T-stinK.
stations, and of tho tests and other examinations to which
explosives shall be subje('t(>d;

(/) prescribing the manner in which an explosive shall be A<i'tii.ri7,cd
tested and examined before it is declared to be an author- ^'^'^ "'*'^^'''
ized explosive,, and for determining to what examinations
and tests authorized ex])l()sives shall be subject:

{g) to be observed by insjiectors and other ollicers and ,' "".r"'^^'^"
em})loyees charged with any duty under this Act, or under '"'
an>' regulations made thereunder;

\h) relating to the construction, and management and r.i<tr„„.9.
licensLug of factories and magazines;

(2) for the safety of the public and of the employees at Safety of
any factory or magazijie, or any person engaged 'u the en.plo.sx'es.
handling or packing of exjilosives, or the transportation
of explosives otherwise than by railway ;

0) governing the establishment, location and mainten- Locuion and
ance of factories and magazines, and the manufacture and ""^""f"^*"'"^-
storage of explosi^'es :

(A) for blending the inexplosive components of an i^ionding.
authorized explosive;

(/) limiting the amount of authorized explosives that .^^"^,i^'"J
may be kept in places other than licensed factories and stored.
magazines, and prescribing the manner in which it shall
be handled and stored in such places;

{m) regarding the thawing of explosives; Thawing.

(n) for the more effective carrying out of this Act. operation of

2. All regulations made under this Act shall be published Publication of
in The Canada Gazette, and upon being so published they '^^^^ ^'tions.
shall have the same force as if they formed part of this Act.

OFFENCES AND PENALTIES.

19. Every person who fails to permit an inspector to obstruction
enter upon anj- property, and to inspect, examine or make eximi'I.atton
inquiries in pursuance of his duties, and every pei-son who •'>' '"spector.
fails to comply with any order or direction of such inspector,
in p\nsuance of the requirements of this Act or any regula-
tion mad(i thereunder, or who, in any manner whatsoever,
obstiaicts such inspector in the execution of his duties under
this Act. shall be liable to a penalty not exceeding live Penalty,
hundred dollars and costs, or to imprisonment for a term
not exceeding six months or to both fine and imprisonment.

2. Any owner or operator who takes exception to the Manu-
ruling of nn inspector, before such ruling or before the f;i''"|.','.^^,^jf ^^
penalty provided for in subsection 1 of this section is enforced ui-i.i-.tor'a
as the case may be, may have the facts upon which such "■"'"'*■'•
ruling is ba.sed submitted to the Muiister for his consider- Hef- "nee to
ation and decision.

20.

222

MINES BRANCH

Trespassing

upon

premises.

Penalty.

5 GEORGE V, A. 1915

20. Every person who enters without permission or
lawful authority or otherwise trespasses upon any factory
or magazine shall, for every ofTencc, be liable to a penalty,
not exceeding fifty dollars and costs, and may be forthwith
removed from such factory or magazine by any constable
or by any person employed at such factory or magazine.

Causing
explosion
or fire.
Penalty.

21. Every person who commits any act which is likely
to causo an explosion or fire in or about any factory or maga-
zine, shall be liable to a penalty not exceeding five hundred
dollars and costs, or to imprisonment not exceeding six
months, or to both such fine and imprisonment.

Possession, 22. Every person who, by himself or his agent, has in

facm^^oThii- his possession, sells, offers for sale or manufactures or im-
portation of ports any unauthorized explosive within the meaning of
expiosive!^^ this Act shall, for a first offence, be hable to a penalty- not
exceeding two hundred dollars and costs, or to imprison-
ment for a term not exceedmg three months, or to both
fine and imprisonment, and for each subsequent offence
Penalty. shall be liable to a penalty not exceeding five hundred dollars
and costs and not less than fifty dollars and costs, or to
imprisonment for a term not exceeding six months, or to
both fine and imprisonment.

Contra-
vention of
Act.

Penalty.

23. Every person who violates any provision of this
Act for which a penalty has not been provided, or any
regulation made thereunder, shall, for the first offence, incur
a penalty not exceeding two hundred dollais and costs, and
for each subsequent offence a penalty not exceeding five
hundred dollars and costs.

Disclosing

confidential

information.

Penalty.

Recovery of
penalties.

24. Any official employed under this Act who without
due authority from the Department discloses any confiden-
tial information shall on summary conviction be liable
to a penalty not exceeding two hundred and fifty dollars
or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding three months
and shall not thereafter be eligible for employment in the
service of His Majesty.

25. Every penalty and forfeiture may be recovered in a
summary manner under the provisions of Part XV of the
Criminal Code.

^ndm"udd- 26. Nothing ill this Act sliall relieve any ])crson of the
Jai Uw."not obligation to comply with the requirements of any license

law, or other law or by-law of any ])rovince or municipality.

lawfully enacted, with regartl to the storage, handlijig, saleor

otlicr

afifectcd.

Si'M)l lA'V h'l.roin 223

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

Other dealiiifz; with explosives, nor of any li;il)ility or penalty
imposed by sueh law or by-law for any violation thereof.

COMMENCEMENT OK ACT.

27. This Aet AxviW come into foree on a day t-o be fixed Commpnce-
by i)roclamation of the Governor in Council. ""*"'' °' ^""^

5 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a A. 1915

INDEX

I'AiiK.

Accountant's statement. Mines Branch ... 191

" Vancouver assay olUce . .ISC, 187

Actinollte Mining Co ,- TM

" report on S4

Actonvale copper mine 4f>

Air samples from mines: investigation of i 4

Allison, R. — on staff of assay ollice, Vancouver 13, 183

Aluminum wire : test of bauxite concentrate for 10,'i

American RolliiiR- Mills Co. — experiments with cobalt alloys 142

Analyses : Alberta mineral waters 64

Atikokan iron ore 2,5,26,31,32

" concentrates Natashkwan iron sands 124, 125, 12S

" infusorial earth '>'

Matawin iron ore 27, 28

Qutrbec limestones 3."i, 36, 37, 38,39,40, 41, 42,43, 44.

46, 47. 48, 49, 50, 51, 52

Analysis : Alberta iron ore 63

coal, Athabaska river 65

Lavant tp. iron ore 78

•' of water now undertaken 6

Anhydrite : deposit of, Manitoba 74

Anrep, A. von : investigation of peat bogs .■ 10

report of 147

Appendix I: Preliminary report, mineral i»roduction, 1914 195

II : Act to regulate Manufacture, Testing, Storage and Importatioti of Explo-
sives 215

Asbestos : test for separation of '. . 106

Assay office, Vancouver : report .... 183

staff ... 3

work of 6.13

Assays made by chemical division 156

Athabasca Oils. Ltd : analysis of mineral water from well of 64

Atikokan Iron Co. — development work by 7,8,30

furnace at Port Arthur 30

magnetite smelted at Port Arthur 26

mine on McKellar property 24

sections through ore d€i)Osits 31

iron ore : origin 30

Quantity available 33

iron range: quantity of ore shipped from 3it

report A. H. A. Robinson. 29

E. Lindeman 24

Baine. H. E. — report of draughting division 181

Bancroft, Prof. J. A. — rocks collected by from Mt. Royal tunnel analyzed 160

Barrow, Adolph : limestone quarry, Bagot co 47

Barrows, W. S. — letters relating to electroplating with cobalt ..14,135

" report of on cobalt solutions .... 13.t

Barytes, Ltd •'»♦

in New Brunswick '-. 55

" in Ontario "••'

" ' in Quebec. . .

" report on ... .

Bauregard, Delphis : «iu.irr\ .iiid Inif-kilii •"'

Bauxite concentrate : t«>st of ."■ 105

Bechard, H. — abandoned limestone quarry 43

Benolt et Fils : lime burning, Bagot co. . . 17,48

Bentley, Wm. — flagstone quarry 53

Benzol : arrangements for recovery of 165

Berard, H. — limestone quarries on farm of j , 47

Bituminous ."^.-itKl.s nt" NVirtht rn Alli.-rt:i 9

26a— 15

226 ' MI^'ES BRAyCH

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915
Page.

Black Marsh peat bog 148

Blake, Kenneth B. — cochrome and nichrome wires compared 142

Blue Bell mine: test of zinc middlings from. 119

Boston and St. John Tripolite Co 56

Bourgeault, Joseph : building stone industry in Manitoba J4

Bowman -Coal and Supply Co. — limestone quarry 75

Brandram-Henderson : use of bar>-tes in paint manufacturing 54

Brault, David : limestone quarry at St. Johns 42

Brick: clay suitable for 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71

Briere, Francois : limestone quarry 53

Brunet, N. — limestone quarry, St. Vincent de Paul. . ' 40

Calcite : associaited with barytes 5.5

" product in test of zinc concentrate 110

" veins in limestone 47, 49

Caldwell, T. B. — iron ore Lavant tp 78

Calgarj- oil fields : samples obtained from 146

Campbell, Peter, property : barytes obtainetl from 54

Canada Cement Co. — limestone quarry at Pte. aux Trembles 40

Manitoba 75

" Zinc Co. — plant of leased for zinc investigations 4

Canadian Magnesite Co. — calcining kiln 37

Mining and Exploration Co .• 114

Talc and Silica Co 58

Carbon : large percentage of in Alberta clays 65

" Moose River clay 70, 71, 72, 73

Cariboo peat bog 149

Carswell, Robert B. — limestone quarry and lime-kiln at Bryson 35

Carter, Dr. — work of 146

Zartwright, C. T. — death of 1, 163

" reports on mineral production 11

" work performed by 163

Cement: clay suitable for 67

" suitable limestone for 36

Ceramic laboratory : establishment of 18

Ceramics : new division of 157

" test of magnetite-chalcopyrite ore 112

Chalcopyrite : associated with fluorspar 55

" Atikokan iron range 32

" test of magnetite-chalcopyrite o»e 112

Chemical laboratory, fuel testing station : report of 146

" laboratories : equipment and work of 6, 155

Chemistry division: miscellaneous materials examined 161

" report 155

Cherryfield peat bog 149

Chromite : test for separation of ' . . . . 106

Clapp, C. H. — samples for examination collected by 160

Clay deposits : economic value of 18

" characteristics of samples McKay river 68

" " Moose river 69

" " " Muskeg river 67

" " " Steepbank river 66

" examination of samples by chemistrj- division 157, 160

" ironstone : western provinces of Canada 64

" Tnaterials : production of 19

" possible value of Alberta clays overlooked 73

" samples from Northern Alberta 9, 65

Clyde peat bog 149

Coal : Athabaska river. . < 65

" briquetting of 146

Cobalt: electroplating with 14, 131

" increased commercial use for 131

" ores: samples examined by chemistry division 159

" special investigations relating to 5. 140

Cochrome wires: comparison with nichrome 142

Cole, Li. H. — report of on sand areas of Quebec 60

" study of sands and sandstones of Quebec 9

Connor, M. F. — analysis of rocks and minerals 159

" work of commended 161

Copper deposits in Quebec: report of A. W. G. Wilson 23

INDEX 227

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

Paok.

Copper In ore from Notre Dame dea Angres. . . 123

in zinc conoontrate 108

me^al mines: visited by Dr. Wilson 7

mines and Industries of Canada : card index of 23

product in test of maRnetite-chalcopyrlte ore 112

prospootinB for in Upton 48

j)yrites : Drunimond co 49

" samples examined by chemistry division 157

Corneau, Alfred: limestone quarried for lime-kiln, Bagot co. 4"

Daly, Dr. R. A. — sample of silt for examination collected by. . 160

Dedolph, E. — experiments in electric smelting of zinc ores 4

de Schmid, H. S. — investigation of non-metallic minerals 8

" report of on non-metallic minerals 63

" samples of feldsi>ar collected by 160

Director's report • 3

Dolomites: See Limestones.

Dominion Iron and Steel Co. — manganese mine opened by 57

" Lime Co. — quarry and kilns .'i2, 53

" Marble Co. — quarries Shefford co 50

Domvil'.e, Hon. Jas. — sample of argillite for examination collected by 160

Draugiuing division : report H. E. Baine 181

Dresser, John A. — request for test of Groundhog Iron ore 86

Duchdne, O. — limestone quarry, Lacolle 43

E^dmonton : experimental pavement with Alberta bituminous sand 63

Eldorado talc deposit 58

Eldorlte, Ltd. — See Canadian Talc and Silica Co.

Electrothermic smelting of iron ores 6

Electroplating with cobalt 131

Ells, S. C. — report on bituminous sands of Northern Alberta 60

Elworthy, R. T. — investigation of mineral waters . . 155

Explosions caused by mine gas : analyses of gas 145

statistics of 12

Explosives act (reprint) 215

" " passed . . 11

Farquhar, J. B. — chief ass^yer Vancouver assay office, report of supplies 185

Feldspar district visited : H. S. de Schmid 53

" samples analyzed 159

Fertilizer works visited : H. S. de Schmid , 53

Fireclay t;?, 70

Fitzgerald lake : analysis of infusorial earth from 57

Flagstone: limestone suitable for ■'•-'

Fluorspar : report on

Fort McKay Oil and Asphalt Co. — analysis of mineral water from well of 64

Fortin, Arthur: abandoned limestone quarry 43

Foundry work : search of sand suitable for 9, 60

Fournier, J. A. — work of as field assistant 35

Fowler, S. S. — shipment of zinc middlings for test. . . 119

Eraser, George : limestone quarrj- on farm of 3S

Frechette, H.— ;Work of on limestones of Quebec 8.158

report of 35

French translations published : list of 189

Fuel testing station : report on mechanical work done 150

Fuels and fuel testing: chemical laboratories report 146

report '*45

" work of division * . . . . 4

Garnets: Miscampbell tp. iron ore. 34

Gas for fuel : possibilities in Alberta 6^

mine : testing of samiiles 14..

Gentles, A. — assistant peat bogs investigation 148

Gillespie, Geo. H. and Co. — talc mill operated by. . 58

Glrard, Mr. — sample of limenlte ore for tett 114

Glass manufacture: search for sand suitable for.. . '.',60

228 MIXES BR AX an

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

Page.

Gold : associated with zinc ore, Salmo. B.C 80

ores : assays by chemistry division 156

Graham process of peat fuel manufacture 146

Granit* : Manitoba 74

" samples examined by chemistry division 160

Greenstone : Atikokan iron range 24

Groundhog iron ores : test of 86

Groves, S. — list of reports, bulletins, etc 189

Haanel. B. F. — experiments in smelting of zinc 5, 11, 76

report, fuels and fuel testing 145

test of Johnson zinc smelter 146

" Dr. E. — report on work of Mines Branch 3

Hardy, T. W. — appointment of : 1,146

Heath peat bog 149

Hedley, R. R. — sample of magnetite-chalcopyrite ore submitted for test 112

Hematite : Groundhog 86

Matawin iron range ,. . . .8, 27, 28, 29, 33

" varying percentage of in Groundhog ore 105

Henderson talc deposit 58

Hillcrest mine disaster: report on 167

Holton peat bog 148

Horton, P. F. — sample of zinc ore SO

Hubnerite : See Tungsten ^

Hudson, J. G. S. — report on Hillcrest colliery explosion 167

He Jesus : limestone quarries on 4 0

Ilmenite ore : test of 114

Indian limestone quarry : Caughnawaga 41

Infusorial earth : character compared with tripolite 55

report on 55

various deposits specified 53

Inga:ils, W. R. — investigations in electric smelting of zinc ores 4

" report being prepared by 5

Iron : corrosion of decreased by cobalt alloy 141

in Salmo zinc ore 80, 83, 84, 85

" in zinc concentrate 108

" in zinc middlings 119

" test of tailings from Moose Mt. mine 113

float : found in Alberta 63

ore: Lavant to^vn^hip, character and test of 7S, 79, SO

" " from Groundhog : tested 86

" " Matawin range : investigation of S

" ores analyzed by chemistry division 157

" " electrothermic smelting of 6

" " investiga'tion by E. Lindeman 7

" " list of ores tested in laboratory 77

" ranges : report of E. Lindeman *24

" sands, Natashkwan : tests of 124

Isabella manganese mine 57

Jaimieson, R. E. — work of as field assistant 8

Jarry, M. S. — limestone quarries. Mile End group 40

Jasper : Groundhog iron ore 86

" Matawin iron range 27, 33

Johnson barytes mine 54

" electric zinc furnace : tests of 5,11,76,146

Jones. S. A. — limestone on farm of 51

Kalmus, Dr. — comparison of cochrome with niclirome wires. 142

investigations relating to cobalt 5

report of 131

Kaministikwia : iron ore at .33

Keele, Joseph: clay tests b> '''"'

Kennedy, H. — work of -<

i\ni:x 229

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

I'AISK.

l,'A.xs(iin|>t oil peat iuiff 148

Lake Winiiiptir SJiippiiiK Co. — riu.irrits 75

I«i!noiitiiKne, V. — assistant peat boRa iiivf stiKntion 148

I.Apolnte. Joseph: limestone quarry, Bagot county 47

Liatour peat bog M9

Laurentlne Mining Co. — sample of ziiu' on- for test I -S

Lawson, A. C. — tlieory of orifiin of Atlkokan Iron ore 30

Laurentitle Mining Co. : sample of zino ore for test 123

l..avant township: test of iron ore from ..78, 79, 80

Lawson, A. C. — theory of origin of Atlkokan iron ore. . . 30

Lead In ore from Notre Dame des Anges 123

" in zinc mitldlings 119

ores, Yukon : tested in chem'istry division 157

" silicate : associated with zinc 80

Leahy, G. H. — limestone quarry, Caughijawaga 41

Leclerc. Eugene: limestone on property of 48

Leroy, O. E. — samples of rocks for examination collected by IfiO

Leverin, H. A. — analysis made of Quebec limestones 35

" AFberta iron ore 63

•' assistant in test of Johnson electric furnace. 76

experiments in smelting of zinc . . 5, 11

" limestone samples analyzed by '. . . . 158

" work of commemled 161

Library : accessions to in 1914 20

" technical : growth of 19

" Dewey system of classification introduced 19

Lignite : briquetting of 4

" exjwsure on Athabaska river 65

Lime: suitable limestone for 36. 37, 39. 41. 42. 47, 4s. 49. 50, 51. 53

Limestone : arenaceous 52

" " and almost black 51

" chief building stone. Manitoba. . . . ^ 74

" crystalline, province of Quebec "■'>. 36, 37, 38

Limestones of Quebec : investigation of 8

report of H. Frechette 35

" samples analyzed by chemistry division 158

r^imonite: associated with zinc 80

Lindeman, E. — report, Atlkokan and Matawin iron ranges 24

work of 7

" zinc ore sample collected by 161

Lord and Herbert : limestone quarry at St. Johns 4 2

Lupien, E. — limestone quarry and kiln 49

Mackenzie, G. C. — investigations in electric smelting of zinc ores . .4, 5, 11

" report of ■ . 76-

" visit to iron centres in United States 11

" J. D. — samples for examination by chemical division, collected by 160

MacMartin, L. J. — transferred 1

McCombley, Thos. — limestone quarry and lime-kiln 37

McConnell. R. G. — sample of clay collected by 160

McKellar Bros. — Atlkokan mining location acquired by 30

" island : barytes obtaine<l from 55

McLaurin, G. — Atlkokan iron ore deposit 30

McLeish. John : reports on mineral production .11, 195

" report of on mineral re.sources and statistics. ... . . 163

McT^llan, R. D. — appointed on staff of assay ofTlce, Vancouver 14, 183

McLeod, Norman M. — limestone quarry at Point Clair 46

McNamara, M. — marble on property of 44

Mabee, H. C. — appointment of 1. 76. 146

Madoc, Ont. — fluorspar deposits 55

Magnetite: Atlkokan iron range 7, 24. 25. 26, 27. 30, 32. 33

Caldwell mine, Lavant tp ' 78

frroundhog ^^

in sample of pyrite ore form N. Pines. . .120

" Matawin iron range ^. 2S. 33

Miscampbell township iron ore 34

•' varying percentage of in Groundhog ore.. 105

Magnetite-chalcopyrite ore: test of 112

Malloch, E. S. — appointment of 146

Manganese: report on 57

Manatobite : a building stone "4

Manitoba: building stones of 74

" Quarries. I.iniitfd : liiiu-stonH, fpiarrii'S "5

230 MINES BRANCH

« 5 GEORGE v.. A. 1915

PAfJE.

Mantle, A. W. — report mechanical work fuel testing station 150

Marble : Philipsburg, Quebec 44

" quarrj' : Portage du Fort 3 6

" quarries : Shefford co 50

Marshall, John: accountant's statement 191

Matawin iron range : character of ore S

" report E. Lindeman. ... 7 24,2"

Mechanical work, fuel testing station : report on 150

Meikle, M. — work of 24

Menard, Antoine : limestone on farm of 47

Middleton, G. — manager Vancouver assay office, report 183

Mine gas : See Gas

Mineral resources and statistics: report of J. McLeish. 163

" " " work of division 11

" springs visited and waters examined : list of 156

" water: samples from Northern Alberta 9. 64

" waters: investigation of 155, 160

Miscampbell, township of: iron ore discovery in 34

Miscouche peat bog H'*^

Missisquoi county : imix>rtant limestone locality 44

Missisquoi-Lautz Corporation : marble quarry and lime-kiln 44

Molybdenite: samples examined by chemistry division 159

Monette, Joseph : limestone quarry. Village Belanger 40

Moose Mountain iron mine : test of tailings from 113

Moosehorn Lime Co. — limestone quarry 75

Morgan, E. H. — marble on farm of 44

Mount Stewart peat bog 14S

Muddy Creek peat bog 14S

Murdoch, Wm. — tripoli property, X.B * 56

Natashkwan iron sands : tests of 124

New Brunswick: manganese in ' 57

New Canadian Metal Co 119

" Ross Manganese Co 57

Nicholson, W. B. — sample of mineral water for examination 160

Nichrome wires : comparison with cochrome 142

Nickel ores : samples examined by chemical division 159

Nickel present in Atikokan iron ore 32

Nicholls, H. H. — appointment of 1.146

Nitrogen : percentage in Alberta bituminous sand 63

Non-metallic minerals : investigations of •. S

Northern Aluminum Co. — bauxite concentrate submitted for test 105

Northern Pyrites Co. — sample of pyrite ore tested 120

Nova Scotia : manganese in 57

O'Connor Bros. — limestone quarries, township of Godmanchester 40,41

OLeary, E. — appointment of 1

Ore dressing laboratories: equipment 10, 76

" laboratory : list of ores tested 77

" report of G. C. Mackenzie 76

" roasting and sintering plant installed 4

" work of laboratories 4

Otis Quarries, Ltd. — limestone quarry at Grande Ligne 42

Oxford Tripolite Co 5i',

" analysis of infusorial earth from property of ."17

Paquette and Gauthier : limestone quarry, Cap St. Martin 40

Pare, J. Fred. — limestone quarry at St. ThfirSse 39

" report of 74

Parks, Dr. W. A. — investigation of building and ornamental stones 9

Parsons, C. S. — assistant in ore dressing division 76

in test run of Johnson electric furnace 76

" experiments In smelting of zinc 5, 11

Patterson, J. C. — limestone quarry 50

Peat : <;raham process of manufacture : report on 146

Investigations by A. von Anrep 10

" report of A. von Anrep 147

lyOEJC 231

SESSIONAL PAPER No. 26a

Paob.
Pells. D. J. — marble on fnrm of . . . . .44

rh09i>horiis : in Atlkokan iron ore 32

" in ('iroun<lhoK' iron ore gg

" tailinKs Mooso Mt. mine: te«t of 113

Platinum ores: assays by chemistry division 158

Poe, David A. — zinc concentrate for test received from. . 108

Polnton. S. J. — sample of zlnc-lead-copper ore for test 123

Pontiac Marble and Lime Co. — quarry at Portage du Fort 36

Port Clyde peat bog ^ 49

Portape peat bog- 14g

Premier Tripolite Co 5j

analy.sis of infusorial earth from property of . . 57

Pritchett. E. A. — on staff of assay office, Vancouver 13, 133

Pyrite: Atikokan iron range 24, 26. 30, 32

" float in clay deposit O

in limestone: Weedon to^\'nshlp ..'.'... 6S

" Miscampbell township iron ore 34

" ore: sample of from N. Pines, Ont... tested 120

Pyroluslte : See Manganese.

Pj-rrhotite : Atikokan iron range ^ 24, 25. 26. 27, 30. 32

" in pyrite ore from N. Pines . . 120

" in zinc middlings ^19

Quebec Central railway: limestone deposits on 52

Queens University: investigations of cobalt ". . 131

Radium emanation in mineral water 155

Reinecke, L. — samples of rock for analysis collected by 160

Reports, bulletins, etc.. issued : list of 189

Ritson, C. R. — field a.^sistant 64

Robinson, A. H. A. — report. Atikokan iron range .' 29

surveys of Atikokan iron range 8

" work of 24

Robinson, D.-^hief melter Vancouver assay office, report of supplies 186

Rock and mineral analyses : chemical division 159

Ross, Church and Co. — limestone quarry 41

Russell Motor Car Co. — experiments in electro-plating with cobalt 132

St. Denis limestone quarry 40

St. Isidore peat bog 148

" Salt of the Earth " well : analysis of mineral water from 64

Sands and sandstones of Quebec 9, 60

bituminous, of Northern Alberta 9, 60

Sandstones of Manitoba 74, 75

Satterly, Dr. John : investigation of mineral hvaters 155

Sauche, Pla-oide : limestone quarry and kiln 39

Saumure, Theodule: limestone quarry. Cap St. Martin 40

Sauvalle, M. — French translations 189

Scheelite "Mines, Ltd 59

various localities where found 59

" See Tungsten.

Serpentine rock carrying asbestos and chromite : test of 106

Sewerpipe: clay suitable for 68, 69. 70, "1, 73

Shogonosh, Jim : Atikokan iron ore discovered by 30

Siderite : western provinces of Canada 64

Silver: associated with zinc ore. Salmo. B.C 80

" in zinc ore from Sotre Dame des Anges 123

" ores: assays by chemistry division. . . 156
Soapstone : See Talc.

Sphalerite 23

Staff : changes in 1

classified list of 1

Stanbridge township. Que. — limestones of 46

Stansfidd, Alfred : analysis of Alberta coal 66

" experiments in electric smelting of zinc ores 4

" report on electrothermic smelting of iron ores 6

" Edgar: report chemicial laboratories fuel te.«tinc station 141

Statistics, mineral : report of J. McLeish K3

232 MINES BRAXCH

5 GEORGE v., A. 1915

Page.

Stewart, Miss Delia M. — appointment of 1

Stone, building and ornamental : investigations by Dr. Parks 9

" " report of j . 74

Stoneware: clay suitable for 67, 69, 71, 72

Sulphur: in Atikokan iron ore 26, 27, 32, 33

in Groundhog iron ore 86

Surveys, instrumental : tributaries of the Aithabaska 9

Talc : report on 58

" various deposil.s 59

Taylor, J. Ross : field assistant 60

Technical library : growth of 19

Thteret and Leduc : limestone quarry 40

Timber : for fuel in Alberta 65

Timm, W. B. — assistant in ore dressing division. •. . 76

Titanic acid: Natashkwan iron sands 125,126,127,129,130

Toluol : arrangements for recovery of 165

Tripoli : See Infusorial earth.

Tripolite 55

Tungsten : report on 59

Turner, N. L. — analyses infusorial earth 57

•' " mineral waters ' 64

" rocks and minerals 159

" work of commended ' 161

Tusket peat bog , '. 149

Valleyfleld : limestone quarries at 40

Victoria Tripoli Co 56

Villeray group of 'limestone quarries 40

Von Hammerstein, A. — " Salt of the Earth " well sunk by 64

Wait, F. G. — report of, division of chemistry 155

Walbridge, A. S. — limestone quarry, Stanbriclge ,46

Walker, Dr. — wolframite found by 59

Warburton, H. E.— appointed on staff of assay office. Vancouver 14. 183

Water analyses 6

Wellington, S. — fluorspar deposits 55

Westwood, David — appointment of 1

Wetherell furnace : use of in zinc smelting 5

Wilson, Dr. A. W. G.^report of 23

work of 7

Winnipeg, Corporation of : limestone quarry 75

" Supply and Fuel Co. — limestone quarry. . * _ 75

Wolframite: See Tungsten.

Wright, W. J. — samples of granite collected by 160

Zinc concentrate : test of 103

" investigations 4, 76

" lead-copper ore: test of 123

" middlings : test of 115*

" ores : examined by chemistry division - 161

" F imple from Salmo, B.C 80

" TtArault mine, Quebec ^ 7, 23

ri.ATK I.

Typical outcrops of l)ituniinous sand on Horse creek.

Platk it.

rrt-liniinary excavation of outcmp of liituniinoiis sanil ">n Horsi- cn^ek.

2C,a— inio— k;

I'l.AiK 11 r,

Tj'pical massive Htnieturt' of KitiiniiiKiiis sand nil Hufm- cp'i-k.

26a-l!tH>— 16i

I'l.AIK IV

Outcrop of bitumiii'i'i-; ~;im.1 ><n ILiiigiugstone ereek, sliuwing liglit o\ >i I'Hiii-

Platk V

Typiail outcrop of bitumiaous sand on llangingstone creek, showing heavy
ovcrbunlfM.

I'l.ATK VI.

Outcrop on Atlial>ask;i river, showing bitnniimnis sand under light overluinlen.

Platk VII.

Typical outcrop on Horse creek, showing l>ituininouH 8an<i umier light overburden.

I'l.ATK VIII.

Loading trial shipment of bituminous sand from point on east side Athabaska river,
5 miles below McKay.

Pl.ATK IX.

Oiitcrop of bituminous sand on east side of McKay river, 12-8 miles from mouth.

ri.ATK X.

T:ikinp core sanipU's uf bituininoiis sanl.

pi.ATK xr.

Wfst side of Upper Narrows, Buffalo lake, Saskatchewan.

Platk XII.

Typic.il outcrop of bituininous sand on west side of lltirst- creek, 2-3 iiiileM from nioiitli.

CANADA

DEPARTMENT OF MINES

Hon. Louis Copkkri:, Minishk; K. (.. Mc^Cdnm i.i., Dkputy Minister

MINES BRANCH

Eugene Haanel, Ph.D., Director.

REPORTS AND MAPS

PUBLISHED BY THB

MINES BI^NCH

REPORTS.

1. Mining conditions in the Klondike, Yukon. Report on — by Eugene
Haanel, Ph.D.. 1902.

t2. Great landslide at Frank, Alta. Report on — by R. G. McConnell,
B.A., and R. W. Brock, M.A., 1903.

t3. Investigation of the different electro-thermic processes for the smelting
of iron ores and the making of steel, in operation in Europe. Report
of Special Commission — by Eugene Haanel, Ph.D., 1904.

5. On the location and examination of magnetic ore deposits by mag-
netometric measurements — by Eugene Haanel, Ph.D., 1904.

t7. Limestones, and the lime industry of Manitoba. Preliminary report
on— by J. W. Wells, M.A., 1905.

t8. Clays and shales of Manitoba: their industrial value. Preliminary
report on— by J. W. Wells, M.A., 1905.

t9. Hydraulic cements (raw materials) in Manitoba: manufacture and
uses of. Preliminary report on — by J. W. Wells, M.A., 1905.

tlO. Mica: its occurrence, exploitation, and uses — by Fritz Cirkel, ME.,
1905. (See No. 118.)

til. Asbestos: its occurrence, exploitation, and uses — by Fritz Cirkel,
M.E., 1905.' (See No. 69.)

tl2. Zinc resources of British Columbia and the conditions affecting their
exploitation. Report of the Commission appointed to investigate
—by W. R. Ingalls, M.E., 1905.

tl6. •Experiments made at Sault Ste. Marie, under Government auspices,
in the smelting of Canadian iron ores by the electro-thermic
process. Final report on — by Eugene Haanel, Ph.D., 1907.

tl7. Mines of the silver-cobalt ores of the Cobalt district: their present
and prospective output. Report on — bv Eugene Haanel, Ph.D.,
1907.

•A few copies of the Preliniinar>' Report. 1906. are Kill available.
t Publications marked thus t are out of print.

tl8. Graphite: its properties, occurrence, refining, and uses — by Fritz
Cirkel, M.E., 1907.

tl9. Peat and lignite: their manufacture and uses in Europe — by Erik
Nystrom, M.E., 1908.

t20. Iron ore deposit of Nova Scotia. Report on (Part I) — by J. E. Wood-
man, D.Sc.

21. Summary report of Mines Branch, 1907-8.

22. Iron ore deposits of Thunder Bay and Rainy River districts. Report

on— by F. Hille, M.E.

t23. Iron ore deposits along the Ottawa (Quebec side)and Gatineau rivers.
Report on — by Fritz Cirkel, M.E.

24. General report on the mining and metallurgical industries of Canada,
1907-8.

t25. The tungsten ores of Canada. Report on — by T. L. Walker, Ph.D.

26. The mineral production of Canada, 1906. Annual report on — by
John McLeish, B.A.

t27. The mineral production of Canada, 1907. Preliminary report on —
by John McLeish, B.A.

t27a. The mineral production of Canada, 1908. Preliminary report on —
by John McLeish, B.A.

t28. Summary report of Mines Branch, 1908.

29. Chrome iron ore deposits of the Eastern Townships. Monograph on —

by Fritz Cirkel. (Supplementary section: Experiments with
chromite at McGill University — by J. B. Porter, E.M., D.Sc.)

30. Investigation of the peat bogs and peat fuel industry of Canada, 1908

Bulletin No. 1 — by Erik Nystrom, M.E., and A. Anrep, Peat
Expert.

32. Investigation of electric shaft furnace, Sweden. Report on — by
Eugene Haanel, Ph.D.

47. Iron ore deposits of Vancouver and Texada islands. Report on — by
Einar Lindeman, M.E.

t55. The bituminous, or oil-shales of New Brunswick and Nova Scotia;
also on the oil-shale industry of Scotland. Report on — by R. W.
Ells, LL.D.

58 The mineral production of Canada, 1907 and 1908." "'Annual report
on — by John McLeish, B.A.

t Publications marked thus t are out of print.

Note. — The following parts tuere separately printed and issued in
advance oj the Annual Report J or 1907-8.

\Z\. Production of cement in Canada, 1908.

42. Production of iron and steel in Canada during the calendar

years 1907 and 1908.

43. Production of chromite in Canada during the calendar years

1907 and 1908.

44. Production of asbestos in Canada during the calendar years

1907 and 1908.

t45. Production of coal, coke, and peat in Canada during the cal-
endar years 1907 and 1908.

46. Production of natural gas and petroleum in Canada during
the calendar years 1907 and 1908.

59. Chemical analyses of special economic importance made in the labor-
atories of the Department of Mines, 1906-7-8. Report on — by
F. G. Wait, M.A., F.C.S. (With Appendix on the commercial
methods and apparatus for the analysis of oil-shales — by H. A.
Leverin, Ch. E.)

Schedule of charges for chemical analyses and assays.

t62. Mineral production of Canada, 1909. Preliminary report on — by
John McLeish, B.A.

63. Summary report of Mines Branch, 1909.

67. Iron ore deposits of the Bristol mine, Pontiac county, Quebec. Bulletin
No. 2 — by Einar Lindeman, M.E., and Geo. C. Mackenzie, B.Sc.

t68. Recent advances in the construction of electric furnaces for the pro-
duction of pig iron, steel, and zinc. Bulletin No. 3 — by Eugene
Haanel, Ph.D.

69. Chr>-sotile-asbestos: its occurrence, exploitation, milling, and uses.
Report on — by Fritz Cirkel, M.E. (Second edition, enlarged.)

t71. Investigation of the peat bogs, and pieat industry of Canada, 1909-10;
to which is appended Mr. Alf. Larson's paper on Dr. M. Ekenberg's
wet-carbonizing process: from Teknisk Tidskrift, No. 12, Decem-
ber 26, 1908 — translation by Mr. A. v. Anrcp, Jr.; also a transla-
tion of Lieut. Ekelund's pamphlet entitled 'A solution of the peat
problem,' 1909, describing the Ekclund process for the manu-
facture of peat powder, by Harold A. Leverin, Ch.E. Bulletin
No. 4 — by A. v. Anrep. (Second edition, enlarged.)

82. Magnetic concentration experiments. Bulletin No. 5 — by Geo. C
Mackenzie, B.Sc.

t Publications markH thus t are out of print

83. An investigation of the coals of Canada with reference to their economic
qualities: as conducted at McGill University under the authority
of the Dominion Government. Report on — by J. B. Porter,
E.M., D.Sc., R. J. Durley, Ma.E., and others.
Vol. I — Coal washing and cooking tests.
Vol. II — Boiler and gas producer tests.
Vol. Ill— (Out of print.)
Appendix I

Coal washing tests and diagrams.
Vol. IV—
Appendix II

Boiler tests and diagrams.
Vol. V— (Out of print.)
Appendix III

Producer tests and diagrams.
Vol. VI—
Appendix IV

Coking tests.
Appendix V
Chemical tests.

t84. Gypsum deposits of the Maritime provinces of Canada — including the
Magalen islands. Report on — by W. F. Tennison, M.E. (See
No. 245.)

88. The mineral production of Canada, 1909. Annual report on — by

John McLeish, B.A.

Note. — The following parts were separately printed and issued in
advance of the A nnual Report for 1909.

t79. Production of iron and steel in Canada during the calendar

year 1909.
t80. Production of coal and coke in Canada during the calendar

year 1909.
85. Production of cement, lime, clay products, stone, and other

structural materials during the calendar year 1909.

89. Reprint of presidential address delivered before the American Peat

Society at Ottawa, July 25, 1910. By Eugene Haanel, Ph.D.

90. Proceedings of conference on explosives.

92. Investigation of the explosives industry in the Dominion of Canada,

1910. Report on — by Capt. Arthur Desborough. (Second
edition.)

93. Molvbdenum ores of Canada. Report on — by Professor T. L. Walker,

Ph.D.

100. The building and ornamental stones of Canada: Building and orna-
mental stones of Ontario. Report on — by Professor W. A. Parks,
' Ph.D.

102. Mineral production of Canada, 1910. Preliminary report on — by
John McLeish, B.A.

t Publications marked thus t are out of print.

tl03. Summary report of Mines Branch, 1910.

104. Catalogue of publications of Mines Branch, from 1902 to 1911; con-

taining tables of contents and lists of maps, etc.

105. Austin Brook iron-bearing district. Report on — by E. Lindeman,

M.E.

110 Western portion of Torbrook iron ore deposits, Annapolis county, N.S.
Bulletin No. 7 — by Howclls Frechette, M.Sc.

111. Diamond drilling at Point Mamainsc, Ont. Bulletin No. 6 — by A. C.
Lane, Ph.D., with introductory by A. W. G. Wilson, Ph.D.

118. Mica: its occurrence, exploitation, and uses. Report on — by Hugh
S. de Schmid, AI.E.

142. Summary report of Mines Branch, 1911.

143. The mineral production of Canada, 1910. Annual report on — by

John McLeish, B.A.

Note. The following parts were separately printed and issued in
advance of the Annual Report for 1910.

tll4. Production of cement, lime, clay products, stone, and other

materials in Canada, 1910.
tll5. Production of iron and steel in Canada during the calendar

year 1910.
tll6. Production of coal and coke in Canada during the calendar

year 1910.
tll7. General summary of the mineral production of Canada

during the calendar year 1910.

145. Magnetic iron sands of Natashkwan, Saguenay county. Que. Report
on — by Geo. C. Mackenzie, B.Sc.

tl50. The mineral production of Canada, 1911. Preliminary report on —
by John McLeish, B.A.

151. Investigation of the peat bogs and peat industry of Canada, 1910-11.
Bulletin No. 8 — by A. v. Anrep.

154. The utilization of peat fuel for the production of power, being a record
of experiments conducted at the Fuel Testing Station, Ottawa
1910-11. Report on— by B. F. Haanel, B.Sc.

167. Pyrites in Canada: its occurrence, exploitation, dressing and uses.
Report on— by A. W. G. Wilson, Ph.D.

170. The nickel industry: with special reference to the Sudbury region,
Ont. Report on — by Professor A. P. Coleman, Ph.D.

184. Magnetite occurrences along the Central Ontario railway. Ref>ort
on — by E. Lindeman, M.E.

201. The mineral production of Canada during the calendar year 1911.
— .Annual report on — by John McLeish, B.A.

t Publications marked thus t are out of print.

Note. — The following parts were separately printed and issued in
advance of the Annual Report for 1911.

181. Production of cement, lime, clay products, stone, and other
structural materials in Canada during the calendar year
1911. Bulletin on— by John McLeish, B.A.

tl82. Production of iron and si eel in Canada during the calendar

year 1911. Bulletin on — by John McLeish, B.A.
183. General summary of the mineral production in Canada
during the calendar year 1911. Bulletin on — by John
McLeish, B.A.

tl99. Production of copper, gold, lead, nickel, silver, zinc, and
other metals of Canada, during the calendar year 1911.
Bulletin on — by C. T. Cartwright, B.Sc.

t200. The production of coal and coke in Canada during the calen-
dar year 1911. Bulletin on — by John McLeish, B.A.

203. Building stones of Canada — Vol. II: Building and ornamental stones
of the Maritime Provinces. Report on — by W. A. Parks, Ph.D.

209. The copper smelting industry of Canada. Report on — by A. W. G.

Wilson, Ph.D.
>
216. Mineral production of Canada, 1912. Preliminary report on — by

John McLeish, B.A.

222. Lode mining in Yukon: an investigation of the quartz deposits of the
Klondike di\dsion. Report on — by T. A. MacLean, B.Sc.

224. Summary report of the Mines Branch, 1912.

227. Sections of the Sydney coal fields — by J. G. S. Hudson, M.E.

t229. Summ.ary report of the petroleum and natural gas resources of Canada,
1912— by F. G. Clapp, A.M. (See No. 224.)

230. Ecomomic minerals and mining industries of Canada.

245. Gypsum in Canada: its occurrence, exploitation, and technology.
Report on — by L. H. Cole, B.Sc.

254. Calabogie iron-bearing district. Report on — by E. Lindeman, M.E.

259. Preparation of metallic cobalt bv reduction of the oxide. Report on —
by H. T. Kalmus, B.Sc., Ph.D.

262. The mineral production of Canada during the calendar year 1912.
Annual report on — by John McLeish, B.A.

Note. — The following parts were separately printed and issued in
advance of the Annual Report for 1912.

238. General summary of the mineral production of Canada,
during the calendar year 1912. Bulletin on — by John
McLeish, B.A.

t Publfcationi marked thus t are out of print.

1247. Production of iron and steel in Canada during the calendar

year 1912. Bulletin on — by John McLeish, B.A.
1256. Production of copper, gold, lead, nickel, silver, zinc, and

other metals of Canada, during the calendar year 1912 —

by C. T. Cartwright, B.Sc.
257. Production of cement, lime, clay products, stone, and other

structural materials during the calendar year 1912. Ref>ort

on — by John McLeish, B.A.
t258. Production of coal and coke in Canada, during the calendar

year 1912. Bulletin on — by John McLeish, B.A.

266. Investigation of the peat bogs and peat industry of Canada, 1911 and
1912. Bulletin No. 9— by A. v. Anrep.

279. Building and ornamental stones of Canada — Vol. Ill: Building and
ornamental stones of Quebec. Report on — by W. A. Parks, Ph.D.

281. The bituminous sands of Northern Alberta. Report on — by S. C.

Ells, M.E.

283. Mineral production of Canada, 1913. Preliminary report on — by
John McLeish, B.A.

285. Summary report of the Mines Branch, 1913.

291. The petroleum and natural gas resources of Canada. Report on — by
F. G. Clapp, A.M., and others: —
Vol. I. — Technology and Exploitation.

Vol. II. — Occurrence of petroleum and natural gas in Canada.
Also separates of Vol. II, as follows: —
Part 1, Eastern Canada.
Part 2, Western Canada.

299. Peat, lignite, and coal: their value as fuels for the production of gas
and power in the by-product recovery producer. Report on — by
B. F. Haanel, B.Sc.

303. Moose Mountain iron-bearing district. Report on — by E. Lindeman,
M.E.

305. The non-metallic minerals used in the Canadian manufacturing indus-
tries. Report on — by Howells Frechette, M.Sc.

309. The phvsical properties of cobalt. Part IT. Report on — by H. T.

Kalmus, B.Sc., Ph.D.
320. The mineral production of Canada durins: the calendar year 1913.

Annual report on — by John McLeish, B..^.

Note. — The folUrunng parts were separately printed and issued in
advance of the Annual Report for 19 13.

315. The production of iron and steel during the calendar year

1913. Bulletin on— by John McLeish, B.A.

316. The production of coal and coke during the calendar year

1913. Bulletin on— by John McLeish, B..A.

t Publications marked thus t are out of print.

317. The production of copper, gold, lead, nickel, silver, zinc, and
other metals, during the calendar year 1913. Bulletin on —
by C. T. Cartwright, B.Sc.

318. The production of cement, lime, clay products, and other
structural materials, during the calendar year 1913. Bul-
letin on — by John McLeish, B.A.

319. General summary of the mineral production of Canada
during the calendar year 1913. Bulletin on — by John
McLeish, B.A.

322. Economic minerals and mining industries of Canada. (Panama

Edition).

323. The Products and by-products of coal. Report on — by Edgar Stans-

field, M.Sc., and F. E. Carter, B.Sc, Dr. Ing.

325. The salt industry of Canada. Report on — by L. H. Cole, B.Sc.

331. The investigation of six samples of Alberta lignites. Report on — by
B. F. Haancl, B.Sc., and Jbhn Blizard, B.Sc.

333. The mineral production of Canada, 1914. Preliminary report on — '

by John McLeish, B.A.

334. Electro-plating ^sith cobalt and its alloys. Report on — by H. T.

Kalmus, B.Sc, Ph.D.

336. Notes on clay deposits near McMurray, Alberta. Bulletin No. 10 —
by S. C. Ells, B.A., B.Sc.

344. Electrothermic smelting of iron ores in Sweden. Report on — by
Alfred Stansfield, D.Sc, A.R.S.M., F.R.S.C.

346. Summary report of the Mines Branch for 1914.

The Division of Mineral Resources and Statistics has prepared
the jollo-wing lists of mine, smelter, and quarry operators: Metal
mines and smelters. Coal mines, Stone quarry operators, Manu-
fatturers of clay products, and Manufacturers of lime; copies of the
lists may be obtained on application.

IN THE PRESS.

338. Coals of Canada: Vol. VIL Weathering of coal. Report on — bv
J. B. Poner, E.M., D.Sc, Ph.D.

348. The production of coal and coke during the calendar year 1914.

Bulletin on — by John McLeish, B.A.

349. The production of iron and steel during the calendar year 1914.

Bulletin on — by John McLeish, B.A.

350. The production of copper, gold, lead, nickel, silver, zinc, and other

metals, during the calendar year 1914. Bulletin on — by John
McLeish, B.A.

383. The production of cement, lime, clay products, stone, and other

structural materials, during the calendar year 1914. Bulletin on —
by John McLeish, B.A.

384. The mineral production of Canada during tlu- calendar year 1914.

Annual report on — by John McLeish, 15. .\.

FRENCH TRANSLATIONS.

t4. Rapport de la Commission nominee pour etudier les divers proc6dcs
electro-therniiques pour la reduction des minerals de fer et la
fabrication de I'acier employes en Europe — by Eugene Haanel,
Ph.D. (French Edition), 1905.

26a. The mineral production of Canada, 1906. Annual report on — by
John McLeish, B.A.

t28a. Summary report of Mines Branch, 1908.

56. Bituminous or oil-shales of New Brunswick and Nova Scotia; also on
the oil-shale industry' of Scotland. Report on — by R. W. Ells,
. LL.D.

81. Chrysotile-asbestos, its occurrence, exploitation, milling, and uses.
Report on — by Fritz Cirkel, M.E.

100a. The building and ornamental stones of Canada: Building and orna-
mental stones of Ontario. Report on — by W. A. Parks, Ph.D.

149. Magnetic iron sands of Natashkwan, Saguenay county. Que. Report
on — by Geo. C. Mackenzie, B.Sc.

155. The utilization of peat fuel for the production of power, being a record

of experiments conducted at the Fuel Testing Station, Ottawa,
1910-11. Report on— by B.- F. Haanel, B.Sc.

156. The tungsten ores of Canada. Report on — by T. L. Walker, Ph.D.

169. Pyrites in Canada: its occurrence, exploitation, dressing, and uses.
Report on— by A. W. C. Wilson, Ph.D.

179. The nickel industry: with special reference to the Sudbur>' region, Ont.

Report on — by Professor A. P. Coleman, Ph.D.

180. Investigation of the peat bogs, and peat industry of Canada, 1910-11.

Bulletin No. 8 — by A. v. Anrep.

195. Magnetite occurrences along the Central Ontario railway. Report or
— by E. Lindeman, M.E.

t Publications marked thus t are out of print.

196. Investigation of the peat bogs and peat industry of Canada, 1909-10;

to which is appended Mr. Alf. Larson's paper on Dr. M. Eken-
burg's wet-carbonizing process: from Teknisk Tidskrift, No. 12,
December 26, 1908 — translation by Mr. A. v. Anrep; also a trans-
lation of Lieut. Ekelund's pamphlet entitled "A solution of the
peat problem," 1909, describing the Ekelund process for the manu-
facture of peat powder, by Harold A. Leverin, Ch.E. Bul-
letin No. 4— -by A. v. Anrep. (Second Edition, enlarged.)

197. Molybdenum ores of Canada. Report on — by T. L. Walker, Ph.D.

198. Peat and lignite: their manufacture and uses in Europe. Report on —

by Erik Nystrom, M.E., 1908.

202. Graphite: its properties, occurrences, refining, and uses. Report on —
by Fritz Cirkel, M.E., 1907.

219. Austin Brook iron-bearing district. Report on — by E. Lindeman,
M.E.

224a. Mines Branch Summary report for 1912.

226. Chrome iron ore deposits of the Eastern Townships. Monograph on —
by Fritz Cirkel, M.E. (Supplementary section: Experiments
with chromite at McGill University — by J. B. Porter, E.M., D.Sc.)

231. Ecomomic minerals and mining industries of Canada.

233. Gypsum deposits of the Maritime Provinces of Canada — including the
Magdalen islands. Report on — by W. F. Jennison, M.E.

263. Recent advances in the construction of electric furnaces for the pro-

duction of pig iron, steel, and zinc. Bulletin No. 3 — by Eugene
Haanel, Ph.D.

264. Mica: its occurrence, exploitation, and uses. Report on — by Hugh

S. de Schmid, M.E.

265. Annual mineral production of Canada, 1911. Report on — by John

McLeish, B.A.

286. Summary Report of Mines Branch, 1913.

287. Production of iron and steel in Canada during the calendar year 1912.

Bulletin on — by John McLeish, B.A.

288. Production of coal and coke in Canada, during the calendar year 1912.

Bulletin on — by John McLeish, B.A.

289. Production of cement, lime, clay products, stone, and other structural

materials during the calendar year 1912. Bulletin on — by John
McLeish, B.A.

290. Production of copper, gold, lead, nickel, silver, zinc, and other metals

of Canada during the calendar year 1912. Bulletin on — by C. T.
Cartwright, B.Sc.

307. Catalogue of French publications of the Mines Branch and of the

Geological Survey, up to July, 1014.

308. An investigation of the coals of Canada with reference to their economic

qualities: as conducted at McGill University under the authority
of the Dominion Government. Report on — by J. li. Porter,
E.M., D.Sc, R. J. Durley, Ma. E., and others —
Vol. I — Coal washing and coking tests.
Vol. II — Boiler and gas producer tests.
Vol. Ill—
Appendix I

Coal washing tests and diagrams.

314. Iron ore deposits, Bristol mine, Pontiac county, Quebec, Report on —
by E. Lindeman, M.E.

IN THE PRESS.

204. Building stones of Canada — Vol. II: Building and ornamental stones
of the Maritime Provinces. Report on — by VV. A. Parks, Ph.D.

223. Lode Mining in the Yukon: an investigation of quartz deposits in
the Klondike division. Report on — by T. A. MacLean, B.Sc.

246. Gypsum in Canada: its occurrence, exploitation, and technology.
Report on — by L. H. Cole, B.Sc.

260. The preparation of Metallic cobalt by reduction of the oxide. Report
on— by H. T. Kalmus, B.Sc, Ph.D.

280. The building and ornamental stones of Canada, Vol. Ill; Province
of Quebec. Report on — by Professor W. A. Parks, Ph.D.

306. The non-metallic minerals used in the Canadian manufacturing
industries. Report on — by Howells Frechette, M.Sc.

308. An investigation of the coals of Canada with reference to their economic
qualities: as conducted at McGill University under the authority
of the Dominion Government. Report on — by J. B. Porter, E.M.,
D.Sc., R. J. Durlev, Ma.E., and others —
\ol. IV—
Appendix II

Boiler tests and diagrams.

321, Annual mineral production of Canada, during the calendar year
1913. Report on— by J. .McLeish. B.A.

MAPS.

t6. Magnetometric survey, vertical intensity: Calabogie mine, Bagot
township, Renfrew county, Ontario — by E. Nystrom, 1904.
Scale 60 feet to 1 inch. Summary report 1905. (See Map No.
249.)

tl3. Magnetometric survey of the Belmont iron mines, Belmont township,
Peterborough county, Ontario — by B. F. Haanel, 1905. Scale
60 feet to 1 inch. Summary report, 1906. (See Map No. 186.)

tl4. Magnetometric survey of the Wilbur mine, Lavant township, Lanark
county, Ontario — by B. F. Haanel, 1906. Scale 60 feet to 1 inch.
Summary report, 1906.

t33. Magnetometric survey, vertical intensity: lot 1, concession VI, Mayo
township, Hastings county, Ontario — by Howells Frechette, 1909.
Scale 60 feet to 1 inch. (See Maps Nos. 191 and 191a.)

t34. Magnetometric survey, vertical intensity: lots 2 and 3, concession
VI, Mayo township, Hastings county, Ontario — by Howells
Frechette, 1909. Scale 60 feet to 1 inch. (See Maps Nos. 191
and 191a.)

t35. Magnetometric survey, vertical intensity: lots 10, 11, and 12, con-
cession IX, and lots 11 and 12, concession VIII, Mayo township,
Hastings county, Ontario — by Howells Frechette, 1909, Scale
60 feet to 1 inch. (See Maps Nos. 191 and 191a.)

*36. Survey of Mer Bleue peat bog, Gloucester township, Carletcn county,
and Cumberland township, Russell county, Ontario — by Erik
Nystrom, and A. v. Anrep. (Accompanying report No. 30.)

*37. Survey of Alfred peat bog, Alfred and Caledonia townships, Prescott
county, Ontario — by Erik Nystrom and A. v. Anrep. (Accom-
panying report No. 30.)

*38. Surv'ey of Welland peat bog. Wainfleet and Humberstone townships,
Welland county, Ontario — by Erik Nystrom and A. v. Anrep.
(Accompanying report No. 30.)

*39. Survey of Newington peat bog, Osnabruck, Roxborough, and Cornwall
townships, Stormont county, Ontario — by Erik Nystrom and A.
v. Anrep. (Accompanying report No. 30.)

*40. Survey of Perth peat bog, Drummond township, Lanark county,
Ontario — by Erik Nystrom and A. v. Anrep. (Accompanying
report No. 30.)

t41. Survey of Victoria Road peat bog, Bexley and Carden townships,
Victoria county, Ontario — by Erik Nystrom and A. v. Anrep.
(Accompanying report No. 30.)

•48. Magnetometric survey of Iron Crown claim at Nimpkish (Klaanch)
river, Vancouver island, B.C. — by E. Lindeman. Scale 60 feet
to I inch. (Accompanying report No. 47.)

Note. — 1. Maps marked thus * arc to be found only in reports.

2. Maps marked thus t have been printed independently oi reports, hence can
be procured separately by applicants.

•49. Magnetometric survey of Western Steel Iron claim, at Sechart,
X'ancouvcr island, B.C. — By H. Lindeman. Scale 60 feet to 1 inch.
(Accompanying report No. 47).

•53. Iron ore occurrences, Ottawa and Pontiac Counties, Quebec, 1908 — by
J. White and Fritz Cirkel. (Accompanying report No. 23.)

•54. Iron ore occrurences, Argcntcuil county, Quebec, 1908 — by Fritz
Cirkel. (Accompanying report No. 23.) (Out of print.)

•57. The productive chrome iron ore district of Quebec — by Fritz Cirkel.
(Accompanying report No. 29.)

160. Magnetometric survey of the Bristol mine, Pontiac county, Quebec —
by E. Lindeman. Scale 200 feet to 1 inch. (Accompanying
report No. 67.)

t61. Topographical map of Bristal mine, Pontiac county, Quebec — by E.
Lindeman. Scale 200 feet to 1 inch. (Accompanying report
No. 67.)

164. Indexmapof Nova Scotia: Gypsum — by W. F. Jennison. 1 (Accom-
panying
t65. Index map of New Brunswick: Gypsum — by W. F. Jenni- • report

son. No. 84.)

t66. Map of Magdalen islands: Gypsum — by W. F. Jennison.

t70. Magnetometric survey of Northeast Arm iron range, Lake Timagami,
Nipissing district, Ontario — by E. Lindeman. Scale 200 feet to 1
inch. (Accompanying report No. 63.)

(Accom-
panying
report
No. 71.)

(Out of
print.)

t72. Brunner peat bog, Ontario — by A. v. Anrep.

t73. Komoko peat bog, Ontario — by A. v. Anrep.

t74. Brock\'ille peat bog, Ontario — by A. v. Anrep

t75. Rondeau peat bog, Ontario — by A. v. Anrep.

t76. Alfred peat bog, Ontario — by A. v. Anrep.

t77. Alfred peat bog, Ontario: main ditch profile — by A. v. Anrep.

t78. Map of asbestos region. Province of Quebec, 1910 — by Fritz Cirkel.
Scale 1 mile to 1 inch. (Accompanying report No. 69.)

t94. Map showing Cobalt, Gowganda, Shiningtree, and Porcupine districts
— by L. H. Cole. (Accompanying Summary report, 1910.)

t95. General map of Canada, showing coal fields. (Accompanying report
No. 83— by Dr. J. B. Porter.)

t96. General map of coal fields of Nova Scotia and New Brunswick. (Ac-
companying report No. 83 — By Dr. J. B. Porter.)

t97. General map showing coal fields in Alberta, Saskatchewan, and
Manitoba. (Accompanying report No. 83 — by Dr. J. B. Porter).

Note. — 1. Maps marked thus • are to be found only in reports.

2. Maps marked thus t have been printed independently of reports, hence can
be procured separately by applicants.

■f98. General map of coal fields in British Columbia. (Accompanying report
No. 83— by Dr. J. B. Porter.)

t99. General map of coal field in Yukon Territory. (Accompanying report
No. 83— by Dr. J. B. Porter.)

tl06. Geological map of Austin Brook iron-bearing district, Bathurst town-
ship, Gloucester county, N.B. — by E. Lindeman. Scale 400 feet
to 1 inch. (Accompanying report No. 105.)

tl07. Magnetometric survey, vertical intensity: Austin Brook iron-bearing
district — by E. Lindeman. Scale 400 feet to 1 inch. (Accom-
panying report No. 105.)

tl08. Index map showing iron-bearing area at Austin Brook — by E. Linde-
man. (Accompanying report No. 105.)

•112. Sketch plan showing geology of Point Mamainse, Ont. — by Professor
A. C. Lane. Scale 4,000 feet to 1 inch. (Accompanying report
No. 111.)

tll3. Holland peat bog Ontario — by A. v. Anrep. (Accompanying report
No. 151.)

•119-137. Mica: township maps, Ontario and Quebec — by Hugh S. de
Schmid. (Accompanying report No. 118.)

tl38. Mica: showing location of principal mines and occurrences in the
Quebec mica area — by Hugh S. de Schmid. Scale 3-95 miles to
1 inch. (Accompanying report No. 118.)

tl39. Mica: showing location of principal mines and occurrences in the
Ontario mica area — by Hugh S. de Schmid. Scale 3*95 miles to
1 inch. (Accompanying report No. 118.)

tl40. Mica: showing distribution of the principal mica occurrences in the
Dominion of Canada — by Hugh S. de Schmid. Scale 3-95 miles
to 1 inch. (Accompanying report No. 118.)

tl41. Torbrook iron bearing district, Annapolis county, N.S. — by Howells
Frechette. Scale 400 feet to 1 inch. (Accompanying report
No. 110).

tl46. Distribution of iron ore sands of the iron ore deposits on the north
shore of the River and Gulf of St. La^vrence, Canada — by Geo. C.
Mackenzie. Scale 100 miles to 1 inch. (Accompanying report
No. 145.)

tl47. Magnetic iron sand deposits in relation to Natashkwan harbour and
Great Natashkwan river. Que. (Inde.x Map) — by Geo. C. Mac-
kenzie. Scale 40 chains to 1 inch. (Accompanving report No.
145.)

tl48. Natashkwan magnetic iron sand deposits, Saguenay county. Que. —
by Geo. C. Mackenzie. Scale 1,000 feet to 1 inch. (Accom-
panying report No. 145.)

Note. — 1. Maps marked thus • are to be found only in reports.

2. Maps marked thus t have been printed independently of reports, hence can
be procured separately by applicants.

(Accom-
panying
report
No.
151.)

tl52. Map showing the location of peat bogs investigated in
Ontario — by A. v. Anrep.

tl53. Map showing the location of jscat bog as investigated in
Manitoba — by A. v. Anrep.

tl57. Lac du Bonnet peat bog, Manitoba — by A. v. Anrep.

tl58. Transmission peat bog, Manitoba — by A. v. Anrep.

tl59. Corduroy peat bog, Manitoba — by A. v. Anrep.

tl60. Bogg>' Creek peat bog, Manitoba — by A. v. Anrep.

tl61. Rice Lake peat bog, Manitoba — by A. v. Anrep.

tl62. Mud Lake peat bog, Manitoba — by A. v. Anrep.

tl63. Litter peat bog, Manitoba — by A. v. Anrep.

tl64. Julius peat litter bog, Manitoba — by A. v. Anrep.

tl65. Fort Francis peat bog, Ontario — by A. v. Anrep.

tl66. Magnetometric map of No. 3 mine, lot 7, concessions V and VI,
McKim township, Sudbury district, Ont. — by E. Lindeman.
(Accompanying Summary' report, 1911.)

tl68. Map showing pyrites mines and prospects in Eastern Canada, and
their relation to the United States market — by A. W. G. Wilson.
Scale 125 miles to 1 inch. (Accompanying report No. 167.)

tl71. Geological map of Sudbury nickel region, Ont. — by Prof. A. P. Cole-
man. Scale 1 mil^ to 1 inch. (Accompanying report No. 170.)

tl72. Geological map of Victoria mine — by Prof. A. P. Coleman.] (Accom-
panying
tl73. " Crean Hill mine — bv Prof. A. P. Coleman} report

No.
tl74. " Creighton mine— by Prof. A. P. Coleman.J 170.)

tl75. " showing contact of norite and Laurentian in vicinity

of Creighton mine — by Prof. A. P. Coleman.
(Accompanying report No. 170.)

tl76. " Copper Cliff offset— by Prof. A. P. Coleman. (Ac-

companying report No. 170.) <

tl77. " No. 3 mine — by Prof. A. P. Coleman. (Accom-

panying report No. 170.)

tl78. " _ showing vicinity of Stobie and No. 3 mines — by

Prof. A. P. Coleman. (Accompanving report
No. 170.)

Note. — 1. Maps marker! thus * are to be found only in reports.

2. Maps marked thus 1 have been printed independently oi reports, hence'can
be procured separately by applicants.

tl85. Magnetometric survey, vertical intensity: Blairton iron mine, Bel-
mont township, Peterborough county, Ontario — by E. Lindeman,
1911. Scale 200 feet to 1 inch. (Accompanying report No. 184.)

flSSa. Geological map, Blairton iron mine, Belmont township, Peterborough
county, Ontario — by E. Lindeman, 1911. Scale 200 feet to 1 inch.
(Accompanying report No. 184.)

tl86. Magnetometric survey, Belmont iron mine, Belmont township, Peter-
borough county, Ontario — by E. Lindeman, 1911. Scale 200 feet
to 1 inch. (Accompanying report No. 184.)

tl86a. Geological map, Belmont iron mine, Belmont township, Peterborough
county, Ontario — by E. Lindeman, 1911. Scale 200 feet to 1 inch.
(Accompanying report No.' 184.)

tl87. Magnetometric survey, vertical intensity: St. Charles mine, Tudor
township, Hastings county, Ontario — by E. Lindeman, 1911.
Scale 200 feet to 1 inch. (Accompanying report No. 184.)

tl87a. Geological map, St. Charles mine, Tudor township, Hastings county,
Ontario — by E. Lindeman, 1911. Scalp 200 feet to 1 inch. (Ac-
companying report No. 184.)

tl88. Magnetometric survey, vertical intensity: Baker mine, Tudor town-
ship, Hastings county, Ontario — by E. Lindeman, 1911. Scale
200 feet to 1 inch. (Accompanying report No. 184.)

tl88a. Geological map. Baker mine, Tudor township, Hastings county,
Ontario — by E. Lindeman, 1911. Scale 200 feet to 1 inch. (Ac-
companying report No. 184.)

tl89. Magnetometric survey, vertical intensity: Ridge iron ore deposits,
WoUaston township, Hastings county, Ontario — by E. Lindeman,
1911. Scale 200 feet to 1 inch. (Accompanying report No. 184.)

tl90. Magnetometric survey, vertical intensity: Coehill and Jenkins mines,
Wollaston township, Hastings county, Ontario — by E. Lindeman,
1911. Scale 200 feet to 1 inch. (Accompanying report No. 184.)

tl90a. Geological map, Coehill and Jenkins mines, Wollaston township,
Hastings county, Ontario — by E. Lindeman, 1911. Scale 200
feet to 1 inch. (Accompanying report No. 184.)

tl91. Magnetometric survey, vertical intensity: Bessemer iron ore deposits.
Mayo township, Hastings county, Ontario — by E. Lindeman,
1911. Scale 200 feet to 1 inch. (Accompanying report No. 184.)

tl91a. Geological map, Bessemer iron ore deposits, Mayo township, Hastings
county, Ontario — by E. Lindeman, 1911. Scale 200 feet to 1 inch.
(Accompanying report No. 184.)

tl92. Magnetometric survey, vertical intensity: Rankin, Childs, and
Stevens mines, Mayo township, Hastings county, Ontario — by E.
Lindeman, 1911. Scale 200 feet to 1 inch. (Accompanying
report No. 194.)

Note. — 1. Maps marked thus ♦ arc to be found only in reports.

2. Maps marked thus t have been printed independently of reports, hence can
be procured separately by applicants.

tl92a. Geological map, Rankin, Childs, and Stevens mines, Mayo township,
Hastings county, Ontario — by E. Lindeman, 1911. Scale 200
feet to 1 inch. (Accompanying report No. 184.)

tl93. Magnetometric survey, vertical intensity: Kennedy property, Carlow
township, Hastings county, Ontario — by E. Lindeman, 1911.
Scale 200 feet to 1 inch. (Accompanying report No. 184.)

tl93a. Geological map, Kennedy property, Carlow township, Hastings
county, Ontario — by E. Lindeman, 1911. Scale 200 feet to 1 inch.
(Accompanying report No. 184.)

tl94. Magnetometric survey, vertical intensity: Bow Lake iron ore occur-
rences, Faraday township, Hastings county, Ontario — by E. Linde-
man, 1911. Scale 200 feet to 1 inch. (Accompanying report No.
184.)

t204. Index map, magnetite occurrences along the Central Ontario railway —
by E. Lindeman, 1911. (Accompanying report No. 184.)

t205. Magnetometric map, Moose Mountain iron-bearing district, Sudbury
district, Ontario: Deposits Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 — by E.
Lindeman, 1911. (Accompanying report No. 303.)

t205a. Geological map. Moose Mountain iron-bearing district, Sudbury
district, Ontario, Deposits Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 — by E. Linde-
man. (Accompanying report No. 303.)

t206. Magnetometric survey of Moose Mountain iron-bearing district,
Sudbury district, Ontario: northern part of deposit No. 2 — by_E.
Lindeman, 1912. Scale 200 feet to 1 inch. (Accompanying
report No. 303.)

t207. Magnetometric surveyiof Moose Mountain iron-bearing district, Sud-
bury district, Ontario: Deposits Nos. 8, 9, and 9a — by E. Linde-
man, 1912. Scale 200 feet to 1 inch. (Accompanying report
No. 303.)

t208. Magnetometric survey of Moose Mountain iron-bearing district,
Sudbury district, Ontario: Deposit No. 10 — by E. Lindeman,
1912. Scale 200 feet to 1 inch. (Accompanying report No. 303.)

t208a. Magnetometric survey. Moose Mountain iron-bearing district, Sud-
bury district, Ontario: eastern portion of Deposit No. 11 — by E.
Lindeman, 1912. Scale 200 feet to 1 inch. (Accompanying
report No. 303.)

t208b. Magnetometric survey, Moose Mountain iron-bearing district, Sud-
bury district, Ontario: western portion of deposit No. 11 — by E.
Lindeman, 1912. Scale 200 feet to 1 inch. (Accompanying report
No. 303.)

t208c. General geological map. Moose Mountain iron-bearing district,
Sudbury district, Ontario — by E. Lindeman, 1912. Scale 800
feet to 1 inch. (.Accompanying report No. 303.)

Note. — 1. Maps marked thus • are to be found only in reports.

2. MapH marked thus t have been printed independently of reports, hence cmn
be procured separately by applicants.

t210. Location of copper smelters in Canada — by A. W. G. Wilson. Scale
197 -3 miles to 1 inch. (Accompanying report No. 209.)

t215. Province of Alberta: showing properties from which samples of coal
were taken for gas producer tests, Fuel Testing Division, Ottawa.
(Accompanying Summary report, 1912.)

t220. Mining districts, Yukon. Scale 35 miles to 1 inch — by T. A. MacLean
(Accompanying report No. 222.)

1221. Dawson mining district, Yukon, Scale 2 miles to 1 inch — by T. A.
MacLean. (Accompanying report No. 222.)

*228. Index map of the Sydney coal fields. Cape Breton, N.S. (Accom-
panying report No. 227.)

t232. Mineral map of Canada. Scale 100 miles to 1 inch. (Accompanying
report No. 230.)

t239. Index map of Canada showing gypsum occurrences. (Accompanying
report No. 245.)

t240. Map showing Lower Carboniferous formation in which gypsum
occurs in the Maritime provinces. Scale 100 miles to 1 inch.
(Accompanying report No. 245.)

1241. Map showing relation of gypsum deposits in Northern Ontario to rail-
way lines. Scale 100 miles to 1 inch. (Accompanying report
No. 245.)

t242. Map, Grand River gypsum deposits, Ontario. Scale 4 miles to 1 inch.
(Accompanying report No. 245.)

t243. Plan of Manitoba Gypsum Co.'s properties. (Accompanying report
No. 245.)

t244. Map showing relation of gj'psum deposits in British Columbia to
railway lines and market. Scale 35 miles to 1 inch. (Accompany-
ing report No. 245.)

t249. Magnetometric survey, Caldwell and Campbell mines, Calabogie
district, Renfrew county, Ontario — by E. Lindeman, 1911. Scale
200 feet to 1 inch. (Accompanying report No. 254.)

t250. Magnetometric survey. Black Bay or Williams mine, Calabogie district,
Renfrew county, Ontario — by E. Lindeman, 1911. Scale 200 feet
to 1 inch. (Accompanying report No. 254.)

t251. Magnetometric survey. Bluff Point iron mine, Calabogie district,
Renfrew county, Ontario — by E. Lindeman, 1911. Scale 200 feet
to 1 inch. (Accompanying report No. 254.)

t252. Magnetometric survey, Culhane mine, Calabogie district, Renfrew
county, Ontario — by E. Lindeman, 1911. Scale 200 feet to 1 inch.
(Accompanying report No. 254.)

Note. — 1. Maps marked thus ♦ are to be found only in reports.

2. Maps marked thus t have been printed independently of reports, hence can
be procured separately by applicants.

t253. Magnetometric survey, Martel or Wilson iron mine, Calabogie district,
Renfrew county, Ontario — by E. Lindeman, 1911. Scale 200 feet
to 1 inch. (Accompanying report No. 254.)

1261. Magnetometric survey. Northeast Arm iron range, lot 339 E.T.W.
Lake Timagami, Nipissing district, Ontario — by E. Nystrom.
1903. Scale 200 feet to 1 mch.

t268. Map of peat bogs investigated in Quebec — by A. v. Anrep, 1912.

t269. Large Tea Field peat bog, Quebec " "

t270. Small Tea Field pea) bog, Quebec " "

t27l. La noraie peat bog, Quebec " "

t272. St. Hyacinthe peat bog, Quebec " "

t273. Riviere du Loup peat bog " "

t274. Cacouna peat bog • "

t275. Le Pare peat bog, Quebec " "

t276. St. Denis peat bog, Quebec " "

t277. Riviere Quelle peat bog, Quebec " "

t278. Moose Mountain peat bog, Quebec " "

t284. Map of northern portion of Alberta, showing position of outcrops of
bituminous sand. Scale 12^ miles to 1 inch. (Accompanying
report No. 281.)

t293. Map of Dominion of Canada, showing the occurrences of oil, gas, and
tar sands. Scale 197 miles to 1 inch. (Accompanying report
No. 291.)

t294. Reconnaissance map of part of Albert and Westmorland counties,
New Brunswick. Scale 1 mile to 1 inch. (Accompanying report
No. 291.)

*295. Sketch plan of Gaspe oil fields, Quebec, showing location of wells.
Scale 2 miles to 1 inch. (Accompanying report No. 291.)

t296. Map showing gas and oil fields and pipe-lines in southwestern Ontario.
Scale 4 miles to 1 inch. (Accompanying report No. 291.)

t297. Geolo'feical map of Alberta, Saskatchewan, and Manitoba. Scale 35
miles to 1 inch. (Accompanying report No. 291.)

t298. Map, geology of the forty-ninth parallel, 0-9864 miles to 1 inch.
(Accompanying report No. 291.)

t302. Map showing location of main gas line, Bow Island, Calgary. Scale

12^ miles to 1 inch, (.^rrompanying report No. 291.)

Note. — 1. Maps tnarkrd thus • are to b« found only in report*.

2. ^fap8 marked thus t have been printed independently of reports, hence can
be procured separately by applicant*.

t311. Magnetometric map, McPherson mine, Barachois, Cape Breton
county, Nova Scotia — by A. H. A. Robinson, 1913. Scale 200
feet to 1 inch.

t312. Magnetometric map, iron ore deposits at Upper Glencoe, Inverness
county, Nova Scotia — by E. Lindeman, 1913. Scale 200 feet to
1 inch.

t313. Magnetometric map, iron ore deposits at Grand Mira, Cape Breton
county, Nova Scotia — by A. H. A. Robinson, 1913. Scale 200
feet to 1 inch.

Address all communications to —

• Director Mines Branch,

' Department of Mines,

Sussex Street, Ottawa.

Note. — 1. Maps marked thus * are to be found onjy in reports.

2. Maps marked thus t have been printed independently of reports, hence can
be procured separately by applicants.

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Sessional papers of the Dominion of Canada 1915"

See other formats